GIFT   OF 
School  of 


"3- lit--  ■  -  ■    ■  ■■■■'■■ :  ■--; 


UNITED  STATES  RIFLES 

AND 

MACHINE  GUNS 


VHe  Qraw-MBook  Qx  lm 

PUBLISHERS     OF     BOOK.S      F  O  Fk_, 

Coal  Age  *  Electric  Railway  Journal 
Electrical  World  v  Engineering  News-Record 
Railway  Age  Cazette  *  American  Machinist 
Electrical  Merchandising  *  The  Contractor 
Engineering 8 Mining  Journal  ^  Power 
Metallurgical  8  Chemical  Engineering 


" '"iiMiliimiiHiiiimii mi iMiiiiniiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiniuiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii »ir> 


UNITED  STATES  RIFLES 

AND 

MACHINE  GUNS 


A  DETAILED  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  METHODS  USED  IN  MANUFAC- 
TURING THE    SPRINGFIELD,  1903  MODEL  SERVICE 
RIFLE;  ALSO  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  MODI- 
FIED ENFIELD  RIFLE  AND  THREE 
TYPES  OF  MACHINE  GUNS. 


BY 

FRED  H.  COLVIN 

AND 

ETHAN  VIALL 

ASSOCIATE   EDITORS   AMERICAN   MACHINIST 

MEMBERS   AMERICAN   SOCIETY   OP   MECHANICAL   ENGINEERS 

MEMBERS   FRANKLIN   INSTITUTE 


First  Edition 


McGRAW-HILL  BOOK  COMPANY,  Inc. 

239  WEST  39TH  STREET.    NEW  YORK 


LONDON:  HILL  PUBLISHING  CO.,  Ltd. 

6  &  8  BOUVERIE  ST.,  E.  C. 

1917 


Copyright,  1917,  by  the  McGraw-Hill  Book  Company,  Inc. 


PREFACE 

The  accompanying  description  of  the  methods  used  at  the  Spring- 
field Armory  in  manufacturing  the  Springfield,  1903  Model  Service 
Rifle  was  undertaken  at  the  request  of  the  Ordnance  Bureau  of  the 
United  States  Army  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  manufacturers  in 
undertaking  large  contracts  for  this  arm  should  necessity  arise. 
The  immediate  necessity  arrived  before  this  plan  could  be  carried 
out,  but  as  the  Springfield  still  remains  the  standard  arm  of  the 
United  States  Army,  the  work  remains  of  value  for  the  future.  The 
methods  shown  are  those  in  use  during  the  fall  of  1916,  some  of  these 
being  since  modified  in  accordance  with  manufacturing  require- 
ments. 

It  is  believed  that  this  is  the  first  instance  of  such  an  amount  of 
detailed  information  being  gathered  into  such  a  small  compass  where 
it  is  so  readily  available  for  use.  The  perspective  drawings  of  oper- 
ations are  all  from  photographs,  over  1000  being  taken  for  this 
purpose.  Credit  for  the  plan  of  securing  the  material  in  this  form 
belongs  to  John  H.  Van  Deventer,  Editor  of  the  American  Machinist, 
and  we  also  desire  to  thank  Col.  W.  S.  Peirce,  Maj.  G.  H.  Stewart, 
Capt.  R.  R.  Nix,  T.  H.  Fletcher  and  Harry  R.  Johnson  for  valuable 
assistance  in  securing  the  material  here  presented. 

While  this  was  secured  primarily  for  its  value  to  makers  of  mili- 
tary rifles,  it  is  hoped  and  believed  that  it  will  be  found  useful  to 
other  manufacturers  making  parts  which  in  some  way  resemble 
those  shown.  Some  of  the  uses  of  the  profiler  and  miller  should  be 
available  in  other  classes  of  manufacture. 

We  have  also  included  the  descriptions  of  the  operation  and 
mechanisms  of  the  modified  Enfield,  the  United  States  Machine 
Rifle,  the  Lewis  Machine  Gun,  and  the  Vickers  Machine  Gun. 

The  Authors 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Preface v. 

The  Evolution  op  the  American  Military  Rifle 1 

General  Specifications  and  Barrel  Operations .' 9 

Operations  on  the  Barrel  and  the  Fixed  Stud 20 

The  Fixed  Base  and  Final  Barrel  Operations 31 

Operations  on  the  Receiver 41 

Operations  on  the  Receiver  (Continued) 50 

Machining  Operations  on  the  Bolt. 81 

Operations  on  the  Bolt  (Continued) 89 

Operations  on  the  Sleeve 106 

Operations  on  the  Sleeve  (Continued) '  114 

The  Cocking  Piece 123 

Striker,  Mainspring  and  Extractor 131 

Safety-Lock  Spindle  and  Plunger 149 

Making  the  Guard 155 

Sear,  Trigger  and  Floor  Plate 167 

Floor-Plate  Catch,  Magazine  Spring,  Cutoff  and  Follower 175 

Movable  Stud — Front  Sight  and  Movable  Base 187 

Slide  and  Cap 202 

Drift  Slides,  Windage  Screw,  and  Butt  Plate 209 

Stacking  Swivel,  Hand-Guard  Clip,  Front-Sight  Cover,  Cleaning  Rods  231 

Oiler  and  Thong  Case,  Spare-Parts  Container,  Screw  Driver 23  3 

Making  the  Stock 244 

Operations  on  the  Hand  Guard 269 

The  Bayonet 283 

Bayonet  Catch,  Grip,  Guard,  Scabbard-Catch,  Etc 292 

The  Modified  Enfield  Rifle 303 

U.  S.  Automatic  Machine  Rifle 305 

The  Lewis  Machine  Gun 315 

The  Vickers  Machine  Gun 320 

Index 329 


vn 


e  Evotatioim  o: 


ke  American 


By  Ethan  Viall 


SYNOPSIS — While  a  brief  outline  is  given  of 
early  small-arm  developments,  the  main  interest 
centers  around  the  American  military  rifle,  and 
especially  on  the  gun  made  in  the  Springfield  ar- 
mory, which  is  the  oldest  in  the  United  States. 
It  is  from  this  arsenal  that  the  present  as  well 
as  most  of  the  past  army  rifles  take  their  name. 

The  actual  date  of  the  first  hand  firearm  is  uncertain, 
but  its  appearance  was  at  about  the  same  time  as  that 
of  the  breech-loading  cannon,  both  being  of  large  bore 
and  invented  close  to  the  beginning  of-the  fourteenth  cen- 
tury. Artillery  is  known  to  have  been  used  in  European 
warfare  as  early  as  1327. 

The  first  real  improvement  -seems  to  have  been  along 
che  line  of  locks,  after  which  a  reduction  of  weight 
took  an  important  part.  The  hand  cannon  of  the  early 
part  of  the  fourteenth  century  was  at  first  very  crude, 
simply  being  fastened  to  a 
block  of  wood,  and  was  too 


FIG.    1.    PRIMITIVE  CHINESE  HAND  CANNON 
Length   of  barrel,   25%    in.;   bore,   about  iy2  in.;  diameter  of-muzzle,  2%  in.; 

diameter  of  breech,  2%  in. 

FIG.  2.    VERY  EARLY  FORM  OF  MATCHLOCK 
Supposed  to  "be  of  the  fifteenth  century;  length  of  barrel,  47%  in.;  bore    about 
%  in.;  diameter  of  muzzle,  I  in.;  diameter  .of  breech.  1&  in.  octagon;  entire  length, 
61  in.;  weight,  about  11  lb. 


large  to  be  fired  from  the 
shoulder.  The  vent,  or 
touch-hole,  was  on 
the  top  of  the  bar- 
rel, and  the  first 
improvement  of 
this  model  was  a 
cover  over  the  vent 
to  keep  the  pow- 
der dry.  The  port- 
able hand  cannon 
immediately  fol- 
lowed and  was 
made  from  the 
middle  to  the  end 
of  the  fourteenth 
century.  This  style 
differs  from  the  first  in  having  some  shape  to-  the  wood 
block,  which  is  not  unlike  a  stock,  and  it;  was  .capable-  ofi 
being  shot  by  a  strong  man. 

Beginning  with  this  arm  we-  find'  the  vent  placed  on 
the  right  side  and  a  pan  added  to  hold  the  .prime.  A 
cover  was  also  added,  which  was  moved  'by  hand.  This 
gun  is  known  to  have  been  made  as  early;  as  J1453  and 
possibly  a  little  before  that.  It  was  fired  by  means  of  a- 
match  held  in  the  liand. 

The  first  lock  seems-  to  have  been  an  S-shaped1  piece  of 
metal,  pivoted  at  the  center,  with  the  upper  end  slotted 
fori  the  purpose  of  holding  the  match.  The  lower  part 
was  made  large,  like  the  lever  of  a  erossbow,.and  so  placed 
that  the  weight  would  keep  the  match  raised  above  the 
pan.  of  priming  until  the  lower  end,  or  "trigger,"  was 
pulled  back,  which  action  brought  the  match  in  contact 
with  the  priming  and  fired  the  piece. 

Following  this  device  came  the  more  important  form 
of  matchlock,  in  which  a  spring  was  used  in  the  lock, 
and  it  was  also  the  first  type  to  nave  a  projecting  open 


powder  pan.  This  contrivance  was  improved  soon  after- 
ward by  the  addition  of  a  cover.  Owing  to  their  sim- 
plicity and  cheapness  these  matchlocks  were  used  for  over 
two  hundred  years  and  in  practically  the  same  form  until 
the  introduction  of  the  wheel-lock,  which  was  invented  in 
Nuremberg,  Germany,  somewhere  between  1509  and  1517. 
Sparks  for  igniting  the  powder  were  obtained  from  a 
piece  of  sulphurous  pyrites  against  which  a  steel  wheel, 
having  projections,  was  revolved.  This  wheel  was  rotated 
by  means  of  a  ribbon  spring  of  the  clock-spring  type.  The 
steel  wheel  had  to  be  wound  up  each  time  and  was  released 
by  pulling  the  trigger. 

The  so-called  musket,  according  to  Boutelle,  was  first 
used  in  Italy  about  1530  and  in  France  and  England 
about  1570.  It  was  a  large  and  heavy  "arquebus."  At 
that  time  it  was  the  custom  to  name  guns  after  animals  or 
birds,  as  for  example  the  "falcon"  and  its  diminutive, 
"f alconette."  As  the  musket  was  the '  most  important 
small  arm  at  that  time,  the  name  of  the  smallest  bird  of 

prey  was  given  to  it,  which 
was  that  of  the  male  young 
of  the  sparrow  hawk,  or  the 
musket.  Bifling  of  gun 
barrels,  according 
to  the  same  autho- 
rity, was  patented 
in  England  in 
1635.  Ancient 
bowmen  had  the 
idea  when  they  ar- 
ranged the  feath- 
ers on  the  shafts 
of  their  arrows  in 
a  spiral  so  as  to 
impart  a  rotary 
motion  in  flight. 
Bifling,  however, 
was  not  popular  in 
military  muskets-  -until  after  the  introduction  of  breech- 
loaders, since  the  rifling  was  apt  to  foul  and  clog  and  make 
loading  at  the  muzzle  difficult  at  critical  times.  For  this 
reason,  smooth  bores  long  were  the  standard  weapon  of 
•the  armies. 

The  snaphaunce  gun,  says  Boulette,  derived  its  name 
from  the  pecking  hen,  and  by  the  same  authority  is  said 
to  have  been  invented  by  poachers,  who  were  too  poor 
to  buy  wheel-locks  and  who  did  not  dare  use  matchlocks 
for  fear  the  light  would  betray  their  movements.  In  these 
gun&the  wheel  was  replaced  by  a  hammer,  which  struck 
a  piece  of  pyrites  placed  above  the  priming  pan.  This 
gun  was  the  immediate  forerunner  of  the  flintlock  and, 
according  to  Boutelle,  was  invented  about  1508.  The 
flintlock  proper  is  said  by  Norton  to  have  been  invented 
about  1630  and  appears  to  have  been  first  made  in  France. 
Since  most  of  the  guns  used  Tound  lead  balls,  the 
bore,  or  gage,  of  the  gun  early  became  known  hy  the  size 
of  hole  which  it  was  necessary  to  use  for  a  certain  size 
or  weight  of  ball.    The  balls  were  .classified  by  the  num- 


[1] 


FIG.  3.  UNITED  STATES  MUSKET,  1803 
Flintlock;  closely  resembles  French 
Charleville  musket  of  1763;  made  prac- 
tically as  in  1795  and  following  years  at 
Springfield,  Mass.;  71  cal.;  diameter  of 
breech,  2  A  in.;  diameter  of  muzzle,  %  in  ; 
length  of  barrel,  42  in.  (barrel  of  1809 
musket  was  45  in.  long) ;  entire  length, 
56V£  in.;  weight  complete,  10  lb.  7  oz.; 
w-'thout  bayonet,  9  lb.  11  oz.;  made  at 
Springfield 

FIG.  4.    UNITED  STATES  MUSKET.  1805 
Flintlock;   slight  lock  changes 


FIG.  5.    UNITED  STATES  MUSKET,  1821 
Flintlock;  altered  later  to  percussion  cap 


FIG.  6.    UNITED  STATES  MUSKET,  1825 

Flintlock;    blued   barrel   and    darkened 

fittings;  69  cal. 


FIG.  7.  HALL  BREECH-LOADER,  1831 
Flintlock;  paper  cartridge;  54  cal.; 
diameter  at  breech,  1%  in.;  diameter  at 
muzzle,  %  in.;  length  of  barrel,  32%  in.; 
entire  length,  52  in.;  weight,  10  lb.  14  oz. ; 
breech-block  hinges  at  back  and  lifts  up 
at  front  end;  made  at  Harper's  Ferry,  Va. 


FIG.  8.    HALL  BREECH-LOADER,  1839 
Percussion    lock;    shown    with    breech- 
block raised  for  insertion  of  paper  cart- 
ridge; otherwise  same  as  Fig.  7 


FIG.  9.    UNITED  STATES  MUSKET,  1832 

Flintlock;   all    brown;    heavier   powder 

pan;  cal.  69 


FIG.  10.  ARTILLERY  MUSKETOON,  1842 
Percussion  cap;  new  nipple  seat;  regu- 
lar was  practically  the  same,  but  had 
longer  barrel;  patterned  after  Charleville 
model  of  1S40;  cal.  69 


FIG.    11.    SPRINGFIELD   RIFLED 

MUSKET,   1855 

Maynard    primer;    cal.    58;    patch    box    in 

butt;  rear  sight;  bulged  nipple  seat 


FIG.    12.    SPRINGFIELD    RIFLED 

MUSKET,  1863 

Percussion  cap;  cal.  58 


FIG.  13.  SPRINGFIELD  BREECH- 
LOADING  RIFLE.  1865 
Allen  alteration;  breech-block  hinge 
attached  to  top  of  barrel  by  short  block 
and  screws;  has  firing  pin;  used  center- 
fire  metallic  cartridges;  58  cal.;  diameter 
at  breech-block,  1%  in.;  diameter  at 
muzzle,  %  in.;  from  muzzle  to  hinge  of 
breech-block.  37  in.;  from  muzzle  to 
stock,  40  in.;  entire  length,  56  in.: 
weight,  10  lb. 


FIG.    14.    SPRINGFIELD   BREECH- 
LOADING  RIFLE,  1865 

Top  of  barrel  cut  away  to  show  inser- 
tion of  tube  for  reducing  caliber  from 
58  to  50;  small  piece  of  paper  has  been 
slipped  between  barrel  and  lining  tube 
to  show  better  how  tube  was  placed;  this 
changed  the  gun  to  an  1866  model 


[2] 


PIG.    15.    SPRINGFIELD   BREECH- 
LOADING  RIFLE,  1866 

Regular  model;  longer  hinge-block 
screwed  to  top  of  barrel,  as  old  one  tend- 
ed  to   work   loose;   brown   barrel 


FIG.    16.  .SPRINGFIELD   BREECH- 
LOADING  RIFLE,  1870 

Barrel  screwed  Into  receiver  frame; 
different  rear  sight;  shown  with  breech- 
block up;  cal.  50;  length  of  barrel,  36  in.; 
entire   length,   52   in. 


FIG.  17.  REMINGTON  MODEL  BREECH- 
LOADER,  1870 
Thumb-block    action;    patented    May    3, 
1864;    50    cal.;    length    of    barrel,    36    in.; 
entire  length,  52  in. 


FIG.  18.  WARD-BURTON  MODEL 
BREECH-LOADER,  1871 
Bolt  action;  patented  Dec.  20,  1859;  cal. 
45;  diameter  at  breech-block,  1  A,  in.; 
diameter  at  muzzle,  %  in.;  length  or  bar- 
rel, 38  in.;  entire  length,  52  in.;  weight, 
9  lb.  6  oz. 


FIG.  19.  CHAFFEE-REECE  BREECH- 
LOADING  RIFLE,  1884 
Bolt  action;  cal.  45;  diameter  at 
breech,  l,1,  in.;  diameter  at  muzzle,  % 
in.;  length  of  barrel,  28  in.;  entire  length, 
48^.   in.;  weight,  9  lb.  13  oz. 


FIG.    20.    SPRINGFIELD   BREECH- 
LOADING  RIFLE.  1888 
Rod  bayonet    (this  is  the   1884   regular 
model    plus    the    rod    bayonet);    different 
rear  sight;   cal.  45 


FIG.  21.    UNITED  STATES  MAGAZINE 

RIFLE,   1892 

Bolt-action    modified    Krag-Jorgensen; 

six   shots — five   in    magazine    and   one   In 

barrel;    30    cal.;    wood-top    barrel    cover 

makes  It  easier  to  handle 


FIG.  22.    UNITED  STATES  MAGAZINE 

RIFLE,   1902 

Side   magazine    removed;    cal.    30;    first 

type  of  present  arm;  rod  bayonet;  length 

of    barrel,    31    in.;    entire    length,    50    in.; 

weight,  9  lb.  10  oz. 


FIG.  23.    UNITED  STATES  MAGAZINE 
CARBINE,  1899 
Krag  system;  Burlington  sight;  cal.  30; 
wood  top  extends  to  front  sight 


FIG.  24.    UNITED  STATES  MAGAZINE 

RIFLE,  1903  EXPERIMENTAL 

Cal.  30;  sight  slightly  changed;  rod 

ba.vonet 


FIG.  25.  UNITED  STATES  MAGAZINE 
RIFLE,  1903  MODEL 
Latest  type  with  Maxim  silencer;  six 
shots — five  in  magazine  and  one  in  bar- 
rel; used  as  either  single  or  magazine 
gun;  sword  bayonet;  cal.  30;  diameter  of 
muzzle,  0.619  in.;  diameter  at  breech,  1.14 
In;  length  of  chamber  and  bore,  23.79  in. 


FIG.  28.  SPENCER  CARBINE 
Patented  Mar.  6,  1860;  lever-action 
vertical  slide  block;  rim-fire  cartridge; 
52  cal.;  length  of  barrel,  20 %  in.;  entire 
length.  39^4  in.;  weight,  9  lb.  5  oz.;  94,156 
purchased  1861  to  1865 


[3] 


Cutoff  Spindle — i    >Sleeve  Lock  t-Ejector 

i   i  : 

Sleeve-Lock  Spring~\  ]    •,  Cutoff  i     r-EjectorPin  \ 


Extractor 
V'Collar 


Slide  and 
Slide  Cap"\\' 


Slide-Cap 
Screw 


Vlindage 
"Screw 


Drift  Slide— '  '• 


Windage-Screw     i.  Windage-Screw 
Collar  Knob 

*-  Slide-Qindinq  Screw 


Safety  Lock  ...Steeve-;  rSafefy-Lock      Main         rFiring-Pin    r-8ol+  f 

Thumb  Piece  Spindle        :  Spring      !    Sleeve  r-Striker    j 


Movable 
i    Base 


r..Hand 
\  Guard 


Receiver 


Cocking  Pieces, 


Guard- 
Bushing 


\  '-Sear  Spring  j    j       ••■Magazine        '■"Guard  Screw,  Front 

-Floor-Plate  Catch  \     '•—Magazine  Spring 

'—Stock  Screw  l-Floor  Plate 
'•—Floor-Plate  Spring 


T 

—Stock 


Guard- i 
FIG.  26.    SECTIONAL,  VIEW,  BOLT  AND  MAGAZINE  MECHANISM,  U.  S.  MAGAZINE  RIFLE,  MODEL  1903 


The  bolt  lever  is  shown  projecting  at  the  right  in  the  top 
View.  In  operating  the  bolt,  this  lever  is  brought  to  a  vertical 
position  and  pushed  out  or  in.  As  the  parts  are  shown,  a 
cartridge  is  in  place  and  the  gun  ready  to  Are,  but  the  mag- 
azine is  shown  empty.  Cartridges  placed  in  the  magazine  are 
pushed  upward  to  the  feeding  mechanism  by  means  of  the 
spring  shown.  The  bolt  moves  backward  and  forward,  as 
moved  by  the  operator,  and  rotates  in  the  well  of  the  receiver. 
It  carries  a  cartridge,  either  from  themagazine  or  one  placed 
by  hand  in  front  of  it,  into  the  chamber  and  supports  its  head 
when  fired.  The  sleeve  unites  the  parts  of  the  bolt  mechanism, 
and  its  rotation  with  the  bolt  is  prevented  by  the  lugs  on  its 
sides  coming  in  contact  with  the  receiver.  The  hook  of  the 
extractor  engages  in  the  groove  of  the  cartridge  case  and  re- 
tains the  head  of  the  latter  in  the  countersink  of  the  bolt  until 
the  case  is  ejected.  The  safety  lock,  when  turned  to  the  left, 
is  inoperative.  When  turned  to  the  right,  which  can  only  be 
done  when  the  piece  is  cocked,  the  point  of  the  spindle  enters 
its  notch  in  the  bolt  and  locks  the  bolt;  at  the  same  time  its 
cam  forces  the  cocking  piece  slightly  to  the  rear,  out  of  con- 
tact with  the  sear,  and  locks  the  firing  pin. 

The  bolt  mechanism  operates  as  follows:  To  open  the  bolt, 
raise  the  handle  until  it  comes  in  contact  with  the  left  side  of 
the  receiver,  and  pull  directly  to  the  rear  until  the  top  locking 
lug  strikes  the  cutoff. 

Raising  the  handle  rotates  the  bolt  and  separates  the  lock- 
ing lugs  from  their  locking  shoulders  in  the  receiver,  with 
which  they  are  brought  in  close  contact  by  the  powder  pres- 
sure. This  rotation  causes  the  cocking  cam  of  the  bolt  to 
force,  the  firing  pin  to  the  rear,  drawing  the  point  of  the 
striker  into  the  bolt,  rotation  of  the  firing  pin  being  prevented 
by  the  lug  on  the  cocking  piece  projecting  through  the  slot 
in  the  sleeve  into  its  groove  in  the  receiver.  As  the  sleeve 
remains  longitudinally  stationary  with  reference  to  the  bolt, 
this  rearward  motion  of  the  firing  pin,  and  consequently  of 
the  striker,  starts  the  compression  of  the  mainspring,  since 
the  rear  end  of  the  latter  bears  against  the  front  end  of  the 
Darrel  of  the  sleeve,  and  its  front  end  against  the  rear  end  of 
the  firing-pin  sleeve.  When  the  bolt  strikes  the  receiver,  the 
locking  lugs  have  been  disengaged;  the  firing  pin  has  been 
forced  to  the  rear  until  the  sear  notch  of  the  cocking  piece  has 
passed  the  sear  nose;  the  cocking  piece  has  entered  the  cock 
notch  in  the  rear  end  of  the  bolt;  the  sleeve  lock  has  engaged 
its  notch  in  the  bolt;  and  the  mainspring  has  been  almost 
entirely  compressed.  During  the  rotation  of  the  bolt  a  rear 
motion  has  been  imparted  to  it  by  its  extracting  cam  coming 
in  contact  with  the  extracting  cam  of  the  receiver,  so  that 
the  cartridge  will  be  started  from  the  chamber.  The  bolt  is 
then  drawn  directly  to  the  rear,  the  parts  being  retained  in 
position  by  the  cocking-piece  nose  remaining  in  the  cock  notch 
remains  longitudinally  stationary  with   reference  to  the   bolt, 

To  close  the  bolt,  push  the  handle  forward  until  the  ex- 
tracting cam  on  the  bolt  bears  against  the  extracting  cam  on 
the  receiver,  thereby  unlocking  the  sleeve  from  the  bolt,  and 
turn  the  handle  down.  As  the  handle  is  turned  down,  the 
cams  of  the  locking  lugs  bear  against  the  locking  shoulders 
In  the  receiver,  and  the  bolt  is  forced  slightly  forward  into  its 
closed  position.    As  all  movement  of  the  firing  pin  is  prevented 


by  the  sear  nose  engaging  the  sear  notch  of  the  cocking  piece, 
fhis  forward  movement  of  the  bolt  completes  the  compression 
of  the  mainspring,  seats  the  cartridge  in  the  chamber  and;  in 
single  loading,  forces  the  hook  of  the  extractor  into  the  groove 
of  the  cartridge  case.  In  loading  from  the  magazine  the  hook 
of  the  extractor,  rounded  at  its  lower  edge,  engages  in  the 
groove  of  the  top  cartridge  as  it  rises  from  the  magazine 
under  the  action  of  the  follower  and  magazine  spring.  This 
brings  the  parts  to  the  position  shown,  and  the  piece  is  ready 
to  fire. 

After  firing,  just  before  the  bolt  is  drawn  fully  to  the  rear, 
the  top  locking  lug  strikes  the  heel  of  the  ejector,  throwing  its 
point  suddenly  to  the  right  in  the  lug  slot.  As  the  bolt  moves 
fully  to  the  rear,  the  rear  end  of  the  cartridge  case  strikes 
against  the  ejector  point  and  is  ejected  slightly  upward  and 
to  the  right  from  the  receiver.  Double  loading  from  the 
magazine  is  prevented  by  the  extractor  engaging  the  cartridge 
case  as  soon  as  it  rises  from  the  magazine  and  holding  its 
head  against  the  face  of  the  bolt  until  it  is  ejected. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  in  this  system  of  bolt  mechanism  the 
compression  of  the  mainspring,  the  seating  of  the  cartridge 
in  the  chamber  and  the  starting  of  the  empty  case  from  the 
chamber  are  entirely  done  by  the  action  of  cams.  The  piece 
may  be  cocked  either  by  raising  the  bolt  handle  until  it  strikes 
the  left  side  of  the  receiver  and  then  immediately  turning  it 
down,  or  by  pulling  the  cocking  piece  directly  back.  In  firing, 
unless  the  bolt  handle  is  turned  fully  down,  the  cam  on  the 
cock'ng  piece  will  strike  the  cocking  cam  on  the  bolt,  and  the 
energy  of  the  mainspring  will  be  expended  in  closing  the  bolt 
instead  of  on  the  primer.  This  prevents  the  possibility  of  a 
cartridge  being  fired  until  the  bolt  is  fully  closed. 

The  magazine  may  be  charged  either  by  cartridges  "held 
in  a  clip,  or  one  at  a  time.  To  fill,  the  cutoff  is  turned  up  so 
as  to  show  "on."  The  bolt  is  then  drawn  fully  to  the  rear, 
the  cartridges  are  inserted  from  the  top,  and  the  bolt  is  again 
closed.  The  magazine  chamber  is  made  wider  than  a  single 
cartridge,  but  not  as  wide  as  two,  so  that  the  cartridges  lie 
in  it  staggered,  three  on  one  side  and  two  on  the  other,  when 
the  magazine  is  full. 

When  the  cutoff  is  turned  down,  the  magazine  is  "off"  and 
the  bolt  cannot  be  drawn  fully  back.  Its  front  end,  projecting 
over  the  rear  end  of  the  upper  cartridge,  holds  it  down  in  the 
magazine  below  the  action  of  the  bolt.  The  magazine  mech- 
anism then  remains  inoperative,  and  the  gun  can  be  used  as 
a  single-loader,  the  cartridges  in  the  magazine  being  held  in 
reserve.  The  gun  can  also  be  readily  used  as  a  single-loader 
with  the  magazine   empty. 

When  the  cutoff  is  turned  up.  the  magazine  is  "on."  and 
the  bolt  can  be  drawn  fully  to  the  rear,  permitting  the  top 
cartridge  to  rise  high  enough  to  be  caught  by  the  bolt  in  its 
forward  movement.  As  the  bolt  is  closed,  this  cartridge  is 
pushed  forward  into  the  chamber,  being  held  up  during  its 
passage  by  the  pressure  of  those  below.  The  last  one  in  the 
magazine  is  held  up  by  the  follower,  the  rib  of  which  directs 
it  into  the  chamber.  In  magazine  fire,  after  the  last  cartridge 
has  been  fired  and  the  bolt  drawn  fully  back,  the  follower 
rises  and  holds  the  bolt  open  to  show  that  the  magazine  in 
empty. 


[4] 


ber  required  to  make  a  pound.  Consequently,  if  it  took 
eight  or  twelve  balls  to  make  a  pound,  the  corresponding 
size  of  gun  would  be  known  as  eight  or  twelve  ball.  This 
naturally  merged  into  bore,  as  the  maker  bored  the  barrels 
to  the  size  of  the  ball  used.  Caliber,  as  now  understood 
in  the  United  States,  is  measured  by  the  size  of  the  bore 
in  decimal  parts  of  an  inch,  30-caliber  meaning  0.30  in. 
While  the  very  early  and  perhaps  some  of  the  first 
guns  made  were  of  the  breech-loading  type,  considerable 
trouble  was  experienced  in  making  the  breech  tight  enough 
to  prevent  the  escape  of  gas,  which  in  many  cases  was  ex- 
tremely dangerous  to  the  operator.  It  was  for  this  reason 
that  it  was  not  until  the  invention  of  cartridges  that 
breech-loading  became  practical.  However,  there  are 
numerous  specimens  of  other  breech-loading  mechanisms 
in  existence  in  various  museums.  One  example  espe- 
cially, which  may  be  found  in  the  British  Museum,  was 
made  by  John  Cookson  in  1586.  This  gun  was  not  only 
a  breech-loader,  hut  was  a  repeater.  Powder  sufficient 
for  ten  loads  was  carried  loose  in  one  magazine  and  ten 
bullets  in  another.  A  revolving-disk  mechanism  fed  a 
charge  of  powder  and  one  bullet  to  the  barrel,  from 
which  they  were  discharged.  This  gun  appears  to  be 
in  perfect  condition  in  spite  of  the  danger  that  is  at 
once  evident  to  the  reader — of  the  ignition  reaching  the 
powder  magazine  itself. 

An  Early  Repeating  Breech-Loader 

Another  single  breech-loader  appears  to  have  been  made 
some  30  years  previous  to  the  Cookson  gun,  and  in  the 
same  year  of  1550  a  matchlock  revolver  was  invented, 
which  had  a  seven-chambered  cylinder  revolved  by  the 
action  of  the  hammer.  Six  of  the  seven  chambers  wTere 
exposed  in  practically  the  same  way  as  in  the  modern 
revolver  with  which  we  are  all  familiar.  Two  weapons 
known  to  have  been  made  during  the  reign  of  Henry 
VIII  were  veritable  Snider  action  rifles. 

In  1664  Abraham  Hall  invented  a  gun :  "Which  hath  a 
hole  at  the  upper  end  of  the  breech  to  receive  the  charge, 
which  hole  is  opened  or  stopped  by  a  piece  of  iron  or 
steel  that  lies  along  the  side  of  the  barrel  and  that  is 
moved  by  a  ready  and  easy  motion." 

Numerous  other  examples  of  early  breech-loading  port- 
able firearms  could  be  cited,  but  the  foregoing  is  suffi- 
cient to  give  an  idea  of  some  of  the  early  inventions. 

On  May  21,  1811,  John  H.  Hall,  of  North  Yarmouth, 
Maine,  patented  a  breech-loading  gun  that  was  the  first 
one  of  the  kind  manufactured  in  this  country,  with  the 
possible  exception  of  a  few  isolated  cases.  It  was  at 
first  a  flintlock  and  later  a  percussion-cap^gun,  using 
paper  cartridges.  Official  records  show  that  about  100 
were  issued  to  a  company  of  riflemen  in  1816.  In  1836, 
Congress  voted  Mr.  Hall  a  reward  of  $10,000,  based 
on  $1  per  gun,  which  shows  that  10,000  had  been  made 
up  to  that  time.  These  guns  were  priced  at  $20  each,  and 
a  number  were  used  as  late  as  the  Civil  War.  There  is  no 
evidence  of  any  foreign  government  having  adopted  a 
breech-loader  previous  to  the  invention  of  the  Hall,  so 
the  United  States  nust  be  credited  with  having  been 
first  in  the  field.  Ft  must  not  be  understood,  however, 
that  this  gun  was  <  /er  officially  adopted  at  any  time  for 
the  entire  United  S  cates  Army.  It  was,  however,  used  to 
a  considerable  extent  in  the  Black  Hawk  and  Seminole 
Wars,  and  also  in  the  Mexican  War;  and  while  not  gen- 
erally known,  quite  a  number  were  used  in  the  Civil  War. 


Just  how  early  paper  cartridges  were  invented  is  un- 
certain, though  in  the  year  1586  charges  of  powder  and 
a  bullet  were  placed  together  in  a  paper  envelope  or 
sack,  the  base  of  which  was  torn  or  bitten,  and  the  pow- 
der poured  into  the  barrel.  The  bullet  was  then  rammed 
down  on  it.  These  cartridges  were  gradually  improved 
in  form,  but  did  not  carry  their  own  means  of  ignition,  be- 
ing fired  by  matchlock,  flintlock  or  percussion-lock  mech- 
anisms similar  to  those  used  for  loose  powder  and  ball. 
A  cartridge  carrying  its  own  means  of  ignition  is  known 
to  have  been  patented  in  1827. 

In  the  year  1836  Lefaucheux  invented  the  pin-fire  cart- 
ridge, which  was  made  of  thin  brass  and  paper  and  had 
a  pin  projecting  through  the  side  which,  on  being  struck, 
exploded  a  "cap"  inside  the  shell.  In  this  same  year 
Greener,  an  Englishman,  produced  a  very  successful  elon- 
gated bullet  that  would  expand  and  fill  the  rifling  grooves 
when  fired,  thus  conserving  the  energy  of  the  gas.  Several 
others  had  tried  the  same  scheme,  but  his  appears  to  have 
been  the  earliest  successful  one. 

The  needle  gun  cartridge  was  invented  by  Deyse  in 
1838  and  adopted  by  the  Prussians  in  1841.  It  had  a 
conical  bullet,  with  a  wad  at  the  base,  behind  which  was 
a  charge  of  powder  in  a  lubricated  paper  case.  The  deto- 
nator was  placed  in  the  wad  and  was  fired  by  means  of 
a  needle  that  was  thrust  through  a  perforation  in  the 
base,  through  the  powder  and  into  the  "cap." 

Percussion  itself  dates  back  to  1807  and  is  credited  to 
the  Eev.  John  Forsyth.  It  was  first  used  in  the  form 
of  powder  ignited  by  means  of  a  punch— hence  the  name 
of  "punch-lock."  Later,  ignition  was  used  in  the  shape  of 
pills  and  gave  the  name  of  pill-lock  to  the  type  of  arms 
to  which  it  was  applied.  The  copper  percussion  cap  was 
invented  in  1818  and  is  generally  credited  to  Joseph  Egg, 
of  England. 

In  America  the  first  metal  cartridges  appear  to  have 
been  fired  from  percussion  locks  by  means  of  a  perfora- 
tion in  the  base  of  the  cartridge,  which  allowed  the  flame 
of  the  priming  to  ignite  the  charge.  Probably  the  rim- 
fire  cartridge  closely  followed.  A  center-fire  cartridge 
was  patented  by  Smith  &  Wesson  in  1854.  They  also 
obtaiiied  patents  on  an  improved  rim-fire  cartridge  in 
1860.  It  was  the  development  of  the  metal  cartridges 
that  made  possible  the  successful  use  of  breech-loaders, 
as  the  expansion  of  the  metal  shell  by  the  explosion  for 
the  first  time  produced  an  effectual  seal  for  the  prevention 
of  the  escape  of  gas  at  the  breech. 

Origin  of  the  American  Army  Musket 

The  original  model  for  the  first  musket  made  by  the 
United  States  Government  was  the  French  model  of  1763, 
which  was  largely  furnished  by  -the  French  Government 
during  the  American  Revolution.  This  style  was  known 
as  the  Charleville  musket,  and  it  was  copied  in  almost 
exact  detail.  The  subsequent  models  brought  out  by  the 
French  were  also  closely  followed  for  many  years.  The' 
model  of  1763  is  especially  noted  as  having  been  men- 
tioned in  the  contracts  of  1798.  A  model  of  1797  was  sent 
over  from  France  by  the  American  ambassador  as  an  ex- 
ample of  fine  workmanship,  and  on  the  recommendation 
of  Eli  Whitney  the  improvements  were  later  adopted  in 
the  United  States  guns.  From  the  beginning  of  Gov- 
ernment gun  manufacture  in  the  United  States  until  the 
Krag  system  was  adopted  in  1892  the  lines  of  the  old 
Charleville  musket  are  plainly  visible.     A  few  interpola- 


[5] 


tions  were  introduced  to  a  limited  extent,  notably  the  Declaration  of  Independence  steps  were  taken  looking 

Remington    in    1870,    the    bolt-action    Ward-Burton    in  toward  the  establishment  of  an  ammunition  factory,  but 

1871  and  the  Chaffee-Reece  bolt-action  in  1884.     None  it  was  not  until  after  the  close  of  the  Revolution  that 

of  these  were  ever  universally  adopted  for  the  regular  anything  which  could  be  called  a  Government  small  arm 


FIG.  29.  SHARP'S  CARBINE 
Patented  Sept.  12,  1848,  and  Oct.  5, 1852; 
lever-action  vertical  sliding  block;  first 
ones  used  percussion  caps  and  paper 
cartridges;  cal.  50  and  52;  length  of  bar- 
rel, 22  in.;  total  length,  39  in.;  weight, 
8  lb.;  80,512  purchased  during  Civil  War 


FIG.  30.  MATNARD  CARBINE 
Patented  May  27,  1851,  and  Dec.  6,  1859; 
tip-up  barrel;  lever  action;  percussion 
cap;  50  cal.;  length  of  barrel,  20  in.;  total 
length,  36&  in.;  weight,  6  lb.;  20,002  pur- 
chased during  Civil  War 


FIG.  31.  BURNSIDE  CARBINE 
Patented  May  25,  1856;  percussion  cap; 
flaring  metal  cartridge  with  small  hole 
in  butt  end;  lever-action  tilting  breech- 
block into  which  cartridges  were  placed 
butt  end  first;  cal.  53.5;  weight,  7  lb.; 
55,567  purchased 


FIG.  32.    COLT  REVOLVER  REPEATER 
5-shot;  percussion  caps;  patented  Nov. 
24,  1857;  cal.  56;  length  of  barrel,  26  in.; 
total  length,  44  in.;  weight,  9  lb.  3  oz. 


FIG.   33.    CARBINE  MADE  BY  B.  KITT- 

RIDGE  &  CO.,  CINCINNATI,  OHIO 

Rim-fire  cartridges;  40  cal.;  dated  Oct.  25, 

1859;  tip-up  barrel  striker  on  hammer 


FIG.  34.    SMITH  CARBINE 

Patented  June  23,  1857;  percussion;  top 

lever,  tip-up  barrel  action;  cal.  50;  barrel, 

21%  in.;  total  length,  39  in.;  weight,  7  lb. 

15  oz. ;  30,062  purchased  during  Civil  War 


FIG.   35.    JOSLYN  CARBINE 
Patented    Oct.    8,    1861;    rim-fire    cart- 
ridge; firing  pin;  breech-block  hinged  at 
side;   53   cal.;   weight,   7   lb.   3   oz.;   11,261 
purchased 


FIG.  36.    REMINGTON  CARBINE 
Patented   Dec.   28,   1863;   thumb   hinged 
block  at  breech;   44  cal.;  weight,   5  lb.   4 
oz.;  20,000  purchased 


FIG.  37.    GALLAGHER  CARBINE 
Patented  July  17,  1860;  percussion  cap; 
tip-up     barrel;     51     cal.;     22-in.     barrel; 
weight,  7  lb.  8  oz.;  22,728  bought 


FIG.  38.    STARR  CARBINE 
Patented     Sept.     14,     1858;     firing    pin; 
lever-action      vertical      sliding      breech- 
block;  52  cal.;  weight,  7  lb.  9  oz.;  25,603 
bought 


army,  though  the  Remington  was  issued  in  large  num- 
bers to  militia  in  a  number  of  the  states. 

The  beginning  of  the  manufacture  of  the  Charleville 
pattern  guns  is  pretty  clearly  traced.     Soon  after  the 


was  manufactured.  In  1776  General  Washington  ordered 
Col.  David  Manson,  of  Boston,  to  establish  a  laboratory 
for.  making  all  kinds  of  ammunition.  Brookfield,  Mass., 
and  then  Hartford,  Conn.,  were  suggested,  but  for  sev- 


[6] 


eral  reasons  were  not  selected.  The  final  decision  was 
centered  on  Springfield,  Mass.,  and  early  records  show 
that  work  was  begun  on  this  laboratory  in  April,  1778. 
After  the  Revolutionary  War  was  over,  all  the  employees 
were  discharged  and  the  buildings  left  in  charge  of  a 
storekeeper. 

In  April,  1794,  Congress  authorized  the  establishment 
of  two  armories,  one  at  Harper's  Ferry,  Va.,  and  the 
other  at  Springfield,  Mass.  The  manufacture  of  small 
arms  began  at  Springfield  in  1795  with  40  men,  and  245 
muskets  were  turned  out  the  first  year.  There  is  no  rec- 
ord of  any  small  arms  being  produced  at  Harper's  Ferry 
previous  to  1801.  In  1810  the  output  at  Springfield  was 
9,700  muskets  and  602  carbines.  At  this  arsenal  in  1819 
the  cost  of  labor  per  musket  was  $6.57,  which  together 
with  the  cost  of  the  material  brought  the  total  cost  to 
$12.40  each.     The  output  of  this  arsenal  continued  from 


PIG.  27.    TYPES  OF  BAYONETS  ON  UNITED  STATES  ARMY 
MUSKETS  AND  RIFLES 

A,  bayonet  1803,  hollow  ground  point,  16  in.  long,  %  in.  at 
widest  part  of  blade;  B,  bayonet  1865,  hollow  ground  blade, 
18  in.  long,  %  in.  wide  at  widest  part  of  blade,  %  in.  thick  at 
base  of  blade;  C,  rod  bayonet  1888,  when  out  projects  15  in. 
from  end  of  barrel,  rod  is  A  in.  in  diameter  with  triangular 
point;  D,  Krag  bayonet  1892;  11%  in.  long,  M.  in.  thick  at 
base;  E,  bayonet  1905,  16  in.  long,  lx>4  in.  at  base  of  blade, 
handle  4%  in.  long;  F,  bayonet  1906,  slight  changes  in  handle 
and  catch 

1811  to  average  about  1,000  per  month.  Twelve  thousand 
muskets  and  250  rifles  were  produced  in  1819.  This  av- 
erage was  not  materially  changed  until  1862,  when  it 
jumped  to  102,410,  and  to  276,200  in  1864.  The  cost  per 
gun  the  latter  year  was  $10.69.  In  1865  the  output 
dropped  to  195,341,  and  the  cost  rose  to  $14.12  each. 

Besides  the  Government  armories  established,  Congress 
in  1808  enacted  a  law  for  the  annual  payment  from  the 
United  States  Treasury  of  $200,000  for  six  private  ar- 
mories established  that  year.  From  among  the  more 
prominent  gun  makers  were  selected  Asa  Waters,  Sutton 
(now  Millbury),  Mass.;  Simeon  North,  Middletown, 
Conn.;  Nathan  Starr,  Middletown,  Con*i. ;  Eli  Whitney, 
Whitneyville  (near  New  Haven),  Conn.;  Henry  Der- 
ringer, Philadelphia,  Penn. ;  and  Lemuel  Pomeroy, 
Pittsfield,  Mass.  Contracts  were  issued  to  these  firms 
for  a  term  of  years,  which  were  renewed  from  time  to 
time  until  1840.  These  private  armories  were  regarded 
as  permanent,  having  been  recognized  by  the  Government 
as  a  part  of  the  United  States  industrial  preparedness 
measures  for  the  insurance  of  a  supply  of  arms. 


The  six  private  armories  assured,  the  Government 
proceeded  to  issue  contracts  for  arms  to  supply  the  militia. 
From  June  30  to  Nov.  13,  1808,  nineteen  contracts  were 
made;  the  total  number  of  arms  delivered  by  these  nine- 
teen firms  to  December,    1812,   was   53,660. 

In  1841  and  1842  the  number  of  private,  armories  was 
seven,  with  an  output  as  follows:  Pomeroy,  1,200  mus- 
kets; Whitney,  1,500  muskets;  Starr,  1,200  rifles,  Der- 
ringer, 1,200  rifles;  Waters,  3,000  pistols;  Johnston, 
3,000  pistols ;  North,  2,000  Hall's  carbines.  These  made 
a  total  of  13,100  annually.  In  1845  the  last  of  these 
contracts  expired,  and  the  whole  system  was  broken  up 
without  notice. 

Starting  at  the  beginning,  the  strictly  Government 
muskets  and  rifles  were  made  as  follows.  The  changes  in- 
dicated can  be  easily  traced  by  reference  to  the  various 
illustrations,  shown  and  described  separately: 

French  Charleville  musket,  model  1763;   pattern  only. 

Flintlock  musket,  smooth  bore,  1795  to  1822;  minor  changes: 
bore  reduced  from  71  or  more  to  69  cal. 

Musket  altered  to  percussion,  model  1822;  cal.  69. 

Musket,  percussion;  new  nipple  seat  or  boss;  model  1842: 
cal.   69;  patterned  after  French  Charleville,  model  1840. 

Springfield  rifled  musket,  model  1855;  Maynard  primer; 
cal.  58. 

Springfield  rifled  musket,  models  1861,  1863,  1864;  different 
mountings. 

Springfield  breech-loading  rifle;  model  1865;  Allen  altera- 
tion; cal.  58. 

Springfield  breech-loading  rifle,  model  1866;  cal.  50. 

Springfield  breech-loading  rifle,  models  1868  and  1870;  cal. 
50. 

Springfield  breech-loading  rifle,  model  1873;  cal.  45. 

Springfield  breech-loading  rifle,  model  1884;  cal.  45;  rod 
bayonet. 

United  States  magazine  rifle,  model  1892;  cal.  30;  Krag- 
Jorgensen  system. 

United  States  magazine  rifle,  models  1896  and  1898;  Krag 
system. 

United  States  magazine  rifle,  model  1903;  cal.  30. 

Briefly  reviewing  the  various  changes  and  interpola- 
tions that  took  place  from  time  to  time,  only  minor  altera- 
tions were  made  in  the  muskets  manufactured  from  1795 
until  1822,  when  the  percussion  system  was  adopted  to 
supersede  the  flintlocks.  Many  flintlocks  were  altered 
later,  so  that  frequently  models  of  earlier  years  are  en- 
countered in  museums,  having  the  percussion  system  of 
ignition.  A  large  number  of  the  old  flintlocks  were  al- 
lowed to  accumulate  at  the  various  arsenals  until  in  1850 
and  1851  a  great  many  were  changed  to  percussion.  It 
was  during  this  period  that  the  Hall  breech-loader  was 
used  to  some  extent,  and  many  are  to  be  found  of  both 
systems. 

The  model  of  1842  shows  a  new  nipple  seat  or  boss, 
bulging  out  from  the  side  of  the  barrel  and  an  integral 
part  of  it.  The  next  change  of  importance  was  the 
reduction  of  the  bore  from  69  to  58  caliber  and  the  adop- 
tion of  the  Maynard  primer,  which  was  done  in  1855.  The 
Maynard  primer  consisted  of  a  flat  tape  with  an  explo- 
sive mixture,  or  caps,  at  intervals.  This  tape  was  wound 
over  a  small  drum,  and  the  caps  were  fed  one  at  a  time 
up  over  the  nipple.  The  action  of  the  hammer,  as  it 
was  cocked,  brought  a  cap  into  position;  and  as  it  de- 
scended, it  cut  off  a  piece  of  the  tape  and  a  cap.  This 
did  away  with  the  necessity  of  putting  a  cap  on  the  nipple 
at  each  loading,  as  it  was  taken  care  of  automatically  as 
long  as  the  priming  tape  lasted,  when  it  was  easily  re- 
placed. This  system  was  later  abandoned  and  return 
was  made  to  the  percussion  caps.  With  this  exception, 
few  changes  other  than  in  the  mountings  were  made  for 
vears,  the  essential  narts  remaining  standard 


[7] 


Very  few  breech-loading  arms  except  the  Hall  were 
tried  by  the  Government  previous  to  the  Civil  War. 
Among  the  principal  ones  were  the  Sharps,  Burnside 
and  Spencer,  of  which  a  few  were  issued  to  troops  be- 
tween 1845  and  1860.  Some  Maynards  were  also  is- 
sued. The  general  opinion  of  the  army  boards  of  this 
time  was  that  the  breech-loader  was  not  perfected  enough 
for  general  adoption.  At  the  outbreak  of  the  Civil  War 
the  Government  found  itself  unable  to  furnish  its  troops 
with  arms,  so  they  were  purchased  both  here  and  abroad. 
None  of  these  weapons,  however,  seem  to  have  influenced 
the  subsequent  Government  models  to  any  noticeable  ex- 
tent. Since  these  guns  had  so  little  bearing  on  the  regu- 
lar army  models  and  were  so  numerous,  only  a  few 
of  the  better  known  ones  are  shown  in  the  illustrations. 

In  1865  the  Government  adopted  its  first  official  breech- 
loader. This  was  known  as  the  Allen  alteration  and 
consisted  mainly  in  crossmilling  a  section  out  of  the 
top  of  the  rear  end  of  the  barrel  and  fitting  on  a  hinged 
breech-block.  This  block  is  plainly  shown  in  the  illustra- 
tion for  that  year.  The  model  of  1866  was  very  similar, 
but  the  caliber  was  reduced  to  50,  which  was  taken  care 
of  in  the  guns  already  made  by  inserting  a  rifled  tube 
in  the  barrel  to  reduce  it  to  the  required  size.  Practical- 
ly no  change  was  made  in  the  models  of  1868  and  1870, 
except  that  in  1870  the  barrel  was  made  to  screw  into 
the  receiver  frame.  It  was  also  in  this  year  that  the 
Eemington  breech-loader  was  used  to  a  limited  extent. 
This  was  followed  the  next  year  by  another  brief  experi- 
ment in  the  form  of  the  Ward-Burton  bolt-action  rifle, 
which  was  one  of  the  earliest  of  this  type. 

>  The  model  of  1873  had  the  caliber  reduced  to  45.  Some 
of  the  officers'  models  of  this  year  also  were  fitted  with  a 
three-cornered  rod  bayonet.    Of  course,  it  must  be  borne 


in  mind  that  all  through  these  periods  numerous  carbines 
for  mounted  troops,  artillery,  officers  or  others  were 
made,  but  had  no  bearing  on  the  main  issue.  All  sorts  of 
weapons  were  also  being  constantly  tried  out  by  the  ord- 
nance boards  in  the  search  for  something  better,  but 
through  it  all  the  old  lines  of  the  original  Charleville 
musket  proved  the  more  practical. 

The  Springfield  model  of  1884  carried  the  rod  bayonet 
as  its  principal  change.  This  was  a  round  pointed  rod 
that  was  carried  in  the  rifle  about  like  the  old  ramrod 
and  could  be  pulled  out  a  certain  distance,  when  a  catch 
would  hold  it  until  released  and  pushed  back  again.  This 
year  also  saw  the  introduction  of  another  experiment  in 
the  Chaffee-Reece  bolt-action  rifle,  of  which  only  a  few 
hundred  were  manufactured  and  issued  for  regular  service. 

The  next  change  is  a  radical  one,  the  caliber  being  re- 
duced to  30  and  a  magazine  rifle  of  the  modified  Krag- 
Jorgensen  type  being  adopted  after  extensive  competitive 
tests.  It  is  not  necessary  to  describe  this  model  in  detail, 
though  it  continued  in  use  with  slight  alterations  until 
the  adoption  of  the  present  model  of  1903,  the  action  and 
details  of  the  latest  type  of  which  are  described  else- 
where. This  last  rifle  contains  many  of  the  best  fea- 
tures of  both  the  Krag  and  the  Mauser  systems,  and  in 
its  present  form  is  considered  by  army  men  to  be  one 
of  the  best  and  hardest  shooting  rifles  used  by  any  army. 
The  big  advantage  of  the  bolt  action  is  that  it  lends  it- 
self so  easily  to  either  magazine  or  hand  loading. 

During  the  entire  period  of  rifle  evolution  the  bayo- 
nets varied  but  little,  except  as  they  were  made  to  conform 
to  the  different  sizes  of  barrels.  Some  special  designs  were 
introduced  for  different  branches  of  the  service,  but  three 
principal  types  only  were  used  by  the  regular  army,  as 
shown  by  the  illustrations. 


[8] 


General  Specifications  and  Barrel  Operations 


By  Feed  H.  Colvin 


This  article  begins  a  complete  description  of  the  manu- 
facture of  the  Springfield  rifle,  showing  each  operation 
on  each  component  part  and  illustrating  the  machines, 
tools,  jigs,  fixtures  and  production  methods. 

These  methods  and  tools  represent  the  present  govern- 
ment arsenal  practice  and  enough  details  and  data  are 
given  to  enable  any  good  designer  or  toolmaker  to  produce 
working  jigs  and  fixtures  for  the  parts  designated  or  for 
similar  ones  if  it  is  desired  to  work  along  these  lines. 

The  Springfield  rifle,  known  as  the  model  of  1903,  has 
a  bore  of  0.30  in.  and  uses  a  ball  cartridge  weighing 
395.5  grains.     The   bullet  weighs   150  grains,  and  the 


is  0.004  in.  deep.  The  total  length  of  the  gun  is  43.212 
in.  without  the  bayonet,  and  its  total  weight,  also  without 
bayonet,  is  8.69  lb.  The  weights  of  the  various  parts 
are  given  in  Table  1. 

There  are  93  component  parts  in  this  rifle.  These  are 
illustrated  on  the  board  in  Fig.  1.  The  names  are  listed 
under  Fig.  2,  which  shows  the  important  parts  by  number. 
Thus  the  action  of  the  rifle  is  evident,  all  details  being 
made  clear  by  a  reference  to  the  various  parts 

Before  taking  up  the  manufacture  of  the  rifle,  it  seems 
best  to  show  exactly  the  kind,  of  material  selected  for  the 
various  parts.  The  steel  used  is  divided  into  seven 
classes — A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  also  music  wire  and  screw  stock 


PIG.  1.    SAMPLE  BOARD,  SHOWING  VARIOUS  PARTS  OP   SPRINGFIELD  MODEL  1903   SERVICE   RIPLE 


weight  of  the  powder  charge  is  about  50  grains.  This 
gives  an  initial  velocity  of  2,700  ft.  per  sec.  The  total 
length  of  the  barrel  proper  is  24.006  in.,  the  bullet  trav- 
eling 21.697  in.  in  the  barrel.  There  are  four  right-hand 
rifling  grooves  with  a  uniform  twist  of  one  turn  in  10  in. 
The  width  of  the  grooves  is  0.1767  in.,  three  times  the 
width  of  the  lands,  which  are  0.0589  in.    The  rifle  groove 


of  commercial  grade.  The  two  latter  require  no  physical 
tests.  Classes  A,  B  and  C  are  simply  carbon  steel  to  be 
made  by  the  openhearth  or  crucible  process.  Classes  D 
and  E  are  also  carbon  steel  and  may  be  produced  by 
either  the  openhearth  or  the  Bessemer  process.  The 
physical  requirements  and  the  chemical  composition  are 
given  in  full  detail  in  Tables  3  and  3. 


[9] 


The  requirements  for  materials 
which  are  to  be  used  for  rifle  parts 
are  such  as  to  insure  dependability 
without  calling  for  the  fulfillment  of 
impossible  conditions.  The  necessity 
for  machinability  tests  and  the  re- 
jection of  material  which  does  not 
meet  such  requirements  even  if  physi- 
cal and  chemical  analyses  afe  met,  is 
apparent. 

Steel  of  all  classes  must  machine 
freely  for  its  grade  in  the  ordinary 
operations  of  manufacture.  This  is 
determined  by  taking  samples  from 
each  lot  and  putting  them  through 
the  different  manufacturing  proc- 
esses. In  order  to  be  accepted  the 
stock  must  be  worked  with  the  reg- 
ular tools  and  at  the  piecework  price 
in  force.  The  allowance  for  rejec- 
tion for  various  classes  is  as  follows : 

ALLOWANCES  FOR  SEAMS  OR  OTHER 
DEFECTS 

Class  A    \  j  0f  i  per  cent,  of  the  number  of  pieces 

Class  U    I  machined  in  the  working  test 
Class  C    1  ,    ,  ,     . 

Class  D    \  1  per  cent,  of  the  number  of  pieces  ma- 

ClasF.  E    J  chined  in  the  working  test 

The  chemical  composition  con- 
tained in  Table  3  is  based  upon  the 
analyses  of  steels  that  have  been 
found  satisfactory  in  both  the  phy- 
sical and  working  tests  and  is  for 
information  only.  The  contractor 
may  vary  the  proportion  of  carbon, 
manganese  and  silicon,  but  the  max- 
imum limits  given  for  manganese, 
sulphur  and  phosphorus  must  not  be 
exceeded,  and  Class  C  steel  must  not 
contain  more  than  0.35  carbon.  No 
nickel  or  other  alloys  shall  be  used 
in  any  of  the  grades. 

Steel  of  all  classes  must  be  free 
from  checks,  heavy  scale  and  hard 
spots.  All  steel  will  be  delivered 
unannealed,  in  lengths  not  exceed- 
ing 12  ft.  and  without  any  heat-treat- 
ment, unless  otherwise  specified.  The 
sizes  and  classes  of  steel  used  for  vari- 
ous parts  are  shown  in  Table  3-A. 

Instructions   for   Annealing 
Components 

In  general,  all  forgings  of  the  com- 
ponents of  the  arms  manufactured  at 
this  armory  and  all  forgings  for 
other  ordnance  establishments  will  be 
packed  in  charcoal,  lime  or  suitable 
material  and  annealed  before  being 
transferred  from  the  forge  shop. 

Except  in  special  cases,  all  anneal- 
ing will  be  done  in  annealing  pots  of 
appropriate  size.  One  fire  end  will 
be  inserted  in  the  center  of  the  an- 
nealing pot  nearest  the  middle  of  the 
furnace  and  one  in  the  furnace  out- 
side of  but  near  the  annealing  pots. 


25.  Cutoff  Spindle t   '-Sleeve  Loch  t-tjector  8. 

'    ,22                 28              j       .              i-lrfractor  60.Slideand      64_Slide-Cap    65.  Windage 
'.Cutoffs     r-cjec+or  Pin  ;  i      rniim-  rji^o rnn   if        <^™-        r  "c 


81.  Sleeve-Lock  Spring 


Collar 


Slide  Cap" 


FIG.2 


FIG.  2.    SECTIONS   OF    SPRINGFIELD    MODEL    1903     SERVICE     RIFLE    WITH 
PARTS  NUMBERED  FOR  IDENTIFICATION 

UNITED  STATES  RIFLE 
Caliber  0.30— Model  of  1903 


Barrel: 

1  Barrel 

2  Base  pin 

3  Base  spline 

4  Fixed  base 

5  Fixed  stud 

6  Stud  pin 
Bolt: 

7  Bolt 

8  Extractor  collar 
Bolt  Stop: 

9  Bolt-stop  pin 

10  Bolt-stop  spring 
Butt  Plate: 

11  Butt  plate 

12  Butt-plate  cap 

13  Butt-plate  pin 

14  Butt-plate  screw,  large 

15  Butt-plate  screw,  small 

16  Butt-plate  spring 

17  Butt-plate  spring  screw 
Butt  Swivel: 

18  Butt  swivel 

19  Butt-swivel  pin 

20  Butt-swivel  plate 

21  Butt -swivel  screws  (2) 
Cutoff: 

22  Cutoff 

23  Cutoff  plunger 

24  Cutoff  screw 

25  Cutoff  spindle 

26  Cutoff  spring 

27  Ejector 

28  Ejector  pin 

29  Extractor 


Firing  Pin: 

30  Cocking  piece 

31  Firing-pin  rod 

32  Firing-pin  sleeve 

33  Floor  plate 

34  Floor-plate  catch 

35  Floor-plate  pin 

36  Floor-plate  spring 

37  Follower 

Front  Sight:     ■ 

38  Front  sight 

39  Front-sight  pin 

40  Front-sight  screw 

41  Movable  stud 

42  Guard 

43  Guard-screw  bushing 

44  Guard  screw,  front 

45  Guard  screw,  rear 

46  Hand  guard 

47  Hand-guard  clips  (2) 

48  Lower  band 

49  Lower-band  screw 

50  Lower-band  spring 

51  Lower-band  swivel 

52  Magazine  spring 

53  Mainspring 

Rear  Sight: 

54  Base  spring 

55  Drift  slide,  0  05  peep 

56  Drift-slide  pin 

57  Joint  pin 

58  Leaf 

59  Movable  base 

60  Slide 


Rear  Sight  (Continued) : 

61  Slide  binding  screw 

62  Slide  cap 

63  Slide-cap  pin 

64  Slide-cap  screw 

65  Windage  screw 

66  Windage-screw  collar 

67  Windage-screw  knob 

68  Windage-screw  pin 

69  Windage-screw  spring 

70  Receiver 

Safety  Lock: 

71  Safety-lock  plunger 

72  Safety-lock  spindle 

73  Safety-lock  spring 

74  Safetv-lock  thumb  piece 

75  Sear 

76  Sear  pin 

77  Sear  spring 

Sleeve: 

78  Sleeve 

79  Sleeve  lock 

80  Sleeve-lock  pin 

81  Sleeve-lock  spring 

82  Stacking  swivel 

83  Stacking-swivel  screw 

84  Stock 

85  Stock  screw 

86  Stock-screw  nut 

87  Striker 

88  Trigger 

89  Trigger  pin 

90  Upper  band 

91  Upper-band  screw 


[10] 


FIGS.  3  TO  8.    SPECIALIZED  OPERATIONS  ARE  FREQUENT  IN  MAKING  THE   SPRINGFIELD   1903   RIFLE   BARREL 

Fig   3 — Rolling   barrels.     Fig.   4 — Hammer   for  straightening-  barrels.     Fig.  5 — Sawing  barrels  to  rough  length. 
Fig.  6 — Turning  outside  of  barrels.     Fig.  1- — Drilling  holes  in  bar-°'s     Fig.  8 — Reaming  holes  in  barrels 


[11] 


The  Leeds  &  Northrup  8-point  recording  pyrometer 
will,  in  general,  be  used  in  keeping  the  record  of  the 
annealing   temperatures.      The    following    temperatures 


These  instructions  have  since  been  amended  to  author- 
ize the  annealing  of  components  of  Class  D  and  Class  E 
stock  in  a  muffler  furnace  without  the  use  of  annealing 


Section  Showing  Splint' 


extension  Ding 


..0.3P5 


<as&. 


■  i.sss- 


•087  Ream  for Pirt  after  Assembling  Base 


W 1 14  006' to  Cnd  of  Barrel 

This  view  shows  changes  to  bemadei 
for  converting  old  barrels  to  take  new 
ammunition  Dotted  lines  show  outline 
of  barrel  before  bting  cur  off   Make  • 
chamber  same  as  shown  below. 


CHAMBER  .OF  BARREL  IN  PROOF  STAGE 


Steel  Headspace     I 
6a9e--JO.I47Min.  1 

3    xawsMox. 


u, /!?.!*!■*«::**«* ru.oocTM 

U 0.736'i—T -  '•»' T -HIT  to  C id  of  Barrel- 


SECTION  OF  BARREL  SHOWING  RiaiW     .ttrt-tX^-l    j» 


i.isos'-.oois' 

This  dimension  to  be  left  0.004  short  until 

barrel  is  assembled  to  receiver. 


IL 


If       I  M& 


i\t 


■Ream  for  Pin  after  Assembling 


affwf   i' 

--ia37is- 

face  of  Muzzle  shall  not  be  polished. 


Riflira-4  plain  grooves  J  times  the  width  of  the 
v  lands  aCKk rdcep,  the  twist  right  hand 
uniform,  I  turn  in  10  inches: 


~»2 


awry  r ^mm*j44ie. 


C.iX'-\ 


...*- -SISS*- 

■■- n.iT 

—14.00C-  — 


-4445- K-;.W 


u 


i9<~r-—3ise- — -H 


PIG.   9.    SECTIONS  OF  SPRINGFIELD  MODEL  1903   RIFLE  BARREL,  SHOWING  WORKING  LIMITS  AND  DIMENSIONS 


will  be  used  in  annealing  carbon-steel  components  of  the 
various  classes  used  at  this  armory : 

Components  of  Steel  Deg.  C. 

Class  A 800 

Class  B 800 

Class  C 820 

Class  D 850 

Class  E 880 

The  fuel  will  be  shut  off  from  the  annealing  furnace 
gradually  as  the  temperature  approaches  the  prescribed 
annealing  temperature,  so  as  to  prevent  heating  beyond 
that  point. 

TABLE  1.     FINISHED  WEIGHTS  OF  PARTS  OF  THE  SPRINGFIELD 
MODEL  1903  SERVICE  RIFLE 

'  Lb. 

Barrel : 2.79 

Barrel,  with  rear-sight  base  and  front-sight  stud 3 .  00 

Butt  plate 0.26 

Receiver 0 .  98 

Bolt  mechanism i.00 

Magazine  and  trigger  guard 0 .  44 

Magazine  mechanism,  including  Boor  plate 0. 17 

Bayonet 1 .  00 

Stock 1.58 

Hand  guard 0. 13 

Front  and  rear  bands,  including  swivelB 0.25 

Rear  sight,  not  including  base 0.20 

Total  weight  of  metal  parts. . 7.30 

Oiler  and_  thong  case._ 0. 19 

Total  weight  of  arm,  including  oiler  and  thong  case,  with  bayonet 9.69 

Total  weight  of  arm,  including  oiler  and  thong  case,  without  bayonet ....  8 .  69 

Weight  to  compress  mainspring 16  to  18 

Trigger  pull  (measured  at  middle  point  of  bow  of  trigger) 3  to    4i 

The  forgings  of  the  rifle  barrel,  it  must  be  stated, 
are  exceptions  to  the  foregoing  general  rule.  These 
forgings  will  be  packed  in  lime  and  allowed  to  cool  slowly 
from  the  residual  heat  after  forging. 

The  classes  of  steel  used  in  the  forgings  of  the  prin- 
cipal components  manufactured  in  the  forge  shop  at  this 
armory  as  shown  in  Table  4,  in  which  the  grade  of  steel 
required  is  indicated  after  the  name  of  the  component,' 
designation  being  by  letter. 


pots,  when  on  account  of  lack  of  furnace  capacity  it  is 
not  practicable  to  anneal  all  components  in  pots.  The 
annealing  temperatures,  however,  remain  the  same  in  all 
cases. 

TABLE  2.     PHYSICAL  REQUIREMENTS  CALLED   FOR  IN   VARIOUS 
GRADES  OF  STEEL 


Class    Tensile  Strength, 
Lb.  per  Sq.In. 

Elastic  Limit,           Elongation, 
Lb.  per  Sq.In.                  % 

Contraction  of 
Area,  % 

A                  110,000 
B                    90,000 
C                    75,000 
D                   65,000 
E                  40,000 

75,000 
60,000 
50,000 
40,000 
25,000 

Physical  Teste 

20 
15 
25 
23 
33 

45 
20 
50 
40 
55 

Class  A — Barrel  steel:'  From  each  lot  of  Class  A  steel  submitted  at  any  time 
for  test,  there  Bhall  be  taken  a  sample  of  not  less  than  300  lb.  from  each  heat  com- 
posing the  lot  submitted.  When  this  sample  is  received,  it  will  be  cut  up  into 
barrelbillets,  heated  to  a  temperature  of  not  less  than  725  deg.  C.  (1,337  deg.  F.) 
and  rolled  into  rifle-barrel  blanks  according  to  the  prescribed  methods  in  use. 
Immediately  after  rolling,  the  barrel  blanks  will  be  placed  in  dry,  warm,  slaked 
lime  to  cool.  When  cool,  at  least  five  barrel  blanks  will  be  selected  at  random 
and  test  specimens  cut  from  the  large  end  of  the  barrel  blanks  so  selected.  If 
these  specimens  pass  the  physical  test,  the  remaining  barrel  blanks  will  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  working  and  high-pressure  tests.  When  a  lot  of  steel  represented 
by  an  accepted  Bample  as  described  above  is  received,  one  test  specimen  for  each 
4,000  lb.  shall  be  selected  and  similarly  tested,  in  order  to  determine  whether  the 
sample  tested  actually  represents  the  lot  received. 

Classes  B,  C,  D  and  E— -Steel:  From  each  heat  of  steel  submitted  at  any  one 
time  for  test,  one  test  specimen  for  each  4,000  lb.  of  each  size  shall  be  selected; 
and  in  case  of  unannealed  stock  these  specimens  shall,  before  machining,  be 
thoroughly  annealed  from  a  temperature  of  10  to  20  deg.  C.  (50  to  68  deg.  F.) 
above  the  lowest  absorption  point  for  the  specimen  tested.  The  absorption 
point  and  physical  qualities  shall  be  determined  by  the  Ordnance  Department. 
The  specimens  for  physical  test  shall  have  a  length  of  stem  2  in.,  and  the  dia- 
meter of  the  stem  shall  be  0 .  505  in.  wherever  the  size  of  the  stock  permits.  In 
all  other  cases  the  diameter  of  the  stem  shall  be  the  maximum  obtainable,  except 
that  for  material  having  a  cross-section  of  less  than  0.05  sq.in.no  physical  test 
will  be  required.  In  testing  a  specimen  as  indicated  above,  if  it  fails  in  any  of 
the  requirements  the  contractor  may  submit  three  specimens  to  represent  the 
steel  being  tested,  all  of  which  must  fulfill  requirements.  All  expenses  involved 
in  making  the  physical  tests  shall  be  borne  by  the  contractor. 

TABLE  3.     CHEMICAL  COMPOSITION 


Combined 

Phos-\ 

'hiss 

Carbon 

Manganese 

Silicon 

Sulphur 

phorus 

Min. 

Max. 

Min. 

Max. 

Min. 

Max. 

Not  more  than 

A 

0.50 

0.60 

1.00 

1.29 

0.15 

0  25 

0.06 

0.08 

B 

0.95 

1.10 

0.25 

0  40 

0  15 

0.20 

0.022 

0  019 

r, 

0.30 

0.35 

1.30 

0.05 

0.10 

0.06 

0.06 

r> 

0.10 

0.30 

0.50 

0.02 

0.15 

0.12 

0    1* 

E 

0.04 

0.08 

0.50 

0.05 

0.12 

0.15 

[12] 


In  describing  the  making  of  the  barrel  and  other  im- 
portant parts  of  the  Springfield  rifle  all  the  principal 
operations  will  be  shown  in  detail,  minor  operations  being 
briefly  described.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  operation 
numbers,  Table  5,  do  not  follow  in  alphabetical  or  numeri- 
cal order,  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  has  been  found  advisable 
to  change  the  sequence  of  operations  since  these  designa- 
tions were  established.  It  has  been  found  best  to  retain 
these  symbols  in  order  to  avoid  confusion  both  on  the 
part  of  those  who  are  now  engaged  in  this  work  and  those 
who  may  possibly  take  it  up  at  some  later  date. 

TABLE  3-A.    SIZES  OF  STOCK  FOR  RIFLE  COMPONENTS 

Class  A: 

Barrel,  1.35  in.  round  in  12-ft.  lengths 

Class  B: 

For  extractor,  0.33  in.  square 

For  lower-band  swivel,  0.47  in.  round 

Class  Ci  .         l-i       r  ti  • 

Bolt,  0  89x0  70  in.  rectangular,  length  in  multiples  of  7i  in. 
Receiver,  Hxlf  in.  rectangular,  length  in  multiples  of  15  in. 

Sear,  follower,  stacking  swivel,  safety-lock  thumb  piece,  movable  stud  and 

leaf,  0.47  in.  round 
Floor  plate,  0 .  52  in.  round 
Rear-sight  movable  base,  0.60  in.  round 
Rear-sight  fixed  base,  1 .4  in.  round 
Ejector,  sleeve  lock  and  slide  cap,  0  26  in.  square 
Floor-plate  catch  and  slide,  0  30  in.  square 
Extractor  collar  and  butt  swivel  plate,  0.40  in.  square 
Cocking  piece,  0.56  in.  square 
Sleeve  and  fixed  stud,  0.80  in.  square 
Butt-plate  cap,  0.48x0.28  in.  rectangular 
Trigger,  0.50x0.30  in.  rectangular 
Cutoff,  0  60x0 .  50  in.  rectangular 
Lower  band,  0  68x0  38  in.  rectangular 
Butt  plate,  0.88x0.48  in.  rectangular 

Guard,  lixlA  in.  rectangular  ,  „,,..,  x  L 

Sight  cover,  0  055  in.  thick,  31  in.  wide  by  48  in.  long.     This  stock  must  be 

annealed,  smooth,  uniform  in  thickness  and  capable  of  being  bent  double, 

cold,  without  cracking 

Class  E: 

Upper  band,  1.4  in.  round 

This  wbe  must  be  soft,  bright,  straight,  free  from  kinks  and  capable  of  being 
easily  worked  in  automatic  machines.     Wire  to  be  shipped  in  boxes, 
physical  tests  reauired. 


No 


For 
Dropper 


Diameter, 

In. 
0.057    1 
±0.001    I 


Screwdriver  rivet,  bright,  soft  rivet  steel,  capable  of 
being  headed  twice  its  diameter,  without  splitting 


Cutoff  spindle. 
Ejector  pin 


0.190 
+0.001 
0.229 
—0.002 
0.245 
;  — 0.001 
I      0  254 
Bayonet-grip  screw  and  safety-lock  spindle \  -p-oioOl 

Lower-band  screw,  stacking-swivel  screw  and  upper- 
band  screw 

Stock  screw 

Guard-screw    bushing,    windage-screw    collar    and 
stock-screw  nut 

Butt-plate  screw,  large 


For 


Firing-pin  rod . 
Striker 


Length, 
Ft. 

10 


10 

1 

'       10] 
10 
10 

10 
10 

10 

10 

Length, 
Ft.       In. 

10       1 

10     .. 


The  details  of  the  rifle  barrel  are  illustrated  in  Fig.  9. 
This  makes  it  unnecessary  to  show  the  dimensions  of  the 
barrel  gages.  They  will  for  the  most  part  be  presented 
in  outline  only,  so  as  to  indicate  the  form  of  gages  used, 
the  dimensions  being  obtainable  from  the  barrel  itself, 
Fig.  9.  Some  of  the  special  gages  will  be  shown  in  full 
detail  in  their  proper  place. 

TABLE  4.     CLASSES  OF  STEEL  FOR  FORGI NGS 
Bayonet 
Component  Class  Component  Class 

Bayonet B         Bayonet  guard D 

Bayonet  catch D         Bayonet-scabbard  catch D 

Rifle 


Barrel .  . ; A 

Base  spring B 

Bolt C 

Bolt  stop  spring B 

Butt-plate D 

Butt-plate  cap D 

Butt-plate  cap  spring B 

Fixed  base D 

Fixed  stud D 

Floor  plate D 

Floor-plate  catch D 

Follower D 

Front  aight B 

Front-sight  cover D 

Guard D 

Leaf D 

Lower  band „ D 

Lower-band  spring B 

Lower-band  swivel B 

Magazine  spring B 


There  are  many  details  in  connection  with  work  of 
this  kind  which  it  is  impossible  to  describe  or  illustrate 
so  that  the  work  can  be  exactly  duplicated  by  inexperi- 
enced men.  We  shall,  however,  as  far  as  possible,  point 
out  the  little  kinks  and  devices  which  have  been  developed 
through  long  years  of  experience,  in  the  belief  that  they 
will  be  found  worthy  of  careful  consideration. 

One  of  the  noticeable  features  of  the  work  at  the 
Springfield  arsenal  is  the  extremely  smooth  reaming  of 
all  essential  holes.  One  instance  of  this  is  the  use  of  what 
is  known  as  a  "scrape  reamer,"  in  which  the.  teeth  have 
no  cutting  rake,  but  as  the  name  implies,  scrape  the  last 
thousandth  of  metal  from  the  bore.  The  same  is  true 
of  the  rifling  cutters,  which  have  been  found  more  sat- 
isfactory for  shop  use  than  those  of  the  hook  type. 


Movable  base D 

Movable  stud D 

Receiver C 

Safety-lock  thumb  piece D 

Butt^swivel  plate D 

Cocking  piece D 

Cutoff D 

Drift  slide D 

Ejector D 

Extractor B 

Extractor  collar D 

Sear D 

Sleeve D 

Sleeve  lock D 

Slide D 

Slide  cap. D 

Stacking  swivel.  .  . D 

Trigger D 

Upper  band E 

Hand-guard  clips B 


Bearing  in  mind  that  the  important  part  of  the  rifle 
barrel  is  the  bore,  the  reason  for  straightening  and  finish- 
turning  the  barrel  after  it  has  been  bored  and  reamed 
will  be  apparent. 

The  working  point  of  the  barrel  is  the  bore,  and  in 
connection  with  this  are  the  two  "spots"  left  on  the  out- 
side for  chucking  in  the  skiving,  operation  21. 


TABLE    5.    OPERATIONS  ON  RIFLE   BARREL 


Operat 

O 

A 

B 

C 

D 

E 

6 

6-A 

2 

1 

8 

9 

9-A 

5 
7 

19 
13 
20 
21 
11 
12 

11-A 
24 
32 

.      33 

34 
23 

39  % 
17 
26- 
25 
27 
28 
35 
36 

36-A 
37 

37-A 

38 

38% 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 


Cutting  bars  from   stock 

Heating 

Rolling   from  billet 

Catching  ,         ., 

Straightening  under  hammer  and   sawing  to  length 

Annealing 

Milling  to  working  length  for  turning 

Stamping  lot  number  to   show   maker 

Centering   on    lathe   ends 


working    size 

which   has  been   removed 


44 
45 


46 

47 


Straightening  outside 
Spotting    muzzle,    turning    to 
Turning  outside  rough 
Stamping,    repetition    of    6-A, 

by    turning. 
Drilling    bore    0.293    in.    in   diameter 
Reaming  to  0.295  in.  in  diameter 

Chambering  to  remove  stock   to  working  size 

Straightening  the  bore  when  necessary 

Turning  spots  for  holding  barrel   for  operation   Zl 

Skiving   with   form   cutter   at   both  ends 

Finish-turn    outside 

Filing  outside  to  gage 

Stamping 

Milling  muzzle  to  working  length 

Filing  butt  and  tenon 

Finishing  butt-tenon-shoulder  neck  and   reaming  rear 

end  of  chamber  for  threading-machine  center- 
Cutting    thread    for    receiver    and    marking    for    draw 

Milling  front-sight  spline 

Stamping  shell  and  flame,  S.  A.  and  year  on  barrel 

Reaming  to  0.298  in.   in  diameter 

Reaming  to  0.300  in.  in  diameter 

Straightening  bore 

Rifling   bore 

Burring  thread  and  shoulder 

Cutting  chamber  ramp 

Chambering  to  finish 

Burring  chamber  corner 

Hand-milling  extractor  cut 

Burring   extractor   cut  _v,„_- 

Rounding    lips    of   muzzle    to   finish   length   and    shape 

Hand-milling  seat  for  fixed  stud  and  front  sight 

Ass'embling  rear-sight  fixed  base  and  front-sight  fixed 

Drilling     and     reaming     front     sight,     fixed     stud     and 

barrel   for   securing  pin  . 

Drilling  and  reaming  rear-sight  fixed  base  and  barrel 

Pinriing!Ufront?s"ght    fixed    stud    and    rear-sight    fixed 

Drilling0 rear-sight   spline  pin  hole   in   base  and   barrel 
Assembling    and    driving    rear-sight    fixed-base    spline 

Grinding  and  polishing  ends  of  securing  pin 
Browning  barrel 


[13] 


OPERATION  O.  CUTTING  BLANKS  FROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  10.  Machine  Used — Hilles  No.  2  stock 
Bhears,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Coolant — None.  Gages — Stop  on  ma- 
chine. Production — 250  billets  per  hr.  Note — Size  of  stock, 
1.35;  crucible  steel  used;  length  of  bars,  13%  in.;  work  pushed 
to  a  stop. 

OPERATION  A.    HEATING  THE  RIFLE  BARRELS  . 
FOR  ROLLING 

Number  of  Operators — Two,  one  roller  and  one  catcher; 
these  can  be  doubled  for  increased  production.  Description 
of  Operation — Rolling  general  outline  of  barrel  from  bille? 
13 Vi  in  long  to  25  or  25%  in.;  the  billets  are  preheated  to 
about  550  deg.  C.  (1,025  deg.  F.),  then  to  741  deg.  C.  (1,364 
deg.  F.).  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — GiRiert  &  Barker 
oil  furnaces;  use  air  at  13  to  15  lb.  pressure;  furnaces  about 


OPERATION  D-l.  SAWING  ENDS  OF  BARRELS  TO 
ROUGH  LENGTH 

Transformation — Fig.  15.  Machine  Used — Special  double- 
ended  saw,  Fig.  16.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — Same 
as  operations  C  and  D;  a  suboperation  of  D.  Work-Holding 
Device — Special  clamp,  Fig.  16.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Saws 
on  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Special  saws  of  tool  steel  %  In. 
thick  by  18  in.  in  diameter  (see  Fig.  16).  Number  of  Cuts- 
One  at  each  end.  Cut  Data — Saws  run  1,500  r.p.m.  Coolant — 
None.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 600  barrels. 
Special  Fixtures — None.  Gages — None.  Production — Same  as 
rolling  barrels. 

OPERATION   E.    ANNEALING    RIFLE    BARRELS    IN 
DRY  LIME 

Number  of  Operators — Operator  C  anneals.  Description  of 
Operation — After  cutting  off  ends,  barrels  are  placed  in  dry 
lime  in  the  truck  boxes,  Fig.  17,  and  allowed  to  cool.  Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Boiler-iron  boxes  16x47x16  in.  deep. 


w~ r~p •»/-;- ■,.--,■ -*\ 

* Z9h  — ^?7/>)<-7iH 


FIS.I4.0P.D 


FIG.  16.  OP.  Dl 


3  ft.  square.  Gages — Leeds  &  Northrup  pyrometer.  Produc- 
tion— Present  capacity,  40  per  hr. ;  300  per  day  with  two  men; 
four  men,  600  per  day. 

OPERATIONS  B  AND  C.    ROLLING  THE  BARRELS 

Transformation — Fig.  11.  Number  of  Operators — Two  or 
four  men  to  a  machine.  Description  of  Operation — The  first 
operator  takes  blanks  from  the  second  furnace  and  passes 
them  between  the  rollers;  the  second  operator  catches  bars 
and  passes  them  back  over  the  rolls  to  the  first  operator  (this 
is  operation  C.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — A  machine, 
modified  type  of  Farrel  Foundry  and  Machine  Co.;  rolls  made 
at  arsenal  (see  appendix);  rolls  will  last  from  15,000  to  20,000 
barrels  (Fig.  12);  the  rolls  are  18  in.  in  diameter  by  31  in.  long 
and  are  provided  with  11  grooves;  the  barrel  passes  through 
the  last  groove  twice;  this  rolls  the  barrel  from  25  to  25%  in. 
long.  Gages — Plain  snap  gages.  Production — 40  per  hr.  for 
two  men. 

OPERATION   D.    STRAIGHTENING   BARRELS  UNDER 
DROP  HAMMER 

Transformation — Fig.  13.  Number  of  Operators — Same 
operator  who  "catches"  barrel  straightens  and  saws  ends  in 
suboperation  D-l.  Description  of  Operation — Barrels  come 
from  the  rolls  and  are  straightened  under  drop  hammer  at 
same  heat;  usually  takes  six  blows.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — 400-lb.  Bement  drop  hammer  (see  Figs.  4  and  14). 
Gages — None.     Production — Same  as  barrel   rolling;. 


mounted  on  three  8-in.  wheels  so  that  barrels  can  be  moved 
to  any  desired  point  (see  Fig.  17).  Gages — None.  Production — 
Same  as  operations  B,  C  and  D. 

OPERATION  6.    MILLING  BOTH  ENDS  TO  24  h;  IN. 

Transformation — Fig.  18.  Machine  Used — Lincoln  type 
miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Two.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Special  clamps,  Fig.  19,  hold  two  barrels 
side  by  side,  one  butt  and  one  muzzle  at  each  end.  Tool- 
Holding  Device — Standard  cutter  arbor.  Cutting  Tool — 6-in. 
side-milling  cutter,  Fig.  19.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — Spindle  speed,  125  r.p.m.;  hand  feed,  about  %  in.  per 
min.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 600  barrels.  Special  Fixture — None. 
Gages — Length  gage  (see  Fig.  20).  Production — 90  per  hr., 
two  machines. 

OPERATION   6-A.    STAMPING   THE   LOT   NUMBER  ON 
BARREL 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
This  stamps  the  lot  number  on  the  butt  end  of  the  barrel  in 
order  to  identify  the  maker  of  the  steel.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Bench,  hand  stamp  and  hammer.  Gages — 
None.     Production — 200  per  hr.  per  man. 

OPERATION  2.    CENTERING 

Transformation — Fig.  21.  Machine  Used — Whiton  two- 
spindle  centering  macnine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  screw  vise  with 
V-jaws.     Tool-Holding  Device — Drill   chuck.     Cutting   Tools— 


[14] 


Drill  and  separate  countersink;  Mtdvale  high-speed  steel  used. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  400  r.p.m.  Coolant — 
Triumph  cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 300  barrels.  Special  Fixtures — None.  Gages — None. 
Production — 45   per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    STRAIGHTENING  BARRED 
Number  of  Operators — Same  operator  as  centers.     Descrip- 
tion of  Operation — Barrels  are  revolved  by  hand  on  ordinary 
bench  centers  and  high  spots  noted;  these  are  then  straight- 
ened  with   a   hammer   and   straightening   block,   same   as   bar 
stock.  .     Apparatus      and      Equipment      Used — Bench      centers, 
straightening  blocks  and  copper  hand  hammer.     Gages — None. 
Production — Included    in    operation    2;    20    per    cent,    require 
straightening. 
OPERATION  8.    SPOTTING  MUZZLE,   TURNING  END   FOR 
DRILLING  AND  TURNING 
Transformation — Fig.   22.     Machine  Used — Prentice  barrel- 
turning     lathe     (see     Fig.     6).         Number     of     Machines     per 
Operator — Four        Work-Holding    Devices — Driven    with    dog 


these  are  guided  by  flat  cams  that  control  the  distance  of  the 
cutting  point  from  the  center  line  of  the  barrel,  turning  it  to 
the  proper  form,  as  shown  in  Fig.  26.  Cutting  Tools — ^x^-in. 
A.  A.  Rex  high-speed  steel.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — ■ 
Speed,  200  r.p.m.;  feed,  0.01  in.  per  revolution.  Coolant- — Com- 
pound, %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 8  to  10  barrels.  Gages — Snap  gages,  Fig.  27.  Produc- 
tion— 4  per  hr.  per  machine. 

OPERATION  9-A.  STAMPING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Repetition  of  6-A,  which  has  been  removed  by  turning  in 
operation  9;  this  stamps  the  lot  number  on  the  butt  end  of 
the  barrel  in  order  to  identify  the  maker  of  the  steel.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Bench,  hand  stamp  and  ham- 
mer.    Gages — None.      Production — 200   per   hr.   per   man. 

OPERATION  5.    DRILLING  THE  BORE 
Transformation — Fig.  28.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
two-spindle  barrel  driller  (see  Fig.  7).  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.     Work-Holding   DoVices — Held  by  friction   in 


FIG.  19,  OP. 6 


FI6.23.OR8 


N6.29 


^3       P=^ 


5.75" 


8  [ 

T 


3C 


m 


3  ® 


TDr/V-Hedi/Tir'aieef  nSh'anW~'\  I^OOS" 


,    •  013  "Diom.  Brass  Tube  pressed  (^  l< 3375" »-j  J    \*0?9V 

1      inphceandsolderedfil'HoleU rf. .^ 4J-. 2^ 


U- -35.75 

r>- 

O  r— f 


JL 


1 

>i 

44  Threads  per  Inch 
R.H.V.  Thread  . 
\  *0&" 


■:.\ 


44  Threads  per  Inch 
005-Wy-'  ft.H.V.Thread 


K-  IXi'-A 


34.75" 


■7.615" 


..0.055' 


FIG. 25 


i<. — za'~- *  h- -  3' *i 

r< 5625"-— - -A 

STEEL  (Harden  and  Grind) 
Standard  Bore  Gage 
FIG.  33.  OR  7 

on  centers  (see  Fig.  23).  Tool-Holding  Device — Regular 
tool  holder.  Cutting  Tools — ^x/j-in.  A.  A.  Rex  high- 
speed steel.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Turned 
to  fit  dog  on  rough-turn  operation;  200  r.p.m.  Coolant — 
Compound.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
8  to  10  barrels.  Gages — Ring  gages,  Fig.  24.  Produc- 
tion— 4  per  hr.  per  machine.  Note — -Cutting  compound  consists 
of  5  lb.  of  sal  soda,  1  gal.  of  Triumph  cutting  oil,  5  gal.  of 
water;  this  mixture  is  meant  whenever  compound  is  men- 
tioned. 

OPERATION  9.  ROUGH-TURN 
Transformation — Fig.  25.  Machine  Used — Prentice  barrel 
lathe.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four  to  six.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Turned  on  centers,  driven  by  dog  on  muzzle 
end  (see  Fig.  26).  Tool-Holaing  Devices — Tools  are  held  in 
arms  pivoted  in  the  center  of  lathe  carriage  beneath   barrel: 


FIG.  27 

OPERATION  9 

taper  chuck  at  butt  end;  held  in  collet  at  muzzle  end;  drill 
guided  close  to  muzzle.  Fig.  29.  Tool-Holding  Device — Screw 
collet  chuck;  guided  by  bushing  as  in  Fig.  29.  Cutting  Tool — 
Special  barrel  drill,  0.293  in.  in  diameter;  see  Fig.  30  for  drill 
and  shape  of  drill  point.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
Barrels  turn  1,800  to  2  000  r.p.m.;  feed,  %  In.  per  min.  Coolant 
—Triumph  cutting  oil  under  600  lb.  pressure.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 8  barrels.  Gages — None.  Produc- 
tion— 30  min.  per  barrel,  4  barrels  per  hr.  per  machine. 
OPERATION  7.  REAMING 
Transformation — Fig.  31.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manufac- 
turing Co.  two-spindle  barrel  reamer  (see  Fig.  8).  Number  of 
Machines  per  Operator — Four  machines,  eight  spindles.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — On  V-block  screw  clamp  at  butt  end  (see 
Fig.  8).  Tool-Holding  Devices — Reamer  held  in  collet  by  set- 
screw;  collet  held  in  two-jaw  chuck.  Cutting  Tool — Reamer, 
0.295  in.,  of  Midvale  high-speed  steel,  Fig.  32.  Number  of  Cuts- 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  100  r.p.m.;  feed,  10  in.  per  min.  Coolant — ■ 
Triumph  cutting  oil,  forced  in  barrel  by  hand  pump. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — Sometimes  50  to  75 
barrels;  average,  about  25.  Gages — Fig.  33.  Production — 20 
barrels  per  hr. 


[15] 


OPERATION    19.    CHAMBERING    TO    WORKING    SIZE 

Transformation — Eig.  34.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
horizontal  turret.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  collet,  steadyrest  at  butt 
end.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  spindles.  Cutting  Tools — 
Drills,  counterbores  and  reamers,  shown  in  Pig.  35;  these  leave 
from  0.001  to  0.002  in.  for  finish.  Number  of  Cuts — See  tools. 
Fig.  35.  Cut  Data — Speed,  180  r.p.m.  for  counterbore,  150  r.p.m. 
for  others;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil,  Yt-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 25  barrels. 
Gages — Pig.   36.     Production — 20   per   hr. 

OPERATION    13.    FIRST    STRAIGHTENING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straighten  bore  of  barrel,  taking  out  kinks;  these  are  tested 
by  sighting  through  the  barrel  and  noting  the  eccentricity  of 
the  rings  formed  by  the  light;  this  is  done  in  a  darkened  room 
and  is  known  as  the  "ring  system."  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Similar  to  that  shown  in  Fig.  70.  Gages — None.  Pro- 
duction— 30  per  hr. 


OPERATION    11.    FINISH-TURN    OUTSIDE   OP    RIFLE 
BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.   44.     Machine   Used — Prentice   barrel- 
turning  lathe  (see  Fig.  6).   Number  of  machines  per  Operator 

Pour.   Work-Holding  Devices — Work   held  on  centers  supported 
by  backrest,  same  as  in  operation  9.  Tool-Holding  Device Tool 


held   in   tool   post   by   setscrew    (see   operation    9   and   Fig    6) 
9" ""."A  T°°ls — 1Ax/«^,in^  A,,4-  Rex  high-speed  steel.     Numbei 

per    min 
Tool  Be- 


"HXl 
Cut 


of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 125  r.p.m.;  feed,  0.01  in  per  min 
Coolant — Compound,  ^4 -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — About  8  barrels.  Special  Fixtures — Form 
or  contour  plates  to  bed  of  machine.  Gages — Snap  gages  (see 
Fig.  46).     Production — 5  per  hr. 


FIG.  37 


FIG.  34 

.-/Turn  in  5.44"  , 


fl<2J!      Jfl#* 


0./4"  4  r/utes  R.H. 


0.14:.  4  flutes  if.  tt.  .  ,  „/  , 

Om'j.f*.    .0-436"  0.4894^/0.495'  WSY     ftjjs 


n: 


W%20*-.., 3.12" ?£%.—t,g" \    [%* 

U -- .•.._•— -.  7.17' r.-~l|    °J3' 


4 Flutes  R.H. 

0.298"  Fit...  „A438" 


0.49^  .0.495"  '^h  .0.355' 


P. 7.e"  ~ M£ H , 

4 Flutes  R.H.  ..qjs' 


k — &&L -7.I--  ~M. \0& 


FIG. 35 


FIG.  36.  CHAMBERING  GAGES. 
OPERATION     19 

OPERATION    20.    TURNING    SPOTS    TO    RUN    TRUE    WITH 
BORE  FOR  HOLDING  IN  SKIVING  OPERATION 

Transformation — Fig.  37.  Machine  Used — Prentice  lathe,  14- 
in.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Work  held  on  centers  driven  by  dog,  Fig.  38.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Tools  held  in  tool  post  by  setscrew.  Cutting 
Tools — A.  A.  Rex  high-speed  steel.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  125  r.p.m. ;  feed,  100  to  inch.  Coolant — None. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 12  to  15  barrels. 
Special  Fixtures — None.  Gages — Snap  gages,  Fig.  39.  Pro- 
duction— 21  per  hr. 

OPERATION  21.  SKIVING  OR  FORMING  BOTH  ENDS  OF 
BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.  40.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
Lincoln  miller  rebuilt.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chucks  at  each  end, 
operated  by  ratchet  wrench  (see  Fig.  101).  Tool-Holding 
Device — Special  vise  on  miller  table  (see  Fig.  41-A).  Cutting 
Tools — See  Fig.  41-C  for  details.  Number  of  Cuts — Two,  rough- 
ing and  finishing  tools  in  same  holder.  Cut  Data — Speed  of 
work,  60  r.p.m.;  feed  of  cutter,  >4  in.  per  min.  Coolant — Tri- 
umph cutting  oil;  three  %-in.  streams  at  each  end  of  barrel. 
Special  Fixtures — Revolving  centers  for  ends  of  barrel  (see 
Fig.  42).  Gages — Ring  and  snap  gages;  for  gage  for  front- 
sight  stud,  see  Figs.  43-A  and  43-B.  Production — 15  per  hr. 
from  two  machines. 


FIG.  38 


5„jo  o  n|"'n. i.v. ^ — 


FIG.  39 


OPERATION  12. 


FIG.  46 
OPERATION   II 


FILING  TO  GAGE.  BLENDING  CONTOUR 
BETWEEN  CUTS 

Transformation — Fig.  47.  Machine  Used — Prentice  speed 
lathe  (see  Fig.  48).  Number  of  operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices— Held  on  centers.  Cutting  Tools — 8-in. 
mill  file  and  6-in.  pillar  file.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Coolant — 
None.  Special  Fixtures — None.  Gages — Fig.  49.  Production— 
About  53  per  hr. 

OPERATION  11-A.  STAMPING  LOT  NUMBER  ON 
BARREL 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Stamping  lot  number.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Hammer,  block  and  stamp.  Gages — None.  Vroduction— 200 
per  hr. 


[16] 


FIG.  50.  OR  24 


FIG.  52,  OP.32 


FIG.  5I-A.0R24 


OPERATION  24.    MILLING  MUZZLE  TO  WORKING  LENGTH, 
24  A -IN.  LONG 

Transformation — Pig.  50.  Machine  Used — Springfield  24-in. 
lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Work  is  held  on  pilot  of  end  mill  and  on  tailstock 
center;  kept  from  turning  by  dog,  Pig.  51.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Held  In  taper  of  spindle  hole  of  lathe.  Cutting 
Tools — End  mill  with  0.293  pilot.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — About  75  barrels.  Special  Fixtures — None. 
Gages — Length  gage.   Pig.   51-A.     Production — 100   per  hr. 

OPERATION  32.    PILING  BUTT  AND  TENON 

Transformation — Fig.  52.  Machine  Used — Prentice  speed 
lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Work  held  on  center,  driven  by  dog  (see  Fig. 
48).  Cutting  Tools — 8-in.  mill  and  6-in.  pillar  file.  Number 
of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,500  r.p.m.  Coolant — None. 
Gages — Snap   gage,   Fig.   53.     Production — 28  per   hr. 


FIG.53,  OP.32 


FIG48 
OPERATION   IZ 


FIG.40 


T 


K- - 


-4.0- 


■  5.545- 


5»    To  be  ground 
5     on  all  sides 


Notch  here  only 
for  roughing 


"& 


EE 


IS 


r- 


J 


o  cutter 
4^" 


gJ^/I^V.^flgjjX 


■6-45- 

Turning  (Muzzle  End) 

FI6.4I-C 

a      §  U-093U  aC65"--    Round  Y§VEndofGa9«  ,--Na2  Taper 
-*.    if.  »__,     -*-— y? i — *- £L  ■ 


Notch  here  only  -for 
finish  cutter 


i 

J- 
A 


i    To  be 
W   ground 
on  all 
sides 


I...  J.  .Q9S66"Min.    LfJ   ]%  !  i 


V.J.—  1 |__ 

'fit  to  Templet 


035WMm. 


55  i  r  i  • 


IT3  i  *u  J- 


E 


—>1<-iO~>p5S6{i  \ 


0.364 


4 


cp 


•4fe-  -4*5-    -i#nW| 

* 4.7"-- >J 

Turning  (Bu+r  End) 
FIG.4I-B 


Notch  here  only 
for  roughing 
»  cutter 

Notch  here  only  for 
finish  cutter 


U B.0- 

YQTfy 


I*  Chamber 
QVfch    ,jQi857ap,ttTh-ds.  Cen+ers 

>Ka8  ^  per  lrKh,038"Deep  , 

>|  fQIBS 

FIS.42 


1 

razs" 

*    T 

8;    i 

5  si 

it?   i 

G35>i    rt 


Harden.       . 
/  02S 


QS5.;Snr:^<Q9Z>i 
STEEL   f£_  /.TS-*--  H 

Shouldering  -for 
Fron+-Sigh+  S+ud 


FIS. 
43-A 


OPERATION  El 

[17] 


Front  of  Barrel 
FIS43-B 


OPERATION  33.  FINISH  BUTT  TENON  SHOULDER,  NECK, 

AND  REAM  REAR  END  OP  CHAMBER  FOR 

THREADING  MACHINE  CENTER 

Transformation — Fig.  54.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
10-in.  swing  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  draw-in 
chuck  with  steadyrest  at  butt  end.  Tool-Holding  Device — 
Regular  taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — One  hollow  box  mill,  as 
in  Fig.  55,  together  with  facing  and  finishing  mill,  shown  in 
detail  in  Fig.  56.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — Barrel 
turns  150  to  180  r.p.m.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil,  JA-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 50  barrels. 
Gages — Ring  gages  for  diameter  and  shoulder  length;  plug 
gages  for  length  of  butt  with  relation  to  chamber  (see  Fig. 
57).     Production — 50  per  hr. 

OPERATION   34.    CUTTING   THREAD   FOR   RECEIVER  AND 
MARKING  FOR  DRAW 

Transformation — Fig.  58.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
thread  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — -Two. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Regular  draw  chuck  in  connection 
with  special  sleeves  that  fit  over  barrel  near  muzzle  and  butt. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Regular  thread-milling  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter,  as  shown  in  Fig.  59.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Barrel  turns  30  r.p.m.;  milling  cutter,  240 
r.p.m.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil.  Gages — Thread  and 
marking  gage,  Fig.  60.  Production — 36  per  hr.  on  two  ma- 
chines. Note — A  suboperatlon  marks  what  is  called  the 
"draw"  line;  a  small  fixture,  Fig.  59-A,  screws  on  the  barrel, 
and  when  tight  against  the  shoulder  the  chisel-pointed 
plunger  is  struck  and  marks  the  barrel;  this  becomes  the 
working  point  in  future  operations:  the  tool  B  in  Fig.  59-A 
removes  the  burr 


///////////////////////////#//////)/////////////*;  '//////VMS?" 
Elevation  of  Stand  'FI°or 

FIG.   70.    OPERATION  2b 

OPERATION  23.  MILLING  FRONT-SIGHT  SPLINE 
Transformation — Fig.  61.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Three. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Special  fixtures  that  hold  barrels  by 
studs  entering  bore  and  chamber;  the  back-end  clamping  fix- 
ture is  shown  in  Fig.  62;  the  chamber  plugs  are  mounted  in 
the  swinging  levers  AA;  the  lever  and  cams  BB  clamp  barrels 
in  place;  a  knife-edge  stop  which  locates  the  barrel  by  draw 
mark    put    on    as    in    Fig.    59-A-    this    inca'e*     *h<     >n1fne    for 


[18] 


0.26">\    * 


Fie.6i 


K 1.75" *\     ■■»    *025* 

I  0.156"  fi         ' 


O.W5'!\    |* 

STEEL  (Harden) 


Y026"  0.26"^   [«•  &.      ,  ■•>)   |<«» 


i 


-y£o»y- 


FIG.64 


FIG.  64 


?0  Teeth,  Left-Hand, Straight 


yart 


R0UGHIN6 


1 


^ 


I 

•\as5\t 


t    r  r\# 


0  »r 


i  3  s 


x 


t 
""■Ml 

i  m 

i  I 

:  x 
>,  V0.I5"    |L 


. 


i 


I 

A. 


OPERATION     23 


?0  Teeth,  Left-Hand,  Straight 
FINISH 
FIG.  63 


yO.35 

tS5--*04i?0H'/!HV.  Thread 
if 


ta — -tusr 3-0 -\ 

~ r sen - i 

no.  69  

BORE  GAGE  .  MAX.     E== 


FIG   65 


Ream  to  0.298 


STCCL .  HARDEN  3  GRIND. 
MUSY  NOT  ENTER  BORE 

-.25  Threads  per  inch 


S 


i    Ream  to  o.29)s'ojoo' 


Uscorthisgageisptrmilltd 
until  this  dimension  is  worn 


oeaai 


3   C 


'JO  S'*:  FERRULE 
"J*    ONE -STEEL 


FIG.  69 
BORE  GAGE.  MIN. 

OPERATION    NS  39!.  17   126 


HARDEN  a  GRIND,  '..         to  02998 

op' . ,  ofee'  ■o.&c'\''"-ii!&r 

'jj^rt-i  _4j 

44 Threads per r, •■■-i05\07S% IMS'- 4 

*rJ~- *w" 1 

STEEL    MUST  CO.  THROUGH  BORE 


front-sight  stud  at  90  deg.  from  "draw"  mark;  the  other  barrel 
is  placed  with  the  spline  down  and  the  under  side  of  the  stud 
base  milled  flush  with  the  barrel;  both  are  run  through  at  one 
cut.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  milling-cutter  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Interlocking  form-milling  cutters.  Fig.  63;  Vic- 
tor high-speed  steel.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
60  r.p.m.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  to  300  barrels.  Gages — Fig.  64. 
Production — 50  per  hr.  per  man. 


OPERATION  39%.  ROLLING  STAMP  OF  SHELL  AND 
FLAME,  S.  A.  AND  YEAR 

Machine  Used — Special  rolling  machine,  Figs.  103  and  65. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Special  chuck  with  lever  for  rotating  barrel.  Tool- 
Holding  Device — Special  arbor  for  stamp.  Cutting  Tool — ■ 
Special  stamp  roll.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Coolant — None 
Gages — None.     Production — 150  per  hr. 


[19] 


Operations  on  the  Barrel  and  the  Fixed  Stud 


•  OPERATION   17.  REAMING   TO    0.298   IN. 

Transformation — Fig.  66.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manufac- 
turing Co.  two-spindle  barrel  reamer.  Number  of  Machines 
per  Operator — Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  is  held  on 
V-blocks  by  screw  at  butt  end,  Fig.  8.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Reamer  held  in  collet  with  1-in.  setscrew.  Cutting  Tools — 0.298- 
in.  reamer,  Midvale  special  high-speed  steel.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  100  r.p.m.  ;  feed,  10  in.  per  min.  Coolant 
— Triumph  cutting  oil  forced  into  barrel  by  hand  pump.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Stonings — 25  to  30  barrels.  Gages — Similar 
to  Fig.  33.     Production — About  18  barrels  per  hour. 

OPERATION  26.  FINISH-REAMING  TO  0.300  IN. 

Transformation — Fig.  67.  Machine  Used — Same  as  operation 
17.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — Same  as  operation  17. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  operation  17.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Same  as  operation  17.  Cutting  Tools — Scraping  reamer. 
Fig.  68 ;  this  is  maximum  diameter  for  only  a  portion  of  its 
length  near  the  center.  Number  of  Cuts — Same  as  operation  17. 
Cut  Data — Same  as  operation  17.  Coolant — Same  as  operation 
17.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — Same  as  operation 
17.  Special  Fixtures — Same  as  operation  17.  Gages — See  Fig.  69. 
Production — Same  as  operation  17. 

OPERATION  25.  FINAL  STRAIGHTENING  OF  BORE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — The 
operator  places  barrels  on  hollow  centers,  as  shown   at   A,   Fig. 


Making  the  rolls  for  shaping  the  rifle  barrels 
the  required  size  and  shape  involves  an  interesting 
process.  The  rolls  blanks  themselves,  Pig.  97,  are  18  in. 
in  diameter  when  the  rolls  are  new.  They  are,  however, 
turned  down  as  they  wear,  and  the  grooves  are  cut,  so 
that  the  rolls  can  be  utilized  until  they  are  about  15  in. 
in   diameter,   a    total   reduction   of    3    in.    in    diameter. 

After  the  rolls  have  been  turned  to  their  proper  dimen- 
sion, they  are  grooved  by  a  special  device,  shown  in  Fig. 
98.  This  consists  principally  of  a  base  that  is  clamped 
on  a  lathe  carriage  in  place  of  the  usual  cross-slide,  the 
attachments  being  so  located  that  the  turning  tool  held 
in  the  tool  post  F  will  be  in  its  proper  position  in  regard 
to  the  roll  to  be  cut.  The  shaft  A,  Fig.  98,  is  driven 
through  a  universal  joint  by  an  auxiliary  shaft  that  runs 
in  bearings  attached  to  each  end  of  the  lathe  headstock. 


FIG.  71 
OPERATION        27 


i:0.2S4^--32  Threads  per  inch  R.H. 

•   EM 

'& - 


1L 


16  Threads  per  inch.. 

NV£jT 


3: 


^J^-SS^Zfc'l^V-Mfe^-Sl-j^ 


p.625 


OSS 


aes. 


..7,4K       Hi           ■■'<,           >■    k*     1              J>-!9"     i. ,0.1935" 
L 1.5'  -X. -1.375  M-O.87S^0.S7S^./J7S  -+• 1.5 —A 


- -~40l  — - 

, FIG.  72 

'■ose(l)  fl Hfl5  fa»^  if *.o'--r* <o#&i\.  •Itv 

1%  m  l^r-^-^J 1  4.  0-0.27" 

*%s\T4<mUr** I    %%Ztt^nJ0fncZs.XH. 

2.5"- + tJ'- <\ 

RIFLING  GAGE  .  MIN .  , 

'"d^^^—b^  F£RRUL£  STC£^44  Threads  per  inch  -0.309   ■ 


K is" >f* 

Harden  S  Grind 


I  Twist  uniform,  I  turn  in  10  inches,R.H. 

FIG >    7*        STEEL.  MUST  NOT  ENTER  BORC 
RIFLING' GAGE,  MAX.  OPERATION  27 


-7.5" 


A  A 


am. 


:042"P.I. 
*      t 


-X04X. 


■23- 


0.03' 
Cut  two  Oil 
Grooves 


■-Jt0.5&~ 

3 


-* 


,0.115 


■3.85 


Bars  lis  long. 


<*--*£0\  k— «77«"->l 
■section  AA  C 


— J 


Plane  to  0.174, 


I '50" 


0005' 
FIG.  73 


r^'W 


11  .miilliiim ,i|||||||lliii«iirl'i"l-"'.''»'»"^'J^ 


npx"  '?S  Threads  per  inch 

\  S'fficv.v 

4_i  —  4-S — " ■■AO.SY--FERRULE,  STEEL 

02s%- e.s"-~ *- 


FIG    74.  OPERATION  27. 

!""" Z&e?' 3S**f 

3 'r"  ,     "«  r-    iocs' 

0l9.  }o.m-5YS75^  F — "^  r  Tf 


~ML 


14" 

FIG.  74 
RIFLING   GAGE,  MIN. 


44  Threads  per  in-  |   Harden  &  Grind. 
,   Twist  uniform. 


-t"- 


0.2995*  : 


STEEL.  MUST  NOT  ENTER  GAGE 


0J079 
T  Useofthisgageis 
\ permitted until this 
'dimension  is  mm  to 
03078" 


OPERATION  27.    RIFLING  THE  BORE 


Transformation — Fig.  71.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  "grasshopper  type,"  Fig.  104.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— Six.  Working-Holding  Devices — Work  is  held  by  collet,  which  clamps  barrel  on  curved  part  of  butt  end;  muzzle  end 
is  supported  by  bushing  fitted  to  steadyrest  on  machine.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tools  are  held  in  rifling  rod.  Fig.  72;  taper 
pin  inside  of  box  feeds  cutters  out  at  end  of  each  stroke.  Cutting  Tools- — Two  scraping  cutters,  Fig.  73.  Cut  Data — 
Machine  makes  eight  strokes  per  minute;  this  gives  about  37.4  ft.  per  minute  cutting  speed.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting 
oil,  two  ',4 -in.  streams  at  each  end  of  barrel.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Stonings — 6  to  8  barrels.  Gages — Fig.  74. 
Production  Time — 46  min.  for  each  machine,  averaging  about  6  min.  per  barrel  per  operator. 


70 ;  the  outer  end  is  of  smoked  glass,  having  fine  rings  scraped 
on  it ;  revolving  the  barrel  by  hand  on  the  hollow  centers  shows 
whether  the  light  rings  are  concentric  or  eccentric ;  if  eccentric 
they  are  straightened  by  placing  barrel  across  the  babbitt  block 
on  top  of  the  stands  shown  at  B  and  striking  with  the  copper 
hammer  C  ;  the  operator  stands  at  D,  and  the  barrels  to  be  tested 
are  in  the  rack  at  E.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used— Testing 
centers  as  described  above,  straightening  blocks  and  copper  ham- 
mer. Gages — None.  Production — 20  per  hr.  Note— Some  barrel 
straighteners  use  what  is  known  as  the  "line"  method,  by  which 
the  barrel  is  sighted  across  a  horizontal  line  in  front  of  a  win- 
dow ;  if  the  two  lines  that  show  in  the  barrel  are  parallel,  the 
barrel  is  straight ;  both  the  ring  and  the  line  methods  are  used  in 
the  inspection. 


The  latter  is  turned  by  means  of  a  chain  from  the  feed 
cone  on  the  back  of  the  lathe  spindle,  by  a  suitable 
sprocket  that  clamps  around  the  feed  cone.  The  shaft  A 
carries  on  its  inner  end  a  beveled  pinion  B  that  meshes 
into  and  drives  a  beveled  gear  fastened  to  the  lower  side 
of  the  spur  gear  C.  The  beveled  pinion  B  can  be  thrown 
out  of  mesh  by  raising  the  handle  J  and  can  be  locked 
in  position  by  swinging  the  latch  K  so  that  the  handle  J 


[20] 


§  J 


FIG    75 


r-H — x-v— * — .       ^= 


cfic 


ih: 


025? 


.0.  SIPS  Set  Scnar 
45  Long 


□ 


FIG. 76 


•m&V — -*.#- -H 


Jfltf'k- 


^/# ^ 

•>U--j 

1    Vtn 


■w 


4  Flutes  LH. 


FIG.  77 


•»pft        ,  k-«7"»f"  :\-as4"4 

7«/A  unevenly  spaced' 


FIG.  78 


Enlarged  View  a+X 


ft  Si? 


&rmct. 

Grind  io  fir  Chamber  of  Barrel;    * — 0*T 

i — *-.-* 


»  03/25-'-.  -i*"Q6?%W« 

|< --—5.5625    - >N  «  //25,>« 2.(7 >l 

- - JO- — >H 

0.375^     1*085$    t*0375"    MSSfgjtL      ' 


s»^  I- 
■f-53 


FIGB7-A 


*r-gg7'  4--Q626  tKg  __ 

i"V)Vo.7rt   *0.?S"      a35fijWT*l*"«,. 
fe  a  (<-«■■>)  W0625H 

FI&87-B 


OPERATION  28.  BURRING  THREAD  AND  SHOULDER 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  with  hollow  mill  held  in  the  hand.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Hollow  mill.  Fig.  59-A.  Gages — None. 
Production — 100  per  hr.  Nite — This  is  a  portion  of  operation 
34,  the  burr  being  removed  by  hand  with  the  tool  shown  at  B 
in  Fig.  59-A. 


OPERATION    37 

OPERATION  35.  CUTTING  CHAMBER  RAMP 
Transformation— Fig.  75.  Machine  Used — Garvin  16-in. 
lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Work  held  by  double-ended  threaded  dog  which  screws 
over  butt  thread  as  shown  in  Fig.  76;  the  straps  front  and 
back  prevent  its  revolving  while  it  is  centered  by  a  pilot  on 
the  facing  cutter.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Special   arbor  with 


[21] 


pilot,  Fig.  77.  Cutting  Tools — See  Pig.  77.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Cutter  runs  70  r.p.m.,  hand-feed.  Coolant — ■ 
Triumph  cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 100  barrels.  Gages — Plug  gages,  Fig.  78.  Production — 50 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  36-A.  BURRING  CHAMBER 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Using  hand  mill  to  burr  inside  of  chamber  and  outside  of 
chamber  so  gages  will  fit.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Hand  mill,  with  inserted  cutter,  Fig.  83.  Gages — None.  Pro- 
duction— 125  per  hr. 


chamber  gages  shown  below  are  slipped  through  the 
cup  and  the  chamber  depth  gaged  from  the  outer  surface. 
Production — 20  per  hr.  Note — The  swab  shown  in  the  ma- 
chining diagram  is  run  into  the  chamber  before  the  final 
reaming,  to  clear  out  all  chips;  this  is  done  in  a  number  of 
operations  to  prevent  the  possibility  of  chips  getting  on  the 
"scrape"  reamer  and  scratching  the  surface. 

OPERATION— 37.    HAND-MILLING    EXTRACTOR    CUT 

Transformation — Fig.  84.  Machine  Used — Garvin  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  special  fixture.  Fig.  85;  locates  it  by 


i,. 

r 

■■ 

,, 

4FlutesR.H.  §§§ 


5  Flutes  R.H. 


r —e204 *,ai6'   t- 


REAR  ENDOF NECK GAGE 


DEPTH  OF  B^  SHOULDER  GAGE. 


Q.I  top,43Threoas  per  inch,  .Cut  Serrations  10 per  inch      '  n  .ca'-^-.f-  .      , 

\^S    -JPL     r€F$S  Sjfflft*1*" 


5  Flutes  R.H. 


5  Flutes  R.H. 


.-.  :r0J'>\ 
,rrP05 0.09* NECK  GAGE 
1355  SCREW 


o3%atfA  4 

Wa31liiSTEEL.HARDEN 8     § 


>Ql?S<^£:>itl764U]f.(lS?i 


1  **- 


i35"-t&--i-4"-3 -ess 

O.OS"         OOP 


Flf^LO  *W  .aim*  Three* per  inch   ,         ^H AMBER-GAGE  RING   a}IMI^aL  HARm 

A  '       """''r-j^ay'.^5  'f— 5  ■*  ±? '  h  l>JSS"      U I « 


~33 


\ 


^»      r/A/5//  CHAMBER  MASTER  FEMALE  GAGE 


k-  -  14' 
FRONT  END  OF  NECK  M&E 


tfXiri.fiJ*X"  0.4^^:0 OJes^pXTIm^feriit^  ,.-  fl  O 
^  A9 — ^c  ^Stt    i — ■ — tfwwwsswa 1         «yt  "   ^— ' 


*juor       T^*^pa«« 


J]$sra 


?« 


^■&r 


FINAL  INSPECTION  CHAMBER  GAGE 


£ 


Iw.tf'-oK 3«* -56 MJ*- — J 

k- Z<tf? - •< 

FIG  .81,       OPERATOR  36 

Otanir 


A<tskiJM[S*--l*f:^  FINISH  CHAMBER.  MASTER  MALE  GAGE         ^^faSSi^i.    \J  „i  *L| 
|[JBS.  ^riffi; {jag         O.I85"hp45Threocrsa    -lOTaf*  >■*£)* 


1  ?--/.sv-itesvo.rft  -x,r°    sj 


"2» 

FIG. 83, OPERATION  36A 


•—1*9*- J     ^- 


HARDEN     B^r.MTGAGE  Ufi% 

IMSfi  nWf-IJ54"^J5l{        . .  k. 

am'-.-  Z2l^m  ooai0 

„  ie/fr     ,,i0Jl5--™NDLE  ^W>        COMPLETE  NECK  GAGE_ 

k- 3.315    H 


0JS5"m ^3 Threads  ""  -^0.793^-  oJe- 

per  inch.  R£AR  m  ^  chamber  GAGE 

f~ l.S'- ^        i4m\ 


-0.IR  Tap 


WI5t 


"T 


JJ-^ 


.1.3045'     'l^r 


•1 


«"'  i     rf—l.9t  ■■■■ 
CARTRIDGE  HEAD-SPACE  GAGE 


?c 


P:v^ 


ir-fl^/i?" 


FIG.  82,  OPERATION    36         J!|C...-/5<V"-H 

^ £/»*--a 

FIRST  SHOULDER  GAGE 


OPERATION    36.    CHAMBERING   TO   FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  79.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
hand  screw  machine,  Fig.  80.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck  and 
steadyrest  at  butt  end;  thread  protected  by  nut,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  80.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Regular  taper  spindle.  Cut- 
ting Tools — One  counterbore  and  the  four  reamers  shown  in 
Fig.  81.  Number  of  Cuts — Five.  Cut  Data — Speed,  90  and  100 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed;  first  three  cuts  are  made  at  100  r.p.m.,  last 
two  at  90  r.p.m.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil,  >4-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 50  barrels. 
Gages — Fig.  82;  chamber  depth  is  gaged  from  the  shoulder  of 
the  butt;  the  cup  gage  A  slips  over  the  thread  until  the  three 
raised    points    bear    against    the    shoulder,    then    the    various 


front  spline.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Arbor  and  taper  collet. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter  1%  in.  in  diameter,  A  in.  wide, 
made  from  Victor  high-speed  steel,  Fig.  86.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 125  r.p.m.,  hand  feed.  Coolant — Triumph 
cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  to 
600  barrels.  Gages — Fig.  87.  Production — 75  per  hr.  Note- — 
Gage  87-B  not  only  gages  the  width  of  the"  extractor  cut,  but 
also  locates  it  with  reference  to  the  draw  line;  this  is  further 
tested  by  the  stand  gage,  Fig.  87-C. 

OPERATION  37-A.  BURRING  EXTRACTOR  CUT 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Hand  burring  with  file.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
File.     Production — 125  per  hr. 


[22] 


is  prevented  from  rising.  The  gear  C  drives  the  gear  D, 
which  carries  the  cam  E  attached  to  its  upper  surface. 

The  tool  post  F  can  slide  across  the  block  G  under  con- 
trol of  the  cam  cut  on  the  inside  of  E.  The  block  G  is 
fastened  to  the  wormwheel  H  and  turns  with  it  when  the 
worm  J  is  revolved  by  means  of  the  miter  gears  L  and  the 
spur  gear  M,  which  are  driven  from  the  shaft  A. 

The  cutting  of  these  grooves  may  be  likened  to  the 
backing  off  of  milling  cutter  teeth,  as  the  tool  must  start 
at  the  small  end  of  the  barrel  and  gradually  increase  the 
depth  of  the  groove  until  the  butt  end  is  reached.     It 


w — am"--  -J       §        E'~ 

4  Flutts,  Right  Hand 


0.56  A 


r*: .-y 


iZummJm^mimiuiuiilllliamim 


vmjjj 


ne.  91 

OPERATION     38 


must  then  snap  back  to  begin  cutting  the  small  end  of 
the  groove  during  the  next  revolution  of  the  roll.  This 
means  that  the  in  and  out  action  of  the  cutting  tool  must 
be  positively  timed  to  the  revolutions  of  the  roll,  which 
is  accomplished  by  the  gearings  shown. 

The  follower  on  one  end  of  the  tool  block  is  held  in 
contact  with  the  cam  by  a  heavy  spring  like  that  in  the 
1  backing-off  attachment.  The  gears  B,  C  and  D  operate 
the  cam  E  so  that  the  tool  is  gradually  moved  near  the 
center  of  the  lathe  as  the  roll  revolves.  On  completing 
its  revolution  the  cam  E  allows  the  tool  block  to  snap 
back  out  of  the  deep  cut  and  again  begins  on  the  small 
end  of  the  barrel.  At  the  same  time  the  tool  in  the  post 
F  is  being  gradually  turned  around  the  axis  of  the  block 
G  by  the  wormwheel  H  so  that  it  is  automatically  fed 
from  one  side  of  the  groove  to  the  other.  The  layout 
of  the  cams  for  the  various  grooves  is  shown  in  Fig.  99, 
all  necessary   diameters  being  given.     These   diameters 


begin  at  1.34  in.  for  the  large  end  of  the  barrel  and  reduce 
0.01  in.  for  each  groove  until  the  tenth  groove,  which  is 
1.25  in.  This  and  the  eleventh  groove  are  of  like  radius. 


FIG.  96.  TRUCKS  FOR  RIFLE  BARRELS 
From  the  time  the  barrels  are  turned  they  are  handled 
in  special  trucks,  as  shown  in  Fig.  96.  holding  100  barrels 
each.  These  trucks  are  easily  rolled  from  one  machine  to 
another  and  prevent  damage  to  the  barrels.  After  the  thread 
is  milled  on  the  butt  end  for  the  receiver,  the  muzzle  end  is 
always  placed  down,  so  as  to  protect  the  thread. 


16  TuthRH.StomlR.H 
I  Turn  in  li.OO inches. 


FIG.  92 


FIG.  95 
OPERATION    38  i 

OPERATION  38.  ROUNDING  LIPS  OF  MUZZLE 
Transformation- — Fig.  88.  Machine  Used — Regular  16-in.  en- 
gine lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Barrel  is  held  on  center  at  butt  end;  muzzle 
end  is  supported  as  shown  in  Fig.  89.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Milling  tool  held  on  arbor  in  lathe  spindle.  Cutting  Tools — 
Special  facing  cutter  with  pilot.  Fig.  90.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed  of  lathe,  70  r.p.m.  Coolant — Triumph 
cutting  oil,  H-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 150  barrels.  Gages — Contour  of  lips  and  length 
gage,  Fig.  91.     Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3 8 %.  HAND-MILLING  SEAT  FOR  FIXED  STUD 
Transformation — Fig.  92.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Special  fixture.  Fig.  93.  Cutting  Tools — Special 
milling  cutter.  Fig.  94.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
Speed  of  milling  cutter  125  r.p.m.;  barrel,  30  r.p.m.  Coolant— 
None.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 150  barrels. 
Gages — Plug  and  snap.   Fig.   95.     Production — 60  per  hr. 

Operation  39.   filing  muzzle 

Gasres — Ring   gages  for  diameter,   as  shown   in  Fig.   95. 


[23] 


AS  THE  MANUFACTURE  OP  THE  RIFLE  BARREL    PROCEEDS,  THE  OPERATIONS  BECOME  OP 

INCREASING  INTEREST 

Pig.    100 — Chambering.      Fig.    101 — Skiving.      Fig.    102— Spline  milling.     Fig.   103— Stamping.     Pig.   104 — Rifling. 

Fig.   105 — Milling  extractor  cut 


[24] 


FIGS.  97  AND  99.    BLANKS  FOB  BARREIi  ROLLS,  AND  CAMS  USED  IN  GROOVING  THEM 


0.0925,  Drill 
0.094  Ream 


h— 


» .j-fi/e  off sharp  corners 


\f.—  045"~^  ./  I      0.097°ffeam       f-0£7->\ 


0.IB5R. 


Ik- 0.6455" 

K 0.91" - 4|  |<...-._  fl7fl»"- 

FIG.   106.    THE  FIXED  STUD 

The  fixed  stud,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  106,  is  forced 
over  the  muzzle  end  of  the  barrel  and  forms  the  base  for 
the  front  sight.     The  fixed  stud  is  made  from  a  drop 


A.  Forging   from   bar 
C.  Annealing 

C-l.  Pickling 

B.  Trimming 

1.  Straddle  -  milling      both 
ends 

2.  Drilling  bore  for  barrel 

5.  Form  -  milling    outside 
lengthwise 

6.  Milling     top     and     stud 
crosswise,  cutting  apart 

3.  Reaming  bore  for  barrel 

4.  Squaring   ends   to   finish 
length 


10.  Milling  serrations  on  rear 
end  of  lug 
9.  Splining 

7.  Drilling  screw  holes 

8.  Tapping  screw  holes 
12^.  Filing      and      cornering 

operations  8,   9  and  10 

12.  Profiling      dovetail      cut 
and  top  of  lug  to  finish 

13.  Burring  screw  hole  and 
filing  to  finish 

14.  Polishing 


f 

f 

HC|ppSM!^  will  i 

1 i                     lip 

FIG.   98.    RELIEVING  ATTACHMENT  FOR  ROLL  GROOVING 

forging  that  is  long  enough  to  make  six  studs.  These  are 
sawed  apart  after  the  hole  is  drilled  and  reamed  and  the 
outside  form-milled  in  operations  1,  2  and  5.  When 
finshed,  the  stud  is  a  thin  shell,  the  outside  diameter 
being  0.7055  and  the  bore  0.6455  in.  It  is  made  from 
Class  D  steel,  0.80  in.  square.  The  sequence  of  operations 
is  presented  in  the  accompanying  table. 


[25] 


The  operations  on  the  fixed  stud  are  to  a  large  extent 
performed  on  milling  machines,  although  there  are  a  num- 
ber in  which  the  lathes  have  been  arranged  with  special 
attachments  and  a  few  in  which  special  machines  alto- 
gether are  used.  The  fixed  stud  also  introduces  the  use 
of  Pratt  &  Whitney  profiling  machines,  examples  of  which 


FIG.  107 


■0JlLj&--1.041^--  i.os'Q 
J — 


U- 3.0'-— -A 

K -— 7.0"- 

STEEL    HARDEN 
(        I! 


i — n 


nr 


AB5" 


FIG.  108 
OPERATION    A 


FIG.  109. OPERATION    B 


sented  by  a  small  star.  The  templet  is  shown  in  connec- 
tion with  the  profile  finger  and  is  represented  as 
approximately  having  the  same  outline  as  that  required 
in  the  piece.    An  example  of  this  will  be  found  in  opera- 

OPERATION  A.    FORGING  FROM  BAR,  SIX  IN  A  STRIP 
Transformation — Fig.     107.       Number     of     Operators — One. 
Description     of     Operation — Drop     forging.       Apparatus     and 
Equipment   Used — Billings   &   Spencer   1,000-lb.   drop   hammer. 
Gages — Fig.   108.     Production — 440   studs  per  hr. 

OPERATION  C.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Heat  to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F)  and  allow  it  to  cool  down 
with  the  furnace  over  night.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Cast-iron  annealing  boxes  or  pots  filled  with  charcoal  and 
heated  in  a  Brown  &  Sharpe  furnace.     Gages — Pyrometer. 

OPERATION  C-l.    PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Pickled  in  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water;  afterward 
washed   in   water  and   then   lime.     Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — Wooden  pickling  tank. 

OPERATION  B.  COLD  TRIMMING 
Transformation — Fig.  109.  Machine  Used — Perkins  back- 
geared  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Single  punch  and  cast-iron 
holder.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — -Single  trimming  die  and  cast- 
iron  holder.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 20,000  pieces 
between  grindings.  Production — 450  blanks  of  6  studs  each 
per  hr.     Note — Blank  is  pushed  down  through  die. 

OPERATION  1.  STRADDLE-MILLING  BOTH  ENDS  OP 
STRIPS 
Transformation — Fig.  110.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  miller,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise 
with  formed  jaws.  Figs.  Ill  and  112.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Cutters  held  on  standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  4-in.  side- 
cutting  mills.  Fig.  113.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  feed,  %  in.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  by 
hand  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 110  to 
150  pieces.  Gages — Length,  Fig.  114.  Production — 25  per  hr. 
per  machine.  Note — One  man  can  run  several  machines;  these 
pieces  are  handled  in  boxes  holding  40  strips  of  6  studs  each. 


npc'  &      30reethL.H.,onface& 
"  JtC  s  both  sides.  £  mills  in  set. 
k 


EC 


-J-,    -Xr.-0.I5 
— J  IS 


\t~t2&i 


FIG.  112 


FIG.  113 


0.6* 


STEEL.  HARDEN 
FIG.  114 


will  occur  frequently  in  succeeding  operations  on  various 
rifle  parts. 

In  order  to  make  clear  the  actual  work  performed  in 
a  profile  milling  operation,  the  operation  is  accompanied 
by  a  diagram  which  shows  the  relation  between  the  profil- 
ing finger  and  the  profiling  cutter.  The  former  is  shown 
by  means  of  a  solid  black  circle  while  the  cutter  is  repre- 


tion  12,  in  which  the  dovetail  cut  for  the  adjustable  sight 
is  profiled. 

Many  interesting  and  valuable  methods  are  to  be  noted 
in  the  practice  at  Springfield.  Some  of  these  are  well 
adapted  to  use  in  shops  working  on  other  lines  than  the 
production  of  munitions.  An  example  of  this  is  shown 
in  Fig.  126,  in  which  a  small  brush  is  arranged  at  the 


[26] 


I  Turn  m4.537-\ 


FIG.  117 
OPERATION      £ 


OPERATION  2.    DRILLING  BORE  OF  FIXED  STUD  FOR 
BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.  115.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney automatic  upright  drill.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— 12.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  fixture  by 
strap  and  clamp.  Figs.  116  and  117.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Tool  held  in  carriage  of  drill  by  setscrew.  Cutting  Tools — 
Special  0.643-in.  drill,  high-speed  steel.  Fig.  118.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed, -600  r.p.m.;  feed,  ft  in.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 15  to 
20  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  119.  Production — 3  pieces  per  hr.  per 
machine. 


OPERATION  5.    FORM-MILLING  OUTSIDE  OF  FIXED  STUD 
LENGTHWISE 

Transformation— Fig.  120.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  miller,  belt  driven.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  pin 
that  lines  cut  with  bore  clamped  on  ends,  Figs.  121  and  122. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  on  standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Two  form  cutters,  Fig.  123.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  feed,  %  in.  Coolant — Com- 
pound; %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 200  pieces.  Gages — Snap,  Fig.  124.  Production — 15 
per  hr. 


riG.tfl 


FIG.  122 


OPERATION     5 


FIG.  123  ^ 


■>b^MB». 


[27] 


FIG.  125 


tt**-** 


H 


__   * 


us' 


K«! 


Grind  to  thickness'' 


-0.05 


14  TeethL.H.  4 Mills  in  Set 


igL^-Grinar  to 
W/fa  |      thickness 


v - 


g.oe 


.1-/7H — *023  -*-   " 
1       Mi^       '     STEEL.  HARDEN 

k /.««--4 


FIG.  127 


FIG. 128 


OPERATION      6 


OPERATION    6.    MILLING    TOP   AND    SIDE    CROSSWISE 

Transformation — Pig.  125.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  miller,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise 
form  jaws,  Fig.  126.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tools  held  in 
standard  arbor,  Fig.  126.  Cutting  Tools — Four  %x4-in.  saws. 
Fig.  127;  four  2%xA-'n.  slotting  mills.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60 
r.p.m.;  %-ln-.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 100  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — 
Standard  vise,  special  jaws.  Gages — Length  and  form,  Fig. 
128.     Production — 180  per  hr. 


(<*0.£5'Hole  ft*  * 


Y-ues'A 


Y-i^-A 

FIG.  135 


V~i.fr'— Jt-Jiattaf  k. 


FIG.  136  srca..m!DEN 


OPERATION     4 


top  of  a  gang  of  slitting  saws  for  the  purpose  of  remov- 
ing  chips  from  saw-teeth. 

Another  simple  but  time-saving  arrangement  is  shown 
in  Fig.  130,  in  which  the  fixed  studs  are  reamed  under 
drilling  machines.  Considerable  time  is  saved  by  holding 
the  reamer  stationary  as  far  as  up-and-down  movements 
are  concerned  and  feeding  the  piece  by  hand  with  the 
crossbar  arrangement  shown. 

A  simple  hand  tapping  machine  which  will  be  found  of 
considerable  use  in  many  shops  is  shown  in  Fig.  150. 


FIG.  130 


,SRASS   FERRULE 
WoocT 


This  Taper  is  not  Standard. 
Must  befitted  to  Machine  --. 


,      V— -3.S5 

k ~ 


6  Flutes 


3.75" -  >,        k-  3.56?5"--^f.--  USF~-l\ 

- 9.5625" 1 >l 

FIG.  132 
OPERATION'    3 


OPERATION  3.  REAMING  BORE  FOR  BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.  129.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manufac- 
turing Co.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — -Work  held  in  holder, 
Fig.  131;  holder  held  by  hand.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Reamer 
held  by  tape*  shank  in  spindle,  Fig.  130.  Cutting  Tools — 
Reamer,  Fig.  132.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
70  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil;  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  cuts.  Gages — 
Plug.     Production — 370  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.    SQUARING  ENDS  TO  FINISH  LENGTH 

Transformation — Fig.  133.  Machine  Used — Special  machine 
built  in  shops,  Fig.  134.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  pin  in  tailstock 
of  machine.  Tool-Holding  Devices — End  mill  held  by  taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — 1^4 -in.  mill  with  pilot.  Fig.  135.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil;  tV -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1,000  cuts.  Gages — Snap,  Fig.  136.  Pro- 
duction— 120  per  hr. 

This  can  be  placed  in  a  bench  vise,  fastened  to  floor,  post 
or  bench  itself  or  held  in  a  variety  of  other  ways.  Its 
range  as"  far  as  variety  of  work  is  concerned  will  be  con- 
siderably increased  by  means  of  an  adjustable  vise,  in 
place  of  the  fixture  at  the  left-hand  end,  which  is  used  for 
holding  the  stud.  A  close  study  of  operations  on  the 
rifle,  many  of  which  are  the  result  of  years  of  evolution, 
will  reveal  a  number  of  such  useful  methods  worthy  of 
adoption  as  time  savers. 


[28] 


FIG.  148 A,  OPERATION    7A 

■0.085'.  XI 097"  ■,J8Wi'reO./OI5" 


/  «0S&-tos'~*t*— as'— 

'?  Teeth  R.  H.  Spiral.  One  Turn  in  l.yt" 
FIG.  148 
OPERATION    7 
I*—- '/" >i 


1 


J 


JfiJtWircOS' 


0.117" 


i 'Grooves  'Spiral  '4}  Th™<*S  per  inch 
FIG.  151 
OPERATION     8 


FIG.  I5IA 


FIG.  139 

OPERATION     10 


±■0.01' 

50NoTches/y^    '       . 
per  inch  >*T-.^).<X' 

FIG.  140 


FIG  .  150 


OPERATION  10.  MILLING  SERRATIONS  ON  REAR  END 
OF  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  137.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  miller,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  studs 
set  at  angle  with  vise  jaws  that  bind  on  stud,  Fig.  139.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  on  standard  arbor,  Fig.  138. 
Cutting  Tools — Two  2%xf3-in.  serration  cutters,  Fig.  140. 
Number    of    Cuts — Two.      Cut    Data — Speed.    60    r.p.m.;     %-in.       -  -  .    .  ,  ... i,„4.4.„„    „„•    „  i„„i, 

feed     coolant— Cutting  oil  put  on  by  hand  brush.    Average     discarding  what  is  m  use  for  something  better,  going  back 

Life   of   Tool    Between    Grindings — 500    pieces.      Gages — None. 


The  clamping  devices  used  at  the  Springfield  arsenal 
are  also  worthy  of  note.  Many  of  them  are  similar  in 
principle  and  are  also  the  result  of  evolution  and  of 


Production — 50    per    hr. 


occasionally,  however,  to  the  original  scheme. 

FIG.  144 


Harden 


FIG.  143 


OPERATION   9 


FIG.  14* 


[29] 


/~L_F^] 


FIG. 152 


TYPICAL  ARRANGEMENT,  PSW.  PROFILING  MACHINE 
FIG.  153 


WORK  MANDREL 


FIG.  154 


»^4X" 


FIG.  155 


FIG.  156 
OPERATION     12 


OPERATION  12%.    FILING  AND   CORNERING   OPERATIONS 
8,  9  AND  10 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Filing  burrs  off  and  touching  up.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File  and  scraper.     Production — 150  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12.    PROFILING  DOVETAIL  CUT  AND  TOP 
OF  LUG  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  152.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney belt-drive  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise  fixture  with 
Special  jaws.  Fig.  154.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  or  cutters 
driven  by  taper  shank  in  spindle  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — 
Angle  cutter,  Fig.  155.  Number  of  Cuts — One,  Fig.  153.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  270  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 400  pieces.  Gages — 
Plug,  Fig.  156.     Production— 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.    BURRING  SCREW  HOLE  AND   FILING 
TO  FINISH 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Burring  the   burr  on   screw   hole.     Apparatus  and   Equipment 
Used — File  and  scraper.     Production — 90  per  hr. 
OPERATION  14.    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Rounding   corners   and   brushing   up;   finishing   all    over.     Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Small-diameter  polishing  drill; 
cloth  wheel.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

■ 

QtaeracHiEfig  Mediums 

Water,  heavy  oil,  a  mixture  of  oil  and  water  and  many 
special  brands  of  quenching  oils  are  advocated  and  used  as 
quenching  mediums.  Water  has  the  advantage  of  confer- 
ring excellent  physical  properties  by  reason  of  the  rapid 
cooling,  but  for  the  same  reason  will  produce  dangerous 
shrinkage  strains  unless  the  cooling  is  very  carefully 
timed.  Heavy  oil,  such  as  cylinder  oil,  greatly  reduces  the 
danger  from  cracking,  but  quenches  more  slowly  and 
therefore  does  not  produce  such  good  physical  properties 
in  the  steel.  With  a  view  to  reducing  the  danger  of 
damage  by  water  and  at  the  same  time  to  securing  better 


e 


_L_,)f-__J I  M 


^■irj   .     "l I— ♦' 


aTT 
a. 


a  ■ 


^a_ 


aczj 


C  to P.I./trft.Doub/e 


^3i»j 


-A 


rr ~—&?e  >t= -4^i.-r 


FIG.  142 


OPERATION  9.  SPLINING 
Transformation — Fig.  141.  Machine  Used — Spliner  made 
at  Hill  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  fixture  clamped  at 
ends,  Fig.  143.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  at  each  end  of 
machine.  Cutting  Tools — Using  studs  or  guider  barrel  tool. 
Fig.  144.  Number  of  Cuta — One.  Cut  Data — 40  strokes  per 
minute.  Coolant — Cutting  oil;  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  145.  Pro- 
duction.— 85  per  hr.  Note — One  end  of  splining  machine  shown 
in  Fig.  142. 

OPERATION  7.  DRILLING  SCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  146.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney three-spindle  16-in.  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  drill  jigs,  Fig.  147.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tools,  drill  and 
reamer,  held  in  Almond  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — 0.92-in.  drill 
and  0.97-in.  reamer.  Fig.  148.  Number  of  Cuts— Two.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  150  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil; 
A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 50 
pieces.  Gages — Locating,  Fig.  148-A,  No.  7.  Production — 62 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.  TAPPING  SCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  149.  Machine  Used — Hand-operated 
tapping  machine.  Fig.  150.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
—One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  stud  with  pin 
for  stop;  stop  held  in  little  pivot  chuck.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Tapping  fixture  held  in  vise  at  bench.  Cutting  Tools — 
0.117-in.  tap,  43  threads  per  inch,  Fig.  151.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — Fig. 
151-A.     Production — 150  per  lir. 


I*      »      ■  -  M5 

8  Turns    *3 

oodrwire  9 

mm  z 


results  than  can  be  obtained  with  heavy  oil,  various  other 
quenching  fluids  are  used.  Some  manufacturers  use  a 
mixture  of  oil  and  water  similar  to  a  drilling  compound, 
while  others  use  light  oils  of  different  grades. 

The  writer  advocates  the  use  of  an  inexpensive  light 
mineral  oil  with  a  fire  point  of  about  390  deg.  F.,  a  flash 
point  of  about  350  deg.  F.  and  gravity  about  29  deg.  Be. 
There  should  be  separate  quenching  and  storage  tanks, 
the  latter  to  have  ample  capacity  and  to  be  provided  with 
cooling  coils.  The  oil  should  be  pumped  from  the  storage 
into  the  quenching  tank  and  delivered  into  the  latter  in 
such  a  way  as  to  produce  a  vigorous  and  positive  circula- 
tion about  the  object  to  be  quenched.  A  system  of  this 
kind  has  many  advantages,  one  of  the  most  important 
being  that  since  the  circulation  of  the  oil  is  controlled 
by  the  pump,  the  rate  of  circulation  can  be  varied,  and  the 
rate  of  cooling  thus  adapted  to  suit  the  needs  of  almost 
any  case. — L.  H.  Fry  in  Railway  Mechanical  Engineer. 


[30] 


The  Fixed  Base  and  Final  Barrel  Operations 


The  fixed  base,  or  that  part  of  the  rifle  which  sur- 
rounds the  barrel  at  the  rear  end  and  becomes  the  base 
for  the  rear  sight,  is  quite  an  expensive  piece  to  manu- 
facture. It  must  be  a  good  fit  on  the  barrel  and.  is  finally 
pinned  into  position  to  insure  its  permanent  location. 

This  base  must  supply  the  pivot  or  stud  on  which  the 
movable  base  of  the  rear  sight  swings,  this  involving 
a  hollow  milling  operation  as  shown  in  Fig.  189.  Then 
the  ends  must  be  undercut  to  guide  and  hold  the  ends  of 
the  movable  base,  which  is  done  on  a  profiler,  Fig..  199. 

The  fixed  base,  details  of  which  are  shown  in  Fig.  157, 
is  a  drop  forging  of  Class- D  steel,  the  stock  being  sup- 
plied in  round  bars  of  1.4  in.  These  are  forged  singly 
and  also  machined  singly  with  a  few  notable  exceptions, 
in  which  some  fixtures  are  made  double  for  holding  two 
bases  at  one  setting.  As  with  the  fixed  stud,  the  hole  is 
bored  and  reamed,  and  nicely  fitting  mandrels  are  used 


OPERATION  A.     FORGING  FROM  BAR  AND  HOT-TRIMMING 

Transformation — Fig.  158.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Forging  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — 1,000-lb.  Billings  &  Spencer  drop  hammer. 
Gages — Fig.  159.     Production — 80  per  hr. 


a 


fig^Qf-m**** 


rv/Kco  sma. 

&KIVN  ArTCR  ASSEMBLING 
ON  BAHRCL 


JW%7S' 


■0J095fc 


U—m'- —J 


FIG.    157.    DETAILS  AND  WORKING  LIMITS  OF  THE 
FIXED  BASE 


FI6.I58  OP.A 


FIG. 159 


FIG.I60 


Y--0.375 
T 


Y 


0.4375"M      V\    '  ,    J 

<3#'H    He 3.195" A    I 


k 


■4.25" 


<A 

FIG.  164 


STEEL 
(Harden) 


f 

«._. 

1 4TIT 

_  j 

1* 

[<--/"  -*\i-0.0&S" 

Y 

,_ 

i r_'i 

~~  -\ 

1 

u.. 

■-3.Z"- -V 

.♦j 

I 

1 

—  5.6" 

-1 

-y    -    jr~ 

r- 

! ii 

Fiai62 


35  Teeth  L.H.  on  Face  and  Sides 
FIG.  163 

OPERATION  1.  STRADDLE-MILLING  BOTH  ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.  160.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  belt-drive  mill.  Fig.  161.  Number  of  Ma- 
chines per  Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work 
held  in  grooved-Jaw  vise,  Figs.  161  and  162.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Cutters  held  on  standard  arbor.  Fig.  161.  Cutting 
Tools — 6-in.  facing  mills,  Fig.  163.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — Feed,  %  in.  per  mln.;  speed,  60  r.p.m.  Coolant- 
Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grlndings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Length,  Fig.  164.  Production — 
200  per  day.  Note — Fixed  bases  are  handled  in  boxes  that 
Hal*  50  each. 


[31] 


FIG.  166 


FIG.  167 


STEEL,  HARDEN 
FIG.  166 


OPERATION    2 


for  locating  and  supporting  the  work  in  many  of  the 
milling  operations.     The  sequence  of  operations  follows:. 

A.  Forging  from  bar  and  hot-trimming 

1.  Straddle-milling  both  ends 

2.  Drilling  large  end  of  bore 

5.  Drilling  small  end  of  bore 

8.  Squaring  front  end 

6.  Reaming  bore  and  squaring  end  of  base 

9.  Milling  both  sides  lengthwise 
9%.  Burring  and  filing  to  finish  width 

10.       Milling  entire  top  surface  of  base  crosswise 
10%.  Burring  operation  10 

12.  Hollow-milling  pivot  stud 
12%.  Burring  operation  12 

13.  Graduating  zero  windage   points 

14.  Profiling  rear  lug  for  seat  of  rear  end  of  movable  base 

15.  Shaving  for  windage  screw 
15%.  Burring  operation  15 

16.  Milling  outside   of  walls  of  base 

19.  Squaring  and  couriterboring  front  end  of  base  for  hand- 

guard  tenon 

20.  Shaving  upper  and  undercut  circles  on  rear  lug 

21.  Filing  movable  base  seat 

22.  Polishing  and  cornering 

25.       Milling  bevel  seats  for  windage  screw 

OPERATION  2.    DRILLING  LARGE  END  OF  BORE 

Transformation — Fig.  165.  Machine  Used — Barnes  Manu- 
facturing Co.  20-in.  gang  drill.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work'  held  in  up- 
right stand  fixture.  Figs.  166  and  167.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  collet.  Cutting  Tools — High-speed  twist  drill.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  180  r.p.m. ;  feed,  %  in.  per 
min.  Coolant — Compound;  &-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 20  to  30  pieces.  Gages — Depth,  Fig. 
168.     Production — 70  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.    DRILLING  SMALL  END  OF  BORE 

Transformation — Fig.  169.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  \v  nit- 
ney  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  set  into  plate 
using  lug  for  stop.  Fig.  170.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  on 
taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — High-speed  drill,  for  0.956-in. 
hole.  Cut  Data — Speed,  160  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil;  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 50  pieces.  Gages — Plug,  Fig.  171.  Production — 
25  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS    6    AND    8.    REAMING    AND    SQUARING 

Transformation — Fig.  172.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  holder; 
this  goes  in  fixture,  Fig.  173.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper- 
shank  socket.  Cutting  Tools — Step  reamer  for  both  diameters; 
facing  cutter  on  reamer,  Fig.  174.  Cut  Data — Speed.  160 
r.p.m.;  feed,  about  1%  in.  per  min.  Coolant — Cutting  oil;  %- 
In.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — About 
10  pieces.  Gages — Plug  and  length,  Fig.  175.  Production — 
25  per  hr. 

OPERATION    9.    MILLING    BOTH    SIDES    LENGTHWISE 

Transformation — Fig.  176.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  belt-drive  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.      Work-Holding    Devices — Work    held    in    flv- 


—  41'-      yr *•-//*-*<  '£'  * 

*  FIG  174 


$  OPERATION 
1  6 


K KB*-—  - 

FIG  175 


~'—\ 

STEEL,  HARDEN 


ture  mandrels  fitting  holes  in  bore  and  clamping  at  ends. 
Figs.  177  and  178.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  on 
standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  sets  of  forming  cutters, 
Fig.  179.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.; 
feed,  %  in.  per  min.  Coolant — Compound.  Average  Life  or 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Thickness  of 
barrel,  location  of  shoulders,  length  and  contour.  Fig.  180} 
gage  180-A  indicates  location  of  shoulder  and  lugs  on  top  of 
base  and  also  shows  contour  of  outside  of  base;  180-B  gages 
the  bevel  beside  the  lugs  and  above  lightening  cuts.  Pro- 
duction— 25  per  hr. 


[32] 


The  operation  of  browning  the  rifle  barrels  is  of  con- 
siderable interest,  inasmuch  as  the  subject  has  never  been 
fully  described  and  the  mixing  of  the  solution  has  been 
considered  more  or  less  of  a  mystery.  This  operation  is 
known  as  No.  47  and  will  be  described  now,  although 
actually  a  final  operation. 

The  barrels  come  to  the  browning  department  packed 
in  boxes  of  40  each.     They  are  held  from  touching  each 


then  carefully  skimmed  from  the  top  of  the  water  in  the 
tank,  shown  at  A,  Pig.  241.  Should  any  pitch  remain  in 
the  plug  and  exude  on  any  part  of  the  barrel,  it  prevents 
the  browning  solution  from  acting  at  that  point.  After 
the  plugs  are  firmly  dried,  they  are  driven  into  the  barrel 
so  as  to  prevent  either  the  water  or  the  browning  solution 
from  coming  in  contact  with  the  bore.  The  barrels  are 
boiled  from  10  to  15  min.  and  then  placed  in  tanks  of 


FIG.  182 


FIG.  183 


OPERATION      9^ 

OPERATION  9%.    MILLING  TO  FINISH  WIDTH 

Transformation — Fig.  181.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  Lincoln  type  miller,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise  clamping  on  ends.  Fig.  182.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  sets  of  side-milling  cutters,  3  in.  in  diameter.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Feed,  1  in.; 
speed,  70  r.p.m.  Coolant — Compound;  Yt-ln.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages— Width, 
Fig.  183.     Production — 25  per  hr. 


other  by  suitable  separators,  the  boxes  holding  five  layers 
of  eight  barrels  each,  as  shown  in  Pig.  240. 

The  first  operation  after  removal  from  these  boxes  is 
to  coat  the  inside  of  the  barrel  with  a  mineral  lubricant 
known  as  "Cosmoline,"  which  is  applied  with  a  brush. 
This  coating  prevents  any  rusting  action  by  the  brown- 
ing, solution,  should  any  of  it  leak  past  the  plugs  that  are 
driven  into  each  end  of  the  barrel. 

These  plugs  are  made  of  soft  white  pine  and  should  be 
free  from  pitch  or  resin.  They  are  turned  with  the  de- 
vice shown  in  Pig.  243,  and  to  insure  the  absence  of  pitch 
they  are  placed  in  wire  baskets  and  submerged  in  boil- 
ing water  for  about  10  min.    The  pitch  is  boiled  out  and 


lime  water,  as  in  Pig.  241.  This  treatment  removes  all 
traces  of  grease  and  leaves  the  barrels  clean  for  the  action 
of  the  browning  solution.  As  soon  as  the  barrels  are  cool 
enough  to  be  handled,  the  lime  is  brushed  and  wiped  off, 
the  barrels  being  held  by  the  plugs,  to  avoid  contact  with 
the  hands. 

Browning  Solution 

Before  making  up  the  browning  solution  proper,  it  is 
necessary  to  prepare  what  is  known  as  a  tincture  of  steel, 
which  forms  an  important  ingredient  of  the  browning 
solution.  To  make  the  tincture  of  steel,  put  3  lb.  of  car- 
bonate of  iron  in  a  stone  jar  and  add  3  qt.  of  muriatic 


!  [33]| 


no.  is6 


OPERATION     10 

OPERATION   10.    MILLING    ENTIRE    TOP   SURFACE    OF  BASE  CROSSWISE 

Transformation — Fig.  184.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  Lincoln  type  belt-drive  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  arbors  in  Jaws  of  vise.  Figs.  185  and  186;  mandrel  A  is  forced 
against  the  adjustable  stops  B  by  the  finger  C;  see  Fig.  186.  for  details.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  on  standard 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  sets  of  forming  cutters;  one  shown  in  Fig.  187.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
60  r.p.m.;  feed,  %  in.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  applied  with  hand  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  188;  A,  front  and  rear  guides;  B,  height  of  seat;  C,  height  of  seat  at  three  points  measured  by  straight-edge 
across  the   buttons  shown.     Production — 26   per  hr. 


j^3 


.-  ■ 


■.I     .  - . .    


riG.189 


Harden-' 


HG.I90 


k—  -i.5--^ 

OPERATION    12 


k-ll'-A    STEO. 


HS.192 


OPERATION    10%.    BURRING    OPERATION    10 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- — 
Filing  burrs  off  side  after  operation  10.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File  and  scraper.  Gages — None.  Production — 
About  150  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12.    HOLLOW-MILLING  PIVOT   STUD 

Transformation — Fig.  189.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney four-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.     Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 


in  Jig,  Figs.  190  and  191.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank 
in  spindle  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow  mill.  Number 
of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
— Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 
About  500  pieces.  Gages — Ring,  Fig.  192,  for  diameter  and 
location.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12%.    BURRING  OPERATION  12 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  burrs  off  stud.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — File 
or  scraper.     Gages — None.     Production — About   300  per   hr. 


[34] 


acid.  Let  this  mixture  stand  (stirring  it  occasionally) 
until  the  acid  "cuts,"  or  takes  up,  all  of  the  iron  that  it 
will.  After  the  muriatic  acid  becomes  saturated  with  the 
carbonate  of  iron,  pour  the  acid  off  carefully  into  a  glass 


y.  .  \  v     ■. — i T" 

P 

- 

T r 

0        0 


HG.  193 


HG.I94 


K -4" ~*l 

t^fst  STEEL  v^ 

»M*- STCEL  fi/J* 


demijohn,  being  careful  that  none  of  the  remaining  sedi- 
ment goes  with  it.  Add  9  qt.  of  grain  alcohol.  This 
completes  the  tincture  of  steel. 

For  making  the  browning  solution  proper,  take  6  oz, 
of  this  tincture  of  steel,  6  oz.  sweet  spirits  of  niter,  1  oz. 
nitric  acid,  y2  oz.  sulphate  of  copper,  1  oz.  corrosive 
sublimate,  2  qt.  soft  water.  Mix  them  in  a  glass-stoppered 
bottle,  to  prevent  evaporation.  Let  the  solution  stand  for 
24  hr.,  if  possible,  although  it  can  be  used  immediately, 
but  does  not  give  as  good  results. 

The  browning  solution  is  applied  with  a  sponge,  as 
previously  mentioned.  This  method  is  found  much  more 
satisfactory  than  the  dipping  process.  After  the  barrel 
is  entirely  covered,  it  is  placed  in  a  rack,  Fig.  242.  When 
the  rack  is  full,  it  is  rolled  into  a  steaming  cabinet  at  the 
end  of  the  browning  room.  Here  it  is  subjected  to  a 
steam  bath  for  about  1  hr.  The  length  of  time  depends 
largely  upon  the  condition  of  the  atmosphere,  as  in  humid 
weather  a  much  shorter  exposure  is  required.  This  steam 
bath  forms  a  coating  of  red  oxide,  or  rust,  all  over  the 
barrel,  which  should  not  remain  too  long  in  the  steam 
cabinet,  or  a  surplus  coat  of  oxide  will  be  formed  and 
have  to  be  brushed  off. 

When  the  barrels  are  properly  rusted,  they  are  boiled 
in  clear  hot  water  for  about  5  min.  in  the  tank,  Fig.  241. 
This  "sets"  the  rust  and  turns  the  barrels  a  dull  black. 
They  are  next  brushed  with  fine  wire,  or  "card,"  wheels 
to  get  a  smooth  surface.  The  brushing  also  polishes  the 
barrels  and  prepares  them  for  the  next  coating  of  the 
browning  solution.  These  operations  are  repeated  until 
the  barrel  has  been  through  the  process  three  times. 
When  the  barrel  is  finally  brushed  and  polished,  it  has  a 
fine  surface  and  a  coating  that  will  stand  considerable 
wear.  The  plugs  are  then  pulled  out  from  each  end,  and 
the  barrel  is  oiled  on  the  outside,  completing  the  work 
on  the  barrel  until  it  is  brought  out  for  assembling. 


W--P 


^r-o-fe) 


¥  in  11  1  -fell  m 


FIG.  198 


OPERATION  13.  GRADUATING  ZERO  WINDAGE  POINTS 
Transformation — Fig.  193.  Machine  Used — Snow.  Brooks  & 
Co.  trimming  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Stamping  punch,  round  shank. 
Work  Holders — Cast-iron  fixture  with  lug,  pin  and  stock  to 
hold  base  and  locate  face  for  stamping,  Figs.  194  and  195. 
Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 75,000  pieces.  Lubricant — 
None.      Gages — Fig.    196.      Production — 350    per    hr. 


M0.5K  ' -*«#'*-       '1  l-^— " * AU« 

FIG.  201  HG.202 

OPERATION  14.  PROFILING  REAR  LUG  FOR  SEAT  OP 
REAR  END  OF  MOVABLE  BASE 
Transformation — Fig.  197.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Clamping  fixture.  Figs.  198  and  200,  using 
mandrel;  machining  diagram.  Fig.  199.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — One  A -in.  slitting  cutter;  one 
side  and  bottom  mill,  high-speed  steel,  Fig.  201.     Cut  Data — 


[35] 


Speed,  900  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound;  two  *4-in. 
streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — About  150 
to  200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  202,  also  used  in  operation  20. 
Production — 50  per  hr. 


A' 


as? 

Spline 


& 


—  S 


FIG.  208 


/STeerh,LM.£mSet 
FIG.  209 


OPERATION     16 

aa 

^^mmmw/y//^^^, 

llfft 

*&¥* 


STE£L,nAf!DCN 


FIG. 212 


OPERATION 


FIG. 213 


At  the  muzzle  end  where  the  plugs  swell  out  around  the 
bore,  a  ring  of  bright  metal  will  appear.  This  is  treated 
by  brushing  a  coating  of  copperas,  or  blue  vitriol,  over  the 
bright  ring  and  following  with  a  coating  of  sulphide  of 
ammonia.  This  treatment  oxidizes  the  copper  and  turns  it 
to  approximately  the  same  color  as  that  left  by  the  brown- 
ing solution.    The  end  of  the  muzzle  is  thus  left  all  black, 


preventing  the  reflection  of  light,  which  is  so  dangerous 
in  modern  warfare. 

The  operations  on  the  fixed  base  may  be  said  to  act 
as  an  introduction  to  the  operations  performed  on  the 
receiver,  which  will  be  described  in  ensuing  articles. 
While  there  is  no  comparison  in  complexity  of  operations 
between  these  two  parts,  they  are  handled  in  a  similar 
way  largely  by  milling,  drilling  and  shaving  operations. 
Profile  milling  does  not  enter  widely  into  the  manufac- 
ture of  the  fixed  base,  whereas  profile  operations  are  fre- 
quent upon  the  receiver.  Both  of  these  parts  originate 
as  drop  forgings,  and  the  work  done  upon  each  is  such 
as  to  leave  a  mere  shell  of  metal  when  finished. 

OPERATION  15.  SHAVING  FOR  WINDAGE  SCREW 
Transformation — Fig.  203.  Machine  Used — Bement  &  Miles 
Co.  crank  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Special  punch,  Fig.  206.  Work 
Holders — Special  fixture.  Figs.  204  and  205.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 60  pieces  for  each  grinding.  Lubricant — 
Cutting  oil;  %-in.  stream.  Gages — Width  and  length,  Fig.  207. 
Production — 60  per  hr. 

OPERATION    15%.    BURRING    OPERATION    15 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing  burrs  from  bottom  of  cut,  operation  15.     Apparatus 
and   Equipment  Used — File  and  scraper.     Gages — None.     Pro- 
duction— 300   per  hr. 
OPERATION  16.    MILLING  OUTSIDE  OF  WALLS  OF  BASE 
Transformation — Fig.    208.     Machine   Used — Pratt   &   Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  belt-drive  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — Two.      Work-Holding    Devices — Work    held    in    vise 
fixture    similar    to    Fig.    182.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Cutters 
held   on   standard   arbor.     Cutting   Tools — Milling   cutter,   Fig. 
209.     Number  of  Cuts — Two.     Cut  Data — 1-in.   feed;  speed,   90 
r.p.m.    Coolant — Compound;  two  %-in.  streams.     Average  Life 
of   Tool    Between    Grindings — 1,000    to    1,500    pieces.      Gages- 
Depth,  Fig.  210.     Production — 25  per  hr. 

OPERATION  19.    SQUARING  AND  COUNTERBORING  FRONT 
END   OF   BASE    FOR   HAND-GUARD   TENON 

Transformation— Fig.  211.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — • 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  pin,  which  acts 
as  a  stop,  Fig.  212.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  held  in  turret 
of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Counterbore  and  facing  mill 
combined  with  pilot.  Cut  Data — Speed,  250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Compound.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 500  pieces.  Gages — Plug,  Fig.  213.  Production — 85 
per   hr. 

OPERATION   20.    SHAVING   UPPER   AND    UNDERCUT 
CIRCLES  ON  REAR  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  214.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaving  burrs  and  sizing  up.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Plug  base  held  in  vise  and  hand 
shaving  tool,  Figs.  215  and  216.  Gages — Fig.  217.  Production 
— 75   per   hr. 


a&£j 


'^-"■Z3i"- Jt-^r?,.  J  \ 


-for  Center 


FIG. 206 


OPERATION      15 
[36] 


FIG. 807 


It  will  be  noted  by  inspection  of  some  of  the  milling 
operations  that  the  full  cutting  capacity  of  the  miller 
is  utilized.  Duplex  fixtures  are  to  be  seen  on  most 
of  the  millers.  For  example,  in  operation  9y2,  mill- 
ing to  finish  width,  Fig.  182  shows  two  of  the  pieces 


Drill  jigs  of  marked  simplicity  characterize  many  of 
the  operations  on  the  fixed  base  and  also  on  the  receiver. 
For  example,  the  two  jigs  used  in  drilling  the  longi- 
tudinal hole  through  the  fixed  base  shown  in  Figs.  166 
and  170  could  scarcely  be  of  simpler  or  better  design.  A 


IVCUTTER^A 


'     iff  i"  i", 

-ffi-   w  ¥r 


fc^^:±;;";:::::::^^^":v::v;:::Jt::::.^:::::D 


-F* 


□m 


STEEL 


->A375k-     ->WJJ|<- 


so 


ijQ 


Hf 


s*  \ 


k- - *J*- 


k-.-^-J 


2~°  CUTTER 


■>|4MS|6-         |      fCulfingOgc 


"■£* 


rt-l 


'   lb*?*" 

jv_ojtter 


TOOL  STEEL 
I 


,0.404'Grind 


^■EERRULE 


,rit 


K "**--- *  *  -  *" 


a/sump^. 


§ 


D5 

tool  57rn 


FIG.  216 


TOOZ.  S72E£. 


jv220_ 


OPERATION      20 


FIG.  211 


FIG.  240 


FIG.  241 


FIG.  242 


being  side-milled  at  a  time.  The  same  thing  is  also 
seen  in  operation  10,  as  shown  in  Fig.  185,  where  the 
entire  top  surfaces  of  two  fixed  bases  are  milled  cross- 
wise at  one  time.  This  scheme  gives  double  production 
from  an  ordinary  miller  which  is  too  often  worked  far 
below  its  capacity  measured  by  the  ability  to  carry  a 
reasonable  cut  without  overtaxing  the  cutters. 


simple  reaming  fixture  is  shown  in  Fig.  173.  This, 
swinging  in  the  block  supports,  permits  of  self-align- 
ment of  the  work  and  insures  that  the  reamer  will  cut 
evenly  all  around. 

Machine  and  hand  shaving  operations  are  both  repre- 
sented on  the  fixed  base.  The  former  is  performed  on  a 
crank  press,  as  shown  in  Fig.  204;  the  latter  is  per- 


[37] 


formed  with  a  hand  shaving  tool  shown  in  Figs.  215 
and  216.  It  will  be  noted  that  this  hand  tool  while  of 
simple  construction  performs  an  operation  that  would  be 
difficult  to  complete  on  a  machine,  and  its  use  is  possi- 


Sometimes  an  unusual  operation  is  encountered  which 
is  difficult  to  perform  on  a  standard  machine  tool  and 
also  inconvenient  to  perform  by  hand.  One  such  is  the 
milling  of  the  bevel  seat  for  the  windage  screw.     This 


■ — - — - 


J L 


PIG.  218 


rt-Uef'-- 

■<■ £5' 


Cutfile  Teeth 


PIG. 219, OPERATION  21 

1    '     _ 

a:l 

I      -,    1               1 

(_ 

J 

FIG.  220 


v&m 


^-FirtoCage 


tjtfX. 8.535- X 


«■      k 5.875"--- >l 

£  Cut  6  Teeth.LJi. 


oa 


.  J£. 


1 


re 


K-  -  -/.5*-->k^-  -3.5625  -  -->] 

V 4.0625- * 

FIG. 222 


FIG.  223 


OPERATION    23 


OPERATION  21.  FILING  MOVABLE  BASE  SEAT  AND  PIVOT 
Transformation — Pig.  218.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Burring  stud  and  filing  base  seat. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand  hollow  mill  and  also 
hollow  cone  file,  Fig.  219;  6-in.  pillar  file.  Gages — Straight- 
edge.    Production — 25   per  hr. 

OPERATION    22.    POLISHING    AND    CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Rounding  corners  on  front  end  of  lug.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment  Used — Small    polishing    wheel.      Gages — None.      Produc- 
tion— 20  per  hr. 


OPERATION  25.    MILLING  BEVEL  SEATS  FOR  WINDAGE 
SCREW 

Transformation — Fig.  220.  Machine  Used — Special  machine 
built  at  arsenal,  Fig.  221.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  clamped  to  fixture  using 
lugs  at  top  of  base  for  guides.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool 
held  by  taper  shank  in  spindle  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — 
Two  angle  cutters.  Fig.  222.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil;  A- 
in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindlngs — 1,000 
pieces.     Gages — Fig.   223.     Production — 45   or   50   per  hr. 


bly  an  illustration  of  the  fact  that  hand  operations  are 
under  certain  conditions  the  most  efficient  way  of  ma- 
chining work,  a  point  that  is  not  always  realized  in  the 
natural  effort  to  do  everything  "by  machine." 


is  shown  in  operation  25,  a  special  machine  having  been 
designed  and  built  at  the  arsenal  to  take  care  of  this 
particular  operation.  Fig.  221  shows  this  machine  in  per- 
spective and  also  in  horizontal  and  vertical  projection. 


[38] 


Some  of  the  fixtures  made  at  the  Springfield  arsenal 
are  of  necessity  elaborate  in  design  and  approach  special 
tools  in  complexity.  It  is  hard  to  draw  the  line  in  some 
instances  between  a  special  tool  and  a  complicated  fixture 
and  to  say  under  which  heading  the  apparatus  should  be 


defined.  This  is  particularly  true  regarding  the  inspect- 
ing fixtures.  It  will  be  noted  that  many  of  these  are  nice 
examples  of  the  tool  maker's  art,  and  an  inspection  of 
them  will  give  an  idea  of  the  grade  of  skill  required  in  a 
rifle  shop  toolroom  to  produce  satisfactory  appliances. 


E£t 


U— — jtng 

■Jtsasm 


FIG.  324 


' . '.      ■'.. 

H 

\v 

fig.  £25. 


.jff  W.-£g;.g... 


TT"w 


[®=&L 


i--w----r-- 


FIG.  229 


FIG.  230 


FIG. 228 


FIG.  227 
OPERATION       40 


FIG.23I 


FIG. 232 
OPERATION    41 


FIG. 233 


FIG.  235 


OPERATION   42 


FIG. 234 


OPERATION  40.    ASSEMBLING   FRONT  STUD  AND   FIXED 
BASE  ON  BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.  224.  Number  of  Operators — One- 
Description  of  Operation — The  stud  is  driven  on  over  the 
spline  on  barrel  by  means  of  the  small  set  shown  in  Fig.  225; 
the  depth  of  the  hole  in  the  end  of  the  set  determines  the 
distance  of  the  stud  fr*>m  the  muzzle;  the  fixed  base  is  forced 
on  with  the  hand  press  shown  in  Fig.  228.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — The  barrel  A  is  placed  in  the  press.  Fig.  228, 
and  the  front  stud  is  located  by  the  block  B;  the  fixed  base 
C  is  in  position  ready  to  be  forced  into  place;  the  butt  end  is 
held  by  the  strap  D,  which  is  fastened  by  the  clamp  E;  the 
two  swinging  jaws  F  and  G  are  then  closed  around  the  barrel 
In  front  of  the  fixed  base,  and  a  pull  of  the  handle  H  forces 
It  into  position;  the  side  line  on  the  fixed  base  now  replaces 
the  draw  line  for  all  future  measurements.  Gages — The  bench 
fixture.  Fie.  226,  tests  the  location  of  the  stud  with  the  draw 
line;  the  finger  gages,  shown  in  front  of  the  barrel,  test  the 
diameter  of  the  fixed  stud;  other  gages  are  shown  in  Figs. 
227  and  229,  the  latter  testing  the  location  of  the  shoulder  on 
the  fixed  base  with  relation  to  the  fixed  stud;  the  gage  in 
Fig.  230  tests  the  location  of  the  fixed-stud  shoulder  with  the 
extractor  cut.     Production — 75  per  hr. 


OPERATION  41.    DRILLING  AND  REAMING  FRONT  SIGHT. 
FIXED  STUD  AND  BARREL  FOR  SECURING  PIN 

Transformation — Fig.  231.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney two-spindle  vertical  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  fixture  sliding  on  table.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  held 
in  drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools— 0.082-in.  drill.  No.  45;  0.087-in. 
reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m. 
Coolant — Water.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
200   holes.     Gages — Plug,    Fig.    232.      Production — 60   per   hr. 

OPERATION  42.    REAMING  AND  DRILLING  FIXED  BASE 
ON  BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.  233.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney upright  two-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  fixture.  Fig.  234.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  held  in  drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Drill  and  reamer,  same  as  In  operation 
41.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Same  as  for  operation 
41.  Coolant — Water.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 200  pieces.  Gages — Plug.  Fig.  235.  Production — 50 
ner  hr. 


[39] 


OPERATION   43.    PINNING   FRONT   STUD   AND    REAR 
BASE  TO  BARRED 

Number  ol  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Driving  in  stud.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hammer 
and   header.     Gages — None.     Production — 85   per  hr. 

OPERATION    44,      DRILLING   REAR-BASE    SPLINE-PIN 

HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  236.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  "Whit- 
ney two-spindle  centering  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Figs.  237  and  238. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  held  in  drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Drill  No.  45;  0.087-in.  reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — Same  as  operation  41.  Coolant — Oil  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — 
Plug,  Fig.  239.     Production — 80  per  hr. 


OPERATION  47.     BROWNING 

(Previously  described.) 

OPERATION  2.    RIFLE  ASSEMBLY 

Final  reaming  of  chamber  to  secure  correct  head  space. 
This  is  done  after  receiver  is  screwed  to  barrel,  the  finishing 
reamer  going  through  bolt  and  being  held  in  position  by  it. 
Fig.  238-A  shows  the  reamer  in  position  in  the  bolt  and  Fig. 
238-B  with  the  bolt  locked  in  position  in  the  receiver.  This 
reams  the  chamber  witn  reference  to  the  bolt  and  gives  proper 
head  room.  The  bolt  is  slid  into  place  in  the  receiver  and 
locked,  then  the  screw  A  draws  it  back  against  front  end 
shoulders.  The  locking  nuts  B  determine  the  depth  of  the 
chamber.  The  chambering  reamer  is  then  forced  into  the 
barrel  by  the  handle  shown,  the  fine  threaded  screw  C  being 
to  secure  the  adjustment  of  the  locknuts  B,  which  stop  against 
the  bolt. 


K— If »J  STUL  HARKN 

BOLT  HEAD 

FIG.238C 


I 

a. — 


It 


Xa      ax 

FIG  238 

OPERATION    44 


■to — CO 


,0pp.  I 


jnrzzzx* 


STCCL,  MMtDCN  ai55  "I  flls~|J 
BOLT  HCAD  SPACC  SXGf .      ' 


FIG.238C 


■»M*y.T*aB'Mu. 


BOLTSatCH 


QP$i 


Put  Stop  in 
Tail  Stock 


FIG.  243.    ARRANGEMENT  FOR  TURNING  WOODEN  PLUGS 
FOR  BARRELS 

OPERATION    46.    GRINDING   AND    POLISHING    END   OF 

SECURING    PIN 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Work    held   in    hands   and   grinding   head    of   pins   down   flush 

with   base.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — Bench    grinder 

made  In  arsenal.     Gages — None.     Production — 40  per  hr. 


[40] 


Operations  on  the  Receiver 


The  receiver  is  an  example  of  an  extensive  series  of 
machine  operations  on  one  piece  which  would  be  hard  to 
equal,  weight  for  weight,  in  any  other  mechanical  part 
manufactured  in  quantity.  It  presents  many  interesting 
milling  and  profiling  operations  which  are  handled  in 
jigs  and  fixtures  that  represent  exceptionally  good  prac- 
tice. 

Many  of  these  fixtures  and  gages  can  be  applied  equally 
well,  in  many  cases  at  least,  to  other  lines  of  work.  This 
applies  to  both  the  fixtures  and  to  the  methods  of  gaging 
which  will  be  new  to  many  shops,  especially  those  which 
have  not  been  previously  engaged  in  munition  work. 

The  receiver,  which  is  probably  the  most  complicated 
component  of  the  rifle,  judged  from  the  number  of  opera- 
tions performed  on  it,  is  a  drop  forging  weighing  4.75 


mandrel,  which  is  a  good  push  fit  through  the  hole,  is 
used  in  nearly  all  operations  on  the  receiver.  This  man- 
drel locates  the  forging  with  relation  to  the  bore,  and  the 
milled  surfaces  referred  to  are  forced  against  stops  by  a 
clamping  device.  As  will  be  seen  in  the  various  opera- 
tions, much  of  the  milling  is  done  in  pairs. 

It  will  also  be  noticed  that  many  formed  cutters  are 
used  in  this  connection,  some  of  them  being  built  up 
of  a  large  number  of  separate  milling  cutters.  Inter- 
locking cutters  have  been  found  much  more  satisfactory 
than  large,  solid  formed  cutters,  both  on  account  of  the 
replacement  costs  being  lower  and  because  they  are  more 
easily  ground.  In  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to 
observe  that  the  best  results  are  being  secured  by  grind- 
ing on  the  top  of  the  cutting  teeth  instead  of  on  their 


FIG.  245-A.    VIEWS  OP  RECEIVER  IN  VARIOUS  POSITIONS  AND  STAGES 


lb.  It  is  machined  until  only  0.98  lb.  remains.  It  is 
Class  C  steel,  l%xl%  rectangular,  in  multiples  of  15  in. 
Some  idea  of  this  transformation  can  be  had  from  Pig. 
245.  The  first  operation  is  to  bore  the  bolt  or  well  hole, 
and  this  forms  the  working  point  for  future  operations. 
After  the  bottom  and  left  side  are  milled,  they  are  also 
used  as  working  points  in  connection  with  the  bore.     A 

•Copyright,  1916,  Hill  Publishing  Co. 


faces,  as  is  usual  with  formed  cutters.  Special  appli- 
ances for  grinding,  among  them  a  sort  of  pendulum  sup- 
port for  the  cutter,  make  this  less  difficult  than  might 
be  supposed.  One  of  these  devices  is  shown  in  Fig.  248, 
while  Fig.  247  shows  another  special  grinder  for  straight- 
faced  cutters  that  are  grooved  on  centers. 

In  order  to  give  some  idea  of  the  great  many  opera- 
tions necessary  on  the  receiver  three  views  are  given  in 


[41] 


THE   RECEIVER   PRESENTS   AN  INTERESTING  AND  EXTENSIVE  SERIES   OP  MACHINE   OPERATIONS 


Fig.   245- 


-Views  from  various  positions.     Fig.   246 — Trimming  the    forging.      Fig.    247 — Cutter    grinder.      Fig.    248 — Formed 
cutter  grinder.     Fig.   249 — Counterboring  In  drilling  machine.    Fig.  250 — Milling  bottom  of  receiver 


[42] 


Fig.  252.  While  it  is  impossible  to  show  all  the  various 
cuts  in  this  way,  some  idea  of  the  problems  involved  in 
designing  the  holding  fixtures  and  cutters  for  this  work 
will  be  evident.  The  various  parts  of  the  receiver  are 
referred  to  by  consecutive  numbers,  the  operation  num- 
bers being  given  in  each  case  to  make  the  references  clear. 


After  completion  the  receiver  is  casehardened  and  when 
it  is  found  necessary,  owing  to  scale  having  formed,  is  sand 
blasted,  afterwards  being  browned.  There  are  four  measur- 
ing points  used  in  making  the  receiver :  First  comes  the 
bore  after  operation  3,  then  the  front  end  after  opera- 
tion 7%.     Following  operation  11  the  right  side  is  used 


r 


.  AC 

y-om*  ' 


■6.E75- 


0Z4 


tzs'>f&hC,     Dhn^-.giuch    aM^H >■'$& % 


«*Vi 


fism    i 


-S.S3 

4.49S'-  - 

5.047- 

439ZS'- 


■n 


G 


TQ67?' 

ao6\ 


o/j'JU 


Sec+ion  A-B 
(Looking  toward  Front  End) 


•M6S' 


*»  »  *  »  m  WMM^fc^ 


x-=a 


^  :4------^-j-jj41(_ 


,°     F 


''.EiH^ 


•5M6 


-578- 


-S.015- 


m«"  -•  • 


1.0 --A 


f-  ■  ■  -ZOZB  ■ 


7'30J!fi 


tfl 


■S93---- 


is.  per  ?"%] 

^■Hand     uw">-.Ll/=^U'   „n^t, 

n  ;   or"* 


'File  Corners 

Sec+ion  G-H 

(Looking  toward 

Rear  End) 


■■■lS5-->, 


>f0.645*<-  -  USf  -  H39£o5sZk 

Om'><l    ./-ftfl        !.     k----/9S5-'-->riL— i«7'- 

•'         &MS.  IV  ,1       .1  I".      I»-  I   l<r..;;^_ 


rr 


l*H"0?0/ 

Sec+ion  E-F 

(Looking  toward 
Rear  End) 


Section  A-B  • 

(Looking  toward 

front  End) 


i  L 

•* «»...--.— — * 

FIG.    251.      DETAILS    AND    WORKING    LIMITS    OF  SPRINGFIELD  MODEL  190J   RIFLE   RECEIVER 


FIG.  252.    LIST  OF  IMPORTANT  OPERATIONS  ON  RECEIVER 


1.  Top  of  tang,  operations  1, 
25,  45,  45V4 

2.  Portion  of  well,  or  bolt 
hole,  not  cut  away,  oper- 
ations 2,  3,  6 

3.  Cocking  -  piece  groove, 
operations  49  and  51 

4.  Cutoff-spindle  hole,  oper- 
ation 26 

6.  Left  locking-lug  slot,  oper- 
ation  32 

6.  Right  locking  -  lug  slot, 
operation  33 

7.  Handle  seat,  operations  30 
and   35 

8.  Right  side,  operations  9 
and  11 

9.  Safety-lug  slot,  operations 
31  and  SO 


10.  Cartridge-clip     slot,     oper- 
ations 34,  38  and  39 

11.  Thumb    cut    off,    operation 
37 

12.  Top    of    left    wall,    opera- 
tions 25  and  36 

13.  Right    side,    operations    29 
and  35 

14.  Front  shoulder,  operations 
29  arid  35 

15.  Upper  ramp,  operation  67 

16.  Lower  ramp,  operation  66 

17.  Gas-escape  hole,   operation 
24 

18.  Tenon,     operations     7     and 
7H 

19.  Cutoff  lug,  front,  operation 
14 


20.  Cutoff*  lug,  back,  operation 
15 

21.  Profiling  over  cutoff,  front, 
operation  15 

22.  Profiling  over  cutoff,  rear, 
operation  15 

23.  Ejector  -  pin     hole,    opera- 
tions FF  and  23 

24.  Groove     for     cutoff-spring 
spindle,   operation  47 

25.  Sear-pin   hole,  operation  24 

26.  Ejector  slot,  operation   54 

27.  Clearance  for  cutoff-spring 
spindle,   operation   47 

28.  Front     guard-screw     hole, 
operation  23 

29.  Rear     guard  -  screw     hole, 
operation  23 


.■in. 
31. 


Magazine    opening,    opera- 
tions 71,  60,  61,  62,  63,  64 
Bolt-stop   pin   hole,   opera- 
tions 77  and  81 
Sear  slot,  operation  48 
Sear-nose   hole,   operations 
23  and  59 

Profiling   on   side   of   tang, 
right,  operation  21 
Profiling   on   side   of   tang, 
left,   operation   22 
Safety-lug    slot,    operation 
52 

Thread  to  fit  barrel,  oper- 
ation 18 

Recoil    lug.    operations    8, 
10.  71 


[43] 


A-2 
B 
B-l 
C 
C-l 
1 


4 
6 

7 

7% 

7% 

9 

S 
10 
11 

AA 
13 

BB 
14 
15 

CC 
17 
16 
18 
19 
20 
21 

DD 
22 

EE 

PF 
23 

24 

GG 
25 

HH 

26 

27 
28 

29 
30 
31 


OPERATIONS    ON    THE    SPRINGFIELD    RIFLE    RECEIVER 
A-l     Blocking  from  twin  billets 
Blocking  from  twin  billets 
Drop-forging  and  hot  trimming 
Pickling 

Drop-forging  to  finish  and  annealing 
Pickling 

Milling  front  and  rear  ends  and  top  of  tang 
Drilling  well 
Reaming  well 

Counterboring  well  in  drill  press 
Reaming  well  to  finish 
Hollow   milling   front  end 
Clamp  milling  tenon,  front  end 
Face  milling  front  end 
Milling  right  side,  rough 
Milling  bottom,  roughing 
Milling  bottom  to  finish 
Milling  right  side  to  finish 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  11 
Milling  left  side  to  finish 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  13 
Milling  left  side,  front  end 
Milling  left  side  over  cutoff-spindle  hole 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  14 
Marking  for  barrel 
Hand  milling  for  end  of  thread 
Thread  milling 
Milling  top  to  finish 
Milling  under  side  of  tang 
Profiling  under  side  of  tang,  right 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  21 
Profiling  under  side  of  tang,  left 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   22 
Hand  milling  to  remove  stock  for  operation  23 
Drilling     guard-screw,     ejector-pin     and    sear-nose 
holes  and  two  holes  rear  of  magazine 
Drilling    sear-joint    pin    hole,    clearance    and    gas- 
escape  hole 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operations  23  and  24 
Milling  top  of  tang  and  overwell  to  remove  stock 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  25,  hand  milling, 
reaming  and  filing 

Drilling    and    reaming    cutoff    hole    and    bottoming 
hole 

Milling  for  cutoff 

Drilling    for     cutoff,     reaming     and     counterboring 
sear-joint  pin  hole 
Milling  to  remove  stock,  right  side 
Milling  handle  seat,  roughing 
Milling  rear  of  safety-lug  slot 

Removing     burrs     left     by     operations    29    and     30 
(reamer) 

Shaving  left  locking-lug  slot 
Shaving  right  locking-lug  slot 
Milling  clip  slot,  roughing 
Milling  tang 

Hand  milling  to  match  top  of  tang 
Profiling  top  of  right  wall,  front  and  rear  shoulders 
and  handle  seat  to  finish 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  35   (reamer) 
Profiling  top  of  left  wall 
Profiling  thumb  cut  over  left  wall 
Shaving  clip  slot 
Milling  corners  of  clip  slot 
Drilling  hole  at  front  end  of  ejector  slot 
Profiling  for  cutoff  thumb  piece 

Hand  milling  top  and  bottom  of  cutoff  cavity  (oper- 
ation 42  combined  with  this) 

Hand  milling  to  remove  burrs  in  cutoff  thumb-piece 
cavity 

Milling  front  and  rear  of  cutoff  cavity 
Hand   milling   to   remove   stock   rear   of   safety-lug 
slot;   rounding  corner  over  clip  slot 
Drilling  two  holes  for  cutoff-spring  spindle 
Profiling  groove  for  cutoff-spring  spindle 
Milling  sear  slot 
Milling  cocking-piece  groove 
Profiling  rear  of  safety-lug  slot 
Profiling  cocking-piece  groove 
Shaving  safety-lug  slot 
Shaving  front  locking-lug  slot 
Shaving  ejector  slot 
Profiling  bullet  clearance 
Milling  end  of  tang 
Hand  milling  safety-lug  cam 
Hand  milling  extractor  cam 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operations  48,  49  and  56 
Shaving  sear-nose  slot 

Milling  rear  end  of  magazine  to  length  and  rear  of 
recoil  lug 

Profiling  front  end  of  recoil  lug 
Milling  through  magazine  rear  end 
Milling  through  magazine  front  end 
Milling  through  magazine  from  rear  to  front 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   71 
Profiling  mouth  of  magazine 
Profiling  magazine  to  finish 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6*   (Earner) 
Profiling  bevel  front-end  wall  of  magazine;  profil- 
ing rear  corners  of  magazine 
Profiling  lower  ramp 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  64% -65 
Counterboring  for  ejector  pin  and  rear  guard  screw; 
milling  for  front  end  of  guard 
Profiling  upper  ramp 
Shaving  rear  end  of  magazine 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  70  (reamer) 
Milling  right  side  of  rear  locking-lug  seat  to  finish 
Milling  right  side  of  front  locking  lug  to  finish 
Profiling  bolt-stop  cavity,  first  and  second  cut 
Drilling  and  counterboring  for  bolt-stop  pin 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operations  73,  74,  77 
Hajid  milling  cutoff-spring  spindle  notch 
Seating  front  end  and  reaming  sear-piri  hole 
Drilling  three  holes  for  telescope-sight  bracket 
Shaving   for   extractor   cam    on   bolt;   shaving   cam, 
front  end 
Removing  burrp 


II 

32 

33 

34 

45 

45% 

35 

JJ 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
43 
41 

44 

44% 

49%-79 

46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
64 
55 
56 
57 
58 
KK 
59 
71 

69 

60 
61 
62 

LL 
63 
64 
MM 
64%-65 

66 

NN 
68 

67 
70 

OO 
73 
74 
75-76 
77-81 
PP 
78 
82 
82% 
95-95% 

95% 


84 

85 
93 
86 

87 

96 


89 

90 

91 

91-A 

94% 

92 
Special 
Special 


Joint- 


Polishing  circle,   front  end,  for  stamping 

Reaming   and   countersinking   cutoff  spindle, 

pin,  ejector-pin  and  gas  holes 

Stamping   "U.S.,   Springfield  Armory,   Model   1903" 

Tapping  guard-screw  holes 

Rotary  filing  cutoff-spring  spindle  groove 

Rotary  filing  under  side  tang  under  thumb  cut  and 

matching  and  cornering  rear  end  of  front  circle 

Filing   top   of   right   wall,   matching   upper   side   of 

tang  for  polishing  and  cornering  lug  right  side  of 

front  end 

Stamping  serial  number 

Polishing    all    outer    surfaces    visible    in   assembled 

arm 

Filing,  general  cornering 

Casehardening 

Sand  blasting 

Polishing  well 

Assembling  with  bolt  stop 

Drill  three  holes  for  telescope-sight  bracket 

Tapping  three  holes  for  telescope-sight  bracket 


! Illlllllli1' 


k- iii" 


'"■v         "lit/      Rough 
,         Billet 


"Hi,. 


-^r 


rie.253 


FIG. £55 


OPERATION  A-l.      BLOCKING  FROM  TWIN  BILLETS 

Transformation — Fig.  253-A.  Number  of  Operators — One 
forger  and  one  helper.  Description  of  Operation — Blocking 
from  twin  billets;  dies  held  in  drop  by  taper  key.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  1,200-lb.  drop 
hammer.     Gages — None.     Production — 70  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A-2.    BLOCKING   FROM   TWIN  BILLETS 

Transformation — Fig.  253-B.  Number  of  Operators — One 
forger  and  one  helper.  Description  of  Operation — BVuoking 
from  twin  billets;  dies  held  in  drop  by  taper  key;  breaks 
down  billet  in  center  ready  for  rough  forging,  operation  A-l. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  1,200-lb. 
drop  hammer.     Gages — None.     Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.     DROP  FORGING  AND  HOT  TRIMMING 

Transformation — Fig.  254.  Number  of  Operators — One  man 
and  one  helper.  '  Description  of  Operation — Drop  dies  held  by 
taper  key;  trimming  dies  held  in  shoe  by  setscrews;  work  held 
by  tongs.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Droi  lamm  r,  Bill- 
ings &  Spencer,  1,200  lb.;  trimming  press,  T.  F.  Taft,  'Worcester. 
Mass.,  10-in.  stroke.     Gages — None.     Production — 45  r-er  hr. 

OPERATION   B-l.      PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation— 
Pickling  scale  of  receiver  after  drop  forging.  Appal  atus  and 
Equipment  Used — Wooden  tanks,  wire  baskets  and  chain 
hoists;  pickle  is  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  watsr.  Pro- 
duction— 800  per  hr.     Note — Time  required.  15  to  20  min. 


K 


[44] 


in  connection  with  the  other  two  points,  both  in  locating 
and  gaging.  This  right  side  remains  flat  and  square 
with  the  bottom  until  operation  74,  when  the  flat  por- 
tions surrounding  the  barrel  of  the  receiver  are  milled 


to  the  proper  radius.  After  this,  all  measurements  from 
the  side  are  taken  from  the  narrow  flat  surface  that  ex- 
tends along  the  entire  right  side  beside  the  magazine 
opening.    Bearing  in  mind  that  the  front  and  rear  end 


FIG.265 


y  ■■.;-.*< T ®n "TB 

^•MiilWtuix.  Soffialder'Sra^ 


OPERATION  C.     DROP  FORGING  TO  FINISH  AND  AN- 
NEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Hammering  block  to  finish  shape.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — 1,200-lb.  Billings  &  Spencer  drop  hammer.  Production 
— 47  per  hr.  Note — A  suboperation  C-l  is  to  pickle  again  to 
remove  scale,  less  time  being  necessary  than,  in  operation 
B-l. 

OPERATION  D.    TRIMMING 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  254.  Machine  Used — Perkins 
back-geared  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Punch  is  a  solid  block  with 
square  shank,  which  fits  clapper-box  die,  held  in  shoe  by  set- 
screws,  Fig.  255.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 20,000  pieces. 
Lubricant — None.     Gages — None.     Production — 350   per   hr. 


OPERATION    1. 


MILLING    FRONT    AND    REAR    ENDS   AND 
TOP    OF   TANG 

Transformation — Fig.  256.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  miller,  No.  2.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise 
with  grooved  jaws,  Fig.  257.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Special 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Three  side-cutting  mills,  Figs.  258 
and   259,    6    in.,   7   in.,    4    in.      Cut   Data — 60   r.p.m,,    %->n.    feed. 


Coolant — Compound,  M,-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Length,  Fig.  260.  Pro- 
duction— 30  per  hr.,  one  machine.  Note — Receivers  are  handled 
in  boxes  of  20  each,  a  compartment  being  provided  for  each 
piece. 

OPERATION   2.     DRILLING  WELL  HOLE  OR  BORE 

Transformation — Fig.  261.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney, similar  to  gun-barrel  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Ma- 
chines per  Operator — 14.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  fix- 
ture, closed.  Fig.  262,  and  open,  Fig.  263.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Tool  or  drill  held  in  carriage  by  setscrew.  Cutting 
Tools — Barrel  drill,  size  0.695,  Fig.  264.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — Receiver  runs  1,500  r.p.m.;  feed,  -f.  In.  per  min. 
Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil,  under  pressure  from  small 
pump  on  lathe.     Production — 25  min.  per  machine. 

OPERATION  3.     REAMING  WELL 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  261.  Machine  Used — Ames 
Manufacturing  Co.  reaming  machine.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-holding  Device* — Work  held  on 
block  by  screw  clamp.  Fig.  265.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Reamer  held  in  collet  by  setscrew.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer 
and  facing  tool,  Fig.  266.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
70  r.p.m.;  feed,  10  in.  per  min.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil, 
^4-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 100 
pieces.     Gages — Plug,  Fig.   267.     Production — 30  per  hr. 


[45] 


OPERATION  4.  COUNTERBORING  WELL.  IN  DRILL,  PRESS 
Transformation — Fig.  268.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manufact- 
uring Co.  vertical  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  stand  fix- 
ture by  straps.  Fig.  269.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank 
in  spindle.  Cutting  Tools — 1-in.  counterbore  with  pilot,  run- 
ning 1ft  in.  deep,  Fig.  270.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
i — 120  r.p.m.;  feed,  %  in.;  weight  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300 
pieces.     Gages — Plug.  Fig.  271.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION    6.     REAMING   WELL  HOLE    TO   FINISH 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  261.  Machine  Used — Ames 
Manufacturing  Co.  reaming  machine.  Number  of  Machines 
per  Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  265. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Reamer  held  in  chuck  by  setscrew. 
Cutting  Tools — 1  "scrape"  reamer,  size  0.699  in.,  Fig.  272. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  feed,  10  in.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  >4- 
in.    stream.      Average   Life    of   Tool   Between   Grindings — 1,000 

fieces.      Gages — Plug,    Fig.    273.      Production — 10    per    hr.    for 
wo  machines. 

OPERATION   7.     HOLLOW  MILLING  FRONT   END 

Transformation — Fig.  274.  Machine  Used — Upright  drill- 
ing machine  made  in  arsenal;  18  in.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  stand 
fixture,  same  as  Figs.  249  and  269.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Hollow  mill,  taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow  mill,  1U 
with  pilot,  Fig.  275;  oil  feeds  into  cup  A  at  top  of  mill  and 
runs  down  to  cutting  edge.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
—Speed,  75  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ty-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1.000 
pieces.     Gage:; — Depth.  Fig.  276.    Production — 30  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7%.     CLAMP  MILLING  TENON,  FRONT  END 

Transformation — Fig.  277.  Machine  Used — Machine  made 
m  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  mandrel,  using  tang  for  turn- 

4.I&" 


|< -• *.«?  -»i 

i  T  i  1  *■ 


K -5- -A 

STEEL.  HARDEN  CMOS 
FIG.  271 


ing,   Fig.  278.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  held  in   block,  set 
screw  on  side  and  top.     Cutting  Tools — Special  forming  shav 
ing  cutter,  Fig.  279.     Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut  Data: — Speed, 
70     r.p.m.;     hand     feed.       Coolant — Cutting    oil,     %-in.     stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  to  3,000  pieces. 


24Teeth,  Bottom  Forward 
CUTTER  TOR  REAMER 


7%' 


FIG. 269 


It 


3  Flutes,  I  Turn  in  6.95 
FIG  270 


*    ,T7*'„        i0.4'Tap,/8y 
(•  -U7S  -m      ,;    Threads  per  Inch 

Tttt 


S 

I 


O.yooi'.jt-if--* 


FIG.  176 


Operation 
[46] 


Zl 


r 


F  16.174 


1    *"" 

—l_ 

( 

— 

" 

\ 

'             Ni>-\i. 

T~ 

1  II 

FIG. 277 


<--//£?  >|< 2.75  ----->j<-/.25"> 


-  -  ,  Cutter  Soldered.. -J, ,  J. 


10.125 
FIG.  260 


cvrrat 


srecL 


FIG. 279 
OPERATION    7^ 


XjLV      &■  y  ///y/\ i    |  #»__»«■ 

********  *nr~3*3   e ^--^^ 


A525*   a06»^0.5625 


sv  """"vi..-.-V""rr""j"j"^"""7^^ 


FIG.280A 

Gages — Snap,    size    1.305.    Fig.    280.      Production — 30    per    hr.   OPERATION     9 
Note — The   hole    forms   the    working    point    until    after   opera- 
tion   9,    then    becomes    a    holding    point,    working    points    be- 
ing  transferred   to   sides   and    bottom. 

OPERATION    7%.      FACE    MILLING    FRONT    END 

Machine  Used — Machine  built  in  shops.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  hands,  Fig.  280-A.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank  for 
driving  face  mill.  Cutting  Tools — Cutter,  taper  shank;  end 
mill  with  pilot,  1%  in.  in  diameter.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  100  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 15,000  to 
20,000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 175  per  hr.  Note — 
This  simply  burrs  end  after  No.  7V4   cut. 

OPERATION    9.     MILLING    RIGHT    SIDE,    ROUGH 

Transformation — Fig.  281.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type.  Fig.  282.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  clamped  to  block, 
using  mandrel  as  a  working  point.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Cutters  held  on  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig. 
283.  Cut  Data — Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound. Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces. 
Gages — Stand,  Fig.  284;  A.  height;  B,  width  of  right  side;  C, 
mandrel  that  holds  receiver  in  D  to  gage  side  and  bottom. 
Production — 20  per  hr.  Note — In  this  and  many  work-hold- 
ing fixtures  that  follow,  the  mandrel  in  the  receiver  is  located 
->n  adjustable  stops  A,  the  work  clamped  by  Jaws  B,  Fig.  282. 


FIG.  200  A 


of  the  receiver  on  the  right  side  remain  flat  until  opera- 
tion 74  makes  clear  many  of  the  gaging  operations  which 
might  otherwise  be  more  or  less  confusing. 

In  following  the  description  of  the  operations  on  the 
receiver,  the  reader  will  be  aided  by  referring  back  to 
Fig.  252,  which  shows  the  principal  cuts  by  number. 
This  illustration,  in  connection  with  the  "transforma- 
tion diagram"  given  for  each  change  of  shape  in  the 
piece,  should  make  clear  what  is  being  done. 

There  is  another  special  operation  on  rifles  for  target 
practice — tapping  the  holes  for  the  telescope-sight  brack- 
et, after  the  drilling  of  operation  82%.  This,  as  in  the 
case  of  82%,  is  done  for  sharpshooters'  rifles  only. 


[47] 


OPERATION   8.    MILLING  RECEIVER   BOTTOM,    ROUGHING 
Transformation — Fig.   285.     Machine   Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type,   belt  drive.     Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator  Two.      Work-Holding    Devices — Work    held    in    formed 

Vise   Jaws,   Fig.   286.     Tool-Holding   Devices — Cutters   held   on 


288;  A,  profile  and  height  of  tang  from  bottom;  B,  height  of 
bottom;  C,  top  of  well  to  bottom  of  tang;  D,  same  as  in  pre- 
vious operation.     Production — 20  per  hr.  per  machine. 

OPERATION  10.  MILLING  BOTTOM  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — See  Fig.  285.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  Lincoln  type  belt-drive  miller.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  vise  with 
formed  vise  jaws  (see  Fig.  286).  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard   screw  arbor.    Cutting  Tools — Gang  of  form  cutters. 


riG.as4c 


FIG.264D 


r 


ur 


FIG.  285 


FIG.    286 


EH 


0.55  R., 


0.257"/!. 


22  Teeth  Spiral,  L.H.,  I  Turn  in  48  Indies 
Teeth  cut  LH. 


61   "^    /'-'ii^YNfl'/.) 


ai- 


*o.TS^    *)aaee&«- *laseas\<- **aa#*-   ^esap  U 23"-- 

/'    OM'y  MntScrew    FIG.  287 


£.  j.  I  l  Vi    I  i       A   >  *UI     ?■' 


-\V2 


.8.6"- 


U-- 166-"- -■>&.-  ---.?"---»□  STEEL  (Harden) 

FIG.288A 


i     *•»  Joint  Screws 
<™    m|W rrr? 

s 


72213    0*T    X 


^V 


TT- 


K  l.d    *K  lm*  x 


0.8 


FIG.288D 


^066^- ---■■2.22-"- -£065^     J^03  U 3,75-- J»- «*-« 5.75"- '- *, 


STEEL  ( 'Harden) 

FIG. 288  B 
OPERATION  8 


STEEL  (Harden) 
FIG.288JG 


« 


Pistol 
^J-ock 

U&J7.5* 


arbor.      Cutting     Tools— Gang- mill    form    cutters,     Fig.    287.  Fig.   289.     Number  of  Cuts— One.     Cut  Data— 50  r.p.m.;   %-ln. 

Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut  Data — Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  feed,   %  in.  feed  per  minute.     Coolant — Cutting  oil,  drop  at  a  time.     Aver- 

per  min.     Coolant — Compound,  three   >4-in.  streams.     Average  age   Life   of   Tool   Between   Grindings — 2,000    pieces.     Gages — 

Fife   of   Tool    Between    Grindings — 2,000   pieces.      Gages — Fig.  Form,   Fig.   290.     Production — 20   pieces  uer  hr. 

[48] 


o.?m 


P237k 


0237'k. 


Fit  to  Model 
Mills  i&2CutZ8Teeth,Straiqht,LH. 
Mills  3,4&5»    »     >•   .Spiral, ITurnin48lnche$.R.H.Teeth,L.t1. 

FIG.  289 


M     ,»  ^        FIG.  290 


kas-Si 


k«# 


*t..«i 


*•  I &a23WSf: 

fit  to  Gage 

Mills J.I&f' 

«,  FIG.2S9 


Mm  WCutXTeetA.*  l^MITumin4dlnches 


he 

@ 


j 

JL 


k-§ —if* ~~>\a4W- 

■5.0115°— J 


,    ...V-R<2#75 

•>W,?.?<K- 

STEEL,  HARDEN 

FIG.290A 


!<«#> 


FIG. 290  B 

ft! 


,0.1  "Dowel  Pins 


<--/.5" 


0#f 


Fit  to  Model 
ZSTeeth.Spiml.l'Turn  in46lnches,LH.  TeethCutLtt 


FIG.2S9 


srfa. ,  harden     0^y  ™ 
FIG.290C 


OPERATION    10 


[49] 


Operations  on  the  Receiver — {Continued) 


While  the  first  ten  operations  on  the  receiver  have 
brought  it  to  the  stage  where  it  begins  to  show  what  the 
finished  piece  is  nearly  like;  the  real  work  has  only  begun 
as  there  are  many  more  intricate  as  well  as  interesting 
operations  to  be  performed. 

The  use  of  mandrels  for  locating  the  work,  both  for 
machining  and  for  gaging  the  various  cuts,  is  a  notice- 
able feature  of  the  operations  on  the  receiver,  which  lends 
itself  especially  to  this  method  of  handling.  This  and 
other  features  of  the  work  should  be  helpful. 

OPERATION  11.     MILLING  RIGHT  SIDE  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  281.  Machine  Used — Pratt 
&  Whitney  Lincoln  type  belt-drive  miller.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work -Holding  Devices — Work 
clamped  to  block,  using  bottom  as  working  points,  Fig.  291. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  on  standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Similar  to  Fig.  283.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  50  r.p.m. :  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  drop 
at  a  time.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000 
pieces.  Gages — Similar  to  Fig.  296;  the  fingers  show  if  form 
is  right;  other  gages  same  as  operation  9.  Production — 20 
pieces  per  hour.  Note — Stops  A  and  jaws  B,  Fig.  291.  Side 
gaged  by  straight-edge  across  top  of  mandrel. 

OPERATION  AA.  REMOVING  BURRS  AFTER  OPERATION  11 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Scraping  burrs  left  on  edges  from  operation  11.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — File  and  ecraper.  Production — 280 
per   hr. 


OPERATION  13.  MILLING  LEFT  SIDE  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  292.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  belt-drive  miller.  Number  of  Operators  Per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise.  Fig.  293, 
located  by  bottom.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  on 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutters,  Fig.  294.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  drop  at  a  time.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Stand  and  form.  Figs.  295 
and  296.     Production — 20  pieces  per  hour. 


STEEL 
HARDEN 


m'  a& 


ipu 

flG.295A^ 


•a; 


v 
^ 


art   \K 


U8"-> 


r 


i  * 
fit 
'i« 
i 


1 
■1 


<0.7S-> 


"^ 

J 

r 

'-"—- 

* 

-r 

v •'  - $*$ 


FirtoGage.  &  Teeth,  Straight,  L.  ft 
FIG.  894 


OPERATION     I> 
[50] 


STCCL,  HARDEN 

NG.295B 


PlsMLodt 
Saw 


OPERATION  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 

OPERATION  13 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Filing    burrs    from    edge    after    operation    13.      Apparatus    and 

Equipment  Used — Cut,   file  and   scraper.     Production — 250  per 

hr. 

OPERATION  14.     MILLING  LEFT   SIDE,   FRONT   END 

Transformation — Fig.  297.  Machine  Used — Standard  No. 
4H  Universal.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Fig.  298.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Held 
on  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow  radius  cutter,  Fig.  299. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  270  r.p.m. ;  feed,  3  in. 
per  min.  Coolant — Compound.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings- — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  300.  Production — 40  pieces 
per  hour.     Note — Side  and  bottom  are  working  points. 

CVERATION  15.    MILLING  LEFT  SIDE  OVER  CUTOFF- 
SPINDLE  HOLE]  I 

Transformation — Fig.  301.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Man- 
u  Kcturing  Co.  hand  miller  No.  6.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  as  in  Fig. 
303,  working  from  hole  and  bottom.  Tool-Holding  Devices — ■ 
Cutters  held  in  holder,  taper  hole.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cut- 
ter, Fig.  304.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  300 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  14 -in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages- 
Stand  gage  and  templet,  Fig.  305;  A,  distance  gage;  B,  form 
gage  of  finger  type.  Production — 40  pieces  per  hour.  Note — ■ 
Machining  diagram,  Fig.  302. 

OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  AFTER  OPERATION  14 

Number  of  Operators— One.  Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing burrs  left  by  cutter.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
File  and  scraper.     Production — 250  per  hr. 

OPERATION   17.     MARKING   BARREL 

Transformation — Fig.  306.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Stamping  "draw"  line  on  receiver 
for  thread  milling  to  match  with  that  on  barrel.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Fixture  with  stamp,  operated  by  hand 
lever.  Fig.  307.  Gages — Gaging  from  side  of  lug,  Fig.  308;  also 
shown  in  place  at  A,  Fig.  307.  Production — 350  per  hr.  Note 
— Working  points,  hole  and  bottom. 


"T" 


/ZZ2. 


•*-f 

0M25R. 


&&%,<* 


^  i 


ZOTeeth.LM. 
FIG.  299 


/"->)<- 


-Fit  to  Template 
STEEL,  HARDEN 

42925"- >) 


FIG. 300 


FIG.3I2A 


FIG  .3128 


TIG.3IEC 


OPERATION     14 


0.27 

0S3r< 


FI6.    7W7 


[51] 


025' Rt 

0.1-A  h i.se'-^o.Aoh'A 

K- — 1.63-'- 33 

FIG.   316 


■2.63" 


0.19- 


20  Teeth 


FIG.  315  A 


*0.6?fc 


OPERATION  18 


OPERATION  16.  HAND  MILLING  FOR  END  OF  THREAD 
Transformation — Fig.  309.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller  No.  6.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  a  hand,  rotating  fixture,  Fig. 
310.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Taper-shank  cutter,  Fig.  311.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — About  200 
pieces.  Gages — Distance,  0.572  in.,  Fig.  312-A;  depth,  Fig. 
312-B;  width  of  slot,  312-C.  Production— About  100  per  hr. 
Note — Working  points,  outside  of  front  end  and  bottom. 

OPERATION    18.      THREAD    MILLING    FOR    BARREL 
Transformation — Fig.   313.     Machine   Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 14-in.  thread  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 

In  manufacturing  the  Springfield  rifle  receiver,  the 
Lincoln  type  miller,  the  plain  miller  and  the  profiler 
are  much  in  evidence.  Some  of  the  operations  are  per- 
formed in  fixtures  which  hold  a  single  receiver  while  at 
other  times,  when  the  cutting  capacity  of  the  machine 
permits,  it  will  be  noted  that  two  receivers  are  machined 
at  once.  Examples  of  single  milling  are  shown  in  Figs. 
293,  298,  303,  342,  350  and  366.  Examples  of  milling 
in  pairs  are  not  as  frequently  found  in  the  operations 
illustrated  in  this  particular  section  but  one  good  ex- 
ample of  this  practice  is  shown  in  Fig.  318  in  which 
the  top  of  the  receiver  is  being  milled  to  its  finished 
form. 

The  use  of  gang  milling  cutters  on  the  receiver  is  evi- 
dent in  the  illustrations  accompanying  this  article  and 
will  be  further  emphasized  as  the  description  proceeds. 
A  good  example  is  shown  in  Fig.  342  in  which  the  top 
of  tang  and  overwell  are  milled  to  remove  the  rough 
stock.  The  machine  used  in  this  case  -is  a  Pratt  & 
Whitney  No.  3  Lincoln  type  miller  with  belt  drive.  The 
fixture  used  to  hold  the  work  for  this  operation  is  of  a 
type  very  generally  used  at  the  Springfield  arsenal  and 
consists  of  a  vise  with  a  sliding  jaw  actuated  by  a  cam 
with  a  handle,  the  work  itself  being  first  accurately  set 


Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  fixture,  using 
front  end  and  tang  as  guiding  points.  Fig.  314;  Fig.  315-D 
shows  use  for  hand  reaming,  the  tools  used  and  the  thread 
gage  in  place.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Pratt  &  Whitney  arbor, 
315-A.  Cutting  Tools — Standard  thread  cutter.  Fig.  315-A; 
hand  facing  and  counterboring  tools.  Figs.  315-B  and  315-C. 
Fig.  315;  A,  milling  cutter;  B,  hand  facing  tool;  C,  hand 
counterbore;  D,  use  for  handwork  and  gaging.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 30  r.p.m.  for  the  work;  cutter,  450 
r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^4 -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Plug  thread, 
Fig.  316.  Production — 35  per  hr.,  two  machines.  Note — Fig. 
315-D  also  shows  plug  thread  gage  in  place.  The  thread  is 
milled  with  a  single  cutter  to  insure  an  accurate  duplication 
of  threads,  which  is  quite  necessary  to  prevent  gas  leakage. 

upon  an  arbor  before  being  gripped  in  the  vise  jaws. 
Sliding-jaw  fixtures  of  this  type  are  not  only  quick  in 
action  and  allow  the  easy  removal  of  the  work  but  also 
hold  the  piece  rigid  against  a  heavy  cut  which  is  par- 
ticularly essential  on  roughing  operations. 

Another  case  of  duplex  milling  is  shown  in  Fig.  322 
which  is  the  set-up  for  operation  20,  milling  the  under- 
side of  the  tang.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  same  type 
of  sliding-jaw  vise  fixtures  is  used  for  this  operation. 

Among  the  interesting  profiling  operations  is  the  one 
shown  in  Fig.  327  in  which  the  underside  of  the  tang 
on  the  right  hand  side  of  the  receiver  is  being  profiled. 
This  illustrates  another  convenient  form  of  holding  de- 
vice, also  cam  actuated,  which  has  a  quick  release  and 
also  sufficient  leverage  to  resist  the  comparatively  light 
strain  of  profiling,  although  it  would  probably  not  have 
holding  power  enough  if  applied  to  a  heavier  milling 
operation. 

The  thread  miller  comes  into  play  in  cutting  the  in- 
ternal thread  which  fastens  the  receiver  to  the  rifle  barrel. 
Each  operator  on  this  work  runs  two  machines  while 
the  work  is  held  in  fixtures  using  the  front  end  and  the 
tang  as  guiding  points.  A  production  of  35  pieces  pei 
hour  for  two  machines  and  one  operator  is  obtained. 


[52] 


STEEL  ,  „  .» 

(jiarclenW0.6^mmR.  Wal 


Operat    i    on 


19 


■J    <-2Z5r 

FIG.3Z0A 


A-'        Teefh,sfraighf,LefHhnel 


O   p   e   r    a  +    i 


>te(4- 


J--;  be 


:■;".  n 


C 


:^*mb7^ 


-.■Fit 


i  ;31~*» 


1     *s 


l<- 


£sd^&3tL=£»-} 


Harden--. 


_C23! 


fts 


-8.15 
tlorden--^f\ 


£3 

By  ^Harden 


FIG.  329 
OPERATION    21 

OPERATION  19.  MILLING  TOP  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  317.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise, 
Fig.  318;  working  points,  hole,  bottom  and  side.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Cutters  held  on  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutters, 
Fig.  319.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  >£-in.  streams.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  320;  A,  form  of  top,  front  and  back;  B,  diameter,  measured 
from  hole.  Production — 20  per  hr.  for  one  machine.  Note — 
One  cutter  mills  the  front,   the  other  the  back  end. 

OPERATION  20.    MILLING  UNDER  SIDE  OF  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.    321.      Machine   Used — Pratt   &   Whit- 
ney Lincoln  type  miller  No.  2.     Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.     Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held   in  vise.  Fig. 
322;  working  points,   hole   and   side.     Tool-Holding  Devices — 


lOTeeth  N"3  **" 

FIG.  32© 


FIG. 327 


Cutter  on  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Forming  cutters.  Fig.  323. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed  per 
minute.  Coolant — Compound,  ^4 -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 4,000  pieces.  Gages — Stand,  with 
numerous  fingers,  Fig.   324.     Production — 20  per  hr. 


[53] 


FI6.338 


Cup  End  when  Grinding. 

+)    W27.5'  ,  #  |«* 

k — -?.«' >ia 

FI6.  333 


Fie.  331 


CfossOfwiGs 


A  k'Guard  Screws,  i- Star  Nose,C- Rear  of  Hagcaint,\>-ljtcHonPin 
F16.334 

Operot    ion 


,      .Harden       h  ST, „,    hardm,        i'ffi}*"*    *2?  §       *2L  .«»»' 


BoihEnds 
n«:337 


11 


OPERATION  21.  PROFILING  UNDER  SIDE  OP  TANG,  RIGHT 
Transformation — Fig.  325.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney profiler  No.  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  mandrel,  clamped  in 
fixture,  Fig.  327;  note  the  pivoted,  swinging  clamp  with  cam; 
working  points,  hole  and  bottom.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Round-nose  profile  cutter,  right 
hand,  Fig.  328.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  1,200 
r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  14 -in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — 
Form,  Fig.  329.  Production — 65  per  hr.  Note — Machining  dia- 
gram. Fig.  326. 

OPERATION  DD.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  21 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing burrs  left  on  edge  after  operation  21.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Flat  file.     Production — 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION  22.    PROFILING  UNDER  SIDE  OF  TANG,  LEFT 

Transformation — Fig.  330.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney profiler  No.  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  327.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Same  as  operation  21.  Cutting  Tools — Two,  same  as 
Fig.  328,  except  left  hand.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in. 
streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  329,  gages  both  sides.  Production — 65  per  hr. 
Note — Machining  diagram,  reverse  of  Fig.  326. 

The  intricate  shape  of  the  receiver  and  the  many  cuts 
made  upon  it  conspire  to  render  the  design  of  testing 
fixtures  rather  difficult.  It  is  interesting  to  note  the 
way  in  which  these  different  things  have  been  overcome 
and  the  resulting  fixtures  which  are  used  in  gaging  the 
various  out  of  the  way  surfaces.  A  good  example  of 
this  is  showu  in  Fig.  324  for  testing  the  milling  of  the 
underside  of  the  tang  and  also  in  Fig.  337  where  the 
alignment  of  the  guard  screw,  ejector  pin  and  sear  nose 
is  tested.     It  will  be  noted  from  the  construction  of  this 


OPERATION     EE.      REMOVIN&    BURRS    LEFT    BY     OPER- 
ATION   22 

Number  of  Operator*— Ones  Description  of  Operation — 
Filing  burrs  off  tang  left  by  operation  22.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Flat  file.-     Production — 300   per  hr. 

OPERATION  FF.    HAND  MIEJUNG  TO  REMOVE  STOCK 
FOR  OPERATION  23 

Transformation — Fig.  331.  Mfcichine  Used — Brainard  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise  jaws,  locating  from  hole 
and  bottom.  Fig.  332.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  333i  Kumber  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed:  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put 
on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,500  pieces.  Production — 175  per.hr.  Note — This  simply  mills 
a  flat  spot  for  starting  drill. 

OPERATION  23.  DRILLING  GUARD-SCREW,  EJECTOR-PIN 
AND  SEAR-NOSE  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  334.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney four-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  drill  jig.  Fig.  335;  located  by  mandrel,  held  by  clamp  A; 
bushings  in  swinging-  leaves-.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill' 
held  in  drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Cut  Data — 
400  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant: — Cutting  oil,  A-ln.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — From  300  to  400 
pieces.  Gages — Stand;  Flig.  S3*,  and  plug,  Fig.  337.  Produc- 
tion— 20  pieces  pex  hjr. 

inspecting  fixture  or  stand  that  a  very  slight  discrepancy 
between  the  centers  of  these  holes  may  be  instantly  de- 
tected. It  should  also  be  noted  that  the  inspection  fix- 
tures as  far  as  holding  the  work  i«  concerned,  follow 
in  principle  the  jig  illustrated  in  Fig.  335  which  is  a 
good  point  to  follow  in  shop  practice  in  general. 

This,  principle  is. often  overlooked,  especially  in  shop6 
where  designing  of  tools  and  gages  is  not  handled  under 
a  central  organization.  In  such  cases  one  man  is  likely 
to  design  the  jig  or  holding  fixture  for  the  work  a&d 


[54] 


OPERATION  24.    DRILLING  SEAR-JOINT  PIN  HOLE.  ETC. 
Transformation — Fig.    338.      Machine    Used — Dwight    Slate 
Co.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.     Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.     Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
In  drill  Jig,  Figs.  339-A  and  339-B,  located  by  mandrel  A  held 


OPERATION  25.  MILLING  TOP  OF  TANG  AND  OVERWELL 
Transformation — Fig.  341.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  3  Lincoln  type,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  fixture,  Fig. 
342.     Tool-Holding   Devices — Cutters  held  on   standard   arbor 


MG.JJ9A 


TIG.340 
OPERATION    24 


tsr- 


^aeV 


r*M    w 


-. 


:     I 

*-; 

i     ; 
I 

i 

l 

I  ; 


Ill  III 

ffftof 

$ 

mil'"*. 

rill 

5- 

m 

r 

mi- 

1 
1 

1 

o« 

[I 

\c 

3 

jfe 

II'' 

K 

0o 

3 

fITF-' 

r% 

Mt/IN'TCut 20  Teeth,  l4°AnqleLH. 
Ws  -i&iCutia  •   ,  Spiranrumin46inA.H. 
J  l.fi. 


FIG.344B 


Teeth  Cut  I 
FIG. 343 


OPERATION  25 


against  stops  B  by  thumb-screw  in  swinging  clamp  C;  Fig. 
339-B  shows  Jig  empty,  with  mandrel  in  place.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chucks.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Cut  Data 
— Speed,  600  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Vj-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  to 
400  pieces.  Gages — Stand,  Fig.  340.  Production- — 35  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION    GG.     BURRING    OPERATIONS    23    AND    24 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Scraping  burrs  left  by  drill  in  operations  23  and  24.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — File  and  scraper.  Production — 
300   per  hr. 


Cutting  Tools — Two  form  cutters.  Fig.  343.  Number  of  Cuts 
— One.  Cut  Data — 50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
two  ^-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  344;  A,  rear  shoulder  from  front 
end;  B,  contour  and  sides;  use  straight-edge  resting  on  side. 
Production — 20  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Working  points,  side  and 
bottom. 

OPERATION  HH.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OP.  25 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Milling  burrs  that  are  thrown  up  around  well  in  operation 
25.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand  mill  with  pilot. 
Gages — None.  Production — Burred  as  they  come  from  oper- 
ation  25,   40   pieces   per   hr.,   two   machines. 


[55] 


KQ75*n,Pistd Lodr 


FIG.  349 


OPERATION    27 


FIG.  352  B 


Drilling  for  Cutoff... 


-rrTory 


\     \k 'earning  andCounterboring  Sear  Joint 
Vi^J  Pinhole-' 


r^r— 


F16.  353 


A  Flutes 


S- 
^ 


-;  >23/< 


!t!    ■& 


I 


FIG. 354  Fie"  355^  "> 

%>  Stm  -Harden  STEEL  STEEL(tfarden) 

I    »nrA„n     ow ,  aif  \  >\  wis'    ^stf  am'  am v 

FIO.  356 
Operation  *L  8 


another  man,  possibly  in  another  department  will  design 
the  testing  fixture  for  this  same  piece.  Under  such  cir- 
cumstances, where  the  inspection  is  at  all  complicated, 
there  is  likely  to  be  a  large  number  of  rejections  due 
to  the  springing  of  the  piece  in  the  gaging  fixture.    If, 


OPERATION  26.  DRILLING  AND  REAMING  CUTOFF  HOLE 
AND  BOTTOMING  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  345.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine,  16  in.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  man- 
drel in  fixture  bolted  to  head  of  machine;  Fig.  346  shows  gen- 
eral view  with  details  of  holding  fixture.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Drills  held  in  chuck  in  turret  of  machine.  Cutting 
Tools — One  13/<u  standard  twist  drill,  two  13/m  in.,  and  reamer 
0.209  in.,  Fig.  347.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
60  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages 
■ — Fig.  348;  A,  depth  of  hole;  B,  location  with  well  hole.  Pro- 
duction— 20  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Working  points,  bottom  and 
hole;  first  drill  spots  hole  for  following  drills. 

OPERATION  27.  MILLING  FOR  CUTOFF 
Transformation — Fig.  349.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type  belt  drive.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  man- 
drel, Fig.  350.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  held  on  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Side-milling  cutter,  Fig.  351.  Number  of  Cuts 
—One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, >4-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  352;  A,  length  from  front  end, 
and  width  of  slot;  B,  depth  of  cut  from  left  edge  of  bottom. 
Production— 40   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION  28.  DRILLING  FOR  CUTOFF,  REAMING  AND 
COUNTERBORING  SEAR-JOINT  PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  353.  Machine  Used — Dwight  Slate 
Co  16-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices- 
Drill  jig.  Fig.  354;  located  by  mandrel-  and  right  side,  held 
by  clamp  A  and  thumb-screw  B.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — One  twist  drill,  one  reamer  and  count- 
erbore,  Fig.  355.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
800  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 140  pieces.  Gages- 
Fig  356.  Production — 20  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Drill  jig  has 
two  leaves  with  bushings,  one  for  each  size  hole;  one  front 
and  one  back. 

however,  it  is  held  in  the  same  manner  in  the  gaging 
fixture  as  it  is  held  in  the  jig  and  with  about  the  same 
amount  of  pressure  on  the  holding  screws,  this  trouble 
is  largely  avoided  and  rejections  will  not  be  as  frequent^ 
provided  the  jig  itself  is  properly  made. 


[56] 


OPERATION  29. 


ROUGH  MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK. 
RIGHT  SIDE 


Transformation — Fig.  357.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vertical  fix- 
ture, Fig.  358.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  359.    Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut  Data— 


FK5.357 


%%-    FIG.  359 


OPERATION  29 


Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  360.  Production — 35  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Work  held 
by  pilot  in  front  end  and  sides;  located  by  pilot  and  bottom. 

OPERATION   30.    MILLING    RECEIVER    HANDLE    SEAT. 
ROUGHING 

Transformation — Fig.  361.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  rebuilt  Lincoln  type,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  vise  clamped  to  angle  plate;  located  by  nose  and  bottom 
(Fig.  362);  held  by  clamp  A  and  vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill.  Fig.  363. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Locating,  Fig. 
364.     Production — 30   per  hr. 

OPERATION  31.    MILLING  REAR  OF  RECEIVER  SAFETY- 
LUG  SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  365.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type,  belt  drive,  rebuilt.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held 
in  special  lifting  fixture.  Fig.  366;  pivoted  at  A;  the  front 
end  B  is  raised  in  the  slide  shown  by  means  of  the  cam  C, 
located  by  sides  of  receiver.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — 0.2-in.  radius  cutter,  Fig.  367.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Depth,  Fig.  368.  Production 
— 30  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  II.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATIONS 
29  AND  30  (REAMING) 

Number  of  Operators — One..  Description  of  Operation — 
Running  hand  reamer  through  well  of  receiver  to  remove 
burrs  after  operations  29  and  30.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Hand   reamer.   Fig.   368-A.     Production — 300   per   hr. 


FIO.  361 


IOTeeth,L.H.  Spiral L.H., 
[Turn  in  10.5  Inches 

F16.   £ 
363    § 

,Tr,        ■M5"Tap,l6Thds.perln.,LH.  ,.Z0TMsj>erln.,R.H. 
r* — I  jo      ^T  i '  zO\  . 

$#* 

01'RX 

y 


U/'-.g     ^6875^ -5.5625'— 


t- -1.6875" ->i 


kro. 


FIG.  366 

WVThas.perln.RH. 


n 


§     1)5 


;;  <wx:.---3.62s'----:-Jw5Ui 

.'J      L-. -./»  c. £m 


0.3&V     k  k-  -/. J/2J-V1      k- -  -4.5 

15  Teeth, R.H. 


FIG.  364 
Operat     i     on 


30 


F16.  367 


10 Flutes',  LH.  Spiml,  I  Turn  in  10.5' 
12'- 


(<■ j.-  -2.375- 

25- 


-i 

1 


-j/.^K-—  -7.125'-- 


a 


!Gc::>^ 


-Flute.  7.625 

FIG.  366  A 

<">pera+    t    on 


STEEL 
(Han 

FI6.  36ft 
31 


[57] 


Operations  on  the  Receiver — {Continued) 


As  the  operations  progress  the  receiver  requires  more 
and  more  careful  handling  in  order  to  avoid  mistakes, 
which  would  render  all  the  previous  work  useless.  These 
machinery  operations  are  all  accompanied  by  numerous 
corresponding  gaging  operations  which  should  also  be 
helpful  in  suggesting  methods  for  other  classes  of  work. 

The  details  of  the  tools  used  for  the  shaving  operation 
are  clearly  shown  in  Figs.  371,  while  Fig.  372  shows 
some  ox  the  methods  of  gaging. 


Devices — Work  held  In  vise  jaws.  Fig.  370-A.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Cutter  held  in  bar;  see  A,  Fig.  370-B.  Cutting  Tools' 
— Cutter;  special  radius  cutter;  see  Figs.  370-B  and  371. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Strokes  of  machine,  30  per 
min. ;  feed,  about  0.003  in.  per  stroke;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  H-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  372;  A,  width  of  slots; 
B,  height  from  bottom;  C,  use  of  gage.  Production — 20  per  hr., 
two   machines. 

OPERATION   34.    MILLING   RECEIVER  CLIP   SLOT, 
ROUGHING 

Transformation — Fig.  373.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type,  belt  drive.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — One.      Work-Holding    Devices — Work    held    in    vise 


Arbor  for  Top  Cut 


:c::c 


k-Jjw« zk" J*---'- 


■%o.n*' 

7      f 


tOTHdperlnOi  «flfiWjJ  xJ&Z  Scnm    Loctxn*   "^      /»^„  "*%*>'  ^  BfcW 


Arbor  for  Forward  Right  Cut 


xjtvuriH      i"*ir_l 


FIG.   371  m\      ^"Jfc     Of       """Ww 

La  ^ «»        *  ^ 

•^'-  ?~Hf «*f 1%  -j 


k?'»  K  0ZS5"  |<^h  K<22W' 

T 


„.'  1&W  -RtorlfigM 


STEEL  (Harden) 
FIG.  372A 


Tflflr-  «»Cfe^3 


FIG.372C 
OPERATION    32  8c  33 


STEEL  (Harden)     r— 

Block 
Straight  Edge 

FIG.372B 


OPERATION  32.  SHAVING  LEFT  LOCKING-LUG  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  369.  Machine  Used — Horizontal 
shaving  machine,  made  at  the  shops.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One;  two  barrels  at  one  setting.  Work  is  held 
on  angle  plate;  held  by  nose  and  sides,  located  against  bot- 
tom, Fig.  374.  Tool-Holding  Devices— rThreaded  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Side-milling  cutters,  Fig.  375.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound. Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1.000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  376;  A,  depth  from  front  end;  B,  width 
of  tlot  and  location  f~om  right  side.  Production — 20  pieces 
I_.  hr.  f 

OPERATION  33.    SHAVING  RIGHT  LOCKING-LUG  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.       369.         Machine      Used — Horizontal 
Shaving  machine  made  In  the  shops.     Number  of  Machines  per 


•Copyright,   1916,  Hill  Publishing  Co. 


Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  370-A. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Same  as  operation  32.  Cutting  Tools — 
Same  as  Figs.  370-B  and  371.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Same  as  operation  32.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces. 
Gages — Same  as  Fig.  372.  Production — 20  pieces  per  hr.,  two 
machines. 

OPERATION  35.    PROFILING  TOP  OF  RIGHT  WALL,  FRONT 
AND  REAR  SHOULDERS  AND  HANDLE  SEAT  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  377.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney profiler  No.  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  stud  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  clamped  on  sides,  located  by  nose  and  bottom.  Fig.  378. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End-mill- 
ing cutters,  Fig.  380.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.     Cut  Data — Speed 


[58] 


Lock  ScmrF; 


O  p  •   r   ct  t    ion 


35 


FIG.  361  A 


rio.385A     6^thmla9oi 

MG.385 


FIG.  386  A 


«......../?>s!?LL??..X™;4S'.. 

UtSS>\</—-/.7S  ---->K-  -->[<■  gSff  V -■/#"■> 


FIG.386D 


TIG.  386  E 


OPERATION    36  8c  37 


1.200  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grlndings — 120  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  381;  A, 
length  and  fillet  gage;  B,  height  from  bottom  and  location  of 
front  and  rear  shoulders.  Production — 20  pieces  per  hr.  Note 
—Machining  diagram  shown  in  Fig.  379. 

OPERATION  JJ.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION 
35  (REAMER) 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Filing  burrs  oft  top  and  sides  and  reaming  burrs  from  hole. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand  reamer,  Fig.  368-A,  and 
file.     Production — 250  per  hr. 


OPERATION  36.    PROFILING  TOP  OF  LEFT  WALL 

Transformation — Fig.  382.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  dlagran  iFig.  383.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-)'  T>1  ling  Devices — \ Vork 
held  on  stud  by  finger  clamp.  Fig.  381  1  Jol-Holdlng  Dai 'ices 
— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Sped'.  Il  tiling  cutters.  Tig. 
385.  Number  of  Cuts — Two,  one  with  s.  ra  fht  cutter  for  .ont 
end;  formed  cutter,  Fig.  385,  for  second,  cut.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  14 -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grlndings — 300  pieces 
Gages — Fig.  386;  A,  position  and  shape  of  left  wall;  B,  gage 
in  position.     Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 


[59] 


FIG.  373 


0X5 
End  of  Spindle. 


Vy--2.062S"--A 
Fl.0625^,x» 


Fitto  Mdchihe        U Zl?_."---^<--  1.625"--^ 

FIG  375 


>0%-  G^ 


Is 


s,_0.09" 


6.Z5- ft 

Fit  to  Templatz     5f 


STEEL.HARDEN 


<—^_ 


FIG.376A 


STEEL 
■    HARDEN 


OPERATION    34 


FIG.  376 B 


OPERATION    37.    PROFILING   THUMB   CUT   OVER 
LEFT  WALL 

Transformation — Fig.  382-A.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ley profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  383-A.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Same 
is  Fig.  384.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Pools — Special  milling  cutter.  Fig.  385-A.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings— 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  386;  C,  shape  and  loca- 
tion from  lug  slots;  D,  location  of  cut;  E,  use  of  gage.  Pro- 
duction— 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  38.    SHAVING  CLIP  SLOT 

Transformation— Fig.  387.  Machine  Used — Bement,  Miles 
Co.  Blotter,  20-in.  table.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.     Work-Holding  Devices — Work   held   on   stud   at  A,   Fig. 

388,  and  between  vise  jaws  B;  located  by  thumb-screw  C. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Tool  held  in  double  tool  post.  Cutting 
Tools — Shaving  tool  screwed  to  holder,  high-speed  steel.  Fig. 

389.  Cut  Data — Speed,  50  strokes  per  minute;  feed,  0.003  in. 
per  stroke;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 400  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  390;  A,  width  and  location  from  right  side;  B, 
distance  from  front  end;  plug  goes  in  bore  with  finger  A  rest- 
ing on  the  right  side;  finger  B  is  raised  to  drop  in  slot,  then 
the  end  of  plug  is  measured  by  a  straight-edge  across  the 
front  end  of  the  receiver.     Production — 40  per  hr. 

The  operations  shown  herewith  involve  not  only  some 
interesting  machinery  but  also  give  a  further  insight  into 
the  methods  of  gaging  difficult  and  intricate  work,  which 
have  been  developed  during  long  years  of  experience  in 
making  the  same  class  of  work.  The  shaving  of  the 
locking-lug  slots  in  operations  32  and  33  is  done  in  a  spe- 
cial machine  using  hook  cutters  which  are  fed  into  the  work 
in  the  same  way  as  the  cutters  in  the  rifling  machine. 
The  details  of  this  cutter  and  feeding  mechanism  are 
shown  in  Fig.  371.  This  shaving  might  even  be  called 
an  intermittent  broaching;  in  fact  the  broaching  of  such 
a  piece  as  the  receiver  at  one  cut,  even  with  a  long  broach, 
would  be  a  difficult  problem;  both  as  to  holding  against 
the  cut  and  supporting  the  sides  against  bulging  or 
springing  which  would  be  a  very  serious  drawback  indeed. 


The  measuring  of  these  slots  is  also  of  interest,  the 
mandrel,  which  plays  such  a  part  in  machining  the 
receiver,  being  also  used  in  measuring  many  of  the  opera- 
tions performed.  In  the  case  of  the  locking-lug  slots  the 
mandrel  is  first  inserted  in  the  hole,  then  the  gage  blocks, 
mounted  on  handles  bent  at  an  angle  of  about  30  deg., 
are  slid  into  place  beside  the  mandrel. 

OPERATION    39.    MILLING   CORNERS    OF   CLIP    SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  391.  Machine  Used — Woodward  & 
Rogers  14-in.  three-spindle  upright  miller.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices. — Drill  jig. 
Fig.  392;  located  by  front  stud  and  at  tang  and  sides;  sup- 
ported on  the  bottom;  two  leaves,  A  and  B,  carrying  bushings, 
swing  over  receiver  to  guide  milling  cutter  C.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Special  cutter,  Fig. 
392-A.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 450  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  393,  stand  gage 
with  hardened  plugs  in  bushings.  Production — 40  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION   40.    DRILLING   HOLE   AT   FRONT   END   OF 
EJECTOR  SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  394.  Machine  Used — Woodward  & 
Rogers  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine,  14  in.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Drill  jig,  Fig.  395,  A  and  B;  A,  jig  empty;  B,  with  work;  work 
is  held  by  jaws  A  against  stop  B;  swinging  stop  C;  bushing 
held  in  D,  which  slips  into  well  and  is  held  by  pin  E;  arm  F 
clamps  it  down,  and  screw  G  steadies  it  sidewise.  Tool- 
Holding  Device — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — 0.182-in.  twist 
drill,  high-speed  steel.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 400  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  396,  position  from  front  end.  Production — 100  pieces 
per  hr. 


FIG.387 


5ttf< 

£\ 

■■» 

0577k   i  vam 

T 

Y 

■^n 

f  9 

* 

id 

tV 

y 

i. 

„JD.. 

•  a 

r\ 

t  iii  J  Surface  A- 05  Grino 
„<,^*^      "     i-5.°Hot~ 

0.5°MH\  | 

X  k  -0.1515  Fit 

FIG.389 

FIG.390B 
OPERATION  38 


[60] 


The  straight-edge  is  also  used  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent in  gaging  the  various  parts.  An  example  of  this 
is  shown  in  Fig.  381-B.  Here  the  bottom  of  the  receiver 
rests  on  a  steel  support  and  against  the  side  templet 
shown.  This  templet  is  broad  enough  to  steady  a 
straight-edge,  which,  when  laid  across  it,  shows  whether 
the  side  of  the  receiver  matches  the  gage  or  not. 

A  different  type  of  gage  for  a  somewhat  similar  pur- 
pose  is   seen   in   Fig.   386.     Here   the   contour  of   the 


opportunities  for  error  in  shifting  from  one  to  the  other. 
This  is  of  course  necessary  at  times,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  receiver  under  consideration,  but  should  be  avoided 
when  possible. 

In  most  cases  it  is  necessary  to  have  three  working 
points  to  the  piece,  either  a  hole  and  one  side  or  two 
sides  at  right  angles,  and  one  'end.  The  hole  makes  a 
good  working  point  as  can  be  seen  in  this  instance,  and 
can  in  addition  be  used  to  advantage  for  measuring. 


Sjfc$   3nutes 


I* 


■1.5"- A  '  K-Tj75*->fSv, 

■  5.125"- »3 

FIG.392A 


■Right-Hand         FIG.  392 
j®  3  Oil  Grooves. 


Spiral,  I  Turn 
in  3.24" 


U 

H -,,-"-   4£75*~- 

K" 4.607'  Fit  to  Template 


•H  06  \* 


\     *3  i    r         ^J  i  i  3£  Z.-,       i  i     "  ■-* 1— — H8888B8M8W 


K— 225      -A 

STEEL  (Harden) 
Body 


M.  Lock  Screws    • 

^■Harden 


C 


TIG. 393 
OPERATION     39 


......  /5"->k--./.5" 

K J' 

srect 
Plug 
OPERATION   40 


FIG.396 


other  side  is  being  gaged  as  well  as  the  relation  to  the 
lower  right  side,  one  of  the  important  gaging  points. 

This  brings  up  the  importance  of  so  planning  the 
progress  of  work  through  the  shop  that  points  can  be 
established  from  which  to  locate  work  and  also  as  points 
for  gaging.  The  same  points  should  be  maintained 
through  all  its  operations  if  possible  as  there  are  always 


The  uses  to  which  the  hand  milling  machine  are  put 
in  this  class  of  work  are  full  of  suggestions  that  should 
be  applicable  to  many  other  lines  of  work.  They  show 
work  held  in  both  horizontal  and  vertical  positions  as 
in  Figs.  374  and  421.  In  the  latter  case,  however,  the 
principles  of  the  profiler  are  applied  in  a  very  simple 
manner.     This  principle  gives  almost  any  desired  form 


[61] 


HG.400B 


Section 
A-A 


MG.400A 


OPERATION    45 


HG.   405 


-i '  r" 


FIG.  408 


^J 


OPERATION    44 


■W^K' 


—JF J 

XTeethLH. 


OPERATION   43.     PROFILING   FOR  CUTOFF  THUMB-PIECE 


Transformation — Fig.  397.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  397-A.  Number 
of  Operators  per  .Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Work  held  on  mandrel  clamped  by  finger  clamp.  Fig.  398. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — M  -in. 
end  mills;  two  cutters,  rough  and  finish.  Fig.  399.     Number  of 


Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  two  >4-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  400;  A,  location  from 
front  end;  B,  depth,  measured  by  putting  the  body  in  the  cut- 
off slot  and  slipping  the  rod  through  the  gage;  C,  height. 
Production — 75  pieces  per  hr. 


[62] 


OPERATION  41.  HAND  MILLING  TOP  AND  BOTTOM  OP 
CUTOFF  CAVITY  COMBINED  WITH  OPERATION  42 
Transformation — Fig.  401.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Man- 
ufacturing Co.  No.  6.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture,  Fig.  402. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter,  Fig.  403.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  700 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  iV-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  404;  A,  bottom  of  cutoff  cavity;  B,  top  of  cutoff  cavity. 
Production — 100  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Bottom  and  hole  are 
working  points. 

OPERATION  44.  HAND  MILLING  TO  REMOVE  BURRS  IN 
CUTOFF  THUMB-PIECE  CAVITY 
Transformation — Fig.  405.  Machine  Used — Reed  hand 
miller  No.  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  mandrel,  held  by  finger 
clamp.  Fig.  406.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Facing  mill  with  one  round  corner.  Fig.  407.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  360  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 4,000  pieces.  Gages — Not  gaged  till  after 
operation  44%.  Production — 175  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Right 
side  of  receiver  Is  the  working  point,  two  pins  in  bottom  plate 
of  fixture  locate  cut. 

OPERATION  44%.  MILLING  FRONT  AND  REAR  OF 
CUTOFF  CAVITY 
Transformation — Fig.  408.  Machine  Used — Special  machine 
built  at  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  mandrel  using  right 
side  as  centering  point.  Fig.  409.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Special  cutter  and  special  arbor,  Fig. 
410;  pin  in  cutter  locks  bayonet  joint  in  arbor;  stops  on 
machine  determine  width  of  cutoff  opening.  Number  of  Cuts 
— One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,000  pieces.  Gages — Width,  Fig.  411.  Production — 45  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  49%  AND  79.  HAND  MILLING  TO  REMOVE 
STOCK  REAR  OF  SAFETY-LUG  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  412.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture;  work  held  on  stud  and  by 
tang,  supported  on  bottom.  Fig.  413.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Milling  cutter  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  milling  cutters. 
Fig.  414.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 400  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  two  A -in.  streams.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — -4,000  pieces.  Gages- — Fig.  415; 
A,  shape  and  location;  B,  round  corner  over  clip  slot.  Pro- 
duction— 40  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Working  points,  bottom  and 
hole  of  receiver. 

OPERATION  45.  MILLING  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.  416.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  belt-drive  Lincoln  type.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  fixture,  Fig.  417; 
locates  by  front  end  and  bottom,  clamps  on  sides;  fixture 
raises  work  to  give  proper  contour,  by  what  Is  known  as 
"bridge"  milling.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cut- 
ting Tools — One  form  cutter,  Fig.  418.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  419;  contour  gage  with  fingers;  locates 
from  front  end,  sides  and  bottom.  Production — 40  pieces  per 
hr.     Note — Working  points,  bottom,  sides  and  hole. 

without  the  use  of  complicated  and  expensive  formed 
cutters.  It  is  well  worth  careful  consideration  and  will 
often  save  the  use  of  more  expensive  machines.  The  ele- 
vating fixture  also  has  its  place  in  this  work,  operation 
45,  milling  the  tang,  being  an  example  of  this.  Here 
the  table  is  raised  as  it  is  fed  forward  by  power,  a  cam 


FIG  401 


*■ 


4 


■ve' 


•f 


■>'//< 


* ! 


ojp'  FIG.  402 

1.05.:,  ->!•!<- 


0.03."-..  "1'  r 


frtto  & 

Template     *s 

i 


/T 

r- 


\ 


d 


_JL_ 


N<K--£»'-> 
i  I      ->%fe- 

i  §    f  1 

_j — i ^J)| 


17" 
STEEL,  HARDEN 

FIG.  404  A 


<3 


I    1 

I    | 
I    I 

-r- 


OPERATION    41 


-Y45-       I 

1.4"- -X 

STEEL.  HARDEN 

FIG.  404  B 


beneath  giving  the  table  the  proper  elevation  at  each 
point.  In  other  cases,  the  fixtures  are  elevated  simply 
to  bring  the  work  against  the  cutter  in  the  proper  posi- 
tion, this  being  preferred  to  raising  the  table  of  the  ma- 
chine. The  weight  raised  is  much  less  and  it  is  easier 
to  "feel"  the  stop  than  where  a  heavier  weight  is  being 
handled.  A  valuable  feature  is  the  use  of  the  profiling 
machine  and  cutter  for  securing  slots  of  the   desired 


007?' 
W-       k~flW--->l 


Case  Harden  End 


k— 
h 

1E 


i 


:  TE5.- 


i"- 


1    *  i 

—  >K U9'-— -x<- 


6.35  ■ 


^8" 


Drill     Rod 


6  Teeth 


no.  4io 


FIG.  410 


->ifl><-   *0.4 


S* 


Si ** 


;'k--/"-X 


£m  T" 

Joint Screwy .,... 


©%' 


t< 


- — —%\-~-- 


Pistol  Lock 
*  Screws 


::*fe." :-::::::.  *?g 


OPERATION     44£ 

[63] 


FIG.  411 


width,  such  as  the  cocking-piece  groove  shown  in  opera- 
tion 51,  Figs.  444  and  445.  Even  where  the  end  of 
the  groove  does  not  need  to  be  rounded  as  in  this  case, 
the  use  of  the  profiling  cutter  and  guide  makes  it  pos- 
sible to  secure  the  desired  width  with  more  certainty  than 
with  the  usual  milling  cutters.  Cutter  wear  can  be 
easily  counteracted  by  simply  moving  the  taper  guiding 


insure  correct  seating  of  the  part  in  the  next  operation, 
for  milling  cutters,  drills  and  other  cutting  tools  will 
throw  up  burrs  and  these  interfere  with  properly  locating 
work  in  a  fixture.  And  this  is  a  big  factor  in  securing 
accurate  and  duplicate  work. 

This,  in  fact,  is  one  of  the  "personal"  elements  which 
enter  into  this  sort  of  work  and  which  are  too  often  over- 


G 


IT 


FIG.4IE 


FIG.4I3 

Cut  Z4  Teeth,  Cut  20  Teeth, 

Spiral  Right  Hand;  »  Right  Hand; 

I  Turn  in  31.50  Inches    ,'«'•»  R  straight 

KAV0.0931S 

r 


„,ao? 


0.125 


F|wSK 

sc 

:  S 

if- 

■rftirt 

•  %  ! 

•  ^> 

STEEL 
(Harden) 

yi 

FIG.4I7 


FIG.4I5-A 


<-aoe!$ 


II  Threads  per 
Inch,  Right  Hand 


FIG.4I7 


■Leave  0.01  to  Grind—-. 


r5^ 


09IS-*\ 


Cut  9  Teeth, 


»k$7->t   I        '  *' 
k  1.125 ->\<0.87S>*<-  -  W"x<iL375->4375^0:7fA       Rjghf  Hmd 

*  *  * 55 ............ ->j 

FIG.4I8 


'J, 


^ 


FIG.4I5-B 
OPERATION  49^  8c  79 


FIG.4I9 
OPERATION  45 


pin  down  toward  the  profiling  form,  while  it  is  extremely 
difficult  to  maintain  accuracy  in  the  width  of  cut  with  a 
solid  milling  cutter. 

The  numerous  filing  and  burring  operations,  trivial  in 
themselves,  are  in  reality  quite  necessary   in  order  to 


looked  in  trying  to  find  reasons  for  new  men  spoiling 
work.  It  also  affords  a  suggestion  for  fixture  designs, 
pointing  out  the  advantages  of  so  designing  fixtures  that 
burrs  and  similar  discrepancies  will  not  affect  the  loca- 
tion of  the  work  in  the  fixture. 


[64] 


FIG.42I 


l.062S"Mill  Hex. 
ZO  Teeth,  LH,(on  Face  and  Right  Side) 
FIG.423 

OPERATION  45* 


No.?8 

Drill  fad 
U— 


2  Flutes  Spinal 
0.135'.  y  I  turn  in  2.08* 


bv™^.:i|fe.--v:? 


~   7T 


FIG.  4t6 


6  Joint  Screws,  j  long 
6,%  Dowel  Pins 


S    5T£a 


»i_       Harden~$-Q15~>y    <=> 

*>■■■  i"-iJ««wM 

U- /.87J! >* 


FIG.  4t5 


5T££i  (Harden)       "a 


STffi  a 


3) 

<=; 
.i. 

aififh* 

0.18"^  **• 
STEEL 


1 


•§nnmi  "**&' 


Fir-" 


STEEL(tiarden) 


FIG.  4t7 


Operation 


46 


OPERATION  45%.    HAND  MILLING  TO  MATCH  TOP  OP 
TANG 

Transformation — Fig.  420.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Man- 
ufacturing Co.  No.  6.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  fixture.  Fig.  421  with 
form  A  to  guide  roller  B  and  give  contour;  stop  C  locates 
tang.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Milling  arbor,  Fig.  422,  fitted 
with  roll  to  guide  cutter  over  the  form.  Cutting  Tools — 
Formed  milling  cutter.  Fig.  423.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 300  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 4,000 
pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 175  pieces  per  hr.  Note — 
Working  points  are  hole  and  sides  of  receiver. 


OPERATION  45.    DRILLING  TWO  HOLES  FOR  CUTOFF- 
SPRING  SPINDLE 

Transformation — Fig.  424.  Machine  Used — Woodward  14- 
in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig. 
Fig.  425;  bushing  in  A  guides  special  drill;  jig  is  turned  over 
and  rests  on  legs  BBBB  to  drill  other  side.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Round-nose  drill,  Fig. 
426.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Vo-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  427,  locates 
position  of  boles.  Production — *0  pieces  per  hr.  Note — 
Working  points,  sides  and  hole. 


[65] 


The  shaving  operations  typified  by  operation'  38  are 
done  on  slotters  or  punch  presses.  The  cutters  and  cut- 
ter holders  are  made  so  as  to  be  readily  removable  and 
easily  kept  to  size.  The  feed  in  such  work  is  something 
of  a  problem,  owing  to  the  possibility  of  distortion  of 
the  piece,  as  it  is  difficult  to  support  the  rear  of  the 
receiver  for  this  work.  This  necessitates  a  very  light 
feed  per  stroke,  about  0.003  to  0.005  in.  being  found 
best  from  all  points  of  view.     At  50  strokes  per  minute, 


however,  the  clip  slot  can  be  finished  at  a  fair  rate  of 
speed.  It  is  gaged  from  the  front  end  as  in  many  receiver 
operations.  The  finger  is  lifted  to  allow  the  gage  to 
be  put  in  place,  then  the  lug  is  drawn  back  and  front 
end  measured  across  receiver,  instead  of  gaging  from  the 
rear  end  as  might  be  surmised  from  the  form  of  the 
gage.  Shaving  operations  such  as  these  are  often  the 
most  feasible  means  of  cleaning  up  out-of-the-way 
surfaces  hard  to  get  at  by  any  other  means. 


W* ■■}}" Hit 

$TCO.,MARDCN  d2" 
FI0.435A 


srea,  harden 

FIG.435B 
OPERATION      48 


OPERATION    47.    PROFILING    GROOVE    FOR    CUTOFF- 
SPRING   SPINDLE 

Transformation — Fig.  428.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machine  diagram,  428-A.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on 
vertical  mandrel  by  finger  clamp,  operated  by  lever  A,  Fig. 
429;  the  profiling  form  B  is  adjustable  by  screws  C  and  D. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Round- 
edge  milling  cutter,  Fig.  430.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound.  14 -in. 
Btream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  431.  Production — 80  pieces  per  hr.  Note — 
Working  points,  hole,  front  end  and  right  side. 


FIG.  435 C 

OPERATION  48.    MILLING   SEAR  SLOT,   ROUGH 
ON  RECEIVER 

Transformation — Fig.  432.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  at  front 
end,  vise  jaws  and  plug  at  rear  end,  Fig.  433;  fixture  raises 
work  against  cutter,  as  in  Fig.  366.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  shank,  Fig.  434-A.  Cutting  Tools — Side-milling  cutter, 
Fig.  434-B.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  Vi  -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — None. 
Production — 20  pieces  per  hr.  per  machine.  Note — This  is  an 
example  of  the  use  of  a  fixture  with  auxiliary  feed. 


[66] 


k 


IT 


FIG.  43© 


NS4  TAPER,  LONG 


Jf 

■  &  -25  Thread  per  in. 
T^  Ifi.v. 

■Li       «• 


--•  3./i>5   -- 
4A?5"-- 


FIG.  438A 


Fit  to  Template 


5.96"- 

9.555"- 


■A0.5W--  2375" 


STEEL,  HARDEN 

FIG.439A 


>  •  <- 


02L V-ATurnK 

aesi" 

Grind 


■to 


/J5-' ->| 

Bleeth  LH  on  Face  and5ides 

FIG  438B.    ,^045A- 


FIG.439A 


■H  PTK- 
1 


OPERATION     49 


■1125"-- —A 

STEEL,  HARDEN 

FIG.  439B 


T 

1 

1 

i 

i 

1 

->0J 

1 

- 

-1  4 

ib 

«3 

">\o&k- 


5TeethS1ronhtR.H. 
on  face  ana  End 

FIG.  446- 


f—^ 


T 


r7e  .'"ii... 


.in"' 


riG.447 


Goes  under  Arbor 


QJ& 


--  5"   

FIG.447 


I 

IB 


--H 


FIG.  4470 


OPERATION      51 

[67] 


FIG.  443  A 


0    p   e   r 


6Teefh,R.H.,  Roughing 

k —  /' >k its" >to!<-     <-<■ 

K - -••  2.5" H      '—'• 


~TT' 


No.  3  Taper 

k /' >\<--r  l.?5''~"^02$< 

K— 2.5--- -~H 

6  Teeth, R.H.,Fioishing 

F16.  44Z 


STEEL 
(Harden)  $*>  ^.^ 

»  <3 


FIG.  443  A. 


••*iazt<- 


OPERATION  48%.    MILLING   SEAR  SLOT,   FINISH 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  432.  Machine  Used — Pratt 
&  Whitney  No.  2  Lincoln  type  miller.  Number  of  Machines 
per  Operator — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig. 
433.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Same  as  Fig.  434-A.  Cutting 
Tools — See  finish-cutter  dimensions  in  Fig.  434-B.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant 
• — Compound,  %  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  435;  A,  centering  gage, 
locates  from  right  side;  B,  width  of  slot;  C,  depth;  base  A  is 
set  across  bottom  of  receiver  and  point  B  indicates  by  multi- 
plying lever;  bottom  of  both  sear  slot  and  receiver  should  be 
the  same.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    49.    MILLING    COCKING-PIECE   GROOVE 
IN    RECEIVER 

■Transformation — Fig.  436.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  and  in  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  437;  locates  by  stud  and  top  of  sear  lug.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank,  Fig.  438-A.  Cutting  Tools — 
Side-milling  cutter,  Fig.  438-B.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  439;  A,  length  from  front  end  of  receiver;  B, 
width,  depth  and  location  from  right  side.  Production — 20 
pieces  per  hr.,  one  machine.  Note — Working  points,  hole  and 
top  of  sear  flange. 


Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  447;  A,  width  of  groove; 
B,  depth;  under  side  is  curved  to  fit  a  plug,  outside  to  fit 
radius  of  groove;  the  gage  must  slide  between  plug  and  re- 
ceiver wall;  C,  location;  finger  A  rests  on  right  side  when 
block  B  is  in  groove.  Production — 40  pieces  per  hr.  Note — 
Working  points,  hole  and  bottom. 

OPERATION  50.    PROFILING  REAR  OF  SAFETY-LUG  SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  440.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  440-A.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
by  stud  and  vise  jaws,  Fig.  441.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Taper 
shank  Cutting  Tools— End  mills.  Fig.  442.  Number  of  Cuts- 
Two.  Cut  Data—Speed,  1.200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant— Com- 
pound two  %-in  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings— 400  pieces.  Gages— Fig.  443;  A,  location  from 
right  side;  B  plug  goes  in  receiver,  finger  A,  locates  against 
right  side,  while  a  block  on  top  fits  the  slot;  a  straight-edge 
across  front  measures  correct  distance.  Production — 75  per  hr. 
Note — Working  points,  hole  and   bottom. 

OPERATION  51.    PROFILING  COCKING-PIECE  GROOVE  ~ 

Transformation — Fig.  444.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  444-A.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices- 
Held  on  stud  and  vise  jaws.  Fig.  445.  Tool-Holding  Devices- 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools— End  mill,  Fig.  446.  Number  of 
Cuts— Two.      Cut    Data— 1.200    r.p.m.;    hand    feed.      Coolant— 


[68] 


Operations  on  the  Receiver — {Continued) 


The  use  of  the  closely  fitting  mandrel  for  gaging  as 
well  as  for  working  is  brought  out  very  clearly  in  opera- 
tion 52  and  shown  in  Fig.  450. 

As  examples  of  some  minor  operations,  it  is  only  nec- 
essary to  refer  to  Figs.  465  and  466  to  Figs.  467  and  470 ; 
to  Figs.  511  and  512,  to  Figs.  519  and  520  and  to  Figs. 
533  and  534,  although  there  are  by  no  means  all  that  can 
be  studied  to  advantage. 

This  may  also  be  a  good  time  to  refer  specifically 
to  some  of  the  gages  and  gaging  operations  such  as  Figs. 
468,  472,  480,  495,  500,  504,  514,  518,  522,  526,  537,  555 
and  563. 

On  an  article  which  is  as  complicated  as  the  Springfield 
rifle  receiver,  speaking  relatively  to  the  number  and  se- 
quence of  operations,  there  must  always  be  a  large  num- 
ber of  minor  cleaning  up,  burring,  filing,  and  polishing 


FlO.  449 


Operation 


difficult  machining  operations  which  have  preceded  them. 
And  it  is  a  fact  that  while  these  minor  operations  appear 
in  themselves  to  be  unimportant  in  the  average  shop  they 
are  often  the  ones  that  are  found  to  delay  most  every- 
thing else.  It  is  a  case  of  little  difficulties  becoming  big 
obstacles. 

The  progressive  shop  manager,  especially  in  such  plants 
as  are  concentrating  their  energies  on  mass  production 
of  one  article,  has  an  opportunity  to  make  extensive  sav- 
ings in  cost  by  eliminating  the  delays  which  necessarily 
arise  with  a  succession  of  these  minor  operations.  One  of 
the  most  potent  ways  to  save  money  on  a  sequence  of 
such  operations  is  to  as  far  as  possible  eliminate  the 
handwork. 

No  matter  how  highly  skilled  hand  labor  becomes,  it 
can  never  approach  the  efficiency  of  a  mechanical  device 


> 

*1     f — 

• 

r-3    C 

1 

.       i . 

i..  ■■ 

F16.  451 


Fl©.  45t 
Operation 


53 


FI6.  450 
51 


F16..453 


OPERATION  52.  SHAVING  SAFETY-LUG  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  448.  Machine  Used — Machine  made 
at  Hill  shops,  Fig.  449.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — ■ 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  vise  jaws.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — In  barrel.  Cutting  Tools — Radius  cutters. 
Cut  Data — 30  strokes  per  min.;  0.005-ln.  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
lngs — 150  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  450;  A,  width;  B,  depth,  curved 
to  fit  between  plug  and  bridge  over  safety-lug  slot.  Produc- 
tion— 50  pieces  per  hr.    Note — Located  by  bottom  and  side. 

operations  which  are  really  as  essential  to  the  correct 
finishing  of  the  piece  as  are  the  more  pretentious  aDd 


OPERATION  53.  SHAVING  FRONT  LOCKING-LUG  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  451.  Machine  Used — Machine  made 
at  Hill  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  vise  jaws,  Fig.  452.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  371.  Cutting  Tools — Similar 
to  Fig.  371.  Cut  Data — 50  strokes  per  min.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 150  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  453,  depth  of 
slot,  goes  between  plug  and  wall.  Production — 50  pieces  per 
hr.     Note — Locating  points,  bottom  and  side. 

properly  designed  to  perform  the  same  work. .  This  is 
almost  a  self-evident  statement,  and  it  is  borne  out  by  a 
multitude  of  cases  common  to  the  experience  of  any  shop 


[69] 


OPERATION  54.  SHAVING  EJECTOR  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  454.  Machine  Used — Machine  made 
at  Hill  shops,  same  as  Fig.  370.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices. — Held  in  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  455.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  370.  Cutting 
Tools — Similar  to  Fig.  371.  Cut  Data — Speed,  50  strokes  per 
minute;  0.005-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 120  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  456;  A,  width;  B,  centering  with  lug  slot.  Production — 60 
pieces  per  hr.  Note — Locating  points,  bottom  and  side;  observe 
that  this  is  a  hand-operated  device. 


OPERATION  55.  PROFILING  BULLET  CLEARANCE 
Transformation — Fig.  457.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  457-A.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Held  in  stud  and  vise  jaws,  Fig.  458.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  459.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed.  1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
— Compound,  ^4 -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  460,  shape  and  distance 
from  front  end.  Production — 75  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Lo- 
cating points,  hole  and  bottom. 


FIO.  457A 


^^AOTeethUH. 
r^~"J^  on  race 

FIG. 459 
OPERATION     55 


--:--::-J        I"! ' 

STSCL  (Harden,except Handle.)\  j  j 
FIG.  460 


OPERATION  56.    MILLING  END  OF  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.   461.     Machine  Used — Pratt   &  Whit- 
ney No.   2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.     Work-Holding  Devices — Work   held   in  stud   and  vise 

iaws,  Fig.  462,  with  locking  latch  over  tang.  Tool-Holding 
>evices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutter,  Fig. 
463.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  120  r.p.m.;  %- 
in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  464, 
total  length  of  receiver.  Production — 65  pieces  per  hr.  Note 
— Locating  points,  hole  and  bottom  point  of  tang;  notice  that 
the  receiver  is  held  vertically  during  this  operation. 


OPERATION  57.  HAND  MILLING  SAFETY -LUG  CAM 
Transformation — Fig.  465.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Man- 
ufacturing Co.  No.  6  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  and 
fing-er  clamp.  Fig.  466;  work  is  set  at  proper  angle  for  milling 
cam.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools- 
End  mill,  Fig.  467.  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 600 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  468,  position  of  cam  from  front  end  of  receiver; 
straight-edge  used  at  front  end.  Production — 175  pieces  per 
hr.     Note — Locating   points  are  hole  and   bottom. 


[70] 


FIG.  464 


FI6.46I 


JX 

?5/? 

^u 

-- 

rr.-.v.-- 

::: 

1 

s 

1 

ns 

jr.— . 

«... 

Z/25-'  — 

...J 

F^-f THr 


?/>* 


l^» 


JSL 


:§  *tf 


£= 


e' ma •■ 

9.5'-- r 

STEEL 


x U 


OPERATION     56 


FIG.  468 
OPERATION    57 


STEEL  (Harden) 

MG.476B 


OPERATION      5° 


[71] 


man.  Possibly  one  of  the  reasons  for  the  existence  of 
this  fact  is  due  to  the  slight  but  inevitable  period  of  time 
which  must  elapse  between  the  Conception  of  an  idea  and 


its  manual  execution.  It  may  almost  be  said  that  foi 
very  simple  repetitive  operations  which  do  not  require  a 
high  degree  of  intelligence,  that  the  presence  of  intelli- 


FIG.478 


0237  R. 


I 
i    > 


6Tee+h,RighfHand,(on  Face  and  End) 
OOS'  yHo.3  Taper 


u 


\<~w'-*\o25$r — us'- -Aazsk- 

K 245- >\ 


FIG.484 


FIG.485 


K 14' ->j 


<05l5'*j~ 

*> 

%  o 

•i[Fh 

lr\_ 

o  % 

*aiA 

■» 

Lj_4j£.>J  STE£L(Harden) 


^=F 


STEa(Harden) 

FIG-480 

OPERATION  TO 

OPERATION    58.     HAND   MILLING    EXTRACTOR   CAM 

Transformation — Fie.  469.  Machine  Used — Standard  No. 
4%  hand  milling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  rotating  fixture. 
Fig.  470.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools 
— End  mill,  Fig.  471.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
800  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 4,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  472,  radius  of  recess  behind  cam  and  distance  of  cam 
from  front  of  receiver;  edge  A  shows  through  cutoff  opening 
when  distance  is  correct.  Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 
Note — Locating  points  are  hole  and  bottom. 

OPERATION    KK.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATIONS  48,  49  AND  56 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  48,  49  and  56.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — File  and  reamer.  Production — 
150   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION    59.     SHAVING    SEAR-NOSE    SLOT 

Transformation— Fig.  473.  Machine  Used — Bement  Miles 
Co.  slotting  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  a  stud  in  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  474.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  screwed  to  holder, 
"similar  to  Fig.  369.  Cutting  Tools — Slotting  cutter,  Fig.  475. 
Cut  Data — 60  strokes  per  minute;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  476;  A,  size  of  slot;  B, 
position  from  front  end  of  receiver.  Production — 75  pieces 
per  hr.  Note — Locating  points,  hole  and  bottom. 
OPERATION  71.  MILLING  REAR  END  OF  MAGAZINE  TO 
LENGTH   AND    REAR   OF   RECOIL  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  477.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  mandrel  and  vise  jaws. 
Fig.  478.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  arbor.  Cutting  Tools 
■ — Facing  mill  and  form  cutter,  Fig.  479.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  80  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
oound,    two    Vt  -in.    streams.      Average    Life    of   Tool    Between 


k- — 29- — - 

FIG.485 

OPERATION  69 


Grindings — 2,000   pieces.      Gages — Fig.    480,   contour  and   dist- 
ance  of   lug    from    front   end.      Production — 50    pieces   per   hr. 
Note — Locating    points,    hole   and   sides. 
OPERATION  69.    PROFILING  FRONT  END  OF  RECOIL  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  481.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  482.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
on  stud  and  vise  jaws,  Fig.  483.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  484.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  two  'A -in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 400  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  485,  form  gage 
that  fits  over  lug.  Production — 80  pieces  per  hr.  Note — 
Locating  points,  hole  and  side. 
OPERATION  60.  MILLING  THROUGH  MAGAZINE  REAR 
END    (BREAKING  THROUGH) 

Transformation — Fig.  486.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  and  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  487,  on  a  rising  and  falling  fixture  to  sink  cutter  into 
work.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  arbor,  Fig.  488.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Side-milling  cutter,  Fig.  489.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  130  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, V4-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  490:  A,  width;  B,  location 
from  sides.  Production — 210  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Locating 
points,   hole  and  sides. 

OPERATION  61.  MILLING  THROUGH  MAGAZ.NE 
FRONT  END 
Transformation — Fig.  491.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  2 
Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Two. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  487.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Same  as  Fig.  488,  except  to  fit  Garvin  miller.  Cutting 
Tools — Form  cutters,  Fig.  492.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  120  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  Yt- 
in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000 
pieces.  Gages — See  Fig.  490.  Production — 40  pieces  Der 
hr. 


[72] 


per  Inch, 
Fight  Hani 


-BB-. 
-  II.I8T5 


liTHUs.perlnch.TRA 
— ->ta»75li W'  —J 


,„»                      ,                                FIS488 
r^-1     1  H«tf  azsi,    K-      |< 67" 

I  /^==5vl  -*-1  T         T~    i—%    t~      ^ . 


Width  and  Location 
from  Sides 

FIG.490-A         pEEL, 

(Hard&$ 


i j 

I  —^Length  from  Front  End        lj  m  m  .■  ■  ■  il 

FIGA90-B 
OPERATION  60 


IZThtis.ptr 

%&f* OPERATION  6. 

X 

my" 


F16.49I 


IZTh'ds.per  Inch, 
"V"  Right  Hand 


"':   ft  '  k» 

MS       '1'  JC 

I  /77ee«>, 

I 1    Sfo^/rf, 

k?66H     RightHand 
FIG.492 


34g 


-H05/5l^ 


± 

?QTeeth,Straight,R.H.(on  Face  and  Sides) 
FIS.494 


*  >>      I  '  I    yifl53Kfl89^ ¥k 20?"- >t< 1.78 >*)3?0S-\ 

-*-         1  I!      |         N-.-41 


CZL 


STEEL  (Harden) 

Flt.495 

OPERATION  62 


OPERATION    62.     MILLING    THROUGH    MAGAZINE    FROM 
REAR    TO    FRONT 

Transformation — Fig.  493.  Machine  Used — Garvin  miller, 
Lincoln  type.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Two.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  487.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Same  as  Fig.  488,  except  fitted  to  machine.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutter,  Fig.  494.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  120  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in. 
etream.      Average    Life    of    Tool     Between     Grindings — 2,000 


S3 

IT 

i  1 

8 

Li 

*W.49t«- 

tTeethR.H. 

FIG.  499 

FIG.  498 


¥■ 


jfaQI     J  i _  _  -&W  _  JJMoBsr 


K  l.06"M        K,       205"-;  -^fc.--i-£----. 


7- 


W^.--V 


I*"/./"  "A 


txgjQ0^!®0  ^"iT§~""" 


STCEL  (Harden,  excepf  Handle) 
FIG. 500 
OPERATION     65 


pieces.  Gages — Fig.  495,  length  of  slot  from  front  end;  the 
portion  A  gages  width  of  slot  and  centers  it  with  slide. 
Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    LL.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  71 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Filing  burrs  left  by  operation  71.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File  and  scraper.     Production — 250  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   63.    PROFILING   MOUTH  OF  MAGAZINE, 
ROUGH 

Transformation— Fig.  496.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram.  Fig.  497.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine. — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
by  studs  in  front  end  and  by  vise  jaws  at  sides,  Fig.  498. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter,  Fig.  499.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 150  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  500,  width  of  magazine  opening.  Production — 20  pieces 
per  hr. 


[73] 


FIQ.50I 


Roughing  Finish 

S  Teeth  (Teeth 

<X-     ~^=   "-*- 


H^h 


in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  514.  rests  on  bottom  with  tongue  through 
front  end;  locates  position  of  slot  by  straight-edge  across 
front    end.      Production — 45    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION    NN.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATIONS  64  Mi   AND  65 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown   up   by   operations   64%    and   65.     Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — File  and  reamer,  same  as  Fig. 
505.     Gages — None.     Production — 250  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  68.  COUNTERBORING  FOR  EJECTOR  PIN  AND 
REAR  GUARD  SCREW  AND  MILLING  FOR  FRONT 
END  OF  GUARD 
Transformation — Fig.  515.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 14-in.  vertical  four-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  516;  held  on  mandrel  and  clamped  down  by  finger 
clamp;  located  by  hole  and  right  side.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Drill  chucks.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer  a,  two  counter- 
bores  b  and  c  and  one  hollow  mill  d  with  pilot,  Fig.  517;  a, 
reamer  for  ejector  pin;  b,  counterbore  for  pin;  c,  counterbore 
for  rear  guard  screw;  d,  hollow  mill  with  pilot  for  front 
guard  screw  on  recoil  lug.  Number  of  Cuts — One  each.  Cut 
Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — -Fig.  518;  a,  depth  of  ejector-pin  counterbore;  b,  diam- 
eter of  both  ejector-pin  holes;  c,  height  of  recoil  lug  from 
bottom  of  receiver;  d  (back  end  of  same  gage),  diameter  of 
boss;  e,  gages  height  of  counterbore  in  tang  with  bottom  of 
receiver.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  67.  PROFILING  UPPER  RAMP 
Transformation — Fig.  519.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manufac- 
turing Co.  single-spindle  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  against  bottom 
by  finger  clamp,  Fig.  520,  operated  by  cam  A;  located  by  upper 
stop  B;  supported  by  a  screw.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 


:::::::.:.:. z..~ 

ZIFhtesin  Circumference,  Cut  7 Flutes  QOflS DianHalf Round;  : 

Left  'hand  Spiral,  I  Turn  in  6.67  >*  — ^- 

FIG.505 
OPERATION  64 

OPERATION   64.     PROFILING   MAGAZINE   TO   FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  501.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  502.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Same 
as  Fig.  498.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  503.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  14 -in. 
streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 150  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  504,  size,  position  and  shape.  Production — 20 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   MM.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  63    (REAMER) 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  64.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File  and  reamer.  Fig.  505.  Gages — None. 
Production — 250  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  64%  AND  65.     PROFILING  BEVEL  FRONT-END 

WALL  OF  MAGAZINE;  PROFILING  REAR  CORNERS 

OF   MAGAZINE 

Transformation— Fig.  506.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  507.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
by  front-end  stud  and  vise  jaws,  Fig.  508.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Bevel  cutter  and  end 
mill,  Fig.  509;  A,  bevel  for  front  walls;  B,  for  round  corn- 
ers in  rear.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
510;  A,  angle  of  front  end;  B,  shape  of  rear;  C,  rear  corners. 
Production — 45   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  66.  PROFILING  LOWER  RAMP 
Transformation — Fig.  511.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  and  finger  clamp,  Fig.  512, 
operated  by  lever;  tang  Is  supported  by  clamp  and  thumb- 
screw. Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools 
i — End  mill,  Fig.  513.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,   1,200   r.p.m.;   hand   feed.     Coolant — Compound,   two    %- 

gence  in  the  operator  is  a  handicap.    A  machine  does  not 
think,  neither  does  it  lose  time  by  stopping  to  think. 

Advantage  has  been  taken  of  these  simple  but  im- 
portant facts  in  the  arrangement  of  minor  operations  at 


s 


-\_, 


FIG.  506 


t  at 


5reethlM.cn. 
Face  and  End, 


FIG.  510  B 


4)   kflfl* 

M  -0.915  -^        Mka07' 

U -  i.»—M         , 

STFCL  (harden) 
FIG.  510  C 

OPERATION    64|  &  65 


[74] 


No.3  Taper      M) 
I 


6:  ' 

«    4Flufe,R.H.         t*-US7S->]    . 

I_4 I  — '=£ 

U ■..■■z.zs'- -->la 

a      f         II 

3FMes,Rightfimt\<~~W~->**-a8->\  KQ2 

i    Spiral,  I  Turn  in  324  l    t  ' '   '      ^ 


it  lutes,  Hight-nana  ,  IB 

_.  Spiral,ITurnh3?4'  \<-MS->f(n->\      5 


k 


■/75-'-->i<----2<?* 
SB*-- 

c 


:F 


30il5rooies,LeffHand 
Spiral,  I  Turn  in  3.1 


*\M\*         pflyij  STeefh.RigM  Hand 


k- -/#-«-->i<---/tfj>k---fi3w 

k- --3.625'- v 


FI6.5I7 


r,  <*,  ^.«7j  ,  rw* J l 

Ufl6-'->k-aS-*4     /We/7 


*"k-;.o"-->)  k!2y' 

k--/.2f-'->l 


k— iwar-- 

»V,<--w/-->t<  •••■»»-"•--■>+<••-/#•-" 


1  ! 
1  i 


OPERATION  63 


b 
FIG.5I8 


:J 


FIG.5I9 


FIG.520 


shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  521;  A,  roughing;  B, 
finishing.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,300  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Triumph  cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  522,  used 
same  as  gage  in  Fig.  514.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr 


[75] 


the  Springfield  armory.  It  is  evidenced  for  instance  in 
this  article  in  the  large  number  of  shaving  operations  for 
which  special  machinery  has  been  designed.  As  a  rule  an 
operation  of  this  kind  replaces  what  would  ordinarily  be 
handwork  and  does  it  efficiently  as  to  cost. 

OPERATION  70.  SHAVING  REAR  END  OF  MAGAZINE 
Transformation — Fig.  523.  Machine  Used — Bement  Miles 
slotting  machine,  28-in.  table.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  studs  at  each 
end  and  by  cam-operated  vise  jaws,  Fig.  524;  forced  against 
fixed  stud  A  by  thumb-screw  B;  clamped  by  cam  C.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Cutter  screwed  to  holder,  same  as  operation 
38.  Cutting  Tools — Slotting  cutter,  Fig.  525.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  60  strokes;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  526;  goes  on  bottom  and  is  meas- 
ured from  front  end  by  straight-edge.  Production — 80  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  OO.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION 
70  (REAMER) 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  70.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Reamer,  same  as  Fig.  505.  Production — 
250   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  73.  MILLING  RIGHT  SIDE  OF  REAR  LOCKING- 
LUG  SEAT  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  527.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  double  vise,  same  as 
operation  74,  Fig.  530.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Forming  cutters,  Fig.  528.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  feed,  %  in.  per  min.  Coolant 
— Compound,  two  >4-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 2,500  pieces.  Gages — Similar  to  Fig.  532. 
Production — 30  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Using  bottom  and  hole 
as  working  points. 

OPERATION    74.    MILLING    RIGHT    SIDE    OF    FRONT 
LOCKING  LUG  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  529.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  double  vise  on  man- 
drel, Fig.  530.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Forming  cutters,  Fig.  531.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
3,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  532.  Production — 30  pieces  per 
hr.    Note — Locating  points,  bottom  and  hole. 

OPERATIONS  75  AND  76.  PROFILING  BOLT-STOP  CAVITY 
(FIRST  AND  SECOND  CUT) 
Transformation — Fig.  533.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  534.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on 
stud  and  in  vise  Jaws,  Fig.  535.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Slotting  cutters,  Fig.  536;  A,  first 
cut;  B,  second  cut.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  &-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 450  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  537;  A,  thickness  of  wide  slot;  B,  thickness  of  narrow 
slot;   C,   depth   from   bottom   and   front  end;   D,   location   from 

bottom;    E,   location   from   front   end   and    side.      Production 

60  pieces  per  hr. 


^u^w^ 


FI6.524 


Surface  X,5  Not  Grind 
"     X  Grind  Square 
and  Parallel 


tU^NBLAJ^I^  Z.0S4 Befpre  Grinding^ 


asz9*\ 


Id 


i 


-J--L. 


F  -  rap— * 

X,fCL76E^<.a988>i< 


FIG.  524 


—  3.137 


a/5/5.*  w  *^ 

FIS.525 


>|fl5|* 


\«-a9  ■■»  041**1  • 


FIG.526 
OPERATION  70 


6  Teeth,  Left-hand  Spiral)  I  Turn  in  3.  70",  Teeth  Cut  Right  Hand 


3.81- 


■Z.0- 


TT 


[<■  Teeth  Cut  /-'--J 


-,-6rind 


•1.61- 


1 

-H, 

No.3  Taper 


Roughing  Cutter 
FIG.52I-A 


<* 

< 


■3.81- 


ZD-- 


TT" 


■1.36- 


No.  3  Taper 


>Jfl?5|<. 


FIG.522 


OPERATION  67 
[76] 


I    6  Teeth,  Lett  -hand  Spiral,  I  Turn  in  3. 70/ 
-Teeth  Cut  l"  ->]  Teeth  Cut  Fight  Hand 

Finishing  Cutter 
FIG.52I-B 


0.05% 
20  Teeth  StraiqhtL.tl. 
FIG.  526.  OPERATION    73 


'"*  ZOTeeth.  Straight,  L.  H.     N- 

•-- >k- 
■>f55'i<0.85">\ 


r-M'-i^^w--* 


paS}$*~/.5'~M  STEEL       a£Pj.$-O.I5° 


FIG   529 


FIG. 532 


OPERATION      74 


ao-*  n 


Jrftt.  (Harden) 

FIG.  537  C 


OPERATION      75  a  76 


The  ideal  manufacturing  process  is  one  in  which  hand- 
work does  not  enter.  Whether  this  is  a  possibility  in  as 
far  as  the  manufacture  of  a  certain  piece  is  concerned, 
must  be  determined  from  the  standpoint  of  financial  de- 
sirability. Owing  to  the  flexibility  of  the  human  anatomy, 


the  replacement  of  some  simple  hand  operations  may  in- 
volve complicated  and  expensive  machines.  However,  it 
must  be  said  that  in  so  far  as  it  has  been  advisable  to 
do  so,  this  principle  has  be^n  carried  out  at  the  Spring- 
field armory,  and  at  a  comparatively  low  cost. 


[[77] 


OPERATIONS  77  AND  81.  DRILLING  AND  COUNTBRBORING 
FOR  BOLT-STOP  PIN 
Transformation — Fig.  538.  Machine  Used — Woodward  & 
Rogers  three-spindle  vertical  14-in.  drilling  machine.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Drill  jig,  Fig.  539.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — -Fig.  540;  A,  combined  drill  and  reamer;  B,  count- 
erbore.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  541;  A, 
depth;  B,  location  and  size  of  reamed  hole.  Production — 70 
pieces  per  hour.    Note — Locating  points,  hole  and  right  side. 

OPERATION    PP.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATIONS  73,  74  AND  77 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  73,   74,   77.     Apparatus 
and    Equipment    Used — File    and    reamer,    Fig.    505.      Gages — 
None.     Production — 70  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  78.  HAND  MILLING  CUTOFF-SPRING 
SPINDLE  NOTCH 
Transformation — Fig.  542.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Manu- 
facturing Co.  No.  6  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  mandrel  and 
clamp,  Fig.  543.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper-shank  collet. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  544.  Number  of  Cuts- 
One.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.,  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  545.  Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 
Note — Locating  points,  hole  and  side. 

OPERATION  82,  REAMING  SEAR-PIN  HOLE  AND  SEATING 
FRONT  END 
Transformation — Fig  546.  Machine  Used — Prentice  speed 
lathe,  12  in.  Number  of  Operators  per  machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  against  stop  and  steadyrest  on  pilot 
of  reamer,  Fig.  547.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Held  by  taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  549;  A,  facing  counterbore  with 
collar  stop  for  end;  B,  reamer  for  sear-pin  hole.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 125  r.p.m.;  hand  feed  by  lever  A,  Fig. 
547.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Depth,  Fig.  550.  Production 
— 60  pieces   per  hr. 


0.096*  K^rr. ....  >(«-»«  H0.5U, 

0.099% 

K  -095  S-k-^/ 55  -x  T 

K~ 2.5* y 

Pin      STCO. 


Bo  dy 


*0,a7s"\*il25">\ 


FIG.54IB 
OPERATION    77  a  81 


-0.8  —  ->]<  -0.6" -^f-  - 
steel,   (Harden) 
FIG.   54  5 
OPERATION      78 


OPERATION  82B.    REAMING  SEAR  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  546.  Machine  Used — Bench  lathe, 
same  as  in  operation  82.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  hand  on  pilot  of 
reamer.  Fig.  548.  Tool-Holdins  Devices — Reamer  held  in 
drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer  with  pilot,  Fig.  549-B.  ' 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush.     Average  Life  of  Tool 


Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.     Gages — Plain   plug  gage  for 
diameter  only.     Production — Same  as  operation  82. 

OPERATION    82  V4.    DRILLING   THREE   HOLES   FOR 

TELESCOPE-SIGHT  BRACKET 

Note — These  holes  are  drilled  on  sharpshooters'  rifles  only; 

the  same  machine  and  the  same  drill  jig  are  used  as  in  operation 

28;   a  block  with   three   bushing  holes  is   screwed   to  the  side 

of  the  drill  jig,  drilling  throe  holes  on  the  left  side. 


[78] 


$  End  of     | 

«                              Spindle--.-)! 
i^eed Lathe Taper, -Fit J_ 


3E 


->j  '  r*- -0.3125 

|< 4J5a. 


5 7<?5'' 

■SOThreadspermch  ^^J ^=dV 


Ufl75>U  - 


-2.125 >l     k---  m"- -*\lOTee+h R.H  -firMm* 


U.  1.0625  ->) 


>|fl5>- 


k— 1.&-4 


•>SS4-OJS?H         0.5625%:..-  >^2«&) 
U-U25--^  U~-/.25"-->i 


harden-^  k— 
■."V 


FIG.  549  A      OPERATION    82 


t<~ -//<?- ->j<---/5'-— >j 

STECL 

FIG.  550 


—>j03as]£--  I 

So/m/  AW  ITurnihlO.5' 
6Teeth  RH 
FIG.  549  B 


FIS.555A 


FIG  555  B 
OPERATION      95  &  954 
[79] 


- 3.25" 

6  r lutes  R.  ti. 
FIG.  556  A 

<,p.m' 


jV-0J5  Wire 

-Teeth  RH. 

* 

I 

*                 \ 

»,.... 

Z55" 

U- 

...fl«»...J 

TIG.  559 


tr-Teeth/t.n        ^ 


OFIutes 


Y-~ -4.0625- ->b.5  U—2.25- *d    /?.« 

K- -6.8125-  ■ -•—-'- --- J 


"Wf\6rinder  Head  Taper   \n!3  TAPER  I  ft;  ^  f   O    ) 

w.,9- 1.  ......p'   LPivi^ 


r 


fl25" 
»      0253* 

558, OP  96 

OPERATIONS  95  AND  95%.  SHAVING  FOR  EXT.  CAM 

Transformation — Figs.  551  and  552.  Machine  Used — Double- 
ended  machine  made  at  Hill  shops,  Fig.  553;  bar  rocked  by 
connecting-rod  A;  moved  back  and  forth  by  cam  cut  in  B, 
working  on  stud  C.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  at  front  and  by  vise. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Oscillating  bar.  Cutting  Tools — Shav- 
ing cutter,  Fig.  554;  A,  for  extractor  cam;  B,  for  front  lock- 
ing cams.  Cut  Data — Speed,  75  strokes  per  minute;  feed, 
0.005  per  mln.;  ratchet  feed  mechanism  shown  at  D,  Fig.  553. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  555-A;  plug 
goes  in  hole,  arm  A  rests  against  right  side  and  B  fits  against 
cam,  while  a  straight-edge  measures  across  front  end;  Figs. 
555  B  and  555-C,  front-cam  gages  used  in  same  way.  Produc- 
tion— 45  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Locating  points,  hole  and  bot- 
tom. 

OPERATION  95%.    REMOVING  BURRS 

Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  95  and  95%.   Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Scraper.     Production — 250  per  hr. 
OPERATION  83.    POLISHING   CIRCLE,    FRONT   END 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  front  end  for  stamping.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.  Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  84.  REAMING  AND  COUNTERSINKING  CUT- 
OFF SPINDLE,  JOINT-PIN,  EJECTOR-PIN  AND  GAS  HOLES 

Machine  Used. — Prentice  speed  lathe,  14  in.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
in  hands.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools 
■ — Countersink  and  reamer,  Figs.  556-A  and  556-B.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  900  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
i — Cutting  oil  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 
80  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Practically  a  burring  job. 
OPERATION   85.    STAMPING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Stamping  "U.  S.  Springfield  Armory,  Model  1903";  work  rotated 
by  handle  A,  Fig.  557.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Roll 
stamping  machine,  made  at  Hill  shop,  Fig.  557;  supporting 
fixtures  as  shown;  stamping  roll  controlled  by  spring  B 
against  arm  C.     Production — 120  per  hr. 

OPERATION   93.     TAPPING  GUARD-SCREW   HODEtf 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Tapping  screw  holes  for  guard.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Vise;  holding  fixture  and  hand  brace;  taps,  Fig.  558, 
three  in  set.  Gages — 558-A.  Production — 40  receivers  per  hr. 
OPERATION  86.  ROTARY  FILING  CUTOFF-SPRING  GROOVE 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  428.  Number  ofWOperators — 
One.  Description  of  Operation — Filing  out  groove.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Prentice  speed  lathe,  12  in.;  ro- 
tary file  to  round  shape  of  groove,  Fig.  559.  Production — 85 
per  hr. 


TIG.  564 
NG.559,0P  86-  FIG.56OA,560B,560C,OP  87- FIG  56l.562,5650P.96-FIG.564OR945 

OPERATION   87.    ROTARY  FILING  UNDER   SIDE   OF   TANG 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Rotary  filing;  blending  side  cuts  together  and  filing  under 
side  of  tang  and  filing  groove  on  under  side  of  tang.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used^Rotary  file  with  taper  shank; 
files  are  hand  cut,  made  at  Hill  shops,  Fig.  560;  A,  under  side 
of  tang;  B,  thumb  cut;  C,  rear  of  front  circle.  Production — 
20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  96.    FILING  TOP  OF  RIGHT  WALL,   ETC. 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Filing  and  blending  cuts  together  and  filing  corners.  Ap- 
patatus  and  Equipment  Used — Rotary  and  flat  files;  rotary 
in  Fig.  561.  Gages — Fig.  562;  this  is  practically  a  finished 
bolt  with  hardened  lugs  and  distance  pieces.  Production — 
7  per  hr. 

OPERATION    88.     STAMPING   SERIAL  NUMBER 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Stamping  serial  number.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Hand  stamp  and  hammer  with  work-holding  fixture,  Fig.  563; 
receiver  A  is  held  by  finger  clamp  B;  stamp  C  fits  in  guide 
in  slide  D;  this  is  moved  by  handle  E;  there  is  a  ratchet  be- 
neath slide,  and  there  are  guide  lines  at  F.  Production — 120 
per  hr. 

OPERATION    89.    POLISHING    ALL    OUTER    SURFACES 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  all  top  surfaces  that  show.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.  Production — 10  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  90.    FILING  AND  GENERAL  CORNERING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
General  filing  and  cornering.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Hand  file.     Production — 6  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  91.  CASEHARDENING 
Description  of  Operation— Packed  in  new,  whole  bone, 
heated  to  750  deg.  C.  (1,382  deg.  F.)  and  heated  for  2%  to  3 
hr.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  fur- 
naces for  crude  oil,  10  to  14  lb.  air  pressure;  firebox  30x48  in.; 
cast-steel  boxes  hold  42  receivers;  quenched  in  oil. 

OPERATION  91-A.    SiAND  BLASTING 
Description  of  Operation — Only  used   when   scale   forms   in 
casehardening  or  when  work  cones  in  for  repair.     Apparatus 
and    Equipment   Used — Sand-blast   house. 

OPERATION  94%.      POLISHING  WELL 
Description     of     Operation— Hold     receiver     in     hand     and 
push  well  over  a  special  lap.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Bench   lathe   or  polishing  head.     Gages — Fig.   564.     Produc- 
tion— 80   per   hr. 

OPERATION  92.    ASSEMBLING  WITH  BOLT  STOP 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — As- 
sembling   bolt    stop    to    receiver.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Handwork.     Production — 400   oer  hr. 


[80] 


Machining  Operations  on  the  Bolt 


Next  to  the  receiver,  the  bolt  is  probably  the  most  dif- 
ficult piece  in  the  whole  rifle.  It  is  of  odd  shape  and 
one  of  the  unexplained  features  of  design  is  the  slight 
bend  given  to  the  bolt  handle  after  the  handle  itself  has 
been  turned  in  a  lathe.  This  as  can  be  seen  in  the  detail 
in  Fig.  565  only  gives-  an  offset  of  less  than  12  degrees 
and  seems  to  be  solely  for  appearance. 

The  bolt,  which  fits  inside  the  receiver,  holds  the  cart- 
iidge  in  position  in  the  chamber  and  against  the  recoil 


of  the  powder  charge.  It  is  a  drop  forging  of  Class  C 
steel,  0.89x0.70  rectangular  section,  in  multiples  of  7% 
in.  It  is  shown  in  detail  in  Pig.  565,  The  blanks  are 
first  heated  and  bent,  as  in  Fig.  565A,  then  drop-forged  in 
the  dies  shown  in  Fig.  567.  Then  follow  the  usual  trim- 
ming and  pickling,  after  which  the  ends  are  milled  and 
the  hole  is  drilled.  This  hole  becomes  the  first  working 
point  for  future  operations.  After  the  under  side  of  the 
handle  is  milled  in  operation  12  it  becomes  a  very  import- 


Leadof     ^ 
Extractor 
Cam 'I  Turn 
in  LSInchtt 


->4< 

I 


H- ; 5.39    

g,  W- -. .  4?7  MaK    4.2ii'Hm. 

I    U-fljTH*  ••; 3.31' 

|    W  ^<H»',.IOThreadsPerlnch,RK 


wMBk       , 

,       I    ,f<>3795, 
US-  -  ->|«.'-iJ  \<Q9IS     K  -  0.96 "-  -H 


I        —     ZJt  4         >1^"l 

qozr\  osioshax.-^^ 


'fl/*IM«5 


IT 


V 


L0S3R. 


•04103  Mat. 
OAm'Min. 


•     -a06R. 

'-0.181'Mck. 
0280'Hin. 


',   r0.48~>\  .0J45'R. 

ai'R.-^^To.oe' 

0.I4SR  t 

i— i 

0.394  Kin. 
039l"l1at. 


■006R 


'■M"*-  M^fof 


5 


0.104' 


* 


•J 

0554* 


FOROED  STEEL  (Case  Harden,  Brom  Outside) 


Kd78f">) 
\* -4.659'—- 

4.359-— 

*j+an&H 

.pi 


'  ai3"Jr-\ 1  *  J&SifibR 

0'..:.    it^JS*    y   \m" Polish 


o4 

as/- •toft-as'^  aa?»f»  % 

nnt'e.L      nmr'.^T  Wffl§_§ 


m'nin. 


0395/lh 


vtaiS*/ 


DETAILS  OF  THE  BOLT 


,,i  ^'irim 'J^.oos' 

Z5  - — >re ---,-  —  -. 

•3EwY--- 

5.649'.- 

-5813 


-S.6H 


•S..^ 


Mr 


ioe'iiin. 
orn'riat 

'■■0395'rlia 

ojn'Mia. 


A 

A-l 

C 

D 

D-l 

E 

P 

G 

G-l 

1 

2 

3% 
43 
AA 
5 
6 
7 
8 
10 

9 
11 

12 

13 
14 
19 

15-24 

20 

46-39 

48 

BB 

CC 

23 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BOLT 
Blocking  from  billet 
Pickling 
Trimming 
Dropping  to  finish 
Pickling 
Trimming 

Dropping  to  finish  and  twist 
Annealing 
Pickling 
Milling  ends 
Drilling  firing-pin  hole 
Drilling  striker  hole 
Drilling  and  shaping  striker  seat 
Reaming  striker  point  hole,  to  finish  (hand) 
Countersinking  front  end  in  lathe 
Facing  rear  end  in  lathe 
Clamp  milling  handle    (Watershop) 
Turning  body,   roughing 

Turning  lugs,  front  and  rear,  and  front  of  handle 
on  bolt 

Turning  body  to  finish 
Burring 

Milling    body,    under    side    and    top    of    handle,    and 
extracting  cam 

Milling  right  and  left  side  of  safety  lug 
Milling  right  and  left  side  of  locking  lugs 
Hand  milling  to  remove  stock  left  by  operations  12 
and  13 

Hand   milling   front   end   of  bottom   lug   and   top   of 
locking  lugs 

Milling  rear  of  handle  to  gage 
Group  capacity 

Hand  milling  sides  of  locking  lugs 
Removing  burrs  from  rear  lugs  and  under  handle 
Stamping  stock  mark 
Hand  milling  rear  corners  of  rear  lug 


32 
16-19% 
DD 
21-28-29 

25-26 
FF 
GG 
M 
32%-33 
22 
27 
34 
35 
31 
37 
38 

JJ 
39 

44 
40-41 
LL 

44% 
45-45% 
46 
47 
KK 

58 
59 
64 
53 
54 
55 
56 
52 
57 
65 


Drilling  gas  and  bolt  stop  pin  holes 
Turning   bevel,    front   end,   and   for  extractor   collar 
Removing  burrs  from  extractor-collar  groove 
Milling   and    counterboring   for    sleeve,    and   milling; 
for  safety  lock 

Profiling  extractor  cam,  rough  and  finish 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  28  with  facing  tooi 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  21,  filing 
Hand  milling  for  cock-notch 
Hand  milling  tor  sleeve  lock 
Hand  milling  top  of  handle 
Hand  milling  extractor  groove 
Hand  milling  sleeve   stop 
Hand  milling  for  sleeve  lock 
Tapping  for  sleeve 

Hand  milling  for  cocking  cam,  roughing 
Hand  milling  for  cocking  cam  to  finish 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  38  with  reamer 
Milling  to  remove  stock,  front  end  (run  with  opera- 
tions 20  and  46) 

Hand  milling  top  of  upper  locking  lug 
Hand  milling  ejector  slot  top  and  bottom 
Removing  burrs  from  well  with  reamer 
Removing  burrs  with  hand  tool,  rear  of  front  lugs 
Counterboring  for  head  space,  rough  and  finish 
Milling  front  end  to  finish 

Profiling  to  finish   (matching  head  and  space) 
Removing    burrs    left    by    operation    46    with    hand 
space   tool 
Bending  handle 
Reaming    firing-pin    hole 

Filing  cam,  fitting  to  receiver  and  general  cornering 
Casehardening 

Assembling  with  extractor  collar 
Freeing  extractor  collar  in  speed  lathe 
Filing  ears  of  extractor  collar 
Polishing  surface 

Burring  bolt  stop  notches   (with  oilstone) 
Brownine 


[81] 


ant  working  point  and  is  used  on  nearly  all  future  opera-  position.  These  parts  and  the  back  end  of  {he  bolt  give 
tiohs.  The  body  is  turned  with  relation  to  this  surface,  the  measuring  points  from  which  all  the  other  parts  are 
bo  that  the  handle  will  come  to  its  seat  in  the  correct     gaged  when  making  the  various  inspections   required. 


$^;j/tf;/////////////////////////////////7?. 


*/////w//////;/;//;;»/;/ww7Z 


MAIN  OPERATIONS   ON  BOLT 


A — Body.  Operations  8  and  9 
B — Handle.  Operations?  and  58 
C — Upper  locking  lug.  Oper- 
ations 14,  15,  24  and  44 
D — Lower  locking  lug 
E — Safety  lug.  Operations  10 
and  13 


F — Extractor  cam.    Operations 

25  and  26 
G — Extractor     collar     groove. 

Operations    16    and  .  19  Ms 
H — Extractor  groove.     Op 

tion  27 


Jpera- 


I — Sleeve    lock    notch 
ations   32  Vj    and   33 

J — Ejector  groove.    Operations 
40   and    41 

K — Sleeve    stop.      Operation  34 

L — Under  side  of  handle.  Oper- 
ation 12 


Oper-     M — Cocking   cam.     Operations 
37  and  38 
N — Firing-pin  hole.   Operation 

2 
O — Striker  hole.  Operation  3% 
P — Striker   point   hole.     Oper- 
ation AA 


OPERATION  A.  BLOCKING  FROM  BILLET 
Transformation — Fig.  565-A.  Number  of  Operators— One. 
Description  of  Operation— Blocking  from  bar,  breaking  down 
and  bending.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used— Billings  & 
Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer,  two  dies  and  bending  block  at 
right.  Fig.  566.     Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A-l.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Pickling:  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water,  same  as  on 
the  receiver;  the  pickling  time  varies  from  10  to  15  min.,  the 
same  as  on  the  receiver.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
Wooden  pickling  tanks  and  wire-mesh  baskets.  Note — This 
is  to  be  discontinued,  but  the  same  process  will  form  opera- 
tions D-l  and  G-l. 

OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 

Note — Abandoned. 

OPERATION  D.    DROPPING   TO   FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  567.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Dropping  to  finish.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — 800-lb.  Billings  &  Spencer  drop  hammer 
and  one  pair  of  drop  dies.     Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D-l.    PICKLING 
Note — Same  as  operation  A-l. 

OPERATION  E.  TRIMMING 
Transformation — F_ig.  568.  Machine  Used — Perkins  back- 
geared  press,  3-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Trimming  punch  and  die 
punch  have  a  square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Die  set 
in  shoe  and  held  by  setscrews.  Stripping  Mechanism — None; 
pushed  through  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 50,000  pieces. 
Lubricant — None.  Production — 600  per  hr.  Note — One  oper- 
ation only  on  trimming. 

OPERATION  G.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
This  is  annealed  in  powdered  charcoal  in  iron  pots  at  a  tem- 
perature of  820  deg.  C.  (1.508  deg.  F.);  the  heat  is  shut  off 
gradually  as  the  temperature  approaches  the  prescribed  limit 
and  is  allowed  to  cool  slowly.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  oil-burning  furnaces,  same  as  on 
receiver. 

OPERATION  G-l.    SECOND  PICKLING 
Note — Same  as  operation  D-l. 

OPERATION  F.  DROPPING  TO  FINISH  AND  TWIST 
Transformation — Fig.  569.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Dropping  and  twist.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer,  dies 
shown  in  Fig.  570.  Production — 100  per  hr.  Note — First  twist 
of  handle  is  done  in  foot  vise,  to  allow  bolt  to  sit  in  dies 
without  rocking. 

OPERATION  1.  MILLING  ENDS 
Transformation— Fig.  571.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Fig.  572.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise.  Fig. 
573;  work  located  endwise  against  hardened  stop  A;  cam  D 
draws  swiveling  jaw  C  with  the  work  against  the  fixed  jaw  B. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two 
side-milling  cutters.  Fig.  574.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put 
on  by  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000 
pieces.     Gages — Fig.  675.     Production — 20   per  hr. 


Owing  to  the  right-angle  bend  that  the  handle  makes 
with  the  body  of  the  bolt,  the  breaking-down  operation 
is  quite  important;  then,  too,  the  bend  in  the  handle 
itself  requires  careful  attention. 

The  drilling  resembles  the  work  on  the  gun  barrels, 
except  that  a  vertical  instead  of  a  horizontal  machine 
is  used  and  the  hole  is  much  shorter.  The  form  of 
drill  employed  is  practically  the  same  as  that  used  for 
the  barrels. 

The  machining  of  the  bolts,  however,  has  a  number  of 
interesting  features  that  are  not  commonly  found  in 
ordinary  machining  operations.  These  are  the  methods 
used  in  turning  the  handle  and  the  body  of  the  bolt, 
as  well  as  the  outside  of  the  locking  lugs. 

The  handle  is  machined  by  what  is  in  reality  a  turn- 
ing operation,  using  two  formed  cutting  tools,  one  at 
the  back  and  one  at  the  front.  These  tools  are  forced 
onto  the  work  by  means  of  right-  and  left-hand  screws, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  599,  the  tools  themselves  being  shown 
in  detail  in  Fig.  600.  The  bolt  itself  is  held  with  a  handle 
in  line  with  the  center  of  the  lathe,  by  a  special  chuck 
that  locates  the  hole  in  the  bolt  at  right  angles  to  the 
handle  and  drives  it  for  the  turning,  or  "clamp  milling," 
as  it  is  called  here.  This  is  done  in  a  special  machine 
belonging  to  the  lathe  family  and  built  at  the  Hill  shops. 

The  body  is  turned  in  millers  of  the  Lincoln  type, 
the  bolt  being  driven  by  the  miller  spindle  and  supported 
at  the  outer  end  by  a  special  center,  as  shown  in  Fig.  603. 
The  tool  is  held  on  the  table  of  the  miller  and  fed  under 
the  work  by  the  regular  table  feed.  The  cutter  is  of 
the  regular  flat  forming  type,  made  in  sections  to  pass 
to  each  side  of  the  safety  lug  and  with  the  cutting  edge 
at  an  angle  to  give  a  shearing  cut.  This  is  shown  in 
Fig.  606.  The  lubricating  of  this  broad  cut  is  something 
of  a  problem,  especially  if  the  stock  is  tough,  as  some- 
times happens.  Both  cutting  oils  and  soda  cutting  com- 
pound are  used,  depending  on  the  stock  to  be  cut.  In 
some  cases  the  compound  answers  best  and  gives  a  smooth. 


[82] 


bright  finish;  in  others  the  addition  of  more  or  less  oil 
gives  better  results.  In  all  cases  the  work  is  flooded  for 
best  results. 

The  diameter  of  the  body  is  quite  important,  as  it 
fits  the  small  arcs  of  the  well  hole,  or  bore,  of  the  receiver 
left  by  the  various  milling  operations.  This  guides  the 
bolt  in  its  action,  while  the  lugs  slide  through  their 
respective  slots  and  lock  against  their  shoulders  in  the 


FIG.57Z 


receiver.  These  lugs  are  faced  by  the  same  cutters  as 
turn  the  body,  which  locates  them  in  proper  relation  to 
the  handle  and  the  end  of  the  holt. 

The  lugs  are  milled  with  relation  to  the  body,  both 
in  order  to  serve  the  proper  thickness  and  to  blend  with 
the  round  body  of  the  bolt  itself.  This  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  accurately  locate  the  bolt  with  relation  to  the  cut- 
ter, and  even  then  requires  a  slight  amount  of  drawfiling. 


[83] 


Profiling  the  cards  on  the  lugs,  and  also  the  sleeve 
stop  at  the  handle  end  of  the  bolt,  are  interesting 
operations.  In  fact,  the  functions  performed  by  the 
various  portions  of  the  bolt  make  it  a  very  important 
piece  of  mechanism  in  the  operation  of  the  rifle.  Its 
proper  action  makes  the  arm  extremely  effective  and 
its  failure  renders  it  useless.  In  this  connection  the 
ease  with  which  the  bolt,  firing  pin  and  cocking  piece 
can  be  disassembled  and  rendered  useless  is  one  of  the 
good,  even  brilliant  features  of  its  design. 

The  drilling  of  the  firing-pin  hole  as  performed  in 
operation  2  is  another  example  of  the  use  of  simple  fix- 
tures in  connection  with  Pratt  &  Whitney  upright  drills. 
The  cutting  speed  on  the  work  is  600  r.p.m.  and  that  the 
cut  is  rather  severe  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  fifteen 
pieces  only  are  averaged  to  a  grinding.  The  drilling  of 
the  striker  hole  in  operation  3y2  is  not  as  severe  a  test 
as  the  above  on  the  endurance  of  the  cutting  edge  of  the 
tool,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  a  speed  of  900  r.p.m.  is  used 
with  the  same  feed  as  above.     This  latter  operation  is 

OPERATION  2.  DRILLING  FIRING-PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  576.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney upright  drill.  Fig.  577.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— 10.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drilling  fixture,  Fig.  578. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  held  in  collet  by  setscrew  in 
carriage  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Barrel  drill.  Fig.  579. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m.;  A-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil. 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 15 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  580.  Production — 3  per  hr.  per  machine; 
30  per  hr.  per  operator. 

OPERATION    3%.    DRILLING    STRIKER    HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  581.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney barrel  driller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Three. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Revolving  fixture,  Fig.  582.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Setscrew  in  carriage  of  machine.  Cutting 
Tools — Barrel  drill,  Fig.  583.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  900  r.p.m.;  A-in.  min.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 35  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.   584.     Production — 12  per  hr.  per  machine. 


Cut  Teeth  on  Sides  and  Face,  36  Teeth 
FIG574 

OPERATION    I 


F1G575 


© 


V 


'""  '9  7"  "WW\  J  '"6?aMd~Joint*>_jL 


^         \Axy0.l"    *—-3.7"Tapersa00l5:'- >|         >toj?  Tube  fo  be  soldered  in plac&   §  § 

K--~ 4.9' - -^  U....17.6". 

It   ■ 


H-JC 


k — 


2555  — 

riO.  579    OPERATION   2 


FIG.  580 


■  H'JHtlg 


FIG.  577 
OPERATION   2 


FIG.  582 
OPERATION   3</2 


an  adaptation  of  the  barrel-drilling  machine  for  com- 
paratively short-hole  drilling.  Apparently  it  is  capable 
of  rather  a  high  rate  of  production  on  this  class  of  work 
and  may  be  said  to  do  this  job  efficiently  although  pos- 


sibly not  from  the  viewpoint  of  floor-space  efficiency, 
considering  that  the  larger  part  of  the  bed  of  the  machine 
is  not  utilized.  It  is,  however,  a  very  good  example  of  the 
adaptation  of  work  to  machines  intended  primarily  for 


[84] 


Ffi 


rrl 

'  B   i 


SB^Sfc: 


— qb>-         '@-m 


FIG.  578  n-tf-  >| 

OPERATION     2 


«       FIG.  583 


FIG.  584- 
OPERATION 


H 


w/;;w/»w>;m^^^^^^ 


swpprv 

Kffl»    !!i!!'.!!'.ir 


fell 

li  1 1 1."'. 


"1 

s 

i*...* 

-T'' 

1 
1 
1 

1      r^ 

o 

*      "S 

J.  ■ 

o 

tt 

lsl 

t*  I. /O  't"*   "" ******  *0. 3  "J""  -——■--——■— — ..——.....—  ._........^j  _n 


7,?5 


FIG.  586 


Col  let 


1 kfl/  i 


-7.25" 
Collet 


5.5' 


-4.75" 


>i 

:-.::::-:a 


4  Fltrres.SQ/rul,RH. 
htrnjnSSrRK.  «. 


Lib  f 


fl/7/A        2pufes.sfraia/TtKH.    <s 


^ 


-TZ 


^P3  T  @ 


H - l#~- H  h *.**_ 

Striker  Body  Reamer  Striker  Point  'Reamer 

FIG.  588  B 


I* ■2.04-—Ao.5'V ■—2.85" — >|fl'.-*k- 

I— -"» mn * 


V- 2l" ->Wk"-' •'— 5.5 

K - 


FIO.  389A 


■■—v^-li    -A 

-7,5" - *1 

stccu,  (Harden) 


^■Harden        ^ 


|<- 25    - >\ 


U 242"- Hfl'1< 2.85 

-5.77" 


STCCL 
FIG.  589  B 


.-Hfl5|<-- 


«     <s  "?*  Alarden 

da 


FIG.  589  C 


Y-----2.5"- 
>/'.-♦! 


H— -— 527'-—- H^srca. 

FIG.  589  E 


OPERATION     43 


STCCL.  (harden) 
FIG.  589  0 


OPERATION  43.  DRILLING  AND  SHAPING  STRIKER  SEAT 
Transformation — Fig.  585.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine,  16-in.,  Fig.  586;  machining  diagram. 
Fig.  586-A.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Revolving  fixture,  Fig.  587.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Drills  in  turret  of  machine.  Cutting 
Tools — Two     drills,     one     countersink,     one     bottoming     drill 


and  two  small  drills,  Fig.  588;  A,  drill  holder  for  striker  point 
hole;  B,  reaming  striker  point  hole.  Cut  Data — Speed,  640 
r.p.m.  and  320  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grlndings — 300  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  589;  A  depth  of  straight  part;  B,  depth  on  curve; 
C,  size  and  direction;  D,  position  of  striker  point  hole;  10, 
diameters  and  depth.     Production — 75   per  hr. 


[85] 


- — . 


-«£l 


FI0.59O 


0227' No.  I  Wire       ^  Teeth,  Fight  Hand  at  each  end 


TT 


'*^  -^1 


~f 


S-d  iW^Vaow-V  h 


FI6.59I 


l*~ ™-w'- -A 

OPERATION  5 


End  View 

(.Enlarged) 


( 


FI6.592 


FIS.595 


J 


FIG.593 


End  of 
Spindle.^ 


at 


Reed  Lathe  Taper-- 
k— — - 'SWF'" 


-H — " — iW 


-->K- 


U-  art? 


■4  0/7  6roovra 

■20"--        ••-*     6Teeth,r?ighirbnd    ^    ■"'"^ 
FIG.594 


OPERATION  6 


(•-"•I 


FIG.60I 


OPERATION  7 


[86] 


FIG.  605 


Cutter  for  /toughing 


i — i 


S= 


Si 

4    !       I     ' 

-;-i   I      !    ! 

H  IP30 

P" 


<!_£> 


FIG.  605 


rP+      i  i    VS^    T'T      p 

M      1  i      R 

FIG.  605 


J£^ 


FIG.  604 


FIG.  606 
OPERATION 

OPERATION  AA.    REAMING  STRIKER  POINT  HOLE  TO 
FINISH    (HAND) 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Reaming  striker  point  hole  to  finish,  by  hand.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Ueed — Hand  reamer.  Production — 350  per  hr. 
Note — Striker  body  Is  0.28-in.  diameter  and  striker  point  Is 
0.075-in.  diameter. 
OPERATION  5.    COUNTERSINKING  FRONT  END  IN  LATHE 

Transformation — Fig.  590.  Machine  Used — Prentice  speed 
lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Cutting 
Tools — Countersink,  Fig.  591.  Coolant — Cutting  oil  applied 
with  brush.  Gages — None.  Production — 175  per  hr.  Note — 
Same  as  operation  6,  except  tool  used. 

OPERATION  6.  FACING  REAR  END  IN  LATHE 
Transformation — Fig.  592.  Machine  Used — Prentice  speed 
lathe,  14-ln.,  Fig.  593.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pilot  and  center  in 
tailstock,  Fig.  593.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  594.'  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  595. 
Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.  CLAMP  MILLING  HANDLE 
Transformation — Fig.  596.  Machine  Used — Machine  built 
at  the  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  to  driver,  Fig.  598, 
which  screws  on  spindle  nose.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Special 
holder,  Fig.  599.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutters,  Fig.  600.  Num- 
ber   of    Cuts — One.      Cut    Data — Speed,    70    r.p.m.;    hand    feed. 

other  purposes.  When  this  can  be  done  as  effectively  as 
is  done  in  this  case,  it  reduces  the  number  of  idle  machines 
in  the  plant,  thus  actually  increases  the  per  square  foot 
floor-space  operating  efficiency  of  the  plant  as  a  whole. 
The  drilling  and  shaping  of  the  striker  seat  is  an  in- 
teresting job,  partly  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of  sup- 
porting the  tools  which  must  have  considerable  overhang 
in  order  to  reach  the  portion  of  the  work  which  is  to  be 
machined.  The  use  of  a  pilot  on  the  spotting  drill  shown 
in  Fig.  586A  tends  to  reduce  this  overhang  materially 
and  insures  at  least  that  the  center  is  spotted  in  correct 
relation  to  the  bore  of  the  bolt.    The  same  principle  of 


W.  .....37  ....... .^..-u m 

arf-i-iyi  •  06975'"-" ':•%  L.  04  $ 

-1  Trigger  Sam     ISlTgl^* 


0.502 


(<-.- 
!«.... 


-2.1 


Loco-re  Holes  from  Jigs    „ 
Counterbore  Screw  Holes  0.3  Deep 


**04&  $§3         f>M*|  ■•\04* 
k-//-->4            ,    U--U'-* 
""f "-—*' H  STCCL 

"•  •• 6 - ^Harden) 

FIG.  607 


Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 50  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  601;  A,  diameter 
of  ball;  B,  double  snap  gage  for  taper  handle;  C,  squaring 
handle  with  body.     Production — 45  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.  TURNING  BODY,  ROUGHING 
Transformation — Fig.  602.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Fig.  603;  the  dead  center  Is  con- 
trolled by  lever  A  and  held  in  place  by  strap  B,  which  is  swung 
in  and  out  of  place  easily;  the  center  is  tightened  by  screw  C. 
Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Two.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Held  on  centers.  Fig.  604,  driven  by  handle.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — In  holder  on  carriage  of  machine.  Fig.  605. 
Cutting  Tools — Form  cutter,  Fig.  606.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200 
pieces.     Gages — Fig.   607.     Production — 25   per  hr. 

OPERATION  10.  TURNING  LUGS,  FRONT  AND  REAR, 
AND  FRONT  OF  HANDLE 

Transformation — Fig.  608.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  centers,  Fig.  609. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Holder  on  carriage  of  machine.  Fig. 
610.  Cutting  Tools — Facing  cutters,  Fig.  <U1.  Number  of  Cuts 
— One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  flooded  with  five  %-ln.  streams.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  612;  A.  rear 
of  front  lugs  from  rear  end;  B,  rear  of  rear  lug  from  rear  end; 
C,  front  of  rear  lug  from  rear  end;  D,  front  of  handle  from 
rear  end;  E,  squaring  lugs.     Production — 25  per  hr. 

piloting  the  tool  by  the  bolt  bore  is  followed  with  the  pin- 
hole drill  and  the  reamer  shown  in  the  same  illustration. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  chip  clearance  is  provided  by  means 
of  grooves  on  the  sides  of  the  pilots  on  these  tools. 

Operation  10  is  a  good  example  of  how  the  miller  can 
be  induced  to  turn  out  lathe  work  to  advantage.  The 
miller  characteristic  of  a  rotating  tool  is  dispensed  with, 
and  the  cutting  tools  are  held  in  the  block  shown  in 
Fig.  610,  this  being  mounted  upon  the  miller  table  and' 
advanced  with  its  multiple  tools  into  the  rotating  work. 
This  arrangement  gives  a  powerful  drive  combined  with 
great  rigidity,  turning  out  25  pieces  per  hour. 


[87] 


<- 


>fi& 


\% 


7*Harden  «       X — 


/ton**'  p-|-i»3"— ^K^-/g 


I 


K- 


'-  — 4&---195"-  —  '- 


.^* J*i*?v3«  .l25!.  _>j 

6.5? A 

FIG.  6I2A 
k Z.P5"- ->) 

»(< -3.525"- *-;— 

KK-/75  ^v^W- 

*! yEfc. — *-*rrrr: 


-5.725"- 


Fit  to  Template 
H   ^0.25     |  k 

—A* 


YY     


~S3 


~  0?>i--.M^H--l.25 


u.:..: 


4<—-2375"--—>} 
—-2375"- d 


0.25-TTi   Y---I25-. 
05<Jk 2.5 


~y%%W&%?%&$9>. 


STEEL 


FIG.  609 


*.5*----->l 

K £55™  -^ 

FIG.6I2B 
; 6.875"-  — ; ♦» 

515 *tf~i<7U'—372S   


i       i 
I I 


Li'  I  ?,_  !  !■_!    Li  1  i    i 


Mfc  §®i  $®i  ^  !  !  i 

'-<,i  ■   :v~-r-i     'Shi  i l 


555552 


=f 


era- 


easi 


T^ 


tri- 


qpsBgmg,   isgia  g. 


H~t     v-f      't-v 


08 


2.525-"  —  >)<-- 3.725- 

Tlx ~*F- x|    L 


FIG.  610 


(  T 


Cd|2.      j 
k-----2J  ---->! 

FIG.6I2D 


f  "7 


^j  i 


R 


V^4i7i>V5!ik        oififc- 


te,& 


AI 


Mk-em 


<:         -JtU*    •'>Uo°}o'\o'30^-     > 


0.4375 


FiG.en 


04375 


045. 


}375"\ 


I 


OPERATION      10 


k?5iy>|      STEEL 

'  (Harden) 


FIG.ei2E 


■►fe/l^- 


[88] 


Operations  on  the  Bolt — {Continued) 


The  turning  of  the  body  on  Lincoln  millers  shows  an 
interesting  adaptation  of  that  very  useful  machine,  the 
roughing  and  finishing  cutters  being  shown  in'  detail  in 
Figs.  610  and  616,  and  careful  study  of  the  work  will  be 
amply  repaid. 

OPERATIONS  16  AND  19%.  TURNING  BEVEL,  FRONT  END 
Transformation — Fig.  613.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  type  miller,  same  as  turning  body.  Fig.  603. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— On  centers.  Fig.  614.  Tool-Holding  Devices — In  holder 
on  carriage  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Plain  turning  tools, 
similar  to  Fig.  606.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages 
—Fig.  615;  A,  diameter  of  extractor  collar;  B,  distance;  C, 
location  of  bevel  from  end;  the  arm  is  hinged  and  brought 
down  on  the  bolt  after  it  is  slipped  on  the  stud.  Production — 
25  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.  TURNING  BODY  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  602.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller,  same  as  Fig.  603.  Number  of 
Machines  per  Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
on  centers,  same  as  Fig.  604.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Held  in 
holder  on  carriage  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutter, 
Fig.  616.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oii,  five  %-in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — See  Fig. 
607.     Production — 20  per  hr.  per  machine. 

OPERATION  11.    BURRING  REAR  END  OF  WELL  HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  burrs  thrown  up  by  turning  operation.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 400  per  hr 

OPERATION  12.  MILLING  BODY,  UNDER  SIDE  AND  TOP 
OF  HANDLE  AND  EXTRACTING  CAM  COLLAR 
Transformation — Fig.  617.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  forms  by  finger  A  and 
clamped  at  ends  by  cams  B,  Fig.  618;  one  bolt  is  held  in  each 
position,  so  opposite  sides  of  two  bolts  are  milled  at  one  set- 
tlng.    Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.    Cutting  Tools — 

•Copyright,  1916,  Hill  Publishing  Co. 


Formed  milling  cutters,  Fig.  619.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  two 
%-m.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  620;  A,  under  side  and  top  of  han- 
dle; B,  diameter  of  collar;  C,  radius  of  corner  top  of  han- 
dle;  D,  thickness  of  handle.     Production — 25  per   hr.     Note 

Under  side  of  handle  becomes  the  working  point  in  lUiure 
operations. 


Trigger Screw 
33  STEEL  (Harden) 

FIG  615  A 


steel  (Harden) 
OPERATION  I6SI9J      riG  61  SB 


fig.  eia 


40  Taeth,  straight.  LH. 
FIG. 619 


[89] 


The  bolt  of  the  Springfield  rifle,  in  common  with  that 
of  almost  all  other  military  rifles  in  use  today,  performs 
many  and  varied  functions.  All  designers  seem  to  have 
centered  on  this  type  of  action  as  against  the  rolling 
breech  block  and  other  mechanism  for  getting  the  cart- 
ridge in  and  out  of  the  firing  chamber  of  the  barrel. 

The  withdrawal  of  the  bolt  extracts  the  cartridge  case, 
from  the  chamber  and  carries  it  back  until  it  is  forced 
out  by  the  ejector  in  the  side  of  the  receiver.     The  new 


fit  to  Template 


C?>,  M--/./5-H 


a/99>\  t* 


V-H*- -4.25"- -*\ 


Z375"— 


steel 
no.  «20* 


chamber  of  the  rifle  is  about  51,000  lb.  per  sq.in.,  we 
can  see  the  necessity  for  using  steel  of  high  grade  and 
for  accurate  machining  of  parts  that  withstand  this 
shock. 

The  machining  operations  are,  for  the  most  part,  per- 
formed in  pairs,  as  will  be  seen.  In  such  cases  it  will 
usually  be  found  that  operations  are  combined  by  having 
the  top  of  one  bolt  milled  in  one  part  of  the  fixture  and 
the  bottom  of  another  bolt  milled  in  the  other  pair  of 

(oYti filBBBl  ART 

U—l.  75*  -H  C75*K- 1.5"-  -A  * 1.  ^STEEL 

H 4'- >)  -H  0.65"V  (Harden) 

STEEL( Harden)  "G.620^  & 


c 


L, 3.7.5" A*Z25 >r 

t<"  "      STEEL  (Harden) "~ 

rio.620D 


i 


OPERATION'  12 


FIG.  625 


STCCL( harden) 
FIG.  625  A 


FIG.625B 


OPERATION     15 


OPERATION  13.    MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  SIDE   OF   SAFETY  LUG 


Transformation — Fig.  621.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  forms  clamped  on  ends. 
Figs.  622  and  623.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting   Tools — Milling   cutter,    Fig.    624.      Number   of   Cuts — 


One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  two  M  -in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  625;  A,  width;  B,  finger 
gage  for  contour;  a  clamp  holds  bolt  while  the  various  fingers 
measure  the  different  parts  of  the  bolt.  Production — 25  per  hr. 


cartridge  is  either  put  into  the  receiver  by  hand  or  fed 
up  from  the  magazine  below,  depending  on  the  position 
of  the  cutoff.  The  forward  motion  of  the  bolt  pushes 
the  cartridge  into  the  chamber  of  the  barrel  and,  when 
it  is  turned  down,  locks  the  forward  lugs  against  the  cor- 
responding shoulder  of  the  receiver,  so  that  both  the  bolt 
and  the  receiver  must  withstand  the  shock  or  impact  of 
the  explosion  of  the  cartridge  in  discharging  its  bullet. 
WTien  it  is  considered  that  the  powder  pressure  in  the 


jaws.  This  practically  finishes  the  bolt,  so  far  as  the 
lugs  are  concerned,  if  that  happens  to  be  the  operation 
being  performed. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  plain  cam  is  usually  em- 
ployed for  locking  the  work  in  the  fixture.  This  is  some- 
times modified  by  combining  the  cam  with  a  sliding  finger, 
when  this  enables  the  work  to  be  handled  more  quickly 
in  and  out  of  the  jig.  Other  forms  of  swinging  clamps 
are  also  employed,  notably  in  operation  36,  Figs.  670 


]90] 


and  671.  Here  the  clamping  piece  A  can  be  swung  clear 
of  everything  by  means  of  the  long  link  on  which  it  is 
hung,  while  the  actual  locking  is  accomplished  by  the 
cam  surface  on  the  inside  of  the  hook. 

The  odd  shape  of  the  bolt,  with  the  handle  at  right 
angles  to  the  center  line  of  the  body,  in  addition  to  the 
bend  in  the  handle  itself,  makes  it  a  somewhat  difficult 
piece  to  hold  for  some  of  the  operations.  These  diffi- 
culties are,  however,  overcome  in  various  ways,  as  can 
be  observed. 

Some  of  the  operations  are  seemingly  very  trivial  from 
the  machining  point  of  view,  and  yet  each  must  be  done 


shows  clearly  how  the  bolt  is  held  in  the  fixture  with 
the  front  end  projecting  so  as  to  be  accessible  to  the 
cutter,  while  at  the  same  time  it  is  substantially  sup- 
ported against  the  thrust  of  the  cutter,  so  as  to  prevent 
vibration  with  its  attendant  chatter.  The  methods  of 
rotating  on  the  trunnions  CC  by  means  of  the  handle  D 
can  be  clearly  seen,  the  amount  of  movement  being  gov- 
erned by  adjustable  stops,  one  of  which  is  shown  in  front 
of  the  lever. 

The  milling  of  what  may  be  called  the  back  or  neutral 
part  of  the  lugs  to  conform  with  the  body  of  the  bolt  itself 
involves  the  use  of  hand  millers  and  formed  milling  cutters 


26  Teeth,  straight,  LM 
TIG  630 


TIG.  629A 


OPERATION      14 


■ft—- 5.75"  ■-  Xc-    -2.25" Jg 

U    «'.-- ....^ 


riG.651 


OPERATION   14.    MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  SIDE  OF  LOCKING  LUGS 


Transformation — Fig.  626.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  with  side  and  end  clamps. 
Figs.  627  and  628.  details  in  Fig.  629;  fingers  A  hold  swing  over 
work,    which   stops  against   B;   cams   C   hold   at   ends.     Tool- 


Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  sets 
radius  cutters.  Fig.  630.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m.;  %-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  two  14 -In.  streams.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  631, 
diameter  of  body;  see  also  Fig.  625.    Production — 25  per  hr. 


in  the  proper  place  and  to  the  proper  size  to  match  in 
with  some  of  the  many  functions  that  the  bolt  must  per- 
form. The  small  cam  cuts  in  the  end  of  the  bolt,  both 
for  the  cocking  piece  and  for  the  sleeve  lock,  are  good 
examples  of  operations  of  this  kind. 

The  type  of  rotating  fixture  that  is  largely  employed  in 
this  work  is  shown  in  Pig.  636,  this  particular  opera- 
tion being  the  hand  milling  of  the  front  end  of  the  bot- 
tom lug  and  the  top  of  the  locking  lug.    This  illustration 


to  secure  the  proper  contour.  Even  then  it  is  not  always 
easy  to  have  the  cuts  blend  into  the  curve  of  the  turned 
body,  as  a  slight  eccentricity  or  a  slight  misadjustment 
sidewise  will  affect  the  proper  joining  of  the  curves. 

And  with  all  these  irregular  shapes  there  is  the  con- 
stant gaging  so  that  all  parts  may  have  not  only  the 
correct  size  and  shape,  but  the  proper  relation  to  tho 
other  parts,  the  under  side  of  the  handle  and  the  back 
end  being  the  two  important  gaging  points. 


[91] 


In  this  connection  the  use  of  what  may  be  called  finger 
gages  can  be  clearly  seen.  One  type  of  these  is  shown 
in  Fig.  615-C.  Here  the  stud  slips  inside  the  firing-pin 
rod  hole  to  the  shoulder  at  the  back,  the  finger  being  held 
out  of  the  way  until  the  gage  is  in  place.  Then  the  finger 
is  lowered  onto  the  work  and  gages  both  the  bevel  of  the 
front  end  and  its  distance  from  the  shoulder  at  the  rear. 

OPERATION  19.  HAND  MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK 
LEFT  BY  OPERATIONS  12  AND  13 
Transformation — Fig.  632.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise;  jaws  clamped  on  end.  Fig.  633.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Radius  mill- 
ing cutter,  Fig.  634.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
300  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  ,',,-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Pro- 
duction— 70  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  15  AND  24.  HAND  MILLING  FRONT  END  OF 
BOTTOM  DUG  AND  TOP  OF  LOCKING  LUGS 
Transformation — Fig.  635.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices- — Rotating  fixture.  Fig.  636;  work  held  by 
finger  A;  plate  B  is  rotated  on  trunnion  CC  by  handle  D. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutters,  Fig.  637.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
85  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -f,  -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  638;  A,  front  end  of  bottom  lug,  radius  and  distance; 
B,  height  of  safety  lug.     Production — 75  per  hr. 


FIG.  633 


E2i 

U-/.Z5-'J 
12  Teeth  L.H. 
FIG. 634 


OPERATJQN_l9 


- 8.0' 


>i 


mm 


=eze 


trJoint  Screw 


ssr. <tf^;:*j<...../37j-.'..>| 


qa'r. 


joint   <®h-[r\  ? 


T 

"Vvj 


k! 

to 


G2^1  K 


^    04  R. 


J 
S3 


t 


j_f*_j_ 


649  -^zrJ*^ 


t ™ Harden**- 


— -t-w1^ 

— I-Jyl 


aizs'  STEEL 

OAsU 


•HMVf  „'.J         (Harden) 


ISTh'ds.  per  Inch'' 


fH-£sr!»| 


>t 


Fit  to  Templet 


t 


•»K23l<-     ->Ja3 


* 


■>\    H0Z4I 


*\045t* 

k — 1£ — h« — i/l— *j*-a/~*| 

k u: .^ 

B 

FI6.638 
OPERATION  15&  24 


Another  type  of  finger  gage  is  shown  in  Fig.  625.  This 
might  perhaps  be  called  the  cross-finger  type,  from  the 
location  of  the  finger  and  the  way  in  which  it  is  used. 
The  fingers,  as  can  be  seen  in  Fig.  625-B,  serve  to  gage 
the  shape  of  the  lugs  and  of  the  body  at  various  points. 

The  bolt  is  located  in  Vs  with  relation  to  the  under 
side  of  the  handle,  and  the  yarious  fingers  are  dropped 
into  place  as  required.  Suitable  stops  are  placed  to 
hold  them  in  proper  position.  If  they  touch  the  stops 
before  making  contact  with  the  work,  the  bolt  is  too  small 
at  that  point,  and  vice  versa.  It  will  also  be  noticed  that 
there  are  a  pair  of  vertical  fingers  near  the  handle.  These 


stop  against  a  suitable  projection  so  as  to  gage  the  sides 
of  the  safety  lug  at  the  same  time  the  horizontal  fingers 
are  gaging  the  other  portion. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  V  gage,  or  gages  with  V  open- 
ings for  centering  the  work,  are  used  to  a  considerable 
extent,  one  instance  being  shown  in  Fig.  638.  This  gages 
the  radius  of  the  bottom  lug  or  its  height  from  the  body 
and  presupposes  the  body  being  the  correct  diameter. 
Other  gages  for  a  somewhat  similar  purpose  use  the  center 
hole  as  the  guiding  point. 

Few  pointer  or  indicating  gages  are  used,  although  one 
is  shown  in  Fig.  657.     The  tendency  is  toward  positive 


[92] 


781eeth,5pimt,R.H.!tijmin4l.»'  . 
Teeth  cut  LH.  on  face  and  leftside 


ha  L 

ilr- 

Lifflla 

FI6.  643 


FIS.  640 


O  p  e   r  a  t 


F16.  641 


■HOBr* 


FI6.647 


FIG.646 


OPERATION  48 


a-J-'-y— g<  *" 


FI6.652 


STEB.(Harden) 
OPERATION  23 


OPERATION  20.  MILLING  REAR  OP  HANDLE  TO  GAGE 
Transformation — Fig.  639.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  clamped  to  block  In  up- 
right position.  Fig.  640;  details  in  Fig.  641;  double  fixtures  are 
also  used.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Two  side-milling  cutters,  Fig.  642.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed.  60  r.p.m.;  %-Tn.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil,  put  on  by  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
—2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  643,  thickness.  Production— 25 
per  hr. 


OPERATION  48.  HAND  MILLING  SIDES  OF  LOCKING  LUGS 
Transformation — Fig.  644.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Forms  and  vise  jaws,  Fig.  645;  details  in 
Fig.  646.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Two  milling  cutters,  Fig.  647.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  300  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  by  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  648,  thickness.  Production — 65 
per  hr. 


[93] 


OPERATION 


-2.I-- 
Finger 
stcel  (Harden) 

FIG. 657 


"      ic""r,"L"S-    """" — •Smarm 
\5piralLH ITum u  .  ...»    _.       i. 


k-  -//o'—H      U 1.50"-  -A 

I* J" >J 

IZ  Teeth,  R.  II. 

FIG.  66? 


FIG.  663  6 


»+-•£# 


>K— 
FIG.663B 
OPERATION  21.28.29 


[94] 


gages  or  those  with  direct  readings  instead  of  multiplica- 
tion as  with  a  pointer.  "Feel"  gages,  depending  on  the 
sense  of  touch,  do  not  seem  to  have  found  their  way  into 
the  rifle  field  to  any  great  extent. 

As  has  been  intimated  before,  the  machines  used  are 
not  always  those  which  would  have  been  selected  as  best 

OPERATION  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  REAR  LUGS 

AND  UNDER  HANDLE 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing   burrs    thrown    up   around    lugs   and    under   handle. 

Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File  and  scraper.    Production 

■ — 250  per  hr. 

OPERATION    CC.    STAMPING    STOCK    NUMBER 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Stamping  stock  number  on  under  side  of  safety  lug.     Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Stamp  and  hammer.     Production — 
450  per  hr. 


machines  which  were  already  in  the  shops,  afcd  this  adap- 
tation has  been  very  skillfully  done  in  nearly  every  in- 
stance. 

The  casehardening  of  the  bolt  requires  special  atten- 
tion as  it  must  not  be  too  soft  nor  yet  so  hard  as  to  be 
brittle.    A  hardness  test,  either  by  scleroscope  or  Brinell 

OPERATIONS    21.    28,    29.    HOLLOW    MILLING    AND    COUN- 
TERBORING  FOR  SLEEVE,  AND  MILLING 
FOR  SAFETY  LOCK 
Transformation — Fig.     658.       Machine    Used — Dwight-Slate 
14-in.    three-spindle    upright    drilling    machine.      Number    of 
Operators    per    Machine — One.      Work-Holding    Devices — Ver- 
tical  fixture,   Fig.    659;   for   details  S3e   Fig.    660,   which    holds 
bolt    for    all    three    operations.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Drill 
chuck.      Cutting    Tools — Counterbore,    Fig.    661;    A,    B    and    C, 
counterbores;   hollow   mill,  Fig.   662,  A  and   B  mills  for  safety 
lock.  Cut  Data — Speed  of  hollow  mills,  260  r.p.m.;  of  other  tools, 
540    r.p.m.;    hand    feed.      Coolant — Cutting    oil,    i"j-ln.    stream. 


FIG.665 


FI0.666 


.:l- 


I ''  "s      C\o.us"r.  I 

*  f>  Fit  to  Model,  '-i5°ir\ 

!  i§  0.05-mch  Allowance     \Ji? 
i   S  «       ,- for  Roughing. 


3,    \< us- h 

037  Ry  <S    I  %*    r~!t  to  Template 


— H 


■>io.xt<- 


I  Turn  in  IS 


FI6.667 


w'r  -S    I    . **       , 

0    >A0.65  K-tf -HQffrWU*- 1 7S"->\ 


om'a  k  ,j 


*    1  ■  1  :;>-----= 


H-—im"-~>\ 

STEELfHarden) 
A 


•Joint  Screws 
STEEL  (Steel) 

B 

F16.668 
OPERATION  25  8c  £6 


STEEL(Harden) 

c 


ma' 
J 


K-ar*i 


OPERATION  23.    HAND  MILLING   REAR  CORNER   OF 
REAR  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  649.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in.  up- 
right drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture.  Fig.  650. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill, 
Fig.  651.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -In.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  652, 
angle  of  corner.     Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  32.    DRILLING  GAS  AND  BOLT-STOP 
PIN-HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  653.  Machine  Used — Dwight-Slate 
14-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig.  Fig.  654;  details  in  Fig.  655.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Two  drills;  one.  Fig.  656,  has  a  round- 
ed point  for  bolt-stop  pin  holes.  Cut  Data — Speed,  1,500  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
657,  depth  of  stop-pin  holes.  Production — 75  per  hr. 
OPERATION  DD.  REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  EXTRACTOR- 
COLLAR  GROOVE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  at  extractor  collar.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — File  and  scraper.  Production — 300 
-er  hr. 


Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  663;  A,  limit  gage  for  counterbore;  B,  location  of  safety 
lock;  C,  depth  of  hollow  milling  at  end.   Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  25  AND  26.  PROFILING  EXTRACTOR  CAM, 
ROUGH  AND  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  664.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Fig.  665.  Number  of  Operators  pef  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture.  Fig.  666; 
cam  at  A  gives  proper  profile.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Two  angle  cutters,  roughing  and  fin- 
ishing. Fig.  667.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages- 
Fig.  668;  A,  contour  of  cam;  B,  location  from  shoulder  and 
locking  lug;  C,  angle  of  side  of  cam.     Production — 60  per  hr. 

OPERATION  FF.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION 
28,  WITH  FACING  TOOL 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  28.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Hand  facing  tool  with  pilot.  Production — 300 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  GG.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION 

21,   FILING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing  burrs   thrown   up  by  operation   21.     Apparatus  and 

Equipment  Used — File  and   scraper.     Production — 300   per   hr. 


suited  for  the  work  had  it  been  a  case  of  buying  new  method,  is  required  on  25  per  cent,  of  each  of  lot  receiv- 
machinery.  But,  as  in  the  management  of  railway  shops  ing  the  same  heat  treatment.  This  care  is  necessary 
to  a  large  extent,  it  often  becomes  necessary  to  utilize     owing  to  the  high  pressure  caused  bv  the  explosion,  thir 

[95] 


being  51,000  lb.  with  the  regular  cartridge  and  71,000 
lb.  with  the  high-pressure  testing  cartridge,  or  "blue  pill," 
as  it  is  commonly  called.  Full  directions  for  the  case- 
hardening  treatment  which  has  been  found  useful  for  the 
bolt  will  appear  in  the  remaining  article  on  the  manufac- 
ture of  the  bolt. 

The  question  of  cutting  lubricants  or  coolants  in  con- 
nection with  the  making  of  rifles  has  had  careful  study 


oil  is  used  in  making  the  soda  or  cutting  compounds,  al- 
though at  times  Triumph  and  even  fish  oil  may  be  added 
to  thicken  it  or  give  it  a  little  more  body. 

The  usual  cutting  compound  is  made  from  3  gal.  of 
black  oil,  8  gal.  water  and  10  lb.  of  sal  soda,  enough  being 
mixed  in  this  proportion  to  fill  the  large  tank  from  which 
it  is  pumped  to  the  various  parts  of  the  shop.  This  com- 
pound is  mixed  up  once  a  year,  during  the  July  vacation, 


Q30& 
V 


a3..k->y--fl575- 


jlaA 

STEEL 

<-ai?' 

FIG.673 

Q% 

§  i 

Ci04SR./^\ 

is-* 

a09'R. 

mmmH 

ft 

y 

->1  om'U 


Section  A-A 
FIG.67I 


l6Teefh  Right  Hand;  Formed 
Hill,  Grind  Face  of  Teeth 


OPERATION  36 


FIG.6T2 


Transformation — Pig.  S69.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller,  Pig.  670.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  to  fixture.  Fig.  671. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  cutter  arbor.  Cutting  Tools 
—Round-nose  slotting  cutter,  Fig.  672.     Number  of  Cuts — One. 


OPERATION    36.    HAND    MILLING    FOR   COCK-NOTCH 

Cut  Data — Speed,  450  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  673,  location  of  notch  from  under 
side  of  handle.  Production — 175  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding 
points,  top  and  body;  guiding  point,  under  side  of  tail. 


and  has  been  the  subject  of  much  experiment.  This  has 
resulted  in  the  establishment  of  a  number  of  cutting 
mixtures  to  handle  different  grades  of  stock  and  different 
kinds  of  work,  each  being  used  where  experience  has 
shown  it  to  be  most  suitable. 

The  coolants  in  use  in  the  Springfield  armory  include 
lard  oil,  Triumph  oil,  cutting  oil,  Nagle  oil,  fish  oil  and 
6oda.  Then  there  is  what  is  known  as  "black  oil,"  which 
is  the  oil  that  has  been  used  on  machines  and  afterward 
filtered.  This  is  of  course  a  mixture  of  all  the  kinds  of 
oils,  the  proportions  of  each  being  unknown.    This  black 


and  the  scum  is  taken  off  as  it  rises  from  time  to  time. 
There  are  also  small  tanks  on  or  near  some  machines, 
where  a  special  mixture  can  be  made,  this  generally  con- 
sisting of  the  addition  of  more  oil  to  give  it  body  for 
handling  tough  stock. 

A  compound  that  is  working  out  well  for  a  particularly 
tough  bolt  stock  is  made  from  1  gal.  of  Nagle  oil  and  4 
gal.  of  water,  this  seeming  to  make  a  better  job  and  be 
easier  on  the  turning  or  shaving  cutters.  It  proved  to 
be  better  than  oil  in  the  case  in  question,  which  might 
have  been  an  exceptional  case. 


[96] 


Operations  on  the  Bolt — {Continued) 


As  the  bolt  nears  completion  it  begins  to  receive  much 
the  same  kind  of  attention  as  the  receiver,  in  the  shape 
of  fussy  little  milling  cuts  and  similar  operations  to  per- 
form some  special  function  or  to  make  room  for  some 
small  piece  of  the  sleeve,  which  works  in  close  connection 
with  it,  in  fact,  becoming  a  part  of  it  so  far  as  operation 
in  handling  the  rifle  is  concerned. 

The  next  few  pages  take  up  the  smaller  operations 
which  are,  however,  of  vital  importance  in  the  operation 
of  the  rifle  mechanism.  The  sleeve-lock  cavity,  for  ex- 
ample, is  a  small  circular  cut  at  the  back  end  of  the  bolt, 
having  an  angle  on  the  upper  side  for  the  bevel  of  the 
sleeve  lock,  thus  serving  to  lock  the  sleeve  to  the  bolt. 
The  usual  type  of  rotating  fixture,  Fig.  676,  makes  this 
a  simple  hand-milling  operation. 

In  some  ways  the  bolt  of  the  Springfield  army  rifle 
very  closely  resembles  the  similar  part  of  the  well  known 
military  rifles  of  other  countries.  In  fact,  what  is  known 
as  the  bolt  action  is  now  common  in  all  rifles  of  this 


type.  Many  of  these  small  operations  have  a  close  coun- 
terpart in  other  work  and  for  that  reason  the  fixtures 
used,  the  method  of  holding  the  work  and  the  ways  of 
gaging  have  a  direct  bearing  on  other  work  than  rifle 
parts  by  a  little  modification  and  adaptation.  It  is  this 
possibility  of  using  these  methods  in  regular  manufactur- 
ing that  makes  them  valuable  to  the  average  shop. 

There  is  far  too  little  interchange  of  ideas  between 
shops  in  different  fields  as  can  be  seen  by  a  careful  com- 
parative study  of  methods  in  shops  engaged  in  different 
lines  of  work.  The  machine  shop  can  learn  from  the 
rifle  shop  or  the  typewriter  shop  and  both  of  these  can 
learn  from  each  other  as  well  as  from  the  machine  tool 
builder.  But  it  is  of  course  necessary  to  adopt  methods 
to  your  use,  they  seldom  fit  as  you  find  them,  ready  made. 

Another  small  operation  is  milling  the  extractor  groove, 
as  shown  in  operation  27.  The  method  of  doing  this 
is  clearly  given  in  Fig.  684,  the  gage,  Fig.  686-A,  being 
also  of  interest.    The  body  of  the  bolt  lies  in  the  V-grooves 


A"*\ 


V 


§ 


c/j- 


<0.55' 


FIG.  676 


7Teeth,LeffHar?ct 
on  Face  and  End 


I 

V 


No. 


aper        Q) 


0315"  ,.0.3125 


i 

W&<  0.62'  ->k— -  - 1.25"- c4?.?1< 


Tl    H TAt  • 5TE£L  n^^tfi^n 


k — 


-245:- 

FJ6.  677 


-J 


fKHSWY 
U  0.1  "■>* 


Ope    r   a  ,  +    i    on 


■2.5- -;>k.--/5'-  ■■>■ 

■4 


Ft©.  678 


OPERATIONS  32%  AND  33.    HAND  MILLING  FOR  SLEEVii 
LOCK 

Transformation — Fig.  674.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Manu- 
facturing Co.  hand  miller.  Fig.  675.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture.  Fig. 
676;  bolt  is  clamped  by  A,  while  bayonet  locking  cam  B  force? 
U  against  hardened  stop  C:  fixture  is  rotated  between  stops  C 


Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Slotting 
cutter.  Fig.  677.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  600 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  678;  beve!  tor  sleeve  lock;  pin  A  fits  safety-lock 
groove  and  B  measures  oevei,  while  C  fits  Bottom  ot  nandie 
Production — 75  per  ttr.  Note — Holding  points,  center  hole  -rid 
>>ody 


[97] 


shown,  vr  ile  the  pin  at  the  end  fits  into  the  groove  and 
measures   lepth  as  well  as  location. 

The  sj'cial  tapping  machine,  seen  in  Fig.  696,  was 
built  in  >ke  armory.  It  carries  three  taps,  so  set  and 
geared  *0,  ether  as  to  divide  the  work  up  among  them. 
Each  tapping  spindle  is  threaded  with  the  proper  lead  to 
feed  positively  into  the  work  and  at  the  proper  rate. 

OPERATION  22.  HAND  MILLING  TOP  OF  HANDLE 
Transformation — Pig.  679.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Manu- 
facturing Co.  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
—One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  forms  and  clamped 
at  end.  Fig.  680;  roller  A  guides  cutter  on  form  B  to  give 
proper  contour.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Form  cutter,  Fig.  681.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  180  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %- 
in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000 
pieces.  Gages — Pig.  682;  A  measures  form  along  handle;  B, 
form  crosswise.  Production — 75  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding 
points,  under  side  of  handle,  and  ends. 

OPERATION  27.  HAND  MILLING  EXTRACTOR  GROOVE 
Transformation — Fig.  683.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture.  Fig.  684.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — A-in.  slotting  cutter. 
Fig.  685.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  1,200 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^5 -in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  686;  A,  depth  of  groove;  B,  width  of  slot  and  distance 
from  end.  Production — 100  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding 
points,  body  and  tail. 

OPERATION  34.  HAND  MILLING  SLEEVE  STOP 
Transformation — Fig.  687.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Manu- 
facturing Co.  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
• — One.  Work-Holding  Devices. — Held  on  forms  clamped  on 
top  and  at  ends.  Fig.  688.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  689.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  il«-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  690;  pin  A  locates  cut  while 
finger  B  rests  on  under  side  of  handle.  Production — 75  per  hr. 
Note — Form  screwed  to  side  of  fixture;  follower  on  cutter 
arbor. 


Each  tap  must,  however,  be  accurately  set  with  reference 
to  its  lead,  to  secure  good  results.  The  method  of  hold- 
ing the  work  is  shown  in  Fig.  697,  the  lower  side  of  the 
handle  being  the  locating  point  The  bolt  is  held  by  a 
swinging  clamp  and  screw. 

One  noticeable  feature  of  most  of  the  fixtures  illustrated 
is  the  simple  manner  in  which  they  accomplish  their  pur- 


■Z06Z5- 


J 


UffHand  [^ 
FI6.68I 


FIG.682 


OPERATION  E£ 


0 


N« 3  TAPER 


FIG. 684 


raio 


■Am£ — •  /j" n+dw&taf*- 

h - ear*— —H 

5  Teeth  L.H 

FIG. 685 


c 


FIG.  686  B 


FIG.686A 


FIG.  684 


OPERATION    27 


OPERATION  35.  HAND  MILLING  FOR  SLEEVE  LOCK 
Transformation — Fig.  691.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Manu- 
facturing Co.  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
■ — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  forms,  clamped  at 
end.  Fig.  692.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  693.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in. 
Btream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  694,  location  from  under  side  of  handle.  Produc- 
tion— 100  per  hr.     Note — Working  point,   body  and   tail. 


OPERATION  31.  TAPPING  FOR  SLEEVE, 
Transformation — Fig.  695.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney special  tapping  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  center  and  rest 
at  rear  end,  Fig.  696;  details,  Fig.  697.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Taps  held  in  collar  by  pin.  Cutting  Tools — Three  taps.  Fig. 
698.  Cut  Data — Speed,  40  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  ^k-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  699,  thread  diameter  and  depth.  Produc- 
tion— 40  per  hr. 


[98] 


3—    l_J 
stssl  (Harden) 
FI&.699 


'"J  •Wif- 


Hfl«?l*-' 


10  Threads  per  inch  R.  H.  Angle 
of  Thread- 6"lT 

FIG. 698 


[99] 


£r>)«jft 


FIG. 70 

Collet-* 

v 

Frtto 

L 

N*4  SHORT  TAPER 

Uli 

h-r. 

v: 

3s\ K. 

■•■--— 1      V 

:J 

KThreads  per  m.  >Jfl«U     I.  _"%»"*' J 

IdTeetfiLH. 
FIG.  703 


riG.702 
OPERATION     37 


♦IflfiSH 


FIG.  705 


FIG  706 

»>W|*   u 

harden*^ 


^.fC,  4 Teeth K.n.on 


FIG.  707 


OPERATION  37.  ROUGH  MILLING  FOR  COCKING  CAM 
Transformation — Fig.  700.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Clamped  to  forms,  Fig.  701;  details  in  Fig. 
702.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Form  cutter.  Fig.  703.  Cut  Data — Speed,  200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ja-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — -1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  704,  location 
from  under  side  of  handle.     Production — 80  per  hr. 


OPERATION 


HAND   MILLING   FOR    COCKING   CAM 


Q 

\ 
1 

SI" 

* 

:A~M 

UJ.J 

Face  only 
FIG.708 


STCCL 
FIG.  709 


^  'Stlutes.straightR.H. 
FIG.7I0 


OPERATION    59 


Transformation — Fig.  705.     Machine  Used — Ames  Manufac- 
turing Co.   16-in.   upright  drilling  machine.     Number  of  Oper- 


ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Rotating 
fixture,  Fig.  706;  details  in  Fig.  707;  cam  A  controls  movement 
of  bolt.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
End  mill,  Fig.  708.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed, 
600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^ -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 560  pieces.  Gages — 
B  Ig.   709,  shape  and  location.     Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION  JJ.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION 

38,  WITH  REAMER 

Number    of    Operators — -One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing  burrs  thrown   up  by  operation   38.     Apparatus  and 

Equipment  Used — Reamer,  Fig.  710.     Production — 500  per  hr. 


poses.  The  fixtures  or  attachments  used  for  cutting  the 
locking  cams  or  inclining  the  bolt  afford  a  good  example 
of  this,  the  simplicity  of  the  whole  device  being  clearly 


shown  in  Fig.  706.  This  is  a  rotating  or  rocking  fixture, 
in  which  the  work  holder  is  swung  on  trunnions.  These 
trunnions  slide  in  their  bearings,  as  well  as  rotating,  the 


[100] 


end  motion  being  due  «o  the  cam  slot  shown  at  the  left 
and.  The  end  movement  can  only  take  place  as  the  piece 
is  rotated  by  means  of  the  handle  on  the  other  trunnion, 
and  the  amount  of  this  movement  is  limited  by  suitable 
stops  at  the  bottom  of  the  lever. 

The  predominance  of  millers  is  very  noticeable,  and  on 
these  machines  are  performed  some  operations  that  we 
should  be  apt  to  consider  lathe  work.  A  case  in  point  is 
the  milling  of  the  front  ends  of  the  bolt,  as  shown  in 


way  where  a  piece  is  to  De  finished  all  over,  as  in  most 
rifle  parts.  Usually,  the  hand  or  rotary  file  is  the  only 
tool  that  can  be  used,  but  an  exception  is  found  in  opera- 
tions 40  and  41,  where  a  special  file  comes  into  play,  as 
in  Fig.  724-C.  This  is  held  in  the  hand,  the  bolt  body 
is  slipped  into  the  opening,  and  a  few  twists  of  the  hands 
clear  away  the  burrs  left  in  milling  the  ejector  slot. 

The  length  of  the  bolt  is  very  important,  as  the  front 
end  holds  the  cartridge  in  the  chamber  and  there  must  be 


| 

^crrss-r: 

■> 225-*---* 

J 

fSi 

1 
f 

I    ~" 


24  Teeth,  spiral,  ff.H  I  Turn 
in  48   Teeth  cut  LM 

nG7l3-W 


UWft 


-C 


■0.125' 


-m  Z°d05 


ape 

\     28  Teeth 
„  straight  ft /f. 


— X 
i 


V-I.1Z5" 


<3 


U.._; 


4y 

■  -  J  J  i 


U 


•0.5-> 


^-tJ->o 


FIG.  717 


<-O.I875 

_^Joint 
Screm 


> 

«ao6a' 

i 
4 

Stccl  (Harden) 
FIG.  714 


*\u375f<- 


*t02t> 


r>— near— 1\ 

FIG  718 


stccl( Harden) 


FIG. 711.712,713,714  0P.39-FIG.7I6,7I6,7I7,7I8  OP.  44 


OPERATION  39.  MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK.  FRONT 
END:  RUN  WITH  OPERATIONS  20  AND  46 
Transformation — Fig.  711.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
One  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  clamped  to  angle  plate 
in  upright  position.  Fig.  712;  two  at  one  setting.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  cutters,  Fig. 
713.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  714. 
Production — 50  per  hr.     Note — this  is  run  with  operation  46. 


OPERATION  44.  HAND  MILLING  TOP  OF  UPPER 
LOCKING  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  715.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  forms,  clamped  at  ends.  Fig.  716. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper-shank  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — 
Form  cutters,  Fig.  717.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
Speed,  150  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -f, -in. 
steam.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  718,  shape  and  height  from  body.  Pro- 
duction— 100  per  hr.     Note — Working  ooints.  body  and  ends. 


fig.  712.  This,  together  with  the  turning  of  the  body  of 
the  bolt,  as  previously  shown,  would  probably  be  consid- 
ered lathe  jobs  in  most  places.  Yet  the  fact  that  gun  and 
similar  shops  are  more  plentifully  supplied  with  millers 
than  lathes  is  probably  largely  responsible  for  this  appar- 
ent preference. 

Burrs  are  one  of  the  things  that  are  always  in  evidence 
after  -a  machine  operation,  and  they  are  always  in  the 


no  room  for  it  to  be  forced  back  against  the  bolt.  The 
"head  space"  is  one  of  the  vital  points,  this  holding  the 
cartridge  firmly  in  place  against  the  recoil  of  the  dis- 
charge. The  counterboring  of  this  head  space  is  therefore 
divided  into  a  roughing  and  a  finishing  operation,  the 
first  being  done  on  a  vertical  drilling  machine  or  miller 
and  the  latter  in  a  special  fixture  with  a  hand  facing  tool. 
The  latter  has  a  stop  that  can  be  very  easily  adjusted. 


[101] 


1.0' 


STEEL 


to  Orind 


1    (Harden)    l^Vj 


STEEL 

(Harden) 

Fit  to  Templet 


STEEL 
(Harden) 


'•Joint  Sere 


I 


0./7>|  ka625H 
Kn/Tel 


0.0625 

9  r 
-> 

<- 

T 

1- 
t 

z    . 

t 

-  1 

k  * 

1 
1 
1 

■1- 

1 

t     1 

1 

Y 

1 
1 

■ 

--  - 

-     i 

1 


-•55"'- *r* 4.ZS"~— — *j 

8  Flutes  Right  Hand,  Spiral  Left. Hand,  I  Turn  in  324  Inches 

FIG.724-A  OPERATION  40  8c  41 


0.4  Diam.  18  Threads  per  Inch 
U -IS- '—>i  0.875 k--  - 


■3.8IZ5"-         --->]<-•  I.Z5-M 
FI6.724-B 


*L#  > 


■0.025 


OPERATIONS  40  AND  41.  HAND  MILLING  EJECTOR  SLOT. 
TOP  AND  BOTTOM 
Transformation — Fig-.  719.  Machine  Used — Whitney  Manu- 
facturing Co.  hand  miller,  Fig.  720,  form  and  roller  used. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine. — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Held  on  forms,  clamped  at  end.  Fig.  721;  form  below 
the  roller  guides  cutter  to  proper  contour.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — J-ln.  slotting  cutter,  Fig. 
722.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  500  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  723; 
A,  location  from  side;  B,  width  of  slot;  C,  location  with  barrel; 
D,  contour  of  slot.  Production — 75  per  hr.  Note — Work- 
holding  points,  body  and  ends. 


OPERATION  LL.    REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  WELL  WITH 
REAMER 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  well.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Hand  reamer,  Fig.  724-A;  firing-pin  reamer,  Fig.   724-B.    Pro- 
duction— 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION  44%.  REMOVING  BURRS  WITH  HAND  TOOL, 
REAR  OF  FRONT  DUG 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  14.  The  special  C- 
shaned  file  is  held  in  one  hand  and  the  bolt  in  the  other  and 
turned  in  opposite  direction.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Fig.    724-C.     Production— 175   per  hr. 


The  gage  is  practically  a  receiver  with  the  addition  of 
an  adjustable  stop  that  locates  the  distance  from  the  bot- 
tom of  the  hand  space  to  the  back  end,   Fig.   730-A. 


This  method  of  using  as  a  gage  a  piece  into  which  the 
part  fits,  or  a  duplicate  of  it,  is  quite  common  here  and 
has  much  to  recommend  it  for  general  shop  practice. 


[102] 


The  thread  in  the  bolt  is  the  only  one  in  the  whole  rifle 
in  which  the  male  screw  turns  while  the  rifle  is  in  use. 
The  sleeve  is  held  from  turning  as  the  bolt  is  rolled  up  a 
quarter  turn,  and  brought  back  for  loading  and  cocking. 
This  gives  a  quarter  turn  of  the  sleeve  screw  in  the  bolt 
each  time  the  bolt  mechanism  is  operated  and  puts  more 
or  less  wear  on  the  bolt  thread  in  both  the  bolt  and  sleeve. 


moves  a  quarter  turn  in  its  groove  during  the  action  of 
the  bolt.  This  holds  the  front  end  of  the  cartridge  ex- 
tractor to  the  bolt  and  allows  the  boit  to  turn  while  the 
extractor  slides  back  in  its  groove. 

In  all  work  of  this  kind  where  close  fits  are  demanded 
and  where  only  very  small  variations  can  be  tolerated, 
we  see  the  great  difficulty  in  getting  away  from  the  final 


FIG  726 


TIG  725 


f    •     €    %    4 

I  ■  I  i  I  ■  i  ■  i 


'M 


% 


LUrj 


^SJ 


;0 


F'&  728 


Roughing 

--L94"- -M-^^V* 


ft' J  TAPER    .0/0 


„„y.„. 

— k — 


rWt^jg 


Finish 


I* -I.Bl'- >t+0«'>- 

H V"'** * 

4  Teeth  R.tl. 
Pilot 


Si  fflSL 


C.8R.  § 


3 


Sharp  Corner 


FIG.72& 


0.5l05"Max.\      |    (/"Threats per mchlt.lt 

->--M;":~ 


'    »  — \j   i  *<Q/^5i — n 


rjG.727 


«d/25 


m§§ 


OPERATION  45  a  45$ 


STCCL(flarden) 
MG.730-A 


OPERATIONS  45  AND  45%.    COUNTERBORING  FOR  HEAD 
SPACE,    ROUGH   AND   FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  725.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  "Whit- 
ney 14-in.  upright  three-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
Jig,  Fig.  726;  bolt  handle  stops  against  a  stop,  while  clamps 
are  drawn  down  on  body  by  an  equalizer  bar;  details  in  Fig. 
727;  final   finishing  is  done   in   hand  fixture.   Fig.    728.     Tool- 


Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Two  counter- 
bores  with  pilot,  Fig.  729.  Number  of  Cuts— Two.  Cut  Data- 
Roughing  speed,  260  r.p.m.;  ha -d  feed;  finishing  cut  at  85 
r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i^-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grlndings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  730;  A, 
total  length  from  bottom  of  counterbore  to  back  end;  B, 
diameter  of  counterbore  and  oncentrieity  with  hole,  also  acts 
as  a  straight-edge  across  end.  Production — 80  per  hr.  Note — 
Lower  end  of  bolt  is  centered  by  fixed  plug. 


This  is  why  the  thread  in  this  case  is  so  much  deeper 
than  the  thread  by  which  the  receiver  and  barrel  are  fast- 
ened together.  It  is  also  a  fairly  long  thread,  so  as  to  dis- 
tribute the  wear  as  much  as  possible.  The  amount  of 
work  done,  however,  is  so  slight  that  the  wear  is  almost 
negligible,  the  only  pressure  on  the  thread  being  due  to 
compressing  the  main  spring. 

In  a  similar  way  the  extractor  collar  which  encircles 
the  bolt,  in  the  special  shallow  groove  provided  for  it. 


hand-finishing  touches.  These  are  noticeable  where  all 
the  close-fitting  operations  come  together,  such  as  the 
barrel  and  the  receiver,  the  sleeve  and  the  bolt,  the  final 
length  of  the  bolt  when  locked  in  place,  the  projection 
of  the  firing  pin  and  other  similar  places.  Here,  too,  is 
where  the  value  of  actual  experience  in  handling  this 
work  counts,  as  many  have  found  to  their  sorrow.  Long 
experience  with  any  fine  mechanism  gives  a  familiarity 
and  an  ability  that  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  duplicate. 


[103] 


* 

*oms 

1 

1    " 

1 

-4 

FI6.738 


F16.739 


OPERATION  47 
[104] 


k-0.7'>j 

FI6.740 


-i\<0.05 


fr 


_  6  Teeth,  straight.  RH 


U -6g'. — H 


0 


L 


j^ 


r* 3  - AQ5i< r 4.5" »4' 

dTeeth.straightktf. 
FIG. 744 


1IO 


Tp— Q 


FIG.74S 


FIG. 745 


FIG.741.742,743  0P.58.-FIG.744.745OP.59-FI6.746  0R64 
FIG.  747. 748  OP  54-FIG.748A  OP.  55 


FIG.748A 


OPERATION  46.    MILLING  FRONT  END  TO  FINISH;  RUN 

WITH  OPERATIONS   20   AND   39 

Transformation — Fig.  731.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  clamped  upright  on  fix- 
ture, Fig.  732;  details  in  Fig.  733.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  milling  cutters,  Fig.  734. 
Cut  Data — Spe~ed,  50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  735;  A  and  B  gage  the  long  and 
short  ends.     Production— 50  per  hr. 

OPERATION  KK.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION 
46,  WITH  HAND  TOOL 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  46.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Hand  tool  used,  similar  to  Fig.  729,  but  has 
a  handle.     Production — 500  per  hr. 

OPERATION    47.    PROFILING    TO    FINISH     (MATCHING 
HEAD  AND  SPACE) 

Transformation — Fig.  736.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  upright  on  fixture  shown  in 
Fig.  737;  details  in  Fig.  738;  machining  diagram.  Fig.  737-A. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill, 
Fig.  739.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 400  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  740,  con- 
tour.    Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION  58.  BENDING  HANDLE 

Transformation — Fig.  741.  Machine  Used — Hoe  hand  screw 
press.  Fig.  742.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Bending  dies,  Fig.  742-A.  Dies 
and  Die  Holders — Square-shank  punch  holder,  form-bending 
die.  Gages — Fig.  743,  contour.  Production — 120  per  hr.  Note 
— Bolt  handle  heated  in  lead  pot  to  cherry  red  and  offset  in 
press  shown. 

OPERATION   59.     REAMING  FIRING-PIN   HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Reaming  firing-pin  hole.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Speed  lathe  and  reamer.  Fig.  744.  Gages — Fig.  745,  diam- 
eter. Production — 125  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Work  held  in 
hand  on  center  in  tailstock. 


OPERATION  64.    FILING  CAM,  FITTING  TO  RECEIVER 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  and  fitting  cam,  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — 8  per  hr.    Gages — 746-A  and  B. 

OPERATION  53.    CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Heat  to  780  deg.  C.   (1,436  deg.  F.)  for  2Ms   to  3  hr.;  quench  in 
oil;  pack  with  %  bone  and   Vi  leather.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Same  as  for  receiver. 

OPERATION  54.  ASSEMBLING  WITH  EXTRACTOR  COLLAR 
Transformation — Fig.  747.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Bending  and  assembling  collar  to 
bolt;  collar  is  heated  to  cherry  red  before  bending.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Rockwell  oil-burning  forge;  stand  fix- 
ture for  closing  in  collar,  Fig.  748.     Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  55.    FREEING  EXTRACTOR  COLLAR  IN 
SPEED  LATHE 

Machine  Used — Machine  built  at  Hill  shops.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In 
hand.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Round  wooden  holder  on  spin- 
dle of  machine,  Fig.  748-A;  brass  plate  on  front  catches  ex- 
tractor-collar lugs  and  turns  collar  on  bolt,  which  is  held  in 
the  hand;  a  loose  belt  on  pulley  allows  the  operator  to  stop 
spindle  by  placing  hand  on  outside  of  holder  to  change  work. 
Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.     Coolant — None.     Production— 400  per  hr. 

OPERATION  56.    FILING  EARS  ON  EXTRACTOR  COLLAR 
Number    of    Operators— One.     Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  the  top,  sides  of  ears   to  fit   extractor,   and   cornering. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 80  per  hr. 

OPERATION    52.    POLISHING   SURFACE 
Number    of    Operators — One.     Description    of    Operation — 


Polishing  outside  surface  of  bolt. 
Used — Wheel   and   polishing  jack. 


Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Production — 70   per   hr. 


OPERATION  57.    BURRING  BOLT-STOP  NOTCHES,   WITH 
OILSTONE 
Number    of    Operators — One.     Description    of    Operation — 
Burring  stop  notches.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Oil- 
stone.    Production — 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION    65.    BROWNING 
Number    of    Operators — One.     Description    of  Operation- 
Same  as  with  barrel.     Apparatus  and  Equipment.  Used — Same 
as  with  barrel. 


[105] 


Operations  on  the  Sleeve 


For  a  small  piece  this  has  an  astonishing  number  of 
operations,  and  most  of  them  fairly  particular  at  that, 
as  will  be  seen  as  the  operations  develop.  It  fits  in  the 
end  of  the  bolt  and  becomes  a  part  of  it  so  far  as  the 
firing  mechanism  is  concerned.  The  threaded  end  of 
the  sleeve  has  to  stand  more  or  less  wear  as  the  bolt  turns 
on  it  at  every  operation  of  the  loading  and  firing  action. 

As  with  the  other  parts,  it  is  well  to  study  the  details 
with  considerable  care  so  as  to  see  just  what  the  require- 
ments are.  This  shows  the  groove  and  the  indentations 
for  the  detent  springs  plunger  and  other  small  cuts. 


850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Cast-iron  pots;  Brown  &  Sharps 
annealing  furnaces. 

OPERATION   B-l.      PICKLING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Sleeves  are  placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  in  wooden  tanks 

holding   the   pickling  -solution,    in   which   the   sleeves   are  left 

about  10  min.;  only  one  pickling;  pickling  solution  is  9  parts 


10  Threads  per  inch 
Cut  5  Threads 


-    "PI    j 

AS3  ^   H  &    s 


fa//9$'U  i  |*B 


0-06--A  \* 

azss' 


Forged  Steel,  Case  Harden 
FIG.  749 


-  -- >j4<-- -0.782-"— > 
■>f< 


tar 

Section    A-A 


riG.791 


1    *    y • 

iS 

ffi     w— -/575---M 

|     V.i-SZ-.TT1--     | 

FIG. 753 


SOlig 


36  Teeth,  LM  on  Face  and  Sides 
TIG.754 


o 


vr 


srca.  (Harden) 


J 


riG.792 


OPERATION    t 


riS.755 


OPERATION   A.      FORGING    FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     750.       Number     of     Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Forging  sleeve  from  bar;  size  of  bar, 
0.80   in.   square.     Apparatus  and   Equipment   Used — Billings   & 
Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 120  per  hr. 
OPERATION   B.      ANNEALING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Packed   in   cast-iron   pots  with   powdered   charcoal;   heated   to 


water  to  1  part  sulphuric  acid.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Wire  basket,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hoisting-pulley 
blocks. 

OPERATION  C.     TRIMMING  (COLD) 

Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  press.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Punch 
held  by  square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by 
setscrew.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 15.000  pieces  at  one 
grinding-     Dies — Same.     Production — 500  per  hr. 


[106] 


OPERATION  1.  MILLING  ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.  751.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
tfo.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Fig.  752.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices— Cam-operated  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  753.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Four  side-milling  cutters.  Fig.  754.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil,  J1* -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
\,500  pieces.     Gages — Fig.  755.     Production — 60  per  hr. 


OPERATION  5.  MILLING  BOTTOM  LENGTHWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  763.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney- 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  at  A  and  mandrel  B;  clamped 
on  ends  by  cam  C,  Fig.  764;  details  in  Fig.  765.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutters.  Fig. 
766.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 90  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed. 
Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.     Gages — Fig.  767;  A,  position 


FI6.756 

XmDrill  Head  brazed  to  Shank 


N          Ml  L 

L|j- 

p: 

5: 

i  > 

_ 

^ 

f'T-rtl 

jS 

FI6.757 


0190  Diam. 


U t-  3.375"- ^895    U *: k" 


'  rO.D.'0J3,I.a-a0l,  Brass  Oil  Tube  pressed  in  and  Soldered  M  U -,-  3375°- >Jfl 


■n- 


FIG.759 


FI&T58 


K-i2S' 


i 4.17" - 

■■■-0-05                 ,„,» 
•>i-K- - 2.6? 


S 


Fit  to  Forging 


om'J1,  !*• 


Fit  to  Collet 


V*  ...» J  Wtt'Tafl  44  'T Threads 
per  Inch,  Right  Hand 


itZZZ  Diam. 
44"VThds 


....  4fl5.. 


.  UMsfyaos'l  per,ncW 


OPERATION  £ 


FI&.76I 


FIG.7K 


FIG.764 

OPERATION  5 


k- 


Pistol-lock 
Screw 


FIG.  767A 


-  175) ->t, 

■1.375 Hfl575"K 


i  u  i 
«    i 

^■■Harden. 

m 

1 

-A-                     ~*\ 

1 

1 

K-Q7-"-> 

*£ 

—  T~       § 

* 

A- 

■\5 

■  ->,a375t<-  g 
I 


r< 1-375- 

K  -— 


•~*ta~  UTS^-wJ         k-Q6'>j 


■1.65-- 


...:.Z  u~ 


-125- 


OPERATION  2.  DRILLING  LARGE  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  756.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
horizontal  drilling  machine,  similar  to  Fig.  582.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work 
held  on  pins,  clamped  to  revolving  fixture.  Fig.  757.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Drill  held  in  collet  by  setscrew.  Cutting 
Tools — Barrel  type  of  drill,  Fig.  758.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  ft  -in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-ln. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 25  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  759,  diameter  of  hole.  Production — 40  per  hr. 
OPERATION  3.  REAMING  LARGE  HOLE 
Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  756.  Machine  Used — Drilling 
machine  made  at  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  by  hand  in  special 
holder,  Fig.  760.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Reamers  held  in 
collet  by  setscrew.  Cutting  Tools — Scrape  reamer,  Fig.  761. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Gages — Fig.  762.  Production — 40  per  hr. 


of  under  side  with  relation  to  bore;  B,  radius  of  bottom.  Pro- 
duction— 80  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding  points,  hole  antf 
under  side. 

OPERATION  6.     MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  SIDES 
OF  LUGS 

Transformation — Fig.  768.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  and  mandrel  clamped  to  end. 
Fig.  769;  Fig.  770  shows  details  of  fixed  stud  A,  movable  man- 
drel B  and  cams  C.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Two  form  cuters.  Fig.  771.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 90  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  772,  radius  of  right  and  left  lugs- 
Production — 80  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding  points,  hole  and 
under  side. 


[107] 


made  of  Class  D  steel,  0.80  in.  square  in  the  rough,  and 
drop  forged  in  the  usual  manner.  Pull  details  of  the 
sleeve  are  shown  in  Fig.  749.    The  material  is  treated  in 


in  the  back  end  of  the  bolt;  but  instead  of  being  screwed 
firmly  to  the  bolt,  as  is  the  case  with  the  receiver  and  the 
barrel,  the  bolt  has  a  90-deg.  movement  in  the  sleeve  be- 


FIG.765 


OPERATION  5' 


3.0- --••  >J 

FIS.767-B 


i^-     {< E.!87S"--^ 

MQ6E5 


FI6.772 


24  Teeth,  Leff  Hand 
FI6.77I 


OPERATION  6 


the  same  way  as  all  other  steel  of  the  same  class  and  is 
casehardened  in  much  the  same  way  as  the  receiver  al- 
ready described.  The  sleeve  is  threaded  to  fit  the  tapped  hole 


tween  its  loading  and  its  firing  position.  The  working 
points  are  the  hole  and  under  side  of  the  right-hand  lug. 
These  are  also  used  in  gaging  the  various  operations. 


[108] 


The  main  points  of  the  sleeve  are  the  barrel  A,  safety- 
lock  seat  B,  safety-lock  plunger  groove  C,  recess  D  for  re- 
taining the  safety  lock  when  turned  to  the  right  or  left, 
the  recess  E  for  retaining  the  safety  lock  in  dismounting 
the  bolt  mechanism,  the  bevel  F  for  dismounting  the 
safety  lock  from  the  sleeve,  the  sleeve-locking  recess  G 
and  the  sleeve-locking  pin  hole  H.  There  are  also  the 
safety-lock  spindle  and  the  firing-pin  hole,  the  cocking- 
piece  groove  and  the  undercut  for  the  rear  end  of  the  bolt, 
but  none  of  these,  as  it  happens,  are  shown  in  Fig.  749. 


OPERATION    AA.      REMOVING    BURRS    FROM    FIRING-PIN 

HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  around  firing-pin  hole.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — File  and  reamer.  Fig.  773.    Production — 
Production  grouped  with  operations  5  and  6. 

OPERATION  4.  FACING  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  774.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
10-in.  speed  lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pilot  with  a  wooden  hand 
holder.  Fig.  775;  details  of  holder,  Fig.  776.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Stud  in  tailstock.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  taper 
shank.  Fig.  777.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 320  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i'5-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  778 
length.     Production — 175  per  hr. 


,** 


I     8TeethR.H.  \*-[— Z65 -H      gv^» 

U- — 1.44" 4«-  0S4"-A<—- -2.4075"— A  nG.773 

U- 4.6875"- A  OP.AA. 


°®. 

®    o    0 

f@S 

* 

M= 

ml 

>~® 

%Rock Island  Taper    g 

■A 


^■1.3"  ->j   <j 


i 


Holder  (Wood) 


|&t...~.*5'. J 

£ 0.15 


U- U" 

U»* -I.75----A 

\l" 

Cut  7  Teeth  in  End,  If  ft 
FIG  777 


U^ 


$h4%5tM^ij^.^i 


Pistol  Lock.... 
Screw 


m 


j 


FIG.  776 


OPERATION  4 


OPERATIONS  ON   THE   SLEEVE 


Operation 

A  Forging  from  bar 

B  Annealing 

B-l  Pickling 

C  Trimming 

1  Milling  ends 

2  Drilling  large  hole 

3  Reaming  large  hole 

5  Milling  bottom  lengthwise  (5,  6,  AA  combined) 

6  Milling  right  and  left  sides  of  lugs 
AA  Removing  burrs  from  firing-pin  hole 

4  Facing  rear  end 

7  Hollow-milling  barrel  and  facing  to  length 
BB  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   7 

8  Hand-milling  for  safety  lock,  rough 

9  Drilling,  reaming  and  counterboring  safety-lock  spin- 
dle hole  in  gang  driller 

DD  Reaming  burrs  from  firing-pin  hole 

10  Milling  right  and  left  sides  of  body 

13  Profiling  over  safety-lock  spindle  hole 
EE  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  10 

14  Hand-mirling  seat  for  safety  lock 

11  Profiling  over  top  of  lugs  and  safety-lock  spindle  hole 
FF  Removing  burrs  from  firing-pin  hole 


21 
22 
15 
GG 
17 
HH 
18 
19 
20 
II 
JJ 
23 

24 

25 

26 

27 
28 
29 
30 


Drilling  three  holes  for  safety-lock  spindle 

Hand-milling  groove  for  safety-lock  spindle  spring 

Drilling  sleeve-lock  and  pin  holes 

Removing  burrs  from  sleeve-lock  pin  hole 

Profiling  locking-lug  slot 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  17 

Threading  barrel 

Counterboring  cocking-piece  seat 

Milling   cocking-piece   slot 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  20 

Removing  burrs  from  firing-pin  hole 

Milling     matching     groove     recesses     for     safety-lock 

spring  spindle 

Filing    edges    of    cocking-piece    slot    and    safety-lock 

thumb-piece  bearing 

Reaming  safety-lock  spindle  hole  and  countersinking 

firing-pin  and  safety-lock  spindle  holes 

Rotary-filing    matching    safety-lock    spindle    recesses 

with  spindle  groove. 

Polishing  exterior  surfaces 

Filing,   general  cornering 

Casehardening 

Assembling    with    sleeve,    lock    pin    and    spring,    and 

sa.fetv  lock 


[109] 


&  Lock 

f«i.  ...  Serein 

TH  Kara* 


-,    «a<raf 
Ha*  ka«{i        . 
K- a»* w<- Mtf 

irrrt  (Harden) 
riO  783A 


OPERATION      ■» 


n&.785E 


s^ 

9 

••.-? 

-i  - 

wJ 

u 

W^ 

^e            m 

A!?  J  £per 


FIG.  787 


!«flSj5H—  ■-/«*■— ■"    V-0.1S' 
7  Teeth.RH  on  Face  only 


[110] 


OPERATION  7.     HOLLOW-MILLING   BARREL  AND   FACING 
TO  LENGTH 

Transformation — Fig.  779.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
16-in.  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices— On  stud  in  special  chuck; 
Fig  781  which  is  fastened  to  faceplate  by  three  setscrews 
on  studs;  jaw  is  moved  bv  lever  A  and  held  by  thumb-screw  B. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine,  Fig.  780;  machine 
diagram,  Fig.  780-A.  Cutting  Tools — Cutters,  Fig.  782.  Cut 
Data — 200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  14 -in. 
stream  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  783;  A,  barrel  diameter;  B,  length  of  body;  C. 
length  of  barrel  from  undercut;  D,  length  of  barrel  from 
shoulder;  E,  concentricity  of  barrel  and  hole.  Production — 
20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  7 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  7.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  8. 


Cut  Data — Two  speeds  (150  r.p.m.  and  250  r.p.m.),  fast  for 
drilling,  slow  for  reaming;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  793;  A,  diameter  of  hole  and  counterbore; 
B,  alignment  of  both  holes  with  working  point  on  under  side. 
Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION    DD.      REMOVING    BURRS    FROM    FIRING-PIN 

HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  firing-pin  hole  left  by  operation  9.  Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Hand  reamer  (see  Fig.  773)  and 
file.     Production — Grouped  with  operation   9. 

OPERATION   10.      MILLING   RIGHT   AND   LEFT   SIDES 
OF   BODY 

Transformation — Fig.  794.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  B,  clamped  at  end  by  cam 
lever  C,  Fig.  795;  located  by  stop  A;  details  in  Fig.  796.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Form  cutters,  Fig. 
797.     Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;   %-ln.  feed. 


0.1I25>\      f£56B>\ 


2.375" 


r- *— 

\<-~/Z5'~>fCl75-> 


rapyr 


iSf 


iV-fi ! 


&       I* -145'-- 

}n<jtc$,Spiral,/)H ITumMX"  Teeth  Fin. 
_  TIG.792A 

f* - -466"- X 

k----/75- *]<- 197- >K--a94-"-A 

a       «  * --m-  --A 


08"—J^07' 


%  iav"1"""1 

!      0B       "4l« 


V 


k::^:::^f. j 

riO.  792 B 


rid.  793B 


harden 

TIG.793A 

OPERATION      9 


OPERATION    8. 


HAND-MILLING    FOR    SAFETY 
LOCK.  ROUGH 


Transformation — Fig.  784.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  in  A,  mandrel  B,  the  jaw 
carrying  A  being  drawn  in  with  cam  C,  the  under  side  is 
located  by  stop  D,  Fig.  785;  details  in  Fig.  786.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank,  Fig.  787.  Cutting  Tools — One  end  mill. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  drop  at  a  time.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  787;  A,  length  of 
top  of  body.     Production — 350  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.      DRILLING,   REAMING  AND  COUNTERBOR- 
ING  SAFETY-LOCK  SPINDLE  HOLE  IN  GANG  DRILLER 

Transformation — Fig.  788;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  788-A. 
Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  16-in.  hand  screw  machine, 
Fig.  789.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — In  fixture  on  stud,  Fig.  790;  slide  A  carries 
a  stud  and  is  moved  into  the  hole  in  sleeve  by  a  cam  operated 
by  knurled  handle  B;  lever  C  is  dropped  behind  the  slide  A 
and  locks  it  In  place.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Holes  in  turret. 
Cutting  Tools — Drill,  counterbore  and  bottoming  tool,  Fig.  791; 
A,  reamer;  B,  counterbore  shown  in  Figs.  792  A  and  B;  C,  count- 
erbore for  safety-lock  seat;  drill  guided  in  bushing  A,  Fig.  789. 


Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  ot 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  798;  A, 
relation  of  sides  to  bore;  B,  contour  of  sides  and  bore.  Pro- 
duction— 50  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding  points,  hole  and  side. 
OPERATION  13.  PROFILING  OVER  SAFETY-LOCK 
SPINDLE   HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  799;  machining  diagram.  Fig.  799-A.  . 
Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  No.  2  profiler.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices-"— In  vise 
laws  at  neck  of  sleeve,  Fig.  800;  details  in  Fig.  801;  work  is 
located  on  pins  in  holes.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  802.  Cut  Data — 1,000  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  Vt  -in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  803; 
sleeve  slides  on  plug  A  and  under  side  of  sleeve  seats  against 
a  stop  behind  sleeve;  finger  B  drops  over  sleeve  and  rests  on 
post  C  to  show  contour;  the  sleeve  is  then  reversed,  the  finger 
slid  along  on  bar  D  until  it  seats  on  post  E  and  othsr  side  is 
gaged.     Production — 70  per  hr. 

OPERATION  EE.     REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    10 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — R?. 
moving  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  10.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tion 14. 


[HI] 


HG.796 


OPERATION    10 


f..^-,».-.£ffrfA'W-5----2.75"------> 

5.75"-- 

FIG. 798 B 


MQ.805 


FIG.  801 


OPERATION   1$ 


[112] 


rie.604 


FIG. 805 


»fiy^- 


L.-H93  TAFER 


Ayp).243&'k 


■>pe^<-  U i.82" Jfid^- 

th.R.tlDef. 
FIG. 807 


//  Teeth,  R.h  Depth  of  Teeth -0.093  T&" 


FIG. 806 


•  -'. >\0J79[<- 
OPERATION    14 


|<...  0.9"-  — >)i2?(?T<-fl5->ft— -|- 1.5" 
ST££L(  Harden) 
FIG.  808 


OPERATION  14.     HAND-MILLING  SEAT  FOR  SAFETY  LOCK 


Transformation — Fig.  804.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pins,  clamped  at  end  by  cam. 
Fig.  805;  located  by  stop  A  under  left  side  and  held  by  spring 
pin  B,  Fig.  806.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.     Cutting 


Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  807.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
600  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,500  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  808,  relation  of  seat  to  bore.  Production — 350  per  hr. 
Note — The  milling  fixture  is  held  to  table  by  C  clamp. 


— "-"—■■— — 


FIG.  809 


*ifl25K ZCH- -*Y-a75->^-0.76:^ 

K -3.63"- - —M 

dTeeth  RH.Spiral  Ltl.lTurn  in  10.50" 

fig.  en 


FIG.  810 


Joint  Screw  (3125*     K-1     *-0.75->] 


I 

i. 


*su     v 


H-0.75->\ 
•1.5' H 


FIG.8I2B 


CH 


FIS.  812 


Harden-* 
FIG.8I2A 


OPERATION      II 

[113] 


Operations  on  the  Sleeve — {Continued) 


While  this  article  shows  minor  operations  on  the 
sleeve,  they  are  by  no  means  unimportant.  The  holes 
for  holding  the  safety  lock  in  any  of  its  three  positions 
and  the  holes  for  the  sleeve  lock  are  both  given.  These 
and  other  operations  give  a  good  idea  of  the  various 
forms  of  fixtures  and  gages  employed  in  this  work.  Eo- 
tating  or  oscillating  fixtures  for  a  kind  of  form  or  profil^ 
milling  are  also  used,  as  shown  in  Fig.  818,  for  the  safety- 
lock  groove.  The  work  is  rotated  around  the  milling  cut- 
ter, the  movement  being  controlled  by  stops. 

Gaging  is  very  important  in  this  work,  as  the  parts 
are  small  and  location  is  important.  An  instance  of  this 
is  shown  in  Fig.  816,  while  Fig.  816-A  shows  how  to 
gage  the  location  of  each  of  the  three  locking  holes. 

The  final  operations  on  the  sleeve  are  somewhat  inter- 
esting, especially  to  those  not  familiar  with  rifle  mak- 
ing. They  are  small  cuts  in  almost  every  case  and  might 
seem  unimportant  if  we  had  not  previously  studied  the 


OPERATION  11.  PROFILING  OVER  TOP  OF  LUGS  AND 
SAFETY-LOCK  SPINDLE  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  809  ;  machining  diagram,  same  as  Fig. 
799-A.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  No.  2  profiler.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  vise 
jaws  by  neck,  Fig.  810;  for  details  see  Fig.  801.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  811.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— -1000  r.p.m.  ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  two  J-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  812  ;  A,  length  of  safety- 
lock  projection  ;  B,  contour  from  firing  hole,  an  arm  swings  back 
to  clear  projection  while  sleeve  is  placed  on  gage.  Production — 
40  per  hr. 

OPERATION   21.      DRILLING  THREE   HOLES  FOR 
SAFETY-LOCK  PLUNGER 

Transformation — Fig.  813.  •  Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  12-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig.  Fig.  814;  details  in  Fig.  815.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drill.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages— Fig.  816; 
sleeve  is  placed  on  plug  A  and  pin  gages  used  in  bushings  B, 
C  and  D.     Production— 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION    22.      HAND-MILLING    GROOVE    FOR    SAFETY- 
LOCK   PLUNGER 

Transformation — Fig.  817.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  A. 
Number     of     Operators     per     Machine — One.       Work-Holding 


FiG.eia 


FIG.  619 
OPERATION    21  &  22 


ofaZ- 


M04'U 


STECL 
FIG.  821 


piece  in  detail  so  as  to  know  just  what  part  they  play 
in  the  functioning  of  the  firing  mechanism  of  the  rifle, 
and  while  no  new  types  of  gages  are  employed  the  way 
in  which  they  handle  the  work  makes  them  of  more  than 
passing  interest. 


Devices— Clamped  on  stud,  Fig.  818;  details  in  Fig.  819  ;  sleeve 
is  located  and  held  on  studs  A  and  B,  supported  by  C  and 
clamped  by  finger  D,  fixture  is  rotated  by  lever  E.  Tool-Hold- 
ing Devices— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools— Milling  cutter. 
Fig  820.  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data— 600  r.p.m. ;  hand 
feed.  Coolant— Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings— 500  pieces.  Gages— Fig.  821 ;  plug  A  fits  firing-pin 
hole-  pin  B  goes  through  arm  C  and  gages  depth  of  groove. 
Production— 175  per  hr.  Note— Work-holding  points,  hole  and 
bottom. 


[114] 


FIG.  824 


|< -  /" -' ■^±-■■0.46"-— y\<- 07" 

.      4  Flutes,  straight  FtH. 
OPERATION      15  FIG.  827 


Q4^'-y\ 


E 


FIG828 


rie>8Z9 


-a/8"- 


^ 


— /»- 

4 Teeth,  Ml. 
riO.  851 


J* 


FIG. 630 


A 

M 


■>a?5 


(  %\ 

\J*    K-.ir/ta.(harcfen) 
O^ERATJlON     17 

[115] 


?'  f  t"  £  f 


i  I  |C«H    kl    Marc/en 

l<. 

c 
arret 

FIG. 832 


„(W* J 


Threading  the  sleeve  is  somewhat  similar  to  the  same 
operation  on  the  barrel  except  that  the  lead  of  the  screw 
must  start  from  a  given  point  so  as  to  tally  with  the 
thread  in  the  lock  end  of  the  bolt,  while  the  barrel,  being 
round  and  threaded  first,  is  the  basis  to  which  the  receiver 
must  be  threaded.  The  sleeve  is  held  on  centers  but 
located  from  the  back  end  so  as  to  start  the  thread  cor- 
rectly. A  special  machine  is  used  for  threading,  this 
being  a  sort  of  Fox  lathe  with  the  hob  and  leader  con- 


veniently arranged  as  can  be  seen  from  the  different  views 
in  Fig.  836.  Two  circular  cutting  tools  are  used,  one  for 
use  on  the  old  and  the  other  on  the  later  machine,  one  of 
which  went  to  the  Eock  Island  arsenal.  A  segmental 
leader  is  used;  the  hob  is  on  the  lathe  spindle,  while  the 
tool  cuts  from  above.  The  gage,  Fig.  838,  is  almost 
identical  with  that  for  the  thread  on  the  rifle  barrel. 

Several  operations  prepare  the  sleeve  for  the  cocking 
piece,  this  sliding  in  the  sleeve  and  being  guided  by  it. 


*??.t-r....."fi. asCPJfa&ezaElt.^ 

FIG.  858 


OPERATION     18 


OPERATION  15.  DRILLING  SLEEVE-LOCK  AND  PIN  HOLES 
Transformation — Pig.  822.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
14-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig. 
823  ;  details  in  Fig.  824  ;  held  on  studs,  and  fixture  has  two 
positions,  90  deg.  apart.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Two  drills  and  a  bottoming  tool,  Fig.  825.  '  Number 
of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.  ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  826  ;  A,  diameter  and  depth  of 
sleeve-lock  hole ;  B,  not-go  gage ;  C,  pin  hole  ;  D,  location  of  holes. 
Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION  GG.   BURRING  SLEEVE-LOCK  PIN  HOLE 
Number   of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  pin  hole.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — 
File  and  small  reamer,  Fig.  827.     Production — 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION  17.  PROFILING  FOR  SLEEVE-LOCK 
LATCH 
Transformation — Fig.  828.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — On  studs,  clamped  at  ends,  Fig.  829  ;  details 
in  Fig  830 ;  held  on  studs  A  and  B,  located  against  stops  C, 
clamped  by  cam  D  ;   profiling   form  at  E.     Tool-Holding  Devices 


FIG.  856 


— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  831.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.  ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  A  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  832  ;  A,  location  of  slot  from  sides  ; 
B,  width  of  slot ;  C,  relation  of  slot  to  hole.  Production — 40 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  HH.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  17 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  17.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — 250  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18.  THREADING  BARREL  OF  SLEEVE 
Transformation— Fig.  833.  Machine  Used— Special  Fox  lathe 
made  at  Hill  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  center,  Fig.  834  ;  details  in  Fig. 
835  ;  sleeve  fits  on  stud  A  and  is  driven  by  stud  B  in  safety-lock 
hole ;  this  also  locates  sleeve  so  as  to  start  thread  in  correct  posi- 
tion for  bolt ;  details  of  machine  in  Fig.  836.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— In  holder.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  837,  circular  thread  tool, 
ratchet  feed,  see  Fig.  836.  Number  of  Cuts — Five,  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oii,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — 150  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  838,  size  and  location  of  threads. 
Production— 40  per  hr. 


[116] 


Harden  Ends 
M&.345A 


OPERATION 


0.5  \ 
FERRULE  (STEEL) 

FI&.843B 


OPBRATION  19.  COUNTERBORING  COCKING- PIECE  SEAT 
Transformation — Fig.  8S9.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
vertical  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  WorU-Holding  Devices — Drill  Jig,  Fig.  840;  details  of 
anuthej  type  in  Pig.  841.  Tool-Holdinsr  Devices — Drill  chuck. 
Cutting  Toole — Counterbore,  Pig.  842.  Cut  Data — 160  r.p.m.; 
hand  reed.  Coolant — Cuttine  oil.  i"g-tn.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  843:  A, 
diameter  and  depth  gage;  B,  concentricity  of  holes  and  coun- 
terbore.   Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPBRAWION  20.  MILLING  COCKING-PIECE  SLOT 
Transformation — Pig.  844.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  studs  clamped  at  ends.  Fig.  845: 
details  in  Pig.  846,  which  shows  two  cams  instead  of  one.  as 
now  used-  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Two  radius  cutters.  Pig.  847.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 80  r.p.m.:  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two 
%-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2,000  piecea  Gages — Pig.  848.  Production — 50  per  hr.  Note — 
Work-holding  points,  hole  and  side. 

OPERATION  II.     REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  20 
Number  of   Operators — One.      Description    of   Operation — 
Removing    borrs    from    cocking-piece    slot.      Apparatus    and 


Pig.    84».      Production- 


Equipment   Used — Pile    and    reamer. 
Grouped  with  operation  20. 

OPERATION    JJ.       REMOVING    BURRS    PROM    FIRING-PIN 

HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation   20.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File  and  reamer.    Production — Grouped  with 
operation  20. 

OPERATION  23.  MILLING  MATCHING  GROOVE  RECESSES 
FOR  SAFETY-LOCK  PLUNGER 
Transformation — Fig.  850.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  four-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig. 
Figs.  851  and  852.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Fig.  853.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 600 
r.p.m.:  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 600  pieces.     Production — 86  per  br. 

OPERATION  24.     FILING  EDGES  OF  COCKING-PIECE  SLOT 
AND  SAFETY-LOCK  THUMB-PIECE  BEARING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
General    filing,    cornering   and    brushing   up.      Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 100  per  hr. 


HardenZZSJW™ 


f   FIG.  848  aaaazf— *.  -X 


[117] 


r,  t(il>!5S  Grind 


nG.844,845,846,847,848,849  0P20-riG.850,85l,852,853  OP  23 
TIG.  854, OP.  26 


Cut  4Teeffi 
Roughing    finish 

HO.  853 


am' 


MO.  854 


OPERATION     25.    REAMING     HOLE     FOR     SLEEVE     LOCK, 
BURRING   SAFETY-LOCK   SPINDLE   HOLE   AND    COUN- 
TERSINKING SLEEVE-LOCK  PIN  HOLE,  ETC. 
Machine    Used — Prentice    14-in.    speed    lathe.      Number    of 
Operators   per   Machine — One.      Work-Holding   Devices — Work 
held    in    hand.      Tool-Holding    Devices— Drill    chuck.      Cutting 
Tools — Burring   reamer.      Number   of   Cuts — One.      Cut    Data — 
About    250    r.p.m.      Coolant — Cutting    oil,    put    on    with    brush. 
Average  Life   of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500   pieces.      Pro- 
duction— 400  per  hr. 

OPERATION    27.      POLISHING    EXTERIOR    SURFACES 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    all    outside    surfaces.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 25  per  hr. 
OPERATION     26.       ROTARY     FILING    MATCHING     SAFETY- 
LOCK  PLUNGER  RECESSES  WITH  PLUNGER  GROOVE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Rotary  filing  lock-spindle  recess  to  match  with  spindle  groove. 
Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Rotary   file,   Fig.   854.      Pro- 
duction— 120  per  hr. 

OPERATION  28.      FILING,  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Cornering   and    general    brushing   up.      Apparatus   and   Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — 25  per  hr. 


I 


Q 

V" 


JQt* 


jt* 


f*"*to9&  ->\0./47t<- 


forgcd  srca.(Case  harden) 
FIG.  855 

DETAILS  OF  SLEEVE  LOCK 


OPERATION  29.     CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description     of    Operation — 

Packed  in  whole,  new  bone;   heated  to  750  deg.  C.    (1,382  deg. 

F.)    for   2%    hr.;    quenched   in   oil.     Apparatus   and    Equipment 

Used — Same  apparatus  as  for  the  receiver  and  bolt. 

OPERATION   30.      ASSEMBLING   WITH    SLEEVE,    LOCK    PIN 
AND  SPRING,  AND  SAFETY  LOCK 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description     of    Operation — 

Assembling  safety  lock  and  spring  with  sleeve.     Production — 

50  per  hr. 

The  Sleeve  Lock 

The  sleeve  lock  is  a  small  piece  in  the  form  of  a  hook 
that  fits  in  the  left  side  of  the  sleeve  and  locks  it  to  the 
bolt  in  the  proper  position.  It  is  a  drop  forging  of  Class 
D  steel,  which  comes  in  bars  0.26  in.  square.  It  is  an- 
nealed and  otherwise  heat-treated  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  sleeve  itself,  so  far  as  the  heat-treatment  is  con- 
cerned. It  is  designed  to  prevent  the  accidental  turning 
of  the  sleeve  when  the  bolt  is  pulled  back. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  detail  drawings,  Fig.  855,  it  is 
a  small  piece  and  is  on  this  account  handled  in  multiple 
fixtures  wherever  possible.  There  are  but  few  operations 
that  require  detailed  illustrations. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  SLEEVE  LOCK 
Operation 

A     Cutting  off 

Forging  from  bar 

Annealing 

Pickling 

Trimming 

Milling  top  of  lug. 

Drilling,     reaming 

right  side  of  lug 

Milling  sides  of  lug  and  over  body 

Hand-milling,  rounding  top  to  match  sleeve 

Hand-milling,    rounding  bevel   front   end 

Reaming  pin  hole 

Hand-milling  clearance  for  pin 

Filing  general  cornering  and  matching 

Casehardening 

OPERATION   A.      CUTTING    OFF 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — The 
bars  come  too  long  to  work  easily,  so  are  cut  in  two.     Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — A  pair  of  alligator  shears. 
OPERATION  A-l.     FORGING  FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     856.       Number     of     Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Blocking  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 400   per   hr 

OPERATION  C.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — . 
Pieces  are  packed  in  powdered  charcoal  placed  in  iron  pots; 
left  in  furnace  over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Powdered  charcoal,  iron  pots,  Brown  &  Sharpe  anneal- 
ing furnaces. 


A-l 
C 
D 
B 
2 
1 

3-4 
6 

7 

AA 

8 

9 

10 


roughing 

and    hollow-milling 


body,    facing 


[118] 


FI&866 


t»    flSZF^— *l 

FI6667 
OPERATION  3&4 


FIG.868 


OPERATION  D.     PICKLING  OPERATION  B.     TRIMMING 

Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description    or    Operation—  Machine  Used — Perkins  &  Snow  power  press  No.  2,   I-tn 

Placed   in   wire   baskets,   put   into  the   pickling   solution    pre-  stroke.    Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.    Punches  ant 

viously  described,  and  left  there  for  about  12  min.     Apparatus  Punch    Holders — Square-shank    punch    holder.      Die.    and    Dl» 

and  Equipment  Used — Wire  basket,  wooden  tanks,  hoist.  Holders — In  shoe  by  setscrews.     Production — 600  uer  hr. 


[119] 


fiG.674 


► 


FIG.  875 
OPERATION   5  ft  7 


OPERATION  3.  MILLING  TOP,  ROUGHING 
Transformation — Fig.  857.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
."To.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Multiple  vise;  five  are  clamped  by 
stem  at  each  setting,  Fig  S58.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Stand- 
ard arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Wide-face  milling  cutter.  Number 
3f  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant 
•^-Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings— 8,000  Dieces.  Production — 45  per  hr. 
OPERATION  i.  DRILLING.  REAMING  AND  HOLLOW- 
MILLING  BODY,  FACING  RIGHT  SIDE  OF  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  859.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  1  hand  screw  machine;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  860. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Two  formed  ohuck  jaws,  Fig.  861;  details  in  Fig.  862. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — 
Spotting  drill,  hollow  mill,  box  tool  and  reamer.  Number  of 
Cuts — Five.  Cut  Data — Speed.  900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
— Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 350  pieces.  Sages — Fig.  863;  A,  diameter  and  depth 
of  hole;  3.  thickness  of  head;  C,  outside  diameter  of  stem. 
Production — 60  ^r  hr. 

OPERATIONS  3  AND  4.     MILLING  SIDES  OF  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  864.   Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 

No.  9  Lincoln  miller.    Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 

Work-Holding  Devices — Formed  vise  jaws,  Fig.  865;  details  in 

Fig.    866.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Standard    arbor.      Cutting 


Tools — Formed  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 700  r.p.m.;  %-m.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  out  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 15.00* 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  867,  sides  of  lug  with  hole  in  body;  Fig. 
868,  limit  gage  for  body  and  lug. 

OPERATION  5.    HAND-MILLING,   ROUNDING  TOP  TO 
MATCHING  SLEEVE 

Transformation — Fig.  869.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Ooerators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  Vise  with  jaws  formed  to  hold 
shank,  Fig.  870.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Formed  milling  cutter,  Fig.  871.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000 
pieces.     Gages — See  Fig.  872.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.     HAND-MILLING,   ROUNDING   BEVEL 
FRONT  END 

Transformation — Fig.  873.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  "6 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise  with  formed  jaws,  Fig.  874,  or  with 
cam,  as  in  Fig.  875;  work  held  in  grooves  AA,  to  get  bevel  at 
proper  angle.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Fig.  871.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant- — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
876,  form  and  height  gages  for  operations  2,  5  and  1.  Produc- 
tion— 350  Der  hr. 


pi 

I            i 

>i 

! 

TIG.  877A 


OPERATION     • 
[120] 


FIG.  879 


OPERATION  AA.  REAMING  PIN  HOLU 
Transformation — Fig.  877.  Machine  Used — Speeo.  lathe. 
dumber  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — In  holder,  Fig.  877-A.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamers.  Average  Life  or  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 3,000  nieces.     Production— >-350  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.  HAND-MILLING  CLEARANCE  FOR  PIN 
Transformation — Fig.  878.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  i 
iiand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  A  in  rotating  fixture.  Fig.  879; 
damped  between  jaws  B  by  lever  C;  rocked  by  handle  E>  and 
removed  by  ejecting  rod  E.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Formed  cutter.  Nurnber  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — Speed,  900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  880,  lock  is  slipped  on  pin  and 
finger  drops  on  the  milled  spot.     Production — 350  per  hr. 

OPERATION    ».      FILING.    GENERAL    CORNERING    AND 
MATCHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    ot    Operation — 
General    filing,    cornering    and    brushing    up.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 50  per  hr. 


OPERATION  lb.     CASEHARDENING 
Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation— 
Heated  in  cyanide  to  1,500  deg.  b.,  quenched  in  oil.    Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Crucible  in  oil  furnace. 


SS8S"— 

STEEL  (Blue) 

HTO.    881.    DETAILS   OF   FIRING-PIN    ROB 


Stop 


0.284Diam. 
XThreads peril: 


oxH). 


Box   Tool 

y 

DnMiJiTiijiiiijT 

iiiiii'.i'liliiiiiiii^i i-  n I. 

MfiliiiiiillKI ' — 

FIG.  883  A 


Threading  Die       ,  --Al&fifc-  \w" 
FIG.  883       02»ft    |f-'| 


FIG.  884 


\Harden  J-N*- 

XThri/s71   ^ 
permcfi 


£'-WT?     n^Zi<-Triaarr  Sara* 


Jo. 


U 2.5"- »U- -1.5'- 

OPERATION      I 


a% 


JX 


->l    ri-0289"  I     ~~0M"Diam. 

.fLyn<-/'-J    S0Thrds.perin. 

STEEL  (Harden)     ^    ^_g  y 


5.863' 
-7.7 

STEEL  (Harden) 
riG.889 


w 


OPERATION    i 


[121] 


The  firing-pin  rod,  Fig.  881,  is  made  of  Class  B  ma- 
terial, 0.290  in.  in  diameter,  with  an  allowance  of  minus 
0.002  in.  This  is  made  from  wire  that  must  be  annealed, 
bright,  straight,  free  from  kinks  and  capable  of  being 
easily  worked  in  automatic  machines.  It  must  be  suita- 
ble for  being  handled  in  an  open  fire  and  is  drawn  to  a 
low  temper  in  a  lead  bath.  The  pin  is  screwed  into  the 
cocking  piece  and  is  riveted  over  the  end,  the  length  of 
the  rod  being  so  adjusted  that  when  the  end  of  the  cock- 
ing piece  bears  against  the  interior  shoulder  of  the  sleeve 
the  striker  point  will  project  the  proper  distance  beyond 
the  face  of  the  bolt.  The  firing-pin  rod  and  the  cocking 
piece  when  assembled  make  up  the  unit  known  as  the  "fir- 
ing pin."  The  firing-pin  rod  itself  is  only  an  automatic 
screw-machine  job,  except  for  the  heating  and  tempering 
and  the  necessary  burring  operations. 

OPERATIONS   ON   FIRING-PIN   ROD 

Operations 

1  Cutting-  off  and  threading 

3  Forming  joint  (3  and  AA  grouped) 
AA  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  3 

4  Tempering  (two  operations  hardening) 

5  Straightening 

6  Polishing  circle,  except  1%  in.  of  rear  end. 

7  Bluing 

1-A     Assembling  with  cocking  piece 

8  Polishing  rear  end 

9  Etching  n.ar  end 

OPERATION  1.  CUTTING  OFF  AND  THREADING 
Transformation — Fig.  882;  machine  diagram,  Fig.  883-A. 
Machine  Used — Hartford  Machine  Screw  Co.  1-in.  automatic. 
Fig.  883-A.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Spring  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tur- 
ret of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — See  Fig.  884.  Number  of  Cuts 
— Two.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces. 
Gages — pig.  885;  A,  length;  B,  diameter  of  wire;  C,  diameter 
of  pin  and  thread;  D,  thread  gage.  Production — 35  per  hr. 
Note — These  are  cut  off  and  threaded  by  the  same  machine. 

OPERATION  3.  FORMING  JOINT 
Transformation — Fig.  886.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Tool  post  A  and  back  rest  B  on  crossfeed  carriage.  Fig.  887. 
Cutting  Tools — Circular  cross-slide  tool,  Fig.  888.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  >4-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  889,  width  of  groove,  diameter 
of  head.     Production — 70  per  hr. 

OPERATION   AA.      REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY      , 
OPERATION  3 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  3.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  3. 


OPERATION  4.  TEMPERING  (TWO  OPERATIONS 
HARDENING) 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Harden  in  open  fire  at  1,450  deg.  F.  and  temper  end  of  rod 
that  fits  in  striker;  tempered  in  oil  at  900  deg.  F.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Rockwell  high-pressure  oil  furnace, 
firebox  about  12x24  in.;  lead  pot  for  drawing  temper.  Produc- 
tion— 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.     STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening  after  hardening;  detect  crooks  by  rolling  on  a 
bench  plate.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Cast-iron  bench 
plate,  hammer  and  lead  block.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION    6.      POLISHING   CIRCLE,    EXCEPT    1%    IN.    OF 
REAR  END 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  end  for  bluing.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — 
Polishing  Jack  and  wheel.     Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.  BLUING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Bluing  rod  after  polishing;  blued  at  800  deg.  F.;  kept  in 
solution  from  2  to  4  min.,  then  dipped  in  hot  water  and  after- 
ward in  cold  water  with  a  layer  of  oil  on  top  to  coat  with 
oil  and  prevent  rusting.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Crucible  containing  mixture  of  10  parts  refined  niter  (salt- 
peter) to  1  part  black  oxide  of  manganese;  heated  to  melting 
point.     Production — About  800  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1-A.     ASSEMBLING  WITH  COCKING  PIECE 
Number  of  Operators — One.   Description  of  Operation — Head- 
ing over  firing-pin    rod   after  assembling  with   cocking   piece. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used— Vise  and  hammer.     Gages — 
Fig.  890,  length  of  assembled  pieces.     Production— 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.      POLISHING  REAR  END 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  rear  end  after  heading.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 350  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.  ETCHING  REAR  END 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Etching  end  of  coeking  niece;  there  are  a  few  pieces,  such 
as  the  cocking  piece,  firing-pin  rod  and  the  safety  lock,  which 
are  riveted  in  place  after  being  browned;  as  the  riveting  must 
be  smoothed  down,  thereby  removing  the  browning,  a  special 
etching  acid  is  used  for  coloring  the  polished  portions  to 
match  the  browning  previously  put  on;  this  is  done  by  putting 
some  of  the  etching  acid  in  a  shallow  glass  dish  and  dipping 
Into  it  the  parts  to  be  colored;  in  order  to  check  the  working 
of  this  acid  the  piece  is  immediately  dipped  in  hot  water,  then 
in  a  dish  of  ammonia  at  full  strength  and  then  thoroughly 
covered  with  oil;  the  etching  acid  is  composed  of  1  qt. 
"tincture  of  steel,"  previously  mentioned  in  connection  with 
browning  the  barrel,  on  page  727,  2  oz.  corrosive  sublimate  and 
1  oz.  nitric  acid.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Etching 
acid,  earthenware  plate.     Production — 1,000  per  hr. 

■ 


[122] 


The  Cocking  Piece 


This  is  another  instance  where  a  small  piece  plays  an 
important  part.  This  fits  inside  the  barrel  of  the  sleeve 
and  is  guided  by  it.  Its  manufacture  involves  the  use 
of  specially  made  tools  and  fixtures  and  which  are  out 
of  the  ordinary.  Then  there  are  numerous  special  gages 
which  show  how  closely  the  different  parts  conform  to 
the  desired  standard.  These  operations  involve  the  use 
of  several  different  machines,  from  the  screw  machine, 
which  turns  the  handle,  to  the  profiler,  by  which  the  cam 
on  the  front  end  is  cut  to  just  the  correct  shape,  all  of 
the  machines  and  operations  involving  the  most  careful 
work  on  the  part  of  the  operator. 

The  cocking  piece  is  made  from  a  drop  forging  of  Class 
D  material,  0.56  in.  square.  This,  as  the  name  implies, 
holds  the  firing  pin  in  a  cocked  position  and,  together 


purpose.  It  works  out  admirably  in  practice,  however, 
which  is  the  final  test  of  any  design  or  method. 

Great  care  is  taken,  however,  to  have  the  surface  of 
this  cam  perfectly  smooth.  To  this  end  the  milling  re- 
ceives very  careful  attention  and  it  is  difficult  to  find  a 
finer  or  smoother  job  of  formed  or  irregular  milling  in 
any  shop.  A  nine-toothed  cutter,  Pig.  936,  running  at 
900  r.p.m.  is  used  in  milling  this  cam,  and  this  together 
with  the  careful  use  of  cutting  oil  leaves  a  splendid  sur- 
face, which  is  quite  important  at  this  point. 

Another  particular  point  is  the  sear  notch,  this  con- 
trolling the  action  of  the  trigger  in  releasing  the  firing 
pin  and  striker  and  exploding  the  powder  charge  in  the 
cartridge.  The  smooth  action  of  the  trigger  depends  on 
the  surfaces  of  the  cocking  piece  and  of  the  sear,  and  these 


Uai25" 


0.285'Tap.-1 
30T.hreads  per 


''-Cam  to  be 
*  polished  bright 

-0.13" 


-■M<— — 0.888" >] 

■1.544"- 
STEEL .  (Case  harden) 


FIG.   891 


with  the  firing-pin  rod,  constitutes  the  unit  known  as 
the  firing  pin.  The  main  parts  of  the  cocking  piece  are 
the  body  B,  the  knob  C,  the  lug  D,  the  cocking  cam  E, 
the  nose  F,  the  sear  notch  0,  the  locking  shoulder  H  and 
the  locking  groove  I,  Fig.  891. 

The  cam  on  the  side  of  the  point  is  quite  a  particular 
piece  of  work  as  it  is  this  inclined  surface  which  forces 
the  whole  firing-pin  assembly  back  into  the  firing  or 
cocked  position  as  the  bolt  is  given  a  quarter  turn.  It  is 
prevented  from  turning  by  the  point  or  tongue  sliding  in 
a  suitable  slot  in  the  sleeve.  This  cam  is  cut  to  a  lead 
of  one  turn  in  2.5  in.,  and  seems  quite  steep  for  such  a 


•Copyright,  1917,  Hill  Publishing  Co. 


are  carefully  honed  with  an  oilstone  to  insure  the  desired 
smoothness  of  action  under  the  pressure  of  the  main- 
spring. 

Besides  the  two  points  already  mentioned  the  front 
surface  of  body  is  important  in  its  relation  to  the  total 
distance  from  the  point  of  the  striker.  This  face  fits 
against  the  interior  shoulder  of  the  sleeve  and  the  sleeve 
screws  in  the  bolt,  so  that  the  distance  the  point  of  the 
striker  will  project  through  the  hole  in  the  front  end  of 
the  bolt  depends  on  a  number  of  factors. 

It  requires  very  careful  gaging  to  be  sure  the  assembled 
distance  is  correct  and  is  one  of  the  reasons  for  the  final 
hand  facing  cutter  and  its  fixture,  shown  in  Fig.  728, 


[123] 


operation  45%  on  the  bolt  itself.  These  parts  tie  together 
so  closely,  in  the  final  assembly  and  in  the  correct  working 
of  the  rifle,  that  they  can  almost  be  considered  as  a  unit. 
The  method  of  •  countersinking  the  back  end  of  the 
knob  for  riveting  over  the  firing  pin  rod  is  both  simple 
and  efficient.  A  five  sided  punch,  forced  into  the 
hole  in  a  punch  press,  gives  ample  space  for  riveting  the 
end  of  the  pin  and  also  locks  it  securely  against  turning. 


Operation 

13  Milling  sear  notch  to  finish 

15  Polishing  outer  surface  except  rear  end  and  sear  noted 

16  Filing,  general 

17  Casehardening 

18  Polishing  sear  notch 
18%  Polishing  cocking  cam 

19  Finishing;   honing  surface  under  sear  notch 

OPERATION   A.      FORGING    FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.      892.        Number     of     Operators — One. 
Description    of    Operation — Breaking    down    and    blocking    to 
shape.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — Billings   &   Spencer 
400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 125  per  hr. 


OPERATION   I 


This  is  a  much  more  simple  method  than  we  find  em- 
ployed in  some  other  cases,  but  it  answers  every  purpose 
and  ought  to  be  applicable  to  other  kinds  of  work. 

OPERATIONS    ON    COCKING    PIECE 
Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 
B     Annealing 
3-1     Pickling 
C     Trimming 
D     Grinding  head 

1  Drilling,     reaming,     facing,     grooving,     turning     and 
knurling 

2  Counterboring  front  end  to  length 

4  Milling  left  side  to  finish 

3  Milling  right  side  to  finish 
AA     Reaming  burrs  left  by  operation  < 

5  Milling  front  across  bottom  and  rear  of  lug  to  finish 
BB     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  5 

CC     Burring  (group  5,  BB,  CC,  11  and  DD) 

11  Swaging 

DD     Removing  burrs  left  by  swaging 

7  Profiling  nose  to  finish 

12  Hand-milling,  freeing  cut  to  top  of  tang   (12  and  EE 
grouped) 

EE  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  12 

9  Counterboring,  firing-pin  body  size 

8  Milling  cam 

6  Milling  safety-lock  notches 
10  Tapping  firing-pin   hole 


gin 

Is, 

.  4  J 


4  and  AA  grouped 


OPERATION   B.      ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal;  heated  to  850  deg. 
C.  (1,562  deg.  F.)  in  Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  furnaces;  left 
overnight  to  cool.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Iron 
pots,  Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  furnaces. 

OPERATION  3.     PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  the  pickling  solution  and  left  about  10  min.;  the 
pickling  solution  is  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets,  cast  lead  tanks 
and  pulley  block. 

OPERATION  C.     TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Bliss  press.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square-shank 
punch  holder.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Die  set  in  shoe  held  by 
setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  through  die.  Pro- 
duction— 600  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D.     GRINDING  HEAD 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Grinding  head   to   allow   for   spotting.     Apparatus   and   equip- 
ment Used — Abrasive  wheel.     Production — 1,000  per  hr. 
OPERATION  1.    DRILLING,  REAMING,  FACING.  GROOVING, 
TURNING  AND  KNURLING 

Transformation — Fig.  893.  Machine  Used — New  Britain 
automatic.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  bv  two-jaw  chuck.  Fig.  894.  Tool- 
Kolding  Devices — Chuck  on  spindle  of  machine.     Cutting  Tools 


[124] 


I    ^s 


'  Utf'-J 


.-Loose  fit 
ri 
.11.. 

: 

-rt- 

-U- 


tt 


**- 


Lcy..°-  s 


D 


D 


U — -i**- »«?3Zf«<<-&£»**--->J 

T-,„, —— rfe-iLJ 


FIG.899 


OPERATION  2 


STEEL(HardZp 

FIG.  901 


— Fig.  895;  A,  forming  tool;  B,  circular  grooving  tool  for  head; 
C,  drill  chucks  and  collet.  Number  of  Cuts — Seven.  Cut  Data 
—450  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^4-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 800  pieces.  Special 
Fixtures — Fig.  896,  revolving  center.  Gages — Fig.  897;  A, 
diameter  of  hole;  B,  shape  and  diameter  of  neck;  C,  outside 
diameter;  D,  large  diameter;  E,  curve  of  knob.  Production — 
60  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  COUNTERBORING  FRONT  END  TO  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  898.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
12-in.  speed  lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  centering  fixture,  Fig.  899, 
on  tailstock,  guided  by  pilot:  details  in  Fig.  900.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  900-A,  counter- 
bore.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  901,  diameter 
and  depth  of  counterbore.     Production — 50  per  hr. 


OPERATIONS  3  AND  4.  MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT 
SIDES  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  902.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  clamped  by  vise  jaws. 
Fig.  903;  details  in  Fig.  904;  both  vise  Jaws  moved  by  one  cam. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — -Fig. 
905,  milling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  ^4-in.  streams. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings- — 3,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  906;  A,  width  and  central  location  of  nose;  906-B,  diam- 
eter of  barrel;  906-C,  radius  of  body.     Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  AA.  REAMING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  4 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Reaming  burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  3  and  4.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Hand  reamer.  Fig.  907.  Production — 
Grouped  with  operations  3  and  4. 


J<y0455 
tO Teeth,  Left  Hand 


riS.904 


Section  A-A 


l<Q73"J 


*rj  to 


Trigger 
Screw 


FIG.  905  lo 

¥ 

■r:-;Harxten 

a 

w 

&< 

4                 -r- 

■W 

£ 

© 

raf 

1 

H «-i 

Y 

--BO-- 

.  S — 

..-J 

'\ 

H   Trigger 
Screw 


FIG.906-A    fe 


TT. 


-09Z75- 


':Jflf 


car 


TK 


,0| 

0.3 


» t&tr- — *j 


r?"".^"::!t!^y''fl*  r^>-^"- — * 


W^il ^Harden 

U--W'--H 


■■-is'- —  *i 

FIG.906-C 


sua 


<0.4%#Q4S&- 


r 

1 


ST€EL<harden) 

-.«£ 


m 


I 


3 


SFIutes.Righi  Hand 


$ 


FIG.90&-B 

Relieve  for  Grinding 


tOiser 


y 

y 


U...lss"...>U--i.3"—->U is'- Jffif.P 


OPERATION  38c4 
[125] 


'j  M  *■  Body  0.486" '- 

'SJS '"''"' *~*iShankQ43S» 

FIG.907 


TURNING  SIZES 

ito  mi'm 

lorfu  0486"  ■ 
Shank  Q455' 


o'  r  f  z'  / 

I I 1 L_I 


|<- L8S"- J<---<2995--'>l  \*OISS'  STEEl(Harden) 


Q^,|    O.OM5H      nG9|2.A 


JL 


Pebct 


STEELfHarden 


U jS*g£-M J 

FIG.9I2-B 


Z6Teeth,  Left  Hand 

ne.9ii 


FI6.9I4 


FIG.9IS 


O — o. 


!  !         I  >  1 

o 

o 

1        ! 

r 

h 

it 

) 

1       1 
•      > 
1      1 
1      1 

(        1 

1 1 1 

'i  i1 

i  ■-- 1   .  .i 1 — i — 

FI6.9I6 
OPERATION  II 


M2S>\   ft- 


>■*: 


f- 


**0 


VJ" 


QZS6?">\      k 

"FT 

i  j 

Spiral 
Left  Hard, 
1  Turn  in 
6.12' 

i  j 
j 

"fa    : 

*   ! 

8  Teeth, 

Right 

Hand 

!    i 

4^ 

M  7 

m"> 

11 

t        1 

to  ! 

*o    : 

J 

Q3  U  FHS.9I8 

FIG.  917 


OPERATION  DD 


[126] 


OPERATION    5. 


MILLING    FRONT    ACROSS    BOTTOM    AND 
REAR  OF  LUG  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  908.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  type.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  studs  clamped  by  vise  jaws,  Fig. 
909;  studs  are  shown  at  A,  Fig.  910,  which  also  shows  the  side 
clamping  by  means  of  a  single  cam  B.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  911,  two  gangs.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  60  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant 
■ — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 3,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  912;  A,  sear 
notch-,  B,  rear  of  lug,  finger  is  pivoted;  C,  location  of  lug. 
Botch  and  counterbore.     Production — 100  per  hr. 


OPERATION  11.     SWAGING 

Transformation — Fig.  913.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
12-in.  swaging  press,  Fig.  914.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Swaging  punch, 
Fig.  915.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Cast-iron  block,  screwed  to 
back  of  press,  with  pin  for  centering  work,  Fig.  916.  Average 
Life  of  Punches — 3,500  pieces.  Dies — Same.  Gages — Fig.  917, 
shape  and  depth.     Production — 75  per  hr. 

OPERATION  DD.      REMOVING   BURRS  LEFT   BY   SWAGING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown   up  by  operation   11.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File  and  reamer,  Fig.  918. 


OPERATION     12 


OPERATION    BB.      REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  5 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing   burrs   thrown    up   by   operation   5.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  5. 
OPERATION  CC.     BURRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  3  and  4.     Apparatus 
Bnd  Equipment  Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tions 5,  11,  BB,  CC  and  DD. 


OPERATION  7.  PROFILING  NOSE  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  919.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  1  profiler.  Fig.  920.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  clamped  by  vise 
jaw,  Fig.  921  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  Shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter.  Fig.  922.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — Speed,  1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  923,  length  and  form.  Production — 75  per  hr.  Note — The 
use  of  a  mandrel  for  supporting  the  work  again  comes  into 
nlay,  as  can  be  seen  in  Figs.  920  and  921. 


[127] 


OPERATION  12.     HAND-MILLING,  FREEING  CUT  TOP 
OF.  TANG 

Transformation — Fig.  924.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller,  Fig.  925.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  926.  Tool-Hold- 
ing Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter, 
Fig.  927.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Speed,  600  r.p.m. ; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  928,  radius  of  tang. 
Production — 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION  EE.     REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    12 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  12.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tion 12. 


Fig.  936.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  937, 
length  and  shape.     Production — 50   per  hr. 

OPERATION    6.      MILLING    SAFETY-LOCK    NOTCHES 

Transformation — Fig.  938.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Stud  A,  Fig.  939;  clamped  sidewise  by 
screw  B,  while  cam  C  forces  the  work  on  stud;  details  in  Fig. 
940.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools- 
Fig.  941;  two  thin  milling  cutters  A,  separated  by  a  collar  B. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 4.000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  942;  A,  width 
of  notches;  942-B,  location  of  notches.     Production — 100  per  hr. 


FIG.935 


OPERATION  8 


FIS337 


OPERATION  9.  COUNTERBORJNG,  FIRING-PIN  BODY  SIZE 
Transformation — Fig.  929.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
three-spindle  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Set  on  stud  in  block  clamped 
to  table,  prevented  from  turning  by  stop  A,  Fig.  930;  pilot  of 
reamer  enters  block  below  work.  Tool-Holding  Devices — In 
drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  931.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 260  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  jV-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  932.     Production — 120  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.  MILLING  CAM 
Transformation — Fig.  933.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  rotating  fixture,  Fig. 
934;  details  in  Fig.  935;  work  is  held  on  stud  A  and  clamped 
by  screw  B  against  block  C;  guided  in  rotation  by  cam  D. 
roe'-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.    Cutting  Tools — End  mill. 


OPERATION  10.  TAPPING  FIRING-PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  943.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
14-in.  tapping  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Fixture  on  tailstock.  Fig.  944; 
work  lies  in  holder  A;  notch  prevents  its  pulling  out  on  with- 
drawal of  tap.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Tap  screw  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Fig.  945.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 300 
r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  946,  plug  gage  for  thread. 
Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.  MILLING  SEAR  NOTCH  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  947.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
Lincoln  type  No.  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  upright  on  stud  clamped  on  tang 
by  laws.  Fig.  948;  details  in  Fig.  949.  Tool-Holding  Devices- 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools— Fig.  950.  Number  of  Cuts- 
One.      Cut   Data — 70    r.p.m.;    %-in.    feed.      Coolant — Compound. 


[128] 


W-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 4,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  951,  height.  Production — 100  per  hr. 
OPERATION  15.  POLISHING  OUTER  SURFACE  EXCEPT 
END  AND  SEAR  NOTCH 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — • 
Polishing  all  outer  surfaces  except  end  and  sear  notch. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel. 
Production — 50  per  hr. 


F.)  for  ZVi  hr. ;  quench  in  oil.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Cast-iron  pots,   oil-fired   casehardening   furnaces. 

OPERATION   18.    POLISHING   SEAR   NOTCH    TO    REMOVE 
ROUGHNESS    DUE    TO    CASEHARDENING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  sear  notch  to  finish.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 600  per  hr. 


«fc 


L6ZS-- 

First  Tapping,  the  Top 
Finishing,  the  Tap  has 


■ ->H 145 

has  I  Cut  and  is  Q28S'Diameter 
2  Cuts  and  is  (1286  Diameter 

F1G.945 


FI0942-B 


Fia946 


OPERATION  6 


OPERATION  16.     FILING,  GENERAL 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
General  filing  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— File.     Production — 50  per  hr. 

OPERATION   17.      CASEHARDENING 
Number   of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Pack  in  whole  new  bone,  easeharden  at  750  deg.  C.   (1.382  deg. 


OPERATION    18%.    POLISHING    COCKING    CAM    TO 
INSURE  EASY  ACTION 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  cam.  removing  cutter  marks.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.  Production — 1,000 
per  hr.  Note — This  makes  the  cocking  action  of  bolt  easy  and 
smooth. 


[129] 


3Ttrr*v' 


FI&947 


OPERATION    19. 


This  Cutter  is  cut  so 
as  io  be  Rewsible 


FI6.950 


OPERATION  13 


K-08-->H-Q«'->f<-Q7^  a  VoA 

tf -4, 

STEEL 

fiossi 


FINISHING;    HONING    SURFACE    UNDER 
SEAR  NOTCH 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Honing  point  of  sear  notch.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
Oilstone   in    hand.      Production — 1,000    per   hr. 

Firing-Pin  Sleeve 

The  firing-pin  sleeve,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  952, 
holds  the  striker  in  position  on  the  end  of  the  firing-pin 
rod  and  is  kept  in  place  by  the  mainspring.  It  is  made 
of  Class '  D  steel.  It  is  entirely  an  automatic  screw- 
machine  job  and  is  finished  at  one  operation  except  for 
burring  and  bluing. 

This  sleeve  is  part  of  an  ingenious  method  of  holding 
the  striker  in  place.  The  main  or  firing  spring  is  first 
slipped  over  the  firing  pin  rod,  then  the  firing  pin  sleeve 


is  put  over  the  end  of  rod.  The  spring  is  compressed 
until  the  sleeve  can  slide  back  far  enough  to  clear  the 
groove  in  the  end  of  the  rod,  the  striker  is  slipped  in  place 
and  the  sleeve  released.  The  main  spring  forces  it  over 
the  end  of  the  striker,  effectually  holding  it  in  place,  yet 
allowing  it  to  be  easily  disassembled  by  merely  compress- 
ing the  main  spring.  This  form  of  fastening  may  and 
should  have  other  applications  in  various  machine  parts. 

OPERATION  1.    AUTOMATIC  TURNING 

Transformation — Fig.  953;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  954. 
Machine  Used — Cleveland  1-in.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-back  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Fig. 
955;  A,  stop;  B,  large  drill;  C,  smaller  drill;  D,  counterbore;  E, 
form  cutter  on  cross-slide;  F,  cutoff  on  cross-slide.  Cut  Data 
— 600  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tools  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  956.    Production — 30  per  hr. 


TIG.  955 


Drill 


^S33 


Counter    Bore 


form  Tool  in  Cross  Slide 


Cutoff 

HG.  954 
OPERATION  I 


1   I  DtpttroT 
r~l  Countertiat 


riG.956 


[130] 


Striker,  Mainspring  and  Extractor 


These  three  parts,  the  striker,  mainspring  and  ex- 
tractor, are  all  important  in  the  proper  functioning  of 
the  rifle.  The  first  is  very  particular  in  some  of  its  de- 
tails, such  as  the  point  and  the  distance  it  projects 
through  the  bolt  where  it  strikes  the  percussion  or  de- 
tonating element  in  the  cartridge.  It  starts  with  the 
automatic  screw  machine  and  uses  the  profiler  to  finish  the 
other  end. 


OPERATION    1.     FORMING    BODY    IN    AUTOMATIC    SCREW 
MACHINE 

Transformation — Fig.  958;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  959. 
Machine  Used — Gridley  automatic,  Fig.  960;  Fig.  961  shows 
set-up  on  Hartford  automatic.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-back  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Holder  and  box  tool.  Cutting  Tools — Fig. 
962;  A,  circular  grooving  tool;  B.  roughing  mill  for  point;  C, 
form  tool  for  point;  D,  cutting-off  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Four.  Cut  Data — 350  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 
500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  963;  A,  contour  of  point  and  length; 
B,  diameter  and  total  length.     Production — 25  per  hr. 


*<<-0.272>\        , 
6l44^,^r£0il28" 


02'H. 


<=coxedi 


TIG.  956 


Bo*  Tool  front.  Cross  Slide  Back 


TIG  961 


%*&~4*J&4\»*7%\ 


FIG.  960 


4Tetth.RH 


Hollow  Mill  Set  . 
u*/c£  Transfer  Holes 

ifromtWer 

— X 


'  ftro 


-_  .004 

S.I 


/ 1 


a^lHJ'iotfl* 


feiSfe— ■-•*■- 


— -1.375 — ! 


\*~07f~-H 

hollow  Mill.  Roughing  ftxnrx 
STCCL 
Use  Master  Tool-    B 


mnim 


*03 


3. 

■*056'  K 
Use  Master-,  '*£Q°i 
Tool 

—  195' A  f  |< I22'~*    U-OX' 


Forming  Tool     STCCL 


'\*e56K—-?/07"  -»tx'«ii05: 
*''''^'aY"Um5r%~ 

Jfr   ft*"- — rt     "■ 


S3  *---fl 


em- ^  i<-     y  *.o?o5' 

*0.5^-   _«JJk 


3L 


r^jk^^m^lom' 


harden  Bushing.. 


Turning  Cutter  STCCL 


"** 


H e"  -■ *-/'■•>) 

flG.962  Cutting  Off  Tool 


7\  B>- 


lifi 


STCCL 
=>  (harden) 


■*i«K  Q6 >k—  ll" 
STCCL 


OPERATION    i 

[131] 


FIG.  963  A 


The  Striker 

The  striker,  as  shown  i&  detail  in  Fig.  957,  is  the  piece 
that  actually  comes  in  contact  with  the  percussion  cap 
in  the  base  of  the  rifle  cartridge.  It  is  held  in  position 
on  the  end  of  the  firing-pin  rod  by  the  firing-pin  sleeve 
and  is  made  of  Class  B  steel,  C.42  in.  in  diameter.  It 
is  wholly  an  automatic  screw-machine  job,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  milling  and  profiling  the  side  opening  and 
recess  which  receives  the  end  of  the  firing-pin  rod.  This, 
as  has  been  shown  in  the  assembly  of  the  firing  mechanism 
in  the  first  article,  page  636,  Vol.  45,  allows  the  end  of 

OPERATIONS  ON   THE   STRIKER 
Operation 

1  Forming  body    in   automatic   screw   machine 

2  Squaring?  and  drilling  rear  end  in  hand  screw  machine 

3  Profiling   for   firing-pin   head 

4  Filing,    general  cornering 

5  Tempering  and  hardening 

6  Finishing  point  (in  lathe) 


the  firing-pin  rod  to  be  slid  in  sideways  where  it  is  held 
by  a  sleeve,  backed  up  by  the  mainspring  which  drives 
the  striker  against"  the  cartridge.  The  point  of  the  striker 
is  hardened  and  the  temper  drawn  in  a  lead  bath  to  900 
deg.  P.  This  is  necessary  to  make  it  stand  up  against 
the  hundreds  of  blows  to  which  it  is  subjected  during  the 
life  of  the  rifle. 


Mainspring 

The  mainspring,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  973,  is 
made  of  0.049-in.  steel  music  wire,  wound  on  a  special 
machine,  the  ends  ground  flat,  compressed  for  a  certain 
period  and  then  tested.  The  mainspring  consists  of 
33y2  coils  with  a  pitch  of  6  turns  per  inch,  the  wire  being 
0.049  in.  in  diameter.    The  spring  is  wound  to  a  length 


!>*  ^^^SD 


FKJ.  964 


Spot 


1  1/ V 


SD 


»to?1«- 


JTI 


g      (<-  0875'— >t 

STECL 

Cutter 


«TT 


t 
J. 


TIG.  965 


v  ifHarden 


••>toz?U- 


i 
I 

i. 


-'^v 


n 


.>)      srca. 

or?'  /)i«'  I* •-•• ZZ5" * 

■^55K^»K"//5'"->K>f<i>|  0.7"  \i       iriuttsRH  Spiral. ITurnnZS' 

vi ,    a*'  riG.966 


^Uf~U^\^ 


*--06'~>\<. 12 

STCCL      B 


0.526  x*- 


FIG.  967 
OPERATION  2 


□  "ITU 

1 1 

oa'i'/r.ii.    yt-uva         X-O05' 


,„» .M0X6r<- -2097" '■  -  -WXK0.7"  ft- 

035  K kfl-Aj  ''"J"  - ** 

'<J>05" 


-Joint  Screir 
— -  36" 


Wfc  -4^ 


OPERATION  2.  SQUARING  AND  DRILLING  REAR  END  IN 
HAND  SCREW  MACHINE 
Transformation — Fig.  964;  machining  diagram,  Fig.  964-A. 
Machine  Used — Hand  screw  machine.  Fig.  965.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw- 
back chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Vertical  turret.  Cutting 
Tools — Drill  and  squaring  cutter.  Fig.  966.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Three.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
800  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  967;  A,  diameter  of  rear  end  and 
length;  B,  size  and  depth  of  hole.     Production — 85  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  PROFILING  FOR  FIRING-PIN  HEAD 
Transformation — Fig.  968.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler,  Fig.  969.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  Jaws  grooved  to 
fit,  Fig.  970.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — End  mill,  Fig.  971.  Number  of  Cuts— Two.  Cut  Data — ■ 
1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in. 
streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  972;  A,  length  from  point  to  bottom  of 
recess;  B,  depth  and  outline  of  recess;  C,  length  from  bottom 
of  recess  to  point.     Production — 45  per  hr. 

OPERATION    4.     FILING,    GENERAL   CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing,   cornering    and    generally    brushing    up.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 85  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.  TEMPERING  AND  HARDENING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Point  of  striker  is  heated  in  an  open  fire  to  1,450  deg.  F.,  then 
quenched  in  water;  it  is  drawn  in  lead  bath  to  900  deg.  F. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Oil-burning  furnace  and 
lead   bath. 

OPERATION   6.     FINISHING   POINT   IN  LATHE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Polishing    end    in    lathe    with    emery    cloth.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — Bench  lathe  and  emery  cloth.     Production — 
(00  per  hr. 


of  5.583  in.  and  acquires  a  set  of  something  more  than 
an  inch.  It  must  sustain  a  load  of  16  to  19  lb.  at  its 
cocked  length,  which  is  1.825  in. 

The  special  coiling  machine  used  on  this  work  has  a 
very  ingenious  automatic  cut-off.  When  the  spring  has 
been  wound  to  a  length  of  33%  coils,  the  outer  end 
makes  a  contact  which  energizes  an  electromagnet  and 
in  so  doing,  liberates  a  knife  that  cuts  off  the  spring  to 
the  correct  length. 

OPERATIONS    ON    THE    MAINSPRING 
Operation 

1  Coiling 

2  Finishing 

OPERATION  1.    COILING 

Machine  Used — Special  winding  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Wire  wound 
between  rolls  A,  Fig.  974,  makes  contact  at  B;  this  operates 
electromagnet  C,  which  moves  a  cutoff  knife  at  D  and  cuts 
spring  to  proper  length  of  33%  turns.  Cut  Data — 50  r.p.m. 
Production — 500  per  hr.,  coiled  and  finished. 

OPERATION  2.  FINISHING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Springs  are  placed  on  a  rod,  Fig.  975,  which  will  hold  22 
springs  compressed  (with  washers  between)  so  the  coils 
touch,  so  as  to  set  the  springs,  which  are  allowed  to  remain 
for  48  hr.;  before  assembling  the  lock  mechanism  each  spring 
is  tested  in  the  bench  machine,  shown  in  Fig.  976;  the  spring 
is  slipped  over  a  rod  at  A  and  compressed  by  means  of  a 
handle  B;  a  pointer  at  C  shows  the  pull  on  the  spring;  the 
allowable  limits  are  from  16  to  19  lb. 


[132] 


U     ■■■■.■    .       -i    .■■■■  -_  -.14,   ,   ....i-i.,     .■■■■■■.l- 


HG.968 


riG.969 


II*  Cutter 


EG 


N?S  TAPER 


18  fe 


W* *#'-- 

5Tetth.R.Hon  face  only         FIG.97I 


2n.d  Cutter 
-2/5*"- 


*<(225sJ<- 


N?  3  TAPER 


-1.45' 


Jbint  Screw 


V 


4  Teeth.  fi.H.cut  thick  to  grind 
on  front  of  Teeth 


dHEPiUO/ 


«5^H  !«?#*' 


*& 


c^ 


•<?./'• 


^    Harden 
TIG.  972A 


CL 


OPERATION    S 


|  {  vjBpraa'R. 

Harden     •Jr''«- 
TIG.  972  B 


972  C 


To  Sustain  a  Load  oTI6  to  19  lbs  at  Cocked  tfeight(r.8285) 


FIG.  975 
OPERATION    5 

[133] 


The  Extractor 

The  extractor,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  977,  is  made 
of  Class  B  steel,  0.33  in.  square.  This  steel  must  take  a 
spring  temper.  The  material  is  almost  entirely  cut 
away  by  various  milling  operations.  The  hook  A  ex- 
tracts the  cartridge  case  from  the  rifle  after  firing.  The 
tongue  B  rides  in  the  extractor  groove  in  the  end  of  the 
bolt  and  prevents  any  movement  of  the  extractor.  The 
lugs  0  are  undercut  to  receive  the  ears  of  the  extractor 
collar.  The  hole  D  is  for  the  escape  of  gas  after  firing, 
while  J?  is  a  backrest  curved  to  fit  against  the  bolt  body. 

This  is  a  very  particular  piece  of  work  as  unless  the 
front  end  grips  the  cartridge  flange  properly  the  shell  will 
not  be  extracted  and  the  rifle  becomes  inoperative.     The 


FP  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  9 

10  Profiling  lug  slot,   undercut 

26  Reaming  gas  hole,  in  lathe   (26  and  28  grouped) 

27  Piling,  general  cornering 

28  Bending  for  tension 

29  Hardening  and   tempering 

30  Straightening  to  correct  tempering 

31  Polishing   outer  surface 

32  Browning 

OPERATION   A.     FORGING    FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     978.       Number     of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Forging  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    hammer.      Pro- 
duction— 120  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.    ANNEALING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Placed    in    iron    pots    packed    with    powdered    charcoal;    left 
over  night  to  cool.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Brown 
&  Sharpe  annealing  furnaces;  oil  burners. 

OPERATION   B-l.     PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Pickling  scale   from  neck.    Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — 
Wood    tanks,    wire    baskets   and    pulley   block;   time,    10   to    12 
min. 


l-ami' 


pt»7> 


Section  XX 


rORGED    STEEL 
ri&.977 


piece  is  of  a  difficult  shape  to  hold,  which  makes  the 
special  fixtures  used  of  even  greater  interest  than  usual. 


Operati 
A 
B 
B-l 
C 
D 
1 
3 
AA 
4 

BB 

17 

"1 

6% 
6 

CC 

7 

DD 

7% 

11&12 

13 

14 

15 

EE 

18 


19 
8 
9 


OPERATIONS   ON   EXTRACTOR 
on 

Forging  from  bar 
Annealing 
Pickling 
Trimming 
Cold  dropping 
Milling  bottom  edge 
Milling  top  edge 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   3 
Milling   left   side  and   front   end   to   finish    (4   and   BB 
grouped) 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 
Milling  right  side  to  finish 
Straightening 

Hand-milling  circle  over  lug  slot  and  rear  end,  rough- 
ing   (group   5  and    6%) 

Hand-milling    circle    over    lug    slot    and    rear    end    to 
finish 

Hand-milling  circle   over  lug  slot  on  angle    (group   6 
and  CC) 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6% 
Drilling   gas  hole 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 
Straightening 

Hand-milling  clearance  on  hook  and  rear  of  hook 
Hand-milling  slot  for  bolt 
Hand-milling  head  space,  rear  of  hook 
Hand-milling  clearance  for  bolt  lug 
Removing    burrs   left    by   operations   13   and   14 
Hand-milling  bevel  on  hook 
Straightening 

Jig-milling  hook  and  bevels,  front  end 
Profiling  corners  of  hook 
Hand-milling  lug  slot,  rough 
Profiling   lug   slot   to   finish    (group   9   and   FF) 


OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  three-stroke.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square 
shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew. 
Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die.  Average 
Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 20,000  pieces.  Lubricant — None. 
Production — 600  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D.     COLD  DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Cold  dropping  to  straighten  after  trimming.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings   &   Spencer    400-lb.    hammer.      Pro- 
duction— 800  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  MILLING  BOTTOM  EDGE 
Transformation — Fig.  978.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine- 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  980;  details  in 
Fig.  981.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Two  side-milling  cutters  and  two  spiral  mills,  Fig.  982. 
Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 2,500  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production 
— 35   per   hr. 

OPERATION  3.  MILLING  TOP  EDGE 
Transformation — Fig.  979.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  980;  details 
in  Fig.  981.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Two  side-milling  cutters,  and  two  spiral  mills, 
Fig.  982.  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-In. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindlngs — 2,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  98S. 
Production — 30  per  hr. 

OPERATION    AA.     REMOVING   BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATIONS   1    AND    3 
Number    of    Operators- — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing   burrs    thrown   up   by   operation    3.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment   Used — File. 


[134] 


t 


uii- 


X 

in 

v 

* .-3.75"— • 

--■••■> 

Mill '  N9 L  cut  ?6  Teeth,  straight 

Mill  N?Z,cutZ6  Teeth,  spiral.  Htl.  I  Turn  in  41.14 

Cut  Teeth  I  ti.  2  Sets  in  Gang 


HG.  982 


OPERATION   I 


OPERATION    4. 


MILLING    LEFT    SIDE    AND    FRONT    END 
TO    FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  984.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws  against  stop. 
Fig.  985.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Gang  miller,  Fig.  986.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Coolant 
—Compound.     Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500 


>i 


STEO., (Harden) 
riG.983,0P.3 

pieces.     Gages — Fig.  987;  A.  length;  B,  contour  and  thickness 
of  ends.     Note — Grouped  with  operations  1,  3  and  17. 

OPERATION    BB.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION    4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 
Removing   burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   4.      Apparatus   and 
Equipment    Used — File.       Production — Grouped     with     opera- 
tion 17. 


k 


J~ 


X^ 


TIG.  984 


N?l 


TS 


N*e> 


f7 

* 


F 


*r? 


*"V  5^^^ 


:<.     A. 


7 


a,"  a 


«f%*;/ 1.624'-  ■  ^0p"f082/"nrfai5^ 


,0.1' 


TO.1 


^t^s 


fflfe 


''■Dowel  Pin.  0.075"Diam.  M'Loni) 


:Mml 


-4.055"-  ~~a-<%; 

harden 
TIG.  987 B 


'-<  tMntScrt*1 


V4M?# 


<Si 


0.5" 


OPERATION     4 


[135] 


•  i 


Uo.5>i 


H°-4 


N?5 


N?Z 


N?3 


o.idW 


N?7 


7T 
i 

;  r 

*  I 


i 


■m 


K~ 


0M: 


i — 
i 


k- 


i  X+^r  ~X 


_S L 


n 

i    i 

!    ' 

i    i 


m 


if* 


(sj 


I  _* 


N59 


-0852* 


0.852  - 


0.5' 


M,llsl25.4,5.6&.9,cirtZ6Teeth,straightL.H.  . 
Mills  7&8.cut ftfeethLM., spiral.  ITurn  in4!l4R.H. 
18  Mills  in  Set. 

HG. 986 


The  extractor,  in  common  with  many  other  parts  of 
the  rifle,  is  machined  in  pairs  in  many  of  its  operations. 
In  some  of  these  the  work  is  done  in  exact  duplicate  while 
in  others  the  work  is  done  on  different  parts.  The  profil- 
ing, both  for  forming  the  front  end  so  as  to  insure  its 
always  gripping  the  flange  of  the  cartridge,  and  for  the 
undercutting  of  the  flanges  which  receive  the  ears  of  the 
extractor  collar,  is  an  extremely  particular  operation.  The 
undercutting  is  especially  fussy  owing  to  the  slot  or 
undercut  being  only  0.056  in.  deep,  and  it  is  rather  a 


which  must  be  kept  within  close  limits.  The  gages  and 
methods  are  shown  with  each  operation.  Many  of  these 
have  a  central  stem  which  represents  the  body  of  the  bolt. 
The  piece  fits  against  this  and  the  various  points  are 
gaged  with   relation   to   the   fit  on  the  central   stems. 

OPERATION  17.  MILLING  RIGHT  SIDE  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  988.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Pushed  to  stop,  clamped  with  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  989.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  990.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  Vi-ln. 
streams.       Average    Life    of    Tool    Between    Grindings — 3,00» 


^-■■-■■TMrtff 


_S~ 


"V_ 


=sj 


tig.  98d 


<— 


JttJXZ, 


rnrn     « 


HG.989 


,    ii-pJl ILJi 


Hesstyj&tf-e&'yi 


C/&> 


fisfoflxt 
■Sere*-— 


TIG.  989  A 


j  S  Zl. i> o*-YOIOImDiam.DoKel Pin 0.35'Long 

^006'    'I 

•feri*  *  ->to<-   jl 


ii-Lt 


~/\  -; 


•XAJ5U 


k u* -4c- -j' -J 


EH 


J 


esok 


P^ 


NG.99I 


Harden 


\QT0 


OPERATION  .  17 


XTteth.LM 
TIG.990 


' •) 


difficult  operation,  as  the  cutters  are  delicate  and  must  be 
handled  very  carefully. 

The  use  of  a  profiling  form  for  this  work  affords  a  sug- 
gestion to  builders  of  various  machines  requiring  small 
and  delicate  T-slots  for  any  purpose.  The  usual  way 
of  milling  is  not  so  satisfactory  where  the  slot  is  to  be  at 
all  accurate. 

The  piece  is  finished  all  over,  some  fairly  heavy  cuts 
being  taken  as  can  be  seen  in  Figs.  980  and  985  where 
gangs  of  milling  cutters  are  used  in  both  cases.  In  the 
latter  case  especially  the  cut  is  quite  heavy,  involving  as 
it  does  the  use  of  nine  cutters  in  each  gang.  This  makes 
the  fixtures  which  hold  such  a  slight  piece  against  the 
stresses  of  a  cut  of  this  size,  of  particular  interest.  Need- 
less to  say  the  piece  must  be  bedded  firmly  in  the  fixture 
as  well  as  being  securely  clamped  by  the  jaws;  these  are 
cam  controlled  as  is  usual  in  the  fixtures  used  in  the 
armory. 

The  gaging  of  this  piece  is  also  of  interest  as  there  are 
many   points   bearing  various   relations   to   each  other. 


thickness,    contour   of  front.      Pro- 


pieces.      Gages — Fig.    991; 
duction — 150  per   hr. 

OPERATION    17%.     STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Taking    out    kinks.      Apparatus    and     Equipment     Used — Lead 
block,  straight-edge  and   hammer.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION   5.     HAND-MILLING   CIRCLE   OVER  LUG   SLOT 
AND   REAR   END,   ROUGHING 

Transformation — Fig.  992.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller,  Fig.  993.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  994.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter.  Fig. 
995.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 320  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.     Production — 80  per  hr. 

OPERATION  6%.  HAND-MILLING  CIRCLE  OVER  LUG  SLOT 
AND  REAR  END  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  992.  Machine  Used — Whit- 
ney hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  same  as  Figs.  993  and  994. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter,  same  as  Fig.  995.  Cut  Data — 320  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  996;  A, 
thickness  of  lug  slot;  B,   contour.     Production — 80   per  hr. 

OPERATION  6.  HAND-MILLING  CIRCLE  OVER  LUG  SLOT 
ON  ANGLE 
Transformation — Fig.  997.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  same  as  Fig.  994,  except  work  is 
held    at    proper    angle.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Taper    shank. 


[136] 


1 

— 

! 

o 

flG.  992 


Cutting  Tools — Same  as  Fig.  995.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 420  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 20,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  998.  con- 
tour.    Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION    CC.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION   6% 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  6%.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — File.        Production — Grouped     with     opera- 
tion 6. 


OPERATION  7.  DRILLING  GAS  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  999.  Machine  Used — Woodard  & 
Rogers  single-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig  Figs. 
1000  and  1001.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1002.  Production — 120  per  hr.  Note — This  hole  Is  drilled 
for  the  escape  of  gas  generated  or  liberated  at  the  firing  of 
the  cartridge. 


0 


->j«55'l<-  § 


riG.999 


Wm$!m8mm 


■D 


U—ae'~Aafk in'-- 

It—. — -.... ?g'  ... 

harden 

no.  looz 


■JefW~o7s'"~\ 


OPERATION  7 


no.  iooo 


[137] 


HM'&^fl*' 


*M. 


^_ 


^  Q^ 


riG.1005  K"«W*»j      ^      |<W5" 

Is 


FIG.  1004 


\    "-/0  Teeth.  M. 
¥ Teeth,  KH. 


■X 


— -J| 


|« 475-. 

STCCL.(Harden) 

FIG.  1005 


■5«l<',u<. 


*•  ^'.J .  k- J  5  " .       <M5ra  IS 


FIG.  1005  A 


FIG.  1005  B 


riCr^ 


OPERATION    II  &  \l 


OPERATION    DD.     REMOVING    BURRS   LEFT    BY 
OPERATION    7 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Removing   burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   7.      Apparatus   and 
Equipment    Used — File.       Production — Grouped     with     opera- 
tion 7%. 

OPERATION  7%.    STRAIGHTENING 
Number   of   Operators — One.      Description     of    Operation — 
Straightening  for  finishing  operation.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Lead  block,  straight-edge  and  hammer.     Produc- 
tion— 170    per   hr. 

OPERATIONS  11  AND  12.    HAND-MILLING  CLEARANCE  ON 
HOOK   AND  REAR   OF   HOOK 

Transformation — Fig.  1003.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Same  fixture  as  Figs.  993  and  994,  with 
change  of  cutter;  held  in  vise  law.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Miller  cutters,  Fig.  1004.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 360  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 10,000  pieces.  Gages— Fig.  1005;  A,  loca- 
tion from  side;  B,  lining  up  with  extractor  lug  and  rear 
end.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.    HAND-MILLING  SLOT  FOR  BOLT 
Transformation— Fig.   1006.     Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.       Number    of    Operators    per    Machine — One.       Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws;  same  fixture  as  Figs.  993  and  994, 


with  change  of  cutters.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1007.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 360  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
10,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1008;  A,  thickness  of  hook;  B,  lo- 
cation of  slot  from  back  end;  C,  relation  to  extractor  lugs. 
Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION    14.     HAND-MILLING    HEAD    SPACE,    REAR 
OF    HOOK 

Transformation — Fig.  1009.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Vise  jaws;  same  fixture  as  Figs.  993  and  994, 
with  change  of  cutter.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1010.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 360  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
10,000  pieces.     Gages — Fig.  1011.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION    15.     HAND-MILLING    CLEARANCE    FOR 
BOLT  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  1012.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Vise  jaws;  same  fixture  as  Figs.  993  and  994,  with 
change  of  cutter.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutter.  Fig.  1013.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 360  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put 
on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
10,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1014,  radius  of  clearance.  Pro- 
duction— 175  per  hr. 


S 


p 

1 

41 

!     t 

ii 

i    i 
i'  ! 

i      ; 

Jl   } 

Grind 
both 
Sdes->\a29\* 

5c 


FIG.  1006 


Harden 


',0.125 


X— 
5* 


& 


73!) 


*i  VO.06' 


l£zz 


Harden 

zm'- 

-3659'- 

B 


~K 


>     I 

!    ! 
JL*. 


....?..    ->fC35f<.. 


FIG.  1008 


A 

■Joint  Screws.. 


••>)  Woes' 


-TT- 
I  I 

1   , 


H-0.5'tf 

H 


M5-"->) 

-H 


0050  Dowel  Pins 
0.5' 


A\+0./2"  cs  Harden- 

OIS'A  H-- 


■3.5"- Xhs 1.9 

sea'— 


■x 


[138] 


OPERATION  EE.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERA- 
TIONS 13  AND  14 
Nraiber  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  13  and  14.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used— File.  Production — Grouped  with  oper- 
ation 15. 

OPERATION  18.  HAND-MILLING  BEVEL  ON  HOOK 
Transformation — Fig.  1015.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No. 
3  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Clamped  to  form  at  proper  angle,  Fig.  1016; 
details  in  Fig.  1017;  work  held  against  A  by  shoe  B  and 
cam  C.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools 
—Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1018.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
320  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  1019,  relation  of  bevel  to  back  and  end.  Production — 
400  per  hr. 


OPERATION    15%.      STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same   as   operation    17^.      Apparatus   and   Equipment   Used — 
Same  as  operation  17%.     Production — Same  as  operation  17%. 


K-+ 


16 Teeth  Iff. 
FIO.  1018 


OPERATION 


[139] 


So  much  depends  on  the  proper  functioning  of  this 
extractor  that  it  is  highly  important  that  it  be  correct 
in  every  particular.  This  being  the  case,  a  careful  study 
of  the  fixtures  which  have  been  found  satisfactory  as  well 
as  the  methods  of  making  the  different  cuts  and  of  gag- 
ing them  after  they  are  made,  will  reveal  many  points 
of  interest  and  value. 

This  can  perhaps  be  best  accomplished  by  first  study- 
ing the  details  of  the  piece  itself  and  then  carefully  fol- 
lowing the  various  operations.  The  vise  jaws  have  to  be 
very  carefully  made  to  avoid  cocking  up  when  the  piece 
is  clamped.  This  is  very  necessary  as  the  piece  is  very 
thin  where  it  is  clamped  by  the  jaws,  yet  it  must  be  very 
firmly  held  to  resist  the  thrust  of  gang  of  formed  milling 
cutters  which  machine  the  whole  upper  surface  at  one 
pass  through  the  machine. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  cam  clamped  fixture  is  used 
almost  exclusively  in  this  kind  of  work  and  also  that  the 
hand  milling  machine  plays  an  important  part  in  the 
smaller  machining  operations.  Examples  of  this  can  be 
seen  in  Figs.  980,  985,  989,  994,  1016  and  in  the  oper- 
ations which  follow.     Some  of  these  hold  the  extractor 


provided.  The  difficulty  is  overcome,  however,  by  so  de- 
signing the  jigs  and  holding  fixtures  that  the  piece  is  held 
in  place  against  proper  supports  which  prevent  springing 
or  side  slipping.  Being  so  held,-  with  reference  to  the 
portion  of  the  extractor  which  bears  against  the  bolt  body, 
the  machining  is  done  accurately  and  rapidly  and  the 
various  operations  are  performed  in  their  proper  sequence. 

A  good  example  of  one  of  these  operations  is  seen  in 
Fig.  1021  where  the  extractor  is  being  held  while  the 
upper  end  is  beveled  with  the  cutter  shown.  Then  come 
the  milling  and  profiling,  in  Figs.  1030,  1034  and  1039, 
thus  completing  the  recess  for  the  ears  of  the  extractor 
collar.  The  thread  transformation,  Figs.  1029,  1033  and 
1038,  shows  just  how  this  undercutting  is  worked  out. 

The  position  of  this  slot  with  relation  to  the  fit  on  the 
bolt  body  is  very  neatly  measured  by  means  of  the  gage  in 
Fig.  1041-A.  Here  the  button  A,  which  fits  into  the  slot 
easily,  is  controlled  by  the  micrometer  screw  with  the 
graduated  dial  B.  Moving  this  screw  measures  the  bot- 
tom and  top  of  the  slot,  the  readings  being  easily  taken 
from  the  position  of  the  pointer  against  the  dial. 

The  width  and  thickness  of  the  slot  are  gaged  by  the  two 
button  gages  shown  in  Fig.  1041-B,  the  larger-diameter 
button  being  the  thinner  and  the  thick  button  the  smallest 


riG.IOEl 


•>lej7"k-fl73'-»k- 


5 


....  i7$: .>| 


OPERATION 


one  way  and  some  another,  and  each  case  may  have  a 
special  feature  well  worth  examination.  In  each  case, 
however,  the  object  is  to  locate  the  extractor  with  refer- 
ence to  its  fit  on  the  body  of  the  bolt. 

The  long,  thin  shape  of  the  extractor  makes  it  a  diffi- 
cult piece  to  hold  as  the  sides  are  quite  narrow  and  do  not 
give  a  good  surface  for  gripping  in  the  special  vise  jaws 


OPERATION    IB. 


FIG.  1024 

JIG-MILLING    HOOK    AND    BEVELS. 
FRONT    END 


Transformation — Fig.  1020.  Machine  Used — Dwight-Slatt 
16-in.  three-spindle  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Fig.  1021; 
details  in  Fig.  1022;  work  A  is  held  by  clamp  B  and  thumb- 
screw C.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1023;  A,  for  hook;  B,  for  front-end  bevel. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  j"»-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1024.  contour  and  posi- 
tion.    Production — 80  per  hr. 


[140] 


OPERATION  19.    PROFILING  CORNERS  OP  HOOK 

Transformation — Fig.  1025.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  to  form  upright  position. 
Fig.  1026;  details  in  Fig.  1027.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1028.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, &-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
—1,500  pieces.    Gages — None.    Production — 400  per  nr. 


o 


FIG.  1029 


FIG.  1030 


flG.1025 


0.8'—  > 


I  I 

U~-0.87S"--->i 
IZTeeth.LeltHand 
FIG.  1031 


OPERATION  8.  HAND-MILLING  LUG  SLOT,  ROUGH 
Transformation — Fig.  1029.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  pushed  to  stop,  clamped  by  vise  jaws. 
Fig.  1030.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools 
• — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1031.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
450    r.p.m.;    hand    feed.      Coolant — Cutting    oil,    A-in.    stream. 


FIG.f027 
OPERATION    19 


FIG.  1024 


FIG.   1035 


[141] 


Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,500  pieces.     Gages 
—Fig.  1032,  width  of  slot.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.  PROFILING  LUG  SLOT  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1033.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  pushed  against  stop  and 
clamped  by  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1034;  Fig.  1035  shows  details;  work 
A  is  positioned  by  screw  B  and  clamped  by  cam  C.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cut- 
ter, Fig.  1036.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — -Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
1037,   width  and   position   of  slot.     Production — 50   per   hr. 


Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws  with  stop  at  forward  end, 
Fig.  1039.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter.  Fig.  1040.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  >4-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages— Fig.  1041;  A,  micrometer;  point  A  fits  slot;  dial  B 
registers  against  stop  C;  B,  go  and  not  go  for  slot;  C  slides 
in  slot.    Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION   26.     REAMING   GAS  HOLE 
Machine  Used — Bench  lathe.    Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.      Work-Holding    Devices — Held    in    hands.      Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.     Cutting  Tools— rReamer.  Gages 
—None.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  28. 


■■2.8'—  —y, 
-2/03--- 


un-H-ax 


X 


-Joint  Sere*,, 

Harden 

HG.  1037 


irrEE^ 


w?./r 


OPERATION  9 


ULfcB 


..-No.  3  Taper    „  „„« 
t:      9 


~ 


* 093-- J 


s 


\-H40P 


U -m"-—A 

S  Teeth,  Left  Hand. 
FIG. 1036 


OPERATION    FF.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION    9 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    9.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment    Used — File.      Production — Grouped     with     opera- 
tion 9. 

OPERATION  10.    PROFILING  LUG  SLOT,    UNDERCUT 
Transformation — Fig.  1038.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.   1   profiler.     Number  of  Operators   per  Machine — One. 


OPERATION  27.    FILING,  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number    of   Operators — One.       Description     of   Operation — 
Brushing  up  and  filing  of  corners.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION    28.     BENDING    FOR   TENSION 
Transformation — Fig.    1042.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description   of  Operation — Making   a   little   bend   for   tension. 
Apparatus     and     Equipment     Used — Special     vise.     Fig.     1043. 
Production — 350    per    hr. 


FI6. 1043 


[142] 


OPERATION  29.  HARDENING  AND  TEMPERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Heat  in  open  oil  Are  to  1,450  deg.  F. ;  temper  drawn  in  lead 
bath  to  900  deg.  F.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Rock- 
well oil-burning  furnaces,  cast-iron  pots  for  lead.  Production 
—100  per  hr.  per  fire. 

OPERATION   30.    STRAIGHTENING  TO  CORRECT 
TEMPERING 
Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Bent  by  hand  on  lead  block  with  brass  hammer.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Lead  block  and  brass  hammer. 

OPERATION  31.    POLISHING  OUTER  SURFACE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    all    outside    surfaces. 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel. 
OPERATION    32. 
Number    of    Operators — One. 


Brown   same   as   barrels. 
Same  as  for  barrels. 


Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Production — 70  per  hr. 

BROWNING 

Description    of    Operation — 


Apparatus   and   Equipment   Used — 


Extractor  Collar 

The  extractor  collar,  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1044,  fits 
around  the  bolt  body  and  holds  the  extractor  by  means  of 
the  ears,  permitting  the  bolt  to  turn  while  the  ex- 
tractor is  held  in. its  slot  in  the  receiver.  It  is  made  of 
Class  D  steel  0.40  in.  square  and  is  drop-forged  in  single 
pieces.  It  is  ground  on  each  side,  bored  and  milled  on  the 
outside  to  fit  the  bolt  body  and  extractor.  It  is  bent  in 
position  on  the  bolt  in  bolt  operation  54  as  was  illus- 
trated in  Fig.  748.  Its  small  size  makes  it  difficult  to 
hold  and  the  fact  that  it  must  be  finished  all  over  adds  to 
the  difficulties  of  holding  it  for  machining.   This  consists 


S4-Q299-H 
0.0495^\'-0r-H\OM9^ 


0.046Z5'> 


•tmzs 


mostly  of  grinding  and  milling  operations,  with  a  liberal 
amount  of  burring. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  EXTRACTOR  COLLAR 
Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 
Annealing 
Pickling 
Trimming 

Grinding  front  and  rear  ends 
Drilling  and  reaming 
Countersinking  both  sides 
Milling  right  side 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 
Milling   left   side    (operations    4,   CC,   5   and   DD   are 
grouped) 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  5 
Slotting 

Spreading  and  filing  inner  corners  of  ears 
Assembling  with   bolt 


B 

B-l 
C 
1 
2 
AA 
4 
CC 
5 

DD 
6 

7 


FIG.  1053 


FIG. 1055 


[143] 


OPERATION  A.      FORGING   FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig-.    1045.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Blocking  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment   Used — Billings   &   Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal  and  heated  to  850 
deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.);  left  overnight  to  cool.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Iron  pots,  powdered  charcoal.  Brown  & 
Sharpe  annealing  furnaces. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  left  in  the  pickling  solution,  which 
consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water  for  10  or 
12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets,  pick- 
ling tanks  (wooden)  and  pulley  block. 


Cut  Data — 356  r.p.m.;  %-ln.  feed.     Coolant — Cutting  <ni.   •&■** 
stream.     Gages — Fig.  1052.     Production — 30   per  hr 

OPERATION  AA.  COUNTERSINKING  BOTH  SIDES 
Transformation — Fig.  1053.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Rounding  corners  on  both  sides 
of  collar.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe  and 
countersink,  Fig.  1054.  Gages — Contour,  Fig.  1055.  Produc- 
tion— 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  4  AND  5.  MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  SIDES 
Transformation — Fig.  1056.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  stud  clamped  with  vise  jaws. 
Fig.  1057.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1058.  Number  of  Cuts — .Two.  Cut 
Data — 60  r.p.m;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,500  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1059;  A,  inside  and  outside  diameters;  B.  width  of 
ears;  C,  width  under  ears.     Production — 35  per  hr. 


OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  press.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square 
shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrew.  Stripping 
Mechanism — Punched  down  through  die.  Production — 600 
Der  hr. 

OPERATION  i.  GRINDING  FRONT  AND  REAR  ENDS 

Transformation — Fig.  1046.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder,  36-in.  table.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices- — Magnetic  chuck,  with 
frame  to  hold  work.  Fig.  1047.  Cutting  Tools — Cup  grinding 
wheel.  Number  of  Cuts — 20.  Cut  Data — 1,500  r.p.m.;  15-in.  per 
min.  feed.   Gages — Fig.  1048,  thickness.    Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION    2.      DRILLING    AND   REAMING 

Transformation — Fig.  1049.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  automatic,  16-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  jig  clamped 
by  finger  clamp,  Fig.  1050.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.      Cutting    Tools— Fig.     1051.       Number    of    Cuts — One. 


OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  4 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  4.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — 'File.  Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tions  4   and   5. 

OPERATION  DD.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  5 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  ot  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  5.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  5. 

OPERATION  6.      SLOTTING 

Transformation — Fig.  1060.  Machine  Used — Garvin  iNo.  o 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  is  held  on  stud  and  clamped  by 
vise  jaws;  the  stop  locates  work,  Fig.  1061.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Slitting  saw.  Fig.  1062. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting^  oil.  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production— 
S00  Der  hr. 


[144] 


OPERATION  7.  SPREADING  AND  FILING  INNER  CORNERS 
OF  EARS 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Spreading  collar  for  assembling  with  bolt.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Spreading  fixture.  Fig.  1063-A  Production— 
350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.     ASSEMBLING  WITH  BOLT 
Transformation — Fig.    1063.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description    of    Operation — Heated    to    a    cherry    red.    closed 
together  on  the  bolt.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Fur- 
nace and  fixture  (see  Fig.  748);  Rockwell  oil  furnace. 

Ejector 

The  ejector,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Pig.  1064,  throws 
the  cartridge  case  out  of  the  receiver  after  it  has  been 
drawn  back  by  the  extractor.  It  is  made  of  Class  D  mate- 
rial 0.26  in.  square  and  is  drop-forged  to  shape.  It  has 
three  important  points — the  point  A,  the  heel  B  and  the 
pin  hole  C.  It  is  hinged  on  the  ejector  pin  in  its  recess 
on  the  left  side  of  the  receiver,  ejection  being  accom- 
plished by  the  slot  lug  of  the  bolt  coming  in  contact  with 
the  heel  when  the  bolt  is  drawn  to  the  rear. 

Although  a  small  piece,  its  manufacture  is  even  more 
difficult  on  that  account  as  it  is  not  an  easy  piece  to 
handle.  The  dimensions  and  angles  are  held  within  very 
close  limits  as  it  plays  an  important  part  in  a  small  space. 
It  is  rather  difficult  to  hold  for  some  of  the  operations 
but  the  hole,  which  is  the  first  machining  operation,  serves 
for  holding  as  well  as  for  locating  in  subsequent  opera- 
tions. This  hole  is  used  in  all  future  operations  and  is 
also  the  gaging  point  as  can  be  seen  by  following  the 
illustrations. 

Milling  the  sides,  as  in  Fig.  1078,  is  a  case  where  the 
use  of  two  cutters  balances  the  thrust  of  one  against  the 
other  and  makes  it  much  easier  to  hold  the  piece  than  if 
a  single  cutter  were  used. 

Some  of  the  gages  and  the  way  in  which  they  are  used 
are  shown  in  Figs.  1076,  1080  and  1094,  the  pins  being 
used  to  locate  the  piece  in  each  case.  Fig.  1075  shows 
how  the  gangs  of  cutters  give  the  desired  shape  to  both 
sides  of  the  ejector  and  also  insure  the  correct  outline. 


0.105%t 


\<---am"---> 
«— -&tHt-'  ■* 

XTFFl  (Harden) 

FIG.    1064 

OPERATIONS  ON  EJECTOR 
Operation 

A     Blanking 

Pressing  to  thickness 

Pickling 

Drilling  pin  hole 

Reaming  pin   hole 

Milling  edges;  front,  rear  and  both  sides 

Straddle-milling  tongue 

Removing    burrs    left    by   operation    7    (operation   BB 

occurs  in  operation  CC) 

Profiling  right  edge  of  tongue 

Hand-milling  left  front  corner 

Removing  burrs  from  pin  hole  (reamer) 

Jig-miller   rear   end 

Reaming  and  countersinking  ejector-pin  hole 

Polishing  upper  and  lower  sides  of  bearing  and  front 

end 

Filing,   general  cornering 

Case  hardening 

OPERATION  A.    BLANKING 

Transformation — Fig.  1065.  Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19, 
1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Held  by  setscrew  in  shoe.  Stripping  Mechanism- 
Steel  stripper  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Lubricant — Stock  oil 
with  cutting  oil.  Production — 600  pieces  per  hr.  Note- 
Blanking  two  at  a  time. 

OPERATION  B.    PRESSING 

Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19,  1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders- 
Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Die  plate  screwed  to 
shoe;  shoe  bolted  to  bed  of  press.  Production— 600  pieces  per 
hr.  Note — Pressing  burrs  and  trying  to  straighten  up  corn- 
ers. 


B 

B-l 

3 

4 

5  and  6 

7 

AA 

9 

10 

CC 

8 

16 

11 

18 
13 


FI6. 1070 


FIG.  1071 


FIG.  1072 


10 


OPERATION  4 

[145] 


OPERATION   B-l.      PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Put 
into  the  pickling  solution,  consisting  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid 
and  9  parts  water,  and  left  for  10  or  12  min.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets,  wooden  pickling  tanks  and 
pulley  block. 

OPERATION  3.      DRILLING  PIN  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1067.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  three-spindle  12-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig, 
Pig.   1068;   work  held  in  leaf  A,  which   is  locked   in   place   by 


OPERATIONS  5  AND  6.  MILLING  EDGES,  FRONT,  REAR 
AND  BOTH  SIDES 
Transformation — Fig.  1073.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — • 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  1074;  this  holds  work  in  two  positions,  A  and  B. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Fig. 
1075,  gang  of  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1076;  ejector  fits  over  pin,  and  three  slides  A,  B 
and  C  measure  the  three  sides.  Production  45  per  hr.  Note — 
Work  held  on  pin. 


■sq----^i-mB-ps^4?----ga 

;' "  " ''         "  '         S       lis  S;l 


r'ft-  U^J^       -U 

26  Teeth,  straight.  L.H 
TIG.  1075 


OPERATION    5  ft  6 


TIG.  1076 


■=A0.4dY 


JftsMLockScrws.     U45SHM5U       . 

«     V         x«aoe?5 


*f!*m* 


-5- 

S3 


0 


->KX5ft- 


00X75fy 

Y45^-as75"-ya62^ 

t« -  *' ->f<- - 

STCCL  (Harden) 
FIG.  1080  A 


M* 


~-J 


-■M- 


~~W^} 


^F 


no.  10805 


OPERATION    7 


arm  B;  bushing  at  C.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck. 
Cutting  T.ools — Twist  drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
— 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -iV -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 600  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1069,  diameter  of  hole  and  location.  Production — 125 
per  hr. 

OPERATION   4.      REAMING  PIN  HOLE 

Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  1067.  Machine  Used — 
Sigourney  Tool  Co.  three-spindle  12-in.  upright.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
In  block,  block  held  in  hand,  Fig.  1070.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
■ — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer,  Fig.  1071.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  -h  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 600   pieces.     Gages — Fig.   1072.     Production — 350   per   hr. 


OPERATION  7.  STRADDLE-MILLING  TONGUE 
Transformation — Fig.  1077.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise 
Jaws,  Fig.  1078.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Two  side-milling  cutters,  Fig.  1079.  Number  of 
Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 80  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant— Cutting 
oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1080;  A,  width  of  tongue  and  body; 
B,  radius  of  side  of  tongue.     Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION    AA.      REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  7 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing   burrs   thrown   up   by   operation    7.     Apparatus   ana 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  7. 


[146] 


FINISHING 


FIG.  1082 


FIG.  1083 


5  Teeth  Left  Hand  cut  to 
ofindmFace 

FIG.  1084 


OPERATION  9 


OPERATION  9.  PROFILING  RIGHT  EDGE  OP  TONGUE 
Transformation — Pig.  1081.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  clamped  with  finger 
clamp,  Fig.  1082;  details  in  Pig.  1083;  work  located  on  pin  A 
against  stop  B;  clamp  C  and  cam  D  hold  in  place;  profile  form 
at  E.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1084.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  Vi-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 500  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1076,  slide  C.     Production — 80  per  hr. 

OPERATION  10.  HAND-MILLING  LEFT  FRONT  CORNER 
Transformation — Fig.  1085.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1086;  details  In  Fig. 
1087;  corner  A  is  rounded  as  fixture  rotates;  work  held  on  pin 
B,  located  by  stop  C.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1088.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  witji  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5,000  pieces.  Gages — Finger  gage,  Fig.  1089;  held  on  pin  A, 
located  by  pin  B;  finger  C  swings  over  the  work.  Production 
•—325  per  hr. 

OPERATION  CC.     REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  PIN  HOLE 
(REAMER) 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing    burrs    and     reaming    hole    squeezed    together    by 


fixture  in  operation  10.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand 
reamer.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  8. 

OPERATION  8.  JIG-MILLING  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1090.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  three-spindle  12-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  Jig,  Fig.  1091; 
work  A  is  held  on  pin  B,  and  clamped  by  arm  C;  guide  bush- 
ing at  D;  details  in  Fig.  1092.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1093.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1094,  location  of  groove  with 
relation  to  pin  hole.     Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION    16.    REAMING    AND    COUNTERSINKING 
EJECTOR-PIN  HOLE 

Machine  Used — Bench  lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  hand  against  the 
countersink.  Tool-Holding  Devices — In  drill  chuck  in  bench 
lathe.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1095,  A  and  B.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m. 
Coolant — None.     Gages — Fig.   1096.     Production — 250  per  hr. 

OPERATION  11.  POLISHING  UPPER  AND  LOWER  SIDES 
OF  BEARING  AND  FRONT  END 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  upper  and  lower,  sides  of  bearing  and  front  end. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel. 
Production — 300  per  hr. 


FIG.  1088 


FIG.  1089 

OPERATION  10 


FIG.  1089        i*-- -  Q9S—M 


[147] 


FIG.  1094 


OPERATION  18.     FILING,  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
General  filing  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— File.     Production — 120  per  hr. 

OPERATION   13.      CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Caseharden  in  cyanide  at  1,500  deg.  F. ;  quench  in  oil.     Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Crucibles  in  oil-burning  furnaces. 

Ejector .  Pin 

The  ejector  pin  is  an  automatic-machine  job  and  holds 
the  ejector  in  place  in  the  receiver.  The  head  is  slotted 
so  as  to  be  able  to  control  the  pin  easily  during  the  as- 
sembling, the  head  being  spread  to  fit  the  hole  tightly. 


FI6. 1096 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  EJECTOR  PIN- 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Slitting   (hand  and  automatic) 

3  Crowning 

4  Spreading  slot 

OPERATION  1.  AUTOMATIC 
Machine  Used— Brown  &  Sharpe  automatic;  tool  layout, 
Fig.  1098.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine—One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Draw-back  chuck.  Tool -Holding  Devices — 
Holder  on  crossfeed  carriage.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 1.5Q0  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1099;  A,  total  length;  B,  length  of  body;  C  and  D.  diam- 
eters; E  and  F,  radius  of  end  and  head.  Production — 125  per 
hr.  Note — Size  of  stock,  0.245  in.,  slotted  In  Whitney  hand 
miller;  pins  are  blued  in  the  usual  way. 


_->Jj«W.#*s> 


Stop 


Yai6&.--0.55?--A 

Ui-*--as/s" it 


Form  Tool  on  Cross  Slide 


STCCL(Harden) 
TIG.  1097 


I 


0095** 

H  !  *- 


Cutoff 
TIG.  1096 


Triggi 
Scren 


^ 


■£ 


<3>  * 


±±. 


WcjotT 


UfM 


Mfsa-f 


£  'yC-Doml  Pin  O.OSl'Diam. 


o 


03" 


V- 


■**?'<#• 


...-S-... 

Harden 
riG.1099 


It  is  made  of  screw  stock  0.245  in.  in  diameter  and  comes 
in  10-ft.  lengths.  The  limit  is  —0.001  in.  Full  details 
are  given  in  Figs.  1097,  1098  and  1099. 

148] 


Safety-Lock  Spindle  and  Plunger 


These  are  small  details  but  require  several  interesting 
operations.  The  spindle  is  largely  an  automatic  screw 
machine  job,  the  plunger  entirely  so.  The  thumb-piece 
is  a  drop  forging  and  is  finished  all  over,  mostly  by  mill- 
ing operations. 

A  number  of  interesting  holding  fixtures  and  gages  can 
be  found  in  connection  with  these  smaller  parts.  The 
profiling  of  the  cam  on  the  spindle  in  Fig.  1106  and  the 
gage  in  1107  are  the  main  points  of  interest  in  this 
piece. 

One  of  the  difficulties  of  these  small  parts  is  to  hold 
them  while  being  machined.     Special-jawed  fixtures  are 


•Copyright,  1917,  Hill  Publishing  Co. 


i*'  "T"-^, 


•U55 


■0.095 


srca. 

FIG.   1100 


used  so  as  to  insure  their  being  held  firmly  and  in  proper 
position.  The  irregular  outline  of  the  thumb-piece  makes 
it  a  bit  troublesome  but  it  is  held  easily  in  the  various 
fixtures  which  have  been  designed  with  all  the  difficulties 
in  view. 

OPERATIONS   ON   SAFETY-LOCK    SPINDLE 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Profiling 

3  Burring 

OPERATION    1.    AUTOMATIC 

Transformation — Fig.  1101;  sequence  of  operations.  Fig. 
1102.  Machine  Used — Gridley  automatic,  1-in.  stock.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Draw-back  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Regular  tool  hold- 
er. Cutting  Tools — See  Fig.  1102.  Number  of  Cuts — Four. 
Cut  Data— 300  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Vfc-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1103;  A,  lengths  and  one  diameter;  B, 
diameters  and  shoulders.  Production — 112  per  hr. 
OPERATION   2.    PROFILING 

Transformation — Fig.  1104.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  propeller,  Fig.  1105;  work  at  A,  form  at  B;  machining 
diagram,  Fig.  1106.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — ■ 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End  mill.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1107,  profile.  Production — 125  per  hr. 
OPERATION  3.    BURRING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  profile  cutter.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File  and  speed  lathe.  Production — 1,000 
per  hr. 


< 

rio.no? 


no.  nc* 


MG.II06 


FKj. 1 101, 1102,1103,  OR  I  -TIG.  1104,1105. 
1106,1107  OP.  2 


[149] 


OPERATIONS  ON  SAFETY-LOCK  PLUNGER 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Burring 

OPERATION  1.  AUTOMATIC 
Transformation — See  tool  layout.  Fig.  1108-A.  Machine 
Used — Hartford  automatic,  Vfe-in.  hole  in  spindle.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw- 
back chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Box  tools  and  cutoff.  Number  of 
Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tools  Between 
Grindings — 800  pieces.  Gages — Ring  and  length.  Production 
— 60  per  hr. 


~% 


Stop 


Box     Tool 


STEEL. (Harden) 

riG.noo 


OT=J 


Cut-off     Tool 

TIG.  II08A. 
OPERATION     2 


The  thumb-piece  is  riveted  to  the  end  of  the  spindle. 
Fig.  1100.  Safety  lock,  plunger  and  spring  are  shown  in 
Figs.  1108  and  1109. 

This  riveting  is  done  in  a  special  fixture  shown  in  Fig. 
1157,  the  end  of  the  spindle  being  headed  over  into  the 
recess  cut  in  the  outer  end  of  the  thumb-piece  and  shown 
in  Fig.  1110.  This  recess  is  cut  in  a  special  fixture,  Fig. 
1129,  with  a  double  angular  cutter,  Fig.  1130,  instead  of 
being  punched  or  swaged  as  in  the  case  of  the  cocking 
piece. 

Several  rotating  or  oscillating  fixtures  are  used  for 
rounding  corners  and  there  is  likewise  a  side  counter- 
boring  operation  for  clearing  the  bolt  cocking  piece  on  the 


0.093 


*M 


-0.0&X 
V-0.09& 


Mi 


*0J5" 

14Coi/s  per  inch 

steelwike 

no.  ii09 


D  \skrl 


Ifci 


0.0%» 


Safety  Lock  and  Component  Parts 

The  safety  lock  controls  the  firing  mechanism  and 
locks  the  bolt  either  in  a  safe  position  or  so  it  can  be  fired 
at  will.  It  consists  of  a  thumb-piece,  spring,  spindle  and 
plunger  for  holding  it  in  either  position.  It  has  the 
cam  A,  Fig.  1110,  locking  groove  B,  the  cocking-piece 
clearance  groove  C  and  the  plunger  hole  D.  The  spring 
and  plunger  are  at  right  angles  to  the  spindle  and  hold 
it  in  either  "safe"  or  "ready"  position,  as  may  be  desired. 


m 


flflfJlk/., 

aoi\ 


,  0/7% 


W* 


i 


QOiMin*,^ 

acMMoZ  p 


<22KVf 


U-fl-tf'-^v' 
■ff'xU       ■ 
A 
jt'         i   i 


0Z485">^\-. 

r" 
am'--- 

0.09 


ana.  <s 


&     IV 

READY  | 
I 


K$  Tf«J 


I:  at 


slit 

*oWr.\  'i  \  <s 

<-  I  fe    ! 

-a4 

i   §  - 


-0.49S5- 


Q 


(5> 


FIG.  1 1 10 


0.1565 
steel  (Case  Harden) 


riG.III2,MI3,0PI 
TIG.  1114,  HI5.IIie.OR  5 
riO.1117.  lllo,IU9,0P.2 


FIG.III5 


FIG.  1119 


[150] 


bolt.  This  is  easily  done  in  the  fixture  shown  in  Fig. 
1141. 

.Leaf  jigs  are  used  for  drilling  and  have  several  ad- 
vantages for  work  of  this  kind  on  small  pieces.  Leaf 
gages  are  also  used  to  gage  test  the  cams  and  other  im- 
portant corners  of  the  thumb-piece. 

The  stamping  of  both  sides  at  once  is  also  of  interest. 
A  special  holder  carries  one  punch  while  the  ram  carries 
ftie  other.  By  laying  the  thumb-piece  in  position  on  the 
lower  punch  and  tripping  the  press,  both  names  "Keady" 
and  "Safe"  are  stamped  at  the  one  operation. 

The  nesting  or  interlocking  of  cutters  is  practiced 
quite  extensively  in  nearly  all  milling  operations  on  rifle 
work.  The  milling-cutter  illustrations,  such  as  Fig.  1123, 
show  exactly  how  this  is  done  and  give  all  dimensions 


OPERATION   A.    FORGING    FROM    BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1111.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 250   per  hr. 


OPERATION  B. 
Number    of    Operators — One. 


ANNEALING 
Description    of    Operation — 


Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal;  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.)-  left  overnight  to  cool.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
naces; oil  burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  left  in  the  pickling  solution 
(1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water)  for  10  or  12  min. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets,  wooden  pick- 
ling tanks  and  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Perkins  press,  2% -in.  stroke.  Number  ot 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — 
Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  set- 
screw.  Stripping  Mechanism — Punched  down  through  die. 
Production — 600  per  hr. 


necessary  for  making  cutters.  Where  cutters  are  regular, 
with  no  special  features,  it  is  only  necessary  to  mention 
them  by  diameter  and  width  in  the  text. 

OPERATIONS    ON   SAFETY-LOCK   THUMB-PIECE 


Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 
Annealing 
Pickling 
Trimming 
Milling  rear  end 
Milling  front  edge 
Drilling  and   reaming  spindle  hole 
Countersinking  hole  for  operations  3  and  4 
Removing  burrs  from  spindle 
Milling  top 
Milling  bottom 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 
Counterboring  front  of  hub 
Hand-milling  for   riveting   spindle 
Drilling  and  reaming  spring-spindle  hole 
Hand-milling  front  and  rear  corners 
Removing   burrs   left   by   operation    12 
Hand-milling  circle  over  spring-spindle  hole 
Jig-milling    clearance    for    cocking    piece    (operations    9 
and  FF  grouped) 

Removing   burrs  left  by  operation   9 
Profiling  slot 
Hand-milling  rear  cam 
Milling  front  cam   (on  drilling  machine) 
Stamping  "Ready"  and   "Safe"    (operations  6,   8  and  GG 
groupedY 

Hand-milling  rear  end  to  finish 
Removing  burrs  from  spring-spindle  hole 
Countersinking   spring-spindle    hole 
Polishing  sides,   lower   end   and   over  circle 
Filing,    general  cornering,   matching  milling   cuts  front 
of  Joint 
Casehardening 

Assembling  with  spindle,  spring  and  spring  spindle 
Polishing  rear  end 
Etching  rear  end 


B 

B-l 

C 

1 

5 

2 

2-A 

AA 

3 

4 

CC 

10 

7 

11 

12 

EE 

14 

9 

FF 

15 

13 

16 

6 


GG 
17 
18 
19 


20 
21 
22 
23 


FIG    1123 
OPERATION   3&4 

OPERATION  1.    MILLING  REAR  END 

Transformation — Fig.  1112.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller,  Fig.  1113.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  formed  vise  jaws, 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Spiral 
milling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — None. 
Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.    MILLING  FRONT  EDGE 

Transformation — Fig.  1114.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Fig.  1115.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws, 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two 
spiral  milling  cutters,  Fig.  1116.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put 
on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5,000  pieces.  Gages — For  thickness  of  round  end.  Pro- 
duction— 125  per  hr. 
OPERATION  2.    DRILLING  AND  REAMING  SPINDLE  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1117.  Machine  Used — Run  on  any 
two-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Figs. 
1118  and  1119.  Tool-Holding  Devices — In  drill  chuck  Cutting 
Tools — Drill  and  reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages 
— Plug,  0.02  in.  in  diameter.  Production — 125  per  hr. 
OPERATION  2-A.  COUNTERSINKING  HOLE  FOR  OPER- 
ATIONS 3  AND  4 

Transformation — Fig.  1120.  Machine  Used — Bench  lathe. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— In  hand.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Countersink.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 
Grouped  with  operation  2. 

OPERATION  AA.    REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  SPINDLE 
HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Removing  burrs  from  spindle  hole.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Hand  reamer.     Production — Grouped  with   operation   2 


[151] 


mi*  ■ 


~ _j 


no.  ii3i 


FIG.  1129 


FIG.  II3EA,0P.II 


FIG.  1134 


FIG  II28,IIE9,II30,-0P.7.  FIG.II3I,II32,II32A,0RII 
nG.II33,H34.ll35,0P.  12 


OPERATION  3.  MILLING  TOP 
Transformation — Fig.  1121.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller,  Fig.  1122.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  clamped 
with  vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Gang  of  milling  cutters,  Fig.  1123.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 80  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
mgs — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — See  Fig.  1124;  thickness  and  loca- 
tion of  side  with  center  hole.     Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.    MILLING  BOTTOM 

Transformation — See  Fig.  1121.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  No.  2  Lincoln  type.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  clamped  with 
vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutters,  see  Fig.  1123.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 30  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1124.     Production — 125  per  hr. 


OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  4 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing   burrs   thrown    up   by   operation   4.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  4. 
OPERATION  10.    COUNTERBORING  FRONT  OF  HUB 

Transformation — Fig.  1125.  Machine  Used — Ames  three- 
spindle  16-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1126.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Counterbore, 
Fig.  1126.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grinding — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1127;  thick- 
ness and  diameter  of  counterbore.  Production — -300  per  hr. 
OPERATION   7.    HAND-MILLING    FOR   RIVETING   SPINDLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1128.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Fig.  1129.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  stud  in  indexing  fixture; 
jaw  A  is  operated  by  cam  B;  index  at  C;  see  Fig.  1129.    Tool- 


r 

t — _ 


OPERATION    14 


2.59-- 
Roughing,  6  Teeth,  L  ft. 
Finish ,    Q     *      '  • 

FIG.II44-0RI5 


!*$&&» 


[152] 


Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter. 
Fig.  1130,  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — None. 
Production — 325  per  hr. 

OPERATION   11.    DRILLING   AND   REAMING  SPRING- 
SPINDLE  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1131.  Machine  Used — Ames  two- 
spindle  14-ln.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Figs. 
3132  and  1132-A.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Bottoming  reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces. 
Gages — Diameter  and  depth.     Production — 75  per  hr. 

OPERATION   12.    HAND-MILLING  FRONT  AND   REAR 
CORNERS 

Transformation — Fig.  1133.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1134;  work  held  at 
A  by  finger  clamp  B  and  screw  C;  rotated  by  handle  D.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1135. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Pro- 
duction—350  per  hr. 

OPERATION  EE.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  12 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  12.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operation 
12. 


OPERATION   15.    PROFILING    SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  1142.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney J^o.  1  profiler.  Fig.  1143.  Work_-Holding  Devices — Stud 
ar.iI'M  finger  clamps.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter.  Fig.  1144.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
two  Vi  -in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 200  pieces.  Gages — Width  and  depth  of  groove.  Production 
— 75  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.    HAND-MILLING  REAR  CAM 
Transformation — Fig.   1145.     Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 

Siller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
olding  Devices — On  stud  by  screw  clamp,  Fig  1146.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Small  mill- 
ing cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — See  Fig. 
1150.     Production — 350  per  hr. 

OPERATION  16.  MILLING  FRONT  CAM  (ON  DRILLING 
MACHINE) 
Transformation — Fig.  1147.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
single-spindle  upright  drilling  machine,  Fig.  1148.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Rotating  Jig.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1149.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut 
Data — 1,800  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with    brush.      Average    Life    of    Tool    Between   Grindings — 350 

Fieces.      Gages — Fig.    1150;    A,    gaging    rear    cam;    B,    gaging 
ront  cam.     Production — 75  per  hr. 

OPERATION    6.    STAMPING    "READY"   AND   "SAFE" 
Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  press,   1-in.   stroke,   Fig.  1151. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Punches  and  Punch 


FIG.II50B 


FIG.II5I 


FIG.II5Z 


OPERATION      16 


OPERATION  14.  HAND-MILLING  CIRCLE  OVER  SPRING- 
SPINDLE  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1136.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — On  stud  in  rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1137.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter, 
Fig.  1138.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1139. 
Production — 350  per  hr. 

OPERATION    9.    JIG-MILLING    CLEARANCE    FOR 
COCKING  PIECE 
Transformation — Fig.    1140.      Machine    Used — Ames    three- 
spindle 16-in._  drill.      Number    of    Operators    per    Machine — 


One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Fig.  1141;  pilot  of 
counterbore  fits  a  hardened  bushing  in  the  jig.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.     Cutting  Tools — Counterbore  with  pilot. 


Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 3,500  pieces.    Gages — None.    Production — 250  per  hr. 

OPERATION  FF.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 

OPERATION  9 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing  burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   9.      Apparatus   and 

Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  9. 


Holders — Square  shank;  stamps  "Ready"  and  "Safe,"  Fig.  1152. 
Dies    and    Die    Holders — Centered    on    pin.      Average    Life    of 


been  used  three  years  already.     Produc- 


Punches — Indefinite; 
tion — 400  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.  HAND-MILLING  REAR  END  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1153.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws.  Fig.  1154.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  1.25  in.  in  diam- 
eter, 0.5  in.  wide.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — 
Length,  Fig.  1155;  work  goes  over  a  stud.  Production — 250 
per  hr. 

OPERATION   GG.      REMOVING    BURRS   FROM  SPRING- 
SPINDLE  HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of   Operation- 
Removing  burrs   thrown   up  around   spring   hole.     Apparatus 
and    Equipment    Usfcd — Scraper.      Production — Grouped    with 
operation  8. 

OPERATION     17.    COUNTERSINKING     SPRING-SPINDLE 
HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing  sharp   corners.     Apparatus  and    Equipment  Used- 
Speed   lathe  and   countersink.     Production — 425   per   hr. 


[153] 


OPERATION  18.    POLISHING  SIDES,  LOWER  END  AND 
OVER  CIRCLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    all    outside    surfaces.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Polishing    jack    and    wheel.      Production — 50    per    hr. 

OPERATION   19.    FILING,   GENERAL   CORNERING,   MATCH- 
ING  MILLING   CUTS    FRONT   OF   JOINT 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
General    filing    and    cornering.       Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — 125   per   hr. 

OPERATION    20.    CASEHARDEN 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Packed   in    %    bone   and    Vi    leather;   heated   in   oil   furnace   to 
750   deg.   C.    (1,382    deg.    F.)    for    2%    hr.;    quenched    in   water. 
Apparatus  and   Equipment   Used — Rockwell   furnaces. 

OPERATION    21.    ASSEMBLING    WITH    SPINDLE,    SPRING 
AND   SPRING  SPINDLE 
Transformation — Fig.    1156.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description    of    Operation — Assembling    spindle    and    spring. 
Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Special    press,    Fig.     1157. 
Production — 50  per  hr. 

OPERATION    22.    POLISHING    REAR    END 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    rear    end.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Pol- 
ishing jack   and    wheel.      Production — 1,200    per   hr. 

OPERATION   23.    ETCHING   REAR    END 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Same   as   cocking   piece.      Production — 700    per   hr. 


[154] 


Making  the  Guard 


While  this  piece  carries  the  sear  and  trigger  mechanism 
as  well  as  the  magazine,  it  is  under  no  particular  stress 
from  the  firing  of  the  cartridge.  It  is,  however,  a  rather 
intricate  piece  on  account  of  its  being  finished  all  over, 
and  particularly  because  of  the  very  thin  walls  of  the 
magazine.  These  as  well  as  the  trigger  guard  and  other 
parts  are  all  carefully  profiled. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  design  a  piece  of  this  kind  which 
would  be  more  difficult  or  more  expensive  to  make  than 
this,  nor  one  which  presents  greater  possibilities  for  re- 
ducing these  difficulties  by  a  little  re-designing,  without 
affecting  the  action  of  the  rifle  in  the  least. 

The  guard,  which  forms  the  body  for  the  magazine,  is 
shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1158.  This  is  a  drop  forging  that 
weighs  3~Y2  lb.  After  machining,  it  weighs  less  than  ^ 
lb.  It  is  made  from  Class  D  steel,  and  its  dimensions  are 
l%xl-^  in.  Its  main  parts  are  the  trigger-guard  bow  A, 
front  tang  B,  rear  tang  C,  front  screw  stud  D,  magazine 
walls  E,  rear  end  of  magazine  F,  floor-plate  pin  hole  0, 


D     Dropping    to    finish 
D-l     Pickling 

E     First  trimming  (inside  of  bow) 
E-l     Second   trimming    (outside) 

F     Cold  dropping  and  straightening 

1  Milling   top   crosswise 

2  Milling  left   side   crosswise 

3  Milling  right  side  crosswise 

4  Milling    bottom    crosswise 
4%      Burring  operations  2,  3  and  4 

5  Milling  top  of  tangs  crosswise 
5Vt     Burring  operation  5 

6  Drilling,    reaming    and    counterboring    guard-screw 
holes  and  drilling  for  floor-plate  lug 

7  Spotting   two   holes   for   magazine   opening,    drilling 
for  floor-plate  catch  pin  and  counterboring  for  floor- 

Blate  lug 
'rilling  to  remove  stock  for  magazine  opening 
9     Milling  to  remove  stock  from  top  of  magazine  open- 
ing 

10  Milling  to  remove  stock   from  bottom  of  magazine 
opening 

11  Profiling    rough    to    remove    stock    from    magazine 
opening 

12  Profiling  inside  of  magazine  to  finish 

13  Shaving  rear  end  of  magazine  opening 
13%     Filing  to  finish  operation  13 

14  Drilling  floor-plate  catch-spring  cavity  and  counter- 
boring for  head  of  guard  screw,  rear 

15  Hollow-milling     ana     counterboring     front     guard- 
screw   stud 

16  Hand-milling    to    remove    stock    in    rear    of    front 

Puard-screw    stud 
roflling  outside  of  guard  bow 


""HI 


XZ202S'*\    <Q665> 


All  sharp  Edges  removed  with  File 

except  lower  Edges  of  Front  and 

Rear  Tangs  which  are  leH  sharp 

to  obviate  any  Space  between 

•  the  Steel  and  the  Wood 


FIG.  1158 


•01S5R 


Guard  (Forged Steel,  Blued) 


front  guard-screw  hole  H,  rear  guard-screw  hole  I,  trigger 
slot  J,  floor-plate  lug  slot  K,  floor-plate  spring  hole  L, 
floor-plate  catch  slot  M,  ramp  N  and  the  lightening 
cuts  0. 

The  working  points  are  the  top  and  bottom  of  the 
magazine  walls  E  and  the  front  and  rear  guard-screw 
holes  H  and  J.  As  the  walls  are  very  thin  after  being 
profiled,  a  steel  block  is  used  to  fill  the  space  between  the 
walls  so  as  to  avoid  springing  in  some  of  the  clamping 
operations.    The  guard  is  finished  by  bluing. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  GUARD 
Operation 

A-l     First   blocking   from   billet 

B     First  dropping 
B-l     Pickling 
C     Trimming 


18  Profiling  inside  of  guard  bow 

19  Milling  lightening  cut  In  top  of  rear  tang 
21     Profiling    floor-plate    lug    slot    and    rear-end    floor- 
plate  seat 

Hand-milling    slot    recess    for    floor-plate    catch 
Hand-milling    trigger    slot 

Milling  bottom   of  guard   for  floor-plate   seat 
Burring   for  operation    24   and   broaching   operation 
23 

25  and  26     Profiling    recesses    for    floor-plate    tenons    in    front 
of  magazine  opening  and  in  floor-plate  lug  slot 
Hand  straddle-milling  sides  of  projecting  rear  mag- 
azine wall 

Hand-milling  ramp  cut  in  rear  magazine  wall 
Profiling    edges    of    guard    bow    and    of    front    and 
rear   tangs 

Milling  edge   of  tangs 
Milling  left  side  of  tangs 

Milling   bevel    on   outside   of   right   wall   of  maga- 
zine 

Milling  hevel  on  outside  of  left  wall  of  magazine 
Counterboring    guard-screw    holes    to    finish    and 
reaming  floor-plate  catch-pin  hole 

34     Filing,  general 

85     Polishing 

36  Filing,  cornering 

37  Bluing 


22 
23 
24 

24% 


27 

28 
29 

30 
31 
32 

33 
33% 


[155] 


FIG.  1162 


FIG.  1163 


FIG.  lies 


FIG.  1169 


OPERATION    t 


[156] 


OPERATION  A.    FIRST  BLOCKING  FROM  BILLET 
Transformation — Fig.     1159.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description    of    Operation — Shaping    from    billet.      Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  1,000-lb.  drop  ham- 
mer.    Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION    B.     FIRST    DROP    FORGING 
Transformation — Fig.    1160.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Drop  forging  to  shape.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  1,000-lb.  drop  ham- 
mer.     Production — 35   per   hr. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  in  the  pickling  solution,  which  con- 
sists of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water,  and  left  from 
10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets, 
wooden    pickling    tanks,    hoists. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Transformation — Fig.  1161.  Machine  Used — Bliss  press, 
3%  -in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — In  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Punch 
down  through  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000 
pieces.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  B. 


One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  1168;  details  In 
Fig.  1169.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools— Interlocking  milling  cutter  3.22  in.  diam.,  center  cutter 
2.78  in.  diam.,  28  teeth,  left-hand  spiral,  one  turn  in  48  in., 
right  hand.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  two  -ft-ln.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — A  form 
gage  with  guard  laid  on  side.     Production — 20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  MILLING  RIGHT  SIDE  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1167.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
—One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  same  as  Fig  1169, 
but  reversed.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Same  as  operation  2.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  two  A-in. 
streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500 
pieces.     Gages — Same  as  in  operation  2.  Production — 20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.  MILLING  BOTTOM  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1170.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller,  Fig.  1171.  Number*  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang 
mill,  Fig.  1172.  Number  of  Cuts — 50  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed. 
Cut  data — One.     Coolant — Cutting  oil,-  A-in.  stream.     Average 


FIG.  1 172 


OPERATION  D.  DROPPING  TO  FINISH 
Number  of  Operators — One  forger  and  one  helper.  De- 
scription of  Operation — Finished  drop  forging;  simply  sizes 
the  guard  to  closer  limits  than  first  dies.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  1,000-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 50  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D-l.    PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same  as  previous  pickling  operation. 

OPERATION  E.  FIRST  TRIMMING  (INSIDE  OF  BOW) 
Transformation — Fig.  1162.  Machine  Used — Bliss  back- 
geared  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — In  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Piece 
of  stock  screwed  to  shoe  in  back  of  punch.  Average  Life  of 
Punches — 20,000   pieces.      Production — 450   per   hr. 

OPERATION  E-l.  SECOND  TRIMMING  (OUTSIDE) 
Transformation — Fig.  1163.  Machine  Used — Bliss  back- 
geared  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches 
and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — 
In  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Punched  down 
through  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 1,500  pieces. 
Production — 400  per  hr. 

OPERATION  F.     COLD  DROPPING  AND  STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after   being   trimmed.      Apparatus    and    Equip- 
ment   Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer.      Pro- 
duction— 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  MILLING  TOP  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1164.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  vise  jaws.  Fig.  1165. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two 
spiral  mills,  one  3.375  in.  diam.  by  3.75  in.  long;  one  2.75  in. 
diam.,  0.50  In.  long;  30  teeth  left  hand.  Number  of  Cuts 
—One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
two  A-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
3,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1166;  A,  surface  and  projection  with 
relation  to  underside  of  guard;  B,  thickness  of  projection;  C, 
contour  of  tang  to  see  if  it  will  finish  up  in  future  operations; 
if  not,  a  little  bending  is  permissible  at  this  stage  of  the 
process;  D,  squareness  of  sides.     Production — 20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.    MILLING  LEFT  SIDE  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1167.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 


FIG.  1173 


Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1173;  a  master  guard  is  fastened  at  A;  work  is  clamped 
at  B  by  clamp  C;  gaging  is  done  by  laying  a  straight-edge 
across  the  work  and  the  master;  can  be  turned  over  to  gage 
■other  sides.      Production — 20   per   hr. 

OPERATION  4%.    BURRING  OPERATIONS  2,  3  AND  4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  2,   3  and  4.     Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 75  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.  MILLING  TOP  OF  TANGS  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1174.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  17 
miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Special  vise;  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1175.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang  of 
milling  cutters.  Fig.  1176.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
— 80  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -fr-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 3,500  pieces.  Gages 
— For  contour,  thickness  and  front  tang.  Production — 20 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  5%.      BURRING  OPERATION   5 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   5.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment   Used — File.      Production — 125    per   hr. 

OPERATION    6.      DRILLING,    REAMING    AND    COUNTER- 
BORING  GUARD-SCREW  HOLES  AND  DRILLING 
FOR  FLOOR-PLATE  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1177.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney four-spindle  16-in.  vertical  drilling  machine.     Number  of 
Operators    per    Machine — One.      Work-Holding    Devices — Drill 
Jig,    Fig.    1178.      Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill   chuck.      Cutting 
Tools — Counterbore   for   screw   hole;    reamer   for   guard-screw 
hole.      Number    of    Cuts — Four.      Cut    Data — 350    r.p.m.;    hand 
feed.      Coolant — Cutting   oil,    %-in.    stream.      Average   Life  of 
Tool    Between    Grindings — 350    pieces.      Gages — Fig.    1179;    A, 
location  of  holes;  B,  depth  of  counterbores  gaged  from  top  of 
guard.     Production — 15  per  hr. 


[157] 


OPERATION    7.     SPOTTING    TWO    HOLES    FOR    MAGAZINE 
OPENING,    DRILLING    FOR    FLOOR-PLATE    CATCH 
PIN   AND    COUNTERBORING    FOR    FLOOR- 
PLATE  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.    1180.      Machine   Used — Dwight   Slate 
16-in.    three-spindle   drilling   machine.      Number   of   Operators 
per    Machine — One.      Work-Holding    Devices — Drill    jig,    Fig. 
1181;  details  in  Fig.  1182.    Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck. 
Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.     Number  of  Cuts — One.    Cut  Data 
i — 600   r.p.m. ;   hand   feed.      Coolant — Cutting   oil,   fj-in.   stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.     Gages 
—Fig.  1183.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION   8.    DRILLING   TO   REMOVE   STOCK   FOR 

MAGAZINE  OPENING 
Transformation — Fig.  1184.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 16-in.  vertical  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Two,  one  front  and  one  rear.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Drill  jig,  Fig.  1185.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.      Cutting   Tools — Twist   drill.      Number   of   Cuts — Two. 


— See  Fig.  1190.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  ^4 -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — None.  Pro- 
duction— 25  per  hr. 

The  guard  of  the  Springfield  rifle  is  a  more  difficult 
piece  to  make  than  the  similar  part  in  the  Enfield,  largely 
owing  to  the  latter  having  a  separate  magazine  of  pressed 
steel.  Making  this  solid  with  the  guard  requires  drilling 
the  ends,  milling  out  most  of  the  stock  with  a  gashing 
cutter  and  finally  profiling  to  shape.  The  outside  of  the 
magazine  is  finished  by  milling  with  large  slab  cutters. 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  first  machining  operation  is  to 
mill  the  top  of  the  magazine.    In  the  succeeding  opera- 


Cut  Data — 350  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 150  pieces. 
Gages — None.     Production — 85   per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.  MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK  FROM  TOP 
OF  MAGAZINE  OPENING 
Transformation — Fig.  1186.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Six.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1187; 
details  in  Fig.  1188.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  3.56  in.  diam.,  0.75  in.  thick,  28 
teeth,  left-hand  spiral.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages 
— None.     Production — 30  per  hr. 

OPERATION  10.    MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK  FROM 
BOTTOM  OF  MAGAZINE  OPENING 

Transformation — Fig.  1189.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
--Six.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws  (see  Figs.  1187  and 
.»35).     Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.     Cuttinsr  Tools 


OPERATION   6 

tions,  the  guard  is  forced  up  against  this  surface  as  a 
locating  point,  as  can  be  seen  in  Fig.  1175.  Here  the 
upper  surface  locates  against  ledges  on  the  sides,  which 
enables  the  operator  to  see  when  the  guard  is  firmly 
located  against  this  seating  point  This  requires  means 
for  forcing  the  point  up  from  underneath,  care  being 
taken  to  avoid  bending  the  tang  out  of  shape.  This  is 
also  looked  after  in  some  of  the  side  milling  fixtures  as  in 
Fig.  1169,  and  in  milling  the  bottom  in  Fig.  1171. 


[158] 


M^ 


This  operation  has  a  rather  unusual  method  of  gaging 
as  seen  in  Fig.  1173.  The  master  guard  or  sample  A  is 
fastened  to  the  fixture  and  the  work  B  is  clamped  in  place 
by  C.  A  straight-edge  is  then  laid  across  the  bottom  of 
the  guards  to  see  how  they  compare.  This  can  also  be 
rolled  over  to  see  how  they  compare  in  other  ways. 

Hilling  the  top  and  bottom  requires  rather  complicated 
gangs  of  cutters,  both  of  these  being  shown,  with  dimen- 
sions, as  the  contours  are  quite  particular  owing  to  the 
fit  in  the  stock.  These  are  all  interlocking  cutters  as  can 
be  seen. 

The  drilling  jigs  locate  from  the  top  also.  The  holes 
at  each  end  for  the  screws  are  drilled  and  counterbored  in 
Fig.  1178,  the  two  end  holes  for  the  floor-plate  lug  open- 
ing being  drilled  at  this  setting.  These  are  gaged  in 
Figs.  1179-A  and  1179-B;  the  first  gages  the  location 
of  the  holes  and  the  latter  the  depth  of  the  counterbores. 


FIG.  1183 
OPERATION  7 

The  drilling  of  the  end  holes  for  removing  the  stock 
from  the  magazine  is  also  on  a  "holding  up"  fixture,  the 
magazine  portion  of  the  guard  being  supported  by  the 
crossarm  underneath.  Next,  the  center  portion  is  almost 
entirely  cut  away  by  sinking  in  a  milling  cutter  as  previ- 
ously mentioned.  The  back  end  is  shaved  or  slotted  as 
shown  in  Fig.  1197. 

Another  fixture  where  the  guard  is  pressed  up  against 
the  top  guides  is  shown  in  Fig.  1201.  Fig.  1202  shows 
one  of  the  few  indicating  gages.  This  gages  the  height 
of  the  tang  seat  for  the  rear  screw  thimble,  with  regard 
to  the  top  of  the  guard,  where  it  fits  against  the  bottom  of 
the  receiver.  The  need  of  this  measurement  is  to  prevent 
the  back  end  of  the  tang  from  being  drawn  out  of  shape. 


FIG.  1190 


FIG.  1187 


[159] 


OPERATION  11.  PROFILING  ROUGH,  TO  REMOVE  STOCK 
PROM  MAGAZINE  OPENING 
Transformation — Fig.  1191.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  vise  jaws;  located  by  pin 
A,  Fig.  1192.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling   cutters.     Number   of  Cuts — Two.      Cut   Data — 


OPERATION    13.     SHAVING    REAR   END   OF  MAGAZINE 

Transformation — Fig.  1196.  Machine  Used — Bement-Miles 
Blotter,  24-in.  table.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  vise  jaws;  located  by 
pin,  Fig.  1197.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Regular  holder.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Shaving  tool,  Fig.  1198.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 50  strokes;  hand  feed.     Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in. 


( -\[ 


J I ii, — • 


FIG.  1191 


E===3 


FIG.  1193 


>1«3  (<■ 


FIG.  1192 


OPERATION 


FIG.  1194 


STEEL 
FIG.  1195 


OPERATION    \Z 


\,22,4,5fi-flTtoT2mp/et 


1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Produc- 
tion— 15  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12.  PROFILING  INSIDE  OF  MAGAZINE 
TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Similar  to  Fig.  1191.  Machine  Used — 
Pratt  &  Whitney  No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — See  Fig.  1192.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Roughing 
and  finishing  cutters;  same  as  operation  11.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250 
pieces.  Gages — Figs.  1193  to  1195;  pins  locating  guard  on 
gage,  opening  is  compared  with  hole  in  gage;  plug  for  hole 
through  guard;  form  of  end.     Production — 20  per   hr. 


3.394- 


FIG.II99 

stream.     Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 150  pieces. 

Gages — Form,   Fig.  1199.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13%.    FILING  TO  FINISH  OPERATION  13 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Operation  13  leaves  the  piece  rough,  and   13%   smooths   it  up. 

Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — File.      Production — 125    per 

hr. 


[160] 


OPERATION   14.      DRILLING  FLOOR-PLATE  CATCH-SPRING 

CAVITY  AND  COUNTERBORING  FOR  HEAD  OF 

REAR  GUARD  SCREW 

Transformation — Fig.  1200.  Machine  Used — Dwight-Slate 
three-spindle  16-in.  vertical  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
)  ators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig. 
1201  ;  guard  is  held  down  by  latch  A,  is  supported  by  wedge  B 
and  held  sidewise  by  thumb-screw  C  and  D.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Counterbore  and  drill.  Number 
of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Speed  of  drill,  600  r.p.m. ;  speed  of 
counterbore,  450  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1202,  needle  gage  for  locating  rear  screw  hole  from  the  maga- 
zine opening ;  also,  gage  for  catch-spring  cavity.  Production — 50 
per  hr. 


OPERATION    15 


The  operations  here  illustrated  show  more  of  the  fix- 
tures for  holding  the  work  up  against  a  plate  or  plates, 
so  as  to  locate  by  the  upper  edge.  A  good  example,  of 
this  is  shown  in  Figs.  1204  and  ;1205,  which  are  two 
views  of  the  same  fixture  to  show  exactly  how  the  wedging 
up  is  accomplished  in  this  particular  case.  Here  the  lips, 
or  top  plates,  A  form  the  upper  clamping  surface,  the 
guard  being  forced  up  in  front  by  the  wedge  D  while  the 
tang  rests  on  the  plate  C  at  the  other  end. 


OPERATION  15.     HOLLOW-MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK  IN 
REAR  OF  FRONT  GUARD-SCREW  STUD 

Transformation — Fig.  1203.  Machine  Used — Dwight-Slate  16- 
in.  three-spindle  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machcine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Figs.  1204  and  1205 ; 
guard  is  pressed  up  against  ledges  A  by  wedges  C  and  D  ;  latch 
B  locates  guard  endwise.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck. 
Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1206;  A,  counterbore;  B,  facing  counterbore; 
hollow  mill  for  outside.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 
Speed  of  counterbore,  450  r.p.m. ;  speed  of  hollow  mill,  350  r.p.m. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Va-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1207  ;  A,  diameter  and 
depth  of  counterbore  ;  B,  outside  and  length  of  screw  stud.  Pro- 
duction— 35  per  hr. 


11 


[161] 


OPERATION  16.  .  HAND-MILLING  TO  REMOVE  STOCK  IN 
REAR  OF  FRONT  GUARD-SCREW  STUD 
Transformation — Fig.  1208.  Machine  Used — Becker-Brain- 
ard  large  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  upright,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws.  Fig.  1209;  guard  is  located  endwise  by  stops  and  held 
up  against  the  top  plate  by  the  eccentric  A.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  0.84  in. 
diam.,  0.505  in.  wide,  solid  on  shank.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,500 
pieces.  Gages — Thickness  of  walls  beside  lightening  cut. 
Production — 85  per  hr. 


stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1216,  form  of  opening;  also  gage  for  thickness  of 
trigger  guard.     Production — 30  per  hr. 

OPERATION  19.  MILLING  LIGHTENING  CUT  IN  TOP  OF 
REAR  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.  1217.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  fixture,  Fig.  1218; 
clamped  at  top  and  bottom  of  magazine  against  plates  A, 
by  cam  B;  back  end  is  supported  by  wedge  C;  this  is  mounted 
on  elevating  table,  shown  in  Fig.  1219,  which  brings  the 
g;»ard   up   against   the   cutter.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Tapei 


FIG.  1211 


I  1 

FIG.  1212 


FIG.IEI3 


OPERATION  17.  PROFILING  OUTSIDE  OF  GUARD  BOW 
Transformation — Fig.  1210.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler,  Fig.  1211.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  vise  jaws, 
located  by  pins.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Profiling  cutter,  Fig.  1212.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
%-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250 
pieces.  Gages — Form,  Fig.  1213;  fingers  A,  B,  C  and  D  swing 
down  to  stop  pins;  other  fingers  E,  F,  G  and  H  gage  later 
operations.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18.  PROFILING  INSIDE  OF  GUARD  BOW 
Transformation — Fig.  1214.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number '  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  with  vise  jaws;  held  on 
pin,  Fig.  12157  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Similar  to  Fig.  1212.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 1,200     r.p.m.;     hand     feed.       Coolant — Compound.     W-in 


shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  0.90  in.  diam.,  0.505  in. 
wide,  solid  on  shank.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — 
Form,  Fig.  1220.  Production — 9  per  hr.  per  machine. 
OPERATION  21.  PROFILING  FLOOR-PLATE  LUG  SLOT  AND 
REAR-END  FLOOR-PLATE  SEAT 
Transformation — Fig.  1221.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pins;  clamped  with  jaws. 
Fig.  1222;  work  held  upside  down  against  plates  A;  locat- 
ing points,  B  and  C;  profiling  form  D  for  finishing;  arm  E 
swings  over  and  is  used  for  the  roughing  cut.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Straight  profiling  cut- 
ter, 0.25  in.  diam.;  solid  on  No.  3  taper  shank.  Number  or  Cuts 
— Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1223,  form  of  slot  Production 
— 40  ner  hr. 


[162[ 


The  profiling  for  the  inner  surface  of  the  low,  or  trig-  the  tang,  the  miller  table  feeds   it  under  the  cuttei 

ger,!  guard  is  shown  in  Fig.  1215.     The  holding  fixture  The  gage,  Fig.   1220,   shows  when  the  cut  is  correct 

is  fhe  same  and  the  cutter  very  similar.     The  guide  for  The  profiling  of  the  next  operation,  represented  by  Fig. 

the  profiling  is  of  course  of  slightly  different  contour;  1222,  shows  one  of  the  little  kinks  developed  in  connee- 

the  gage  is  simply  a  flat  disk  of  proper  shape  mounted  on  tion  with  various  kinds  of  work.    There  are  two  cuts,  a 


F1G.I2I5,0P.I8 


4  Pin,  /*  Long, 

-* c*a 


.fStuks.ljjLong      **0      • 


(Mach.Stee/J 


i     i  ..  [    : 

;  ft  Dowels  I 
O.O     I   i   I   ; 


n%"ctoc?- 


■;...£  Nuts,  (Mach  Steel) 
/  Studs,  1^  Long  (Mach  Steel) 


t *       I    ■   ■     ■■ ^L 


UX 


■■• «&"V' 

FIG.IEI9      ^ 


0.875 


4  ■ 


"-->f-  a6s">\~ 


■2S5- 


*rit 


TIG.  1218 


OPERATION     19 


srcct( 'harden) 
FIG.IE20 


<0.06Z5" 


a  plug  for  easily  testing  the  contour  of  the  inside  of  the 
bow. 

The  following  operation  is  a  lightening  cut,  as  illustrated 
in  Fig.  1217.  The  guard  is  again  located  against  the  top 
by  plates  A,  Fig.  1218,  by  the  cam  B,  while  the  tang  is 
supported  as  at  C.  This  involves  the  use  of  the  elevating 
table,  shown  in  Fig.  1219.  The  fixture  is  mounted  on 
this  table;  and  after  the  work  is  clamped  in  the  fixture, 
the  whole  attachment  is  raised  into  contact  with  the  cut- 
ter by  raising  the  end  of  the  elevating  table.  Then, 
after  the  cutter  is   sunk  deep  enough   into  th#  top  of 


roughing  and  a  finishing,  which  are  controlled  by  the  pro- 
filing form  D.  On  top  of  this  is  an  arm  or  plate  E, 
which  swings  across  the  opening  so  as  to  limit  the  move« 
ment  of  the  guide  during  the  roughing  cut.  This  plate 
is  located,  as  to  position,  by  the  notch  shown  coming  in 
contact  with  a  pin  that  projects  from  the  form  D, 


[163] 


OPERATION  22.    HAND-MILLING  SLOT  RECESS  FOR 
FLOOR-PLATE    CATCH 

Transformation — Fig.  1224.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Held  on  pin;  clamped  from  top  and  bottom  in 
fixture,  Fig.  1225.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutter,  0.85  in.  diam.,  0.296  in.  wide,  solid 
on  No.  4  taper  shank.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450 
r.p.m.:  hand  feed.     Coolant — Cutting  oil.  -fr-in.  stream.     Aver- 


Cutting  Tools — Slotting  cutter,  1.75  in.  diam.,  0.21  in.  wide, 
threaded  for  arbor.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 350 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2,500  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1228,  locates  trigger  slot  from  rear  guard-screw  hole. 
Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  24.    MILLING  BOTTOM  OF  GUARD  FOR 
FLOOR-PLATE    SEAT 
Transformation — Fig.  1229.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.     Work-Holding    Devices — Located    on   pin   clamped   by 
vise  jaws,   Fig.   1230.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 


U - -4.305"- - 

Total  Lenght  of  Floor  Plate  Seat 
ST6EL  (Harden) 
FIG.  1231 A 


OPERATION  24j 


FIG.  1233 


age  Life   of   Tool   Between   Grindings — 2,500   pieces.     Gages — 
Flat  for  width  and  depth.     Production — 100  per  hr. 

OPERATION  23.    HAND-MILLING  TRIGGER  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.   1226.     Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.       Number    of    Operators    per    Machine — One.       Work- 
Holding  lievices — Held  on  pin  A  against  upper  plate  B,   Fig. 
1227.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Taper    shank,    threaded    arbor. 


Cutting  Tools — Spiral  mill,  4x4  in.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1231.  placed  on  a  stand  gage  and  straight- 
edge used  as  shown;  Fig.  1231-A,  total  length  of  floor-plate 
seat.  Production — 20  per  hr.  Note— A  block  is  placed  in  the 
magazine  hole  before  placing  in  the  fixture,  to  prevent  sides 
of  hole   from   springing   together. 


[164] 


,k  Dowels 


FIG.  1235 


OPERATION  25  &  26 


STEEL  (Harden) 
FI6. 1237 


OPERATION    24%.     BURRING    FOR    OPERATION    24    AND 
BROACHING  OPERATION   23 
Transformation — Fig.     1232.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Burring  and  broaching  forward  end 
of   trigger   slot,    Fig.    1233.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used 
— Ames  profiler  rebuilt  for  broaching.     Gages — None.     Produc- 
tion— 125  per  hr. 
OPERATIONS    25    AND    26.     PROFILING    RECESSES    FOR 
FLOOR-PLATE    TENONS    IN    FRONT    OF    MAGAZINE 

OPENING  AND  IN  FLOOR-PLATE  LUG  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  1234.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — -One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin  clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Fig. 
1235.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Two  profiling  cutters;  No.  1,  0.285  in.  diam.,  0.093  in.  thick; 
No.  2,  0.385  in.  diam.,  0.07  in.  thick;  6  teeth;  both  on  No.  3 
taper  shank.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.j 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Figs. 
1236  and  1237.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION  27.  HAND  STRADDLE-MILLING  SIDES  OF 
REAR  MAGAZINE  WALL 
Transformation — Fig.  1238.  Machine  Used — Brainard  large 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machines-One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  upright;  clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  side- 
milling  cutters,  3  in.  diam.,  0.32  in.  wide,  26  teeth.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 300  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil.  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 2,500  pieces.  Gages— Fig.  1239;  located  on 
guard  by  pins  A  and  B;  point  C  gages  width  of  rear  wall, 
D  and  E  the  width  of  magazine  walls;  'there  is  also  a  gage, 
practically  a  receiver,  that  gages  outside  of  magazine  portion. 
Production — 100  per  hr. 

Operations  22  and  23,  which  give  further  examples  of 
the  'type  of  fixture  already  described,  are  shown  in  Figs. 
1225  and  1227.  Both  of  these  have  to  do  with  the  tang, 
the  last  breaking  through  for  the  trigger.    The  first  oper- 


The  milling  of  the  bottom  of  the  guard  for  the  floor- 
plate  seat  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  1230,  while  the  method 
of  gaging  by  the  use  of  a  knife  straight-edge  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1231.  The  sic"e  of  the  gage  is  of  the  correct  height, 
and  by  resting  the  knife-edge  across  this  raised  side  the 
height  is  easily  determined.  Most  of  these  straight-edges 
are  made  from  bayonet  blades  that  have  been  found  de- 
fective in  some  way.  They  make  a  very  good  straight- 
edge for  this  and  other  purposes. 

The  final  cleaning  out  of  the  trigger  slot  is  done  with 
a  single-sided  broach,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1233.  The  work 
is  done  in  an  old  Ames  profiler,  which  has  been  built  over 
for  this  job.  It  is  virtually  a  slotting  job  with  a  multiple- 
toothed  tool. 

Then  comes  the  undercutting  of  the  recesses  for  holding 
the  floor  plate,  this  being  a  profiling  job  and  necessitating 
the  use  of  rather  delicate  cutters.  Here  again  a  pin  in 
the  tang  screw  hole  holds  the  guard  against  end  move- 
ment. The  gages  are  virtually  duplicates  of  the  completed 
floor  plate. 

Another  interesting  gaging  operation  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1239,  after  the  sides  of  the  rear  magazine  wall  have  been 
straddle-milled,  as  in  Fig.  1238.  This  gage  not  only  meas- 
ures the  width  of  this  rear  wall  by  the  part  C,  Fig.  1239, 
but  also  gages  the  width  of  the  magazine  and  the  location 


OPERATION   27 


ation  mills  the  recess  for  the  floor-plate  catch.  In  opera- 
tion 23  the  guard  is  held  against  end  movement  by  the 
pin  B,  the  lips  AA  locating  the  upper  side  of  the  piece. 
The  gage  locates  the  position  of  the  slot  from  the  rear 
screw  hole  in  the  tang. 


FIG.  1239 


of  the  wall  from  the  two  screw  holes  as  well  as  the  height 
of  the  top  of  the  guard  from  both  tangs.  It  is  a  simple 
gage  and  contains  suggestions  that  can  be  adopted  in 
other  classes  of  work.  The  projections  D  and  E  help  to 
locate  the  gage  squarely  on  the  work. 


[165] 


OPERATION  28.    HANO-MILLING  RAMP  CUT  IN  REAR 
MAGAZINE    WALL. 

Transformation — Fig.  1240.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  fixture  clamped  at  top  and  bottom, 
pushed  to  stop  at  back  of  magazine  hole,  Fig.  1241.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter, 
1  40  in  diam.,  0.375  in.  wide,  solid  on  No.  4  taper  shank.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grinding3 — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1242.  Production — 100 
per  hr. 

OPERATION    29.     PROFILING    STRADDLE-MILLING    SIDES 
OF  PROJECTING   REAR   MAGAZINE   WALL 

Transformation — Fig.  1243.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  pin  A;  clamped  in  vise  jaws 
BB    Fig    124i      Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.     Cutting 


As  an  example  of  the  lengths  to  which  the  laboratory 
methods  of  the  average  arsenal  will  lead,  the  requirements 
demanded  for  the  outside  of  the  bow  over  the  trigger  can 
hardly  be  excelled.  Both  the  inside  and  outside  are  care- 
fully profiled  and  the  outside,  which  cannot  possibly  in- 
terfere with  the  action  of  the  trigger,  is  gaged  for  form  at 
four  places.  It  is  one  of  the  numerous  places  where  the 
real  use  for  which  the  piece  was  designed,  seems  to  be 
lost  sight  of  when  the  limits  of  accuracy  are  being  set. 
In  a  similar  way  the  exact  shape  of  the  inside  of  the 


Tools — Fig.  1245.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Out  Data — 1.200 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  14-in.  streams. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1246,  gages  sides  and  ends  of  guard  by  fingers  A  to  H. 
Production — 25  per  hr. 


bow  is  unimportant,  the  only  actual  requirement  being 
that  it  does  not  interfere  with  either  the  trigger  or  the 
finger  which  is  to  pull  it. 


[166] 


Sear,  Trigger  and  Floor  Plate 


The  sear  and  trigger  are  closely  connected,  the  latter 
actuating  the  former,  which  in  turn,  releases  the  cocking 
piece  and  allows  the  firing  pin  to  be  driven  against  the 
primer  in  the  cartridge.  The  trigger  is  another  instance 
of  ultra-refinement  for,  instead  of  being  a  true  curve,  it 
is  of  a  special,  irregular  shape  which  must  be  machined 
on  a  profiling  machine. 

OPERATION  30.  MILLING  EDGE  OF  TANGS 
Transformation — Fig.  1247.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin;  clamped  with  vise 
.raws.  Fig.  1248.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Two  milling  cutters,  2.75  in.  diam.,  0.5  in.  wide, 
one  plain,  one  with  0.15  R  on  one  corner.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 2,500  pieces.     Gages — None.     Production— 20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  31.    MILLING  LEFT  SIDE  OF  TANGS 

Transformation — See    Fig.    1247.      Machine   Used — Same    as  ' 

operation  30,  except  reversed  in  fixture.     Number  of  Machines 

per  Operator — Four.    Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin;  clamped 

with   vise   jaws,   same  as   Fig.    1248.     Tool-Holding   Devices — 


Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.-p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Same  as  Fig.  1251,  except 
for  right  hand.  Production — 25  per  hr.  Note — Block  placed 
in   hole. 

OPERATION    33.     MILLING    BEVEL  ON  OUTSIDE    OF   LEFT 
WALL  OF  MAGAZINE 
Transformation — See    Fig.    1249.      Machine    Used — Pratt    & 
Whitney    No.    2    Lincoln    miller.      Number    of    Operators    per 
Machine — One.    Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  operation  32, 
only  work  is  reversed  in  fixture  (see  Fig.  1248).    Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard   arbor.     Cutting  Tools — Same  as  Fig.   1250. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  g-in.  feed.     Cool- 
ant— Compound,   Vi-in.  stream.     Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 3,500  pieces.     Gages — Fig.   1251:   stand  gages   with 
fingers  AA,   which   rest  on   block  B;   pin  C  locates  the   guard 
endwise.     Production — 20  per  hr.     Note — Block  placed  in  hole 
to  keep  from  closing  in  on  clamping. 
OPERATION      33%.       COUNTERBORING      GUARD-SCREW 
HOLES  TO  FINISH  AND  REAMING  FLOOR-PLATE 
CATCH-PIN    HOLE 
Transformation — Same    as    Figs.    1177    and    1180.      Machine 
Used — Speed   lathe.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding     Devices — Held    in     hand    against   counterbore, 
practically   a  burring  operation.     Cutting  Tools — Counterbore 
shown  in  Fig.  1252.     Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.     Coolant 
— Cutting  oil,   put  on   with  brush.     Gages — None.     Production 
— 80  per  hr. 


Jr 


FIS.  1247 


OPERATION  30&31 


c 


-y_ 


FIG.I249 


—3.35"- 


J  Mills  Nal 'a  3 cut 26  Teeth,  Straight. 

-L«ifc  Mill  No.?cutl6Tetth,Spiral  ITurn 

■'*S0<<  in  W" Right  Hand. 

FIG.  1250  Teeth  cut  Left  Hand 


■ai5"R 


■2.375-- 


FIG.I252 


FIO.  1248 


OPERATION  82 


FIQ.I2BI 


Standard  arhor.  Cutting  Tools — Same  as  operation  30,  ex- 
cept reversed  in  fixture.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
60  r.p.m.;  %-ln.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages 
— None.     Production — 20  per  hr. 

OPERATION  32.    MILLING  BEVEL  ON  OUTSIDE   OF  RIGHT 
i  WALL  OF  MAGAZINE 

Transformation — Fig.  1249.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ley No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
ehine- — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin;  clamped,  with 
vise  Jaws  similar  to  Fig.  1248,  but  has  block  in  magazine 
opening  to  prevent  springing  of  sides.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
—Standard   arbor.     Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,   Fig.   1250. 

•Copyright,  1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 
tThis  installment  should   have   preceded   that   published   in 
'he  issue  of  Mar.  8.  1917. 


OPERATION  34.     FILING,   GENERAL 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
General   filing   and    brushing   up.     Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 10  per  hr. 

OPERATION    35.      POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    all    outside    surfaces.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Polishing   Jack   and   wheel.      Production — -18   per  hr. 

OPERATION   36.    FILING    AND   CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing    and    cornering.       Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used— • 
File.     Production — 50  per  hr. 

OPERATION  S7.     BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Same   as  sleeve  and  other  bluing  operations. 


[167] 


4-2- 


I  I     1.91  Milling  J 

r5 1.9097  Finish  Lapping  j 

I    \-*$)my— 0.967- 


C<3 


Polish  Top  and  Rear 

of  Nose. 

Make  Milling  Gage 

WOl" larger  to  alio* 

for  Jig  ™ng. 


u0J39"Mk 
Y0-34l  Max. 


41 


Q4i/~ '    a067$ir, 

1  cos-  v    \ 


.  J.067MH 

Fam'Max. 

U-Q205" 
Section  X-X 


,'-    ill] 
* — .    ii   ii 


Harden  Bushings 


FORGED  STEELlCase  Harden) 
§    FIG.  1253  1 


■■>«■• 


--I.4- 


—3.1"-—- 
FIS.IZ53 


-A 


FIG.  1254 
OPERATION  A 


FIG.  1255 
OPERATION  I 


-0.95 


-Htf?k- 1.1°-—— A 

--125" -H 


U— 0.95"--Ao.2\<-- //—'■—■ >l 

l« 2^5r. ..^ 


>i    KO/7 
OPERATION  4 


FIG.  1259 


Longitudinal  Section 


The  Sear 

The  sear,  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1253,  which  in  con- 
nection with  the  trigger  releases  the  cocking  piece  and 
fires  the  rifle,  is  a  drop  forging  made  from  Class  D  steel, 
0.047  in.  round.  The  principal  parts  are  the  sear  nose  A, 
the  joint  pin  hole  B,  the  trigger  slot  C,  the  trigger-pin 
hole  D  and  the  sear-spring  seat  E.  The  sear  is  finished 
by  casehardening. 

OPERATIONS   ON   THE   SEAR 
Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 
B     Annealing 
B-l     Pickling 
C     Trimming 

1  Grinding    right   side 

2  Grinding  left  side 

3  Drilling  trigger-pin  and  joint  holes 

4  Reaming  trigger-pin  and  Joint  holes 

AA     Reaming  burrs  from  trigger  and  Joint-pin  holes 

5  Milling  top  edge 

BB     Removing   burrs  left   by   operation   9 

6  Milling  bottom  edge 

CC     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6 


7  Straddle-milling  poin.,  or  nose 

DD     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 

8  Drilling   for   trigger   and   spring   hole 

9  Hand-milling  front  end 

10  and  10%     Hand-milling  trigger  slot  (two  cuts) 
Handily     Shaving  slot  (two  cuts) 

FF     Removing  burrs  from  trigger-pin  holes 
12  Hand-milling  Joint,   undercuts 

15  Countersinking  joint-pin   and   spring  holes 

16  Shaving  joint 

17  Filing,  general   cornering 
17%     Grinding  nose 

14         Casehardening 

18  Finishing,  honing  nose 
OPERATION  A.    FORGING  FROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  1254.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer; 
drop-forge  dies.     Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION    B.    ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated  to 
850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.);  left  over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  furnaces; 
Rockwell  oil-burning  furnace  and  powdered  charcoal. 
OPERATION   B-l.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets,  then  in  the  pickling  solution,  consist- 
ing of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water,  and  left  from 


MMSFR-. 


>i  <o.ies" 


K-tm"A0.IZ"A\<    A03V-       >iQ37r«  I      -^aS87"U-     A0.ioh-   H  0.66"  K-    *\0\*5\* 


•X  0.65"  K 
FIG.  1262 


eSTeeth,  Straight,  Left  Hand. 


FIG.  1261 


OPERATION  5a 6 

[168] 


Flft.1263 


FIG.  1264 


FIG  1266 
OPERATION  7 


O    O 


D 


FIS.  1267 


FIG.  1268 
OPERATION  8 

10  to  12  min.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets, 
wooden  pickling   tanks  and  hoist. 

OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  press,  2-in.  stroke.     Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.     Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square 
shank.     Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe  by  setscrew.     Produc- 
tion— 500  per  hr. 


OPERATION  1.  GRINDING  RIGHT  SIDE 
Transformation — Fig.  1253.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder,  14-in.  wheel,  30-in.  magnetic  chuck,  same 
as  extractor  collar.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — 30-in.  magnetic  chuck  with  rods  be- 
tween. Cutting  Tools — 14-in.  abrasive  wheel.  Cut  Data — ■ 
1,500  r.p.m.  Coolant — Water.  Gages — Snap  for  thickness. 
Production — 425  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  GRINDING  LEFT  SIDE 
Transformation — Fig.  1256.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder,  14-in.  wheel,  30-in.  magnetic  chuck,  same 
as  extractor  collar.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — 30-in.  magnetic  chuck.  Cutting  Tools 
— 14-in.  wheel.  Cut  Data — 1,500  r.p.m.  Gages — Similar  to 
above.     Production — 425  per  hr. 

OPERATION    3.    DRILLING    TRIGGER-PIN 
AND   JOINT   HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  1257.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney four-spindle  16-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  with  cover.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Two  drills.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 600 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — None. 
Production — 60  per  hr. 
OPERATION  4.    REAMING  TRIGGER-PIN  AND  JOINT  HOLES 

Transformation — See  Fig.  1257.  Machine  Used — Either 
drilling  machine  or  speed  lathe  of  any  make.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  jig 
or  rest  on  speed  lathe.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Reamer  held  in 
drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer,  Fig.  1258.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — -Cut- 
ting oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1259.  Production — 350 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  AA.    REAMING  BURRS  FROM  TRIGGER  AND 
JOINT-PIN   HOLES 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  trigger  and  joint-pin  hole.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Hand  reamer.  Production — 500  per  hr. 
OPERATIONS  5  AND  6.    MILLING  TOP  AND  BOTTOM  EDGE 

Transformation — Fig.  1260.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — By  vise  jaws;  located  on  pins 
in  the  trigger  and  joint  holes,  Fig.  1261.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Held  on  standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang  of  milling 
cutters,  Fig.  1262.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
1263,  radius  over  joint  hole;  Fig.  1264,  contour.  Production — 
35  per  hr.  Note — Work-holding  points,  trigger-pin  and  joint 
holes;  also  gaging  points. 
OPERATION  BB.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  9 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  several  operations.  .  Apparatus 
and   Equipment   Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  oper- 
ations 5.   6,  7,  CC  and  DD. 
OPERATION  CC.     REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  6 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  6.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Gages — Grouped  with  operations 
5,  6,  7,  CC  and  DD. 

OPERATION  7.    STRADDLE-MILLING  POINT  OR  NOSE 

Transformation — Fig.  1265.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit, 
ney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Three.      Work-Holding    Devices — On    pins;    clamped    by    vise 


FIG.  1269 

OPERATION  9 


«r-.if        ..   ,j  i j      f Locate  with  Holder 
._      Fit  Taper  to  Holder  l  r_t^ 


k-a7o"~>i    U ....2/5»... .j  ._ — m. J 

'0.18 
FIG.IZ74 


h IS--- 


"s    tr 


.Harden^     Y^'5" 


i 

,\-Harden 


-OX 


ljzt 


I      A 


->j  t*a/ 


10.4.U  % 


JLJu 


-I.5-- 
■  IAS" 


zqj- 


-I.5-- 


■*|  U-o.i" 

FIG.  1275 


1. 

l  r* 


FIG.  1273 


OPERATION  ll&llj 
[169] 


jaws,  Fie.  1266.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Two  side-milling  cutters,  2.5  in.  diameter,  0.375  in. 
wide.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — Snap.  Produc- 
tion— 35  per  hr. 
OPERATION  DD.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  7 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing   burrs   thrown    up   by   operation    7.     Apparatus   and 

Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  7. 

OPERATION    8.    DRILLING    FOR    TRIGGER 

AND  SPRING  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1267.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 16-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
Jig,  Fig.  1268.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Drill.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 150  pieces.  Gages — Plug  or  pin. 
Production — 40  per  hr. 

OPERATION   9.    HAND-MILLING   FRONT   END 

Transformation — Fig.  1269.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Located  on  pins;  clamped  with  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  1270.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Interlocking  milling  cutters,  2.25  in.  diameter,  0.68  in. 
wide;  half  circle  groove  in  face,  0.17  in.  radius.  Number 
of    Cuts — One.      Cut    Data — 450    r.p.m.;    hand    feed.      Coolant — 


OPERATION    FF.    REMOVING    BURRS    FROM 

TRIGGER-PIN  HOLES 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing  burrs  from  trigger  hole.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 

Used — Bench    lathe    and    reamer.      Production — Grouped    with 

operation  12. 

OPERATION  12.  HAND-MILLING  JOINT,  UNDERCUTS 
Transformation — Fig.  1276.  Machine  Used — Whitney  No.  t 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Located  on  pins;  held  by  finger  clamps.  Fig. 
1277.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1278.  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 
450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,000  pieces.  Pro- 
duction— 300  per  hr. 

OPERATION   15.    COUNTERSINKING   JOINT-PIN   AND 
SPRING  HOLES 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Countersinking  and  removing  sharp  corners.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe  and  countersink;  this  is  0.246  in. 
beam  and  has  six  left-hand  flutes;  a  finish  reamer,  0.133  in. 
diameter  with  half-round  point,  finishes  hole.  Production — 
450  per  hr. 

OPERATION   16.    SHAVING   JOINT 

Transformation — Fig.  1279.  Number  of  Operators — Oat. 
Description  of  Operation- — Shaving  radius  on  joint;  this  ■ 
done  by  clamping  sear  in  the  handle  A,  Fig.  1280,  as  shown; 


FIG.  1277 


tOTeeth,  Ldf Hand. 


U2 


/to  3  Taper 


►j      H0.ZZ 


_ez" !-4 

l--:  FIG.  1278 

•'  .»_ 

I 


16 


lFIG.1280 


FIG.I28I 


STEEL  •"/feeiT^L 


FIG.I283 


OPERATION  17* 


FI5. 1282 


STEEL  (Harden) 
FIG. 1284 


Cvttlnr  oil,  A-ln.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Production — 300  per 
or* 

OPERATIONS  10  AND  10}.  HAND-MILLING 
TRIGGER  SLOT  (TWO  CUTS) 
Transformation — Fig.  1271.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Located  by  pins;  clamped  with  vise  jaws. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — None.  Produc- 
tion— 80  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  11  AND  11%.  SHAVING  SLOT  (TWO  CUTS) 
Transformation — Fig.  1272.  Machine  Used — Perkins  press, 
I  %-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank;  work  held  in 
vise  jaws.  Fig.  1273;  located  by  pin;  work  swung  to  two  posi- 
tions; punch  shown  in  Fig.  1274.  Stripping  Mechanism — None. 
Average  Life  of  Punches — 400  pieces.  Lubricant — Cutting 
oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — Fig.  1275;  thickness  of 
wall;  length  of  slot  at  C  and  width  at  D.  Production — 80 
per  hr.  Note — Fixture  moves  crosswise  by  handle  at  right  of 
machine. 


the  shaving  tool  at  the  right  is  clamped  in  the  vise;  the  sear 
Joint  is  placed  between  the  ears  shown,  and  the  pin  B  rum 
through  the  joint  hole;  then  the  sear  is  rotated  on  the  pin  by 
the  handle  A,  while  the  cutter  C  is  fed  against  the  sear  by  the 
thumb-screw  D,  shaving  the  radius.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Vise  shaving  fixture;  hand  holder  for  rotating 
sear.  Gages — Fig.  1281.  radius.  Production — 125  per  hr. 
OPERATION  17.  FILING,  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Filing  and  cornering.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File. 
Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION  17%.  GRINDING  NOSE 
Transformation — Fig.  1282.  Machine  Used — Machine  built 
at  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — In  an  indexing  fixture,  Fig.  1283.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — On  spindle.  Cutting  Tools — 8-,  6-,  2%-  and 
11-in.,  grain  46,  grade  G,  tested  4,300.  j-in.  rim,  J-in.  back, 
Norton  alundum  wheels.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
1.500  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Gages — Form,  Fig. 
1284.     Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18.     FINISHING,  HONING  NOSE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Honing    top    of    nose.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Oil- 
stone.    Production — 350   per  hr. 


[170] 


OPERATION  14.    CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Packed  in  %  bone,  Yt  leather;  heated  to  750  deg.  C.  (1,382  deg. 
F.)    for   2V&    hr. ;   quenched   In   oil.     Apparatus  and   Equipment 
Used — Same   equipment   as   for   all   other   casehardening. 

The  Trigger 

The  trigger  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1285,  which  is 
hinged  in  the  sear  and  pulls  the  sear  down  so  as  to  re- 
lease the  cocking  piece,  is  now  made  of  a  steel  punching 
instead  of  being  drop  forged  as  formerly.  It  is  made  from 
Class  D  steel,  is  finished  by  milling  and  is  casehardened 


9     Filing  and  general  cornering 

10  Casehardening 
8%     Polishing  top 

11  Assembling  with  sear  and  trigger  pin 

OPERATION  A.  BLANKING 
Transformation — Fig.  1286.  Machine  Used — Perkins  back- 
geared  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Die  held  In  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism 
■ — Stripping  plate.  Lubricant — Stock  is  oiled  with  cutting 
oil.  Production — 550  per  hr.  Note— Size  of  stock,  0.235x2% 
In.,  132  lb.  to  1,000  pieces. 

OPERATION  B.    PRESSING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  press.     Number  of  Oper- 
ators  per  Machine — One.      Punches   and   Punch   Holders — Flat 
plate,  round  shank.    Dies  and  Die  Holders — Flat  plate.     Strip- 


fblish}    I  - 

3  g£ 


FIS.I292 


in  the  usual  manner.  The  main  parts  of  the  trigger  are 
the  finger  piece  A,  which  is  knurled  to  prevent  the  slip- 
ping of  the  fingers;  the  bearing  point  B,  which  comes  in 
contact  with  the  under  side  of  the  receiver;  the  trigger- 
pin  hole  C;  the  heel  D  and  the  stop  E. 

OPERATIONS   ON  THE  TRIGGER 
Operation 

A  Blanking 

B  Pressing 

B-l  Pickling 

1  Grinding  to  finish  thickness 

3  Drilling  pin   hole 

iand6  Milling  edges  (combination  fixture) 

AA  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  5 

BB  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6 

6M>  Milling   upper   surface 

7  Profiling  finger  piece 

CC  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 

7%  Checking   finger   piece 

13  Reaming  and  counterborlng  trigger-pin  hole 

*  Polishing  side,  edges  and  finger  oiece 


eOTeth,  Lett  Hand 
FIG.  1293 
OPERATION  5&6 


OJgfr    J  Q878'  U      «4  Q875"  K- 


ping  Mechanism — None.  Production — 700  per  hr.  Note — Sim- 
ply flattens  the  punchings  for  future  operations. 
OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  in  the  pickling  solution, 
which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water; 
left  in  this  solution  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Wire   baskets,   wooden   pickling  tanks,   hoist. 

OPERATION  1.  GRINDING  TO  FINISH  THICKNESS 
Transformation — Fig.  1287.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — 30-in.  magnetic  chuck,  located  be- 
tween strips  of  steel.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Vertical  spindle. 
Cutting  Tools — 14-ln.  wheel,  same  as  sear.  Cut  Data — 1,500 
r.p.m.;  15-in.  feed.  Coolant — Water.  Gages — Thickness.  Pro- 
duction— 350  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  DRILLING  PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1288.  Machine  Used — National  auto- 
matic 16-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in 
fixture  in  lots  of  eight;  triggers  are  held  in  and  positioned 
by  the  plate,  Fig.  1289;  this  Is  enough  thinner  than  the 
'rigger    so    that    the    bar    clamps    them    and    also    guides    the 


[171] 


WI4'>\ 


->cs< 


MIonOM  forHillingShop  toSrirti 


i_HG.I29a 


mi.  rormed  Mill,  16  Teeth.  L  ft. 
N 2 2,  Plain       •  .20    •     •- 


eight  drills.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drills.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900 
r.p.m. ;  A -in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — 
Pig.  1290;  A,  plug;  B,  form.     Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  5  AND  6.  MILLING  EDGES 
Transformation — Fig.  1291.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &Whit- 
ney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin  and  stop;  clamped  by 
vise  jaws,  Pig.  1292.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Gang  milling  cutter.  Fig.  1293;  the  cutters 
for  the  finger  pull  are  shown.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 60  r.p.m.;  S-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1294;  the  pin  locates  the  trigger  on  form  gage; 
the  stop  positions  it  and  enables  the  outline  to  be  compared. 
Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION    AA.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION    5 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of   Operation — 
Removing   burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   5.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operations 

5  and  6.     Note — This  is  rough-burring. 

OPERATION  BB.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION   6 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    6.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operations 

6  and  6.     Note — This  is  finish-burring. 

OPERATION  6%.  MILLING  UPPER  SURFACE 
Transformation — Fig.  1295.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators,  per  Machine 
—One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Trigger  located  by  pin; 
clamped  by  cam,  Fig.  1296;  details  in  Fig.  1297.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig. 
1298.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  8-in.  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 3,500  pieces.  Gages — See  Fig.  1294.  Pro- 
duction— 30  per  hr. 


OPERATION  7.    PROFILING  FINGER  PIECE 

Transformation — Fig.  1299.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler,  Fig.  1300.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  pin  A, 
against  stop  B  by  clamp  C,  operated  by  cam  D.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Formed  profile  cutter 
to  round  edge.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  ^4-in.  streams.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1301; 
the  trigger  pivots  on  pin  X  and  stops  against  pin  Y  to  show 
correct  form;  form  of  finger  pull.  Production — 70  per  hr. 
OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION   7 

Number  of  Operators— One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  7.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operation 
7%. 

OPERATION  7%.    CHECKING  FINGER  PIECE 

Transformation — Fig.  1302.  Machine  Used — -Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Located  on  pin;  clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Fig.  1303; 
the  work  projects  as  at  A;  the  cutter  B  is  guided  in  its  proper 
path  by  form  C  bolted  to  the  table,  which  controls  movement 
of  the  guide  roller  D,  as  in  former  operations.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Special  taper  shank;  arbor  with  roller.  Cutting  Tools 
— Milling  cutter  for  corrugating.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,500 
pieces.    Gages — None.     Production — 475  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.    REAMING  AND  COUNTERBORING 
TRIGGER-PIN  HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Reaming  pin  hole  to  finish.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — - 
Reamer,  0.133  in.  diameter,  with  half-round  point;  and  bench 
lathe.     Gages — Plug.     Production — 500  per  hr. 

OPERATION    8.    POLISHING    SIDE,    EDGES 
AND  FINGER  PIECE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Polishing  sides  and  finger  piece.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 125   per  hr. 


FI6. 1303 


[172] 


OPERATION   *.    FILING  AND  GENERAL,  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Seneral  filing  and  cornering.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
—File.    Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION    10.    CASEHARDBNING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same   as  performed   on   the   sear. 

OPERATION   8%.     POLISHING    TOP 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 
Polishing  top  surface  of  trigger  after  hardening.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Wheel  and  polishing  jack.     Production 
—600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  11.    ASSEMBLING  WITH  SEAR  AND 
TRIGGER   PIN 
Transformation — Fig.    1304.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Assembling  sear  and  trigger.     Ap- 
paratus and   Equipment  Used — Hammer  and   block  on   bench. 
Production — 350  per  hr. 


securely  in  place  at  the  bottom  of  the  magazine.  The  lu& 
B  is  slotted  to  receive  the  floor-plate  catch  and  has  at  its 
front  end  a  tenon  that  fits  into  a  slot  in  the  magazine, 
The  cavity  C,  through  which  the  floor-plate  catch  is  re* 
leased  by  the  end  of  a  bullet,  the  magazine-spring  recess  J9 
and  the  magazine-spring  seat  E  complete  the  major  oper- 
ations on  this  piece. 

OPERATIONS  ON  FLOOR  PLATE 
Operation 

A     Forging   from   bar 
B     Annealing 
B-l      Pickling 
C     Trimming 
D     Cold  dropping 
1     Milling  edge  and  bottom  and  both  ends 


riG.mv 


•F    rUZZMi 

'8 Teeth  straight,!. H.        t».  ,»   }t1,„j  .-rv'-'t    / 

Wmr®- ITurn    i  ^WW$\ 

*"**»■     OPERATION  I  fc?J£    'J  < 


fistol  Lock' 
'  Screw 


STECLfrlarden) 

riQ.au 


Magazine  Mechanism 

The  magazine  mechanism,  shown  in  Fig.  2,  p.  636,  Vol. 
45,  as  a  unit,  consists  of  the  floor  plate,  floor-plate  catch, 
pin  and  spindle.  There  are  also  the  follower,  magazine 
spring,  cutoff  and  cutoff  spindle,  shown  in  detail  in  their 
regular  order.  Then  there  are  the  minor  details,  such  as 
the  cutoff  screw,  spring  and  plunger,  the  dimensions  of 
which  are  shown. 

The  floor  plate,  Pig.  1305,.  has  a  tenon  that  fits  into 
a  groove  at  the  front  end  of  the  magazine  and,  with  the 
assistance  of  the  floor-plate  catch,  holds  the  floor  plate 


4 

7 

7%s 

8% 

9 

9% 

10 

10% 

11 

11% 

12 

13 

13% 

14 

142*0 
21 
22 
*3 


Milling  top  crosswise 

Burring  operation 

Drilling  and  reaming  disassembling  hole 

Hand-milling  straddle  cut  lengthwise  on  lug 

Straightening 

Profiling  lug  and  tenon 

Burring  operation  8 

Profiling  undercuts  on  lug  and  tenon 

Filing  lugs  to  match  profiling  and  milling  cuts 

Hand-milling   for   front   end   of  magazine-spring  recess 

Hand-milling   for   rear   end    of   magazine-spring   recesg 

Profiling   magazine-spring   recess   to  form   and   depth 

Burring  operation   11 

Profiling  undercuts  for  magazine-spring  seat 

Milling  bottom  lengthwise 

Burring  operation   13 

Hand-milling  floor-plate  eaten  Blot  In  rear  lug 

Finish  straightening 

Filing,   general 

Polishing 

Filing,   cornerlnr 

Blutnac 


[173] 


■ 


OPERATION   A.     FORGING    FROM    BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     1306.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Inscription  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings   &   Spencer   1,000-lb.    drop   hammer. 
Production — 120    per   hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal;  heated  to 
850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.);  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
naces; oil  burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION    B-l.     PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  put  in  the  pickling  solution, 


OPERATION  4.  MILLING  TOP  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1312.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
—One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws;  work  pushed  to 
stop.  Fig.  1313.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1314.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-ln.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindirigs — 5,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1315,  contour  of  top,  also  height  of  lug. 
Production — 20    per   hr. 

OPERATION   4%.     BURRING  OPERATION    4 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Removing   burrs   thrown    up   by   operation    4.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 400  per  hr. 


N?l 


r£^ 


n# 


FIG.  1312 


up 


N?2 


iiWi 


1  ^-ais 


>Ws<-  *Wfc 


Cut  Mills  #m,3.S&6  straight. 

28  Teeth.  Lf 

t°4.spiral  R. 

TIG.  1314 


IS  Teeth,  LM.  ,_ 
Cut  Mill  N°4.spiralRniTvrnin48,Lt1. 


■>\0.4k- 


—r - 


•"k» 


X 

2-0.6S', 


a* 


■J0.33  t<-0.54*>t< ••■■ ■-  3.419  "-"- -VJfH-r<-.3M 


-4.75" — 


.ox  Arx*- 
■•aa306" 

— H 


FIG.  1313 


I  ,ii  ffiu 


-*w*> 


■jjt-t  f 


SE 


isfc 


: 


OPERATION  4 


which   consists   of  1    part   sulphuric   acid   and    9    parts    water; 
left   in    this    from    10    to    12    min.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Wire  baskets,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 
OPERATION  C.     TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — 'Bliss  back-geared  press,  2-in.  stroke.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe 
by  setscrew.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces. 
Production — 500   per   hr. 

OPERATION  D.     COLD  DROPPING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  trimming.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — 400-lb.  Billings  &  Spencer  drop  hammer.  Production 
— 500   per  hr. 

OPERATION   1.     MILLING   EDGE   AND   BOTTOM   AND 
BOTH    ENDS 

Transformation — Fig.  1307.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  vise  jaws  two  at  a  time; 
one  is  shown  in  place  at  A  in  Fig.  1308;  the  other  jaws  B  are 
empty;  these  mill  two  plates  on  the  edge.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — billing  cutters.  Fig. 
1309,  for  the  edges;  Fig.  1310,  for  the  bottom.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Da.ta — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1311;  contour  of  out- 
side by  form  gage  with  side  and  end  stops;  contour  of  back. 
Production — 20  per  hr.  Note — Mill  bottom,  one  plate;  mill 
edge,   two  plates. 


srccL(fiarden) 
rid.  1315 


[174] 


Floor-Plate  Catch,  Magazine  Spring, 
Cutoff  and  Follower 


As  has  been  seen,  this  is  a  piece  which  requires  many 
operations,  some  of  them  being  rather  fussy  and  incon- 
venient owing  to  the  piece  being  very  thin  and  difficult 
to  hold.  When  we  realize  that  it  is  a  drop  forging,  that 
is  machined  all  over  and  contains  some  very  delicate  un- 
dercuts which  require  small,  thin  and  easily  broken  mill- 
ing cutters,  we  are  apt  to  wonder  if  there  is  not  some 
simpler  method  by  which  it  can  be  made. 

Experts  in  sheet  metal  work  will  find  it  interesting  to 
plan  other  ways  and  means  of  making  these  pieces. 

One  of  the  interesting  features  of  the  design  of  the 
floor  plate  is  the  way  in  which  the  catch  which  holds  it 

•Copyright,   1917,  Hill  Publishing  Co. 


in  place  is  released  by  simply  inserting  the  ball  end  of  a 
cartridge  in  the  recess  shown  in  Figs.  1316  and  1317. 
The  leaf  on  the  catch  comes  through  the  opening  milled 
in  operation  14,  Fig.  1338,  and  is  easily  operated  by  the 
cartridge  point. 

The  undercutting  for  the  end  of  the  magazine  spring 
in  Figs.  1333  and  1334  is  of  special  interest  as  the  pro- 
filing cutter  is  but  0.44  in.  in  diameter  and  only  0.035  in. 
thick.  The  method  of  gaging  this  is  to  have  two  buttons 
or  disks  on  the  end  of  a  plug.  The  one  for  measuring  the 
depth  of  the  slot  also  acts  as  the  minimum  width  gage 
while  the  width  gage  gives  the  minimum  for  the  depth. 
This  tells  the  inspector  which  dimension  is  incorrect. 


4-Trigger  Screws         N-/+J  j$  K-'~-/J "-■■■■»£  V  £  -H 

—  3§ " H 

1   T 


W-0. 7S"A  O.35U /  77" ->J<?35W>!itfW 

4-O.I5?5"Diam  Screws 
4-00615  Doml  Pins 
{harden  all  Partsj 
"Vf<  1326 


-h  V-nm' 


6-j  Peels  ^jfe 


05    "as 


2» 


STEEL  (harden)' 
FIG.  1324 


[175] 


OPERATION  6.    DRILLING  AND  REAMING  DISASSEMBLING 

HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1316.  Machine  Used — Dwight-Slate 
16-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
Jig,  Fig.  1317.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Drill,  Fig.  1318;  shoulder  drill  and  forming  drill. 
Number    of    Cuts — Two.       Cut    Data — 750    r.p.m.;    hand    feed. 


2.75  in.  diam.,  0.3  in.  thick.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— 
300  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  'A-in  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Snap  for  width.     Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7%.    STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Straightening.       Apparatus    and     Equipment    Used — Hammer, 
lead  block  and  straight-edge.     Production — 175  per  hr. 


FIG.I3E7 


-n- 
i 


■HCf5j<— 

I 


f    o 

VQ 

V 

o 
o 

Coolant — Cutting  oil,  lV-ln.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings- — Two  roughers  and  one  finisher,  good  for 
250  pieces.  Gages — Form  and  location.  Fig.  1319.  Production 
—75  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.  HAND-MILLING  STRADDLE  CUT  LENGTH- 
WISE ON  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1319.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  by  vise  jaws;  pushed  up  against  top 
by  lever  A;  clamped  by  cam  B,  Fig.  1321.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Standard  arbor.     Cutting  Tools — Pair  of  straddle  mills. 


OPERATION  8.  PROFILING  LUG  AND  TENON 
Transformation — Fig.  1322.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Pushed  up  to  stop;  clamped  with  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  1323.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Profiling  cutter,  0.40  in.  diam.,  6  right-hand  teeth,  0.32 
in.  long.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1324, 
length  from  lug  to  end;  Fig.  1325,  length  from  disassembling 
hole.  Also  for- width  and  length  of  lug,  and  for  contour  of  lug. 
Production — 50  per  hr. 


[176] 


OPERATION   8%.     BURRING  OPERATION  8 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    8.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 600  per  hr. 

OPERATION    9.     PROFILING    UNDERCUTS    ON    LUG 

AND  TENON 
Transformation— .Fig.  1326.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  "Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  vise  jaws;  pushed  up  to  stop 
at  top  by  cam.  Fig.  1327;  notice  profiling  forms.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Two  small  milling 
cutters,  one  for  tenon  on  front  end,  the  other  for  tenon  on 
lug.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — One  for  front 
tenon;  one  for  width  of  slots;  one  for  position  of  undercut; 
and  one  for  width  of  undercut  on  lug.    Production — 40  per  hr. 


slot.     Production — 75  pieces  per  hr.     Note — Work  held  against 
upper  face  by  cam. 

OPERATION  13.    MILLING  BOTTOM  LENGTHWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1335.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.     Work-Holding  Devices — Held  lengthwise,  clamped  on 
lug  at  rear,  Fig.  1336.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Formed  milling  cutter,   2.70   in.   diameter,   1.25 
in.  wide,   face  hollow  with  1.795  in.  radius,   24  straight  teeth. 
Number     of    Cuts — One.       Cut    Data — 60     r.p.m.;     %-in.     feed. 
Coolant — Compound,     %-in.     stream.      Average    Life    of    Tool 
Between    Grindings — 5000    pieces.      Gages — Form    of    bottom. 
Fig.  1337.     Production — 20  per  hr.     Note — Two  at  a  time. 
OPERATION   13%.      BURRING   OPERATION   13 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    13.      Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 450  per  hr. 


FIG.  1340 


FI6. 1339 


OPERATION    9%.      FILING    LUGS    TO    MATCH    PROFILING 
AND    MILLING    CUTS 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Blending  cuts  together.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
File.     Production— 125  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS    10    AND    10%.     HAND-MILLING    FOR    FRONT 
AND  REAR  END  OF  MAGAZINE-SPRING  RECESS 

Transformation — Figs.  1328  and  1329.  Machine  Used — 
Whitney  hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws;  work  pushed  to  stop 
(see  operation  14).  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutter  2.1875  in.  diam.  and  0.365  in.  wide 
for  operation  10,  and  one  2.68  in.  diam.  and  0.6  in.  wide,  with 
radius  of  0.05  in.  on  corners  for  operation  10%.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Depth  and  width.  Production 
— 125  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Same  fixture  as  operation  14;  oper- 
ations 10  and  10%  use  same  machine  and  fixture  with  a 
change  of  cutters. 

OPERATION    11.     PROFILING    MAGAZINE-SPRING    RECESS 
TO   FORM   AND  DEPTH 

Transformation — Fig.  1330.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws;  stop  at  end,  Fig.  1331. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Profil- 
ing cutters  for  spring  recess.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  two  %-in. 
streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — Form,  Fig.  1332.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION    11%.      BURRING    OPERATION    11 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs   thrown  up  by  operation   11.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 900  per  hr. 
OPERATION  12.    PROFILING  UNDERCUTS  FOR  MAGAZINE- 
SPRING    SEAT 

Transformation — Fig.  1333.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — By  cam-operated  vise  jaws;  pushed 
to  stop  at  rear  end,  Fig.  1334;  also  carries  profiling  form. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Small 
undercut  milling  cutter,  0.44  in.  diameter,  0.035  in.  thick. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between   Grindings — 250   pieces.     Gages — Width  and  depth  of 


OPERATION  14.  HAND-MILLING  FLOOR-PLATE  CATCH 
SLOT  IN  REAR  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1338.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Held  by  vise  jaws;  work  pushed  to  stop  and 
up  against  top.  Fig.  1339.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  for  undercutting,  0.84 
in.  diameter,  0.07  in.  thick,  14  teeth.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put 
on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — - 
300  pieces.     Gages — Fig.  1340.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   14%.      FINISH   STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening  to  finish  lead  block.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Hammer,      straight-edge      copper      hammer.        Gages — 
Straight-edge.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  20.  FILING,  GENERAL 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Filing  and  finishing.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Files. 
Gages — One  for  gaging  top;  a  second  for  front  and  rear  tenons 
to  gage;  and  a  duplicate  of  guard  to  see  how  plate  fits.  Pro- 
duction— 20  per  hr. 

OPERATION    21.     POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    outside    surfaces    of    floor    plate.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 35 

OPERATION  22.    FILING,   CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing and  general  cornering.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used 
— Files.     Production — 125  per  hr. 

OPERATION   23.     BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same  as  all  other  bluing  operations  on  other  parts. 

FLOOR-PLATE  PIN  OPERATION 
Machine  Used — Hartford  automatic.  Number  of  Machines 
per  Operator — Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  draw-in 
chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Box  tool  in  turret;  cutoff 
crossfeed  carriage.  Cutting  Tools — Box  tool  and  formed 
cutting-oft  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data.  1500 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3,000  pieces.  Gages — 
For  length;  round  end;  and  diameter.  Production — 180  pieces 
per  hr. 


12 


[177] 


The  Floor-Plate  Catch 

The  floor-plate  catch  hinges  on  the  floor-plate  pin  and 
is  operated  by  a  small  spring  known  as  the  floor-plate 
spindle.  The  function  of  the  floor-plate  catch  is  to  retain 
the  floor  plate  in  its  seat. 

While  a  small  piece  it  is  all  the  more  difficult  to  handle 
on  that  account,  but  the  special  fixtures  shown  herewith 
enable  it  to  be  machined  at  a  good  production  rate.  As 
with  many  other  parts  these  are  handled  two  at  a  time,  as 
in  Fig.  1351,  where  both  the  top  and  bottom  are  milled. 


OPERATION   B.     ANNEALING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation 

Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.);  left  overnight  to  cool.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing 
furnaces;  oil  burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION   B-l.     PICKLING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation 

Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  in  the  pickling  solution, 
which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water;  left 
in  this  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Wire  baskets,  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION    C.     TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19  press,  1%-in.  stroke.     Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Punches  and  Punch  Hold- 
ers— Square  shank.     Dies  and  Die  Holders — Setscrew  in  shoe. 
Stripping   Mechanism — Work   punched   through   die.     Average 


Uae'^-as'A 


Fit  to  Model 


•*iQ3l<      it  -*)(23k- 
Fl©.  1351 


26  Teeth,  Straight,  Lett  Hand 
OPERATION  58c6 


FI6.I352 


OPERATIONS  ON  FLOOR-PLATE  CATCB 
Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 

Annealing 

Pickling 

Trimming 

Straddle-milling  both  sidet, 

Drilling  pin  hole 

Reaming  pin  hole 

Milling  top 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  5 

Milling  bottom 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6 

Milling  tongue  straddle 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 

Hand-milling  rear  end 

Removing  burrs  from  pin  hole 

Countersinking,  reaming  pin  hole   (10  and  11  grouped) 

Rotary  filing  upper  corners  and  circle  of  tongue 

Filing  front  end  (in  jig)  and  general  cornering 

Case  hardening 

OPERATION   A.     FORGING   FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1343.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 160  per  hr. 


B 

B-l 
C 
1 
3 
4 
5 

AA 
6 

BB 
7 

CC 

s 

DD 

10 

11 

9 

12 


Life    of   Punches    and    Dies — 15,000    pieces.      Production — 650 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    STRADDLE-MILLING  BOTH  SIDES 

Transformation — Fig.  1344.  Machine  Used — -Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1345.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  3x-ft-in.  side- 
milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,500  pieces.  Gages — Thickness. 
OPERATION    3.     DRILLING    PIN    HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1346.  Machine  Used — Woodward 
single-spindle  16-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices— Drill  jig,  Fig.  1347;  A 
shows  jig  open,  B  with  one  holding  leaf  closed.  Tool-Holding 
Devices— Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools— No.  40  drill.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Betweec 
Grindings — 200  pieces.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   4.    REAMING  PIN  HOLE 
Machine    Used— Woodward    single-spindle    16-in     upright. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.     Work-Holding   De- 
vices—Held  by  pins;  steel  block.     Tool-Holding  Devices— Drill 
chuck.    Cutting  Tools — Reamsr.  round  end,  0.1005  in.  diameter 


[178] 


Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1348,  diameter 
of  hole  and  squareness  of  hole  with  body.  Production — 450 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  5  AND  6.    MILLING  TOP  AND  BOTTOM 

Transformation — Fig.  1349.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pins;  clamped  by 
jaws;  Fig.  1350  shows  piece  in  left  jaws  X  for  milling  top;  the 
other  Jaws  for  milling  bottom.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1351. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1352. 
Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  AA.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  5 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  5.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tions 5  and  6. 

OPERATION  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  6 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  6.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.    MILLING  TONGUE  STRADDLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1353.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
—Three.     Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on   pin;   clamped   by 


OPERATION   11.     ROTARY   FILING   UPPER   CORNERS   ANE 
CIRCLE  OF  TONGUE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Rotary   filing   corners   and   circle   of   tongue.      Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — Rotary  file.     Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.     FILING  FRONT  END   (IN  JIG)  AND 
GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing   (in    jig)    front    end.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used— 
"  file.     " 


Jig  and 


Production — 70  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  12.    CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Packed  in  whole  new  bone,   heated  to  750  deg.  C.   (1,382  deg. 
F.)    for   2%    hr.,   quenched   in   oil.     Apparatus  and   Equipment 
Used — Same   equipment  as   for   other   case-hardening. 

The  Magazine  Spring 

The  magazine  spring  is  of  somewhat  peculiar  construc- 
tion, so  made  as  to  have  a  long  range  of  action  with  a  com- 
paratively light  tension  at  all  points.  The  small  end 
slides  into  the  undercut  on  the  follower,  and  the  large  end 
fits  the  undercuts  in  the  floor  plate  in  a  similar  manner. 

This  spring  is  somewhat  peculiar  in  its  ease  and  uni- 
formity of  action,  as  well  as  its  freedom  from  breakage  in 


FIS.I356 


iO  Teeth,  Left  Hand 


X.    U 


FIG.I357 


FIG.  1358 
OPERATION  8 


t 

<Q5  >\ 

i 

fia/475  R. 

T 

w-aoezs" 

<: zo" 

FIG.  1359 

A 

vise  jaws,  Fig.  1354.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Straddle  milling  cutters  2.50  in.  diameter,  0.375 
in.  wide,  26  teeth.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Width 
and  location  of  tongue,  Fig.  1355.  Production — 40  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  7 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  7.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tion 7. 

OPERATION   8.     HAND-MILLING    REAR    END 

Transformation — Fig.  1356.  Machine  Used — Goes  on  any 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  upright  on  pin:  clamped  bv  jaws.  Fig. 
1357.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1358.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces. 
Gages — Form  of  end,  Fig.  1359.  Production — 300  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  DD.    REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  PIN  HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    around    pin    hole.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment   Used — Speed   lathe   and    reamer.      Production — 400 
per  hr. 
OPERATION   10.      COUNTERSINKING,   REAMING   PIN  HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Rounding  corners  of  pin  hole  and  reaming.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe,  countersink  and  reamer.  Pro- 
duction— 1.000  nieces  per  hr. 


spite  of  being  doubled  back  on  itself.  The  roughing  of  the 
corners  over  a  pin,  as  in  Fig.  1367,  accounts  for  much  of 
this,  and  although  the  apparatus  is  simple  in  design  it 
does  the  work  admirably.  The  dies  for  bending  the 
spring  into  its  M  shape  are  also  of.  special  interest.  Pig. 
1364  shows  the  dies  open  and  a  spring  laid  on  them 
just  as  it  leaves  the  die,  while  Fig.  1365  shows  the  dies 
closed.  These  show  the  way  in  which  the  bending  forms 
are  made  in  sections  and  fastened  to  the  proper  sliding 
shoes.  This  makes  them  easily  renewable  for  wear,  as 
well  as  adjustable  for  position.  The  operation  of  these 
dies  is  very  easy  and  rapid,  the  blank  strip  being  laid  in 
between  the  dies  and  against  stops  to  insure  correct 
bending. 

The  final  shaping  of  the  ends  in  Fig.  1372  is  the  last 
touch  which  seems  to  be  necessary  to  make  the  spring 
just  right.  The  bending  dies  do  not  seem  to  be  able  to 
get  just  the  proper  set  to  have  the  spring  hold  firmly  and 
fit  easily  under  the  lugs  in  the  floor  plate  and  follower. 


[179] 


OPERATIONS    ON    MAGAZINE    SPRING 
Operation 

A     Blanking  from  sheet  cast  steel 
I     Burring  operation  A 

B     First  bending 

C     Second  bending  to  form  eyes 

D     Cutting  off  spring  to  finish  shape 

E     Third  bending  to  finish  shape 

P     Hardening 

G     Tempering 

H     Correcting  shape 
OPERATION  A.    BLANKING  FROM  SHEET  CAST  STEEL 

Transformation — Fig.  1361.  Machine  Used— Perkins  No.  19 
press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and 
Punch    Holders — Round-shank    pivot    holder.      Dies    and    Die 


OPERATION  C.  SECOND  BENDING  TO  FORM  EYES 
Transformation — Fig.  1366.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Formingf  eyes  to  shape  with  bench 
fixture,  Fig.  1367;  bend  of  spring  is  placed  over  the  pin,  and 
the  block  is  swung  down;  then  a  light  hammer  blow  sets 
the  spring  over  the  pin  and  forms  the  eye.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Fig.    1367   fixture.      Production — 350   per   hr. 

OPERATION  D.    CUTTING  OFF  SPRING  TO  FINISH  SHAPE 

Transformation — Fig.  1368.  Machine  Used — Old  Perkins 
press,  1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank;  punch  and  dies 
are  centered  by  two  pins  at  each  end,  Fig.  1369;  spring  is  set 
with  bend  against  a  stop;  a  knife  cuts  the  end  against  the 
lower  blade.     Dies  and  Die  Holders — Screwed  to  plate  and  bed 


hM&Z  K 


K 

i 

<C4l'> 

'    t 

FIG.  1367 


FIG.  1371 

FIG .  1361 ,1362  ,OP.  A;FIG  .I36S,I364,I365,0P  B;FIG .  1366, 1367,  OP  C 
FIG.I368,I369,I370,0P  D-  FIG  1371,1372  OP  E 


FIG.  1372 


Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  taper  key.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Steel  stripper,  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Average  Life  of 
Punches — 15,000  pieces.  Lubricant — Stock  coated  with  cut- 
ting oil.  Gages — Width  at  different  points,  Fig.  1362.  Pro- 
duction— 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  I.    BURRING  OPERATION  A 

Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs   from   operation   A.     Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — Abrasive    wheel.      Production — 350    pieces    per    hr. 
OPERATION    B.     FIRST    BENDING 

Transformation — Fig.  1363.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Bending  spring  to  shape;  strip  is 
laid  between  dies;  foot  treadle  closes  the  formers,  making 
the  center  bend;  a  handwheel  closes  the  side  forms,  thus 
completing  the  first  bend  (see  Figs.  1364  and  1365).  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Bending  fixture.  Fig.  1364,  dies 
open;  Fig.  1365,  dies  closed.     Production — 325  per  hr. 


of  press.  Stripping  Mechanism — None.  Gages — Length  of  ends. 
Fig.  1370.  Production — 600  pieces  per  hr.  Note— Three  holes 
for  cutting  end;  when  one  hole  is  dull,  holder  is  moved  along 
to  next  hole. 


THIRD  BENDING  TO  FINISH  SHAPE 
-Fig.     1371.      Number    of    Operators — One. 


OPERATION  E. 

Transformation-  _ 
Description  of  Operation — Curving  the  ends  of  spring  on  hand 
fixture,  Fig.  1372;  spring  is  placed  with  eye  in  notch  and  the 
end  bent  over  the  roll,  as  shown;  this  is  done  for  each  end. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Curved  block  screwed  to 
bench.  Fig.  1372.     Production — 325  pieces  per  hr.  _ 

OPERATION  F.     HARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation— 
The  spring  is  heated  in  an  open  oil  fire  to  1,450  deg.  F.,  it  is 
then  quenched  in  oil  and  is  ready  for  tempering.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Rockwell  oil  furnace  and  oil  bath. 


[180] 


OPERATION  G.    TEMPERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of   Operation — 
Heated  in  bath  of  niter  (saltpeter)  to  800  deg.  P.;  quenched  in 
water.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Equipment  is  regular 
bluing  equipment,   same  as   for   other  parts. 

OPERATION  H.  CORRECTING  SHAPE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — The 
epring  is  apt  to  get  out  of  shape  in  hardening  and  tempering, 
and  as  the  different  portions  of  the  spring  must  be  in  line 
when  compressed,  they  often  require  straightening;  the 
straightness  is  tested  by  laying  the  spring  on  a  flat  plate, 
and  if  it  must  be  straightened  the  operator  takes  a  pair  of 
pliers  in  each  hand,  holds  the  spring  over  an  open  flame,  to 
heat  sufficiently  to  avoid  breaking,  and  bends  the  spring  into 
its  correct  shape.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Bench 
plate  and  two  pairs  of  pliers. 

Cutoff 

The  cutoff  that  determines  whether  the  rifle  shall  he 
used  as  a  single  shot  or  as  a  magazine  is  illustrated  in  Pig. 
1373.  It  consists  of  a  thumb-piece,  the  body,  the  mag- 
azine fire  groove,  the  dismounting  groove,  the  cutoff- 
spindle  hole,  the  cutoff-plunger  hole,  the  cutoff-screw 
hole  and  the  serration  on  the  thumb-piece.  The  opposite 
side  of  the  thumb-piece  carries  the  words  "On"  and 
"Off"  to  show  whether  or  not  the  magazine  is  in  po- 


BB     Removing   burrs   from   spindle   hole    (operations   2.   6. 


11 


11,  AA  and  BB  grouped)" 

Profiling   under   side  of  thumb-piece   (combined   with 


operation  2) 
9     Profiling  bolt  stop 
10     Milling   bolt   clearance 

13  Hand-milling  groove,  end  of  thumb-piece 
EE     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  10 

FF     Removing  burrs  from  spring  spindle  and  screw  holes 
and  those  left  by  operation  13 

14  Tapping   spindle   screw   hole 

CC     Removing  burrs  from  spindle  hole 

12     Hand-milling  corners,  front  and  rear 
DD     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  12 

15  Reaming  and  countersinking  spindle  hole 

16  Polishing  outer  surface 

17  Filing,  general  cornering 

18  Casehardening 

19  Polishing  "On"  side  of  thumb-piece 

20  Assembling  with  screw,  spring  plunger  and  spindle 

OPERATION   A.     FORGING   FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1374.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 175  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Placed  in  iron  pots,  packed  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
nace, oil  burner,  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION   B-l.    PICKLING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 
riaccd  in  wire  baskets  and  then  put  in  the  pickling  solution 


0.02  R.. 


Section  A- A 


—■■0.809- ->| 


as5d'- >i  azsi'Y 


','      0209 
01285  No.10  Drill              .  -Wfl/531 
OiSZ^Tap^hreadiperlnJl^ 


~v 

' 

If 
ll 
It 

1 

©.- 

5  9 


.-*- 


0.6— 


0.081  No.46  Drill 
-A 


FIO.  1374 


FIG.  1377 


asrf* 


*"  v-"fl66'4r 


STSa  (Harden) 


f   FIG.  1373 


05  R 


0.07  ft. 
FIG.  1374  OPERATION  A 
FIG.  1375  &  1376  OPERATION  I 
FIG.  1377  OPERATION  2 
FIG.  1378,1379, 1380 &  1381  OPERATION  38:4 


FIG.  1378 


sition  to  be  used.  When  the  cutoff  thumb-piece  is 
turned  down  and  the  word  "Off"  shows,  the  rear  end 
of  the  slotted  locking  lug  of  the  bolt  strikes  against 
the  projecting  front  end  of  the  cutoff  body.  This  prevents 
the  cartridge  from  coming  up  from  the  magazine,  and  the 
arm  is  in  position  to  be  used  as  a  single-shot  rifle.  The 
other  position  of  the  thumb-piece  allows  the  cartridge  to 
feed  up  from  the  magazine. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  CUTOFF 
Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 
Annealing 
Pickling 
Trimming 

Drilling,  reaming,  facing  and  hollow-milling 
Milling  rear  end  of  thumb-piece   (operations  2,  6  and 
11  combined) 
Milling  right  side 
Milling   left   side 

Removing    burrs    from    spindle    hole    and    burrs    left 
from  operations  3  and  4    - 

Counterboring  rear  end  of  body  (operation  6  combined 
with   operations   2   «nd   11) 

Stamping  sides  of  thumb-piece  ("On"  and  "Off") 
Drilling    for    spring,    drilling    and    counterboring    for 
spindle  screw  and  reaming  spindle  hole 


B 

B-l 

C 

1 
2 


4 
AA 


6 


which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water,  and 
left   in    this   from    10   to    12    min.      Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — Wire  baskets,  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 
OPERATION    C.     TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  press,  2-in.  stroke.    Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Production — 700  per  hr 

OPERATION   1.     DRILLING,    REAMING,    FACING  AND 
HOLLOW-MILLING 

Transformation — Fig.  1375.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2%  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  two-jaw 
chuck,  Fig.  1376.  Tool-Holding  Devices — In  turret.  Cutting 
Tools — Turret  tools;  reamer;  box-turning  tool;  facing  mill- 
stem  and  collet  for  hollow  and  facing  mills,  and  hollow  mill' 
Number  of  Cuts — Six.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-[n.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.     Gages— 

For  diameter  of  hole  and  depth  of  counterbore.     Production 

25  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS    2,    6,    11.     MILLING   REAR    END   OF   THUMB- 

PIECE;    COUNTERBORING    REAR    END   OP    BODY; 

PROFILING    UNDER    SIDE    OF    THUMB-PIECE 

™n?LransfiSrmiition~;PV?-  137.7-  Machine  Used— Whitney  hand 
5n,'J7-  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices— -Held I  by  formed  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices- 
Taper  shank.   Cutting  Tools— Double  milling  cutter,  large  cutter 

screwed  on  shank  behind  front  cutter.     Number  of  Cuts One 

Cut  Data— 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound  W-in" 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 5  000 
pieces.  Gages— For  relation  of  wing  to  bodv;  length;  diam- 
eter;   and    diameter   of    counterbore.      Production — 800    piece* 


[181] 


■J 


J 


I -Spot 


FIG.  1375 


FIG.  1379 


Z- Drill  3- Ream      4:HollowMIII  5-Turn      6-SquareEnd 

FIG.  1376 


1 

1 

h~ 

j 

FIG.  1381 


0.37  *■ 

Fit  to  Model. 
28  Teeth,  Straight,  Left  Hand 
FIG.  1380 


OPERATIONS  3  AND  4.  MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  SIDES 
Transformation — Fig.  1378.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  double  vise  jaws.  Fig. 
1379.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.     Cutting  Tools 


— Gang  of  milling  cutters,  Fig.  1380.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1381;  radius  of  barrel  and  relation  of 
wing  to  hole.     Production — 75  pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1389 


steel  (tlaraen) 
TIG.I390 


FIG.  1392 


[182] 


OPERATION  AA.  REMOVING  BURRS  PROM  SPINDLE  HOLE 
AND  BURRS  LEFT  FROM  OPERATIONS  3  AND  4 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  3  and  4.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  oper- 
ations 3  and  4. 

OPERATION  7.  STAMPING  SIDES  OF  THUMB-PIECE 
Transformation — Fig.  1382.  Machine  Used— Old  Brooks 
press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and 
Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Die 
and  fixture  screwed  to  bed  of  press,  Fig.  1383;  the  punch 
is  illustrated  in  Fig.  1384.  Stripping  Mechanism — None. 
Gages — None.  Production — 450  pieces  per  hr.  Note— Work 
held  on  pin  A;  stamps  "Off"  on  the  under  side  and  "On"  on 
the  top   side. 


OPERATION    9.     PROFILING    BOLT    STOP 

Transformation — Fig.  1388.  Machine  Used — Wood-Light 
Co.  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin;  clamped  by  finger  clamp  A, 
Fig.  1389.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools 
■ — Profiling  cutter  0.45  in.  diameter,  7  teeth,  right  hand,  0.75  in. 
long.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Compound,  Vt -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1390;  radius 
of  cut  and  radius  of  barrel.     Production — 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  10.    MILLING  BOLT  CLEARANCE 

Transformation — Fig.  1391.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  0  hand  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.     Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin;  clamped  by  jaws 


,0.70  "8. 


T 


<-0J5S 


Larger 
Tap  has  2 
■  Grooves 


\J r~/utes,33Thread 
perlnch 

FIGJ398 


TIG.  1394 


FIG.  1393,1394  &  I39S  OPERATION  13 
FIG.  1396.1397  &I398  OPERATION  14 
FIG.  1399,1400, 1401  8c  1402  OPERATION  12 


FIG.  1399 


1 

_U IL 

BIB 

1 1 

1      d 

-JJ — 

4  Dowels.0.0Q  Diam . 


TIG.  1402 


OPERATION    8.     DRILLING    FOR    SPRING,    DRILLING    AND 
COUNTERBORING    FOR    SPINDLE    SCREW    AND 
•      REAMING    SPINDLE    HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1385.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 16-in.  four-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
Jig.  Fig.  1386.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Counterbore.  Number  of  Cuts — Four.  Cut  Data — 1,200 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
1387;  diameter  and  depth  and  location  from  center  hole. 
Production — 38  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  BB.    REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  SPINDLE  HOLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  spindle  hole.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Reamer.     Production — 400   pieces  per  hr. 


Fig.  1392.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Formed  milling  cutter  1.45  in.  diameter,  0.50  in.  wide. 
Outside  convex  to  0.50  radius.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000 
pieces.     Gages — None.     Production — 85  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    13.     HAND-MILLING   GROOVE,    END    OF 
THUMB-PIECE 

Transformation — Fig.  1393.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  using  thumb-piece  as 
stop,  Fig.  1394.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter.  Fig.  1395.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5.000  pieees 
Production — 85  pieces  per  hr. 


[183] 


II 

aa'-SX-' 

41  III 


0035" 
H-0.035" 


tm. 


1ZF 


\STl 


a 


-*- 


88  t 


>Wk  ■  — ' 0-86"  •' :.^?IS4.5Z5"—  > 

—---1.476" - — > 

STE c L  (Case  Harden)  FIG .  1403 


:  x. 


V 3.375"  — ->j 

Y--a7l4--'r\ 0.965-"— +f-CS/"-#L 1.186"-— *|  .  * 


=±5*-*-. 


^5    *A 

i    I 


•«•- 

t* 


aarii^.... 


/?# 


Sto  p 


Hollow      Mill 


SclJ 


^-1.925"- --Moms- 


Boa  Tool  -  Roughs  Body 


>j  pair 


Finish-Turn  with  Turret  Tool  -  Groove  with 
"lide  ~ 


a— 


Cross-Slide  Tool 


Of 


-'>fo»5K'>r  k-07// 

lam 


OPERATION    12 


Cutoff  and  round  End  with  Cross' Slide  Idol 
FIG.  1404 


STEEL  (Case  Harden) 
FIG.  1405 


■*!  U0.07 
Section  X-X 


OPERATION  EE.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  10 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  10.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operations 
10  and   13. 

OPERATION   FF.     REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  SPRING 
SPINDLE  AND  SCREW  HOLES 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  around  spindle  hole.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe  and  reamer,  0.1495  in.  diameter. 
Production— Grouped  with  operations  10  and  B. 


OPERATION  14.  TAPPING  SPINDLE  SCREW  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1396.  Machine  Used — Tapping  ma- 
chine built  at  the  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin;  clamped 
by  screw;  fixture  held  in  special  tapping  machine.  Fig.  1397. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  screw  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — 
Three  fluted  taps.  Fig.  1398.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
— 150  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Js-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Plug  thread. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  FROM  SPINDLE  HOLE 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  around  spindle  hole.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe  and  reamer.  Production — ^800 
pieces  per  hr. 


N?l 


I.'  .  ;.i 


- 


FIG.  1406 
OPERATION  A 


1. 


0.5  k- 


Al!5\  i 

o./es->\  k- 


Mills.  Ntl.N?2&  N?5,  cut  28  Teeth  L .  H.  straight     . 
•    t/?3.NT4wt  28  Teeth  L  H.RHSpiral.  Iturnin48 

FIG.  1409 


FIG .  1407 


N?l 


FIG.  1410 

FIG.  1407, 1408  AND  1409    OPERATION  I  AND  3 
FIG.  1410  AND  1411    OPERATION  2 


■WW* 


N?2 


m-* 


N?3 


5j 

t'csi 


N?4 


N?5 


rl 


ii 
<-  *v#-  > 

LeaveO.OOSs 
to  Grind 


'  A 


±_V 


\A± 


<tot 


46-A 
FIT  TO   MODEL 


2JL 


Mills  1H-V  8  N!S  cut  28  Teeth,  straight  Lit 
'    H!Z,m.&H?4,-   '      •  LH.Soi/v/F.lf. 
I  turn  in  48" 

FIG.  1408 


M/llsH-'2,3,4,Sd8ct/t23Teeth,stra/ght 
»     NSb&TcutftTeethonR.H.AnqieoW 
cut  Tetth  L.H. 

FIG.  1411 


[184] 


OPERATION  12.  HAND-MILLING  CORNERS.  FRONT  AND 
REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig  1399.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  2 
hand  miller  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — On  pin  in  rotating  fixture.  Fig.  1400.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank  Cutting  Tools — Pair  of  mill- 
ing cutters,  Fig.  1401.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
—Fig.  1402,  corners  gaged  from  center  hole.  Production — 350 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   DD.     REMOVING    BURRS   LEFT    BY 
OPERATION   12 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    12.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment   Used — File.     Production — 500  pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION  15.  REAMING  AND  COUNTERSINKING 

SPINDLE  HOLE 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Reaming  and  countersinking  hole.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 

Used — Speed  lathe,  reamer  and  countersink.     Production — 500 

pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION     16.      POLISHING     OUTER    SURFACES 
Number    of    Operators— One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    all    outside    surfaces.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Wheel  and   polishing  jack.     Production — 50   pieces   per 
hr. 

OPERATION  17.    FILING,  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing and  general  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
File.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18.    CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Packed  in  %  bone  and  Vt  leather;  heated  to  750  deg.  C.  (1,382 
deg.  F. )  for  2%  hr. ;  quenched  in  water.    Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Same  equipment  as  previously  described. 

OPERATION  19.  POLISHING  "ON"  SIDE  OF  THUMB-PIECE 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — ■ 
Polishing  side  of  thumb-piece  stamped  On."  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.  Production — 
350   pieces  per   hr. 

OPERATION   20.     ASSEMBLING  WITH   SCREW,    SPRING 
PLUNGER    AND    SPINDLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Assembling    plunger   and    spring.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Pinchers  and  hands.     Production — 150  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  ON  CUTOFF  SPINDLE 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Polishing 

OPERATION  1.  AUTOMATIC 
Transformation — See  Fig.  1404.  Machine  Used — Acme  auto- 
matic No.  515;  tool  layout.  Fig.  1404.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  draw-in 
chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — In  turret.  Cutting  Tools — 
Tools  for  automatic,  Fig.  1404;  forming  and  cutting-off 
tools;  also,  shaving  or  turning  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — Four. 
Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  A-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-In. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1,200 
pieces.  Gages — For  diameter;  length;  groove  at  one  end,  and 
groove  at  other  end.     Production — 140  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   2.     POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  rear  end.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Polish- 
ing jack  and  wheel.     Production — 1,430  pieces  per  hr.     Note — 
Polish  round  end. 

The  Follower 

The  follower,  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1405,  has  a  rib  A 
that  serves  to  locate  the  cartridge  in  the  magazine  and 
guides  the  last  cartridge  into  the  chamber  above.  The 
front  stop  B  is  for  the  magazine  spring,  as  is  the  rear 
stop  C.  The  lugs  D  are  the  undercuts  that  hold  the  small 
end  of  the  magazine  spring. 

OPERATIONS  ON  FOLLOWER 

Operation 

A  Forging  from  bar 

B  Annealing 

B-l  Pickling 

C  Trimming 

D  Cold  dropping 

1  and  3  Milling  right  and   left   edges  and   rear  end 

2  Milling  bottom  and   front  end 

AA  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  2 

4  Milling  top  lengthwise  (straddle  rib) 
CC  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 

5  Profiling     for    spring,     rough     (operations     5     and     6 
grouped) 

6  Profiling  for  spring,  finish 

7  Profiling  clearance  left  by  rib 

DD  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 

9  Milling  top  of  rib 

10  Polishing  top,   rib,   edges  and  end 

11  Filing,  general  cornering 

12  Casehardening 


OPERATION   A.     FORGING    FROM    BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1406.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 120  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Transformation — See  Fig.  1406.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Placed  in  iron  pots,  packed  with 
powdered  charcoal,  heated  to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.),  left 
over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Brown 
&  Sharpe  annealing  furnace;  oil  burner  and  powdered  char- 
coal. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  put  into  the  pickling  solution, 
which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water;  left 
in  this  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
Wire   baskets,   wooden  pickling  tanks,   hand   hoist. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  press,  2-in.  stroke.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  by  set- 
screw  on  shoe.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 15,000  pieces.  Dies 
—15,000  pieces.    Production — 500  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D.    COLD  DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after    trimming.       Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
600   per   hr. 

OPERATIONS  1  AND  3.  MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  EDGES 
AND  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1407.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Six.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  vise  jaws;  the 
same  vise  holds  follower  for  operations  1,  2  and  3.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Toqls — Gang  of 
milling  cutters,  Figs.  1408  and  1409;  one  for  left,  one  for  right 
side.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Production 
— 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  MILLING  BOTTOM  AND  FRONT  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1410.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  miller  No.  2.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  same  as  before. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang 
of  milling  cutters,  Fig.  1411.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
— 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Profile.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   AA.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION    2 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — . 
Removing   burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   2.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment    Used — File.       Production — Grouped    with     opera- 
tion  2. 

OPERATION  4.    MILLING  TOP  LENGTHWISE 

Transformation — Fig.  1412.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Straddle 
milling  cutters,  3  in.  diameter;  one  0.375  in.  wide,  other  0.50 
in.  wide.  Inside  corners  rounded  with  0.06  radius.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1413;  thickness  of  sides 
and  thickness  of  rib.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    CC.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION    4 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    4.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment    Used — File.       Production — Grouped     with    opera- 
tion   7. 

OPERATIONS  5  AND  6.    PROFILING  FOR  SPRING   (ROUGH 
AND    FINISH) 

Transformation — Figs.  1414  and  1415,  rough  and  finish. 
Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  No.  2  profiler.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
by  vise  jaws;  pushed  to  a  stop,  Fig.  1416;  this  also  shows 
profiling  form.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter,  taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  Cutters,  Fig.  1417;  roughing  and 
undercutting  for  spring.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  M-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  1418;  width  of  slot  and  depth  of  spring  undercut. 
Production — 175  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Operation  6  undercuts 
the  lugs  for  holding  the  magazine  spring. 

OPERATION  7.    PROFILING  CLEARANCE  LEFT  BY  RIB 

Transformation — Fig.  1419.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine. — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  form,  held  by  finger  clamp.  Fig. 
1420;  a  movable  finger  is  operated  by  a  cam.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling,  Fig.  1421. 
Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces. 
Gages — Profile.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  DD.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  7 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  left  by  operation  7.  Apparatus  and  Euuipment 
Used — File.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr 


[185] 


OPERATION  9.  MILLING  TOP  OF  RIB 
Transformation — Fig.  1422.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
■ — Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Fig. 
1423.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1424.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
60  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — 
»>'ig.  1425;  for  height  of  rib.  Production — 35  pieces  oer  hr.. 
two  at  a  time.     Note — Same  style  of  fixture  as  in  operaMon  4. 

OPERATION  10.  POLISHING  TOP,  RIB,  EDGES  AND  END 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — ■ 
Polishing  top,  edges  and  ends.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.  Production — 35  pieces  per 
hr. 


OPERATION  11.    FILING,   GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Fin- 
ishing and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File. 
Production — 40    pieces   per   hr. 


,  OPERATION  12.    CASEHARDENING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Packed  in  whole,  new  bone;  heated  to  750  deg.  C.  (1,382  deg. 
F.)  for  2%  hr.;  quenched  in  oil.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Same  as  other  casehardening  equipment. 


(                  " rsv 

1                                              ) 

L     _:       ■      ■    > 

fie.  i4i2 

(A 

rr~ 


FIG.  1414 


j*(?ZfH  firind 


FIG.  1418 


a 


No.  3  Taper 


^HP    £TJ  Na3Taper'  I  j~F>T* 


!«•! 256*- J   " 


l« - ZS6" -J 

6Teeth,lefi  Hand  on  Face  &  End  6  Teeth,  Let  Hand  on  Face  6  End 

Roughing  Large  Centers  grind 

FIG.  1421  Finish 


FIG.  1422 


FIS.I423 
FIG.  1412  &  1413  OPERATION  4. FIG.  1414  OPERATION  5.FIG.I4I5.I4I6 

I4I7&I4I8  OPERATION  6,  FIG.  1419,1420  ft,  1421  OPERATION  7.FIG.I422. 
4,423, 1424  a  1425  OPERATION  9  ^ 


2$ Teeth,  straight,  Lift Hand 
FIG.  1424 


flG.1425 


[186] 


Movable  Stud — Front  Sight  and  Movable  Base 


These  have  to  do  with  the  sighting  mechanism,  both 
front  and  rear.  The  movable  stud  carries  the  front  sight 
and  allows  it  to  be  adjusted  sideways.  This  movable  stud 
carries  the  front  sight,  which  is  simply  a  sheet  steel  stamp- 
ing as  can  be  seen  in  Fig.  1450,  this  being  afterward 
punched,  pressed  to  shape,  and  then  jig  filed  on  the  top 
and  to  general  shape.  It  is  finally  spring  tempered  and 
left  blue. 


One  of  the  interesting  fixtures  is  shown  in  Fig.  1432. 
Here  the  pieces  are  located  by  the  studs  B  and  C  in  the 
swinging  arm  A.  After  the  pieces  are  located  against  the 
stops,  they  are  clamped  by  the  jaws  shown  and  the  stop 
swung  out  of  the  way.  Another  fixture  of  interest  is 
seen  in  Fig.  1442,  where  the  movable  stud  A  is  forced  into 
the  holding  jaws  by  the  levers  B  and  C  and  cam  D.  The 
movable  base,  seen  in  Fig.  1455,  is  rather  a  difficult  piece. 


[187] 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  MOVABLE  STUD 
Operations 

A  Forging  from  bar 

C  Annealing 

D  Pickling 

B  Trimming 

2  Milling  bottom   crosswise 

3  Straddle-milling  both  sides 

4  Milling  across  top 

4%  Burring  for  operation  4 

5  Profiling  dovetail 

5%  Filing  and  cornering  for  operation  5 

7  Drilling  and  reaming  pin  hole  • 

8  Slotting  for  front  sight 

9  Milling  serrations  on  rear  face  of  stud 

10  Filing  to   finish 

11  Polishing 

12  Bluing 

Operation    A.      FORGING   FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     1428.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation— Shaping  from   bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — 400-lb.    Billings    &    Spencer    drop    hammer. 
Production — 200  per  hr. 


OPERATION  3.  STRADDLE-MILLING  BOTH  SIDES 
Transformation — Fig.  1431.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1432. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Mill- 
ing cutters,  Fig.  14  33.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  dropped  from  tube. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Width.     Production — 60  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.  MILLING  ACROSS  TOP 
Transformation — Fig.  1434.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Special  fixture,  Fig.  1435.  Tool-Hold- 
ing Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters, 
Fig.  1436.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Pro- 
duction— 60  per  hr. 

OPERATION    4%.      BURRING   FOR   OPERATION   4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  left  by  cutters  in  operation  4.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 300  per  hr. 


h0.47S 
OPERATION  4 


T  T 

<    :       i 

y/A 

X  i 

_i  x 

% 

A     U-037S". 

T*  +>-  aobs" 


■0.385'-*      r> 
MTeeth,  LeffHond        *l  Mflfi5' 
FIG.  I436 


<25°"^      8  Teeth,  Right  Hand.  Teeth  on  End  a  Bevel 


-*\0Z]*0.45Q  r*-" -1.75- 

FIG.I439 


FIG.  1441 


ill 

■HIS 


h^%A 

7—X a 

III1        • 

ill,. 

FIG.  1440 


FIG.  1438 


FIG.  1437, 1438, 1439  ft  1440  OPERATION  5 
FIG.  1441  &  1442  OPERATION  7 


FIG.I442 


OPERATION  C.     ANNEALING 
Description  of  Operation — Same  as  all  annealing.     Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Same  as  all  annealing. 

OPERATION   D.      PICKLING 
Description  of  Operation — Same  as  before.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Same  as  before. 

OPERATION  B.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Perkins  3-in.  stroke  press.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — 
Square-shank  punch.  Dies  and  Die  Holders- — Dies  held  by  set- 
screw  in  shoe;  shoe  bolted  to  bed  of  press.  Stripping  Mechan- 
ism— Punched  down  through  die.     Production — 700  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  MILLING  BOTTOM  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1429.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1430. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang 
of  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed  per  minute.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000 
pieces.     Gages — Length.     Production — 60   per  hr. 


OPERATION  5.  PROFILING  DOVETAIL 
Transformation — Fig.  1437.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  and  jaws,  Fig.  1438. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Profiling 
cutter,  Fig.  1439.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
1440.     Production — 35  per  hr. 

OPERATION    5%.      FILING    AND    CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  edges  and  corners.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
File.     Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.  DRILLING  AND  REAMING  PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1441.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney three-spindle  16-in.  vertical  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  1442.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Drills  and  half-round  reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Three. 
Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  TV  in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200.  Gageg 
— Plug.     Production — 60  per  hr. 


[188] 


aet  f*\  (*- 


&  t?«r> 


0B5-H      U~. 


'■■A  0.375^-- 


a085"-A  l«| 

ZOTeeth,  Left  Hand  -A      \*-K5' 

on  Face  and  Curve. 
FIS.  1445 
OPERATION  8 


OPERATION  8.  SLOTTING  FOR  FRONT  SIGHT 
Transformation — Fig.  1443.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Special  vise  jaws.  Fig.  14  44.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Slotting  cutters. 
Fig.  1445.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i^-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — Width  of  slot. 
Production — 75  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.     MILLING  SERRATIONS  ON  REAR  FACE 
OF  STUD 
Transformation — Fig.  1446.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.    Number  of  Machines  per  Operator-— 


FIG.  1447 
OPERATION  9 


Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  Jaws,  Fig.  1447. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Mill- 
ing cutters,  Fig.  1448.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— None.     Production — 60  per  hr. 

OPERATION    10.      FILING   TO   FINISH 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — File 
off  burrs  from  milling  cutters.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 200  per  hr. 

OPERATION  11.     POLISHING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polish  all  over.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Polishing 
jack  and  wheel.     Production — 50  per  hr. 


[189] 


OPERATION  12.     BLUING 
Description  of  Operation — Same  as  previous  bluing  opera- 
tions.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Same  as  before. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  FRONT  SIGHT 
Operations 

1     Blanking  from  sheet  cast  steel 

3  Punching    pin   hole 

4  Pressing  top  and  bottom  to  shape 

5  Jig-filing  top  edges  to  finish  height  and  shape 

6  Jig-filing  to  finish  thickness 

7  Spring   tempering 

OPERATION  1.     BLANKING  FROM  SHEET  CAST   STEEL 
Transformation — Fig.  1450.     Machine  Used — Perkins  punch 
press  with  roll  feed.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Two. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square-shank  punch.     Dies  and 
Die  Holders — Die  held  in  shoe  by  setscrew.    Stripping  Mechan- 
ism— Steel  stripper  screwed  to  face  of  die.     Lubricant — Stock 
in  coils  is  oiled  with  cutting  oil.     Production — 1,250  per  hr. 
OPERATION    3.      PUNCHING    PIN    HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1451.     Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19 
press,  1%-in.  stroke.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square-sh».nk  pu.ich.     Dies  and 
Die  Holders — Die  held  in  shoe  by  setscreiw.    Stripping  Mechan- 
ism— Steel  stripper  screwed  to  face  of  die.    Gages — Pin.     Pro- 
duction— 600  per  hr- 


The  Movable  Base 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  MOVABLE  BASE 

Operation 

A  Forging  from  bar 

B  Annealing 

B-l  Pickling 

C  Trimming 

D  Cold  dropping 

1  Grinding  bottom 

2  Milling  right  edge  and  rear  end 

3  Milling  left  edge 

AA  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  2 

BB  Removing   burrs   left   by   operation   3 

4  Drilling  joint  and  small  hole  for  pivot 

5  Reaming  joint  and  drilling  pivot  hole,  roughing 
CC17%  Chambering  pivot  hole 

6  Milling  upper  surface  crosswise  to  finish 
DD  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6 

7  Hand  milling  stud,  roughing 
9  Hand  milling  spring  opening 

10  Shaving  spring  opening 

FF  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  10 

10%  Straightening 

OG  Removing  burrs  from  joint  hole,  reaming 


Leave  bright,  ""-«,/a_» 

andStamplh—..  ?I46R-  ""V?.. 


OPERATION  4.  PRESSING  TOP  AND  BOTTOM  TO  SHAPE 
Transformation — Fig.  1452.  Machine  Used — Punch  press, 
1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square-shank  punch  and  holder. 
Dies  and  Die  Holders — Shoe  bolted  to  bed  of  press;  piece  to  be 
pressed  is  laid  in  die,  which  shapes  the  top  of  the  sight. 
Stripping  Mechanism — None.  Gages — Form.  Production — 350 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.      JIG-FILING  TOP  EDGES  TO   FINISH 
HEIGHT  AND  SHAPE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Filing  upper  edges  to  match  gage.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used— File.     Gages— Fig.  1454.     Production— 80  per  hr. 

OPERATION    6.      JIG-FILING    TO    THICKNESS 
wn^imJieT    of    Operators— One.      Description    of   Operation— 
WU        coJrect  thickness.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used 
r^V,"!.  an6-,JrS   f°r   holding   the   work.     Gages— Thickness. 
Production — 175   per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.      SPRING  TEMPERING 

Description  of  Operation— Heating  and  quenching  in  usual 

KSPrK  .to  Bec?rr?  tne  desired   amount  of  temper.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used— Muffle  furnaces,  oil  burning;  quenching 


12  Hand  milling  spring  seat,  roughing;  drilling  spring 
seat,  roughing;  profiling  spring  seat,  upper  cut 

13  Profiling  spring  seat,  under  cut 

15  Profiling     joint     and    rear     end.    top    and    bottom 
roughing 

14  Hand  milling  rear  of  joint 

HH  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  14 

16  Stamping  graduations 

17  Reaming  joint  and  pivot  hole  to  finish 

23  Hand  milling  rear  end  to  finish 

24  Hand  milling  front  end  to  finish 
20  Milling  stud   to  finish 

22  Threading  front  end  for  windage  screw 

JJ  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  24 

16%  Filing  bottom  and   burring  spring  seat 

15%  Filing  rear  of  joint  for  graduations  ' 

25  Polishing  sides 

26  Filing  top  between  ears  to  gage  and  general  corn- 
ering 

27  Spinning   in   machine 

28  Cleaning  graduation 

29  Casehardening 

30  Polishing  graduation 

31  Assembling   with   spring 

32  Straightening 

33  Assembling  with    slid* 


[190] 


Nal 


FIG.  1465 


FIG.  1466 


*i 


Hi 


Fid.  1468 


J= 


aoi 


zr_DV 


0.4335^     A 


I 


No.3 
A 


i 


ao5-> 


W-/.IX5'--, 


T± 


m 


■•/- 


Wo4 


~Ql<- 


_NaS 

T 
i 
i 
I 


i  i-s2 

i l_ 


— ,H.   pCZOffi" 


24Teeth,  Left  Hand. 
Mills  A  cut  Right  Hand  Spiral. 
I  Turn  in  48  Inches. 
FIG.  1469 


HOT 


FIG.  1471 
FIG.1465&I466  OPERATION  I74.FIG.I467, 
1468  8c  1469  OPERATION  6,  FIQ.I470, 
1471  8c  1472  OPERATION  7 


FIG.  1472 


FIG.  1478 


FIG.  1481 
FIG.  1473  AND  1474  OPERATION  9,  FIG  I47«, 
1476  a  1477  OPERATION  10,  FIG.  147* 
' 'TO.  1480  &  1481  OPERATIOK-   IS 

[191] 


FI&  1480 


OPERATION  A.    FORGING  FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     1456.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used— Billings    &    Spencer    600-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 125   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.),  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used- — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
nace,   oil   burner,    powdered   charcoal. 

OPERATION   B-l.     PICKLING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Placed    in    wire    baskets    and    then    in    the    pickling    solution, 

which    consists    of    1    part    sulphuric   acid    to   9    parts    water; 

left   in    this   from    10   to    12   min.      Apparatus   and    Equipment 

Used — Wire   baskets,   wooden   pickling   tanks  and   hand   hoist. 

OPERATION    C.     TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19  press.     Number  of  Operators 

Ber  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank. 
ies  and  Die  Holders — Setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Pushed  through  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 15,000  pieces. 
Production — 450  pieces   per   hr. 


Production — Grouped  with  oper- 


and Equipment  Used — File, 
ations  2  and  3. 

OPERATION  3.  MILLING  LEFT  EDGE 
Transformation  —  Fig.  1460.  Machine  Used  —  Pratt  & 
Whitney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per 
Operator — Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Same  as  Fig.  1459, 
except  reversed.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Slab  milling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data— 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces. 
Gages — Width.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr.  per  machine. 

OPERATIONS  CC  AND  171.  CHAMBERING  PIVOT  HOLE 
FOR  PIVOT 
Transformation — Fig.  1461.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1462;  work  is  forced  to  place  by  the 
cam  A  and  held  down  by  the  floating  lever  B,  while  the  arm  C 
is  locked  by  the  swing  link.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Number  of  Cuts— Two. 
Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — See  Fig.   1464.     Production — 60   pieces   per   hr. 


FIG.  1487 


OPERATION  D.    COLD  DROPPING 

Number  of  Operators— One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  trimming.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.  Production 
—600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    GRINDING  BOTTOM 

Transformation — Fig.  1457.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  a  30-in.  magnetic 
chuck,  between  strips  of  steel.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Vert- 
ical spindle.  Cutting  Tools — 14-in.  wheel.  Cut  Data — 1.500 
r.p.m.;  15-in.  feed.  Coolant — Water.  Gages — None.  Produc- 
tion— 250  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION    2.     MILLING    RIGHT    EDGE    AND    REAR    END 

Transformation — Fig.  1458.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  special  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  1459.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— None.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr.   per  machine. 

OPERATIONS  AA  AND  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT 
BY  OPERATIONS  2  AND  3 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operations  2  and  3.     Apparatus 


OPERATION  5.  REAMING  JOINT  AND  DRILLING  PIVOT 
HOLE,  ROUGHING 
Transformation  —  Fig.  1463.  Machine  Used  —  Pratt  & 
Whitney  No.  2  four-spindle  upright  drill.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig, 
same  as  Fig.  1462.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Reamer;  also,  square-pointed  drill  for  pivot  hole. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — Reamer,  650  r.p.m.;  bottom- 
ing drill,  450  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
1464;  A,  location  and  diameter  of  holes;  B,  depth.  Production 
— 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  CC  AND  17J.    CHAMBERING  PIVOT  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.     1465.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Rounding  corner  and  burring  pivot 
hole.       Apparatus     and     Equipment    Used — Bench      lathe    and 
chamfering  tool,  Fig.  1466.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  6.  MILLING  UPPER  SURFACE  CROSSWISE 
TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1467.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator—Five. Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped 
with  vise,  Fig.  1468.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters.  Fig.  1469.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.     Cut  Data — 60   r.p.m.;    %-in.   feed.     Coolant — Cutting   oil. 


[192] 


put  on  with  brush.    Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings —  OPERATION  10.    SHAVING  SPRING  OPENING 
5,000   pieces.     Gages — Form,    outline   gaged   from   pin   hole   In  Transformation — Fig.    1475.      Machine    Used — Snow-Brooks 
ear;  location  of  all  holes.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr.  No.  2.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Work-Hold- 
OPERATION   DD.     REMOVING   BURRS   LEFT   BY  lng   Devices — Held   on   fixture   by   finger  clamps  at   each   end, 
opttt?  a TTnxr  c  Figr.    1476;    removed    by    knock-out    levers    A    and    B.      Tool- 
„__-          .  n                     „,!              .          -  „           ,          „  Holding  Devices— Held  in  clapper  box  of  press.     Cutting  Tools 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re-  — Shaving  tool.     Cut  Data — 80  strokes  per  minute.     Coolant — 
moving    burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    6.      Apparatus    and  Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.     Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr.  Grindings — 500    pieces.      Gages — Fig.    1477,    size    of    opening, 
OPERATION    7.     HAND   MILLING    STUD,    ROUGHING  thickness    of    wall    and    distance    from    pivot    hole    to    spring- 
Transformation— Fig.  1470.     Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit-  slot-     Production— 80  pieces  per  hr. 
ney  No.   2   hand   miller.     Number  of  Operators   per   Machine —  OPERATION   FF.     REMOVING   BURRS   LEFT   BY 
One.     Work-Holding   Devices — Pushed   to   stop,   clamped   with  OPERATION  10 

vise  Jaws,   Fig.   1471.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard   arbor.  .,       .           -  _                      ~          _         .   ,.,          .  _          ,.,          _ 
Cutting   Tools— Milling  cutters.     Number   of  Cuts— One.     Cut  Number  of  Operators— One.     Description  of  Operation— Re- 
Data— 450    r.p.m.;    hand    feed.      Coolant— Cutting    oil.    put    on  moving    burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    10.      Apparatus   and 
with   brush.     Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 5,000  Equipment  Used— File.     Production— 400  pieces  per  hr. 
pieces.    Gages — Fig.  1472,  form.   Production — 115  pieces  per  hr.  OPERATION  10H-    STRAIGHTENING 

OPERATION   9.    HAND  MILLING  SPRING  OPENING  Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Transformation— Fig.    1473.      Machine   Used— Garvin   No.    3  Straightening.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used— Dead   block, 

hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work-  straight-edge  and  hammer.  Production— 175  pieces  per  hr. 
Holding  Devices — Held  vertically  by  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1474. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two 
%xV£-in.  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
350  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  >4-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings- — 5,000  pieces.  Gage 
— Thickness  of  side  wall.     Production — 120  pieces  per  hr. 


13  [193] 


OPERATION   GG.     REMOVING    BURRS  FROM  JOINT  HOLE, 
REAMING 

Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  OperaVon — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    around    hole.      Apparatus    and    Equip- 
ment Used — Hand  reamer.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION    12.     HAND    MILLING    SPRING    SEAT.    ROUGH- 
ING; DRILLING  SPRING  SEAT,  ROUGHING;  PROFILING 
SPRING   SEAT,   UPPER  CUT 

Transformation — Fig.  1478.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Centered  on  side  pin,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  1479.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools— Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1480.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  a,4-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1481;  thickness  of  spring  seat;  length  and  width 
of  spring  seat;  side  location  of  spring  seat  with  side  of  spring 
opening.  Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION    13.     PROFILING    SPRING    SEAT,    UNDER    CUT 

Transformation — Fig.  1482.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Centered  on  side  pin  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  1483.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Under-cut  milling  cutter,  Fig.  1484.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
Vis-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 200 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1485;  thickness  of  spring  seat;  thickness 
and  width  of  undercut;  side  location  of  undercut.  Production 
— 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  15.    PROFILING  JOINT  AND   REAR   END,   TOP 
AND  BOTTOM  ROUGHING 

Transformation — Fig.  1486.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1487.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^4-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1488;  two 
thicknesses  of  end;  front  end  from  pivot;  rear  end  from  pivot; 
groove  for  hobbing;  finishing  for  same.  Production — 80  pieces 
per  hr 


OPERATION  17.  REAMING  JOINT  AND  PIVOT  HOLE 
TO  FINISH 
Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool  Co.  3-spindle  16-in.  upright 
drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  same  as  Fig.  1462.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamers,  for 
pivot  hole  and  for  joint  holes.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces. 
Gages — Depth  of  pivot  hole.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  23.  HAND  MILLING  REAR  END  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1496.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1499.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1497,  profile  gage.  Pro- 
duction— 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  24.  HAND  MILLING  FRONT  END  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1498.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1499;  lever  forced  against 
work  by  screws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Pair  of  milling  cutters,  Fig.  1500.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  j,  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1501;  location  of  shoulder; 
radius;  thickness  of  tongue.     Production— 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  20.  MILLING  STUD  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1502.  Machine  Used — Standard  No. 
4%  universal.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Located  by  stop  at  end,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  double  fixture,  Fig.  1503.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Stand- 
ard arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Facing  and  slotting  cutters,  Fig. 
1504.     Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut  Data — 350  r.p.m.;  g-in.  feed. 


22  Teeth  on  Face, 
Left  Hand  and  Side 


FIS.  1491 


o 


F16. 1492 

Mark  tno  Lmes(a560l"Width  between  the  tit} 
an  Gage  to  indicate  Graduation 


■1.5625 

ra5607^Sy 


_r 


1 

■>   <ms' 

Section  A-A 


STEEL  (Harden) 


OPERATION  16 


FIG.  1495 


OPERATION  14.  HAND  MILLING  REAR  OF  JOINT 
Transformation — Fig.  1489.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  .Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise  jaws,  Fig. 
1490.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools 
— Formed  cutter,  Fig.  1491.  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data. 
- — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces. 
Gages — Height  of  under  cut  from  bottom;  work  goes  over 
block  and  is  gaged  by  straight-edge  across  top.  Production 
— 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   HH.     REMOVING    BURRS   LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  14 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving   burrs    thrown    up    by    operation    14.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment   Used — File.      Production — 600   pieces   per   hr. 
OPERATION  16.    STAMPING  GRADUATIONS 
Transformation— Fig.    1492.      Machine    Used — Snow-Brooks 
No.  0.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Punches  and 
Punch  Holders — Square-shank  punch,  Fig.  1493;  punch  details 
in  Fig.   1494.     Dies  and  Die  Holders — Bolted  to  bed  of  press. 
Gages — Fig.    1495.      Production — 500    pieces    per    hr.      Note — 
Fixture  screwed  to  bed  of  press. 


Coolant — Cutting  oil.  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1505,  location 
of  stud  at  A;  width  of  stud  at  B  and  C,  limit  gaeres.  Produc- 
tion—175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    22.    THREADING    FRONT    END    FOR 
WINDAGE  SCREW 

Transformation — Fig.  1506.  Machine  Used — Special  hob- 
bing machine  built  at  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamped  by  strap  A, 
Figs.  1507  and  1508,  to  rotating  table.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Taper  driver  H  and  female  center  I,  Figs.  1508  and  1509.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Special  hob,  Fig.  1509.  Number  of  Cute — One. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Special  Fixtures — Hobbing  machine;  hob  is  driven  by  pulley 
C;  worm  D  on  same  shaft  drive  gears  E  F  G,  which  rotate 
work  at  proper  speed  for  hobbing;  these  gears  are  kept  in 
mesh  by  spring  during  feed  movement  of  work;  feed  lever  J 
gives  predetermined  feeds  for  each  cut.  Production — 90 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  JJ.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  24 

•Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  24.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 500  pieces   per  hr. 


[194] 


fp] 


3 


FIG.  1498 


♦lift-— £ — J 

S7Ett  (Harden) 


-*- 

z: 

6A 

ft 

.  ■ 

■ra  ;  'A      tfcf 

<■ 

0??> 

1- 

0.03 

00l"> 

K- 

J 

I 

J" 

<3 

<=5 

---t 

; 

i_ 

— 

L_H 

-A 

7f 

j 

>jflJ75 


'■>  Grind- ■-"' 


FI6.I499 


'^j  Dowels         'Joint  Screws 
FIG.  1501 


24  Teeth.  Left  Hand' 
FIG.I50O 
OPERATION  24 


OPERATION   15%.    FILING  REAR  OF  JOINT  FOR 
GRADUATIONS 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  joint  at  rear  for  graduations.     Apparatus  and   Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — 375  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  16%.    FILING  BOTTOM  AND  BURRING 
SPRING  SEAT 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing  bottom   and   burring.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — 
File.     Production — 125   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    25.     POLISHING    SIDES 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Pol- 
ishing    sides.       Apparatus     and     Equipment     Used — Polishing 
Jack  and  wheel.     Production — 400  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION   26.     FILING   TOP    BETWEEN   EARS   TO   GAGE 
AND   GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of   Operation — 
Cornering   and   filing   to   gage   between    ears.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment   Used — File    and    gage.      Gages — For   spring    open- 
ing   in    base    and    thickness    of    side    wall.       Production — 15 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    27.     SPINNING    IN    MACHINE 
Machine  Used — Machine  built  in  shop.   Fig.   1510.     Number 
of    Operators    per    Machine — One.      Work-Holding    Devices — 


Pivoted  in  fixture  by  stud  of  fixed  base  forms  holder.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — In  spindle,  by  setscrew.  Cutting  Tools — 
None;  the  teeth  are  smoothed  out  by  a  hardened  worm. 
Number  of  Cuts — None.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Spindle  A  of  machine 
drives  a  hardened  worm  B,  which  is  a  counterpart  of  the 
windage  screw;  movable  base  pivots  on  C;  as  the  base  is 
turned  by  worm,  it  strikes  one  of  the  springs  D  or  E  and 
throws  a  clutch  that  reverses  the  spindle  and  the  direc- 
tion of  rotation  of  the  worm. 

OPERATION  28.  CLEANING  GRADUATIONS 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Cleaning  graduations.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand 
brush.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  29.    CASEHARDENING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Pack  in  bone  %,  feather  Y*;  heat  to  750  deg.  C.  (1,382  deg.  F.) 
for  2%  hr.;  quench  in  oil.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Same  as  other  casehardening  equipment, 

OPERATION    30.     POLISHING    GRADUATIONS 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  graduations.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 375  pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1504 
OPERATION  20 


[195J 


OPERATION  31.    ASSEMBLING  WITH  SPRING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — As- 
sembling spring.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand  and 
pliers.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    32.     STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Lead   block, 
hammer  and  straight-edge.     Production — 95  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION    33.     ASSEMBLING   WITH    SLIDE 
Number    of   Operators — One.      Description     of    Operation — 
Assembling    with    slide.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 
Hands.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 


The  Base  Spring 


This  is  a  short,  stiff  spring,  which  holds  the  sight  leaf 
in  either  its  horizontal  or  vertical  position.  It  is  blanked 
out  from  sheet  steel,  slides  into  «.  groove  in  the  movable 
base  and  has  a  hole  in  the  base  end.  The  spring  being 
of  the  cantilever  type  is  supported  at  one   end  only. 


OPERATION  6.  GRINDING 
Transformation — Fig.  1514.  Machine  Used — Same  as  was 
used  in  grinding  operation  previously  described.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Fix- 
ture, Fig.  1515.  Production — 144  pieces  to  a  batch,  four 
batches  per  hr. 

OPERATION  DD.    REAMING  ASSEMBLING  HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Reaming  assembling  hole.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Drilling   machine   and   block.      Gages — Fig.    1515,   diameter   of 
hole.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  4  AND  5.  MILLING  RIGHT  EDGE  AND 
FRONT  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1516.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pins,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  1517;  double  fixture,  one  right  and  left.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutters,  Fig.  1518.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60 
r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  1519;  opening  gages  width;  other  openings  gage  thick- 
ness in  operation  7;  also  gage  for  form  of  spring  and  working 
gage   used  at  machine.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 


(< 1.07  - — >| 


"is  26Threads  S  Cuts  \     1     I     >  * 
Si  our  in.  Kit.  %  flutes  S  5? 


£  perm.  Kit.  %  flutes 


aJLJ--- 


tdf 


f.-.-ae'^osfb  —  o>T6"-->«a$"A  , 
I—— -  2"  ■■■—- J 


0.008 & 


FIG.  1509 
OPERATION   22 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BASE  SPRING 

Blanking  out  spring  from  sheet  cast  steel 

Punching  dismounting  hole 

Grinding 

Reaming  assembling  hole 

Milling  left  edge   and  front   end 

Milling  right  edge  and  front  end 

Milling  top  and  rear  end 

Reaming  burrs  on  end  left  by  operation  7 

Removing  burrs  on   edge  left  by  operation 

Removing  burrs  from  assembling  hole 

Profiling  front  end 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  8 

Polishing  free  end  and  burring  fixed  end 

Bending 

Tempering  and  hardening 

Setting 


Operation 

A 

A-l 

6 

DD 

4 

5 

7 

AA 

BB 

EE 

8 

CC 

C-l 

9 

10 

11 

OPERATION    A.    BLANKING    OUT    SPRING    FROM 
SHEET  CAST  STEEL 

Transformation — Fig.  1512.  Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19 
>ress.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and 
Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held 
in  shoe  by  setscrew,  compound  die.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Steel  stripper,  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Average.  Life  of  Punches 
and  Dies — 25,000  pieces.  Lubricant — Stock  oil  and  cutting  oil. 
Production — 3.500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A-l.  PUNCHING  DISMOUNTING  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1513.  Machine  Used— Stiles  No.  1 
press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and 
Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held 
In  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Stripper  screwed 
to  face  of  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 5,000 
pieces.  Lubricant — Oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Production — 900 
pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  7.  MILLING  TOP  AND  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1520.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  double  vise  jaws.  Fig. 
1521.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1522.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages 
— See   Fig.   1519.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  AA.    REAMING  BURRS  ON  END  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION   7 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Reaming  burrs  from  end  left  by  operation  7.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Hand  scraper.  Production — 700  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  BB.    REMOVING  BURRS  ON  EDGE  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  7 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  edge  left  by  operation  7.    Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  8. 
OPERATION    EE.    REMOVING    BURRS    FROM 
ASSEMBLING  HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  assembling  hole.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment  Used — Hand    reamer.      Production — Grouped   with    oper- 
ation 8. 

OPERATION  8.  PROFILING  FRONT  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1523.  Machine  "Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin  held  by  finger  clamps.  Fig. 
1524;  cams  lock  in  place;  profile  form  at  side.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cut- 
ters and  holder.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.    Coolant — Cutting  oil,  J-in.  stream.    Average 


[196] 


Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Width 
of  narrow  part  and  relation  to  width  of  spring  itself.  Pro- 
duction— 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    CC.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  8 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   8.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  8. 


— Fig.  1526.  Stripping  Mechanism — None.  Average  Life  ot 
Punches  and  Dies — Indefinite.  Lubricant — None.  Gages — Fig\ 
1527,   contour.     Production — 960   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    10.    TEMPERING   AND   HARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Heat  in   open   fire  to   1,450   deg.   F. ;   quench   in   oil;   temper   in 
lead   bath   at   900   deg.   F.     Apparatus   and   Equipment   Used — 
Same  as  other  equipment  for  tempering  and  hardening. 


FIG.  1512 
OPERATION  A 


l|||W 


Section  X-Y.      , 
154- 


T>i 


3EI 


T 


3" 


^ 


Fie.,i5ii 


f 


FIG.  1513 
OPERATION  Ai 


FIG.  1516 


s-am5nR 


FIG.  1519 


,<?Sl 


\<d8- 


pee 


I 


U--I.47- 


\ 


W0?  Cut  %  Teeth,  Let  Hand 
fiilbj&6 Cut Straight 
••  Z&3  -RMSpiral 
FIG.  1518  -  48tS  -LH.Spiral, 

OPERATION  4. & 5  I  Turn  in  48 Inches 


-Q49" 


o 


— ~~~ 


— — ~ 

,■:■■■■■■:■ 


FIG.  1514 


FIG.  1515 
OPERATION  6 


OPERATION  C-l.    POLISHING  FREE  END  AND  BURRING 
FIXED  STUD 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  free  end,  burring  fixed  stud.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 350  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.    BENDING 
Transformation — Fig.    1525.      Machine    Used — Stiles    No.    1 
press,  iy2-in.  stroke.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — -Fig.  1526.     Dies  and  Pie  Holders 


OPERATION  11.    SETTING  BASE  SPRING  AFTER 
ASSEMBLY 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Leaf  is  opened  and  tested  for  squareness  with  movable  base 
leg  gage.  Fig.  1529;  if  not  square,  the  sight  is  placed  on  block, 
Fig.  1528,  with  leaf  In  notch  of  block;  a  blunt  chisel  and  a 
light  hammer  are  used  to  set  spring  in  either  direction,  as 
may  be  necessary,  when  it  is  again  tested.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Block,  Fig.  1528;  gage,  Fig.  1529;  hammer 
and  blunt  chisel.     Gages — Fig.  1529.     Production — 100  per  hr. 


[197] 


zm"-—->\ 


H  'Z'-I6' 


:.- '-.  ','■■ '  yv;\^ 


J~ 


FIG.  1525 


zz 


FIG.  1520 


)<:....: 2.56" >1 

Cut  26  Teeth,  Lett  Hand 
Hill  No.l  cut  Straight  HillNa2&3 
cut  Spiral,  Left  Hand.  IJurn  in  Id  Inches 


i 

o 

as 

<  ±® 

FIG.  1520, 1521  8c  1522  OR  7 
FIG.  1523  8c  1524  OR  8 
F16.I525, 1526,1527, 1528  8c  1529 
OPERATION  9 


This  Piece  must  be  fifed  to 
fthe Machine  selected  for 
the  Operation 


FIG.I5Z9 


FIG.  1526 


•0.0625%! 


FIG.  1524 


«--"?|'----H 

STEEL  (Harden) 

FIG.  1527 


FIG.I523 


OPERATIONS  ON   THE   LEAP 


Operation 


A  Forging  from  bar 

B  Annealing 

B-l  Pickling 

C  Trimming 

D  Cold  dropping 

1  Grinding  top 

2  Milling  right  edge  and  rear  end 

3  Milling  left  edge 

5  Drilling,  joint  pin  hole 

6  Reaming  joint  pin  hole 

7  Milling  Dottom,  roughing 
X  Milling  bottom   to   finish 

CC  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  8 

8%  Draw  filing  for  graduation 


9 

10 

GG 
10% 

FF 
12 

DD 
13 
14 
15 
17 
18 

EE 
20 
15% 
16 

HH 


Stamping  graduations 

Filing  edge  to  remove  burrs  left  by  operation  9 

Removing  burrs  from  joint  pin  hole   (reamer) 

Milling  top  of  joint,  crossing 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  10% 

Milling  slide  slot 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  12 

Shaving  slide  slot 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  13 

Straightening 

Countersinking  sighting-notch  clearance 


Hand  milling  sighting  notch 

ig  burrs  left  by 
Hand  milling  rear  end  of  joint 


Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  18 


Filing  graduation 
Profiling  drift-slide  notch 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  16 


■  i\0346<-  Point  of  Zero  Drift 

QQtfSjH 

a,7P\    M     W'95' 


M*0.0l* 


ffl&u 


0J51 


-em"— 

■3.025- 
F0RGED  STEEL 
(Case  Harden) 


Counterborlng  Joint 

Hand  milling  straddle  joint 

Hand  milling  joint,  swing  fixture 

Countersinking  and  reaming  joint  pin  hole 

Filing  to  gage  for  thickness,  width,  width  of  straight 

slot,  width  of  Joint  and  general  cornering 

Cleaning  graduation 

Filing  edges  of  drift  slot  to  remove  burrs 

Casehardening 

Straightening 

Polishing  graduations  with  emery  cloth 

Assembling  with  movable  base. 


[198] 


OPERATION   A.     FORGING    FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     1531.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    600-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 125   pieces  per   hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.),  left  over  night  to  cool.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
nace, oil  burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  in  the  pickling  solution, 
which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water,  and 
left  in  this  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Wire  basket,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  2  two-inch  stroke.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe 
by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Punched  down  through 
die.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D.     COLD  DROPPING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  trimming.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used— Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.  Production — 
600   pieces   per   hr. 


5000  pieces.     Gages — Fig.   1536,  width.     Production — 75   pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION   5.     DRILLING   JOINT   PIN   HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1537.  Machine  Used — Ames  two- 
spindle  16-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Opera- 
tors per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig, 
Fig.  1538.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Number  of 
Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tools  Between  Grind- 
ings — 250  pieces.     Production — 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    6.     REAMING   JOINT   PIN   HOLE 

Machine  Used — Ames   two-spindle   16-in.   upright.      Number 

of    Operators    per    Machine — One.       Work-Holding    Devices — 

Work  held  in  block  by  thumb-screw.  Fig.  1539.     Tool-Holding 

Devices — Drill     chuck.       Cutting    Tools — Reamer,     Fig.     1540. 


OPERATION  5 


OPERATION  1.  GRINDING  TOP 
Transformation — Fig.  1532.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — 30-in.  magnetic  chuck  between  strips. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Vertical  spindle.  Cutting  Tools — 14-in. 
wheel.  Number  of  Cuts — About  15  trips  of  table.  Cut  Data — 
1500  r.p.m.;  15-in.  feed.  Coolant — Water.  Gages — Fig.  1533, 
lay  leaf  on  arms  and  see  if  it  will  clean  up  in  future  opera- 
tions.    Production — 550  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  MILLING  RIGHT  EDGE  AND  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1534.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  g-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — 
None.     Production — 75   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  3.  MILLING  LEFT  EDGE 
Transformation — Fig.  1535.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  same  as  for 
operation  2.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Milling  cutter  similar  to  operation  2.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  (-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put 
on    with   brush.      Average   Life   of   Tool   Between   Grindings — 


Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant- — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Fig  1541;  diameter  of 
hole;  squareness  of  hole  with  side  of  leaf.  Production — 350 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  7  AND  8.  MILLING  BOTTOM  ROUGHING 
AND  FINISHING 
Transformation — Fig.  1542.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutters.  Fig.  1543.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000  pieces.  Gages — 
Width  and  thickness.  Production — 50  pieces  per  hr.  of  each 
operation. 

OPERATION  CC.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  8 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving  burrs   from    operation    8.      Apparatus   and    Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — Grouped    with    operation    8. 

OPERATION    8%.     DRAW    FILING    FOR    GRADUATIONS 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Draw  filing  for  graduations.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— File.     Production — 275  pieces  per  hr. 


[199] 


OPERATION   9.     STAMPING   GRADUATIONS 
Transformation — Pig.  1544.     Machine  Used — Roll  stamping 
machine   rebuilt  at  Hill  shop,   similar   to  machine   for  receiv- 
ers.    Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Work-Holding 
Devices — Set  in  fixture,  centered  by  pin  in  joint  hole.  Fig.  1545. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Roll;  see  Fig.  1546.     Number  of  Cuts — 
One.     Gages — Fig.  1547.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  10.    FILING  EDGE  TO  REMOVE  BURRS  LEFT 
BY  OPERATION  9 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing edges.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File.     Production 
—Grouped  with  operation  9. 


OPERATION  FF.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    10% 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  operation  10%.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — Grouped   with    operation    10%. 

OPERATION  12.    MILLING   SLIDE   SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  1550.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — In  elevating  fixture,  held  by 
vise  jaws,  Fig.  1551.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  ar- 
bor.      Cutting    Tools — Milling    cutter.       Number    of    Cute— 


RtTfcr- 

laesV— 
Uar-V 


STeeth 


**        Binding  Screw 


WIS     K 


ec 


i 


h- 


135'---—^  W     -'fl/5'j 

Used  for  Correcting 
■IZS"- H  4&3Flutes,  Teeth  on  End,  R.H. 


STEEL 
FIG.  1539 


y 


■■1.5 


*J     « 


FIS.  1541 


FIS.  1542 

r~ 

<-                          1 

tz 

M-m-m  m 

FIG.  1544 


0.035R 


T 

i 


,-0035' 


| 

i-sar 


■0.97" 


I        cvi 

1  i 

.1 — 1_ 

,,   T 


m 


■1.19" 


r...J 


/ 


0.39^ 


.« 
.$ 


16  Teeth  Lett  Hand,  Mills  Z&3  Spiral  Left  Hand,  One  Turn  in  48  Inches, 
others  Straight!  24  Teeth  for  Operation  7,  Roughing 

FIG.  1543 


III 


fflQ 


Cut  for  Graduations  by 
Drawing  of  Leaf 


1 

arid 


CmT 


■¥r 


WZS'R. 


M 


J 


FIG.  1547 


Joint  Scre*-y       ^.3.1, 
QII5">n< 


r*-- 


■I.Z5 


j*— -W"- --4 

FIG  154ft  For  ^  m"3  T°P 

rio.it>.*©  of  Joint  Crossing     „ 


C- 


FIG.  1548 


:rr- 


w 


-r«tf-. 


FIG.  1542, 1543,  OR  7&  8 
FIG.  1544, 1546, 1547  OR  9 
FIG.  1548, 1549  OR  IO£ 


-l_L 


\-zzf-- >| 

h 1 1.5-- >4<-Q75-->U !0'-—A 

OI875"-\     Y'  ->\     ^-01875"  «fe 


FIG.I549-A 


STEEL 


325"- 
FIG.I549-B 


OPERATION   GG.     REMOVING    BURRS    FROM   JOINT    PIN 
HOLE    (REAMER) 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  pin  hole.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
• — Hand     reamer.       Production — Grouped     with     operations     9 
and  10. 

OPERATION  10%.  MILLING  TOP  OF  JOINT,  CROSSING 
Transformation — Fig.  1548.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  vise  jaws  on  pin. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Mill- 
ing Cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  g-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1549; 
A,  radius  over  joint  on  each  side;  B,  across  both  ears.  Pro- 
duction— 40  pieces  per  hr. 


One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
i^-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000 
pieces.  Gages — Width  of  slot.  Production — 100  pieces  per  hr. 
Note — Handle  at  rear  of  fixture  is  for  elevating  fixture  for 
width  of  slot. 

OPERATION  DD.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  12 

Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving  burrs   from   operation   12.     Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  12. 
OPERATION   13.    SHAVING  SLIDE   SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  1552.  Machine  Used — Perkins-Snow 
No.  2  one-inch  stroke  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine—One. Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Fig. 
1553.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Fixture  screwed  to  bed  of  press 
Fig.    1554.      Stripping    Mechanism — None.      Average    Life    o* 


[200] 


Punches  and  Dies — 700  pieces.  Lubricant — Cutting  or  flsh 
oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — Fig.  1555;  width  of  slot;  end 
of  slot  from  pin;  length  of  slot.     Production — 75  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  14.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    13 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  operation   13.     Apparatus  and   Equipment 
*jeed — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  13. 

OPERATION    15.     STRAIGHTENING 
Number     of    Operators — One.       Description    of   Operation — 
Straightening.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Lead  block, 
hammer  and  straight-edge.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  17.  COUNTERSINKING  SIGHTING-NOTCH 
CLEARANCE 
Transformation — Fig.  1556.  Machine  Used — Sigourney 
three-spindle  18-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  1557.  '  Tool-Holding  Devices- — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Special  twist  drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  fced.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.     1558;     depth    of    counterbore;      the    point    must 


cover    the    counterbore    to    give   distance    from    end. 
tion — 75  pieces  per  hr. 

■ 


Produc- 


r 

f- 

/////* 

*1  § 

y:/,m, 

k-  /*■**« — ZJB- J 

U 3.50"- A 


0937S 

<• 

K 

Q 

T 

i 

M> 

Pili1 1  III'11 

WiiJr 
f  iiil 

'■! 

01 
••illfflllll 

FI&.I555 


OPERATION      13 


V 


-Joint  Screm 


View  at  X 


View  at  Y 
STEEL  (Harden) 

FI0.I558 

OPERATION    17 


[201] 


Slide  and  Cap 


This  gets  us  down  to  the  smaller,  if  not  the  smallest, 
parts  of  the  rifle.  The  slide  and  cap  dovetail  together 
and  make  practically  one  piece,  joined  around  the  leaf. 
There  is  no  strain  on  these  parts  and  it  seems  as  though 
die  castings  would  answer  equally  well,  in  which  case  the 
cost  as  well  as  the  production  time  would  be  greatly  re- 
duced in  making  these  small  parts. 


OPERATION  EE.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    18 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs   from    operation    18.      Apparatus   and    Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  18. 

OPERATION    20.     HAND   MILLING    REAR   END   OF   JOINT 
Transformation — Fig.   1563.     Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.       Number     of    Operators    per    Machine — One.       Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1564.     Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.    Cutting  Tools — Form  milling  cutter, 


l.3"~~-A 

1.675"--— A 

STEEL(Harden) 
FIG.  1566  A 


IZ  Teeth,  Left  Hand.  Formed  Mill 
FI6. 1565 

OPERATION  18.    HAND  MILLING  SIGHTING  NOTCH 


OPERATION  20 


Transformation — Fig.  1559.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  upright  in  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1560.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter,  Fig.  1561.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
1562;  A,  location  from  side;  B,  location  from  hole.  Production 
— 350  pieces  Der  hr 


Fig.  1565.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 600  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -f,  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  at 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1566;  A 
contour  of  end;  B,  squareness  with  hole.  Production — 17f 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    15%.     FILING    GRADUATIONS 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing    burrs    from    graduations.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 350   pieces   per  hr 


[202] 


OPERATION  16.  PROFILING  DRIFT-SLIDE  NOTCH 
Transformation — Fig-.  1567.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  1568.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Profiling  cutter.  Fig. 
1569.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1570;  A, 
size  and  angle  of  slot;  B,  angle  of  drift  slot  with  sides.  Pro- 
duction— 45   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION   HH.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT   BY 
OPERATION    16 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving  burrs   from   operation    16.      Apparatus   and    Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — Grouped   with   operation    16. 
OPERATION    19.     COUNTERBORING    JOINT 
Transformation — Fig.   1571.     Machine   Used — Sigourney   16- 
ln.    three-spindle    upright.      Number    of    Operators    per    Ma- 
chine— One.       Work-Holding     Devices — Drill     jig.     Fig.     1572. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.     Cutting  Tools — Counter- 
bore.    Number  of  Cuts — Two.     Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 


Holding  Devices — Pushed  to  stop,  clamped  by  jaws  A,  cam  B 
and  knock-out  C,  indexing  fixture,  Fig.  1577.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig. 
1578.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5000  pieces.  Gages — Upper  edge  of  joint.  Production — 350 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  23.  COUNTERSINKING  AND  REAMING  JOINT 
PIN  HOLE 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation^ 
Countersinking  and  reaming  pin  hole.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Countersink,  Fig.  1579,  reamer  and  bench  lathe. 
Gages — Pin.     Production — 450  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    24.     FILING    TO    GAGE    FOR   THICKNESS, 
WIDTH,    WIDTH    OF    STRAIGHT    SLOT,    WIDTH    OF 

JOINT    AND    GENERAL    CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing  thickness   to   gage   and   width   of  slot,   Joint   and   general 
cornering.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — File   and   gage. 
Gages— Width.     Production — 13  pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1574 

Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Diameter  of  counter- 
bore.     Production — 55   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  21.  HAND  MILLING  STRADDLE  JOINT 
Transformation — Fig.  1573.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Pushed  to  stop,  clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Fig. 
1574.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Straddle  mills.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1575;  width  of  joint,  and  also  Its  relation 
to  the  leaf;  thickness.  Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  22.  HAND  MILLING  JOINT,  SWING  FIXTURE 
Transformation — Fig.  1576.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
fiand  miller.     Number  of  Operators  r>er  Machine — One      Work- 


FIG.  1575 


OPERATION  25.    CLEANING  GRADUATIONS 
Number    of    Operators- — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Cleaning  graduations.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand 
pick.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  26.    FILING  EDGES  OF  DRIFT  SLOT  TO 
REMOVE    BURRS 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  drift-slot  edges.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  27.    CASEHARDENING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Pack 
in   %   bone,    Vt   leather;  heat  to  750  deg.  C.   (1,382  der    F.)   for 
1%  hr.;  quench  in  oil.     Apparatus  and  EaulDment  Used — Same 
as  for  all  other  casehardening. 


[203] 


_ar 


FIG.  1576      ^m-    Teeth 

Tggff,    "f MF/ Let  Hand 
RightHonat 


FIG.  1577 


yJFhtes*. 
RightHancft  \j[Jl,£X. 


Ktf§ 


—  'f -*• -A 

# -J 

FIG.  1579 

OPERATION  22 

OPERATION  28.    STRAIGHTENING 

Number    of    Operators — One.  Description    of    Operation — 

btraightening    after    hardening-.  Apparatus    and    Equipment 

FAed"rLea<3  block,  hammer  and  straight-edge.  Production — 
350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  29.    POLISHING  GRADUATIONS 
WITH  EMERY   CLOTH 

r.  Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  graduations.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Emery  cloth.   000   grit.     Production— 350  pieces  per   hr. 


OPERATION    30.      ASSEMBLING    WITH    MOVABLE    BASE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Assembling    with    movable    base.      Apparatus   and    Equipment 
Used — Hand  and  light  hammer.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  SLIDE— FIG.  1580 
Operation 

A      Forging  from  bar 
Annealing 
Pickling 
Trimming 
Grinding  bottom 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   2 
Drilling  capscrew,  binding-screw  and  pin  holes 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   3 
Reaming  capscrew  and  binding-screw  holes 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 
Milling  front  and  rear  and  both  ends 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  5 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6 
Milling  top  and  leaf  slot,  rough  and  finish 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  8 
Tapping  binding-screw  holes 
Profiling  cap  slot 
Tapping  capscrew  holes 
Reaming   pin   hole 
Filing  to  gage 
Assembling  with  cap 
Polishing  ends,  sides  and  bottom 
Filing  top  and  general  cornering 

Reaming    pin    hole,    tapping    slide-screw    hole    anc 
turning  back  assembling  screws 
Bluing 

OPERATION  A.    FORGING  FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1581.      Number    of    Operators — One 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer 
Production — 200  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Packed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal  and  heated  to 
850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.);  left  over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  furnace,  oil 
burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  in  the  pickling  solution  (1 
part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water);  left  in  this  from  10  to 
12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets 
wooden  pickling  tanks  and  hand  hoist. 


B 

B-l 
C 

1 

AA 

3 

BB 

4 

CC 

2,5,  6 

DD 

EE 

7,  8 

FF 

GG 

9,12 

10,11 

13 

13-A 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

18-A 


TIG.  1587 


^        Cut % Teeth  LM.  Mill ■  Km  Spiral,  /Turn  in*d* 


Other  Mills  Straight 
FIG.  1588 


[204] 


FI6.I59I 


ROUGH,  OPERATION  7  FINlSrtyOPERATION  8 

FIG.  1592 


OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19  press.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square 
ehank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew. 
Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die.  Average 
Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  _  Production — -650 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    GRINDING 

Transformation — Fig.  1582.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — -One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — 30-in.  magnetic  chuck,  between  strips. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Vertical  spindle.  Cutting  Tools — 14- 
in.  wheel.  Number  of  Cuts — 15  passes.  Cut  Data — 1,500  r.p.m.; 
15-in.  feed.  Coolant — Water.  Gages — None.  Productions — 
350  per  hr.  ■ 

OPERATION  AA.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  2 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing    burrs    from    operation    1.      Apparatus    and    Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  3. 

OPERATION  3.  DRILLING  CAPSCREW,  BINDING-SCREW 
AND  PIN  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1583.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  16- 
in.  three-spindle.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  Jig,  Fig.  1584.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Number 
of   Cuts — Two.      Cut    Data — 900    r.p.m.      Coolant — Cutting    oil. 


A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindinga — 250 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1585.  Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  4 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — ■ 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  3.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operations  3 
and   4. 

OPERATION  4.  REAMING  CAPSCREW  AND  BINDING- 
SCREW  HOLES 
Machine  Used — Sigourney  16-in.  three-spindle.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — 
Reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  ^-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — See  Fig.  1585.  Production — 
175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  4 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  4.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operations 
3  and   4. 

OPERATIONS  2,  5,  6.    MILLING  FRONT  AND  REAR  AND 
BOTH  ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.   1586.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Five.      Work-Holding    Devices — Miller    vise    jaws, '  Fig.    1587. 


OPERATION  lOail. 


.-A      5  TeethR.lt. 
s\       \\on  Bottom 
\  i  and  Sides 


FI0.I600 


FIG.I60I 
[205] 


Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two 
gangs  of  cutters,  Pig.  1588.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
■ — 70  r.p.m.;  g-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1589.  Produotion — 30  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  DD.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  5 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing   burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   5.     Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — Pile.     Production — Grouped  with  operations 
2,  5  and  6. 
OPERATION  EE.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  6 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  6.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operations  2,  5 
and   6. 

OPERATIONS  7  AND  8.  MILLING  TOP  AND  LEAF  SLOT, 
ROUGH  AND  FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  1590.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — ■ 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1591; 
w»rk  located  on  pin.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1592.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
70  r.p.m.;  |-in.  feed.  Coolant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
— Width  of  slot.     Production — 30  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION    15.    ASSEMBLING   WITH    CAP 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Assembling  with  cap.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand 
screwdriver.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  16.    POLISHING  ENDS,  SIDE  AND  BOTTOM 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Polishing  outside.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Polishing 
jack  and  wheel.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  17.    FILING  TOP  AND  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — File. 
Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18-A.    BLUING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description  of    Operation — 

Heated    to   800    deg.    F.    in    niter.      Apparatus  and    Equipment 
Used — Same  as  for  other  bluing  operations. 

OPERATION    18.    REAMING    PIN    HOLE,    TAPPING    SLIDE- 
SCREW  HOLE  AND  TURNING  BACK  ASSEMBLING  SCREWS 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Reaming  pin  and  tap  hole,  tapping  slide-screw  hole,  retapping 
hole.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe  and 
reamer.     Gages — None.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 


i  5; 


om\  •*  >pr 


wfc\ 


h» 

!   S5 

si 


1 


-i5 


Li 


^ 


a/4% 

ao6f-> 
J- 

So 


■■Hf-aozs" 


m 


Q09Z'-A    ,k-   I 


o, 


IZ^Q 


0.046" Drill -■' 
0.05" Ream  offer 
Assembling 


Lit 


..X. 


T 

A  Vaofz" 


-HK0(K5"  „£ 
01315  R.  a 


Slide  Cap 

FOR6E0  STEEL 
FIQ.I60E 


$&\  |  Vo.,zf 

>J  j  U-offi' 


Si      £ 

T7T 

!  Ui-' , 

£        i 

! 

FIG.  1606 


FIG.  1607 


OPERATION  FF.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  7 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  7.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operations  7 
and  8. 

OPERATION  GG.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  8 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  8.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.  Production— Grouped  with  operations  7 
and   8. 

OPERATIONS  9  AND  12.  TAPPING  CAPSCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1593.  Machine  Used — Garvin  upright 
tapping  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Tapping  jig,  Fig.  1594.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Tap.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 50  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  T's-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — 
Threaded  plug.     Production — 350   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  10  AND  11.  PROFILING  CAP  SLOT 
Transformation — Fig.  1595.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler;  milling  attachment  in  Fig.  1596.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise  jaws;  milling  fixture,  profiling 
fixture  and  form  in  Fig.  1597.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1598;  profiling  cut- 
ter. Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  1-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Form  of  slot.  Produc- 
tion— 65  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.  TAPPING  CAPSCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1599.  Machine  Used — Garvin  upright 
tapping  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Tapping  jig,  Fig.  1600.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Tap.  Number  of  Cuts 
— One.  Cut  Data — 50  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  jV-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces. 
Gages — Threaded  plug.     Production — 400  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13-A.    REAMING  PIN  HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Reaming  pin  hole  and  removing  burrs  thrown  down  by  mill- 
ing.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Bench  lathe  and  reamer. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  14.    FILING  TO  GAGE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing    inside    of    slide    to    gage.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — File   and   gage.      Gages — Fig.    1601,   size   of   leaf.     Pro- 
duction —125  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATIONS  ON  SLIDE  CAP— FIG.   1602 
Operation 

A     Forging  from  bar 
B     Annealing 
B-l     Pickling 
C     Trimming 
1     Grinding   bottom 

3  Drilling  capscrew  and  pin  holes 

4  Reaming  capscrew  hole 

BB     Removing    burrs    left   by   operation   4 
5  and  6     Milling  front  and  rear  edges  and  both  ends 
CC     Removing   burrs   left  by  operation   5 
DD     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   6 

7  Milling  top,  lengthwise 

EE     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  7 
II     Removing  burrs  from  capscrew  hole   (reamer) 

8  End    milling    peep-notch    clearance 

9  Countersinking   field-view   clearance 

10  Milling  top,  buckhorn  and  peep  notch 
FF     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  10 

11  Hand  milling  dovetail 

12  Hand  milling  slot  for  drift-slide  pin 

GG     Removing  burrs  left  by  operations  11  and  12 

13  Counterboring  screw  hole 

HH     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  13 

14  Filing  off  burrs 

15  Filing  in  jig 

OPERATION  A.  FORGING  FROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  1603.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 200  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   B.     ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal  and 
heated  to  850  deg.  C.  (1,562  deg.  F.);  left  over  night  to  cool. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing 
furnace,  oil  burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION   B-l.      PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators— One.  Description  of  Operation — Put 
in  wire  baskets  and  placed  in  the  pickling  solution  (1  part 
sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water)  and  left  in  this  from  10  to 
12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets, 
wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19  press,  1%-in.  stroke.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe  by 
setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die. 
Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production 
—600  pieces  per  hr. 


[206] 


OPERATION   II. 


OPERATION  1.    GRINDING  BOTTOM 

Transformation — Fig.  1604.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney vertical  grinder.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — 30-in.  magnetic  chuck,  between  steel 
strips.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Vertical  spindle.    Cutting  Tools 

14-in.    wheel.      Number    of    Cuts — 15    trips    of    table.      Cut 

Data — 1,500   r.p.m.;   15-in.   feed.     Coolant — Water.     Production 
— 574  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS    3    AND    4.     DRILLING    AND    REAMING    CAP- 
SCREW   AND  PIN   HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  1605.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  16- 
In.  three-spindle  drill.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Fig.  1606;  work  held 
at  A  by  plunger  B;  moved  by  cam  C;  positioned  by  thumb- 
screw D;  bushings  are  in  leaf  E,  which  is  held  between  ears 
F;  positioned  by  studs  GG.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut 
Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces. 
Gages — Location  and  diameter  of  holes,  Fig.  1607.  Production 
■ — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

.  OPERATION  BB.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  4 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  4.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  opera- 
tion 4. 

OPERATIONS    5   AND   6.     MILLING    FRONT   AND   REAR 
EDGES  AND  BOTH   ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.  1608.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 

^tWsV-fiwe'V-,     -HoasV-*! \0ss"r-  *l  8§*r*  h~~w6'-~* 


REMOVING  BURRS  FilOM  CAPSCREW 
HOLE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation- — Re- 


moving   burrs    from    capscrew    hole.      Apparatus   and    Equip- 
ment  Used — Hand    reamer.     Production— -Grouped   with   oper- 
ation 8. 
OPERATION   8.     END   MILLING  PEEP-NOTCH   CLEARANCE 

Transformation — Fig.  1613.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  16- 
In.  three-spindle.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig;  work  held  on  pin,  Fig.  1614. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Counter- 
bore  or  end  mill.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -h  -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1615,  location  of  counterbore  from  pin  hole.  Production 
— 200  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    9.     COUNTERSINKING    FIELD-VIEW 
CLEARANCE 

Transformation — Fig.  1616.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  16-in.  three-spindle.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1617;  work  held 
by  clamp  A,  which  also  guides  end  of  countersink,  in  connec- 
tion with  swinging  leaf  B.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Round-ended  countersink,  Fig.  1618. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  A -'n.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Contour  and  angle  of  counter- 
sink.    Production — 350   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  10.    MILLING  TOP,   BUCKHORN  AND 
PEEP   NOTCH 

Transformation — Fig.  1619.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.   2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 


FI6.I6I0 


0l'-AU-     gi ■y-j—iCutZBTeeth.LefiHondMillkf- *^~>    -»  ^-Oj" 

I -J  Left  Hand  Spiral  oneTurn  in    \— S>_l 


S&Teeth, 
Letfhand 


Left 'Hand Spiral a 
48 Inches.other Mills  Straight 
FIG.  1609 


—  ft— 


FIG.  1611 


— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by 
vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Gang  of  milling  cutters.  Fig.  1,609.  Number  of  Cuts 
—One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  j-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 10,000  pieces.  Gages — Length  and  width;  location  of  slot 
from  pin.  Production— 30  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Work  is  lo- 
cated from  hole  at  end. 


HoZ  "fbi 


F:G.I608&I609  OPERATION  5&6 
FIG.I6I0,I6II&I6I2  OPERATION  7 
FIG  1613,16148:1615  OPERATION  8 


w 


FIG.  1615 


OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT 
OPERATION  5 


Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  operations  5  and  6.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — File.  Production — Grouped  with  operations  5 
and  6. 


■OPERATION   DD.     REMOVING   BURRS    FROM 
OPERATION   6 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving  burre   from   operation   6.     Apparatus   and    Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — Grouped    with    operations    5    and    6. 

OPERATION  7.  MILLING  TOP  LENGTHWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1610.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
—Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws.  Fig.  1611.  Tool -Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig.  1612.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m;  g-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grinding^ — 10,000 
pieces.     Gages — Thickness.     Production — 30  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  EE.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    7 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving  burrs   from    operation    7.      Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  7. 


HillsNo.l&5LefiHandSpin3llTufn!nZ6£7lnches 
MillsNo.E8c4Right  Hand  Spiral /Turn  in  ?6.67 Inches 
FIG.  1612 

— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  1620.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutters.  Fig.  1621.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  i-in.  feed.  Coolant" — Cutting  oil.  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 10,000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1622;  contour;  location  of  notch;  cap  fits 
over  pin  X  at  end,  and  plug  Y  gages  and  locates.  Production 
- — 30  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    FF.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  10 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 
Removing  burrs  thrown 
Equipment    Used — File, 
tion   11. 

OPERATION    11. 
Transformation — Fig. 


BY 


up  by  operation   10.     Apparatus  and 
Production — Grouped     with     opera- 


HAND    MILLING    DOVETAIL 

1623.      Machine  Used — Whitney   hand 


miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  indexing  fixture,  Fig.  1624; 
work  located  on  pin,  held  by  bar  A,  which  is  locked  by  clamp 
B;  fixture  indexes  in  two  positions  to  mill  both  sides  of  dove- 
tail. Tool-Holding-  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1625,  size  of  dove- 
tail.    Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   12.     HAND  MILLING   SLOT   FOR   DRIFT- 
SLIDE   PIN 

Transformation — Fig.  1626.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise  jaws,  Fig. 
1627;  vise  has  stops  A  and  B  to  limit  movement.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter,  Fig. 
1628.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
iV-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1629;  location  of  slot  from  side,  and 
width  of  slot.     Production — 350  Dieces  Der  hr. 


[207] 


\<r~%  -— ->f< -Oil  Grooves -.->j 

-J)L +--0.I3/5: 


30// Grooves 
LM.Spira/- 


FIG.  1616 


Dril/0.05  v-P 

K 250'..! JUeV'DeepinEnd 

7reeth.R.H.on£nd,strai<3ht        '  ' 

FIG.I6I6 


->\035  (<■ 


■>\0385\<- 
FIG.  1621 


>l<?55k- 


/£  /&>/A  straight,/.//. 
Center  Mil/  Formed 


FIG.I6I6.I6I7.I6I8-0P9 
FIG.I6l9.l620,l62l,l622'0f!l0 


111 !  I  *  i  I  iftx 

Ml  I  l  '   II 

■HH4--+HHE 


OPERATION  GG.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT 
OPERATIONS  11  AND  12 


BY 


Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operations  11  and  12.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Pile.  Production— Grouped  with  operations 
11  and  12. 

OPERATION  13.    COUNTERBORING   SCREW  HOLES 

Transformation — Pig.  1630.  Machine  Used — -Bench  lathe. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Cutting  Tools — 
Counterbore.  Gages — Diameter  and  depth,  for  screw  body  and 
head.     Production — 500   pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1622 

OPERATION  HH.    REMOVING  BURRS 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  13.    Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Pile.       Production — Grouped     with     operations     11,     12 
and    13. 

OPERATION    14.     PILING    OFF   BURRS 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Fil- 
ing  off   burrs.     Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — File.     Pro- 
duction— Grouped   with   operation   15. 

OPERATION  15.    FILING  IN  JIG 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Jig 
filing    to    shape.      Apparatus    and    Equipment   Used — File    and 
jig.      Production — 350   pieces   per   hr. 


^        6  Teeth  straight,  1. 11.  and  on  face, 


FIG.  1630 


Cup  End 
FIG.  1628 


riG.I623,l624,l625  0Pll 
FIG.  1626,1627,1628,1629  OR  12 
FIG.  1630 


[208] 


Drift  Slides,  Windage  Screw,  and  Butt  Plate 


The  standard  peep  sight  has  a  hole  0.05  in.  in  diameter, 
hut  drawings  for  both  the  0.04  and  0.06  in.  sight  are 
given.  These  are  forged  and  then  milled  to  fit  the  dove- 
tail in  the  leaf,  in  which  the  sight  slides. 

The  windage  screw,  which  swings  the  movable  base  to 
allow  for  side  wind  on  the  bullet,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1654. 
This  is  cut  with  a  special  attachment  made  for  this 
purpose. 


•Copyright,  1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co 


5     Stamping  index  lines 
BB     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 

9     Countersinking  pin  and  peep  holes  and  sighting  notch 
DD     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  9 
GG     Reaming  burrs  left  by  indexing  and  countersinking 

13     Milling  edges 
EE     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  13 

11  Milling  front  end 

12  Milling  rear  end 

FF     Removing  burrs  left  by  operations  11  and  12 

15  Filing,  general  cornering 

16  Assembling  with  pin 

17  Reaming   peep   hole 
19     Bluing 

OPERATION  A.    BLANKING 
Transformation — Fig.  1632.     Machine  Used — Perkins  No.   5, 
in.  stroke,  automatic  rod  feed.     Number  of  Operators  per 


ft 

h 

ling1 

|l|i..- 

1 

up" 

FIG.  1641   OPERATION 


FIG.  1642 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  DRIFT  SLIDE,    0.05   PEEP 
Operation 

A     Blanking 
B     Cold    dropping 
14     Hand  milling  rear  end 
10     Shaving  field  view 
CC     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  10 

3  Drilling  Din  and  peep  holes 

AA     Removing   burrs  left   by   operation   3 

4  Reaming  nin  and-oeep   holes 

14 


Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank. 
Dies  and  Die  Holders — Setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Steel  stripper  curved  to  face  of  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches 
and  Dies — 20,000  pieces.  Lubricant — Stock  oil  with  cutting  oil. 
Production — 4000  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.    COLD  DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening  after  blanking.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  harumer.     Prod.- — 900  per  hr. 


[209] 


OPERATION  14.  HAND  MILLING  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1633.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Held  on  mandrel  and  milled,  30  or  40  pieces  at  a  time. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Plain 
milling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 25,000  pieces.  Production — 
900   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION  10.  SHAVING  FIELD  VIEW 
Transformation — Fig.  1634.  Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks 
No.  0  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches 
and  Punch  Holders — Held  in  round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Hold- 
ers— Fixture  screwed  to  bed,  Fig.  1635.  Stripping  Mechanism 
— None.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 10,000  pieces. 
Lubricant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — Fig.  1636, 
size  and  shape  of  hole.  Production — 350  pieces  per  hr.  Note 
— Work  held  on  pins  clamped  by  jaws. 


OPERATION    4.     REAMING   PIN  AND   PEEP   HOLES 

Machine  Used — Sigourney  Tool  Co.  three-spindle  10-in. 
upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  same  as  Fig.  1638.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Reamer.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  A-ln.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1639;  sight  is  held  on 
triangle  while  pins  gage  diameter  and  location  of  hole. 
Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.    STAMPING  INDEX  LINES 

Transformation — Fig.  1640.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Rolling  index  lines.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Special  machine  on  bench,  Fig.  1641. 
Gages — Fig.  1642;  locates  slide  on  pins  and  gages  location  of 
lines.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr. 


End  of 
Grooves 


p<3.-/'-...\-->]  z  flutes RightHand 
1   o  \    ITurninl.56lnches 


^o^ 


|<- £25"- >| 

Cskg  Clearance  for  Peep  Notches 


® 


w — v rgp. •—  ■■>§* 

^Endofu ,' JS3  BOH  Grooves     , 

I  <s?  Grooves'  .  R-  Left  Hand  Spirdl 

3  Teeth,  Right  Hand  on  End 
Cskg  Peep  Hole  and  Pin  Hole 
FIG.  1645 


FIG.  164b 


.,0045 'Diameter 


vn-\  x 


Pistol 
Lockscrewy 


>j    \*azs" 


02 


rU 


07'— H        k— <17"-+\u375\* 


"T 


4 


FIG.I643.I644&I645  OPERATION  9  § 
FIG.  1646.1647.1648  &  1649  OP.  13 
FIG.  1650,1651,1652  8t  1653  OP.  II  8:12 


i 
t 

Cut  16  Teeth,LefHand 
formed  Mill 
FIG.I652 


fa  /5'i  h 

§     .       '  /     Harden 


k -Z3'. >J  ,        ,i   Cut ISTeeth.Letf Hand, 

S7£a  *-•<#->)  Formed  Mill 

FIG- '649  FIG.  1653 

OPERATION  CC.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  10 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  from  operation   10.     Apparatus  and   Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  10. 

OPERATION  3.  DRILLING  PIN  AND  PEEP  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1637.  Machine  Used — :Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  three-speed.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Fig.  1638;  work  wedged 
against  pins  at  back  by  cam  A.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant— Cutting  oil,  A- 
in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200 
pieces.     Gages — None.     Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  AA.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  3 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Re- 
moving burrs  left  by  operation  S.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Uaed — Fll«.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  3. 


FIG.  1651 


OPERATION    BB.     REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION   4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  4.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped   with  operation   5. 

OPERATION  9.    COUNTERSINKING  PIN  AND  PEEP  HOLES 
AND   SIGHTING   NOTCH 

Transformation — Fig.  1643.  Machine  Used— Sigourney  Tool 
Co.  three-spindle  16-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1644; 
work  is  held  against  pins  A  and  B  by  cam  C;  bushings  ar» 
carried  in  leaf  D.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Countersink,  Fig.  1645.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — 1,200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -h 
in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200 
pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 100  pieces  per  hr.  Note 
— Sights  are  countersunk  through  holes  in  leaf  of  jig,  then 
Din  holes  are   trimmed  out  with  leaf  swung  back. 


[210] 


OPERATION  DD.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  9 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Remov- 
ing burrs  from  operation  9.  Apparatus  and  equipment  Used — File. 
Production — Grouped  with  operation  9. 

OPERATION    GG.      REAMING    BURRS    LEFT    BY    INDEXING 
AND  COUNTERSINKING 

Number  of  Operators — One.    Description  of  Operation — Remov- 
ing burrs  from  pin   and   peep   holes.     Apparatus   and   Equipment 
Used — Hand  reamer.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  9. 
OPERATION  13.     MILLING  EDGES 

Transformation — Fig.  1646.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Located  on  pins,  clamped  by  finger  clamp.  Fig.  1647  ; 
pins  are  shown  at  A,  holding  finger  at  B  ;  mills  C  straddle  work 
and  mill  both  sides  at  once  ;  lever  D  operates  a  knock-off ;  details 
in  Fig.  1648.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Side-cutting  rivets  to  give  15-deg.  angle  to  sides  of  slide. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.  ;  hand  feed.  Coolant 
■ — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1649,  sides  of  dovetail. 
Production — 120  pieces  per  hr.  Note — This  operation  was  formerly 
profiled. 


OPERATION  FF.      REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATIONS  11  AND  12 
Number  of  Operators — One.    Description  of  Operation — Remov- 
ing burrs  from  operations  11  and  12.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operations  11  and  12. 

OPERATION   15.      FILING,   GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Filing 
and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File  Production 
— 75  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  16.     ASSEMBLING  WITH  PIN 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Rivet- 
ing in  place.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Riveting  hammer 
and  block.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  17.     REAMING  PEEP  HOLE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Ream- 
ing peep  hole.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Speed  lathe  and 
reamer.     Fig.   1873.     Production — 1000  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION   19.      BLUING 
Number  of   Operators — One.      Description    of  Operation — Blue 
in  niter  at  800  deg.   F.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Usual 
equipment. 


*§S  xa/3  >(< 

%•* —  -M339" 


SPINDLE  43-SPI/1AL49-SPUR  21 -/J5  SPUR-SPUR  19-144  SPUR 
SPIRAL  18-  56  SPIRAL 

48  Spiral  JPD. 

49  -■  3£PR 
ZlSpur  0%75'PD. 
IS""     &54i67>.n 

19Spuru7916PD, 
"    144 'Spur  6"Pa    l- 
AS Sp/ru/ ■  075^0 
I.S"PD. 


OPERATION  EE.     REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION    13 
Number  of  Operators — One.    Description  of  Operation — Remov- 
ing burrs  thrown  up  by  operation  13.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  13. 

OPERATIONS  11  AND  12.  MILLING  FRONT  AND 
REAR  ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.  1650.  Machine  Used — Standard  No.  4  J 
universal.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Located  on  pins,  clamped  by  vise  jaws.  Fig.  1651. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools— Two  mill- 
ing cutters,  Fig.  1652.  for  upper  and  for  lower  end  ;  a  special  cutter 
is  shown  in  Fig.  1653.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450 
r.p.m.  :  hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production— 120  pieces 
per  hr. 


OPERATIONS   OF  THE  WINDAGE   SCREW" 


Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Drilling  knob  and  screw 

7  Windage  screw  collar  on  automatic 

3  Pinning 

4  Polishing 

5  Bluing 

6  Filing 

OPERATION  1.     AUTOMATIC 

Machine  Used  —  Pratt  &  Whitney  automatic  with  special 
hobbing  attachment.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator  — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices  —  Held  in  .  draw-in  chuck. 
Tool-Holding  Devices  —  Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools 
—  Hobbing     attachment.     Fig.     1655;     hob     A     is     revolved     by 


[211] 


«rorm  and  -worm  gear  B  and  C,  while  screw  Is  sup- 
ported by  back  rest  D;  other  tools  in  Fig.  1656;  A  f.nd  B, 
turning  tools;  C,  hob;  D,  circular  cutoff  tool.  Number  of  Cuts 
—Four.  Cut  Data — 700  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
2000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1657,  length,  diameter  of  body  and 
head,  rounded  end,  etc.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  DRILLING  KNOB  AND  SCREW 
Transformation — Fig.  1658.  Machine  Used — Any  drilling 
machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  inch  V-blocks.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Cut  Data — 
900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -ta-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 150  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1659,  distance  between  collar  and  knob.  Production — 60 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1?  AUTOMATIC 
Transformation — See  Fig.  1882.  Machine  Used — Cleveland 
|-in.  automatic.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Regular  layout. 
Number  of  Cuts — Four.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  A -in.  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  g-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1661.  Produc- 
tion— 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  ASSEMBLING  AND  PINNING  KNOB 
Transformation — See  assembled  rear  sight  in  Fig.  1427. 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Pin- 
ning and  assembling  collar  spring  and  knob,  using  the  vise 
shown  in  Fig.  1662  for  compressing  spring  and  holding  while 
driving  the  pin;  lever  A  forces  the  assembled  piece  out  of  the 
vise.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Special  vise,  Fig.  1662; 
holder  and  set,  Fig.  1663;  the  set  is  magnetized  to  pick  up  pin, 
and  the  end  is  cupped.     Production — 125  per  hr. 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BUTT  PLATE 
Operation 

A  Blocking  from  bar  and  hot  trimming 

A-l  Pickling 

B  Dropping 

B-l  Pickling 

C  Trimming 

D  Dropping  and  bending  tang 

F  Annealing 

F-l  Pickling 

G  Cold  dropping 

1  Punching  screw  holes  in  tang 

2  Punching  screw  and  thong-case  holes 

3  Milling  edges  of  tang 

4%  Burring  operations  2,  3  and  4  (5,  12,  12%,  11  grouped) 

5  Milling  top  of  plate,  top  and  sides  of  hinge  lug  and 
top  of  spring-screw   boss  crosswise 

6  Hand-milling    both    sides     and    slot    in     hinge     lug 
lengthwise 

7-B  Drilling  for  spring  screw 

10  Counterboring  screw  holes  in  plate  and  tang 

11  Milling  surface   of  tang  lengthwise 
Drilling  pin  hole  in  hinge  lugs 

14  Hand-milling  thumb  notch 

9  Hand-milling  slot  in   plate  for  tang  of  cap 

17  Filing  hinge  lugs  and  spring-screw  boss  and  fittinp 

18  Assembling  butt  plate  with  butt-plate  cap 
18%  Straightening  and  burring 

12  Checking  bottom  of  plate  lengthwise 
12%  Checking  bottom   of  plate   crosswise 

13  Tapping  spring-screw  hole 

8  Beveling   edges    of   thong-case    hole 

19  Polishing 

20  Assembling  butt-plate  cap  spring  to  butt  plate 
20-A  Countersinking 

21  Casehardening 


■4.67'- 


-H 


^75^03  "~>ra.75"*xa7f-^(m'!Af0.9z"-'\  |^ 


.....  , ,  .  m    rrx 


HP 


o.t&'fes' 


J*  5 
$3  K 


§."§•£  \>4&fas&  a'3"-\o66sj*-/.es 


£ 


<6i§ 


s 


$    ■jMp'-Hafr 


0.25  R.         V ^  r-i  1  -*■=«*&?•* 


«3S 


FORGED  SKI:!. 
(Case    tlanten) 


>l  hats 

Detail  of  Checking 


FIG.  1664 


OPERATION  4.    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    end    of    knob.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 
Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 900  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.    BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Blue  in  niter  at  800  deg.  F.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
■ — Usual  equipment. 

OPERATION   6.     FILING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing   burrs.     Apparatus  and   Equipment   Used — File   held   in 
hand.     Production — 250  per  hr. 

Butt  Plate 

The  butt  plate,  Pig.  1664,  is  made  of  Class  D  steel, 
of  0.88x0.48-in.  rectangular  section.  The  service  of  the 
butt  plate  is  very  severe,  as  the  rifle  is  dropped  several 
inches  to  the  ground  in  many  drill  evolutions.  It  must 
protect  the  end  of  the  gun  stock  from  local  stresses  and 
shocks  which  would  splinter  it  unless  effectually  covered 
in  this  way.  The  butt  plate  is  checked  by  milling  it  in 
two  directions,  so  as  to  prevent  its  slipping  when  in  posi- 
tion against  a  man's  shoulder. 


OPERATION  A.  BLOCKING  FROM  BAR  AND  HOT 
TRIMMING 
Transformation — Fig.  1665.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  800-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 100  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Trimmed  In  old  Bliss 
press,  3-in.  stroke. 

OPERATION   A-l.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Put 
in  wire  baskets  and  placed  in  the  pickling  solution,  1  part 
sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water,  and  left  in  this  from  10  to 
12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets, 
wooden  pickling  tanks  and  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION  B.    DROPPING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Same  as  operation  A.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Same 
as  operation  A.  Production— 125  pieces  per  hr.  Note — In  this 
operation  the  tang  is  left  straight;  the  plate  is  heated  for 
this. 

OPERATION  B-l.    PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation— 
Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Perkins  press,  1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders- 
Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrew. 
Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  through  die.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Lubricant — None.  Gages— 
None.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D.    DROPPING  AND  BENDING  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.     1666.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Heating  and  bending  tang.     Appar- 


[212] 


atus    and   Equipment   Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop 
hammer.     Production — 130  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   F.    ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated  to  850  deg. 
C.  (1562  cleg.  F.),  left  over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Iron  pots,  Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
nace,  oil   burners,   powdered   charcoal. 

OPERATION   F-l.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  G.    COLD  DROPPING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  to  shape.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.  Production — 500 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    PUNCHING  SCREW  HOLES   IN  TANG 

Transformation — Fig.  1667.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  1, 
with  lVf2-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Screwed  to  plate  bolted  to  bed  of  press.  Stripping 
Mechanism — Steel  stripper  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Average 
Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 10.000  pieces.  Gages — See  Fig. 
1673.  Production — 700  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Speed,  120  strokes 
per  min. 


OPERATION  5.    MILLING  TOP  OF  PLATE,  TOP  AND  SIDES 
OF   HINGE  LUG  AND   TOP   OF   SPRING-SCREW 
BOSS  CROSSWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1674.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.      Work-Holding    Devices — Located    on    pin    A,    clamped 
with   vise   jaws.    Fig.    1675.      Tool-Holding   Devices — Standard 
arbor.      Cutting    Tools — Milling    cutters.    Fig.    1676.      Number 
of    Cuts — One.      Cut    Data — 60    r.p.m.;    %-in.    feed.      Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.    Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grlndings — 5000   pieces.      Gages — Work   gage   and   inspecting- 
room  gage  for  tang,  etc.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   6.    HAND-MILLING  BOTH  SIDES  AND  SLOT 
IN  HINGE  LUG  LENGTHWISE 

Transformation — Fig.  1677.  Machine  Used — Reed  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices— Located  on  pin,  clamped  from  sides,  aimilar 
to  Fig.  1675.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Gang  of  three  milling  cutters.  1.625  in.  in  diameter, 
0.25  and  0.375  in.  wide,  spaced  as  shown.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1678.  Production — 125  pieces  per 
hr.     Note — Same  fixture  as  operation  9. 


OPERATION  2.  PUNCHING  THONG-CASE  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1668.  Machine  Used — Bliss  No.  21 
back-geared  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Fig.  1669;  punch 
screwed  to  plate,  plate  bolted  to  bed  of  press.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Die  screwed  to  punch  holder;  trims  the  outside  of 
butt  plate.  Stripping  Mechanism — Plates  are  forced  out  of 
die  and  punch  holder  by  pins,  which  are  controlled  by  guide 
pins  on  the  side  of  the  die;  these  pins  project  down  through 
the  shoe  with  nuts  and  washers  on  the  bottom  end;  as  the 
press  goes  back  into  position,  these  pins  force  the  plate  down 
out  of  the  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 10,000 
pieces.  Lubricant— Punches  oiled  with  cutting  oil.  Gages — 
Plug,  for  diameter.     Production — 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  MILLING  EDGES  OF  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.  1670.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  3  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  located  on  pin,  clamped 
with  finger  clamps,  Fig.  1671.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Stand- 
ard arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Pair  of  formed  cutters,  Fig.  1672. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  ' 
Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1673,  form  of 
tang  and  holes.     Production — 25  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4%.    BURRING  OPERATIONS  2,   3   AND   4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operations  2,  3  and   4.     Apparatus  and 
Bauipment  Used — File.     Production — Grouped   with   5   and   12. 


OPERATION  7-B.  DRILLING  FOR  SPRING  SCREW 
Transformation — Fig.  1679.  Machine  Used — Dwight-Slate 
16-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig  of  types 
previously  shown.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Twist  drill  for  0.1575-in.  tap,  26  threads  per  inch. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i^-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — • 
125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  10.  COUNTERBORING  SCREW  HOLES  IN 
PLATE  AND  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.  1680.  Machine  Used — Ames  two- 
spindle  16-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  block,  Fig.  1681,  with 
hole  in  block  to  allow  for  counterbore;  stop  screwed  to  plate 
to  hold  work  from  swinging;  block  A  counterbores  tang,  B  the 
other  hole.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Counterbores,  for  each  hole.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1682,  double-ended  bevel.  Production — 120  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  11.    MILLING  SURFACE   OF   TANG 
LENGTHWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1683.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Five.     Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  upright,  located  on 


[213] 


FIG.I683 


FIG.I682 


I     U-I.4I5"-A    Ij 


m'Rad:      225'Rad. 


J  Z4Teeth,straight,LH.on  Rice  only 

C.IO  --V-JM 


FIG.  1677, 1678  OR  6  *■ 

FIG.I679  0P.7B 

FIG.  1680, 1681, 1682  OR  10 

FIG.I683, 1684,1685,1686  0R1I 
pin  A,  clamped  by  jaws.  Pig.  1684.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1685. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil.  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Pig.  1686,  contour 
and  thickness  of  tang.  Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  8.    BEVELING  EDGES  OF  THONG-CASE  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1687.  Machine  Used — Ames  three- 
spindle  16-in.  upright.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  Jig,  Fig.  1688.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Counterbore 
with  pilot.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Va-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1689;  two 
plugs,  "go"  and  "not  go";  plate  is  put  over  plug  and  straight- 
edge A  used  on  the  inside,  also  a  workman's  bevel  plug 
gage.     Production — 120  pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1685 


OPERATION  7.  DRILLING  PIN  HOLE  IN  HINGE  LUGS 
Transformation — Fig.  1690.  Machine  Used — Sigourney 
Tool  Co.  16-in.  three-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  1691.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drill.  Cut  Data — 750 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^-in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — 
Plug  for  diameter  and  a  location  gage.  Production — 90  per  hr. 
OPERATION  14.  HAND-MILLING  THUMB  NOTCH 
Transformation — Fig.  1692.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  2 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  by  screw  clamp  B,  Fig.  1693. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — No.  4 
taper-shank  milling  cutter,  1.03  in.  in  diameter  by  0.75  in. 
wide;  12  left-hand  teeth.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data--, 
250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Gages — Fig 
1694,  angle  of  thumb  notch.     Production — 350  per  hr. 


-$ 

STEEL,  Harden 


FIG.  1694 


-f-A 

"a/6' 


FIG.  1691 

FI6. 1687, 1688  a  1689  OPERATION  8 

FIG.  1690  &  1691  OPERATION  7 

FIG.  1692,1693  a  1694  OPERATION  14 


FIG.  1 69* 


[214] 


The  butt-plate  cap  is  another  part  which  seemsto  be 
made  more  expensively  than  necessary.  This  simply 
covers  the  opening  in  the  stock  which  holds  the  thong  or 
oiler  and  is  not  subjected  to  any  special  stress  requiring 
a  drop  forging.  It  seems  to  be  a  case  where  either  sheet 
metal  or  a  die  casting  would  answer  the  requirements  ad- 
mirably. With  a  die  casting  the  pin  hole  could  be  cast 
in  place  and  the  piece  assembled  without  any  machining 
whatever. 

'  Both  the  butt-plate  and  the  cap  present  rather  difficult 
problems  for  holding  the  work.    The  way  in  which  this  is 

OPERATION  9.     HAND-MILLING  SLOT  IN  PLATE 

Transformation — Fig.  1695.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
Hand  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Work- 


accomplished  is  shown  in  Figs.  1704,  1707,  1712  and 
1718.  The  thinness  of  the  plate  and  cap  add  to  the 
difficulty  but  the  fixtures  indicate  how  the  work  is  held. 

OPERATION    17.    FILING    HINGE    LUGS    AND    SPRINO- 
SCREW  BOSS  AND  FITTING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Filing  lugs  and  spring-screw  boss,  also  reaming  pin  hole. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File  and  four-fluted  reamer, 
0.101*9  in.     Production — 45  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  18. 


ASSEMBLING  BUTT  PLATE  WITH 
BUTT-PLATE  CAP 


Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Assembling  butt  plate  and  cap.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Hammer.     Production — 70  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18J.     STRAIGHTENING  AND  BURRING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Straightening,  if  needed,  and  burring.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 


FIG.  1699 


0.05 
Enlarged  Detail 
of  Serration 


A 

Is 

Y 

*         » 

OPERATION  12 

Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  A,  clamped  on  sides,  Fig.  1696. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — -Mill- 
ing cutter,  2  in.  in  diameter,  0.251  in.  wide.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 150  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
H-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1697;  gage  is  put  in  place  with  pin  to 
see  fit.     Production — 325  pieces  per  hr. 


STEEL  (Harden) 
FIG.  1701 

k>&-ZI25"-->i  Cut Z0  TeetkRHStraight 
*5  Formed  foil 

FI&  1701 
ment  Used — File  and  lead  block,  brass  hammer.    Production — 
70  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12.  CHECKING  BOTTOM  OF  PLATE 
LENGTHWISE 
Transformation — Fig.  1698.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Located  on  pin,  clamped  on 
tang,  Fig.  1699;  bridge-milling  fixture  in  Fig.  1700;  this  pivots 
at  A  and  has  a  hardened-steel  shoe  at  B,  which  rides  on  the 
block  C  as  table  moves  forward;  work  is  held  by  pin  In  tang. 


[215[ 


screw  hole  and  by  etuds  DD,  which  are  pulled  down  by  slides 
EE,  moved  by  levers  PP.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard 
arbor.  Cutting-  Tools — Formed  milling  cutter.  Fig.  1701. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m. ;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Compound,  two  %-in.  streams.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 8000  pieces.  Gages — Thickness,  Fig. 
1702.     Production — 25  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12%.    CROSS-CHECKING  BOTTOM  OP  PLATE 
Transformation — Fig.  1703.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.     Work-Holding   Devices — Held   on   pin   clamped   by   vise 
jaws;    jaws    on    formed    elevating    fixture,    Fig.    1704.      Tool- 
Holding    Devices — Standard    arbor.      Cutting    Tools — Pair    of 
formed,   sectional    cutters,    Fig.    1705.      Number   of   Cuts— One. 
Cut    Data — 60    r.p.m.;    %-in.    feed.      Coolant — Compound,    two 
%-in.   streams.      Average   Life    of   Tool    Between    Grindings — 
8000  pieces.     Gages — None.     Production — 25   pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  13.    TAPPING  SPRING-SCREW  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.    1706.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description   of   Operation — Tapping   spring-screw   holes.      Ap- 
paratus   and    Equipment    Used — Tapping    fixture    with    hand- 
wheel  on  spindle,  work  held  in  vise,  Pig.  1707;  details  in  Fig. 
1708;   tap  with  three   right-hand   spiral   flutes,   diameter   0.185 
In.,  26  threads  per  in.    Gages — Plug  thread.    Prod. — 125  per  hr. 
OPERATION    19.    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  tang  and  edges.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 


1  Milling  tans  to  thickness   (1%   and  2%   grouped  fof 
750) 

1%  Burring  tang  and  match  bevel 

2  Drilling  and   reaming  pin  hole 
2%  Countersinking   pin   hole 

4  Milling  top  crosswise 

5  Filing   and    fitting   tang   of   bevel 

7  Grinding  corner  of  tang  for  spring 

8  Assembling  to  butt  plate 

9  Checking  separate  caps 

OPERATION  A.    FORGING  FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1710.       Number    of    Operators — One, 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  ana 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer- 
Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation-. 
Placed  in  iron  pots  and  packed  with  powdered  charcoal, 
heated  to  850  deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  P.)  and  left  over  night  to 
cool.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  an- 
nealing furnace,   oil  burner,   powdered   charcoal. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  put  in  the  pickling  solution  (1 
part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water)  and  left  in  this  for  from 
10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets, 
wooden  pickling  tanks  and  hand  hoist. 


•i  rQis' 


*r 

V//W///W/M 

$4 

2 

OOA 

Y 

'7//A 

u.. 

-■2.625'- 

0.025; 

*   «-Q05' 
Detail  of  Serration 


K 2.625-~$->l  WOJSTS" 

^-m  k- tafi-3~ 

5    One  Sef  of  Mills  cut  20  Teeth,  Straight,  Right  Hand 

Lett      •• 


'■wn n 


FIG.I708 
OPERATION  20.    ASSEMBLING  BUTT-PLATE   CAP  SPRING 
TO  BUTT  PLATE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Assembling    cap    spring.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 
Hands.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  20-A.    COUNTERSINKING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Countersinking  screw  holes.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Speed  lathe  and  countersink.     Production — 700  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  21.    CASEHARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Pack  in   %  bone,   %  leather;  heat  to  750  deg.  C.   (1382  deg.  F.) 
for  2%   hr.;  quench  in  oil. 

Butt-Plate  Cap 

The  butt-plate  caps,  Fig.  1709,  are  finish  forged  on 
the  bevels  by  a  second  cold  dropping  and  require  no  ma- 
chining on  this  surface.  The  operations  given  do  not  in- 
clude the  checking  of  the  caps  on  the  outside,  as  this  is 
done  with  the  butt  plate  after  assembling.  It  is  some- 
times necessary  to  make  the  caps  separately,  and  in  that 
case  they  are  checked  in  a  special  fixture  which  holds  them 
separately. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BUTT-PLATE  CAP 
Operation 

A         Forging  from  bar 
Annealing 


B 

B-l  Pickling 

C  Trimming 

D  Cold  dropping 


FIG.  1707 


OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  1;  1%-in.  stroke.  Num. 
ber  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  In  shoe 
by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through 
die.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 15,000  pieces.  Dies — Same. 
Gages — None.      Production — 600    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION  D.    COLD  DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after    trimming.       Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
900  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  MILLING  TANG  TO  THICKNESS  * 
Transformation — Fig.  1711.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — • 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  upright,  clamped  by 
finger  clamp,  Fig.  1712.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1713.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000 
pieces.  Gages — Thickness  of  tang.  Production — 50  per  hr. 
per  machine. 

OPERATION  1%.    BURRING  TANG  TO  MATCH  BEVEL 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Matching    bevel    with    tang    and    burring.       Apparatus     and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  DRILLING  AND  REAMING  PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1714.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 16-in.  two-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  1715;  a  cap  is  shown  at  A  and  in  position,  as  at  B; 
leaf  C,  with  bushing,  is  swung  up  into  position  for  drilling 
through  side.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drill  and  reamer,  0.10239  in.  in  diameter;  four 
straight  flutes,  1.3  in.  long.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
— 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.     Gages — Fig.   1716. 


[216] 


OPERATlur/   2V4.    COUNTERSINKING    PIN    HOLE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Countersinking-  pin  hole  on  both  sides.     Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment  Used — Bench   lathe   and    countersink.     Production — 350 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.  MILLING  TOP  CROSSWISE 
Transformation— Fig.  1717.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws.  Fig.  1718.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters.  Fig.  1719.  Number  of  Cuts- 
One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings-— 
5000  pieces.  Gages — Thickness  and  height  of  lug.  Produc- 
tion— 50  per  hr.  per  machine. 

OPERATION   &.    FILING  AND  FITTING  TANG   FOR  SPRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  and  fitting  tang  for  spring.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — it  pieces  per  hr. 


Upper  Band 

The  upper  band,  Fig.  1720,  is  a  drop  forging  of  Class  E 
steel,  1.4  in.  round,  and  is  forged  on  a  formed  mandrel 
to  give  the  correct  size  and  shape.  This  band  holds  the 
front  ^nd  of  the  stock  and  of  the  hand  guard  together, 
with  the  barrel  between.  It  also  carries  the  lug  that  hold* 
the  lower  end  of  the  bayonet. 

This  piece  requires  considerable  forging,  owing  to  the 
irregular  or  nonsymmetric  shape  of  the  interior  where  it 
fits  around  the  gun  stock  and  the  hand  guard  with  the 


larden 


\*Q35'  *"  "* t0  Model  or  Gage 
037 1.. J   U~a%'      30  Teeth,  Leff Hand 
FIS.  1719 


FI6.I7I0  OPERATION  A" 
FIO.  1711,1712  6: 1713  OPERATION  1 
FI6. 1714,1715  8c  1716  OPERATION  2 
FI6.17I7.17I8  a  1719  OPERATION  4 


FIG.  1718 


OPERATION  7.    GRINDING  CORNER  OF  TANG  FOR  SPRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Rounding  corners  of  tang.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
Bench  grinder  or  file.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.    ASSEMBLING  TO  BUTT   PLATE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Note — See  butt  plate. 

OPERATION  9.  CHECKING  SEPARATE  CAPS 
Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller. 
Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Held  by  pin  through  hole  in  lug  in  Indexing  fixture. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Ser- 
rated milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data— 
120  r.p.m.;  |-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 
brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 5000  pieces. 
Gages — None.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 


barrel  between.  The  irregular  interior  is  secured  by  first 
drilling  a  round  hole  and  then  swaging,  or  "mandreling," 
as  it  is  called  at  the  Water  shops,  using  a  series  of  man- 
drels to  secure  the  desired  shape.  It  is  necessary  for  this 
band  to  have  considerable  strength,  not  only  on  account 
of  its  holding  the  rifle  together  at  the  front,  but  because 
it  acts  as  the  support  of  the  bayonet.  The  bayonet  lug 
at  the  front  of  the  band  on  the  lower  side  is  subjected 
to  considerable  strain  and  is  casehardened  to  resist  wear. 


[217] 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  UPPER  BAND 
Operation 

A  Blocking  from  billet 

A-l  Pickling 

B  First  trimming 

1  "  Drilling  to  remove  stock 

3  Mandreiing  to  inside  shape 
3-A  Pickling 

4  Dropping  on  mandrel  edgewise 

5  Milling   flash   from   both   ends  and  sides 
5%  Burring  operation  6 

6%  Mandreiing  to  working  size 

6%-A  Pickling 


21  Tapping  screw  holes 

22  Milling  across  top  to  remove  stock 

21%  Reaming  barrel  seat  and  mandreiing  to  correct  in- 
side shape 

23  Slotting 

23%  Stamping  letter  H 

24  Filing  to  finish 

24%  Rotary-milling  outside 

24%  Rotary-milling  outside  of  barrel 

25  Polishing 

28  Cornering 

29  Bluing,  hardening  lug.  browning 

30  Assembling  with  swivel  and  screw 


FI6.I729 
FIS.  1721,  OPERATION  A 

FIG.  1724,1725, 1726  OPERATION  3 


-HttfV 


MO.5^  ' 


FIS.  1722,1723  OPERATION  J 
FIS.  1727  OPERATION  4 


Fie.  1728, 1729, 1730  OPERATION  5 


7  Dropping  on  mandrel  flatwise  to  finish 

9  Trimming 

9%  Annealing 

9%-A  Pickling 

10  Straddle-milling  both  ends 

13  Edging  to  finished  length 

14  Milling  bottom  crosswise  and  front  end  of  bayonet 
lug 

15  Milling  swivel  lug 

16  Milling  bayonet  lug 

17  Profiling  bayonet  lug 

18  Hand-milling    swing    cut 
lugs 

18%  Burring  for  operations  14. 

19  Drilling  screw   holes  and  face-milling  bosses 

20  Profiling  undercut  for  hand  tenon  of  hand  guard 
20%  Blurring  operations  19  and  20 


to   remove   stock   between 
16,  16,  17  and  18 


Mill  Nal.  cut  28  Teeth,  Straight  on  Face  and  Side 
"  Na2.   -  24    •*  »       "     •*     - 

Z  Gangs  of  Hills  in  Set,  (Double  Fixture) 
Fie.  1730-A 

OPERATION  A.    BLOCKING   FROM  BILLET 
Transformation — Fig.     1721.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description    of    Operation — Shaping    from    billet.      Apparatus 
and   Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer   1000-lb.   drop  ham- 
mer.    Production — 650  pieces  per  hr.     Note — Blanked  solid. 

OPERATION  A-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  put  in  the  pickling  solution  (1 
part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water)  and  left  in  this  from  10 
to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  baskets, 
wooden  pickling  tanks  and  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION  B.    FIRST  TRIMMING 
Machine     Used — Bliss     back-geared     press,     1%-in.     stroke. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Square   shank.      Dies   and   Die   Holders — Setscrew    in 


[218] 


■hoe;  placed  on  mandrel  for  trimming.  Stripping  Mechanism 
—Pushed  down  through  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 15,000 
pieces.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    DRILLING  TO  REMOVE   STOCK 

Transformation — Fig.  1722.  Machine  Used — Barnes  upright 
drilling  machine.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Seven. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1723;  screws  A  position 
the  forging;  the  floating  shoe  B  and  the  clamp  C  hold  it. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Twist 
drill,  1-h  in.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 100  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 30  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.    MANDRELING  TO  SHAPE 

Transformation — Fig.  1724.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — The  upper  band,  having  the  hole 
drilled,  is  heated  and  placed  under  a  drop  hammer;  the  man- 
drel. Fig.  1725,  is  then  forced  through  the  band,  giving  It  the 
approximate  shape  of  the  barrel  and  stock.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer  and 
mandrel.  Fig.  1725.     Production— 200  per  hr.     Note— Fig.  1726 


OPERATION    5%.    BURRING   OPERATION  6 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  5.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 150  pieces  per  hr.  • 

OPERATION    6%.    MANDRELING   TO    WORKING    SIZE 

Transformation — Fig.  1731.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Driving  mandrel  in  board  to  Insure 
correct  working  size.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — ■ 
Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer;  mandrel  similar  to 
Fig.  1725.  Gages — Fig.  1732;  A,  length;  B,  diameter;  C,  clamp- 
ing lug;  D,  bayonet  lug.  Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  6% -A.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Same  as  previous  picklings. 

OPERATION  7.    DROPPING  ON  MANDREL  FLATWISE 
TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  1733.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Dropping  band  flatwise  to  finish, 
using    mandrel    shown.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 


FIG.  1731 


-f~\J 


*ozs" 


K  ■  -L375'-  ■>(<■  - 195"—  ->i 


i_  (§|  a  *»|  j  I  » LJD  I  f :'  / 

„..„..,,„„  „.            W?$V&75Wi»"tf5'-4fl&<Z5£  ■■■'056Z5r 
OPERATION  6^  £._ 4g7S". .>j 

|    FI6~i732    "~ sfEEL(Harderi) 

-9"- 


FIG.I733 


OPERATION  9     l£\S 


rf 


Hzs'  ' 

, p   ? 

"*»       j  i  § 


iu»'$r:a45?R. 
Section  A-A 


Q4WR 
Section  B-B 
FIG.1734 


~"1                        \ 

FIG.  1735    ^-^ 
OPERATION  10 

shows  the  milling  cutter  used  In  making  these  mandrels;  this 
cutter  is  used  in  different  operations  to  bring  the  band  to  the 
correct  size  and  shape. 

OPERATION  3 -A.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  4.  DROPPING  ON  MANDREL  EDGEWISE 

Transformation — Fig.  1723.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Dropping  edgewise  on  mandrel  by 
turning  first  on  the  side  and  then  with  lugs  down.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 80  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.    MILLING  END  AND  SIDE  FLASH 

Transformation — Fig.  1728.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — By  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1729.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang  of 
cutters,  Fig.  1730.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Pro- 
duction— 40  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Reversed  in  jaws  to  trim 
both  sides  and  both  ends. 


RightandLeff 
FIG.I738 


Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.   drop  hammer;  mandrel,  Fig.   1734. 
Gages — None.      Production — 65   pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  9.    TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  press.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square 
shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping 
Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production — 500  pieces  per 
hr.     Note — Trimmed  on  mandrel. 

OPERATION  9%.    ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated  to 
850  deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool:  Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  furnace, 
oil  burners,  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  9% -A.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Same  as  previous  picklings. 

OPERATION  10.    STRADDLE -MILLING  BOTH   ENDS 

Transformation — Fig.  1735.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.     Work-Holding   Devices — In   special   vise    laws   to   hoid 


[219] 


two  at  one  setting.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Side-cutting  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  wlth.brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
6000  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Production — 30  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  13.  EDGING  TO  FINISHED  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  1736.  Machine  Used — Special  ma- 
chine built  at  Hill  shops.    Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— 


OPERATION  14.  MILLING  BOTTOM  CROSSWISE  AND 
FRONT  END  OF  BAYONET  LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  1740.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit» 
ney  No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  clamped  by  vise 
Jaws,  Fig.  1741.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Gang  of  milling  cutters,  Fig.  1742.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.     Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;   %-ln.  feed.     Coolant— -Com* 


FIG.  1740. 


FIG.  1743 


EETeeth, Left Hand    ->\0m'\<-     -^mk- 
FIG.  1742 


O.Z56'A 


K«->l  ►)<£ 


FIG.  1746 


■1.625' 


-H 


~*\Q4ItY- 

r—  rv«* 

\0.08"R. 


A     h-0.256" 
■Grind  to  Thickness 

^■aiis' 


24Teeth,  Left  Hand 
FI6.I745 


A 

1 

•M 


i 
1 


I 

■! 

aosn 
i 

— t 
i 

L 


f-GSn 


■-MQ4/7t*~     , 
0.504'R.~K 


FIG.1740,1741 8t  1742  OPERATION  14 
FI6.I743.I744&I745  OPERATION  15 
FIG.I746.I747&I748  OPERATION  16 


Vt 


18 


ZOTeeth.LefiHand    4 
Depth  ofTeeth*0.ttS'(&j 

H-O.ei'  FI6.I747 


^aex'nt 


^■■■0.8"- -A 

-^^■..0453'RFit 


■■>\Q.4I&~ 
t< ■ 


Vs'~ 


One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  arbor.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Tool  holder  on  crossfeed  slide.  Fig.  1737.  Cutting 
Tools — Two  hand-forged  side  tools,  right  and  left.  Fig.  1738. 
Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— None.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1739;  A,  length;  B,  distance  of  lug  from 
end.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 


'  STEEL(Harderi) 

FIG.  1748 

pound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind' 
ings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Contour  of  lug.  Production — 5f 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  15.    MILLING  SWIVEL  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1743.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Four.     Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  clamped  by  vise 


[220] 


Jaws,  Fig.  1744.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1.745.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  14 -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces. 
Gages — Width  of  swivel  lug.     Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  16.  MILLING  BAYONET  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1746.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  similar  to  Fig.  1744.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Standard 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters.  Fig.  1747.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, Vi  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1748;  A,  height  from  inside  of 
band;  B,  width.     Production — 50   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION   17.    PROFILING   BAYONET   LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1749.     Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.   2   profiler.     Number   of  Operators   per  Machine— One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud,   clamped  by  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  1750.    Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.    Cutting  Tools 


— Profiling  cutters,  Fig.  1751;  A,  first  cut  on  outside;  B,  under- 
cutting. Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Length,  width 
and  undercut.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  18.    HAND-MILLING  SWING  CUT  TO  REMOVE 
STOCK  BETWEEN  LUGS 

Transformation — Fig.  1752.  Machine  Used — Brainard  large 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1753.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutters.  Fig.  1754.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A, -in.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — 
None.  Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  18%.  BURRING  FOR  OPERATIONS  14,  15,  16 
17  AND   18 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  previous  operations.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 100   pieces  per   hr. 


FIG.  1750 


FIG.I7S3 


OPERATION  IS 


-*P?S 


K-0.73Z"A 


2Z  Teeth,  LeffHancf 
FIG.  1754 


[221] 


The  upper  band  requires  quite  a  number  of  operations 
and  the  shape  of  the  piece  requires  somewhat  unusual  fix- 
tures for  holding  it.    One  of  these  is  shown  in  Fig.  1723. 

For  trimming  the  ends  square  and  to  length,  the  spe- 
cial tool  block,  Fig.  1737,  has  been  devised.  This  car- 
ries two  tools,  each  in  a  separate  tool  post  and  actuated 
by  a  double  lobed  cam  at  the  back.  The  band  is  held  on 
and  rotated  by  a  mandrel  as  shown,  during  this  opera- 
tion. Some  of  the  gaging  operations  are  also  of  interest 
as  well  as  the  profile  undercutting  shown  in  Fig.  1749. 

The  drilling  jig  for  the  seven  holes  is  shown  in  Figs. 
1756  and  1757,  the  bushings  being  held  in  the  swing  leaf 
A  and  held  by  the  arm  B.    The  clamping  is  done  by  the 

OPERATION  19.  DRILLING  SCREW  HOLES  AND 
PACE-MILLING  BOSSES 
Transformation — Pig.  1755.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney three-spindle  16-in.  upright  miller.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig;  closed 
in  Pig.  1756,  open  in  Fig.  1757;  the  leaf  A  swings  over  and  is 
Held  by  the  arm  B.    Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.    Cut- 


hook  cam  in  the  arm  and  the  jig  has  feet  on  the  side  for 
holding  the  work  level  under  the  drill.  The  gaging  for 
this  is  shown  in  Fig.  1759,  while  another  form  of  cam 
actuated  clamp  is  shown  in  Fig.  1761. 


OPERATION  20.  PROFILING  UNDERCUT  FOR  HAND 
TENON  OF  HAND  GUARD 

Transformation — Fig.  1760.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud,  upright  at  A,  clamped 
by  finger  B  and  cam  C,  Fig.  1761;  cam  D  clamps  work  at  outer 
end;  E  is  profiling  form.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank. 
Cutting  Tools — Profiling  cutter,  0.5  in.  in  diameter,  teeth  O.b 
in.  long;  six  teeth  for  roughing  cutter,  seven  for  finishing 
cutter,  both  right-hand;  teeth  cut  on  face  and  end.  Number 
of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Production — 35  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  20%.    BURRING  OPERATIONS  19  AND  20. 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operations  19  and  20.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 75  pieces  per  hr. 


ting  Tools — Drll'  and  counterbore,  Fig.  1758;  A  for  side  screw 
lug;  B  for  clamp  lg  lug.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 
750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -h -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1759,  location  of  holes;  also  plug  form  and  radius  gages. 
Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  21.  TAPPING  SCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1762.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Tapping  screw  holes  in  special  fix- 
ture, partly  shown  in  Fig.  1763;  the  tapping  spindle  is  mounted 
on  the  same  base  as  the  work-holding  fixture  and  operated  by 
a  handwheel.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Tapping  fix- 
ture, Fig.  1763,  and  tap,  which  is  0.185  in.  in  diameter,  26 
threads  per  inch;  it  has  three  right-hand  spiral  flutes;  thread- 


[222] 


ed  part  is  1.4  in.  long.     Gages — Threaded  plug  gage.     Produc- 
tion— 350  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  22.    MILLING  ACROSS  TOP  TO  REMOVE  STOCK 

Transformation — Pig.  1764.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  mandrel,  clamped  by 
Jaws,  Fig.  1765;  mandrel  is  shown  at  A.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters.  Fig.  1766. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 60  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 50  pieces 
per  hr. 
OPERATION  21%.  REAMING  BARREL  SEAT  AND  MAN- 
DRELING  TO  CORRECT  INSIDE  SHAPE 

Transformation — Fig.  1767.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Reaming  barrel  seat  and  correcting 
inside  shape.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Bench  lathe 
and  block  to  hold  band  from  turning;  reamer  is  0.6584  in.  in 
diameter,  14  right-hand  spiral  flutes,  one  turn  in  7.41  in.; 
fluted  portion  is  5.70  in.  long.  Gages- — Fig.  1768;  this  is  also 
used  for  operation  6%.  Production — 150  pieces  per  hr.  Note — 
A  mandrel  is  drawn  through  the  hole  to  correct  shape. 

OPERATION  23.  SLOTTING 
Transformation — Fig.  1769.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Held  on  stud  to  prevent  distortion;  clamped  by 
vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Slitting  saw,  2  in.  in  diameter,  0.05  in.  thick.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Width  of  slot.  Production — 
350  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION   28.    CORNERING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Filing  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File. 
Production — 100  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION   29.    BLUING,    HARDENING   AND   BROWNING 

Description  of  Operation — The  upper  band  is  blued  in  the 
regular  way,  then  the  bayonet  lug  or  stud  is  hardened  in 
cyanide  at  1500  deg.  F. ;  after  this  the  band  is  browned  in  the 
regular  way;  the  object  of  bluing  is  to  insure  a  rustproof 
coating  on  every  part  in  case  the  browning  solution  should 
not  be  brushed  into  every  corner,  such  as  between  the  lugs; 
the  bluing  also  effectually  prevents  a  bright  spot  being  left 
to  reflect  light  in  any  direction. 

OPERATION  30.    ASSEMBLING 

Number  of  Operators — -One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Assembling  screw  and  swivel.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Screwdriver  and  hands.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

The  Lower  Band 

The  lower  band,  Pig.  1773,  holds  the  back  end  of  the 
upper  or  hand  guard  in  place  on  the  barrel  and  the  stock. 
It  also  carries  the  front  swivel  for  the  strap  by  which  the 
rifle  is  swung  over  the  shoulder.  As  made  at  present, 
it  is  a  drop  forging  and  goes  through  the  28  operations 
shown.  Experiments  looking  to  the  making  of  these 
bands  from  sheet  steel  are  now  under  way. 


no.  1769 


FIG.  1770 


OPERATION  23%.    STAMPING  LETTER  H 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Stamping   letter   H.      Apparatus    and    Equipment   Used — Hand 
stamp  and  hammer.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  24.    FILING  TO  FINISH 

Number  of  Operators — -One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Finish-filing.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File.  Produc- 
tion— 100  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  24%.    ROTARY-MILLING   OUTSIDE 

Transformation — Fig.  1770.  Machine  Used — Brainard  large 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — O'.ie.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture.  Fig.  1771;  the  form  A,  in 
contact  with  B,  gives  proper  shape.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1772. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil.  -fg  -In.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5000  pieces.     Gages — None.     Production — 100  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  25.    POLISHING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  outside  surface.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Polishing  Jack  and  wheel.     Production — 60  pieces  per  hr. 


Operation 


A 

A-l 

C 

B 

B-l 

D 

D-l 

E 

1 
F 

F-l 
G 

2 
H 

3 

3% 

4 

5 

6% 

7 

7% 

8 

8% 


FIG.  1771 
OPERATIONS  ON  THE  LOWER  BAND 

Blocking  from  bar 

Pickling 

Trimming  outside 

Mandreling  to  shape 

Pickling 

Dropping  on  mandrel 

Pickling 

Trimming  ends 

Edging  sides  to  remove  stock  for  forging" 

Dropping  on  mandrel  to  finish 

Pickling 

Trimming  ends 

Edging  sides  to  width 

Annealing 

Pressing  to  size  and  shape  and  stamping  U 

Straightening  and   correcting  lug 

Buffing  to  finish  thickness 

Milling  lugs   to  finish 

Burring 

Drilling  screw  hole  in   lugs  and  counterborinjr 

Filing   inside   and   outside   of  lug 

Tapping  lug  for  screw 

Burring 


[223] 


10  Polishing 
18%     Slotting 

11  Filing  inside  and  cornering 

12  Assembling  lower  band  and  lower-band  swivel 

13  Bluing 

OPERATION  A.    BLOCKING   PROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  1774.  Number  Of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  800-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 185  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    A-l.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  put  in  the  pickling  solution,  which 
consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water;  left  in 
this  for  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Wire  baskets,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 
OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING  OUTSIDE 

Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  1;  1%-in.  stroke.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders 
— Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  set- 
screw.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die. 
Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production 
— 450  pieces  per  hr.  Note — This  punch  and  die  trims  outside 
and  inside  in  one  operation. 

OPERATION  B.  MANDRELING  TO  SHAPE 

Transformation — Fig.  1775.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Mandreling  to  shape,  as  with  upper 
band.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer 
400-lb.  drop  hammer;  taper  mandrel  of  proper  size  and  shape. 
Gages — None.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 


Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.     Gages — Width.     Production — 
85  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  F.  DROPPING  ON  MANDREL  TO  FINISH 
Transformation — Same  as  Fig.  1775.  Number  of  Operators 
— One.  Description  of  Operation— Dropping  to  finish,  using 
mandrel  similar  to  operation  B.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.  Gages — Width 
and  thickness.  Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  F-l.    PICKLING 

Description  of  Operation — Same  as  previous  operations  on 
pickling. 

OPERATION  G.  TRIMMING  ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.  1779.  Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19; 
1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Pushed  down  through  dies.  Gages — None.  Production — 500 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  EDGING  SIDES  TO  WIDTH 
Transformation — Fig.  1780.  Machine  Used— Machine  built 
at  Hill  shop,  same  as  for  upper  band.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  arbor,  Fig. 
1781.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutters  held  in  crossfeed  car- 
riage, same  as  Fig.  1778.  Cutting  Tools — Side  tools,  right  and 
left.    Number  of  Cuts — Two.     Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 

tin 


s  r  .\m"s. 


Bitf 
.— SL, — > 

JT  —ft      -0*1 

§  OBBDnll 


pa-m.  «**jt&*i  FIG.I773 


FIG.I7T7 

OPERATION   B-l.    PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
[game  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  D.  DROPPING  ON  MANDREL 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Shaping  flatwise  on  mandrel.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer;  mandrel  sim- 
ilar to  operation  B.  Gages — None.  Production — 125  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  D-l.    PICKLING 
Description  of  Operation — Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  E.  TRIMMING  ENDS 
Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19;  1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — 
Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  set- 
:!crew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  dies. 
Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — About  15,000  pieces.  Gages 
— None.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  EDGING  SIDES  TO  REMOVE  STOCK  FOR 
FORGING 
Transformation — Fig.  1776.  Machine  Used — Machine  built 
at  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — On  mandrel  A,  Figs.  1777  and  1778.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Tools  held  in  crossfeed  of  carriage,  Fig. 
1778;  tool  posts  B  and  C  are  pivoted  at  D;  the  tails  E  and  F 
are  controlled  by  the  cam  G  and  moved  into  position  to  give 
correct  width.  Cutting  Tools — Side  tools,  right  and  left. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Compound,     %-in.    stream.      Average    Life    of    Tool 


nG.I7T4.0P.A 
FIG.  1775  OR  B 
FIG.I776,I777,I77«,0PI 
FIG.  1779  ORG 
FIG.  1780.1781  ORE 


Section  A-B 


U...., 7» 

B  FIG.IT8I 

Coolant — Compound,  %-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Width.  Production — 85 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   H.    ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — ■ 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal  and  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  F.);  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Iron  pots.  Brown  &  Sharpe  anneal- 
ing furnace,  oil  burner,  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  3.    PRESSING  TO  SIZE  AND  SHAPE  AND 
STAMPING  U 

Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  19  press,  lVfc-in-  stroke.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders— In  shoe,  by 
setscrew  placed  on  mandrel  pressed  to  shape.  Lubricant — 
None.  Gages — For  size  and  shape  of  inside  and  size  of  lug. 
Production — 150  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Hand  stamp  and  ham- 
mer are  used  to  stamp  letter  U. 

OPERATION  3%.    STRAIGHTENING  AND  CORRECTING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening   lugs.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — Ham- 
mer and  block.     Gages — None.     Production — 200  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  4.    BUFFING  TO  FINISH  THICKNESS 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Buffing  to  thickness.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Buffing  wheel.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   5.    MILLING   LUGS   TO   FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  1782.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machine;,  per  Operator — 


[224] 


Pour.  Work-Holding"  Devices — A  double  fixture,  held  on 
studs  clamped  by  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1783;  for  crossmilling,  cam 
A  holds  band;  for  sides  the  stop  B  takes  thrust  of  cutters, 
clamp  C  swings  sidewise  against  work  and  locks  on  latch  D; 
Fig.  j!053  gives  details,  though  side  fixture  is  now  changed. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Mill- 
ing cutters,  Fig.  1784.  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data — 70 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
Fig.  2055;  ears  from  side;  others  for  form  of  ears,  width  and 
thickness.     Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   6%.    BURRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  5.     Apparatus,  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.     DRILLING  SCREW  HOLE  IN  LUGS  AND 
COUNTERBORING 
Transformation — Fig.  1786.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney   three-spindle    16-in.    upright    drilling    machine.      Number 


Fig-.  1789.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Plug  thread  gage. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   8%.    BURRING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing   burrs    from    previous    operations.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment   Used — File.      Production — 400    pieces   per   hr. 
OPERATION  10.    POLISHING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    all    outside    surfaces.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Wheel  and  polishing  jack.  Production — 20  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION    10%.    SLOTTING 

Transformation — Fig.  1790.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Work  A  is  held  on  stud  by  clamp  B,  operated 
by  cam  C,  Fig.  1791;  the  cars  D  prevent  spreading  of  ears. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Slit- 
ting  saw,    Fig.   1792.     Number  of   Cuts — One.     Cut   Data — 650 


F1S.1790 


FIG.IT9I 


U LtasT. ->J 

fig.  1792 


of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Drill  jig,  Fig.  1787;  work  located  on  plug  A,  held  down  by 
plate  B,  locked  by  hook  C;  bushing  on  side;  knockout  for  re- 
moving work.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drill,  and  counterbore  for  screw  head.  Number 
of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.  for  drill;  450  r.p.m.  for 
counterbore.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 300  pieces.  Gages — Diameter 
of  both  holes  and  radius  of  ear.  Production — 60  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  7%.    FILING  INSIDE  AND  OUTSIDE  OF  LUG 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Filing  lug  inside  and  out.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
File.     Production — 200  pieces  per  hr. 

'  OPERATION  8.    TAPPING  LUG  FOR  SCREW 

Transformation — Fig.  1788.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney tapping  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  hands.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Tap-screw     chuck.       Cutting    Tools — Double     ended, 


r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
None.    Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  11.    FILING  INSIDE  AND  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
General  filing  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— File.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  12.    ASSEMBLING  LOWER  BAND  AND 

LOWER-BAND  SWIVEL 

Number    of    Operators— One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 

Assembling  lower  band  and  swivel.    Apparatus  and  Equipment 

Used — Brace    screwdriver    and    wooden    block    to    hold    band. 

Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.    BLUING 
Description  of  operation — Blue  in  niter  at  800  deg.  F.,  sam« 
as  other  bluing  operations. 


15 


[225] 


Lower-Band  Spring 

The  lower-band  spring,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1793,  is  to 
prevent  the  band  from  sliding  down  on  the  gunstock,  if 
for  any  reason  the  binding  screw  should  be  loosened. 
This  spring  allows  the  band  to  be  slid  over  it.  but  catches 
it  in  the  notch  shown  and  prevents  its  removal  unless  the 
spring  is  pushed  into  the  stock. 

This  piece,  which  is  rather  difficult  to  machine,  owing 
to  the  round  stud  at  right  angles  to  the  spring  itself,  is 
finished  with  a  hand  mill;  and  the  spring  itself  is  ma- 


Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer 
Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.    ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Same  as  all  previous  annealing  operations;  same  equipment, 
etc.,  used. 

OPERATION  B-l.    PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Same  as  all  previous  pickling  operations;  same  equipment, 
etc.,  used  as  previously  described. 

OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  1  press,  1%-in.  stroke. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders- — Setscrew  in 
shoe.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production — 650 
pieces  per  hr. 


Ya&A 


h> — tor -rl 


on  r. 


FIG.  1798 


+ 

- 

+ 

■0.IZ5 


->W5£-.4<;*K:>i<<>l<-:>k->k!>l<:>l<:>)&J7.5'fc 

^dzs"-'    '■■o}s":    yah"' 

OPERATION  4  ^^i^md"* 


k 1.75- 


Mills  No.  land  4  cut  50  Teeth,  Lett  Hand 
••    No.Z  •>  5   "  40    -       »      - 


FI6. 1802 


OPERATION  5 


chined  all  over.  It  is  then  necessary  to  "set"  the  spring, 
and  an  ingenious  little  bench  fixture  is  used  for  this 
purpose. 

OPERATIONS   ON   THE   LOWER-BAND    SPRING 
Operation 

A         Forging  from  bar 

B         Annealing 

B-l     Pickling 

C         Trimming 

D         Cold  dropping 

2  Milling  pivot  to  size 

4  Milling  right  side  lengthwise 

5  Milling  ends   and   shoulder   to  length 
AA     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  5 

1         Buffing  left  side 

2%     Buffing  top  and  bottom  edges 

3  Filing,  general  cornering 

6  Setting  spindle  on  angle 

7  Tempering  and  hardening 

8  Polishing  right  side  and  top  and  bottom  edges  and 
cornering  end  of  spindle  (on  buff  wheel) 

9  Bluing 

OPERATION   A.    FORGING    FROM   BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     1794.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 


OPERATION  D.    COLD  DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after    trimming.       Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
— 600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.    MILLING  PIVOT  TO  SIZE 

Transformation — Fig.  1795.  Machine  Used — Machine  built 
at  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Set  on  block  in  tailstock,  Fig.  1796.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — In  screw  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow 
mill,  0.102  in.  in  inside  diameter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ^  -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces. 
Gages — Diameter  and  length  of  pivot.  Production — 350  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION    4.    MILLING    RIGHT    SIDE    LENGTHWISE 

Transformation — Fig.  1797.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manu- 
facturing Co.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  block,  10  to  a  block,  Fig.  1798; 
block  clamped  by  vise  jaws;  a  bridge  fixture  is  raised  to  give 
proper  form.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools- — Multiple  milling  cutter.  Fig.  1799.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil, 
put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings 
— 5000  pieces.  Gages— Thickness  and  form.  Production — 175 
pieces  per  hr. 


[226] 


OPERATION  5.  MILLING  ENDS  AND  SHOULDER  TO  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  1800.  Machine  Used — Miller  built  at 
Hill  shop.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Two.  Work- 
Holding  Devices— Held  by  vise  jaws.  Fig.  1801.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — On  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  1802. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Thickness  and 
length.     Production — 100  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  AA.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  5 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  left   by  operation   5.     Apparatus   and   Equip- 
ment Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  5. 
OPERATION  1.    BUFFING  LEFT  SIDE 
Transformation — Fig.    1803.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description     of     Operation — Buffing     sides.        Apparatus     and 
Equipment  Used — Buff  wheel  on  special  vertical  spindle,  Fig. 
1804.     Gages — None.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr.- 

OPERATION  2%.    BUFFING  TOP  AND  BOTTOM 
Transformation — Fig.    1805.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Buffing  top  and  bottom.     Apparatus 
and   Equipment  Used — Similar  to   Fig.    1804,   but   with   special 
holder.     Gages — Thickness.     Production — 60   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  3.    FILING,  GENERAL  CORNERING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  and  general  cornering.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— File.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 


EH 


in  the  under  side  of  the  gunstock,  just  in  front  of  the  butt 
plate,  and  carries  the  lower  swivel  for  the  band  by  which 
the  rifle  is  slung  over  the  shoulder.  This  swivel  is  bent 
up  from  a  straight  rod  about  0.16  in.  in  diameter  and 
assembled  in  place.  An  opening  is  left  between  the  points 
of  the  swivel  so  that  a  pin,  forced  into  the  plate  between 
these  points,  effectually  prevents  end  movement. 

Both  the  lower-band  swivel,  Fig.  1825,  and  the  stacking 
swivel,  detail  in  Fig.  1838,  are  made  from  drop  forgings. 
The  lower-band  swivel  is  of  Class  B  steel,  0.47  in.  round, 
while  the  stacking  swivel  is  of  Class  D  steel  of  the  same 
size.  These  parts  are  drop  forged,  trimmed  and  swaged 
with  suitable  punches  and  dies,  so  that  the  only  machin- 
ing is  on  the  lugs  that  fit  between  the  ears  of  the  upper 
and  lower  bands. 

The  stacking  swivel  has  a  piece  cut  out  so  as  to  allow 
three  guns  to  be  stacked  by  hooking  the  swivels  together. 


Fie.  1805 


FIG.  1803 


FI6.I806 


s: 


0 

t 

e>        el^  a 

ir^-^^? 

r 

S 

i  .  l 

Fixture 


FIG.  I807A 


ty 

"1 
1 
..'      1 

A 

! B 

i 

t 

■-+  — 

1 

D 

FIG.    1804 


FIG.   1807 


OPERATION  6.    SETTING  SPINDLE  ON  ANGLE 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
The  spindle  of  the  spring  is  placed  in  the  opening  of  jaws  B, 
and  the  jaw  A  is  drawn  In  by  the  cam  C,  working  against  the 
block  D,  Fig.  1807.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Bench 
bending  fixture,  shown  in  Fig.  1807-A;  jaw  A  and  cam  C  fastened 
to  a  slide,  so  that  the  slide  is  moved  in  both  directions  by 
cam  C. 

OPERATION  7.  TEMPERING  AND  HARDENING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 
Hardened    in   open   oil   fire   at   1450   deg.   F.;   tempered   in   lead 
bath  at  900  deg.  F. 
OPERATION    8.    POLISHING    RIGHT    SIDE    AND    TOP    AND 

BOTTOM  EDGES  AND  CORNERING  END  OF  SPINDLE 
(ON  BUFF  WHEEL) 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing   sides   and   top.      Apparatus   and    Equipment   Used — 
Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  9.    BLUING 

Description  of  Operation — Same  as  all   other  bluings. 

Butt  Swivel  Plate 

The  butt  swivel  plate,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1808, 
is  made  of  Class  D  steel,  0.40  in.  square,  the  same  size 
and  quality  of  material  as  was  used  for  the  extractor  col- 
lar. This  piece  is  a  drop  forging  in  which  the  screw  holes 
are  punched.  The  hole  for  the  swivel  and  the  retaining 
pin  are  both  drilled  in  a  suitable  jig.    The  plate  is  located 


The  lower-band  swivel  has  the  thin  slot  through  the  lug  to 
afford  a  spring  or  friction  tension  when  tightened  by  the 
lower-band  screw. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BUTT  SWIVEL  PLATE 
Operation 

A         Forging  from  bar 

B         Annealing 

B-l     Pickling 

C         Trimming 

D         Cold  dropping 

E         Surfacing 

1  Punching  screw  holes 

1%  Drilling  swivel  and  pin  holes 

2  Reaming  swivel  and  pin  holes  (1%,  2  and  S  grouped) 

3  Counterboring  screw  holes 

4  Profiling  edges 

CC  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 

5  Countersinking  swivel  hole 

6  Polishing  outer  surface 

7  Assembling  with  swivel  and  pin 

8  Bluing 

OPERATION  A.  FORGING  FROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  1809.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   B.    ANNEALING 
Description     of    Operation — Same     as     previous     annealing 
operations. 

OPERATION  B-l.    PICKLING 
Description  of  Operation — Same  as  all  previous  picklings. 


[227] 


OPERATION  C.    TRIMMING 

Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  1;  1%-in.  stroke.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Punches  and  Punch  Holders 

Round  shank.     Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrews. 

Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die.  Average 
Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — About  15,000  pieces.  Production — 
350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  D.    COLD  DROPPING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  trimming.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.  Production — 
600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  E.    SURFACING 

Transformation — Fig.  1810.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Polishing  bottom  surface  of  butt 
swivel  plate.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Horizontal 
polishing  machine,  built  at  Hill  shops,  and  wood  holder. 
Gages — None.     Production — 350  per  hr. 


OPERATION  3.  COUNTERBORING  SCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1815.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in.. 
single  spindle.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  on  block  with  pin  to  hold 
from  swinging.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Double-size  four-flute  reamer;  point,  0.2126  in.  in  diam- 
eter; body,  0.2187  in.  in  diameter.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 450  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  j's-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces. 
Gages — Plug  for  hole  and  counterbore.  Production — 350  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.  PROFLING  EDGES 
Transformation — Fig.  1816.  Machine  Used — Garvin  profiler. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Held  on  pins,  which  are  also  used  to  bind,  Fig.  1817. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Taper 
profiling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  %  -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1818. 
form,  diameter  and  location  of  holes  with  the  profiling.  Pro- 
duction— 90  pieces  per  hr. 


FIS.  1817 


OPERATION  1.  PUNCHING  SCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1811.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  1; 
1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Steel  strippers  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 5000  pieces.  Production — 650  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATIONS  H  AND  2.  DRILLING  SWIVEL  AND  PIN 
HOLES;  REAMING  SWIVEL  AND  PIN  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  1812.  Machine  Used — Sigourney  16- 
in.  two-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1813; 
work  is  located  at  A  by  pins  in  screw  holes  and  held  by  plate 
B;  hook  C  locks  into  D  and  holds  work  for  drilling  in  two 
directions.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools 
— Twist  drills  and  two  round-nose  half-round  reamers,  one 
0.0916  in.,  the  other  0.163  in.  in  diameter.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Two.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil. 
A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1814,  diameter  and  location  of  holes. 
Production — 85  pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1818 


OPERATION  CC.     REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  4.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production— Grouped  with  operation  4. 

OPERATION  5.  COUNTERSINKING  SWIVEL  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1819.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Countersinking  swivel  hole.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Countersink  and  bench  latthe; 
countersink,  Fig.  1820.  Gages — None.  Production — 2500  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  6.    POLISHING  OUTER  SURFACE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  outside  surface.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  7.    BENDING  SWIVEL  AND  ASSEMBLING 
Transformation — Fig.     1821.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Bending  swivel  from  straight  wire 
by    means    of    fixture,    Figs.    1822    and    1823.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — Fixture  screwed  to  bench;  Fig.   1822  shows 
fixture  open,  and  Fis".  1823,  closed;  the  wire  is  clamped  at  the 


[228] 


A7  R. 


FI6. 1819 


r 


■1.1875 >f-  —U875'—-* 

—I.87S"- 


0.1505 


1  Teeth 
DRILL  ROD 


FIG.  1820 


OPERATION  5 


FIG.  1821 


!L'  \ 

11 
Q711 

!        ,01607" 

i  V 

?  1 

-■ 

Mi- 

H" 

■Ill- 

FI6.  1822 


FI6. 1825 


OPERATION  7 


FI&I8Z4 


center  by  block  A,  operated  by  cam  B;  then  levers  C  and  D 
bend  the  ends  of  swivel  to  form  around  the  center  block. 
Gages — Fig.  1824,  diameter,  length  and  rounded  end  of  butt 
swivel.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.    BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Blue  butt  swivel  plate  in  niter  at  800  deg.  P. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  LOWER-BAND  SWIVEL. 
FIG.    1825 
Operation 

A         Blocking  from  bar 

A-l     Pickling 

B         First  trimming,  outside 

C  Dropping  to  finish 

C-l     Pickling 

D         Second  trimming,  outside 

D-l     Trimming 


E 

E-l 
F 

DD 
1 
2 
3 

AA 
4 
5 
6 

CC 
A-l 
B-2 
C-3 
7 

8 

8% 
9 


Annealing 
Pickling 
Cold  dropping 
Swaging  to  size 

Hand-milling  both  sides  of  lug 
Drilling  screw  hole 
Reaming  screw  hole 
Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  3 
Milling  first  side  of  lug 
Milling  second  side  of  lug 
Milling  friction  slot 

Removing  with  reamers  the  burrs  left  by  operation  6 
Rotary-filing  circle,  inside 
Buffing  circle,  outside 
Tumbling 

Filing   both   sides   of  lug   and   matching  circle,   out- 
side, near  lug 

Polishing  lug  and  circle,  outside,  near  lug 
Spreading  lug  for  tension 
Tempering,    hardening 


llP'll'g  1|||||  |iJ! - u-"-"  m  1 1 H 1 1 1 1  ■/■'■  V ' !.  I  i1. .  1 1  i  1 1 1 11 1  ■ . 

1*1 T*)l,lll:i  I 


Q3 


FIG.  1831 


FI&IB30 


[229] 


OPERATION  A.    BLOCKING   FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fig.    1826.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencat    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A-l.    PICKLING 

Description  of  Operation — Same  as  pickling  previously  de- 
scribed. 

OPERATION  B.    FIRST  TRIMMING,  OUTSIDE 

Machine  Used — Niagara  No.  36  press,  1%-in.  stroke.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe 
by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die. 
Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production 
—700  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  C.    DROPPING  TO  FINISH 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Finish  shaping.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Billings  & 
Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  C-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  put  in  the  pickling  solution,  which 
consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water;  left  in 
this  for  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Wire  baskets,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 

OPERATIONS  D  AND  D-l.  SECOND  TRIMMING,  INSIDE 
AND  OUTSIDE 
Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  40  press.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round 
shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrews;  trim- 
ming outside  and  inside  at  one  operation;  dies  shown  in  Fig. 
1827.  Stripping  Mechanism — Guide  pins  at  side  of  die  are 
used  in  stripping;  the  collar,  which  lies  over  the  die,  is  forced 


up  by  the  pins  on  the  return  of  the  press,  forcing  the  work  off 
the  die.     Production — 650  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  E.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Put  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal  and  heated  to 
850  deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appar- 
atus and  Equipment  Used — Cast-iron  pots,  Brown  &  Sharpe 
annealing  furnace,  oil  burner,  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  E-l.    PICKLING 
Description  of  Operation — Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  F.    COLD   DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after    trimming.       Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  DD.  SWAGING  TO  SIZE 
Machine  Used — Old  crank  draw  press,  made  in  Frankfort. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Round  shank,  which  holds  punch  A,  Fig.  1828.  Dies 
and  Die  Holders — Screwed  to  plate,  bolted  to  bed  of  press  B, 
Fig.  1828.  Stripping  Mechanism — Steel  stripper  screwed  to 
face  of  die.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  HAND-MILLING  BOTH  SIDES  OF  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1829.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  rotating  fixture,  Fig.  1830;  thumb- 
screws A  and  B  hold  work  to  plate  C,  while  lever  D  rotates 
the  work  under  the  milling  cutters.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Straddle-milling  cutters. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings— 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1831,  width  of 
lug  and  location  from  ends.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 


[230] 


Stacking  Swivel,  Hand-Guard  Clip,  Front-Sight 

Cover,  Cleaning  Rods 


These  are  small  parts  which  could  easily  be  made  in 
small  shops  in  case  of  emergency.  The  swivels  could  be 
made  more  cheaply  by  being  built  up  with  oxyacetylene 
instead  of  from  forgings.  The  hand  guard  clips,  and 
front  sight  cover  are  sheet  metal  stampings  and  are  pro- 
duced as  shown.  The  cleaning  rods  are  largely  automatic 
screw  machine  jobs. 


OPERATIONS  2  AND  3.    DRILLING   SCREW  HOLE  AND 
REAMING 

Transformation — Fig.  1832.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney four-spindle  16-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  1833;  work  held  by  button  A,  pushed  to  place  by 
screw  B.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools 
— Twist  drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Plugs  for 
hole  and  surface.  Production- — 120  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  AA.    REMOVING  BURRS  FROM   OPERATION  3 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  3.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used— File.     Production — Grouped  with  operations  4  and  5. 
OPERATIONS  4  AND   5.    MILLING   FIRST  AND  SECOND 
SIDES   OF   LUG 

Transformation — Fig.  1834.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  clamped  by  vise 
jaws.  Fig.  1835;  one  cutter  mills  one  side  while  other  handles 
the  reverse.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Formed  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 70  r.p.m.;  %-ln.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000 
pieces.  Gages — Radius  from  screw  hole,  and  contour.  Pro- 
duction— 120  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  6.    MILLING  FRICTION  SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  1836.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  clamped  by  Jaws  A  and  B  and 
screw  C,  Fig.  1837.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Slitting  saws,  2.5625  in.  in  diameter,  0.04  in. 
thick  48  teeth.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.; 
hand    feed.      Coolant — Cutting    oil,     -fa  -In.    stream.      Average 

•Copyright,  1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 


Life   of  Tool   Between   Grindings— 1508   pieces.      Gages — None 
Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  CC.    REMOVING  WITH  REAMER   THE  BURRS 
LEFT  BY  OPERATION  6 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  6.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Hand  reamer.     Production — 700  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A-l.    ROTARY-FILING  CIRCLES   INSIDE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Rotary-flling  inside  of  circle.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
■ — Small    rotary    file.      Gages — None.      Production — 175    pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  B-2.    BUFFING   CIRCLE,    OUTSIDE 
Number    of    Operators— One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Buffing  outside  and  ends  of  band.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Polishing  jack  and  wheel.    Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  C-3.    TUMBLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Tumbling.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Tumbling  boxes. 
Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    7.    FILING    BOTH    SIDES    OF   LUG    AND 

MATCHING  CIRCLE.  OUTSIDE,  NEAR  LUG 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing    sides    of    lug    and    matching    circle.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 190  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  8.    POLISHING   LUG  AND  CIRCLE,   OUTSIDE. 
NEAR  LUG 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  circle   and   lug.     Apparatus   and   Equipment  Used — 
Buffing  wheel.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    8%.    SPREADING    LUG    FOR    TENSION 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Spreading    lugs.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Hammer 
and  wedge.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    9.    TEMPERING    AND    HARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Hardened  in  open  fire  at  1450  deg.  F.;  tempered  in  lead  bath 
at  900  deg.  F. 

Stacking  Swivel 

The  stacking  swivel  is  a  small  part  that  requires  many 
operations.  It  is  made  from  a  drop  forging  and  is 
finished  all  over.  Its  function  is  to  allow  the  stacking  of 
three  rifles,  either  in  camp  or  during  halts  on  the  march. 


OPERATIONS 
Operation 


ON  THE   STACKING   SWIVEL 


(reamer) 


Blocking  from  bar 

Pickling 

First   trimming  outside 

Dropping  to  finish 

Pickling 

Third  trimming,  outside 

Annealing 

Pickling 

Cold  dropping 

Swaging  to  size 

Hand-milling  both  sides  of  lug  (straddle) 

Drilling  screw   hole 

Reaming  screw  hole 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operation 

Milling  first  side  of  lug 

Milling  side  of  lug 

Milling  stacking  slot 

Removing  burrs  left  by  operations 

Rotary-filing  circle,  inside 

Buffing  circle,   outside 

Tumbling 

Milling,  rounding  ends  of  stacking  slot   (in  lathe) 

Piling  both  sides  of  lug  and  latching  circle,  outside, 

near  lug 
9         Polishing 
10         Bluing 

OPERATION  A.    BLOCKING   FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fig.     1839.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description   of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Put  in  wire  baskets  and  placed  in  the  pickling  solution,  which 
consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water,  and  left 
In  this  for  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
—Wire  baskets,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 


A 

A-l 

B 

C 

C-l 

D 

E 

E-l 

F 

CC 

1 

2 

3 

AA 

4 

5 

6 

BB 
A-l 
B-2 
C-2 

7 

8 


i  r 


an? 


§         k"063'->Wt-fl§*->| 


h-\0JZ'R. 


FIG.  1838 


FIG.  1848 


FIQ.I849 


[232] 


OPERATION  B.  FIRST  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Perkins  No.  40  press.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square 
shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrew.  Average 
Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production — 700 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  C.    DROPPING   TO   FINISH 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Finish  shaping.     Apparatus  and   Equipment   Used — Billings   & 

Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  C-l.    PICKLING 

Description  of  Operation — Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  D.    THIRD  TRIMMING,  OUTSIDE 
Description    of    Operation — Same    as    operation    B,    already 
described.  • 

OPERATION   E.    ANNEALING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal  and  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.   (1562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool.     Ap- 
paratus   and    Equipment    Used — Iron    pots.    Brown    &    Sharpe 
annealing  furnace,  oil  burners,  powdered  charcoal. 
OPERATION  E-l.    PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Same  as  previous  pickling. 

OPERATION  F.    COLD  DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after    trimming.      Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  CC.    SWAGING  TO  SIZE 
Machine   Used — Old   crank   draw   press.      Number   of   Oper- 
ators per  Machine — One.    Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round- 


OPERATIONS  4  AND  5.  MILLING  SIDES  OF  LUG 
Transformation — Fig.  1843.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator- 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  similar  to  Fig.  1830;  details  in  Fig.  1844.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Formed  milling  cut- 
ters. Fig.  1845.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.; 
%-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Same  as 
for  lower-band  swivel,  Fig.  1831.  Production — 120  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION   6.    MILLING   STACKING   SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  1846.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  a 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  A,  clamped  by  vise  jaws  B  and 
cam  C  in  upright  position  with  support  at  rear  of  swivel. 
Fig.  1847.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Slotting  cutter,  2.25  in.  in  diameter.  0.2  in.  thick,  20 
teeth,  left  hand.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — None. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    BB.    REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATIONS  4  AND  5    (REAMER) 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing   burrs    from    operations    4    anil    5.      Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operation  6. 

OPERATION    A-l.    ROTARY-FILING    CIRCLE,    INSIDE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Rotary-filing  inside  of  circle.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Rotary  file.     Gages — None.    Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 


FIG.  1851 


FIG.IB52 


SHEET  STEEL,  {Spring  temper) 
QOW'Thick 


FIG.  1850 


FIG.I854 


FIG.I85I  OPERATION  t 

FIG.  18528c  1853  OPERATION  2 

FIG.  18548:1855  OPERATION  3 


FIG.I853 


shank  swaging  punch.  Dies  and  Die  'Holders — Die  screwed  to 
plate;  plate  bolted  to  bed  of  press.  Stripping  Mechanism — 
Steel  stripper  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Lubricant — A  little  oil 
on  punch.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    HAND-MILLING  BOTH  SIDES  OF  LUG 
(STRADDLE) 

Transformation — Fig.  1840.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Rotating  fixture,  similar  to  those  shown 
previously.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting 
Tools — Cutting  mills.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
— Similar  to  gage.  Fig.  1831.  Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATIONS  2  AND  3.  DRILLING  AND  REAMING 
SCREW  HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  1841.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney 16-in.  three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  1842.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drill  and  reamer.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  r"j  -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 200  pieces. 
Gages — Diameter  and  clearance  for  outside  of  boss.  Produc- 
tion— 120  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Feed  is  obtained  by  means  of 
foot  lever;  while  hole  is  being  drilled,  the  operator  reams  by 
hand  on  next  spindle,  holding  work  in  hand. 
OPERATION  AA.    REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY  OPERATION  3 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  3.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.    Production — Grouped  with  operations  4  and  5. 


OPERATION  B-2.    BUFFING   CIRCLE,    OUTSIDE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Buffing  outside  of  swivel.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — 
Buffing  wheel.     Gages — None.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   C-2.    TUMBLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Brightened   by   tumbling.      Apparatus   and   Equipment   Used — 
Home-made  tumbling  machine;  tumbled  in  old  screws,  wash- 
ers, then  later  in  sawdust  and  pieces  of  belting. 

OPERATION  7.  MILLING,  ROUNDING  ENDS  OF  STACKING 
SLOT  (IN  LATHE) 
Transformation — Fig.  1848.  Machine  Used — Prentice  speed 
lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Held  in  holder  A,  Fig.  1849,  by  thumb-screw  in 
tailstock  of  lathe.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Formed  hollow  mill  B,  Fig.  2143.  Cut  Data — 450 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages— 
None.  Production— 170  pieces  per  hr.  Npte — The  end  is  offset 
for  this  operation  and  bent  back  after  the  work  is  finished. 

OPERATION    8.    FILING    BOTH    SIDES    OF   LUG   AND 

LATCHING   CIRCLE,   OUTSIDE,    NEAR   LUG 
Number    of    Operators- — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  lugs  at  sides  and  blending  circle  near  lug.     Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  9.    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Opera-tion — 
Polishing  outside  surfaces.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used- 
Polishing  jack  and  wheel.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 


[233] 


OPERATION  10.    BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Blue  in  niter  at  800  deg.  F.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Same  as  for  all  other  bluing. 

Hand-Guard  Clips 

The  hand-guard  clips,  as  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1850, 
are  made  from  sheet  spring  steel  so  formed  as  to  fit  re- 
cesses in  the  hand  guard,  their  object  being  to  prevent 
the  hand  guard  from  splitting  or  to  hold  it  together  in 
case  it  should  become  split  in  service.  These  hand  guards 
are  quite  thin  and  are  made  of  black  walnut  or  whatever 


per  screwed  to  face  of  die.     Lubricant — Stock  oiled  with  cut- 
ting oil.     Production — 1250  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.    FIRST  BENDING 

Transformation — Fig.  1852.  Machine  Used — Niagara  No. 
36,  1%-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank,  punch  shown  In 
Fig.  1853.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  on  plate  by  setscrews; 
plate  screwed  to  bed  of  press;  stops  on  each  side  of  die. 
Stripping  Mechanism — None.  Gages — None.  Production — 800 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.    SECOND  BENDING 

Transformation— Fig.  1854.  Machine  Used— Same  press  as 
operation  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches 
and  Punch  Holders — Square-shank  punch,  Fig.  1855.  Dies  and 
Die  Holders — Held  on  plate  by  setscrews;  plate  bolted  to  bed 
of  press.  Stripping  Mechanism — None.  Lubricant — None. 
Production — 800    pieces    per    hr.      Note — A   holder    or    form   A, 


FIG.  1867 


wood  is  used  for  the  stock.  Two  of  these  clips  are'  used 
on  each  guard,  being  fitted  into  recesses  that  prevent  the 
interference  of  the  hand  guard  and  the  barrel.  They  are 
made  in  a  punch  press  with  a  simple  bending  die. 

OPERATIONS   ON   THE   HAND-GUARD   CLIPS 
Operation 

1  Blanking 

2  First  bending 

3  Second  bending 

4  Tempering  and  hardening 

5  Assembling  to  hand  guard 

OPERATION  1.    BLANKING 

Machine  Used — Perkins  automatic  No.   5,   roll   feed,   1%-in. 

stroke.      Number    of    Machines    per    Operator — Two.      Punches 

and  Punch  Holders — Square   shank.      Dies  and   Die   Holders — 

Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew.     Stripping  Mechanism — Stsel  strio- 


FIQ.I866 


Fig.  1855,  Is  held  in  hand  and  placed  over  spring,  which  gives 
shape  to  ears. 

OPERATION  4.    TEMPERING  AND  HARDENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Hardened   in  open   fire  at   1450  deg.   F.;   tempered   in  niter  at 
800  deg.  F. 

OPERATION  E.    ASSEMBLING  TO  HAND  GUARD 
The  clip  is  simply  put  in  place  by  hand,  the  recess  in  guarc" 
being  coated  with  cosmoline. 

Front-Sight  Cover 

The  front-sight  caver,  Fig.  1856,  is  used  to  protect  the 
front  sight  in  field  and  other  service.  This  was  formerly 
made  of  sheet  brass  but  is  now  of  sheet  steel  pressed  into 
place  and  has  the  lower  ends  bent  so  as  to  spring  round 


[234] 


the  front-sight  stud.  It  is  made  from  a  sheet-steel  stamp- 
ing and  pressed  into  shape  with  suitable  forming  dies. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  FRONT-SIGHT  COVER 
Operations 

1  Blanking  from  low  sheet  steel 

1%  Pressing  radii  on  edges,  rounding  corner  of  top  and 
bend  sight  prong 

2  Bending  flanks  to  fit  barrel  and  bending  prongs 

3  Bending  flanks  together  to  fit  barrel 

4  Bending  down  front  prongs 

5  Bending  down  rear  prongs 
7-A  Correcting 

9  Caseharden 

OPERATION  1.    BLANKING  FROM  LOW  SHEET  STEEL 

Transformation— Fig.     1856.      Machine    Used — Perkins    No. 

19  press.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Punches 

and   Punch   Holders — Round  shank.      Dies  and   Die   Holders — 

Held  in  shoe  between  screws;  pierce  and  blank,  using  finger 


Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — In  shoe  by  setscrews;  die  shown  in  Fig.  1863.  Strip- 
ping Mechanism — None.  Gages — None.  Production — 650  pieces 
per  hr.  Note — A  mandrel  is  placed  at  center  point  which  gives 
top  circle  and  shapes  ends.  Pieces  on  side  of  die  close  in, 
bending  prongs  together. 

OPERATION  4.  BENDING  DOWN  FRONT  PRONGS 

Transformation — Fig.  1864.  Machine  Used — Old  draw  press, 
maker  not  known.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank,  Fig.  1865.  Dies 
and  Die  Holders — Screwed  to  plate  which  is  bolted  to  bed  of 
press;  a  holder  is  placed  inside  of  cover  to  keep  it  from  closing 
together;  punch  forces  end  over  and  down.  Stripping  Mechan- 
ism— None.  Gages — None.  Production — 800  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION   5.    BENDING  DOWN  REAR  PRONGS 

Transformation — Fig.  1866.  Machine  Used — Old  draw  press, 
maker  not  known.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Screwed  to  plate  which  Is  bolted  to  bed  of  press: 
holder  in  this  operation  is  similar  to  but  of  a  different  size 


\J    I 


"Knob 

3 


.■Handle  Section 


3C 


at 


.■Second  Section 


■■Swivel  Section 


/Swivel 


3C 


± 


.-Patch  Section 


I 


3 


Knob  Pin,  stcel  00875^0.45"  (Driven  in) 


%    0.43?(£') 


jQ&'Pia-m 


I 

35.857"- — • - -„— -J 

Cleaning  Rod  .    | 

IS 

mAtt 

32ThmadsperhVStd..r'->\  I  ?  f 


3B£t 


.  <-  a&"~, 
y<J*:->ai87"(p 
~:^~~a7s"\— 

Knob  (ALUMINUM ALLOY)  Buff 

— .//y?'.„*-  2fbrfsAlum.lfbrt7inc 

*dr  'a^  \*r?  ogam 


'  (2086  Diam. 


Handle  Section 


(HALF-HARD  BRASS)      finish 


00 f Had.' 


.«?r;Liffc'■ 


J* 


asi"\ 


■1.75'-. 


ft 


8*  h/.£'i  - 


XThreadsperln.  VStd..r  "]  <-?  «   SHftfr.| 


T 


Bjj  r  ™»j  Xfhreadspertn.  VStd. 

f  ^ 

Second  Section   (half-hard  BRASS)    Finish 


-&5'- 


JPBS 


3 


1 


<3 


3BThreadsperln.  VStd. 


jf.l— 


——£5* 


<m' 


I9FH 


^aoelp 


I 


I 


32  Threads  per/n.  VStd,. 


Swivel  Section 

aoe'R. 


■-■3875'- 

(HALF-HARD  BRASS)     Finish 


43Thrvxkperln.VStds'  I*.  ...J 


€ 


att'A 


^5^j£|  XThnndsptrln.  VStd. 

J  (ft) 
3.06i"Ok"h — J 

Patch  Section  (HALF-HARD  BRASS)      Finish 


0.06E 


-i  as  \«- 


t_ 
'Stump 


U-fli2f—  -J  ati'  I  SS  § 


■» 0.67"- 

Brush  Section 


■075'- 

(HALF-HARD  BRASS)  Finish 


Ufl2y'J 


Sleeve 


(BRASS) 


■003" 


-  OSS-'A  •S*""fl  I  \~027- 

t« «•*— 

3l87(f)U-     -I* 1045'- ■ 

Swivel  (HALF-HARD BRASS) 
,-Q.  Finish 

02515'Ream 


WlKad 


■0889"- 
Swivel  Screw  (sriu) 


TE 


mii  u?",w 


$tam% 


(~ 


Brush  Section 


Collar  (snCL) 


Q375"Diam. 


-32.55"- 


j  Q.25"Diam. 


T 


3C 


■ — IV 


^£ 


■34"- 


*oAj_BMSS)fm _ ...] ..9-lt'^X 


Handle  (BRONzo 


Barrack  Cleaning  Rod         FIG.  1868 


I— — m"~ 


stop.  Stripping  Mechanism — Steel  strippers  screwed  to  face 
of  die.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 20,000  pieces. 
Lubricant — Stock  oiled  with  cutting  oil.  Production — 1500 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1%.    PRESSING  RADII  ON  EDGES,  ROUNDING 
CORNER  OF  TOP  AND  BEND  SIGHT  PRONG 
Transformation — Fig.    1858.      Machine    Used — Niagara    No. 
36,    lV£-in.    stroke.      Number    of   Operators   per   Machine — One. 
Punches    and    Punch    Holders — Square    shank.      Dies    and    Die 
Holders — Held    in    shoe    by    setscrew;    shoe    bolted    to    bed    of 
press.    Fig.    1859.      Stripping   Mechanism — Two   spring   pins   in 
punch  to  strip  work  from  punch.     Lubricant — None.     Produc- 
tion— 600  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  2.    BENDING  FLANKS  TO  FIT  BARREL  AND 
BENDING  PRONGS 
Transformation — Fig.    1860.      Machine    Used — Niagara    No. 
36,    1%-ln.    stroke.      Number   of   Operators    per    Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank  A,  Fig.  1861.     Dies 
and  Die  Holders — Dies  screwed  to  plate  which  is  bolted  to  bed 
B,    Fig.    1861.      Stripping   Mechanism — None.      Production — 650 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  BENDING  FLANKS  TOGETHER  TO 

FIT  BARREL 
Transformation — Fig.    1862.      Machine    Used — Niagara    No. 
26.    lV4-ln.   stroke.      Number   of   Operators    per   Machine — One. 


from   that  used  in  operation   4.     Gages — None.     Production — 
800  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7-A.    CORRECTING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Testing  springiness.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Piece 
of  stock  size  of  barrel  and  pair  of  hands.  Gages — Fig.  1867. 
Production — 1200  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  9.    CASEHARDEN 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Pack  in  bone  and  leather  and  caseharden  in  usual  way.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Usual  equipment. 

Operations  on  Barrel-Cleaning  Rods 

There  are  two  types  of  cleaning  rods,  the  solid  rod  for 
use  in  barracks,  the  jointed  rod  and  the  thong  cleaner. 
These  are  all  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  1868,  the  greater 
part  of  the  work  being  done  on  a  screw  machine.  The 
operations  are  shown  in  connection  with  the  transforma- 
tion drawings  and  so  require  no  explanation  whatever. 


[235] 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  CLEANING  ROD,  KNOB 
Operation 

1  Forming,  drilling,   reaming  and   cutting  off 

2  Stamping  1903 

OPERATION   1.      FORMING,    DRILLING,    REAMING   AND 
CUTTING  OFF 

Transformation — Fig.  1869.  Machine  Used — Hartford  No.  2 
automatic.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Draw-In  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Turret  and  crossforming  tool  drill.  Cutting  Tools — Drill, 
reamer,  forming  tool  and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — -Three. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  A -in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i£-in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1000 
pieces.  Production — 315  pieces  per  hr.  Note — This  is  made 
from  an  aluminum  alloy;  bids  for  die  casting  have  been  asked 
for,  which  will  eliminate  machinery. 

OPERATION  2.     STAMPING  1903 

Description  of  Operation — Stamping  1903  on  end  of  knob. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hammer  and  stamp.  Pro- 
duction— 500  pieces  per  hr.  Note — This  would  also  be  elim- 
inated by  the  use  of  die  castings. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BARRACK  CLEANING-ROD  HANDLE 
Operation 

1     Drill,  ream  and  face  both  sides 
OPERATION  1.     BARRACK  CLEANING  ROD,   HANDLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1871.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  fixture, 
Bcrewed  to  spindle  in  head,  clamped  by  chuck  jaws,  Fig.  1872; 
counterweight  is  shown.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  of  ma- 
chine. r  Cutting  Tools — Spot  drill,  drill,  reamer,  facing  and  back- 
facing  tools;  back-facing  tool  is  held  in  same  way  as  cutter 
for  facing  cutoff  slot  in  receiver,  Fig.  410.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Three.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 800  pieces.  Gages — 
Plug  and  length.     Production — 150  pieces  per  hr. 


Life    of   Tool    Between    Grindings — 500    pieces.      Gages — Plug 
Production — 90  pieces  per  hr.     Note — Held  in  hand  to  ream. 
OPERATION    5.      ASSEMBLING   WITH   PIN 

Description     of     Operation — Assembling     knob     with     pin. 
Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Bench    and    hand    hammer. 
Gages — None.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  6.     POLISHING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Polishing  ends  of  rivet  in  knob.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Buffing  and  polishing  wheels.  Production — 600  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.  ASSEMBLING  ROD  AND  STAMPING 
ALL  PARTS  EXCEPT  KNOB 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Assembling  and  stamping  1903.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Hand  stamp  and  hammer.  Production — 55  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATIONS  ON  THE  CLEANING  ROD,  SECOND  SECTION 
Operation 

1  Cutting  to  length 

2  Threading  male  end 

3  Drilling,  tapping  and  counterboring 

OPERATION  1.  CUTTING  TO  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  1875.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in.  chuck,  hollow- 
spindle  lathe.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Crossfeed.  Cutting 
Tools — Cutting-off  tool,  hand  forged.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Length.  Production 
— 350  pieces  per  nr. 

OPERATION   2.      THREADING   MALE   END 
Transformation — Fig.  1875.     Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine- 
One.     Work-Holding   Devices — Draw-in   chuck.     Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret   of   machine.      Cutting   Tools — Threading   die. 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  CLEANING  ROD,  HANDLE  SECTION 
Operation 

1  Cutting  to  length 

2  Threading  one  end 

3  Assembling  knob 

4  Drilling  and  reaming  pin  hole 

5  Assembling  with  pin 

6  Polishing 

7  Assembling  rod  and  stamping  all  parts  except  knob 

OPERATION  1.  CUTTING  TO  LENGTH 
Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  hand  screw  machine. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Crossfeed. 
Cutting  Tools — Cutting-off  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Length.  Production — 350 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  THREADING  ONE  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1873.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Held  in  turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow 
mill,  threading  die,  forming  tool  (rounding  end).  Number 
of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Ring, 
thread  and  length.     Production — 70   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.      ASSEMBLING  KNOB  FOR  DRILLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Assembling   knob   to   rod.     Apparatus   and   Equipment   Used — 
Hammer  and-  bench  block.     Production — 125   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.  DRILLING  AND  REAMING  PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1874.  Machine  Used — Any  drilling 
machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  V-block.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drill  and  reamer.  Number 
of    Cuts — Two.      Cut    Data — 900    r.p.m.;    hand    feed.      Average 


FI6.I873 
OPERATION  2 


Number   of    Cuts — Three.      Cut    Data — 900    r.p.m.;    hand    feed. 

Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500   pieces.     Gages 

—Thread  and  length.     Production — 75  pieces  per  nr. 

OPERATION  3.     DRILLING,  TAPPING  AND 

COUNTERBORING 

Transformation — Fig.  1875.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — ■ 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-fn  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Drill,  tap  and  coun- 
terbore.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces. 
Gages — Plug,  thread  and  depth.     Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  SWIVEL  SECTION,  CLEANING 
ROD,  1903 
Operation 

1  Drilling,  counterboring,  tapping  first  end  and  cutting  off 

2  Drilling,  counterboring,  tapping  second  end 

OPERATION  1.  TAPPING  FIRST  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1876.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — - 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret.  Cutting  Tools — Drill,  counterbore  and  tap. 
Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 950  r.p.m.  Gages — Plug, 
thread  and  depth.     Production — 150  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  TAPPING  SECOND  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1876.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — ■ 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices- — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Similar  to  oper- 
ation 1.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 950  r.p.m.  Gages 
— Same  as  operation  1.     Production  150  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  SWIVEL,  CLEANING  ROD.  1903 
Operation 

1     Drilling,    reaming,    threading    one    end    and    cutting   te> 
working  length 

3  Polishing  Joint  corners 

4  Stamping  1903 


[236] 


OPERATION    1.      DRILLING,    REAMING,    THREADING    ONE 
END  AND  CUTTING  TO  WORKING  LENGTH 

Transformation — Fig.  1877.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine  —  One.  Work-Holding  Devices  —  Draw-in  chuck. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — 
Drill,  reamer,  threader  and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — Four. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m. ;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Diameter,  thread, 
length  and  depth  of  recess.  Production — 150  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  3.     POLISHING  JOINT  CORNERS 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Rounding  corners.     Apparatus   and   Equipment  Used — Polish- 
ing stand  and  wheel.     Production — 650  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  4.     STAMPING  1903 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Stamping  1903.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hammer 
and  stamp.     Production — 700  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS    ON    THE    CLEANING    ROD,    SWIVEL   SCREW 
Operation 

1  Trimming,   threading  and  cutting   off 

2  Slotting 

3  Polishing 

OPERATION   1.      TRIMMING,    THREADING  AND 
CUTTING  OFF 
Transformation — Fig.  1878.     Machine  Used — Hartford  No.  2 
automatic.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four.     Work- 


OPERATION  2.  CLAMP-MILLING  BOTTOM  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1879-B.  Machine  Used — Machine 
Duilt  at  the  Hill  shops.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — • 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Crossfeed.  Cutting  Tools — Clamp-milling 
cutters,  Fig.  1880.  Number  of  Cute — One.  Cut  Data — 250 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Form.  Production 
— 150  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  TRIMMING,  THREADING  AND 
ROUNDING  ENDS 
Transformation — Fig.  1879-C.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  hand  screw  macliine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow 
mill,  threading  die  and  forming  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — Three. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Length,  diameter  and 
thread.     Production — 70  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS   ON    THE    CLEANING   ROD.    BRUSH   SECTION 
Operation 

1  Forming,  threading  and  cutting  to  length 

2  Drilling  and  tapping 
4     Stamping  1903 


IT 


c=C 


I//  ■-',-■  ■'  ■  - "      — :".' 

I  'I  .1.1!  !i'i]  iifl      '.' 


FI6.I877 
OPERATION  l.Swivel 


FIG.  1876 
OPERATION  l.Swivel  Section 


FIG.  1875 
OPERATION  I, Second  Piece 


- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — > 


FIG.  1879 


OPERATION  Z 


!Q 


FIG.  1878 


FIG.  1880 


FIG.  1881 
OPERATION  1,  Brush  Section 


Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Trimming,  box 
tool,  threading  die  and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut 
Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  A  -in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  %-in. 
stream.  Average  Lire  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 400  pieces. 
Gages — Ring,  thread  and  length.  Production — 50  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  2.  SLOTTING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Slotting  head  of  screw.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Hand  slotting  or  Manville  automatic  slotter  and  saw.  Pro- 
duction— 700  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.      POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing    and    burring.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 
Wheel  and  polishing  stand.     Production — 1000  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  CLEANING  ROD,  PATCH  SECTION 
Operation 

1  Cutting   to   length 

2  Clamp-milling  bottom  end 

3  Trimming,   threading  and  rounding  ends 

OPERATION  1.  CUTTING  TO  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  1879-A.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Turret  and  cross-slide.  Cutting  Tools — 
Cutting-oK  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500 
pieces.     Gages — Length.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  1.     FORMING,  THREADING  AND  CUTTING 
TO  LENGTH 

Transformation — Fig.  1881-A.  Machine  Used — Acme  No.  2 
automatic  screw  machine.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
— Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Hold- 
ing Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow  mill, 
die,  end-forming  tool,  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut 
Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  A -in.  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1000  pieces.  Gages— Diameter  and  length  of 
thread.     Production — 160  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    2.      DRILLING    AND    TAPPING 

Transformation — Fig.  1881-B.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Drill 
and  tap.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1000  pieces. 
Gages — Diameter  and  depth.  Production — 75  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  4.     STAMPING  1903 

Transformation — Fig.  1881-C.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Stamping  1903  on  rod.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Hammer  and  stamp.  Production — 650 
pieces  per  hr. 


[237] 


Oiler  and  Thong  Case,  Spare-Parts 
Container,  Screwdriver 


With  the  completion  of  the  parts  in  this  section,  the 
machine  work  on  the  rifle  proper  has  been  finished  and 
assembly  to  the  stock  is  next  in  order.  This  naturally 
brings  us  to  the  making  of  the  stock  itself,  which  follows 
this  section.  This  will  also  include  the  hand  guard, 
which  covers  the  top  of  the  barrel  and  is  really  part  of 
the  stock  itself. 

Oiler  and  Thong  Case 

This  fits  into  an  opening  in  the  stock  of  the  rifle,  this 
opening  being  covered  by  the  butt-plate  cap.  These  parts 
are  furnished  for  every  alternate  rifle  only,  the  spare- 
parts  container  being  supplied  with  the  remaining  rifles. 


OPERATIONS   3  AND   4.    SOLDERING   COLLAR  AND 
PARTITION 
Transformation — See  complete  case,  Fig.  1882.     Number  of 
Operators — One.       Description     of     Operation — Soldering     end 
collar  and  partition;  strip  solder  in  form  of  a  ring;  heat  ap- 
plied by  torch  at  side;  revolved  slowly  by  belt  beneath.     Ap- 
paratus  and    Equipment   Used — Soldering    machine   and    torch. 
Fig.  1886.     Gages — None.     Production — 800   pieces  per   hr. 
OPERATION  4%.    OILER  COLLAR 
Transformation — See   Fig.    1882.     Machine   Used — Cleveland 
automatic.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Work- 
Holding      Devices — Draw-in      chuck.        Cutting      Tools — Drill, 
counterbore    and    tap;    cutoff.      Number    of    Cuts — Four.      Cut 
Data — 600   r.p.m.      Gages — Diameter,   length   and    plug   thread. 
Production — 140   pieces  per   hr. 

OPERATION  5.  SQUARE  END,  THREAD  AND 
COUNTERSINK 
Transformation — Fig.  1887.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Facing  cutter, 
tap  and  countersink.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 900 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.    Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 


A315R. 


A  K-flZ3' 

bruss 
Thong-case  Partition 


Q 

•MflSSH' 

LEHTHFtt, 
dOd"Thick 


am 


Corner  slightly 


AXlft. 
004% 


I 

l£RTHUtfl08Thkk 

Oiler-cap  Washer 


Thong-case  Rod 


"itaif  i         perlnch 
BRRSS,MckelPhte 
Thong-case  Cap 


■?6S'~ 
I 


T*!*6,,       Z4  Threads 
■nflffir-    perlnch 

BRASS 

Oiler  Collar 
014"Tap.32Threpds 
(perlnch      4JLi__ 


I— - 


B  T  — 

§  £4  Threads., 

perlnch  m 

~>—m'— 

Bans  tw  steel  wire.  Nickel  Plate 
Oil  Dropper 


\*-~Q764'~*\ 


FIG. 1883 


O 


r 


M 


Soldered  in  Place 


■*  *4?S 


-  563'- 

BR/ss  tubing,  Nickel  Plate 
Thong-case  Body 


.— •>! 


B*  we 


*-Z48'toTopoffbrmion>\         , 
■5.63 - Xh-0.13' 


FIG.I88Z 


Oiler  and  Thong  Case 


Fit  to 
/Punch  Press 


FIG.  1884 


OPERATION  Z 


OPERATIONS  ON  THE  OILER  AND  THONG  CASE 
Operation 

1  Cutting  off 

2  Assembling 

2-A     Making  partition  in  punch  press 

3  Soldering  collar 

4  Soldering  partition 

5  Square  end,  thread  and  countersink 

6  Thread  thong-case  end 

7  Assembling 

OPERATION  1.  CUTTING  OFF 
Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney  hand  screw  machine. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Crossfeed. 
Cutting  Tools — Cutting-off  tool.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1000  pieces.  Gages— Length,  3%  in.  Production — 
350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.    ASSEMBLING  PARTITION 
Transformation — Fig.    1883.       Number    of    Operators— One. 
Description  of  Operation — Assembling  partition  and  case.     Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used— Vise  in  punch  press,  Fig.  1884; 
is    also    done    with    hammer    and    block.      Gages — Position    of 
partition.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  2-A.    PUNCHING  AND  FORMING  PARTITION 
DISKS 
Maehine  Used — Niagara  No.  31  press.     Number  of  Operator; 
per     Machine — One.       Punches     and     Punch     Holders — Round 
shank.     Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew,  Fig. 
1885.      Stripping    Mechanism — Forced    out    of    die    by    spring 
knock-out.        Production — 650     pieces     per     hr.        Note — Disk 
punched  from  strip  and  cupp«d  at  one  operation. 


1000    pieces.      Gages — Length    and    thread.      Production — 150 
pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION  6.  THREAD  THONG-CASE  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1888.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Tap.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Threaded  plug. 
Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  THONG-CASE  CAP 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Forming  end 

3  Swaging  and  assembling  leather 

OPERATION  1.  AUTOMATIC 
Transformation— Fig.  1889-A.  Machine  Used— Pratt  & 
Whitney  or  Acme  automatic.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator—Four.  Work-Holding  Devices— Draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools— Spot, 
form,  drill,  knurling  tool,  thread  and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts 
—Six.  Cut  Data— 1200  r.p.m.;  A -in.  feed.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 900  pieces.  Gages — Diameter,  depth 
and  thread.     Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  FORMING  END 
Transformation — Fig.  1889-B.  Machine  Used — Pratt  & 
Whitney  No  1  hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine— One.  Work-Holding  Devices— Draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holdinl  Devices— Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools— Forming 
tool  Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data— 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings-500  pieces .per  hr. 
Gages— Dlamet.r  and  form.     Production— 150  pieo.s  per  hr. 


[238] 


r.1-':.'— : 


FIG.  1887 
OPERATION  5 


■  —  -Jl-- 


FIG.I888 
OPERATION  6 


FIG.  1886 

OPERATION  3.  SWAGING  AND  ASSEMBLING  LEATHER 
Transformation — Fig.  1889-C.  Machine  Used — Old  10-in. 
Prentice  lathe.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Crossfeed.  Cutting  Tools — Swaging  or  spinning  tool. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Pro- 
duction— 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    AUTOMATIC 

Transformation — Fig.  1890.  Machine  Used — Any  automatic 
screw  machine.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Spot,  former,  drill 
and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — Four.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.; 
A-in.  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1000 
pieces.  Gages — Thread,  diameter-and  thickness  of  head.  Pro- 
duction— 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   7.    ASSEMBLING 

Transformation — Fig.  1892.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Assembling  cap  to  case  and  wire, 
with  end  flattened,  to  cap.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Special  vise  for  holding  wire  while  cap  is  forced  on.  Gages — 
Assembled  length.   Fig.   1893.     Production — 350   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  THONG  TIP 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Milling 

3  Punching  thong  hole  and  rag  slot 

4  Straightening 

5  Countersinking 

6  Polishing 
8  Dipping 

OPERATION  1.    AUTOMATIC 
Transformation — Fig.  1895.     Machine  Used — Any  small  au- 
tomatic screw  machine.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 


FIB.  1889 

Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  draw-in  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Tool  in  turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — 
Spot  drill,  tap  and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — Four.  Cut  Data — 
1500  r.p.m.;  A-in.  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 1000  pieces.  Gages — Diameter,  length, 
depth  of  hole  and  counterbore;  threaded  plug.  Production — 
215  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.    MILLING 

Transformation — Fig.  1896.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 125  r.p.m.;  %-in.  feed.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Thick- 
ness and  contour.  Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  3.    PUNCHING  THONG  HOLE  AND  RAG  SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  1897.  Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks 
No.  1  punch  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  an'd  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Die  fixture  bolted  to  bed  of  press.  Stripping 
Mechanism — Stripper  held  by  jaws.  Average  Life  of  Punches 
and  Dies — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1898,  location  and  size  of 
holes.     Production — 400  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.    STRAIGHTENING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after     punching.      Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — Lead  hammer  and  block.     Gages — Contour.     Production 
— 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.    COUNTERSINKING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Countersinking    thong    hole    and    patch    slot.      Apparatus   and 
Equipment  Used — Bench  lathe  and  countersink.     Production— 
350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   6.    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  or  burring.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Pol- 
ishing jack  and  wheel.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr. 


Spring  Wire 


FIG.  1891 


FIG.  1892 
OPERATION  7 


[239] 


OPERATION  8.  DIPPING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Washed  in  potash  and  then  dipped  in  a  solution  consisting  of 
1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  1  part  nitric  acid;  just  dipped  and 
taken  right  out.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wooden 
tanks,  wire  baskets. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  THONG  WEIGHT 

1  Automatic 

2  Straddle-milling 

3  Punching  for  thong 

4  Countersinking 
'    5     Polishing 

7     Dipping 

OPERATION  1.    AUTOMATIC 

Transformation — Fig.  1899.  Machine  Used — Cleveland, 
Hartford,  National-Acme  or  .Pratt  &  Whitney.  Number  of 
Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine. 
Cutting  Tools — Hollow  mill,  threading  die  and  cutoff.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — Three.     Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  ft -in.  feed.    Aver- 


OPERATION  1.    AUTOMATIC 

Transformation — Fig.  1904.  Machine  Used — Acme  No.  » 
automatic  screw  machine.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator 
—Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Dra>w-in  chuck.  Tool-Hold- 
ing Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow  mill, 
threader  and  cutoff.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — • 
1200  r.p.m.;  ft-in.  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — 1000  pieces.  Gages — Diameter  length,  form  of  end  and 
thread,  similar  to  Fig.  1900.  Production — 250  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION   2.    PROFILING  GROOVE   FOR  WIRE 

Transformation — Fig.  1905.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  1  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — ■ 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Profiler.  Number  of  Cuts— One. 
Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — Snap  gage  for  size  and 
depth  of  grooves.     Production — 150  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.     DRILLING  HOLE  FOR  WIRE 
Transformation — Fig.    1906.      Machine    Used — Any    drilling 
machine.      Number    of    Operators    per    Machine — One.      Work- 


g  ZZThreads 
mi' per  Inch 


Thong  Cord—. 
,  NQ?4  Cable  laid  Italian  Cord 


33Threads.. 


,M'R     Bristles 

C2Ha  0JI01S  BLSCKBRI5TIES  , 


Kith—; m' 4 

■*\*e'i3' 

Thong  Weight 

BRSSS 


Z8.5'"- 


Thong 


■^PfV^V    per  Inch  ' 
OIZ'A^-     *l  (k-ffS*  Thong  BrushWAI  I,"?"" 


FIG  1896 


S3F 


■-Thong  Brush 
if  Wire  •      • 
BRHSSWIRS      i 
'DiamJPI6Stubbi!l 
6.15'Long      C 


Spot 


, 


Drill 


WWv 


Counter bore 


c=fl 


Top 


Trigger 
Screw' 


L_ 


FIG.1897 


°o) 


Vmis'A 


(Harden) 
FIG.I898, 


oc 


Hollow  Mill 


FIG.  1895  OPERATION! 
FIG.  1896  OPERATION  2 
FIG.  1897  &  1898  OPERATION  3 
FIG.  18998:1890  OPERATION  1 
FIG.189l8cl892  0R2       ~~T 

FIG.  1893  OPERATION  3_j  IM 

■  v 


Cutoff 
FIG.  1895 


FIG.I90I 


l 


Joint/ 
Screw 


,<J*i**t»-  l.86'—-*\Q44<- 

fl3'P 29'" J 

FIG.  1900 


i.7S"~ 
(Harden) 


Threading  Die 


a 


s> 


.■■o.ss" 


Cutoff 
FIG.  1899 


FIG.  1903 


U-- 


•35" 


01$  kt 

. .iU. f....  ..f\ 

STEEL  (Harden) 
FIG.  1902 


"I 


^^■em' 


age  Life  of  '  Tool  Between  Grindings — 1000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  1900,  length,  diameter  and  rounded  end.  Production — 
200  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  STRADDLE-MILLING 
Transformation — Fig.  1901.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of"  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Stand- 
ard arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Two  facing  cutters.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1902,  thick- 
ness and  contour.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.  PUNCHING  FOR  THONG 
Transformation — Fig.  1903.  Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks 
No.  1  punch  press.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — Held  on  plate  screwed  to  bed  of  press.  Stripping 
Mechanism — Steel  strippers  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Average 
Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 1000  pieces.  Production — 1000 
pieces  per*  hr. 

OPERATION  4.    COUNTERSINKING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Countersinking  thong  hole.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Bench  lathe  and  countersink.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  5.    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Polishing,  burring.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Polish- 
ing stand  and  wheel.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  7.    DIPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Washed  in  potash  and  then  dipped  in  a  solution  consisting  of 
1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  1  part  nitric  acid  to  clean  thoroughly. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wooden  tanks,  wire  basket*. 

OPERATION  ON  THE   THONG  BRUSH,   TIP 
Operation 

1  Automatic 

2  Profiling  groove  for  wire 

3  Drilling  hole  for  wire 

5     Coiling  and  trimming  bristles 


Holding  Devices — Drill  jig.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill 
chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 350  pieces.  Gages — Diameter  of  hole.  Pro- 
duction— 150  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.  COILING  AND  TRIMMING  BRISTLES 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Special  coiling  and  trimming  machine  built  at  the  Hill  shop, 
Fig.  1907;  the  bristles  are  held  at  A  by  clamp  B;  the  brush  tip 
is  held  in  C  and  the  wires  in  D;  the  wire  is  looped  through 
the  hole  in  the  brush  tips,  and  the  ends  are  caught  in  the 
chuck  D;  then  the  bristles  are  pushed  forward  between  the 
wires,  against  the  stop  J  in  Fig.  1908,  and  cut  off  by  the  knife 
H;  the  wires  are  now  twisted  to  hold  the  bristles  in  place,  as 
in  Fig.  1909,  and  then  the  stop  J  drops  out  of  the  way  and  the 
slide  moves  back  so  that  the  cutter  E  can  trim  the  ends  of 
the  bristles  against  the  knife  G,  Fig.  1910.  Production — 
Average  about  40  per  hr. 

Spare-Parts  Container 

The  spare-parts  containers  are  made  from  waste  wood 
that  is  unsuitable  for  stocks.  The  details  are  shown  in 
Fig.  1911.    The  other  operations  follow. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  SPARE-PARTS  CONTAINER 

Operation 

A  Planing 

B  Cutting  off 

C  Jointing 

D  Resawing  to  thickness 

1  Resawing  to  width 

2  Turning 

3  Cutting  off  to  length 

4  Swaging  to  size 

5  Drilling 

6  Profiling 

7  Oiling  with  linseed 

8  Packing  spares  in  container 


[240] 


OPERATION    ■£.      TURNINC- 
Transformation— Fig.   1912.      Machine  Used — Wood-turning 

Sacnine,  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
olding  Devices — Held  between  rolls.  Cutting  Tools — Fly 
cutters  Cut  Data — 3500  r.p.m.;  nanct  feed.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Qrindings — 1500  pieces  per  hr.  Production — 
40C  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.     CUTTING  OFF  TO  LENGTH 
Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Sawing  to  length.   5%    in.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Table  saw;  speed.    3500  r.p.m.     Gages — Length.     Production— 
400  pieces  per  hr 

OPERATION  4.     SWAGING  TO  SIZE 
Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
swaging  to  size.     The  containers  are  swaged  to  size  by  beinb 
forcec  through  a  round  steel  die  about  4  in.  long  and  of  the 
proper  diameter  for  the  finished  piece;  the  front  end  of  the  hole 
is  tapered  about  %  in.  to  the  foot  and  is  bolted'  to  the  bed  of  a 
•Id  planer;  the  pusher,  which  is  a  stud  that  is  fastened  to  th 
crossrai)    by  a  speelia   forging,   forces  the  container  through 
the   die   as   the  table   moves  under  the   rail;   these   pieces  are 
handled  a6  fast  as  the  planer  can  travel,  as  the  operator  only 
has  to  insert  the  end  in  the  tapered  portion  of  the  die;  this 
operation   reduces    the  diameter  approximately    &    in.     Appa- 


fhe  Screwdriver 

The  screwdriver  consists  of  two  blades,  hinged  together 
so  that  one  forms  the  handle  for  the  other.  One  blade  is 
larger  than  the  other,  and  they  are  designated  as  the 
small  and  the  large  blade.  The  assembling  of  the  com- 
plete screwdriver  is  shown  in  Pig.  1924.  The  blades  are 
machined  all  over  instead,  of  being  swaged  to  size  and 
ground  where  necessary. 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  SCREWDRIVER  BLADE,  SMALL 
Operation 

u         Cutting  oft 
A         Forging  from  bar 
B         Annealing 
B-l     Pickling 
C         Trimming 
C-l     Cold  dropping 
D         Buffing 


FIG.  1909 


ratus  and  Equipment   Used — As  described  above.     Production 
—600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.  DRILLING 
Transformation — Fig.  1913.  Machine  Used — Horizontal 
three-spindle  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws  on  machine, 
?ig.  1914-  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drills.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Cut  Data — 3500 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
500  pieces.    Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATWSf  6.  PROFILING 
Transformation — Wig.  ».91».  Maehine  Used — Wodd  profiler. 
Number  of  Operators  per  MaeMne— One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Work  held  in  rotating  fiitwrv.  Fig.  1916  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Toola — Two-point  fly  cutters. 
Number  of  Cuts — Four.  Cut  Data — *I00  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Betweer  Grindings— 500  pieces.  Gages 
—Use  an  extracto-      Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATWN  7.     OILING  WITH  LIN8EED  OIL 
Number    ot    Operators— One.      Description    ot    Operation — 
Dipped  in  linseed   oil  and  left  over  night  to  dry.     Apparatus 
and    Equipment    Used — Trays    filled    with    boiled    linseed    OIL 
Production — 1000  pieces  per  hr, 

OPERATION    8.      PACKING   SPARES   IN   CONTAINER 
Number    ot    Operators-  -One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Packing  spare  parts  (cooking  piece,  striker  and  extractor)  in 
eontainer.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hands.     Produc- 
tion— 190  7)er  kr 


FIG  1910 

1  Punching  joint  pin  bole 
1%  Burring  operation  1 

2  Milling  edges  and  sides 

3  Finish-grinding  to  thickness  and  shape 

4  Burring  hole 

OPERATION  0.    CUTTING  OFF 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Cutting  bars  in  two.     A  pparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hilles 
No.  2  stock  shears.    Production — 175  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  A.    FORGING  FROM  BAR 
Transformation — Fia>     1918.       Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.     Apparatus  and 
Equipment    Used — Billings    &    Spencer    400-lb.    drop    hammer. 
Gages — Fig.   1919.  width,  thickness  and  length.     Production-^ 
160  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.    ANNEALING 
Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description     of    Operation- 
Same    as    all     other    annealing    operations.       Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — Same  as  before. 

OPEP/VTION  B-l.    PICKLING 
Number    ot    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation    , 
Same  as  all  other  picklings.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Us*' 
— Same  apparatus  as  before. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  1  press.  Number  ot 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders- 
Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrew. 
Stripping  Mechanism — Down  through  die.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieoes.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr. 


16 


[241] 


Bat 


Plan  on  B"B 

, 5.0  — 


|<. Zl" 


l"Sq, 


-F- 

A! 


r?r.=.-..-.-?f--.-a 


S9M  t<- •„• - 3SS4"- ■■   -3t * 

\*—Ql$5""-A    V^347K    -/36'~ *t<-  -"fl864'§  >x    mQls^y-rr,  MSSWOOD  OR  BUCK  WHLNUT 

•^        Section  A-A  • 

a  FI6.I9II 


FIG.  1912 
OPERATION  2 


(    >       <         W 


FIG.  1913 


FIG.  I9W 
OPERATION  5 


FIG.  1916 
OPERATION  6 


OPERATION   C-l.    COLD   DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — ■ 
Straightening    after    trimming.       Apparatus    and     Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
700  pieces  per  hr. 

.     _       _      OPERATION  D.^  BUFFING  _  .       __ 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Buffing  sides.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Buffing  wheel 
and  holder.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.    PUNCHING  JOINT  PIN  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.    1920.      Machine    Used — Garvin    press, 
1-ln.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches 


and   Punch   Holders — Round   shank.      Dies   and   Die   Holder- 
Held  in  shoe  by  setscrews.     Stripping  Mechanism — Steel  strip- 
per  screwed  to  face  of  die.     Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies 
— 1500  pieces  between  grindings.     Lubricant — Oil  on  punches. 
Gages — Plug,  for  diameter.    Production — 650  pieces  per  hr. 
OPERATION  lj.    BURRING  OPERATION  1 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  1.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 600  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.    MILLING   EDGES  AND  SIDES 

Transformation — Fig.  1921.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.    Number  of  Machines  per  Operator— 


\<-Q495"->\<- W5'~ 


1 


x. 

TT 


■JIS'R. 


277'™~ 3* *& 


TJ~ 


STEEL,(Spring  temper) 
PIGI9I7 


FIG.I9I8 
OPERATION  A 


0Z>  <■ 


-*\]*-ao86' 

*375'<>%tgf 


FIG.I920 
OPERATION  1 


FIG.  1922 


x    ■EBB  *s 

IS   & 

*  UQZ5'  fferflS-H    >«-    -* 

Q.-—-?8e'- . 

33115' - -»4 

' ~""S!i.KXHarHen)""  7 

FIG. 1919 


OPERATION  2 


[242] 


FIG.  1923 


Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  vise  jaws,  Fig.  1922  and 
1923.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — 
Gang  of  milling  cutters.  Figs.  1922  and  1923.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m. ;  B-in.  feed.  Coolant — -Cutting  oil,  put 
on  with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1924,  width,  thickness  and  length.  Produc- 
tion— 45  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   3.      FINISH-GRINDING  TO  THICKNESS 
AND  SHAPE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Grind- 
ing to   thickness  and   shape.     Apparatus  and   Equipment   Used — 
Polishing  jack  and  holder,   wheel.     Gages — Thickness  and  shape. 
Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.     BURRING  HOLE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Remov- 
ing burrs  from  hole.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Reamer. 
Production- — 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  ON  THE  SCREWDRIVER  BLADE,  LARGE 
Operation 

0         Cutting  off 
A         Forging  from  bar 
B         Annealing 
B-l      Pickling 
C  Trimming 


of  operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — 
Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrews. 
Stripping  Mechanism — Down  through  die.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.     Production — 60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.     PUNCHING  JOINT  PIN  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  1926.  Machine  Used — Stiles  1-in.  stroke. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by 
setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Steel  strippers  screwed  to  face 
of  die.  Lubricant— Punches  oiled  with  cutting  oil.  Gages — Fig. 
1927  ;  also  plug  gage  for  hole.     Production — 650  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  11.     BURRING  OPERATION  1 

Number  of  Operators — ;One.  Description  of  Operation  — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  1.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 650  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.     MILLING  EDGES  AND  SIDES  OF  BLOCK 

Transformation — Fig.  1928.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Four. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws,  similar  to  Figs.  1922 
and  1923  ;  work  located  on  pins  in  punched  holes,  held  by  cams. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Formed 
milling  cutters;  see  Figs.  1922  and  1923.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m. ;  1-in.  feed.     Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with 


k-«'- 


$  K°35  Drill 

f  E3<  ® 

h06>)  **   Hl9       sSTEELlSpring  temper) 
STEEL.(Spring temper)  Scre^n* r Z 
Screw-driver  Rivet 


«£  — 


I  i  -Stamp  i 


■Rivet  headed  over 
after  Assembling 
in  Blades 


am  &    } 


Blue  alter  Assembling 
Screw  Driver 


FIG.I924 


-est' 


t        STEEL.  (Spring  temper) 
Screw-driver  Blade.(  Large) 


BSftr 


.-♦i 


m££ , ve5- 

STEEL.  (Harden) 
FI6.I927  ■ 

Fit  toTemplet 

— inru — 


''^055^-   ■ 277' 


•■>i  i        STEEL.(Harden) 


m$&M£-- 


4.ZS- 


FIG.  1929  A 


825'- 


J  U 


l« Z"- 

STEEL.  (Harden) 
FIG.  1930 


U—0.75"~4<- 


■1.625  '■■  •■• H< 

FIG.I933 


0875"   li 


K 


FIG.  1929  B 


FIG. 1931 
FIG.  1925  OPERATION  A 
FIG.  1926  &  1927  OPERATION  I 
FIG.I928,l9298cl930  OPERATION  2 
FIG.I93l.l932  8d933  OPERATIONS 


1  Punching  joint  pin  hole 
11     Burring  operation  1 

2  Milling  edges  and  sides  of  block 

3  Stamping  letters  U.S. 

4  Finish-grinding  to  thickness  and  shape    t 

5  Drilling  pin  hole 

8  Riveting  small  blade  to  large  blade 

9  Bluing 

10  Assembling  pin  to  large  blade 

11  Polishing  blades 

OPERATION  0.     CUTTING  OFF 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Cutting 
stock  in  half.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hilies  No.  2  stock 
shear.     Production— 3000  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A.     FORGING  FROM  BAR 
Transformation  —  Fig.     1925.       Number    of     Operators  —  One. 
Description    of    Operation — Shaping    from    bar.       Apparatus    and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Gages 
— Fig.  1927.     Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  B.      ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Same 
as  all  other  annealings.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Same 
as  before. 

OPERATION  B-l.     PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Same 
as  other  pickling  operations.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — 
Same  as  before. 

OPERATION  C.     TRIMMING 
Machine   Used — Snow-Brooks   No.    1;    11-in.    stroke.      Number 


brush.      Average   Life    of   Tool    Between    Grindings — 5000    pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1929,  length  and  form.    Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  S.     STAMPING  LETTERS  U.S. 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Stamp- 
ing U.S.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hand  stamp  and 
hammer.     Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   4.      FINISH-GRINDING  TO  THICKNESS 
AND  SHAPE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Grind- 
ing  side    to    finish.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Polishing 
jack  and  wheel.     Gages — Fig.  1930  ;  thickness  and  width  of  blade. 
Production — 120  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  5.  DRILLING  PIN  HOLE 
Transformation — Fig.  1931.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whitney 
16-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  1932;  work  is 
located  on  pin  A,  held  by  clamp  B,  while  drill  bushing  is  in  the 
swinging  arm  C.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Twist  drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— 750  r.p.m. ; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  ■/, -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces  per  grind.  Gages — Fig.  1933, 
diameter  and  depth.     Production— 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  8.    RIVETING  SMALL  BLADE  TO  LARGE  BLADE 
Number  of  Operators — One.     Description  of  Operation — Rivet- 
ing blades  together.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Hammer, 
header  and  block.     Production — 126  pieces  per  hr. 


[243] 


Making  the  Stock 


By  Ethan  Viall 


The  walnut  stock  of  the  Springfield  rifle  extends  for- 
ward under  nearly  the  entire  length  of  the  barrel,  only  a 
short  part  of  the  muzzle  end  being  uncovered  where  the 
bayonet  is  attached.  The  machine  work  is  unusually  ac- 
curate and  exacting  and  is  largely  done  on  specially  made 
machines.  Some  of  these  were  made  in  the  arsenal  shop 
though  most  of  them  were  made  by  outside  shops,  the 
names  of  which  are  mentioned,  where  important. 

The  Government  specifications  for  the  blanks  from 
which  stocks  for  the  military  rifle  are  made  are  as  fol- 
lows: Black  walnut  in  the  rough,  2|  in.  thick,  45J  in. 
long,  measured  in  a  straight  line  on  top  of  stock,  6  in.  wide 
at  butt  end  and  1{§  in.  at  the  tip  end,  and  otherwise  to 
conform  in  other  dimensions  and  shape  to  an  iron  form, 
actual  size,  which  is  furnished  to  successful  bidders.  All 
stocks  showing  wormholes,  sapwood,  wind  shakes,  splits, 


•Copyright,  1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 


checks,  cracks,  knots,  crooked  grain,  any  evidence  of 
brashy  wood,  unseasonable  age,  belted  timber  or  dry  rot 
will  be  rejected.  The  wood  must  be  hard,  straight- 
grained  and  sound  in  every  particular.  Ends  of  stock 
must  be  painted. 

The  shape  and  dimensions  of  the  rough  blanks  just  re- 
ferred to  are  given  in  Fig.  1934.  The  approximate  line 
of  grain  is  also  indicated.  The  shape  and  dimensions  of 
the  finished  stock  are  given  in  Pig.  1935,  and  in  many 
cases  these  dimensions  will  be  all  that  is  needed  to  under- 
stand certain  gaging  or  machining  operations,  when  taken 
together  with  the  other  data  accompanying  them.  Many 
of  the  machines  used  for  various  operations  on  both  the 
stock  and  the  hand  guard  are  similar,  and  in  these  cases 
the  reader  desiring  more  complete  data  can  refer  to  like 
machines  used  on  one  or  the  other  of  the  pieces.  The 
sequence  of  operations,  on  the  stock  of  the  Springfield 
rifle,  regardless  of  how  the  numbers  run,  is  as  follows : 

e'-6'—  — *• m'- 


-W—  —- *ki*->|<- is" 

FI6. 1934 


J** 


-*-->*■ 


T00965         I  0684'  I 


"}  -Q08" 
&™S55------ 


qjsS    ) ' 


D=s 


,*- S{ 


.Uj^lU^X^JwWS? 


■m'-"^--ZB'-->fl0^i-£Z8--*rf-\ZS36'-n 
p -ti — U ^4— J 


o^^r.fSSt..i!Mh!^---^os 


HS?i3   3 


Q4S5n 


IX,?/v 

Section  D-D 


Section  G-G 


Section  H"H 


Jtt'R. 


Section  A-A 


XT 


Section  B-B 


fla'H^i^ 


black  minuT 
FIG.  1935 


-I8i'-A 
Section  C-C 


„J/»„ 
5S*  *-5 

Section  E-E 


M5:~\ 


Section  F-F 


[244] 


1  Square  one  side 

2  Plane  to  thickness 
3— A  Rough-face  top 
3-B  Trim  ends 

3-C  Center  muzzle  end;  drill  butt  for  driver  pins 

4  Mark  and  saw  to  pattern  to  remove  stock 

4J  Cornering 

5-A  Rough-turn  front  end   (first  rough-turn) 

5— B  Press  in  driver  plate 

5-C  Rough-turn  rear  end  (second  rough-turn) 

6J  Straighten 
Inspect 

6  Spot  for  working  points 

7  Groove  for  barrel 

8  Rough-cut  for  receiver 

9  Profile  sides  and  bottom  and  top  of  butt  to  finish  lines 

10  Profile   top  edge   to   finish 

12  Shape  butt  for  plate  and  trim  to  length 

13  Cut  top  of  butt  for  tang  of  plate  and  bore  screw  holes 

11  Cut  for  cutoff  thumb-piece 

14  Turn  butt  and  stock  under  receiver  for  finish 
22  Cut  right  top  off  edge  at  receiver  opening 

15  Finish-turn  for  bands 


16 

20 


18 
17 
21 
23 
19 
24 
25 
26 


27 
30 
28 
29 
32 
33 
34 
35 


Turn  between  bands 

Bore  for  upper-band  screw 

Inspect 

Cut  grasping  groove 

Cut  for  guard,  bore  guard  screw  holes  and  trigger  slot 

Cut  for  lower-band  spring 

Round  edge  under  upper  band    (hand) 

Cut  for  swivel  plate  and  bore  screw  holes 

Fit  receiver  (hand) 

Fit  guard  (hand) 

Shape   to   tang   of   receiver,   edges   of   barrel    groove   to 

hand  guard,  and  to  guard  and  swivel  plate  (hand) 

Inspect 

Shape  to  butt  plate  and  sand  to  finish   (hand) 
Oil  (boiled  linseed) 

Boring  for  oiler  and  thong  case,  and  to  lighten  stock 
Fit  lower-band  spring   (hand) 
Drilling  for  stock  screw 
Assembling  with  stock  screw 
Oil  with  cosmoline 
Bore  for  spare-parts  container 
Inspect 


FIGS.  1936  TO  1941.     VARIOUS  OPERATIONS  ON  THE  STOCK 

Fig.  1936 — The  first  rough-turn,  operation  5-A.  Fig.  1937 — The  second  rough-turn,  operation  5-C.  Fig.  1938 — Spotting  for 
working  points,  operation  6.  Fig.  1939 — Right-hand  end  of  barrel-bedding  machine.  Fig.  1940 — Left-hand  end  of  barrel- 
bedding   machine.      Fig.    1941 — Special   shaping   machine   used  for  operation  9 


[245] 


f  II       lip 


^  71/' 


^*&1 


FIG.  1942.     BEDDING  AND  DRILLING  MACHINE  PIG.  1943.     CUTTING  GRASPING  GROOVES.   OPERATION  18 


FIG.I949 


FIG.  1948 


OPERATION  1.  SQUARE  ONE  SIDE 
Transformation — Fig.  1945.  Machine  Used — Buzz  planer, 
hand  feed,  Fig.  1946.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — None.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Oliver  safety  planer  head.  Cutting  Tools — Knives  in  planer 
head.  Number  of  Cuts — Enough  to  clean  up.  Cut  Data — Head 
runs  about  3800  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
'ngs — 700  pieces.     Production — 1584   In  8  hr. 


OPERATION  2.  PLANE  TO  THICKNESS 
Transformation — Fig.  1947.  Machine  Used — Roll-feed  planer. 
Fig.  1948.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — Two.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Regular  planer  head.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — Head  runs  about  3800  r.p.m.  Average  Llf© 
of  Tool  Between  Grlndings — Stoned,  1000  pieces;  ground  every 
26-hr.  run.  Gages — Fig.  1949.  Production — 4840  pieces  per 
S  hr. 


[246] 


OPERATION  3-A.  ROUGH-FACE  TOP 

Transformation — Fig.  1950.  Machine  Used — Circular 
automatic  feed,  Fig.  1951.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Handwheel  clamps  on  carriage. 
Cutting  Tools — Circular  saw,  20  in.  in  diameter,  0.12  in.  thick, 
2-in  pitch.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— Runs  about 
3000  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 700 
pieces.     Production — 85  per  hr. 

OPERATION   3-B.    TRIMMING   ENDS 

Transformation — Fig.  1952.  Machine  Used — Circular  saw, 
sliding  carriage.  Fig.  1953.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Saw  carriage.  Cutting  Tools 
— Circular  saw,  17  in.  in  diameter  by  0.09  in.'  thick,  g  pitch. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two,  one  on  each  end.  Cut  Data — Saw  runs 
about  4000  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
1500  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — Top  edge  stop;  end  stop; 
hinged  hold-down  hand  lever,  as  shown.  Gages — Common 
rule.     Production — 85  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3-C.    CENTER  MUZZLE  END;  DRILL  BUTT 
FOR  DRIVER  PINS 

Transformation — Fig.  1954.  Machine  Used — Special  double- 
end  drill,  Fig.  1955.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Bed  stops  and  hand-lever  clamp,  as 
shown.  Cutting  Tools — One  J-in.  triangular-point  center  drill 
and  two  0.306-in.  diameter  wood  bits;  three  tools  fed  in  at 
once  by  foot  lever,  one  enough  to  make  a  center  and  the  two 


in  the  butt  to  a  depth  of  0.3  In.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 7000  to  8000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  1956.  Production 
— 85  per  hr. 

OPERATION  4.  MARK  AND  SAW  TO  PATTERN 

Transformation — Fig.  1957.  Machine  Used — Band  saw.  Fig. 
1958.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Cutting  Tools 
— Band  saw.  Number  of  Cuts — One  on  each  edge.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — About  4  or  5  hr.  steady 
sawing.  Gages — Fig.  1959.  Production — 704  per  8  hr.  Note — . 
Operator  lays  templet  on  stock  and  marks  outline  with  pencil, 
then  saws  to  lines. 

OPERATION   4J.    CORNERING 

Transformation — Fi«-  1960.  Machine  Used — Buzz  planer. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One  or  two  light  cuts.  Production — 2640  per  8  hr.  Note — This 
is  simply  the  removing  of  the  left-hand  top  edge,  in  order 
that  the  wood  will  not  splinter  oft  in  the  subsequent  turning 
operation. 

OPERATION  5-A.    FIRST  ROUGH-TURN 

Transformation — Fig.  1961.  Machine  Used — Blanchard  type 
lathe,  Fig.  1936.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Three. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Revolving  fixture  with  two  centers 
and  two  clamp  screws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Two  wood- 
milling  cutter  heads.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1962.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two;  first  cutter  is  started  about  6  in.  from  end  and 


RG.I953  OPERATION  3B 


[247] 


k— *f 


NOTE 
FIG.I960-0P45. 

RS.  19571  FIGI2f'LOCA 

-    1958  OR  4  -    1962   OP  5 A 

.    1959J  -   1963  J 


c /i'-i 


- 07"~ 


for 


T00L5TEEL 
FIG.I962 


-«"- 


rrn 


.,?..- 


~~ 

— tf2 

tt 

f 

^^™ 

-     1 

«l 

J    i. 

A 

.»«/ 


Ji 


FIG.  I960 


Y%"-* — /i*~-H 


FIG.  1963 


H< - 

STEEL 

FIG.  1967 
OPERATION  5C 


fi/tf-Hk 


[248] 


M  \-e§  -^j'r  ■■■■-//%'- --h^V-  i*** 


FIG.  1969 


All  Screws,  Bolts.  Washers/% 
and  Collars  MachineSleill' 


±EB  th  h 


Two     Sets  s,-^  Three    Sets 

Four      in      a     Set 
FIG.  1972 


es^fi     fc.~~-.jg* f.  ^**fA 


/ 


/  j 


7» 


t*fl75^J<--/ffi5'--'ffl75n*-/ffl">+(KZjJ 

II 

i 

1 

0 

"S 

....     * 

i. 

-»1     QI&A\> 

.>! 


1^=0" 


FIG.  1971 
OPERATION  6 


feeds  toward  butt;  second  cutter  begins  when  first  has  fed 
along-  6  in.,  the  total  cut  being  about  18J  In.  Cut  Data — Work 
trurns  about  50  r.p.m.,  cutters  about  5000  r.p.m.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grlndings — Stoned  every  8  hr.  Gages — Fig. 
1963.  Production — 300  in  8  hr.  for  three  machines.  Note — One 
operator  runs  one  lathe  on  this  work  and  two  on  butts. 
OPERATION  5-B.  PRESS  IN  DRIVER  PLATE 
Transformation — Fig.  1964.  Machine  Used — Foot  press. 
Fig.  1965.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  SpeciaJ 
Fixtures — Fig.    1965-A. 


OPERATION  5-C.    SECOND  ROUGH-TURN 

Transformation — Fig.  1966.  Machine  Used — Blanchard 
type  lathe.  Fig.  1937.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Three.  Work-Holding  Devices — Wedge  chuck  and  driving 
plate  oh  center,  as  shown.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter 
head.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — Work  turns  about 
50  r.p.m.,  cutter  5000  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindlngs — Stoned  every  8  hr.  Gages — Fig.  1967,  and  master 
form  on  machine.  Production — 300  in  8  hr.  for  three  ma- 
chines. 


[249] 


£S 


A  'Cutter,  No  Gage 


B  Culter.-noorcutforRtceivrr.6age  70 


C  Cutter- Sear  Cut  andg  deep,  on  Floor  of  Receiver  Bed.  Cage 7and7C 


■ a 


£ 


i 


B 


'OXufttr-Oage/A 


yu^tjjEZ 7 J  . 

"?■         g      Mark  Line  for  Cutting  Edge 


^"dZZT 


IT 


Mill  Rod  Cutter  Finish  with  Mill  Rod  to  Shoulder--' 


Heading  Rod  Cutter   ~~~ Heading  Rod  finishes  Shoulder  and 

oil  round  parts  back  of  it. 


E  Cutler  -Lightning  Cuts  -  Cage  7G 


fJw---/f^Ul,^< -//'- -J 


d||£ 


c         >    (       ~i  | 


F  Cutter  -  Tang  Cut  -  Cage  7 
FIGI974 


'  <"X..lf..^..i'^     ..yj. J 

* -$ ** 

F 
FIGI976 


ia^^ 


£U 


k- 
I*' 


■**~- 


",;> "irXi  KendofShck -y - t»***V#»"*i 

^r"'""ff.:y""^[?:::::iv::^ 


a 


T^TT" 


¥ 


ak 

^S) 


"     M 


fJ^Zf.l   VM<\  YcMY/AWM/fflWtM 


FIGI975 

OPERATION  7 


U- 


.^' 


3§p 


•i/jViVir 


^  *<^£nd of  finished  Stock  Vj         "J" 


\ffacf%C0*r 

hagy^*— ^yc-«haytiW  -/^r- fit  -- 

f.W;;.wi ■  t LT 


].:•_-:. 


FIG  1977 


OPERATION  5J.  STRAIGHTEN 
Transformation — Pig.  1968.  Machine  Used — Buzz  planer. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Just  enough  to  straighten  top  edge.  Production — 2640  per  8 
hr.  Note — This  operation  is  merely  to  straighten  and  smooth 
the  top  after  the  rough-turning  is  done;  after  this  is  done,  the 
inspector  goes  over  all  the  stocks  carefully  for  the  first  gen- 
eral inspection,  using  the  various  gages  and  looking  for  flaws 
of  any  kind. 


OPERATION  6.  SPOT  FOR  WORKING  POINTS 
Transformation — Fig.  1969.  Machine  Used — Special  spot- 
ting machine,  Figs.  1938  and  1970.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Clamping  jig  on  car- 
rier of  vertical  slide,  Fig.  1971.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter 
heads.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1972.  Number  of  Cuts — Seven  at 
once.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  1973.  Production — 1760  per  8  hr.  Note — Work  is 
carried  down  past  the  cutters  and  back,  stopping  above  them. 


[250] 


J^S L..J... 

rt     1    0   *»        i»    ft        ft         rt   O 

v 

■  f* 

~>^  — .;-  - 

— ^-L 

—piS"- 

t'B 

^ 

^ 


^ 

> 


nif*  ^^K4r" 


*sSXF->f-*f* 

.-^ 

£ 

^=j*5^ 

*S($vi 

u-^>  1?//'^ 

- j; 

-"-/SP"^--^/"* 

TOOL  STEEL 

to 


i 


-<- 


e      o      o 

TOOL  STEEL 


h 


5/222        FIG.I979 
OPERATION  7 


TDOLSTEEL 


OPERATION  7.  GROOVE  FOR  BARREL 
Transformation — Fig.  1974.  Machine  Used — Special,  made 
by  Ames  Manufacturing  Co.,  Chicopee,  Mass.,  Figs.  1939  and 
1940.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — -One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Fixture.  Fig.  1975.  Cutting  Tools — Profile  tools,  Fig. 
1976;  heading  rod,  Fig.  1977.  Cut  Data — Spindles  run  about 
4200  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindlngs — Stoned 
twice  a  day.  Special  Fixtures — Carriage,  Fig.  1978;  master 
form.  Fig.  1979;  mill  rod.  Fig.  1980;  profile  spindle  heads,  Fig. 
1981;  heading  rod  frame,  Fig.  1982.  Gages — Fig.  1983.  Pro- 
duction— 104  in   8  hr. 

In  studying  the  work,  it  will  be  seen  that  under  or- 
dinary shop  conditions  a  number  of  the  operations,  while 
listed  separately,  are  done  in  a  "group"  by  one  man  who 
may  use  several  machines  or  fixtures  in  succession. 

The  inspections  indicated  at  various  points  in  the  list 
of  operations  are  of  two  kinds.  The  first  is  what  the 
workman  himself  gives  his  output,  using  the  gages  fur- 
nished for  this  purpose;  and  the  other  is  by  special  in- 
spectors who  work  in  a  separate  room  by  themselves.  All 
the  work  is  brought  to  them  at  different  stages  of  the 
process,  and  it  is  to  the  test  by  these  inspectors  that  ref- 
erence is  made  where  the  word  "Inspect"  occurs. 


The  first  operation  on  the  rough-sawed  stocks  is  to 
square  one  side  on  a  buzz  planer,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1946, 
the  cut  being  enough  to  clean  up  one  side  completely. 
Naturally,  no  gages  are  needed.  The  planing  to  thickness 
is  done  on  a  roll-feed  planer,  Fig.  1948,  and  the  sheet- 
metal  gage,  Fig.  1949,  is  used. 

For  the  third  operation,  or  rough-facing  the  top,  a»  cir- 
cular saw  with  automatic  feed,  Fig.  1951,  is  used.  A 
thin  strip  is  sawed  off  the  top,  squaring  it,  and  with  the 
two  planed  sides  forming  temporary  working  points. 
Following  this,  the  ends  are  trimmed  in  a  specially  fitted 
circular  saw,  Fig.  1953,  with  stops  so  arranged  that  the 
stock  may  be  reversed  and  the  ends  trimmed  separately 
with  the  same  saw. 

In  centering  the  muzzle  end  and  drilling  the  butt  end 
for  driver-plate  pins,  a  double-end  drilling  machine,  Fig. 
1955,  is  used.  The  machine  is  so  arranged  that,  as  the 
operator  presses  the  lever  clamp  down,  a  wire  pulls  the 
shifter  over  and  starts  the  machine.    The  two  drill  heads 


[251] 


FIG.  I960 


FIGI98I   0P7 


are  fed  in  from  opposite  directions  by  means  of  a  foot 
treadle.  As  the  treadle  is  released,  the  heads  recede ;  and 
as  the  lever  is  raised  to  release  the  work,  the  machine  is 
stopped.  One  head  carries  two  wood  bits,  which  feed  in 
about  0.3  in.;  the  other  head  carries  a  triangular-point 
center  drill,  which  goes  in  just  far  enough  to  make  a 
good  center.  The  size  and  position  of  the  driver-plate 
holes  are  gaged  with  the  gages  shown  in  Fig.  1956. 

A  templet  is  laid  on  the  stock  and,  with  the  top  and  ends 
used  to  locate  from,  the  lower  outline  and  top  of  the  butt 
are  marked  with  a  pencil  and  then  sawed  out  with  a  band 
saw,  Fig.  1958.    The  templet  is  illustrated  in  Fig.  1959. 


The  "cornering"  is  the  planing  off  of  the  left-hand  top 
edge  and  is  done  so  that  the  wood  will  have  less  tendency 
to  splinter  in  the  following  turning  operation.  The  first 
rough-turning  consists  in  removing  the  surplus  wood 
under  where  the  barrel  of  the  rifle  is  to  be  placed.  The 
rough  stock  is  placed  in  a  revolving  fixture  on  the  Blanch- 
ard  type  of  lathe,  Fig.  1936.  The  top  edge  rests  on  a 
guide  bar  and  the  end  center  over  a  center  pin.  A  locat- 
ing center  pin  carried  on  a  hinged  bracket  supports  the 
butt.  The  machine  has  two  revolving  cutters,  thereby 
materially  reducing  the  turning  time.  A  master  form 
guides  the  cutters,  and  the  gage,  Fig.  1963,  is  used. 


[252] 


A  metal  driver  plate  is  next  pressed  into  the  butt  end, 
using  the  foot  press  shown  in  Figs.  1965  and  1965-A. 
Then  the  stock  is  placed  in  the  lathe,  Fig.  1937,  and  the 
rest  of  it  is  roughed  off.  The  part  first  turned  is  wedged 
into  a  revolving  sleeve  to  hold  it,  and  the  pressed-in  driver 
plate  is  held  in  a  driving  center.    One  front-end  and  two 


tween  the  cutting  heads.  The  cutting  tools  used  are 
illustrated  in  Fig.  1972.  Originally,  the  cutter  heads 
were  made  in  the  form  of  a  sort  of  large  end  mill,  and 
the  shafts  were  run  at  right  angles  to  the  work;  but  the 
present  form  uses  regular  cutter  heads  running  parallel 
to  the  work.     The  thickness  of  the  wood  through  the 


FIG.  1983 
OPERATION  7 


butt-end  turning  lathes  are  worked  together,  as  the  first 
one  will  turn  twice  as  many  pieces  as  the  others.  For  the 
second  rough-turn,  the  gage,  Fig.  1967,  is  used. 

Straightening  is  done  on  a  buzz  planer  and  is  to  smooth 
up  any  roughness  or  slight  warp  developed  in  the  previous 
operations.  A  smooth  surface  results,  to  be  used  in  con- 
junction with  the  ends  for  locating  in  the  spotting  ma- 
chine. 

This  spotting  machine  is  shown  in  Figs.  1938  and  1970. 
The  stock  is  placed  in  a  vertical  sliding  carrier,  detailed 
in  Fig.  1971,  and  is  clamped  in  by  means  of  an  eccentri- 
cally operated  spring  clamp.  The  operator  presses  down 
on  the  foot  treadle,  and  the  work  is  carried  downward  be- 


different  working  spots  is  tested  by  the  gage  6hown  in 
Fig.  1973. 

The  most  complicated  operation,  or  rather  series  of 
operations,  done  on  a  stock  is  the  bedding  for  the  barrel. 
The  stock  is  locked  in  the  carriage  of  the  machine  shown 
in  Fig.  1939.  The  channel  of  the  bed  is  first  roughed 
out  as  close  to  the  finished  size  as  practical  without  dan- 
ger of  undercutting.  The  various  parallel  cuts  are  then 
made,  using  the  different  vertical  cutters  in  turn,  each 
being  guided  by  a  master  form  set  close  to  the  work.  The 
remaining  surplus  stock  is  worked  out  by  running  the 
carriage  to  the  right  out  under  the  single  horizontal  cutter 
or  mill  rod,  which  is  worked  from  side  to  side  and  up  and 


[253] 


down  in  the  bed  channel  by  the  hand  lever  at  the  right, 
the  carriage  being  run  back  and  forth  by  means  of  the 
cranks  shown  hanging  down  from  the  front  of  the  bed. 
Next,  the  carriage  is  run  through  under  the  vertical 
spindle  head  to  the  opposite  end  of  the  machine,  Fig. 


into  the  bed  by  means  of  the  two  handles,  finishing  the 
cylindrical  surfaces  and  shoulders. 

The  transformation,  Fig.  1974,  will  give  a  good  idea 
of  the  various  steps,  and  the  tools  used  are  illustrated  in 
Figs.  1976  and  1977.     The  carriage  details,  forms,  rods 


1940.    Here  the  revolving  heading  rod  is  pressed  down     and  the  like,  may  be  seen  in  Figs.  1978  to  1982,  and  the 

gages  in  Fig.  1983. 


C'Hk- 


r  Mr- rS- 


\- ZZS"——-\ 

Y~UZS"t¥-UZ5"->\  QZ*-X  I* 


.-065Z5K, 

STEEL      * 

6ageNB7A 


b 


3.Z5"- 


H. 


s 


STEEL 

Gage  N*7E&7F 


->ifl6?5f<' 
\^\QI875" 


3> 


Front  of  Rear-sight  8ase 
Gage  N»7E 


.-Trigger  Screw 


r 


-Z.ZS"- 


la 


octets' 


D~ 


M 


Q0&5"* 


•11756'- 


W 


""  'steel 
Gage  N«  76 


A 

•Joint  Screw 

K 2.31"- *\Q38\<tg%Z\ 

1 

K- 

— -33Z'- 

-„...^ 

FIG.  1983 
OPERATION  7 


-4.85'- 


GageNS7B 


[254] 


The  rough  cut  for  the  receiver  is  made  with  the  turret- 
head  bedding  machine,  Fig.  1985,  the  work  holder  being 
shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  198G  and  the  cutting  tools  in 
Fig.  1987.  These  tools  are  guided  by  a  master  form,  Fig. 
1988.     Gages  for  this  operation  are  shown  in  Fig.  1989. 

The  bedding  machine  used,  like  many  of  the  others,  is 
a  special  type  of  profiling  machine,  the  cutting  tools  be- 
ing guided  by  means  of  master  forms  placed  at  one  side 
of  the  work.  A  guide  pin,  or  finger,  set  parallel  with 
the  cutting  tool,  is  made  to  follow  the  outline  of  the 
master  form  by  means  of  a  hand- lever  shown  at  each  tool 
position.  As  the  finger  follows  the  master  form  a  similar 
outline  is  cut  in  the  wood  of  the  rifle  stock.  The  great 
advantage  of  the  turret  type  of  profiling,  or  bedding  ma- 
chine as  it  is  called,  is  that  both  roughing  and  finishing 
cuts  may  be  taken  at  one  setting ;  holes  may  be  drilled ; 
special  cuts  taken  or  both  plain  and  formed  cutters  used. 

The  holding  fixture  used  with  the  bedding  machine  is 
very  simple  and  will  be  easily  understood  from  the  draw- 


at  the  left,  and  in  detail  in  Fig.  1992.  The  one  for  the 
top  and  bottom  of  the  butt  is  shown  at  the  right  on  the 
machine  and  in  detail  in  Fig.  1993.  The  gages  used  are 
shown  in  Fig.  1994.  The  top  edge  is  next  finish  profiled 
in  the  same  type  of  machine,  the  work  holder  being  illus- 
trated in  Fig.  1997. 

While  the  three-spindle  wood  shaper  is  used  for  this 
work  only  one  spindle  is  used  for  the  separate  jobs.  In 
this  case  the  left  hand  spindle  only  is  used  for  profiling 
or  shaping  the  sides  and  the  right  hand  one  for  profiling 
the  top  and  bottom  of  the  butt.  By  using  a  machine 
of  this  type  the  work  can  be  easily  shifted  from  one  hold- 
ing fixture  to  another  with  the  minimum  delay  and  the 
proper  cutters  are  always  ready. 

A  combination  saw  and  wood  shaper,  Fig.  2000,  is  used 
for  the  final  trimming  to  length  and  shaping  of  the  butt 
for  the  plate.    The  fixture  is  shown  in  Fig.  2002. 

The  multispindle  bedding  machine,  Fig.  1942,  is  used 
to  cut  the  top  of  the  butt  for  the  tang  of  the  plate.    As 


OPERATION  6 


AT 


LP? 

1*51 
U  il 


FIGI990 


0      0 


4 


<ser> 


TWISTED. 
FIG.  1991 


rii^rii^r' 


37 


(■JiTr/Vr/i  h/' 


ing,  the  principal  feature  being  a  quick-acting  eccentric 
clamp. 

Profiling  of  the  sides  and  the  top  and  bottom  of  the 
butt  is  done  in  the  three-spindle  shaping  machines,  Fig.  in  most  of  these  operations,  a  master  form  serves  to  guide 
1941.  Two  holding  fixtures  clamp  the  work  to  master  the  tool.  The  screw  holes  for  the  plate  are  bored  at  the 
forms.     The  fixture  for  the  side  profiling  is  illustrated     same  setting  by  means  of  a  horizontal  attachment  shown 

[255]  •   • 


FIG.  1986 
OPERATION  8 


[256] 


*rtt  p  m 


■js» 


f1 


®=i. 


r- 


~?1 


« 


h. 


-//- 
-***• 


///- 


<---^---->|  Tapped  Holer  not  morhdanr  g 


r-'^'T 


- -/»■• 


*'*»  '      I  I 


!   Mfr» "/ 


->U- 


■at  - 


in 


-»     F 


I** 


UTT 


■24" 


T-I *       >, 


€? g=^g 


*u-*« — ■=» -jtf* 


FIGI992 
OPERATION  9 


---->! 


SECTION  X-X 


0"     2"     4"    6" 


_i — i — i — \— 


d331 


]8H=0 


FIG.  1993 


*  < 
•v. 

I 
I 

1_ 


SM 


05 


~?045  ■■ 


ofa—m" 


05 


m± 


•  /MS"-' 
—   11605"— 


is 


oA 4'- J 

_._- J 


FIG.  1994 
OPERATION  9 


17 


FIG  1997  OPERATION  10 

[257] 


OGJ99& 


at  the  right.     Details  of  the  work-holding  and  profile 
fixture  are  given  in  Fig.  2006. 

OPERATION  8.  ROUGH-CUT  FOR  RECEIVER 
Transformation — Fig.  1984.  Machine  Used — Turret-head 
bedding  machine,  Fig.  1985.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine 
— One.  Work-Holding  Devices— Fig.  1986.  Cutting  Tools — 
Fig.  1987.  Cut  Data — Spindle,  7000  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 100  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — Master 
form.  Fig.  1988.  Gages — Fig.  1989.  Production — 528  per  day. 
OPERATION  9.  PROFILE  SIDES,  BOTTOM,  TOP  OF  BUTT 
Transformation — Fig.  1990.  Machine  Used — Special  shaping 
machine,  Fig.  1941.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 


Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  heads.  Cutting  Tools — Fig 
1991.  Cut  Data — 3800  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Betweer 
Grindings — Stoned  every  day;  ground  once  a  week.  Specia) 
Fixtures — Side-profiling  form  and  work  holder,  Fig.  1992 
top  and  bottom  profiling  form  and  work  holder,  Fig.  1993 
Gages — Fig.  1994.     Production — 363  per  8-hr.  day. 

OPERATION  10.    PROFILE  TOP  EDGE  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  1995.  Machine  Used — Same  type  ma- 
chine as  for  operation  9.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  1996.  Special  Fixtures — Mastei 
form  and  work  holder,  Fig.  1997.  Gages — Fig.  199S.  Produc- 
tion— 1144  per  8-hr.  day. 


FIG.200S 


h"£~^ 


WR\ 


*  Mark  Line  for  Cutting  Edge       \ 


D 


FIG.20IO 


TOOL  STEEL 
//*- — J 

[258] 


FIG.  2009 


FIG.20O6 


GAGE  II A 
STEEL 


r^i^S? 


GAGE  II B 
5TEL\ 


z& 


-Q& 


GAGE  It 
FIG.  2012 


OPERATION  11 
[259] 


„->JC5#R- 

k Zf--"-* 28'- -J 

I* — ■?■ - «l 

6A66I5A 


-a!294'g 
OPERATION  15 


[260] 


OPERATION  12.  SHAPE  BUTT  FOR  PLATE  AND  TRIM 
TO  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  1999.  Machine  Used — Combination 
saw  and  wood  shaper,  Fig.  2000.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Cutting  Tools— Fig.  2001,  saw,  81  in.  in  diam- 
eter, No.  12  gage,  i-in.  pitch.  Cut  Data — Saw,  3000  r.p.m.; 
shaper  head,  3800  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — Saw,  one  week;  head,  one  week,  but  stoned  daily.  Spe- 
cial Fixtures — Work-holding  and  profiling  fixtures.  Fig.  2002. 
Gages — Cutting  off  muzzle  end  and  butt  shape,  Fig.  2003. 
Production — 1100  per  day.  Note — Operator  trims  muzzle  end 
on  front  fixture  with  saw,  then  places  stock  in  rear  fixture 
and  shapes  butt. 

OPERATION  13.  CUT  TOP  OF  BUTT  FOR  TONG  OF  PLATE 
AND  BORE  SCREW  HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  2004.  Machine  Used — Multi-spindle 
bedding  machine.  Fig.  1942.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2005.  Cut  Data — Spindles 
run  about  4500  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 200  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — Work-holding  and  profile 
fixture,  Fig.  2006.  Gages — Fig.  2007.  Production — 660  per  8-hr. 
day. 

OPERATION  11.  CUT  FOR  CUTOFF  THUMB-PIECE 

Transformation — Fig.  2008.  Machine  Used — Special  turret 
bedding  machine.  Fig.  2009.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2010.  Cut  Data — Spindle 
runs  about  5000  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — 500  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — Fig.  2011.  Gages — Fig. 
2012.     Production — 1716  per  8  hr. 

OPERATION   14.    TURN   BUTT   AND   STOCK  UNDER 
RECEIVER  FOR  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  2013.  Machine  Used — Blanchard  type 
lathe,  Fig.  2014.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — Three. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Regular  cutter  head.  Cutting  Tools — 
Fig.  2015.  Cut  Data — Cutter  runs  about  5500  r.p.m.;  work 
about  50  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
Stone  every  day,  grind  700  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2016.  Pro- 
duction— 300  per  8-hr.  day.  Note — Before  placing  in  the  lathe 
a  driver  plate  is  screwed  on,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2017. 


OPERATION  22.  CUTTING  RIGHT  TOP  OF  EDGE  AT 
RECEIVER  OPENING 

Transformation — Fig.  2018.  Machine  Used — Wood  shaper. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig. 
2019.  Cut  Data — Spindle  runs  about  4500  r.p.m.  Average  Life 
of  Tool  Between  Grindings — Stoned  once  a  day.  Special  Fix- 
tures— Fig.  2020.  Gages — Figs.  2021  and  1989.  Production — 
1061  per  8  hr. 

OPERATION  15.  FINISH-TURN  FOR  BANDS 
Transformation — Fig.  2022.  Machine  Used — Modified  Blanch- 
ard, Figs.  2023  and  2024.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2025.  Number  of  Cuts — Three  at 
once.  Cut  Data — 4000  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — Stoned  once  a  day,  ground  once  a  week.  Gages — 
Fig.  2026.  Production — 670  per  day.  Note — Operator  feeds 
work  by  hand,  according  to  grain  of  wood. 

The  machine  illustrated  in  Fig.  2009  is  similar  in 
many  ways  to  others  shown.  On  it  the  cut  for  the  cutoff 
thumb-piece  is  made,  using  the  tool  shown  in  Fig.  2010 
and  the  fixture  in  Fig.  2011. 

The  butt  and  stock  under  the  receiver  are  next  finish 
turned  in  the  lathe,  Fig.  2014,  and  then  the  right  top 
edge  at  the  receiver  opening  is  shaped  off,  using  the  hold- 
ing fixture  seen  in  Fig.  2020. 

In  finish  turning  for  the  bands  only  a  narrow  strip  is 
turned  in  the  three  places  where  the  bands  are  to  be 
placed.  A  modified  type  of  Blanchard  lathe,  Figs.  2023 
and  2024,  is  used,  the  three  cuts  being  made  at  once. 
The  work  is  revolved  by  hand,  the  speed  of  the  feeding 
depending  upon  the  hardness  and  the  grain  of  the  wood. 


CAST  IRON 


FIGZ024 
OPERATION  15 


TOOL  STEEL      \*-}/>\  ,. 


1     ->* 


F1G.2024 


FIG.  2025 


'   [261] 


The  modified  Blanchard  type  of  lathe  referred  to  for 
finish  cutting  for  the  bands  is  fitted  with  cams  for  guid- 
ing the  inserted  tooth  circular  cutters  instead  of  the  con- 
tinuous master  form  of  the  stock  turning  machine. 

The  work  is  thrust  in  through,  and  is  carried  by, 
special  bearings,  into  which  it  is  wedged  or  clamped 
against  a  formed  piece  fitting  the  barrel  groove. 

The  hand  wheel  by  which  the  work  is  revolved,  is  large 
and  affords  a  firm  grip  as  the  operator  slowly  turns  the 
work  with  it. 

Cutter  heads  are  placed  in  the  machine  so  that  one 
head  works  on  one  side  and  two  on  the  other.  These 
cutter  heads  are  counterbalanced  to  draw  them  away  from 
the  work  and  are  set  into  the  cams  by  means  of  a  foot 
lever. 

Following  the  finish  turning  for  the  bands,  the  surplus 
stock  between  is  removed  in  a  similar  type  of  lathe,  Fig. 

1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co., 


2028.  Cutters  wide  enough  for  each  unturned  strip  are 
used,  and  the  work  is  completed  in  one  revolution,  the 
feeding  being  done  by  hand  as  in  the  previous  operation. 
No  gages  are  needed,  care  being  used  not  to  turn  below 
the  band  cuts,  to  allow  for  the  scraping  and  sanding. 

The  hole  for  the  upper-band  screw  is  bored  in  the 
machine  illustrated  in  Fig.  2031,  the  work  being  held  in 
the  fixture  shown  in  Fig.  2032. 

This  machine  is  a  vertical  drilling  machine,  with  two 
opposed  spindles  operated  by  levers  which  move  the  drills 
in  toward  the  work  which  is  held  in  a  special  jig.  The 
work  is  located  in  the  jig  by  means  of  the  barrel  groove 
which  fits  over  a  regular  scrap  rifle  barrel  screwed  to 
the  jig  plate. 

Two  grasping  grooves  are  cut,  one  on  each  side  of  the 
stock    as    shown    in    Fig.    2035.     They    are    intended 


Right  Hand  Spiral,  one  Turn  in  tZZ 


|<----- /*-'-- 

STUBS  STEEL  WIRE  uff  Ha„d  Spiral  one  Turn  in  ft? 

FIG.Z033 
OPERATION  20 

[262]  ' 


to  give  a  good  grip  for  the  left  hand.    These  grooves  are  hole  is  first  bored,  then  the  slot  is  sawed  out.    Following 

cut  in  the  wood  shaper,  Fig.  1943,  using  the  work  holder  this,  the  hand  tool,  Fig.  2048,  is  used  to  finish  the  spring 

and  form,  Fig.  2036.  ^ 

The  bedding  machine,  Fig.  2040,  is  used  to  cut  for  the 
guard,  bore  guard  screw  holes  and  cut  the  trigger  slot.  /""N 

Master  forms  guide  the  cutters  as  in  a  regular  profiling  ^~^ 


FIG. 2035 


no-oi 


Gage  18 


T 

• 

\ 

•r- 

... 

OPERATION  19 

machine.     The  holding  fixture,  Fig.  2042,  and  gages, 
Fig.  2043,  are  used. 

The  hole  and  slot  for  the  lower-band  spring  are  made     seat  to  exact  size  and  shape.    Rounding  the  edge  under 
in  the  machine  shown  in  Figs.  2045  and  2045-A.     The     the  upper  band  is  a  hand  operation  with  a  spoke  shave. 

[263] 


OPERATION  16.  TURN  BETWEEN  BANDS 

Transformation — Fig.  2027.  Machine  Used — Modified  Blanch- 
ard  lathe,  Fig.  2028.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2029.  Number  of  Cuts — Three  at  once. 
Cut  Data — Heads  run  about  4000  r.p.m.  Production — 748  per 
8-hr.  day.  Note — Hand  feed,  according  to  grain;  operator  is 
careful  not  to  turn  below  band  cuts. 

OPERATION  20.  BORE  FOR  UPPER  BAND  SCREW 

Transformation — Fig.  2030.  Machine  Used — Special  drilling 
machine,  Fig.  2031.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Fig.  2032.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2033. 
Cut  Data — 4000  r.p.m.  Gages — Fig.  2034.  Production — 2200 
per  8  hr. 

OPERATION  18.  CUT  GRASPING  GROOVE 

Transformation — Fig.  2035.  Machine  Used — Wood  shaper. 
Fig.  1943.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Fig.  2036.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2037.  Cut 
Data — Spindle  runs  5000  r.p.m.  Gages — Fig.  2038.  Production 
—1210  per  8  hr. 


OPERATION  17.    CUT  FOR  GUARD,  BORE  GUARD  SCREW 
HOLES   AND   TRIGGER   SLOT 

Transformation — Fig.  2039.  Machine  Used — Bedding  ma- 
chine, Fig.  2040.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Five-tool  turret.  Cutting  Tools — Fig. 
2041.  Cut  Data — Spindle  runs  7000  r.p.m.  Special  Fixtures — 
Fig.  2042.    Gages — Fig.  2043.     Production— 517  per  8-hr.  day. 

OPERATION    21.    CUT    FOR   LOWER    BAND    SPRING 

Transformation — Fig.  2044.  Machine  Used — Special  ma- 
chine, Figs.  2045  and  2045-A.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2046.  Cut  Data — Drill  and 
saw  run  about  5000  r.p.m.  Gages — Fig.  2047.  Production — 
1452  per  8  hr.  Note — Pin  hole  is  first  drilled  with  vertical 
spindle,  then  slot  is  sawed  out,  after  which  the  tool  in  Fig. 
2048  is  used  by  hand. 

OPERATION  23.  ROUND  EDGE  UNDER  UPPER  BAND 

Transformation — Fig.  2049.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Operator  puts  stock  in  padded  vise 
and  rounds  edges  indicated  with  spoke  shave.  Gages — Fig. 
2050.     Production — 1210  per  8  hr. 


FIG.2039 


U 3"--- J  *tsU 


6A6£  17  C 


V'ZSnP*^        U~«^"*     GAKI7D 
6AGE 17 A 


FIG.  2043 


OPERATION  21 


FIG.2048 


OPERATION  19.  CUT  FOR  SWIVEL  PLATE  AND  OPERATION  24.  FIT  RECEIVER  TO  PLACE  IN  END 
BORE  SCREW  HOLES  OF  STOCK 
Transformation— Fig.  2051.  Machine  Used— Special  bed-  Transformation— Fig.  2055.  Description  of  Operation- 
ding  machine  Fig.  2052.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine —  With  the  stock  held  in  a  padded  vise,  the  workman  tits  in 
One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2053.  Special  Fixtures — Master  the  master  form  or  gage  by  cutting  away  the  wood  where 
form  and  work  holder,  Fig.  2053^A.  Gages — Fig.  2054.  Pro-  necessary  with  chisels,  gouges  or  scrapers.  Gages — Fig.  2056- 
duction — 1210  per  8  hr.  Production — 280   per   8   hr. 


[265] 


FIG.  2055 


FIG.  2057 


OPERATION  24 


OPERATION  25 


FIG.  2056 


FIG.  205ft 


FIG  2060 


FIG.  2061 


■Czz 


-//J7/r - - - — >\ 

~- 10217" -: —^\>-Q25"  I 

•887' - »i|* -^ 3244  ! *)        | 

•-■ .--f 1 J.- -I 

«  •.  *  '      „  P  •    s  k 


M.  LockScrews 


~mz4~ 


.as.. 


s 


SECTION  X-X 


~~ 


<54<Sf.?^ 


'I'lil1"'    'l|llllll"'".l|w     "II , 


mm niiiiiN     'T-aJ1|l|llllii>'"''v.ii|lllii nHiinif,:::  ■■illWj 


O) )       GA0E26B 


3 


FIG  2062     OPERATION  26 


FIG.Z064 


"4 -iaoo6" 


fc --I  ••  —63125" 

I A 


^  j-OIS'K^. 
FIG.2065       ^fe^ 


«se 


.  F1G.2066,  OPERATION  30 


[266] 


OPERATION   25.    FIT   GUARD 

Transformation — Fig.  2057.  Description  of  Operation — 
With  stock  in  padded  vise,  operator  fits  in  gage  and  shaves 
wood  level  with  outside  edges.  Gages — Fig.  2058.  Production 
— 220  per  8  hr. 

OPERATION  26.  SHAPE  TO  TANG  OF  RECEIVER,  EDGES 

OF  BARREL  GROOVE  TO  HAND  GUARD,  AND  TO 

GUARD  AND  SWIVEL  PLATE 

Transformation — Fig.  2059.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Operator  puts  the  receiver  templet 
In  the  barrel  groove  and  the  receiver  templet  in  place,  then 
screws  the  two  together  and  with  spoke  shave  trims  wood  to 
templet  edges;  he  also  shaves  to  match  edges  of  swivel  plate; 
these  shaved  edges  serve  as  guides  for  the  subsequent  scrap- 
ing and  sanding  operations;  the  method  of  working  is  shown 
in    Fig.    2060.      Apparatus   and    Equipment    Used — Bench    vise 


places  It  in  a  rack  to  dry  over  night.  Apparatus  and  Eaulp- 
ment  Used — One  tank,  48  in.  long,  16  In.  wide  and  16  In.  deep. 
Fig.  2066.     Production — 150  per  hr. 

OPERATION  28.  BORING  FOR  OILER  AND  THONG  CASE 
AND  TO  LIGHTEN  STOCK 
Transformation — -Fig.  2067.  Machine  Used — Special  hori- 
zontal boring  machine,  Fig.  2068.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Cutting  Tools — Two  drills,  Fig.  2069;  one 
slotting  tool,  0.655  in.  in  diameter.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 2500  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — Fig.  2070. 
Gages — Fig.  2071.  Production — 528  per  8  hr.,  with  three 
changes  of  tools. 

OPERATION   29.    FIT  LOWER   BAND   SPRING 
Description    of    Operation — Operator    presses    band    spring 
into  its  seat  as  slotted  in  operation  21  and  sees  that  it  seats 
and  works  properly.     Production — 1540  per  day. 


1£±j::::^": 

TDOLSTEEL  "°       Spiral  RH  or*  turn  in  S?4", 

j^l.:...^ — ^-         ek- a^Uqssv 


7" 

■16s- 


HG.2069 


GAGE  28 
f~;~y—H-~; -»! 

T^Ti l 


FIG.  2070 


OPERATION  28 


FIG.Z07J 


with  wooden  Jaws  and  support  for  butt, 
Fig.  2062.     Production— 137  per  8  hr. 


Fig.   2061.     Gages— 


OPERATION  27.    SHAPE  TO  BUTT  PLATE  AND  SAND 
TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  2063.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Operator  holds  work  as  shown  in 
Fig.  2064;  shaves  butt  to  edges  of  butt  plate  and  top  to  form 
templet,  then  scrapes  and  sandpapers  all  over  to  finish.  Ap- 
paratus and  Equipment  Used — Set  of  spoke  shaves,  scrapers 
and  sandpaper  Nos.  1,  0,  00  and  000  used,  according  to  grain 
of  wood  and  finish.    Gages — Fig.  2065.    Production — 22  per  8  hr. 

OPERATION    30.    OIL    (BOILED    LINSEED) 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Operator  dips  stock  in  boiled  linseed  oil,  lets  it  drain  and  then 


OPERATION  32.  DRILLING  FOR  STOCK  SCREW 
Transformation— -Fig.  2072.  Machine  Used — Two-spindle 
opposed  drilling  machine,  Fig.  2073.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2074.  Cut  Data — Drills 
run  about  3500  r.p.m.  Gages — Fig.  2075.  Production — 1100 
per  8  hr. 

OPERATION  33.  ASSEMBLING  WITH  STOCK  SCREW 
Transformation — Fig.  2076.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Operator  puts  in  screw,  screws 
down  nut  and  smooths  with  file  or  sandpaper,  if  necessary. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Forked  screwdriver.  Pro- 
duction— 550  per  8  hr. 

OPERATION    34.    OIL   WITH    COSMOLINE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Operator   brushes   cosmoline   on   parts   of   stock   where   barrel 
and  metal  parts  contact.     Production — 1100  per  8  hr. 


[267] 


OPERATION   35.      BORING  FOR   SPARE-PARTS   CONTAINER 

Transformation — Pig.  2077.  Machine  Used — Horizontal 
drilling  machine,  Fig.  2078.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine— One.  Cutting  Tools — Drill,  0.33  in.  in  diameter.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Special 
Fixtures — Grooved  plug  to  guide  drill,  which  is  a  part  of  the 
holding  fixture.     Gages — Fig.  2079.     Production — 150  per  hr. 

The  special  bedding  machine,  Fig.  2052,  is  for  making 
the  cut  for  the  swivel  plate  and  boring  the  screw  holes. 
Fig.  2053-A  shows  the  master  form  and  work  holder  in 
detail. 

Fitting  the  receiver  is  entirely  a  hand  operation,  as  the 
workman  fits  in  a  master  gage  or  receiver  by  means  of 


minutes  and  next  placed  in  a  rack  to  dry  for  several 
hours — usually  over  night. 

Boring  for  the  oiler  and  thong  case  is  done  in  a  special 
machine,  Fig.  2068.  The  two  holes  are  drilled,  then  the 
web  in  between  the  two  is  partly  cut  out  with  a  slotting 
tool  to  lighten  the  stock.  The  lower-band  spring  is  next 
fitted  in  by  hand,  and  then  the  hole  for  the  stock  screw 
is  drilled  through,  after  which  the  screw  is  put  in  and 
smoothed  down  with  file  and  sandpaper. 

All  parts  where  metal  contacts  with  the  stock  are 
brushed  with  cosmoline,  then  the  hole  for  the  spare-parts 


V,!,-                       ->»  ^_)  2 Flutes  R.HJ Turn  in  one  Inch 

|  FIG.2074-         "B««     „    . 

«-t    -MS  «    :%  X      V 


H 65- 


**~-{fctol- 


-3 

l-lock  Screws^ 


8.6'— -   »l«    '•tSf— A  \<-03' 

~:8.98' >| 


STEEL  (Fit  to  Tempbte) 

FIG.2075 


<^^::iti^jsTEEL 


Q3'4  \>H8S'-A<y-Qtf 
Harden  Bushings' 


h 

H 


— JosfeU ygg*. 

■4.75— - 


-1 


FIG.  2078 


^^^^^^^S^ 

«t *i-*Mfi* 

tnHwWflwwSw^^ 

(*-••• <r- — *  F1Si 

?079 

?axtf 


FIG.2072,2073,2074  8:2075 

OPERATION  32 
FIG.  2076  OPERATION  33 
\  FIG.  2077, 2078  8c  2079 
OPERATION  35 


FIG.  2077 


chisels,  gages  and  scrapers.  The  guard  is  also  fitted  in 
the  same  way. 

The  shaping  of  the  tang  of  the  receiver,  the  edges  of 
the  barrel  groove  to  the  hand  guard  and  to  the  guard  and 
swivel  plate  is  done  by  placing  the  master  forms  or  tem- 
plets in  position  and  then  cutting  away  the  wood  even 
with  the  templets  by  using  spoke  shaves. 

The  butt  end  is  next  shaped  to  a  master  plate  in  the 
same  way.  These  shaved  edges  and  surfaces  are  used  as 
guides  for  the  workman  as  he  scrapes  and  sandpapers  the 
rest  of  the  stock  to  a  final  finish. 

The  oiling  of  the  stock  is  effected  by  dipping  it  into  a 
tank  of  boiled  linseed  oil.    It  is  then  drained  for  a  few 


container  is  bored.  This  is  done  in  a  horizontal  drilling 
machine,  Fig.  2078.  The  drill  used  is  guided  by  a 
grooved  plug  that  fits  into  a  large  hole  in  the  butt.  The 
work  is  tested  by  a  gage,  Fig.  2079. 

H 


[268] 


Operations  on  the  Hand  Guard 


By  Ethan  Viall 


The  handguard  is  a  piece  of  walnut  fitted  to  the  top 
of  the  rifle  barrel  and  covering  approximately  about 
three-quarters  of  the  length  of  the  barrel  proper.  It 
protects  the  hand  from  the  heat  of  the  barrel  in  con- 
tinued firing  and  affords  a  firm  ample  grip  for  the  rifle- 
man. The  machining  of  the  handguard  is  as  exacting 
as  on  the  stock  and  the  machines  used  are  of  a  very 
similar  type. 

A  far  as  quality  is  concerned,  the  walnut  used  for 
hand  guards  is  the  same  as  for  stocks,  but  the  pieces 


may  be  sawed  from  planks  or  made  from  other  pieces 
large  enough  to  form  two  blanks.  The  approximate  size 
of  the  blocks  is  given  in  the  transformation  of  operation 
1-A.  The  shape,  dimensions  and  various  cuts  made  on 
the  hand  guard  are  shown  in  Fig.  2080.  After  the 
blocks  are  sawed  into  hand-guard  blanks,  the  latter  are 
trimmed  to  working  length  on  a  double  saw,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  2081.  This  is  just  an  ordinary  double-end  cir- 
cular saw  fitted  with  a  sliding  table  to  which  an  angle 
stop  is  screwed.     Against  this  stop  the  blank  to  be 


PIGS.  2081  TO  2088.     VARIOUS  OPERATIONS  ON  THE  HAND  GUARD 
Pig.  2081 — Cutting  to  length  for  machinery.     Pig.  2082 — Grooving  for  barrel — second  cut.     Fig.  2083 — Turning  to  remove  stock. 
Fig.  2084 — Cutting  to  match  stock  for  width.     Fig.  2085 — Turning,  between  bands.     Fig.  2086 — Cutting  to  finish  length.     Fig.  2087 — 
Cutting  clearance  for  windage   screw.      Fig.    2088 — Finish-turning  rear  end 


[269] 


\f06fi- 


ns 


II* 


F& -- 


$r 


-LBffiE 

am  one  g 


_  V" 
UWSfiSf*1!! 


=5P_ 


L-tftf'-** 


i   ! 


D 


i^JLEll 


<T     tiCf^rOeSHU  "WwX    Ik- -.57/5'-- - -H* 


BUCK  WALNUT 


■  I5J99'- 

am'- 


"1 


— ft**** 


our- 


L-offn 


FIG. 2080 


s**  I  "-fl*1 


aswR- 


a       .  •        h — ms'-—^ 

T1^  ''•*'  "Development- of  Clip 

SHEET  STEEL,(10l65'Thick  § 

(Spring  temper) 

Hand -guard  Clip  r 


->l/iWT«     N- 


FI6.2089 
OPERATION  I A 


FI6.ZO9I0RIB 


a/sssy^  f. 


k - 


FIG.209E 
OPERATION  IB 


J 


FIG.  209} 


kirU- 
i<. — 

k, — 


qi5t£\  k 


U_i 


-/a/" 


•■■—--—-»  ar~u 

FI6.2094 
OPERATION   Z 





FIG.  2095 


FI6.B09* 


L»_ • g-E-^JSib 


OPERATION  * 


FIG.Z096A 


[270] 


FIG.  2097 
OPERATION  3 


Cam  for  Sprlngf  ield  Fijrtur* 


trimmed  is  held  and  fed  to  the  saws.  From  this  point; 
the  real  machining  begins,  the  order  of  operation  being 
as  follows: 

l-a.  Sawing  from  walnut  plank  or  other  stock 
1-b.  Sawing  blanks 

2.  Cutting  to  length  for  machinery 

3.  Cutting  groove  for  barrel — first  cut 
31.     Cutting  groove  for  barrel — second  cut 

4.  Squaring  edges 

5.  Turning  to  remove  stock — first  cut  (full  length) 

11.  Cutting  to  match  stock  for  width 

6.  Turning  for  bands 

7.  Turning  between  bands 

8.  Cutting  to  finish  length  and  crosscutting  for  clips 

9.  Cutting  clearance  for  windage  screw 

10.       Turning  rear  end  from  lower  band  to  sight  base 
111     Cutting  field  view 
Inspect 

12.  Sanding  and  finishing 

13.  Oiling  with  linseed  oil 
131.     Cutting  for  clips 

Inspect 

13J.     Assembling  clips 

14.  Oiling  with  cosmoline 

The  rough-sawed  blanks  are  placed  in  a  bedding  ma- 
chine, Figs.  2096  and  2096-A.  They  are  held  in  a  fix- 
ture, Fig.  2097,  to  which  a  master  profiling  form  is  at- 
tached.    The  tools  used  are  illustrated  in  Fig.  2098. 


Following  the  rough  grooving,  the  piece  is  placed 
in  a  special  heading  machine,  shown  in  Fig.  2082  and 
detailed  in  Fig.  2100.  The  heading  tool,  Fig.  2107,  re- 
volves at  a  high  rate  of  speed  and  is  pressed  down  into 
the  groove  by  means  of  the  two  handles  shown  in  Fig. 
2082.  This  finishes  the  shoulder  and  circular  parts  of 
the  groove  to  size. 

The  squaring  of  the  edges  is  done  on  a  wood  shaper, 
Fig.  2104,  using  the  work  holder  seen  in  Fig.  2105.  As 
the  barrel  groove  fits  over  a  formed  mandrel  on  the 
work  holder,  this  operation  not  only  squares  the  edges, 
but  gages  the  depth  of  the  groove. 

In  turning  to  remove  surplus  stock,  the  lathe  shown 
in  Fig.  2083  is  used.  Two  pieces  are  clamped  on  the 
mandrel  C,  and  then  the  tools  at  A  are  fed  along,  guided 
by  the  form  B.  There  are  two  turning  tools  at  A,  one 
first  hogging  off  the  corners  and  most  of  the  stock, 
while  the  second  profiles  the  work.  After  the  pieces 
have  been  rough-turned,  the  slide  at  the  back  is  fed 


[271] 


(73 


F1S.2098 
OPERATION  3 


LEL 

FIQ.2099 


FIG.  210(5 

[272] 


C: 


_■*/(<— 1.66}"-  *f~" 


«««■• 


(MS 


-J.0- 


X-T3-, 
4- 


-* 

_i 


4.71?-- 


•Off 


H  kc/5?" 


-/ac*;- — 


Ay-as? 


u  ->(  i<-aasj      -»ik&#*       'w-cim"       *\rat>e" 

J ^4jM ,)  f     ^L--I.--«Jt 


r if- 

Z2L^--f- 


: T 


.r-ff- 


->i»(2«* 


=JC — i — v I  — J — i — fr 

w--/h"--Ai' 


"FOMZ"  ,     -H  #  K 

r j4— i 

2c 


7 


9 

|®®HS'  ') 


U--/.6I 


l&3 


>W     Si 


■»  hams" 


•1  |<fl2«y 

<K?ft   h|    -Locate  Screw  Holes 


®     ® 


.-.    I 


k!J 


fromlemplets,  ^-—v  z*^**  I 


1  f(2/<S? 

1*1 


®  <§f* 


9>r 


4 


J 


,C|E2Q   0)sznQ 


bam/'*  U—  is"  — *J  kasw 


d*M**  1^-  5^r^'     ~  -rfn        -sV-" 


f 


i  i 

6  io 


OPERATION  3f~ 


-I.S5- - 

•■> 

I 

t 

1 

f  ! 

< 

V 

i    ^ 

*JL 


-*KF 


®     © 


y-c/o" 


--,....■■■"       -j^.;         riiuLi  -—"----"----"■  ''jt'j^sf^T'^SS 


i  1 


■^ 


ne.2io6 


3C 


■  H\     I  .til 


FIG.2I05         OPEi?ATION  4 


downward  and  the  formed  tool  D  cuts  a  beaded  shoulder 
on  the  larger  ends  of  the  pieces.  As  in  most  cases  where 
it  is  possible,  the  chips  are  carried  off  through  a  suction 
hood. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  2084  is  used  to  profile- 
trim  the  edges  to  match  those  of  the  stock  for  width  and 
outline.  Two  pieces  are  trimmed  at  a  time,  the  work 
holder  being  shown  in  Figs.  2113  and  2115.  After  the 
edges  are  trimmed  on  one  side,  the  work  is  indexed 
halfway  over  by  means  of  the  handle  A,  Fig.  2084,  and 
the  opposite  edges  are  finished. 

OPERATION    l-A.    SAWING    FROM    WALNUT    PLANK 
OR  OTHER  STOCK 

Transformation — Pig.  2089.  Machine  Used — Buzz  saw. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Gages — Common 
rule.  Production — 1210  per  8-hr.  day.  Note — The  length  given 
is  practically  correct,  but  the  other  dimensions  vary  consid- 
erably according  to  what  the  piece  is  cut  from,  the  main  idea 
being  to  obtain  a  block  large  enough  to  make  two  blanks. 
OPERATION    1-B.    SAWING    BLANKS 

Transformation — Fig.  2090.  Machine  Used — Buzz  saw,  Fig. 
2091.    Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.     Work-Holdinpf 


Devices — Handled  blocks  A,  Fig.  2091,  tapered  to  suit.   Gages — 
Fig.  2092.     Production — 605  per  day. 

OPERATION  2.  CUTTING  TO  LENGTH  FOR  MACHINERY 
Transformation — Fig.  2093.  Machine  Used — Special  duplex 
saw,  Fig.  2081.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Angle  plate  on  saw  carriage.  Special 
Fixtures — Angle  plate  bolted  to  saw  table.  Gages — Fig.  2094. 
Production — 5280  per  day. 

OPERATION  3.  CUTTING  GROOVE  FOR  BARREL 
(FIRST  CUT) 
Transformation — Fig.  2095.  Machine  Used — Garvin  special 
bedding  machine,  Figs.  2096  and  2096-A.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  Holder  and 
master  form,  Fig.  2097.  Cutting  Tools — Round-nose  hogging- 
out  and  small  slotting  tools.  Fig.  2098.  Number  of  Cuts — Two. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages — 
See  operation  3i.     Production — 660  per  day. 

OPERATION  31.  CUTTING  GROOVE  FOR  BARREL 
(SECOND  CUT) 
Transformation — Fig.  2099.  Machine  Used — Special  head- 
ing machine,  Figs.  2082  and  2100.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — See  operation  3. 
Cutting  Tools — Heading  rod.  Fig.  2101.  Gages — Fig.  2102. 
Production — 2640  per  day. 

OPERATION  4.    SQUARING  EDGES 
Transformation — Fig.    2103.      Machine   Used — Wood   shaper. 
Fig.    2104.      Number   of   Operators   per   Machine — One.     Work- 


18 


[273] 


FIG.2II2 


I i— 


FIG.  2108 


*—&&*•••••{ 
!*-•/"•->) 

v 

k  A 

i 

1 

k 2.9375" * 

■0093" 


MPerlnch  Vo  ^g*      '  FIG.2III        STEO.( Harden)       /^r!"ch-M/S"^. 


.^fff^q^:. 


ingonhere. 


,.  rut  pushing  on  here.  w  jVj    -i"/r    V 

■■^■-■■■VMbkinhaLsonJrivet  _  *  ^S&epKey 


J i-r 


Brome% 

"T^s** 

::xp;^:±z;:3n::: 

4"f 

l*-y|--> 

oi  jef-1 

oj  ;o 

Cw*  Teeth  here 


x..-.  26Teetti>  ' 


3p 


*#H 


.,-Jnr  , 


5^ 


TOOL  STEEL 

FIG.2H0 


aaS 


mm 


.£5«J*  0535? 


OPERATION  5 


as?8 


<W?5 


■U7T- 


Q3I25"? 


msle-** 


'-QI72  , 


<-Q7Sfc 


.—  1  *Qv  ! 

-WP 


0?2\ 


if  r 


FIG.2III     STEEL(Hard:n) 
cut  of?  as  shorn 


-fT—* Hi;    [■. 


fHg^V £g7-"  ——^7 — H  sTEEL(Harden) 


r-r 


*\ 


6TECTH 


-ess, 


4*00937!?  L-'%;»      "F35^ 


U—-278fZ5-—>j<- 
K- 


FS.»-.J — I  .    I   j    _  ' ' l_Tt«j1JS.        •' 


u~ 


1 1 


m  ^ 


./ — . 


Mr 


!  I  ■  No.  38  Doml  Pin,  03125  Long 

6J25- >k -—1212?- 

Mondrel 
Fie.2115 


KTnreadTplHixtiJeffHand 


~75Jf- 


3  # 


»!    ! 

•*»  l 

JLi 


a 


ne.zii4 


■4; 


i  : 


>-v- 


F16.2IB 

OPERATION  H 


FIG.  2116 


[274] 


Holding  Devices — Fig.  2105.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  head. 
Cutting  Tools — Pig.  2106.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 2000  pieces.     Gages — Fig.   2107.     Production — 2420  per  day. 

OPERATION   5.     TURNING  TO   REMOVE   STOCK 

Transformation — Fig.   2108.     Machine  Used — Special  lathe,  Fig. 

2083.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Special  mandrel,  Fig.  2109.  Cutting  Tools — Tools  for 
body  turn  and  beading,  Fig.  2110.  Number  of  Cuts — Three.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 600  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
2111.     Production — 550  per  day. 

OPERATION  11.     CUTTING  TO  MATCH  STOCK  FOR  WIDTH 

Transformation— Fig.  2112.     Machine  Used — Wood  shaper.  Fig. 

2084.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding 
Devices — Mandrel,  Fig.  2113.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2114.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 600  pieces.  Special  Fixtures — 
Mandrel  cradle  and  master  form;  see  Figs.  2084  and  2115.  Gages 
— Fig.  2116.  Production — 1232  per  day.  Note — The  gage  shown 
is  used  to  test  width  of  small  end,  and  master  form  is  depended 
upon  for  the  rest. 

A  MODIFIED  Blanchard  lathe,  Figs.  2118  and  2119, 
is  used  to  turn  for  the  bands,  and  a  similar  lathe, 
Fig.  2085,  is  used  to  turn  between  the  bands.  The 
work  is  turned  or  fed  by  hand,  by  means  of  the  large 
handwheel  shown.  The  rate  of  feed  depends  on  the 
hardness  and  grain  of  the  wood. 

The  hand  guard  is  cut  to  finish  length  in  the  duplex 
saw,  Figs.  2086  and  2129.  The  piece  is  held  down  over 
a  locating  form  by  means  of  a  hand  lever  and  spring 
clamping  piece,  and  then  the  work  is  fed  to  the  saws  by 
a  lever  in  front,  which  operates  the  sliding  carriage. 
Clearance  for  the  windage  screw  is  cut  as  shown  in  Fig. 
2087,  with  the  tool  in  Fig.  2136. 

Again  a  modified  Blanchard  type  of  lathe  is  used  to 
finish-turn  the  hand  guard  from  the  lower  band  to  the 


sight  base.  Two  pieces  are  placed  on  the  mandrel  and 
clamped  by  cupped  collars  at  each  end.  A  spring  clamp 
is  slipped  over  the  pieces  on  the  part  not  turned  to  pre- 
vent spring  or  chatter. 

Following  this,  the  field  view  is  cut  in  a  special  wood 
shaper,  Fig.  2141.  The  field  view  is  a  groove  cut  in  the 
top  side  of  the  handguard  in  order  to  give  a  clear  line 
from  the  rear  to  the  front  sight.  The  handguard  is 
held  in  a  special  shaping  fixture  as  shown.  The  piece 
is  located  by  the  barrel  groove  which  fits  over  a  part  of 
an  old  barrel.  A  clamp  holds  it  securely  in  place  as  the 
operator  pushes  it  past  the  tongued  cutter. 

The  final  handwork  of  sanding  and  finishing  opera- 
tion is  very  similar  to  that  on  the  stock  previously  de- 
scribed, as  the  workman  first  shaves  the  wood  to  the 
edges  of  a  templet,  Fig.  2144,  and  then  scrapes  and 
sands  to  a  finish.  After  the  finish-scraping,  the  work 
is  dipped  in  boiled  linseed  oil,  drained  and  dried  in  the 
air  overnight. 

Clips  are  small  formed  spring-steel  pieces  that  contact 
with  the  barrel.  The  seats  for  the  ends  of  these  clips 
are  cut  in  the  machine  shown  in  Fig.  2147,  using  the 
workholder,  Fig.  2148.  Next,  the  clips  are  slipped  into 
place  by  hand  and  then,  together  with  the  butt  end  of 
the  guard,  are  coated  with  cosmoline  put  on  with  a 
brush. 


[275] 


r  »*ljp     r>-£'-> 


5-y 
-? 


if     Tip  Binder  Screw  . 

TTtiiJ 


'  'Hpi  Tip  Binder 

fr    JrC._../]?'.._JA 


Tip  Clomp 


■<?* — T 


•Tip  Stop 
FI6.EI25 


OPERATION  7 


[276] 


i       ■  * 

3TCOj(Harfa) 


iTEEL(Harden) 
OPERATION  6 


'DottelRns 


FIG.  2122 


GE 


-     ■ 


FI6.ZI28 


k?3 


OPERATION   6.    TURNING    FOR   BANDS 
Transformation — Pig.    2117.      Machine    Used — Special    cam 
lathe.  Figs.  2118  and  2119.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.     Tool-Holding   Devices — Tool   heads,   Pig.   2120.     Cutting 
Tools — Fig.  2121.     Gages— Fig.  2122.     Production — 880  per  day. 
OPERATION    7.    TURNING    BETWEEN    BANDS 
Transformation — Figs.  2123  and  2124.     Machine  Used — Spe- 
cial cam  lathe.  Fig.  2085.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.      Work-Holding    Devices — Fig.    2125.      Tool-Holding    De- 
vices— Cutter     heads,     Fig.     2126.       Cutting    Tools — Fig.     2127. 
Average   Life   of   Tool   Between   Grindings — 600   pieces.      Pro- 
duction— 880  per  day.     Note — Operator   is  careful  not  to  turn 
below  cutj  for  bands. 

OPERATION  8.    CUTTING  TO  FINISH  LENGTH 
Transformation — Fig.  2128.     Machine  Used — Special  duplex 
*aw,  Figs.  2086  and  2129.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 


One.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Fig.  2130.  Cutting  Tools — Fig 
2131.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2000  pieces 
Gages — Machine  operator's  gage,  Fig.  2132;  inspector's  gage. 
Fig.  2133.     Production — 3850  per  8-hr.  day. 

OPERATION  9.  CUTTING  CLEARANCE  FOR  WINDAGE 
SCREW 
Transformation — Fig.  2134.  Machine  Used — Special  ma- 
chine, Fig.  2087.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Fig.  2135.  Cutting  Tools— Fig.  2136. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  2137.     Production — 4950  per  8-hr.  day. 

OPERATION    10.    TURNING    REAR    END   FROM   LOWER 
BAND  TO  SIGHT  BASE 
Transformation — Fig.  2138.     Machine  Used — Blanchard  type 
lathe.    Fig.    3088.      Number    of    Operators    per    Machine — One. 


[277] 


■ £?•■*•■>) 


i  •*  l  a       1  /  /?yfe 

i_i Ls. -J— f\v  { if  > 


¥ ■/*■-•— 4rft  | 

H- £ 1        . 

h 4? **      wea 

FI6.2I97A 


/ 

~^y_. Filisterhead  Screri 


|<_    #"_ j 

FI6SI57  8 

[278] 


FI6.ZI39 
OPERATION  IO 


UpperCuT 
FI&2I26 


OPERATION  7 


OPERATION  S 
[279] 


Haay*«j«j^* 

k 

1  i1!  ! 

1 

1 

<3           BI 

rf"tau-Hcr— 

Wi 

i 


>i 


K- 


FIG.2I52 
OPERATION  8 


-** £" 

Sttei  (Harden) 
FJ6.2I53 


*a* 


r*ra«y 


*•  CieeS->iST/ra.  (Harden) 
FIG.  2150 


Fie.  2148 
OPERATION  13^ 


Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  to  700  pieces. 
Gages — Pig.  2139.  Production — 1210  per  8-hr.  day.  Note — 
Two  pieces  are  turned  at  once;  clip  shown  on  work  is  to 
prevent   spring  and   chatter   during   cut. 

OPERATION  11J.     CUTTING  FIELD  VIEW 
Transformation — Fig.    2140.      Machine    Used — Special    wood 
3haper,    Fig.    2141.      Number   of   Operators    per   Machine — One. 
Cutting    Tools — Fig.    2142.      Average    Life    of    Tool    Between 


Grindings — 1000   pieces.      Gages — Fig.    2143.      Production — 3301 
per  8-hr.  day. 

OPERATION  12.  SANDING  AND  FINISHING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Operator  holds  work  as  shown  in  Fig.  2144  and  shaves  to 
edges  of  templet,  then  scrapes  and  sandpapers  all  over,  using 
spoke  shaver,  scrapers  and  Nos.  1,  0,  00  and  000  sandpaper. 
Gages — Fig.  2145.     Production — 121  per  8-hr.  day. 


[280] 


——• _ 


FIS.2I40 


\<as'>\ 


r«%. 


005 


^tZH 


I 

§ 

S3 


o/es"*\  \*-0625h 

**  i 

te  1 

a      o 

*s"*~"    (k 

1    \\0.I15'R 

fc 

£.  [i 

<a 

z> 

S3 

a 

-*_ 

*r 

ir> 

S 

o            o 

C3 

il 

■1.625 


I  I* us0 

H -1.5"- 


PL/ITEO 
STEEL       -n  31 


■Hj?  K 


STEEL(Harden)         « 
■  4r 


FIG.2I4Z 


FIG.  2143 


OPERATION  ll| 


FIG.  2141 


i 


Ss""" 

i 

<• — 

ufi- 

— > 

l 

i 
1 

t 

* 

U — jy- - 4  nkjaw' 

STEEL(Harden) 


'""., "I J J 1 

m.iiiiiiiimtteimi[wiubim!!g^^ ' i"IiiIIII:!!i,i,t 


■INIlllllllllllJ 


FIG.  2145 
OPERATION  12 


FIG.  2147 


Q 


*     tr 


No.5  Taper 


-I.S5 >k 1,5 

2.75"- 

FIG.  2149 


0.0AH**"  Q9665—>t<~ 


T' 


«3 


ir 
I- 


i 


D 


•  /.w"—^-- (29665 -»^5' 


7T 


* 


r^n 


K— 09755'—  A*— /fl®"— >ie~  d#55"?- 
STEEL(Harden) 
FIG.2I50 


JUL     U 


OAK?* 


OPERATION  13.    OILING  WITH  LINSEED  OIL 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Operator   dips   piece   In   boiled   linseed   oil   and   places   in   rackv 
to  drain  and  dry  over  night.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
■ — Tank  of  boiled  linseed  oil  and  draining  rack.     Production — ' 
990  per  8-hr.  day. 


OPERATION  13  J.  CUTTING  FOR  CLIPS 
Transformation — Fig.  2146.  Machine  Used — Special  ma- 
chine. Fig.  2147.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Fig.  2148.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2149. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings— 1000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  2150.     Production — 1232  per  8-hr.  day. 


[281] 


OPERATION    13i    ASSEMBLING    CLIPS 
Transformation— Pig.    2151.       Number    of    Operators— One. 
Description   of  Operation— The   clips  are   small    pieces   formed 
of  sheet  steel;  they  are  slipped  into  place  by  hand,  and  fitted 
in  when  necessary.     Production — 1760  per   8-hr    day 


y~" 


i 


0.1875 


\<-0.5594—>\ 


FIG.2I5I 


OPERATION  XbX 
OPERATION    14.    OILING    WITH    COSMOLINE 

Tir.?iutn,Ler  2f  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
With  a  brush  the  operator  coats  with  cosmoline  the  spots  on 
the  guard  that  touch  the  barrel;  they  are  the  butt  end  of  the 
guard  and  each  clip.     Production — 5280  per  8-hr.  day. 


[282] 


The  Bayonet 


When  we  consider  that  the  bayonet,  beyond  the  hilt 
or  guard,  is  simply  a  heavy  knife,  it  seems  clear  that  it 
should  be  made  by  the  same  methods  used  in  making 
knives  or  cleavers.  They  should  be  forged,  ground  and 
■tempered,  which  gives  sufficient  accuracy,  as  they  fit  noth- 
ing but  the  scabbard.  But  there  is  no  good  reason  for 
milling  the  blade  or  holding  it  to  close  limits. 

THERE  are  three  kinds  of  bayonets  made  for  the 
United  States  Army — the  knife,  or  regular,  bayo- 
net and  two  bolo  bayonets,  the  large  and  small 
sizes,  which  were  developed  for  the  native  troops  in  the 

Copyright.  1917.  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 


Philippine  Islands.  These  correspond  closely  to  the  fa- 
mous bolo  knife,  which,  like  the  Cuban  machete,  is  used 
as  a  knife  for  cutting  underbrush  and  firewood  as  well 
as  a  weapon  for  fighting.  The  regular  bayonet  has  a 
comparatively  slender  blade,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2152,  and 
is  machined  all  over.  The  handle  grip  is  held  to.  close 
limits  for  proper  attachment  to  the  end  of  the  barrel  and 
the  stud  on  the  upper  band.  The  operations  on  the 
straight  blade  follow: 

0.  Cutting  oft  stock 

A.  Blocking    from    bar 

B.  Drawing 

C.  Dropping  and   hot-trimming 

E.  Annealing 

F.  Pickling 


c 


FIG.  2153  OP  A 


ID 


FIG.2I54  OR  B 


lA 

\>Z5n 

A 

FIG.  2155  OPC 


•■  * 


FIG  2156  OP1A 


i—    ,    ,    ..— — 


FIG.2I57  0P1B 

Ffl;<  ■  ■'->  e=>,    ■■'  >:   •-■      A> .",.:..,' _■_- 

F1G.2I58  OPERATION  D 

[283] 


m 

"Tl 

T 

k> 

* //*■ •> 

A. 

FIG.  2159 


Trimming   bayonet-catch   slots 

Straightening  forging 

Correcting 

Grinding    pommel 

Milling  back  and  edge 
AA.  Removing   burrs   left   by   operation   2 
4-6.      Milling    side    of    tang 

Burring 

Hand-milling  front  of  bolster 

Milling  edges   of  point 

Milling   bevel   and    groove 

Filing   to   match 

Milling    sides    of    point 
9-A.      Straightening 
20.  Milling  sides  of  pommel 


D. 
1. 

1-A. 
1-B. 
2-3. 


5-A. 
25. 
7. 
8. 
8-A. 


20-A.  Burring 

10.  Profiling    right    side    of   tang,    upper    cut 

11.  Profiling  left  side  of  tang,   upper  cut 

12.  Profiling    right    side    of   tang,    under    cut 

13.  Profiling   left   side   of   tang,   under   cut 

14.  Milling  slot   for   band   lug,   roughing 

15.  Profiling  slot  for  band   lug   to  finish 

16.  Profiling  slot  for  band  lug,  under  cut 

18.  Drilling   and    bottoming    scabbard-catch    bolt 
22.  Profiling     slot     for     bayonet     catch 

19.  Punching   for   hook   of  bayonet   catch 
28.  Hand-milling   groove    in   tang 

GG.  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation   28 

26.  Drilling    rivet    and    screw    holes 

27.  Counterboring   for  bayonet  catch 


TIG.  2160 


This  half  of 
fixtureshows 
construction 
for  milling 
topecfge. 


Thishalfof 
fixfureshows  , 
construction   \      fLp^ 
for  milling 
bottom  edge: 


<£=2ft£S£ 


.8f 


FIG.2I6I 


9. 
S 

& 


-1625  ■ 

Collar 


OPERATION  2 &3 


FIG.2I62 


[284] 


26-A.     Burring 

24.  Milling   lower   edge   of   tang 

24-A.     Burring 

31.  Profiling  end  and  under  side  of  pommel 

33.  Stamping  U.   S.  and   "ball  and  flame" 
33-A.     Reaming   and    pressing 

34.  Stamping  serial  number 
I.     Hardening 

M.      Drawing    to    temper 
J.     Straightening 
K.     Grinding    to    finish 

35.  Polishing  blade   (roughing)  and  tang  to  finish 

36.  Reaming    rivet   holes    in    guard    and    blade,    counter- 

sinking   rivet   and   scabbard-catch    holes   and   as- 
sembling with   guard 

37.  Riveting  and  burring 

38.  Polishing   edge   of   guard 

39.  Browning   guard  and   tang   of  blade 

40.  Polishing   blade    to    finish 

41.  Assembling  with  bayonet  and  scabbard  catches  and 

grip 

42.  Third   polishing 

OPERATION    0.      CUTTING    OFF    STOCK 

Number     of     Operators — One.        Description     of     Operation — 

Cutting   the   bar   in   half.      Apparatus   and  .Equipment   Used — 

Billes    No.    2    stock    shears.      Production — 700    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION   A.      BLOCKING   FROM   BAR 

Transformation — Fig.      2153.        Number     of     Operators — One. 

Description   of  Operation — Blocking   or   shaping    handle    from 

bar;  blade  is  left  about   31   in.  long  from   the  tang,   which   is 


drawn  to  length  in  next  forging  operation.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 50   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  B.     DRAWING 
Transformation — Fig.    2154.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Drawing  out  block  to  proper  length. 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Bradley  60-lb.  helve  hammer. 
Production — 35  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  C.  DROPPING  AND  HOT-TRIMMING 
Transformation — Fig.  2155.  Number  of  Operators— One. 
Description  of  Operation — Dropping  to  finish  and  hot-trim- 
mint.;  after  trimming,  it  is  given  two  or  three  blows  under 
the  drop  at  the  same  heat;  this  leaves  a  slight  flash,  which 
is  ground  off  in  the  next  operation.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Tjse(j — Billings  &  Spencer  1400-lb.  drop  hammer  and  Bliss  press. 
Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  E.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Packed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated  to  850 
deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  furnace,  oil 
burners,  cast-iron  pots  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  F.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  put  in  the  pickling  solution, 
which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  9  parts  water,  and 
left  in  this  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Wire   baskets,   wooden   pickling  tanks   and   hand   hoist. 


A 


FIG.ZI78-A- 


r*-/2y*>W  i.ffl?;y-1 
k ej7s'—>i 

FIG.EI78-B 


STEEL  (Harden) 
FI6.EI78-C 


OPERATION  S 


[285] 


OPERATION  D.  TRIMMING  BAYONET-CATCH  SLOTS 
Transformation — Fig.  2158.  Machine  Used — Perkins  No. 
19,  lj-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Two 
pieces  of  stock  screwed  to  side  of  shoe.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Production — 350  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  STRAIGHTENING  THE  FORGING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  forging  and  trimming,  previous  to  ma- 
chining. Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Cast-iron  block. 
Fig.  2L59,  hammer  and  straight-edge.  Production — 45  pieces 
per    hr. 

OPERATION    1-A.      CORRECTING 
Transformation — Fig.     2156.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description    of    Operation — Grinding    flash    on    cutting    edge. 
Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — Grindstone.      Production — 
120  pieces  .per  hr. 

OPERATION    1-B.      GRINDING    POMMEL 
Transformation — Fig.     2157.      Number    of    Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation— Breaking  off  end  from  pommel  and 
grinding    pommel    end.      Apparatus    and     Equipment    Used — 
Hammer  and  grindstone.     Production — 125   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  2  AND  3.  MILLING  BACK  AND  EDGES 
Transformation — Fig.  2160.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws  hold  four  at  a  cut, 
Fig.  21'61;  two  are  held  in  each  position.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Spiral  mills,  Fig: 
2162.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.ra.;  g-in.  feed. 
Coolant — Compound,  J -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production. — 20 
pieces  per  hr.,   one   machine. 

OPERATION  AA.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 

OPERATIONS  2  AND  3 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Removing  burrs   left   by   operations   2   and   3.     Apparatus   and 

Equipment  Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operations 

2  and  3. 

OPERATIONS  4  AND  5.     MILLING  SIDE  OF  TANG 
Transformation — Fig.  2163.     Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.     Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.      Work-Holding   Devices — Held    in    vise    Jaws,    Fig.    2164. 
Tool-Holding      Devices — Standard     arbor.        Cutting      Tools — 


Gang  of  forward  cutters  (see  Fig.  2164).  Number  of  cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m. ;  |-in.  feed.  Coolant- — Cutting  oil, 
A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 
5000  pieces.  Gages— Fig.  2165,  thickness  of  blade;  Fig.  2166, 
form  and  thickness  of  tang.  Production — 25  pieces  per 
hr. 

OPERATION   5-A.      BURRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Burring  from  operations  4  and  5.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — Grouped    with    operations    4    and    5. 

OPERATION  25.  HAND-MILLING  FRONT  OF  BOLSTER 
Transformation — Fig.  2167.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Indexing  fixture,  work  held  by  jaws,  Fig.  2168. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — End- 
milling  cutter,  Fig.  2169.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2170.  Produc- 
tion— 125   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  1.  MILLING  EDGES  OF  .POINT 
Transformation — Fig.  2171.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Opera- 
tor— Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  block  clamped 
by  vise  jaws,  on  a  bridge-milling  fixture,  Fig.  2172.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutters,  Fig.  2173.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 70 
r.p.m.;  1-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i^-la.  stream.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  2174,  length  of  point  from  bolster  and  shape  of  point. 
Production — 40   pieces   per  hr.   per   machine. 

OPERATION  8.  MILLING  BEVEL  AND  GROOVE 
Transformation — Fig.  2175.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — ■ 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  a  block,  clamped  by 
vise  jaws;  two  at  a  time,  one  each  way,  Fig.  2176.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices— Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Gang  of 
milling  cutters,  Fig.  2177.  Number  of  Cuts— Two.  Cut  Data 
- — 60  r.p.m.;  g-in.  feed.  Coolant — Compound,  i-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  2178;  A,  angle  of  blade;  B,  thickness  at  bottom  of 
groove;  C,  contour.  Production — 40  pieces  per  hr.  per  ma- 
chine. 

OPERATION    8-A.      FILING   TO   MATCH 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Blending    cuts    together.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — ■ 
File.     Production — 75   pieces   per   hr. 


FIG.2I83  FIG.2I79,2I80,2I8I,-0PERATI0N  9 

FIG.2I83,2I84-OPERATION  20.FIG.2I82  0P9A^ 
FIG.2IS52I862IS7-0PERATI0NI0&I1  


FIG.2187 


[286] 


ST6EL  (Harden) 
Gages 
FIG.2200 
OPERATION  16 


[287] 


OPERATION  9.  MILLING  SIDES  OF  POINT 
Transformation — Fig.  2179.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  block,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  same  as  operation  8.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard 
arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  2180.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  g-in.  feed.  Coolant — Com- 
pound, J-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2181,  curve  of  sides.  Produc- 
tion— 40  pieces  per  hr.  per  machine. 

OPERATION  9-A.  STRAIGHTENING 
Number  of  Operator^ — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  milling.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 
— Cast-iron  block,  hammer  and  straight-edge.  Gages — Fig. 
2182;  a  plate  with  ridges  or  spots  that  show  whether  blade 
is   straight.      Production — 80    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION  20.  MILLING  SIDE3  OF  POMMEL 
Transformation — Fig.  2183.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  block,  clamped  by  cam- 
operated  vise  jaws;  similar  to  other  previously  shown.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  |-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  Va-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2184,  form. 
Production — 40   pieces   per   hr.   per   machine. 

OPERATION   20-A.      BURRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation- 
Removing   burrs    from   operation    20.      Apparatus    and    Equip- 
ment   Used — File.      Production — 300    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION   10.     PROFILING  RIGHT   SIDE   OF  TANG 

UPPER  CUT.    OPERATION  11.    PROFILING  LEFT 

SIDE   OF  TANG.   UPPER   CUT 

Transformation — Fig.  2185.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  block  clamped  by  vise  jaws, 
Fig.  2186;  profiling  form  at  A.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Profiling  cutter.  Number  of  Cuts — 
Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Compound, 
J-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2187,  form,  from  edge  of  handle.  Pro- 
duction— 40   pieces   per   hr. 


OPERATION    12.       PROFILING    RIGHT     SIDE    OF    TANG. 

UNDER  CUT.     OPERATION  13.    PROFILING 

LEFT  SIDE  OF  TANG,  UNDER  CUT 

Transformation — Figs.     2188    and     2189.       Machine    Used — 

Pratt    &   Whitney   No.    2   profiler.      Number    of   Operators    per 

Machine — One.        Work-Holding      Devices — Held      in      block, 

clamped  by  vise  jaws,  same  as  before.     Tool-Holding  Devices 

— Taper    .shank.       Cutting    Tools — Undercut    profile    fcutter. 

Number    of    Cuts — Two.      Cut    Data — 1200    r.p.m.;    hand    feed. 

Coolant — Cutting    oil,    J-in.    stream.      Average    Life    of    Tool 

Between   Grindings — 200   pieces.     Gages — Fig.   2190;   A  and   B, 

right  and  left,   for  under  cut.     Production — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  14.  MILLING  SLOT  FOR  HAND  LUG. 
ROUGHING 
Transformation — Fig.  2191.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  cam-operated,  double 
vise  jaws,  Fig.  2192.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  ar- 
bor. Cutting  Tools — A  pair  of  milling  cutters,  2.25  in.  in 
diameter;  0.202  thick;  24  teeth,  on  face  and  sides.  Number  of 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  S-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000 
pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2193,  length  and  width  of  slot.  Produc- 
tion— 40  pieces  per  hour  per  machine.  Note — Same  style  fix- 
ture as   used   in   operation    20. 

OPERATION    15.      PROFILING    SLOT    FOR    BAND   LUG    TO 

FINISH 
Transformation — Fig.  2194.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  vise  with  formed  jaws,  simi- 
lar to  previous  operations.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — End-milling  cutters,  Fig.  2195.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  1-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2196,  width  and  length. 
Production — 35   pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION   16. 


PROFILING   SLOT  FOR  BAND  LUG, 

UNDER  CUT 


Transformation — Fig.  2197.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  by  special  vise  jaws,  Fig.  2198, 
profile   form   at   right.      Tool-Holding    Devices — Taper    shank. 


{< 1.325" > 

■525"- •■ - * "~>l 


FIG.22I5 


U  />*"L    IB  Teeth,  KH 
->t  UO  K-  on  race  and  Sides 


FI6.22I4 


OPERATION  28 

[288] 


Cutting  Tools — Undercutting  profile  cutter,  Fig.  2199.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  i-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2200,  form  and  size.  Pro- 
duction— 35  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Same  style  fixture  used  as 
in   operation   15. 

OPERATION  18.  DRILLING  AND  BOTTOMING  SCABBARD- 
CATCH  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  2201.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
three-spindle  drill.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig.  2202.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Fig.  2203-A,  drill  bot- 
toming and  counterbore.  Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 
650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  2204;  A,  location  of  hole;  B,  size  of  hole  and  counter- 
bore.      Production — 35   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  22.      PROFILING  SLOT  FOR  BAYONET  CATCH 

Transformation — Fig.  2205.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  block,  by  vise  jaws,  Fig. 
2206;  profile  form  at  right.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cutter  and  holder,  Fig.  2207. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  1-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2208  ;  a  pin  fits 
in  screw  hole,  a  block  in  slot  and  a  projection  gages  from  back 
of  handle.     Production— 20  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  19.  PUNCHING  FOR  HOOK  OF  BAYONET 
CATCH 

Transformation — Fig.  2209.  Machine  Used — Snow  No.  2, 
i-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — In  holder  with  square  shank; 
punch  is  2  in.  long,  0.27  in.  wide  and  0.221  in.  thick.  Dies  and 
Die  Holders — Fig.  2210.  Stripping  Mechanism — None.  Av- 
erage Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 300  pieces.  Lubricant — Cut- 
ting oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — Fig.  2211,  size  of  slot. 
Production — 60  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Work  held  in  fixture 
bolted   to   bed   of  press. 

OPERATION    28.      HAND-MILLING    GROOVE    IN    TANG 

Transformation — Fig.  2212.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Vise  jaws,  Fig.  2213.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
— Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Small  milling  cutter  on 
threaded  arbor,  Fig.  2214.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data 
— 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  2215,  thickness  of  web.  Production — 100  pieces  per 
hour. 

OPERATION  GG.      REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 
OPERATION  28 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs   thrown   up   by   operation   28.      Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 400   pieces  per  hour. 


OPERATION  27.  COUNTERBORING  FOR  BAYONET  CATCH 
Transformation — Fig.  2219.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
single-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Opera- 
tors per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Cam-oper- 
ated drill  jig.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting 
Tools — Counterbore,  Fig.  2220.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut 
Data — 650  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  2221,  diameter  and  concentricity  of  counterbore. 
Production — 120    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION    26.      DRILLING    RIVET    AND    SCREW    HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  2216.  Machine  Used — Ames  16-in. 
three-spindle  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill  jig,  Fig. 
2217;  swinging  leaf  carries  drill  bushings.  Tool-Holding  De- 
vices— Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings—250  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2218,  location  of  rivet  holes. 
Production — 40   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION    26-A.      BURRING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Burring  operation  26-A.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
File.      Production — 300   pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION    24.      MILLING   LOWER    EDGE    OF   TANG 

Transformation — Fig.  2222.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Five.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  in  vise  jaws,  same 
style  as  in  operations  4  and  5.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Stand- 
ard arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Formed  milling  cutter,  Fig.  2223. 
Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  i-in.  feed.  Cool- 
ant— Cutting  oil,  A -In.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  83,  contour.  Pro- 
duction— 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    24-A.      BURRING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  previous  operation.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — File.     Production — 90  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  31.  PROFILING  END  AND  UNDER  SIDE  OF 
POMMEL 
Transformation — Fig.  2225.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  block,  by  vise  jaws,  Fig. 
2226;  profile  form  at  right.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Forward  cutter,  Fig.  2227.  Number 
of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  J-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 200  pieces.  Gages — Form,  Fig.  2228.  Production— 
60  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    33.       STAMPING    "U.    S."    AND    "BALL    AND 
FLAME" 
Machine   Used — Stiles   No.    2   press.     Number   of   Operators 
per    Machine — One.       Punches     and     Punch     Holders — Round 


f 


^ 


"5*5 


-1.9 


a/56 


-// 


->afr 

Right  Hand 


3.2- 


FIG.2220 


3 


F1S.2222 

Fr&22l6,22l7&22l8  OPERATION  26 
"    2219,2220  &  2221  »  27 

f    2222,2223  &  2224         »  24 

19 


I        FI6.2223 
[289] 


FI6.2Z24 


»|ffjw*-*j 


FIG.E229 


OPERATION  33A 


FIGE230 


shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Fixture  bolted  to  bed  of 
press;  stamps  are  set  in  die.  Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 
Note — Dies  stamp  "U.  S."  on  one  side  and  "ball  and  flame'" 
on  the  other. 

OPERATION    33-A.      REAMING   AND   PRESSING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    blade     for    stamping    operation     and     reaming 

&ln  holes  after  stamping.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
[and    press,    Fig.    2230;    bench    lathe    and    reamer.    Fig.    2229. 
Gages — Plug.       Production — 350    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION  34.  STAMPING  SERIAL  NUMBER 
Transformation — Fig.  2231,  number  at  A.  Number  of  Oper- 
ators— One.  Description  of  Operation — Stamping  serial  num- 
ber by  using  special  stamp  holder.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Fixture  for  holding  work  and  spacing  letters;  hand 
stamps  and  hammer;  slide  A  carries  stamp  at  B  and  is  ad- 
vanced by  ratchet  with  latch  C,  Fig.  2232.  Production — 120 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  1.  HARDENING 
Description  of  Operation — Bayonet  blades  are  hardened  in 
a  semi-muffle  oil-burning  furnace,  laid  on  the  backs  with 
the  cutting  edge  up;  they  are  heated  to  800  deg.  C.  (1472  deg. 
F.)  and  quenched  in  sperm  oil;  they  are  first  dipped  slowly 
at  a  slight  angle  to  the  required  depth  and  then  hung  in  a 
rack  at  the  side  of  the  tank,  as  in  Fig.  93-A;  they  hang  here 
until  the  rack  is  full,  then  the  first  Is  removed,  and  so  on; 
the  oil  is  cooled  by  the  surrounding  water,  being  kept  at 
about  80  deg.   F.     Production — About   100  blades  per  hr. 

OPERATION   M.      DRAWING  TO  TEMPER 
Description  of  Operation — The  temper  is  drawn   in  a  bath 
of   niter   to   a   temperature   of   450    deg.    C.    (842   deg.    F.)    and 
quenched  in  water. 

OPERATION  J.  STRAIGHTENING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Straightening  after  hardening;  the  blades  are  straightened 
by  bending  as  required,  using  the  apparatus  shown  in  Fig. 
2234,  and  tested  by  the  eye;  they  are  heated  over  a  flame 
in  a  small  muffle  furnace  just  sufficient  to  bend  without 
breaking;  long  bends  are  removed  by  placing  over  blocks  A 
and  B  and  using  the  rod  F  with  one  end  under  the  loop 
D;  edge  bending  is  done  by  the  foot  lever  E  with  the  bayo- 


net laid  edge  up  on  blocks  B  and  C;  when  twisting  is  neces- 
sary, the  fixed  post  G  and  the  hand-wrench  twister  H  are 
used.  The  table  is  mounted  on  a  bench.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Special  straightening  device,  Fig.  93-B.  Pro- 
duction— 35    pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION    K.      GRINDING   TO    FINISH 
Number    of    Operators— One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Grinding  point  and  shaping  edge.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — Grindstones,    mounted    as    shown    in    Fig.    2235.      Pro- 
duction— 15  pieces  per  hour. 

OPERATION    35.      POLISHING   BLADE    (ROUGHING)    AND 

TANG    TO    FINISH 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 

Polishing   blade    (rough)    and   tang   to   finish.      Apparatus   and 

Equipment    Used — Polishing    jack    and    wheel.      Production — 

4  per  hr. 

OPERATION     36.       REAMING     RIVET     HOLES     IN     GUARD 
AND     BLADE.     COUNTERSINKING     RD7ET      AND 
SCABBARD-CATCH  HOLES  AND  ASSEMBLING 
WITH  GUARD 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Reaming    rivet   holes   and    countersinking   after    guard    is    as- 
sembled to  blade.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — Reamer, 
Fig.    2236;   countersink.  Fig.   2237;  and   bench   lathe.     Produc- 
tion— 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    37.       RIVETING    AND    BURRING 
Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 
Riveting  guard  and  blade  together,  as  in  Fig.   2238.     Appara- 
tus and   Equipment  Used — Hammer  and    file.      Production — 70 
pieces  per   hr. 

OPERATION  38.     POLISHING  EDGE  OF  GUARD 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Polishing  edges  of  guard.     Apparatus  and   Equipment  Used — 
Polishing   jack   and   wheel.      Production — 35   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION    39.      BROWNING    GUARD    AND    TANG    OF 
BLADE 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same   as  other   brownings,    except   care   is   taken    to    keep   the 
blade    bright;    same    apparatus   as    in    other   browning   opera- 
tions. 


[290] 


OPERATION   40.      POLISHING   BLADE   TO   FINISH 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Finish-polishing    blade.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 
Wheel    and    polishing   jack.      Production — 5    pieces    per    hour. 

OPERATION   41.    ASSEMBLING  WITH   BAYONET  AND 
SCABBARD  CATCHES  AND  GRIP 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Assembling  scabbard  and  catch  and  grip  (see  Fig.  2152). 
Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Screwdriver,  pinchers  and 
hammer.      Production — 40    pieces    per    hr. 


OPERATION    42.      THIRD    POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Final    polishing    all    over    blade.      Equipment    and    Apparatus 
Used — Same     apparatus     as     other     polishing.       Production — 
About  the  same  as  for  second  polishing. 


fc==e_jgL.=^faa 


"4f 

FIG.E236 


OPERATION  54 


FI6.EE55 


[291] 


Bayonet  Catch,  Grip,  Guard, 
Scabbard-Catch,  Etc. 


These  small  parts  require  many  machining  operations 
and,  being  small,  they  are  not  easy  to  hold  for  machining, 
especially  when  the  cuts  are  broad  as  in  Fig.  2244.  Two 
other  interesting  holding  devices  are  shown  in  Pig.  2247 
and  Fig.  2252,  one  for  form  milling  and  the  other  for 
turning  the  end  with  a  hollow  milling  cutter.  The  grip 
is  of  wood,  and  several  interesting  machines  and  fixtures 
are  employed.  The  guard  and  the  catch  involves  several 
machining  operations,  with  interesting  holding  fixtures 
and  gages.  The  details  of  the  bolo  bayonet  are  also 
given  in  Fig.  2337. 

OPERATIONS    ON    THE    BAYONET    CATCH 
Operation 

A.  Forging  from  bar 

B.  Annealing 
B-l         Pickling 

C  Trimming 

D  Cold-dropping 

2  Punching   screw  holes 

3-4  Milling  top  and  bottom  edges 

BB.  Removing   burrs   left   by    operation    8 

CC.  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 

5  Hand-milling    sides    of    hook 

6  Hollow-milling  front  end  in  lathe 

8  Polishing  sides  and  end  of  hook 

9  Piling   hook   and  joint 
9-A  Bluing 

10  Harden  in  cyanide  (hook  end,  J  in.),  quench  in  water 
OPERATION    A.      FORGING    FROM    BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  2240.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 125    pieces    per    hr. 


•Copyright,  1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 

i  .     .  \*~w'-f--a49-"--A 


OPERATION  B.     ANNEALING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation 

Packed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated  to  850 
deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  F.)  and  left  over  night  to  cool.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Cast-iron  pots,  Brown  &  Sharpe  an- 
nealing furnaces  and  oil  burners. 

OPERATION    B-l.      PICKLING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same    as    all    other    picklings,    as    already    described;    same 
apparatus,   etc.,   used  as  before. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Bliss  back-geared  lj-in.  stroke  press.  Num- 
ber of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch 
Holders. — Square  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in 
shoe,  by  setscrews.  Stripping  Mechanism — Down  through 
die.  Average  Life  of  Punches  and  Dies — 15,000  pieces.  Pro- 
duction— 650   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION   D.      COLD-DROPPING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Straightening    after    trimming.      Apparatus    and    Equipment 
Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer.     Production — 
.900   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  2.  PUNCHING  SCREW  HOLES 
Transformation — Fig.  2241.  Machine  Used — Garvin  press, 
li-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine  —  One. 
Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die 
Holders — In  shoe,  by  setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Steel 
stripper  screwed  to  face  of  die.  Lubricant — Cutting  oil  on 
punch.  Gages — Fig.  2242;  form,  hole  location  and  diameter. 
Production — 900   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATIONS  3  AND  4.     MILLING  TOP  AND  BOTTOM 
EDGES 

Transformation — Fig.  2243.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Three.  Work-Holding  Devices — On  pin,  clamped  by  vise 
jaws,  Fig.  2244.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Milling  cutters,  Fig.  2245.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 70  r.p.m.;  |-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on 
with  brush.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000 
pieces.      Gages — Form.     Production — 75    pieces   per   hr. 


k"<»-">l 


FIG.2242  0P2 


Depthofjeeth    Milb1ond4,28Ti<ithL.H.5tr*ght  m$«. 

^  _    ...  r%,:A 


X'Depthof  Teeth  0»" 


r  Aoaf 

\  ^2 


\*-W9" 


h-m"*\  i     ,' 

*  *  .  v> 


i_L_ 
Depth  of  Teeth 


rfmk.  h 


FIG.  2244 


%0M"  '009"  \<M>    ../6°j$F? —  '^-fr-/' 

m„  Depth  of  Teetk        '0lKS"/i    Depth  of  Teeth  0ZZ" 

OPERATION  344  FIG  2245 

[292] 


Q1 


FIG.  2246 


FIG.  2247 


FIB.  2248 


•I  tazs"      ^ 


V-03X 


%m$ 


II!  _ 

Collar      ^  u-diff* 

ZO-Teeth,  Straight.RH. 

FIG.  2249 

,  .-0Z15', 
■*Q25\<-  1J&H-:  *|tfZ5|< 

l%fr  I  I  .  I     l 

l*4L 


i 


§ 


K I.62S" 

!< - 


OPERATION  5 


STEEL(Harden) 
FI6.22S0 


" — 4.7S" — 


I    h~ 105'- J*******'  \\       . 

u^....~.e.». 3  *V* 

FIO.22.53 

OPERATION  6 


\.  't::  m 


-£)     *X 


5*      I 


^%$Ql^%k.    ***** 

FIG.E254 


OPERATIONS  BB  AND  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  LEFT  BY 

OPERATIONS  3  AND  4 

Number    of    Operators — One.       Description    of    Operation — 

Removing    burrs    from    operations    3    and    4.      Apparatus    and 

Equipment  Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operations 

3  and   4. 

OPERATION  5.  HAND-MILLING  SIDES  OF  HOOK 
Transformation — Fig.  2246.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  3 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin  in  rotating  fixture,  clamped 
by  finger  clamps,  Fig.  2247;  details  in  Fig.  2248.  Tool-Hold- 
ing Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools— Milling  cutter. 
Fig.  2249.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of 
Tool  Between  Grindings—  5000  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2250. 
Production — 350    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION    6.      HOLLOW-MILLING    FRONT    END    IN 
LATHE 

Transformation — Fig.  2251.  Machine  Used — Built  at  Hill 
shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Hold- 
ing Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  finger  clamps,  Fig. 
1252.      Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.     Cutting   Tools — 


Hollow  mill.  Fig.  2253.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— 
900  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages 
— Fig.  2254,  diameter  and  length.  Production — 175  pieces  per 
hr. 

OPERATION  8.     POLISHING  SIDES  AND  END  OF  HOOK 
Number   of   Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — Pol- 
ishing sides  of  hook.     Apparatus  and    Equipment  Used — Pol- 
ishing jack  and   wheel.      Production — 175   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION   9.      FILING   HOOK   AND  JOINT 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Filing  hook  and  joint.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File. 
Production — 75    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION  9-A.     BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Same  as  all  other  bluing  operations.     Equipment  and  Appa- 
ratus Used — Same  as  all  other  bluing  operations. 

OPERATION   10.      HARDEN   IN   CYANIDE 
Description   of  Operation — Harden   in  cyanide  at   1500   deg. 
F.;  quenched  in  oil. 


[293] 


|-»J  •  WQPK" 

.  _ \aees". 


to  ^  ~i  •  h  W 

^-i,    , — J  Jt. 


4°-l5'-A\.-         §    C 

r-p--j 

&%  If 
s  r 


095"F(. 


'XTl 

H  Rear  End 
dimensions  taken  atV 


0345% 


:_,_.._■ —---#3 


Di, 


(M£V 


fitf 


,    •)  u.. 


_\J 


FIG.  2256 
OPERATION  A 


Section  C-C 


>       ? 

Front  End'  2i?7f.'»j.l< 

Bayonet  Grip,  Right.         Section  B-B 

f DENSE  WELL  SEASONED  BUCK  WALNUT) 

FIG.2255 


FIG.2258 
OPERATION  1 


Bayonet  Grip,  Left. 


<fr 


J 

JL 


I—— — t* 

M 

\<Wf*fc 

tit  -^ 

h«/*l 


Harden 


"5! 


'®- 

/I 

z'    V 

f-N 

T    " 

7» 

k     > 

'  ^ , 

t* 

K- 

~'f 

...» 

A 

•l-r 




FIG.  2259 


2& 


/t?° 


T~ 


FIG.  2262 


FIG.2261 


.  z" 


OPERATION  2 


FIG.  2260 


The  Bayonet  Grip 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BAYONET  GRIP,   RIGHT 
Operation 

A.     Sawing  blanks 

1.  Sawing   blocks,   day   work,    from   condemned   stocks 

2.  Cutting  circle,   inside,   front   end 

3.  Cutting  to  fit  pommel,   top,  rear  end 

8.  Boring   and    counterboring    screw    holes 
7.  Cutting   circle,    rear   end 

4-5.  Cutting   grooves,    inside 

6.  Turning   two   together 

6-A..  Oiling  with  linseed   oil 

9.  Assembling   washer 

OPERATION  A.   SAWING  BLANKS 
Transformation — Pig.     2258.       Machine     Used — Regular     saw. 
Number  of  Operators  per   Machine — One.     Work-Holding  De- 
vices—Held in  hand,  pushed  to  stop.     Tool-Holding  Devices — 
On  spindle.     Cutting  Tools — Saw.     Number  of  Cuts — One.     Cut 
Data — 3500  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.     Gages — Fig.  2257;  width,  thick- 
ness  and   length.      Production — 1000    pieces   per   hr. 
OPERATION    1.      SAWING   BLOCKS 
Transformation— Pig.      2258.       Machine     Used— Regular     saw 
table.     Number  of  Operations  per  Machine — One.     Work-Hold- 
ing Devices— Hand.     Tool-Holding  Devices— Circular  saw  ar- 
r.0^•      SittinS   Tools — Saw.      Number    of   Cuts— One.      Produc- 
tion— 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   2.      CUTTING   CIRCLE.    INSIDE   FRONT   END 

h„lHr^ntSf-mma=l?^r"P!f-  I259'  ,  Machine  Used— Wood  miller 
wilt  4„l!H  s^°d->  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
JJtJ  T^«Bi?fvlCn~,Held  on  block  by  hand  clamp  A,  Fig 
Z260.     Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  held  In  tool   head.     Cut- 


ting Tools — Fly  cutters,  Fig.  2261.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 4500  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None.  Average 
Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 2500  pieces.  Gages — Fig. 
2262,    form.      Production — 700    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION  3.  CUTTING  TO  FIT  POMMEL  TOP,  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  2263.  Machine  Used — Wood  miller, 
built  at  Hill  shop.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine. — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  held  by  right  and  left  vise 
Jaws,  Fig.  2264.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Cutter  in  holder. 
Cutting  Tools — Fly  cutter,  Fig.  2265.  Number  of  Cuts — One. 
Cut  Data — 3500  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2266,  form.  Pro- 
duction— 700   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION    8.      BORING    AND    COUNTERBORING    SCREW 

HOLES 
Transformation— Fig.  2267.  Machine  Used— Ames  profiler. 
Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One.  Work-Holding  De- 
vices— Ordinary  holding  fixture.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper 
shank.  Cutting  Tools — Drills  and  counterbores,  Fig  2268 
Number  of  Cuts— One.  Cut  Data— 3500  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces.  Gages 
— rFig.  2269,  diameter  and  location  of  hole.  Production — 450 
pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.  CUTTING  CIRCLE,  REAR  END 
Transformation — Fig.  2270.  Machine  Used — Ames  Manu- 
facturing Co.  wood  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Ma- 
chine—One. Work-Holding  Devices— Held  in  fixture  by  fin- 
ger clamp.  Tool-Holding  Devices— Fly-cutter  holder.  Cut- 
ting Tools— Fly  cutters.  Fig.  2271.  Number  of  Cuts— One. 
PH.1  Dat?l^6,5(!5  r-P-m-:  hand  feed.  Coolant— None.  Average 
Mte  »*it„To01  Between  Grindings— 500  pieces.  Gages— Form 
Fig.  2272.     Production— 450  pieces  per  hr.  s 


[294] 


-■ — 


t: 

No.l 

T 

— O 

i 

16 

i 
1 

V 



o 

FIG.2263 
platcd  snci    25° 


A 


TOOL  STUL 


r 


No.2 


•45 


i»- 


3**      FIG.2265 


-•/f- H^Wif         k^    ^ 


i 


\raet\     -j^^.      *-- *gf~ 


'i  y ;' 


I  v  1 

!er! 


flshlLock 
Screw ' 


j!  !,>/!*■  SB 


U_««-J 


FIG.2269 


(< /J 

MB** 

-*H 

III1 

•  •  i  > 

•  i  i  i 
1  1  I  i 

STEEL 

(f/artfef?) 

Si  Harden 


8*  § 

k^  *?     i  ..Jfardert 


jpzfi,  So., 


Li 


0.375&- 


h^W^j 


FI0.2264 


® 


FIG.2267 


S5     ' 


ZE 


FIG.  2270,  ■ 


1* f — ,.....->: 

1            1 

1 

1 

u  y   f- 26VS" x 

Harden                       ^ 

FIG £266 


* 

1 
i 

t 

1          *> 

i 

1       No 

1 

V 

FIG.  2263, 2264, 
6265, 2266  OPERATIONS 
FIG.2267,  2268,2269 
OPERATION  8. 
FIG.2270, 2271,2272 
,  OPERATION  7. 


■) 


f- ■&**- 


h/'-H 


! 
1 


K- 


■£»"• 


■••/' 


Harder? 


I— 


■//: 


:....,., J 

TOOL  STEEL 

FIG.2S7I 


j^*L 


FIG.2272 


H 


§ 

sfa 


F162273B 


* 

A 

B 

Harden 

i 

H 

—ffiff- > 

s 

^       AV  V Tt-         \Sk 


~\ 


OPERATION  4fcS 


=n 1 !    "    Tfil   i|iTl--1-- Wl    ',  i'i 


FIG2274 


Srm/H.rda,) 

FIG.2276 


[295] 


OPERATIONS  4  AND  6.  CUTTING  GROOVES,  INSIDE 
Transformation — Fig.  2273.  A  and  B.  Machine  Used — Wood 
miller,  built  in  Hill  shop,  Fig.  2274.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  "Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  block 
by  hand  clamp,  at  rear  end,  Fig.  2275.  Tool-Holding  Devices 
—Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Coarse-tooth  cutters.  Num- 
ber of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 4500  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Aver- 
age Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — 
Fig.  2276,  location  and  width  of  cuts.  Production — 350  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  6.  TURNING  TWO  TOGETHER 
Transformation — Fig.  2277.  Machine  Used — Ames  form 
trimmer,  similar  to  turning  gunstocks.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  arbor 
clamped  at  ends.  Fig.  2278;  turning  form  shown  in  Fig.  2279; 
details  of  working  in  Fig.  2280.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Fly 
cutters  held  in  holder.  Cutting  Tools — Hook  cutters,  Fig. 
2281.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data— Speed  of  cutter,  6500 
r.p.m.;  speed  of  work,  60  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Be- 
tween Grindings — 5500  grips.  Gages — Fig.  2282;  A  and  B, 
{prm;    C,    thickness.      Production — 125    pieces    per   hr. 

OPERATION  6-A     OILING  WITH  LINSEED  OIL 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Placed  in  trays  and  dipped  in  linseed  oil;   left  over  night  to 
dry.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wire  trays,  tanks  and 
linseed  oil. 

OPERATION   9.      ASSEMBLING 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Assembling  grips   to   blade.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used 


—Screwdriver.      Gages — General    gage,    similar    to    Fig.    2288. 
Production — 150  pieces  per  hr. 

The  Bayonet  Guard 

OPERATIONS   ON   THE    BAYONET    GUARD 
Operation 

O.     Cutting  off 

A     Forging    from    bar 

B.  Annealing 
D.     Pickling 

C.  Trimming    and    punching    barrel    holes 
3.         Grinding   rear  side   and   front   side 

6.  Hand-milling    slot    for    blade 

7.  Shaving  for  blade 
DD.  Burring    operation    71 

10.         Reaming  barrel   hole  to  finish 

12.  Drilling   rivet   holes 
EE.  Burring    operation    12 

13.  Profiling   edges 
15.         Hand-milling    rear   side,    lower   edge 

Hand-milling   for   scabbard   catch 
Hand-milling    for    bolster    on    blade 
Chambering   barrel   hole 
Polishing  sides  and  edges  except  at  rivet  holes 


17 
14. 
16. 
18. 


OPERATION  O.      CUTTING   OFF 

Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation 

Bars  come  about  10  ft.  long  and  are  cut  in  half  for  drop- 
forging.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Hilles  No  2 
stock   shears.      Production — 900   pieces    per    hr. 


•< - m?^'-- --J 


-m?5 


■  I  E 


Ull  I 


ot-MHaefVoBni 


SUafHarder) 

...::...yc..T.'..^<.    W5"—- 

■£/&- 


LLZX 


j 


FIG.2E82 


tH- l-sM     h i 


OPERATION© 

[296] 


FIG.EESI 


OPERATION  A.  FORGING  FROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  2284.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 125  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    B.      ANNEALING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  iron  pots  packed  with  powdered  charcoal,  heated 
to  850  deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  P.).  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used — Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing,  oil- 
burning   furnaces;   powdered   charcoal. 

OPERATION   D.      PICKLING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — Put 
Jn  wfre  baskets  and  placed  in  the  pickling  solution,  which 
consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water;  left 
in  this  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Wire    baskets,    wooden   pickling    tanks,    hand    hoist. 

OPERATION  C.     TRIMMING  AND  PUNCHING  BARREL 
HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  2285.  Machine  Used — Bliss  No.  21 
tip-over  press,  lj-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per 
Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders — Square  shank 
Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by  setscrew.  Strippinp 
Mechanism — Same  stripping  as  butt  plate.  Average  Life  of 
Punches  and  Dies — 15.000  pieces.  Lubricant — Punches  oiled 
with  cutting  oil.  Production — 600  pieces  per  hr.  Note — This 
is  the  same  style  ot  die  as  for  trimming  butt  plate. 

OPERATION   3.      GRINDING  REAR   AND   FRONT   SIDES 

Transformation — Fig.  2286.  Machine  Used — Same  Pratt  & 
Whitney  vertical  grinder  as  all  others.  Number  of  Operators 
per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  between 
strips  of  steel  on  sides  and  ends  of  magnetic  chuck.  Cut 
Data — Same  as  previous  grinding  on  this  machine.  Produc- 
tion— 165    pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  6.     HAND-MILL  SLOT  FOR  BLADE 

Transformation — Fig.  2287.  Machine  Used — Garvin  No.  8 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding    Devices — On    pin,    clamped   by    vise   jaws,    Fig.    22S8. 


Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Mill, 
ing  cutter,  Fig.  2289.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 46C 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  -fa-in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces. 
Gages — Length  and  width  of  slot.  Production — 350  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION  7.   SHAVING  FOR  BLADE 

Transformation — Fig.  2290.  Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks 
No.  2,  lj-in.  stroke.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Punches  and  Punch  Holders— Square  shank.  Dies  and 
Die  Holders — Fixture  bolted  to  bed  of  press;  pins  in  fixture 
locate  the  work,  Fig.  2291.  Average  Life  of  Punches — 500 
pieces.  Lubricant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — 
Width,  length  and  location  of  slot  from  barrel  hole.  Fig. 
2292.     Production — 120  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION    DD.      BURRING    OPERATION 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  7.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment  Used — File.      Production — 400   pieces   per    hr. 

OPERATION  10.     REAMING  BARREL  HOLE  TO  FINISH 

Transformation — Fig.  2293.  Machine  Used — Ames  single- 
spindle  16-in.  upright  drilling  machine.  Number  of  Operators 
oer  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Work  set  in 
block  with  pin  for  stop;  lever  across  top  to  keep  work  down. 
Fig.  2294.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting 
Tools — Fig.  2295;  A,  counterbore;  B,  reamer.  Number  of 
Cuts — Two.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cut- 
ting oil,  ■}•  -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 1500  pieces.  Gages — Plug  for  diameter.  Produc- 
tion— 100  pieces  per  hr.  Note — Counterbored  and  reamed  at 
one   setting. 

OPERATION   12.      DRILLING   RIVET   HOLES 

Transformation — Fig.  2296.  Machine  Used— Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney three-spindle  upright  16-in.  drilling  machine.  Number  of 
Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Drill 
jig,  Fig.  2297 ;  cam  A  locates  and  holds  guard.  Tool-Holding 
Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools — Twist  drills.  Number 
of  Cuts— Two.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 360  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2298,  diameter  and  loca- 
tion  of   holes.      Production — 50    pieces   per   hr. 


Y  -085'  -\ 


HSSfc- 


[297] 


OPERATION    EE.      BURRING    OPERATION 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  12.   Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — 300  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  13.  PROFILING  EDGES 
Transformation — Fig.  2299.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  "Whit- 
ney No.  2  profiler.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine— One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Held  on  pin,  clamped  by  finger  clamp, 
which  comes  up  through  hole  in  blade,  Fig.  12300.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling  cut- 
ters, Fig.  2301.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 1200  r.p.m.; 
hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  J-in.  stream.  Average  Life 
of   Tool    Between   Grindings — 300    pieces.      Gages — Form,   Fig. 

2302.  Production, — 40  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  15.      HAND-MILLING  REAR  SIDE,   LOWER 
EDGE 
Transformation — Fig.  2303.     Machine  Used — Brainard  large 
hand  miller.     Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.     Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  on  stud  with  pin  to  center  work,  Fig. 

2303.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — 
Fig.  2305,  hand  miller.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 
250  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  A -in.  stream. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces. 
Gages — Fig.  2306,  contour  and  length.  Production — 175  pieces 
per  hr. 


OPERATION   17. 

Transformation 
miller.  Number 
Holding  Devices- 
hole;  fixture  is  he 
Holding  Devices- 
cutter,  Fig.  2309. 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Average  Life  of 
Gages — Form  and 


HAND-MILLING   FOR   SCABBARD   CATCH 

— Fig.   2307.     Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 

of    Operators    per    Machine — One.       Work- 

-Work    held    against    pin    by    key    in    block 

Id   lengthwise;   details   in   Fig.    2308.      Tool- 

-Taper     shank.        Cutting     Tools — Milling, 

Number    of    Cuts — One.      Cut    Data — 450 

Coolant — Cutting   oil,   put   on   with   brush. 

Tool     Between     Grindings — 3500     pieces. 

depth.     Production — 350   pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  14.  HAND-MILLING  FOR  BOLSTER  ON 
BLADE 
Transformation — Fig.  2310.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Work  held  by  key  in  block  hole,  Fig.  2311. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Milling 
cutter,  Fig.  2312.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450 
r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush. 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 3500  pieces. 
Gages — Form  and  size.     Production — 200  pieces  per  hr. 


OPERATION  16.     CHAMBERING  BARREL  HOLE 

Transformation — Fig.  2313.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation — Chambering  barrel  hole.  Apparatus 
and  Equipment  Used — Bench  lathe  and  counterbore;  work 
held  by  hand;  cutter,  Fig.  2314.  Gages — Fig.  2315,  diameter 
and  depth.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION   18.     POLISHING  SIDES  AND   EDGES 
EXCEPT  AT  RIVET  HOLES 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  sides  and  edges.  Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — 
Polishing  jack  and   wheel.     Production — 35   pieces   per  hr. 

The  Bayonet-Scabbard  Catch 
operations  on  the  bayonet-scabbard  catch 

Operation 

0.  Cutting  off 

A.  Forging   from   bar 

B.  Annealing 
B-l.  Pickling 

C.  Trimming 

1.  Milling  pivot   (screw  machine) 

7.  Milling  thumb-piece  for  bedding 
2-3.     Milling  right  and  left  sides 

6.  Drilling   for   bayonet  catch 

4.  Milling  thumb-piece   (on  angle)   and  hook 
BB.  Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  4 

5.  Milling  top  and  circle  of  hook 

CC.     Removing  burrs  left  by  operation  6 

8.  Checking  thumb-piece 

9.  Polishing    hook    and    circle    of   thumb-piece 

10.  Filing,   cornering   thumb-piece 

11.  Casehardening 

OPERATION   0.      CUTTING  OFF 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Cutting    stock    in    half.      Apparatus    and    Equipment    Used — 
Hilles  stock  shears  No.   2.     Production — 1200   pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  A.   FORGING  FROM  BAR 

Transformation — Fig.  2317.  Number  of  Operators — One. 
Description  of  Operation— Shaping  from  bar.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Billings  &  Spencer  400-lb.  drop  hammer. 
Production — 500  pieces  per  hr. 


[298] 


OPERATION  B.  ANNEALING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Packed  in  iron  pots  with  powdered  charcoal  and  heated 
io  850  deg.  C.  (1562  deg.  F.),  left  over  night  to  cool.  Appa- 
ratus and  Equipment  Used— Brown  &  Sharpe  annealing  fur- 
naces, oil  burner  and  powdered  charcoal. 

OPERATION  B-l.  PICKLING 
Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Placed  in  wire  baskets  and  then  in  the  pickling  solution, 
which  consists  of  1  part  sulphuric  acid  and  9  parts  water, 
and  left  in  this  from  10  to  12  min.  Apparatus  and  Equip- 
ment Used — Wire  baskets,  wooden  pickling  tanks,  hand  hoist. 

OPERATION  C.  TRIMMING 
Machine  Used — Snow-Brooks  No.  1,  lj-ln.  stroke.  Number 
of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Punches  and  Punch  Hold- 
ers— Round  shank.  Dies  and  Die  Holders — Held  in  shoe  by 
setscrew.  Stripping  Mechanism — Pushed  down  through  die. 
Production — 650    pieces    per    hr. 

OPERATION  1.  MILLING  PIVOT  (SCREW  MACHINE) 
Transformation — Fig.  2318.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney hand  screw  machine.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  two-jaw  chuck.  Tool- 
Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine.  Cutting  Tools — Hollow- 
mill    and    cross-slide    tools.      Number    of    Cuts — Three.      Cut 


Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  J-tn. 
stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 500  pieces 
per  hr.  Gages — Fig.  2319,  diameter  and  length.  Production — 
45   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION  7.  MILLING  THUMB-PIECE  FOR  BEDDING 
Transformation — Fig.  2320.  Machine  Used — Whitney  hand 
miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Special  vise  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices— 
Taper  shank.  Cutting  Tools — Side  mill,  14  x  J  in.  Number  of. 
Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.;  hand  feed.  Coolant — None, 
Average  Life  of  Tool  Between  Grindings — 10,000  pieces. 
Gages — None.      Production — 350   pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATIONS  2  AND  3.  MILLING  RIGHT  AND  LEFT  SIDEB 
Transformation — Fig.  2321.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney No.  2  Lincoln  miller.  Number  of  Machines  per  Operator — 
Two.  Work-Hdiding  Devices — Held  by  pivot,  on  catch 
clamped  by  vise  jaws,  Fig.  2322.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Formed  milling  cutter,  as 
shown.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 120  r.p.m.;  g-in. 
feed.  Coolant — Cutting  oil,  put  on  with  brush.  Gages — 
Fig.  2323,  form  and  thickness  of  lug.  Production — 100  pieces 
per  hr. 

OPERATION   6.     DRILLING   FOR  BAYONET  CATCH 
Transformation — Fig.  2324.    Machine  Used — Sigourney  16-in. 
two-spindle.    Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.    Work- 


1        ;Hb 


FIG.  2304 


2& 

( 

o 

0 

...  ]    £«e  i'i 

-- o 

','       !■!      Mill 

j 

cv. 

1 

2306  OP.  15 
FIG. 2307,2308  .&  2309  OR  17 
FIG. 2310,2311  &  2312  OP.  14 
FIG.  2313, 23I4&23I5  OP.  16 

10  Teeth  LM. 


FIG.  £307 


■/%■■ — +../'•!  *'|*~ 


FIG.  2309 


FIG.  2306 


1 — prf 

I.ji  1,1  I 1  i,l  iii.iJ _ 

1 1 — — F  r— ti 


FIG.  2308 


FIG.23IO  FIG.23I3 

tOTeefh-LH.  Spiral /Turn  in  S.44fn.R.H. 


FIG.  2311 


F1S.23I4 


FIG,  2315 


[299] 


FIG.  2332 


OPERATION  8 


Holding-  Devices — Drill  jig,  Pig.  2325;  holds  work  in  V-block, 
by  finger  B  and  cam  C;  drill  bushing  in  surveying  leaf  D. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — Drill  chuck.  Cutting  Tools— Twist 
drill.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 750  r.p.m.;  hand  feed. 
Coolant — Cutting  oil,  i"s-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 500  pieces  per  grind.  Gages — Fig.  2326, 
diameter  of  hole  and  location  by  using  block.  Production — 
t25    pieces   per    hr. 


OPERATION  4.  MILLING  THUMB-PIECE  (ON  ANGLE) 
AND  HOOK 
Transformation — Fig.  2327.  Machine  Used — Standard  No. 
4J  universal  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — 
One.  Work-Holding  Devices — Upright  by  vise  jaws.  Fig. 
2328.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbos.  Cutting  Tools — 
Formed  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — One.  Cut  Data — 120  r.p.m.; 
S-in.  feed.     Coolant — Cutting  oil.  put  on  with  brush.     Averag" 


[300] 


Life    of   Tool  Between    Grindlugs — 5000    pieces.      Gages — Fig. 
2329,  shape  and  location  of  cut.     Production — 350  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  BB.      REMOVING    BURRS    LEFT    BY 
OPERATION  4 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  4.     Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.      Production — Grouped   with   operation   4. 

OPERATION  5.  MILLING  TOP  AND  CIRCLE  OF  HOOK 
Transformation — Fig.  2330.  Machine  Used — Pratt  &  Whit- 
ney rebuilt  No.  2.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One. 
Work-Holding  Devices — Work  located  against  stop,  clamped 
by  vise  jaws  as  usual.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor. 
Cutting  Tools — Formed  milling  cutters.  Number  of  Cuts — 
On*.      Cut   Data — 70   r.p.m.;    8-in.   feed.      Coolant — Cutting   oil, 

fiut    on   with    brush.      Average   Life    of   Tool    Between    Grind- 
ngs — 5000     pieces.       Gages — Form.       Production — 350     pieces 
per  hr. 


53  Threads  per h*1^ 
Harden 


%.  Si  V>  sria 

S  «     §  Harden 


STmObnkn)  j 

V 

■a 

7 


TtrMfL 

U ' 1 


^aS7S"^kV /;--■ 

Knurl30SerrvtionT  CJa     *  FIG.2334 

,  %:  per  Inch       H-h<?<#* 

y_  33ThreadsperTn.        ■ 


52  Threads  per /n. 
r-    035"  -A 
F1G.Z333 


e>  x.'  i  1 

i-j  — i—    -, — .  i— i 


steel  (Blue) 

H-i- — as?—\ 
r-—a96" 

FIG.  2335 


4V\t    SF/tMC  IKHE  (Tempered) 


FIG.  2336 


C0 


ifS 


5sf; 


„  tiJ.X-aa'/i 


J 


i 


rff 


^  *4W 


OPERATION  CC.  REMOVING  BURRS  DEFT  BY „ 

OPERATION  5 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation^ 
Removing  burrs  from  operation  b.  Apparatus  and  Equipment 
Used — File.     Production — Grouped  with  operation  6. 

OPERATION   8.      CHECKING  THUMB-PIECE 

Transformation — Fig.  2331.  Machine  Used — Brainard  large 
hand  miller.  Number  of  Operators  per  Machine — One.  Work- 
Holding  Devices — Held  in  rotating  fixture,  rotated  90  deg. 
between  the  two  cuts,  Fig.  2332.  Tool-Holding  Devices — 
Standard  arbor.  Cutting  Tools — Checking  milling  cutters. 
Number  of  Cuts — Two.  Coolant — None.  Average  Life  of  Tool 
Between  Grindings — 5000  pieces.  Gages — None.  Production — 
350   pieces  per   hr. 


OPERATION  9. 


POLISHING  HOOK  AND  CIRCLE  OF 
THUMB-PIECE 


Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation — 
Polishing  hook  and  circle  of  thumb-piece.  Apparatus  and 
Equipment  Used — Wheel  and  polishing  jack.  Production— 
125    pieces   per   hr. 

OPERATION    10.      FILING,    CORNERING    THUMB-PIECE 
Number     of     Operators — One.       Description     of     Operation- 
Filing  and  cornering.     Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — File. 
Production — 350    pieces   per    hr. 

OPERATION  11.      CASEHARDENING 

Number  of  Operators — One.  Description  of  Operation- 
Harden  in  cyanide  at  1500  deg.  F.;  quench  in  oil. 

The  Bayonet  Nut 

OPERATIONS  ON  THE  BAYONETT  NUT 
Operation 

1.  Automatic 

2.  Polishing 

3.  Bluing 

OPERATION  1.  AUTOMATIC 
Machine  Used — Hartford  No.  2  automatic.  Number  of 
Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held 
in  draw-in  chuck.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Turret  of  machine. 
Cutting  Tools — Standard.  Number  of  Cuts — Five;  fourth  cut 
Is  a  tap.  Cut  Data — 700  r.p.m.;  A-in.  feed.  Coolant — Cutting 
oil,  8-in.  stream.  Average  Lire  of  Tool  Between  Grind- 
ings— 700  pieces.  Gages — Fig.  2334.  Production — 90  pieces  per 
hr. 


r 

Brvtrn 


V  C/di'/tHm."* 

i8 


'-as/?.  =5$, 


~  •  f"=\-fc*  "KfiwKi.Fir - -'-  I      V — ■     ■?  IWI 


drorrn    U0SJ"A\"L       i&ji 

■+-Q534*  k 2.94 


^    iX'K«"     >*-ha?f/'    ~*\-}<a/}7"     H-fiwr         .^>«  .^w».      ..  * 


M-UQW 


ai9f 


£1 


Blade.  STEELffinish//) 


CHLV 
f3% 


\*~0.35" A  Finish/ 
Bayonet  Nut. STEEL 


BLACK  WALNUT  t*A2?'>l 

Bayonet  Grip,  Right  Hand 

3j7hreaas  perln. 


m.  s 


Lay 

Section  A-A  awe^  .  k 

Section  B-B 

,   C40/%        ,    . 


437?. 


.«   dXS^  ■  k- 


r» S94--—-'\ 

r* ZSD6!- m-H 

r*-<yPt-~(J  ^  Vi  Vj 


8ayonet  Washer,  steel 

(Finish/) 


.    x  Section  C-C 
►I  •  k  Q085"      H  a£5  H 

k —  a%" H 

Bayonet  Screw,  STEEL  (Finish/) 


Section  D-D 


_■ 


.«!  IS  Vi 

■JtJ -J    i 


Bayonet  Grip,  Left  Hand  (BLACK  WALNUT) 


^ 


rf^^j'^pf 


U'R. 


trm  (Finish/) 
isyonet  Spring 


V  '^      ^a7^-143"-H    I    V.  ao5Ft./a. 

Guard 

*6» 


\-.ai"A 


MrUn3'  v 


0.05"R.  STEEL  (Finish/) 

Bayonet  Catch  Spring  Stutl 


aa&AV  r&°*>\  x,^l 

STEEL  (finish/) 
Bayonet  Catch 


VH-ktf^' 


If 


STEEL  (Finish/) 

Bayonet  Scabbard      &      PY*    

Catch      ,  L>— : '  »t 

; ^-H  ,;V<»ia»?. OSS'- ->i    5 

"   §       K— ■■«%"■■- A    « 

•^  STEEL 


•  asThreads  per  In. 
Bayonet  Catch  Spring 
Hole  Screw 


FIG.  2337 


,    26Threadsper/n.   , 

^ :/25'- ►» 

STEEL  (Finish/) 
bayonet  Scabbard  Catch  ScraW 


Guard  Rivet 


[301] 


OPERATION  2.     POLISHING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Removing  burrs.    Apparatus  and  Equipment  Used — Wheel  and 
polishing  jack.     Production — 1500  pieces  per  hr. 

OPERATION  3.     BLUING 
Number    of    Operators — One.      Description    of    Operation — 
Blued  in  niter  at  800  deg.  P.,  as  usual. 

The  bayonet  screw  is  an  automatic  screw  machine 
job,  details  being  shown  in  Fig.  2335.  The  bayonet 
rivets  are  purchased. 

The  Bayonet  Screw 

OPERATIONS  ON  BAYONET  SCREW 
Operation 

1.  Automatic,  Hart  No.   2  and  Acme 

2.  Slitting,   hand    and   automatic 

3.  Crowning   hand 

4.  Bluing 

OPERATION  1.  AUTOMATIC,  ACME 
Machine  Used — Acme  No.  1.  Number  of  Machines  per  Oper- 
ator— Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — Held  in  draw-in  chuck. 
Tool-Holding  Devices — In  turret  of  machine.  Number  of 
Cuts — Five.  Cut  Data — 1100  r.p.m.;  A-in.  feed.  Coolant — 
Cutting  oil,  1-in.  stream.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 800   pieces.      Production — 100   pieces   per  hr. 

OPERATION  2.  SLITTING 
Machine  Used — Manville  automatic  screw  slotter.  Number 
of  Machines  per  Operator — Four.  Work-Holding  Devices — 
Special  jaws.  Tool-Holding  Devices — Standard  arbor.  Cut- 
ting Tools — Slitting  saw,  0.044  in.  thick.  Number  of  Cuts — 
One.  Cut  Data — 450  r.p.m.  Average  Life  of  Tool  Between 
Grindings — 5000  pieces.     Production — 120  pieces  per  hr. 


The  Bayonet  Washer 

operations  on  the  bayonet  washer 
Operation 

1.  Automatic 

2.  Eluing 

The  spring  is  coiled  in  a  speed  lathe  and  cut  to  length 
after  coiling  at  the  rate  of  about  350  per  hour.  One  end 
is  then  closed  in  with  a  special  punch,  so  as  to  fit  the 
catch,  at  the  rate  of  about  500  per  hour.  Details  of  the 
spring  are  shown  in  Fig.  2336. 

The  Bayonet  Spring 
operations  on  the  bayonet  spring 

Operation 

1.  Coiling  and  cutting 

2.  Crimping 

The  bolo  bayonet  is  shown  in  detail  in  Fig.  2337,  the 
peculiar  cross-section  of  the  blade  necessitating  some 
very  interesting  milling  fixtures.  These  are  of  the 
bridge-milling  type,  in  which  the  lengthwise  contour  is 
determined  by  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  bridge  that  car- 
ries the  work.  In  addition  to  this,  the  blade  is  given  a 
side  rocking  motion  by  means  of  properly  shaped  cams 
on  the  sides  of  the  bridge,  so  that  the  blade  rolls  under 
the  cutter  from  point  to  pommel.  Special  formed  mill- 
ing cutters  are  used  for  the  various  operations,  as  with 
the  regular  bayonet,  but  varied  to  suit  the  different 
shape  of  the  bolo. 


[302] 


^Modified  Enfield  Rifle 


Model  1917 


BACK  SIGHT  SLIDE- - 
BACK  SIGHT  LEAF--- 
BACK  SIGHT  AXIS  NUT--- 
BACK  5I0HT  AXIS  SCREW.] 

BOLTPLUO -i 

COCKING  PIECE— i    ' 
SAFETY  CATCH--. 
SAFETY! 


-  RACK  SIGHT  SPRING 
I  BACK  SIGHT  SPRING  SCREW. 
'JACK  SIGHT  SLIDE  CATCH     i 


BACK  SIGHT  SLIDE 
STOP  SCREW 


CARTRIDGE  RISING  ON 
"     BULLET  INCLINE 


LOCKING  BOLT 
TRIGGER  AXIS  PtN-J 
TRIGGER  GUARD 


MAGAZINE  PLATFORM 
—  MAGAZINE  END  FRONT 
MAGAZINE  BOTTOM 

.(MAGAZINE 

I  l (PLATFORM 

I  SPRING 

-MAGAZINE  CATCH  PIN       [ MAGAZINE  SIDES 

-  MAGAZINE  CATCH  SPRING  LEFT  AND  RIGHT 


SYNOPSIS— Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  Spring- 
field rifle,  model  1903,  cannot  be  produced  in  suffi- 
cient quantities*,  the  Government  has  decided  to  adopt 
a  modification  of  the  English  Enfield  rifle,  chambered 
for  our  regular  cartridges.  This  article  shows  the 
rifle  and  its  mechanism  and  also  describes  the  action. 


Ti 


By  Ethan  Viall 
HE  rifle  that  is  to  be  used  by  our  troops  abroad  is  a 
modification  of  the  English  Enfield  rifle,  model  of  1914, 
adapted  to  use  the  United  States  standard  caliber  .30 
ammunition.    The  receiver  and  bolt  are  of  34  per  cent,  nickel 
steel  and  are  somewhat  larger  than  in  the  United  States  Spring- 
field.    While  differing  in  general  design,  they  have  the  same 
functioning  features  of  side  ejection  and  rotating  motion  of 
bolt  in  loading  and  extracting. 

The  barrel,  made  of  what  is  known  as  smokeless  barrel  steel 
of  practically  the  same  specifications  as  for  the  United  States 
Springfield,  is  2  in.  longer  than  the  Springfield  barrel.  The 
bayonet  is  1.125  in.  longer,  and  the  assembled  rifle  with  bayonet 
is  4.125  in.  longer  than  the  United  States  Springfield.  The 
magazine  is  practically  a  duplicate  of  the  United  States  Spring- 
field and  uses  the  same  cartridge  clip  in  loading,  which  carries 
five  cartridges. 

The  rear  sight  is  located  on  the  top  rear  end  of  the  receiver, 
increasing  the  sight  radius  9.548  in.  over  that  of  the  Spring- 
field, which  has  the  rear  sight  located  on  top  of  the  The  bolt  lever  is  shown  projecting  at  the  right.  In 
breech  end  of  the  barrel.  The  location  of  the  sight  on  operating  the  bolt,  this  lever  is  brought  to  a  vertical 
the  receiver  brings  it  closer  to  the  eye.  position  and  pushed  out  or  in.    Cartridges  placed  in  the 


Copyright,  1917,  McGraw-Hill  Publishing  Co.,  Inc. 


magazine  are  pushed  upward  to  the  feeding  mechanisrr 


[303] 


by  means  of  the  spring  shown,  »  J&e  bolt  moves  back- 
ward and  forward,  as  moved  by  *.:<}  operator,  and  rotates 
in  the  well  of  the  body.  It  carries  either  a  cartridge 
from  the  magazine  or  one  placed  by  hand  in  front  of  it 
into  the  chamber  and  supports  the  head  of  the  cartridge 
when  fired.  The  bolt  plug  unites  the  parts  of  the  bolt 
mechanism,  and  its  rotation  with  the  bolt  is  prevented 
by  lugs  on  its  sides  coming  in  contact  with  the  body. 

The  hook  of  the  extractor  engages  in  the  groove  of 
the  cartridge  case  and  retains  the  head  of  the  latter  in 
the  countersink  of  the  bolt  until  the  case  is  ejected.  The 
safety  catch,  when  pushed  forward,  causes  the  mechan- 
ism to  become  inoperative.  When  drawn  rearward,  the 
end  of  the  locking  bolt  enters  a  hole  in  the  shank  of  the 
bolt  lever  and  locks  the  bolt.  At  the  same  time  the  inner 
end  of  the  spindle  of  the  safety  catch  engages  a  cam 
cut  in  the  cocking  piece  and  draws  the  latter  slightly 
to  the  rear,  out  of  contact  with  the  sear,  and  locks  the 
striker. 

The  Bolt  Mechanism 

The  bolt  mechanism  operates  as  follows:  To  open 
the  bolt,  raise  the  handle  until  it  comes  in  contact  with 
the  left  side  of  the  body  and  pull  directly  to  the  rear 
until  the  top  locking  lug  on  the  bolt  strikes  the  bolt 
stop.  Raising  the  handle  rotates  the  bolt  and  sepa- 
rates the  locking  lugs  from  their  locking  shoulders  in 
the  body,  with  which  they  are  brought  in  close  contact 
by  the  gas  pressure.  This  rotation  causes  the  cocking  - 
cam  of  the  bolt  to  force  the  striker  to  the  rear,,  drawing 
the  point  of  the  striker  into  the  bolt,  rotation  of  the 
cocking  piece  being  prevented  by  the  rib  on  its  lower 
side  projecting  through  the  slot  in  the  bolt  plug  into  its 
groove  in  the  body.  As  the  bolt  plug  remains  longi- 
tudinally stationary  with  reference  to  the  bolt,  this  rear- 
ward motion  of  the  striker  starts  the  compression  of 
the  mainspring,  since  the  rear  end  of  the  latter  bears 
against  the  front  end  of  the  barrel  of  the  bolt  plug,  and 
its  front  end  against  the  collar  near  the  front  of  the 
striker.  When  the  bolt  strikes  the  body,  the  locking 
lugs  have  been  disengaged,  the  striker  has  been  forced 
about  i  in.  to  the  rear  and  the  nose  of  the  cocking  piece 
catches  in  a  notch  at  the  terminus  of  the  cam  on  the 
bolt.  During  the  rotation  of  the  bolt  a  rearward  motion 
has  been  imparted  to  it  by  its  extracting  cam  coming  in 
contact  with  the  extracting  cam  on  the  body,  so  that  the 
cartridge  will  be  started  from  the  chamber.  The  bolt 
is  then  drawn  directly  rearward,  the  parts  being  re- 
tained in  position  by  the  nose  of  the  cocking  piece  re- 
maining seated  in  the  notch  in  the  bolt.  To  close  the 
bolt,  push  the  handle  forward  until  the  extracting  cam 
on  the  bolt  bears  against  the  extracting  cam  on  the 
body. 

Ejection  of  the  Shell 

During  the  forward  movement  of  the  bolt  the  sear 
engages  the  cocking  piece,  the  compression  of  the  main- 


spring i*,  completed  and  the  nose  of  the  cocking  piece 
disengaged  from  the  notch  in  the  bolt,  permitting  the 
bolt  handle  to  be  turned  down  to  the  locked  position. 
After  firing,  when  the  bolt  is  drawn  rearward,  the 
ejector  is  forced  by  its  spring  to  the  right,  into  the 
path  of  the  cartridge,  the  rear  end  of  which  strikes 
the  ejector  and  is  ejected  to  the  right  from  the  body. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  in  this  system  of  bolt  mechan- 
ism the  seating  of  the  cartridge  in  the  chamber  and  the 
starting  of  the  empty  case  from  the  chamber  are  en- 
tirely done  by  cams,  the  compression  of  the  mainspring 
being  accomplished  partly  by  cams  and  partly  by  the 
pushing  forward  of  the  bolt.  The  arm  may  be  cocked 
only  by  raising  the  bolt  handle,  pulling  the  bolt  rear- 
ward and  again  closing,  there  being  no  knob  on  the 
cocking  piece  whereby  it  can  be  pulled  back  by  hand. 

In  firing,  unless  the  bolt  handle  is  turned  fully  down, 
the  upward  projecting  stem  on  the  front  portion  of  the 
sear  strikes  the  under  side  of  the  bolt  and  prevents 
pulling  the  sear  out  of  engagement  with  the  cocking 
piece.  When  the  bolt  handle  is  turned  fully  down,  this 
stem  enters  a  slot  in  the  under  side  of  the  bolt,  per- 
mitting the  complete  disengagement  of  the  sear  from  the 
cocking  piece.  This  prevents  the  possibility  of  a  cart- 
ridge being  fired,  and  causing  injury  to  the  user,  be- 
fore the  bolt  is  fully  closed. 

Charging  the  Magazine 

The  magazine  may  be  charged  either  by  cartridges 
held  in  a  clip,  or  one  at  a  time.  To  fill  the  magazine, 
the  bolt  is  drawn  fully  to  the  rear,  the  cartridges  are  in- 
serted at  the  top  and  the  bolt  again  closed,  the  top 
cartridge  being  pushed  thereby  out  of  the  magazine 
and  into  the  chamber.  When  the  bolt  is  again  drawn 
rearward,  the  second  cartridge  in  the  magazine  rises 
in  front  of  the  bolt,  and  so  on  until  the  magazine  is 
emptied.  As  the  bolt  is  closed,  the  top  cartridge  is 
held  up  during  its  passage  forward  by  the  pressure  of 
those  below.  The  last  one  in  the  magazine  is  held  up 
by  the  magazine  platform,  the  rib  of  which  directs  it 
into  the  chamber. 

The  magazine  chamber  is  made  wider  than  a  single 
cartridge,  but  not  wide  enough  for  two,  so  that  the 
cartridges  lie  in  it  staggered,  three  on  one  side  and  two 
on  the  other,  when  the  magazine  is  full.  There  is  no 
magazine  cutoff  on  this  arm ;  and  in  order  to  use  it  as  a 
single  loader  when  the  magazine  is  full,  it  is  necessary 
to  piace  a  cartridge  in  the  chamber  by  hand  and  then 
depress  the  column  of  cartridges  in  the  magazine  with 
the  thumb  while  the  bolt  is  pushed  forward  over  the 
head  of  the  top  cartridge.  The  arm  can  be  readily 
used  as  a  single  loader  with  the  magazine  empty.  In 
magazine  fire,  when  the  last  cartridge  has  been  fired  and 
the  bolt  drawn  fully  back,  the  magazine  platform  rises 
and  holds  the  bolt  open  to  show  that  the  magazine  is 
empty. 


[304] 


SYNOPSIS  —  This  type  of  automatic  rifle  is 
air-cooled,  but  the  radiating  surface  is  not  cov- 
ered as  in  the  Lewis  gun.  The  feeding  strips 
also  differ  from  most  others,  which  as  a  rule  use 
belts.  Sufficient  details  are  given  to  insure  a 
clear  understanding  of  the  mechanical  action. 

THE  automatic  machine  rifle,  caliber  .30,  model  of 
1909,  belongs  to  that  type  of  automatic  arms 
known  as  the  gas  operative.  The  power  that  is 
used  to  operate  the  mechanism  is  obtained  from  a  small 
portion  of  the  powder  gases  that  enter  through  a  port 
in  the  barrel  after  the  bullet  has  passed.  After  the 
first  shot  the  rifle  is  self-operative,  until  the  ammuni- 
tion in  the  feed  strip  is  exhausted  or  until  the  trigger 
is  released. 

The  ballistics  of  the  automatic  machine  rifle,  caliber 
.30,  model  of  1909,  are  similar  to  those  of  the  service 
rifle.  The  bullet  suffers  a  slight  decrease  in  muzzle 
velocity  due  to  the  gas  used  in  operating  the  rifle,  but 
for  general  purposes  the  data  quoted  for  the  service 
rifle  are  sufficiently  accurate. 

In  firing,  the  action  of  the  mechanism  is  as  follows: 
When  the  rifle  is  fired  and  the  bullet  has  passed  the 
gas  port  in  the  barrel  a  part  of  the  powder  gas  passes 
into  the  chamber  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring,  and  enters  the 
gas  cup  of  the  actuator,  forcing  the  latter  to  the  rear. 
The  actuator  in-  recoiling  compresses  the  actuator 
spring,  the  cam  surface  cut  in  its  upper  portion  engag- 
ing the  lug  of  the  fermeture  nut,  causing  the  latter  to 
rotate  so  as  to  disengage  its  threads  from  those  of  the 
breechblock.  At  this  part  of  the  recoil  the  firing  pin, 
which  has  been  drawn  back  by  the  actuator,  engages  its 
upper  lug  in  the  ramp  of  the  receiver.  The  firing  pin 
then  rotates  on  its  axis  and  its  upper  lug  comes  to  rest 
in  the  transverse  cut  of  the  breechblock,  thus  locking 
the  latter  to  the  actuator.  The  large  lug  of  the  actuator 
strikes  against  the  shoulder  of  the  breechblock,  drawing 
the  latter  to  the  rear  and  thereby  completing  the  open- 
ing of  the  breech.  The  claw  of  the  extractor  engages 
the  groove  of  the  cartridge  case  and  draws  it  from  the 
chamber.  During  the  recoil  of  the  breechblock  the  head 
of  the  cartridge  case  strikes  against  the  ejector,  throw- 
ing the  case  out  of  the  rifle  through  the  ejection  open- 
ing in  the  receiver.  When  the  actuator  is  partly  re- 
coiled the  cam  surface  cut  on  its  right  side  engages 
the  upper  lug  of  the  feed  piece,  causing  the  latter  to  ro- 


By  Ethan  Viall 

tate  from  right  to  left  on  its  axis.  The  feed  arm  of 
the  feed  piece  engages  its  feed  lug  in  the  central  open- 
ing of  the  feed  strip,  forcing  the  latter  into  the  rifle 
and  placing  a  cartridge  in  the  loading  position  in  front 
of  the  chamber.  The  pawl  of  the  feed-piece  spring  en- 
gages in  the  lateral  openings  of  the  feed  strip,  thereby 
holding  the  latter  in  place  and  preventing  it  being 
drawn  to  the  right  when  the  feed  arm  of  the  feed  piece, 
having  advanced  the  feed  strip  one  notch,  returns  to 
its  original  position  by  sliding  over  the  feed  strip  in 
order  to  engage  in  the  next  hole.  Finally,  when  the 
actuator  is  almost  recoiled  (supposing  the  rifle  to  be 
set  for  single  shots),  the  sear  engages  in  the  cocking 
notch  of  the  actuator  and  the  latter  is  held  back  ready 
for  the  next  shot. 


Copyright,    1917,    McGraw-Hill    Publishing     Co.,   Inc. 
20 


The  Trigger  Action 

When  the  trigger  is  pulled  the  sear  is  disengaged 
from  the  actuator,  which,  now  being  free,  is  thrown 
forward,  due  to  the  force  exerted  by  the  actuator  spring. 
During  this  movement  the  actuator  carries  forward  the 
breechblock,  to  which  it  is  connected  by  means  of  the 
large  lug  of  the  firing  pin.  The  breechblock  strikes  the 
cartridge,  forces  it  into  th^e  chamber,  and  the  claw  of 
the  extractor  engages  the  groove  of  the  cartridge  case. 
As  soon  as  the  breechblock  engages  the  fermeture  nut 
the  large  lug  of  the  firing  pin  engages  in  the  ramp  of 
the  receiver,  causing  the  firing  pin  to  rotate  so  as  to 
disengage  this  lug  from  the  transverse  cut  of  the  breech- 
block. The  firing  pin  is  then  free  and  may  move  for- 
ward. The  actuator  continues  its  forward  movement 
and  its  cam  face  engages  the  lug  of  the  fermeture  nut, 
rotating  the  latter  so  as  to  cause  its  threads  to  engage 
with  those  of  the  breechblock.  The  breech  is  now  closed 
and  locked.  The  firing  pin  striking  the  primer  fires  the 
piece.  During  this  forward  movement  of  the  actuator, 
the  small  cam  surface  cut  on  its  right  side  engages  the 
lower  lug  of  the  feed  piece,  causing  it  to  rotate  from 
left  to  right.  The  feed  arm  is  actuated  by  this  move- 
ment, and  its  feed  glides  over  the  feed  strip  and  en- 
gages in  the  next  opening  of  the  latter,  ready  to  feed  the 
feed  strip  another  notch  into  the  rifle  when  the  actuator 
again  recoils. 

/The  maximum  fire  obtainable  with  this  arm  is  about 
400  shots  per  minute.  The  rapidity  of  fire  can  be  regu- 
lated to  some  extent  by  the  regulator.  The  weight  of 
the  complete  rifle  is  30  pounds. 

The  ammunition  used  in  this  rifle  is  the  same  as  that 
provided  for  the  United  States  rifle,  caliber  .30,  model 
of  1903.    It  is  fed  into  the  rifle  by  means  of  feed  strips, 


[305] 


nolding  30  cartridges  each.  The  cartridges  are  located 
in  the  feed  strips  by  means  of  a  loading  tool.  The 
feed  strips  are  made  of  sheet  steel,  spring  tempered. 
On  each  strip  are  punched  three  rows  of  large  clips, 
which  hold  the  cartridges  longitudinally,  and  one  row 
of  small  clips,  which  align  and  hold  the  cartridges  trans- 
versely. Ten  feed  strips  are  packed  in  each  ammunition 
box. 

The  parts  of  the  rifle  are  assembled  into  the  follow- 
ing groups:  The  barrel  group,  the  receiver  group,  the 
firing-mechanism  group,  the  feed-mechanism  group,  the 
locking-mechanism  group,  the  guard  group,  the  stock 
group,  the  elevating-mechanism  group,  the  hand-guard 
group,  the  barrel-rest  group  and  the  rear-sight  group. 

The  Barrel  Group 

The  barrel  group  contains  the  barrel,  radiator,  gas- 
nozzle  ring,  front-sight  carrier,  gas-cylinder  support, 
regulator  and  front  sight,  front-sight  cover,  front-sight 
screws  and  cover-screws. 

The  barrel  is  chambered  and  rifled  the  same  as  the 
barrel  for  the  United  States  rifle,  caliber  .30,  model  of 
1903.  The  rear  portion  of  the  barrel  is  turned  down  to 
provide  seats  for  the  radiator  and  the  gas-nozzle  ring, 
and  the  front  end  for  the  seat  for  the  front-sight  car- 
rier. In  rear  of  the  radiator  seat  are  the  locking  lugs, 
two  interrupted  annular  rings  divided  into  three  sectors, 
which  engage  in  similar  lugs  of  the  locking  nut  and 
secure  the  barrel  to  the  receiver.  On  the  lower  exterior 
surface  of  the  barrel  and  in  the  rear  of  these  locking 
lugs  is  a  small  lug  which  fits  in  a  slot  in  the  receiver. 
This  small  lug  assures  the  alignment  of  the  receiver 
and  the  barrel,  also  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring  and  the  actu- 
ator. The  rear  end  of  the  barrel  is  turned  down  for  the 
fermeture  nut,  which  fits  over  the  end  of  the  barrel  in 
assembling.  On  the  upper  surface  of  the  rear  end  of  the 
barrel  is  a  small  bevel  cut  which  guides  the  cartridge 
into  the  chamber,  and  on  the  left  side  is  the  clearance 
cut  for  the  claw  of  the  extractor  and  extractor  housing 
on  the  breechblock.  A  gas  orifice  or  port  is  drilled 
through  the  underside  of  the  barrel  at  the  seat  for  the 
gas-nozzle  ring. 

The  radiator  is  about  7\  in.  in  length  and  has  cut  on 
its  exterior  surface  a  series  of  deep  grooves.  The  center 
of  the  radiator  is  bored  out  to  a  diameter  somewhat 
less  than  that  of  its  seat  on  the  barrel  and  is  shrunk 
in  place  and  secured  by  the  radiator  pin.  The  bottom 
of  the  radiator  is  slabbed  off  for  clearance.  To  its  rear 
end,  near  the  bottom,  is  assembled  the  locking-nut  stop. 
The  purpose  of  the  radiator  is  to  aid  in  the  rapid  radia- 
tion of  the  heat  developed  during  firing. 

Details  of  Gas-Nozzle  Ring 

The  gas-nozzle  ring  is  assembled  to  the  barrel  in  front 
of  the  radiator  and  is  shrunk  in  place  and  secured  by  the 
gas-nozzle  ring  pin.  A  small  hole  is  drilled  from  the 
bottom  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring  to  connect  with  the  gas 
port  in  the  barrel.  The  exterior  of  the  hole  is  closed  by 
the  orifice  screw.  The  rear  end  of  the  lower  portion 
of  the  gas-nozzle  ring  is  shaped  to  form  a  nozzle  and 
the  front  end  is  shaped  to  form  a  gas  chamber.  The 
nozzle  is  of  circular  shape  to  fit  the  gas  cup  of  the  actu- 
ator, and  through  its  center  is  drilled  a  small  hob  into 
the  gas  chamber,  intersecting  the  vertical  hole  drilled 
from  the  bottom  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring  to  the  gas  port 


in  the  barrel.  The  interior  of  the  gas  cnamber  is 
bored  out  and  tapped  near  the  front  end  for  the  regu- 
lator piston,  and  its  exterior  is  graduated  to  aid  in 
adjusting  the  regulator  sleeve.  On  the  rear  upper  face 
of  the  gas-nozzle  ring  is  a  horizontal  lug  on  which  the 
front  stiffening  piece  of  the  hand  guard  rests  when  the 
latter  is  assembled. 

The  front-sight  carrier  is  secured  to  the  front  of  the 
barrel  by  the  sight-carrier  pin.  On  the  upper  part  of 
the  front-sight  carrier  is  a  dovetailed  transverse  slot 
for  the  front  sight.  In  front  of  this  slot  is  drilled  and 
tapped  a  hole  for  the  front-sight  screw.  On  the  under- 
side of  the  front-sight  carrier  is  a  pivot  which  provides 
the  means  for  the  attachment  of  the  barrel  rest.  On 
the  front  of  the  pivot  is  a  recess  into  which  the  plunger 
of  the  barrel  rest  enters  and  secures  the  latter  iD 
position. 

The  gas-cylinder  support,  designed  to  prevent  injury 
to  tho  gas-nozzle  ring  during  transportation,  is  assem- 
bled to  the  gas  chamber  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring,  and  is 
secured  by  the  gas-cylinder  support  pin,  the  ring  on  its 
lower  part  slipping  over  the  gas  chamber  and  the  U- 
shaped  upper  part  resting  against  the  barrel. 

Regulator  Has  Several  Parts 

The  regulator  consists  of  the  regulator  sleeve  secured 
to  the  regulator  piston  by  the  regulator  sleeve  pin.  The 
regulator  piston  is  a  cylindrical  bar  having  on  its  rear 
end  three  annular  piston  rings  which  fit  the  gas  chamber 
of  the  gas-nozzle  ring.  The  purpose  of  these  rings  is 
to  check  the  escape  of  gas  to  the  front  and  to  collect 
dirt,  etc.  The  center  section  of  the  regulator  piston 
is  threaded  to  fit  the  thread  in  the  gas-nozzle  ring; 
its  front  end  has  a  square  head  to  aid  in  adjusting,  dis- 
assembling and  assembling.  The  regulator  sleeve  fits 
the  cylindrical  part  of  the  regulator  piston  in  rear  of 
the  square  head  and  is  pinned  thereto.  The  regulator 
sleeve  covers  the  piston  back  to  and  including  the  thread 
on  the  center  section,  sufficient  space  being  had  be- 
tween the  regulator  piston  and  the  regulator  sleeve  to 
permit  the  front  portion  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring  entering 
with  a  reasonably  close  fit.  A  tongue  is  milled  in  the 
barrel  of  the  regulator  sleeve  and  provided  with  a 
small  projection  on  the  inside,  near  the  rear,  which  en- 
gages in  a  longitudinal  groove  on  the  underside  of  the 
gas-nozzle  ring  and  prevents  the  sleeve  from  rotating 
after  adjustment.  The  front  end  of  the  regulator  sleeve 
is  knurled,  so  that  it  can  be  more  easily  turned  by  the 
hand. 

Purpose  op  the  Regulator 

The  purpose  of  the  regulator  is  to  increase  or  decrease 
the  size  of  the  gas  chamber  of  the  gas-nozzle  ring,  thus 
controlling  the  velocity  of  the  rearward  movement  of 
the  actuator  in  order  to  allow  for  adjustments  for 
various  powder  pressures,  or  for  a  desired  increase  or 
decrease  in  the  rapidity  of  fire. 

The  front  sight  has  on  its  upper  portion  a  thin  leaf 
slightly  beveled  to  the  front,  and  on  each  side  is  cut  a 
circular  groove  to  better  define  the  sight  proper.  On 
the  lower  portion  is  a  dovetail  lug  which  engages  in  the 
dovetail  groove  of  the  front-sight  carrier.  This  method 
of  assembling  the  front  sight  and  front-sight  carrier 
permits  of  adjustment  for  deflection,  and  after  the  rifle 
is  targeted  the  hole  in  the  front-sight  carrier  for  the 


[306] 


front-sight  screw  is  extended  into  the  front  sight  and 
the  front-sight  screw  inserted.  Over  the  front  sight 
is  placed  the  front-sight  cover,  secured  by  the  cover 
screws. 

The  receiver  group  consists  of  the  receiver,  ejector 
bushing,  rear  feed  guide,  front  feed  guide,  bottom  plate, 
feed-piece  housing  cover  and  rear-sight  fixed  base ;  these 
parts  constitute  a  receiver  when  issued,  and  are  perma- 
nently attached  to  the  receiver  by  rivets  or  screws.  In 
assembling,  components  are  assembled  as  follows:  Clos- 
ing spring,  ejector,  ejector  spring,  ejector  cap,  cart- 
ridge stop,  cartridge-stop  spring,  cartridge-stop  holder, 
cover  plate,  cover-plate  washer,  cover-plate  screw,  feed 
piece,  feed-piece  spring,  windage  screw,  rear  sight,  tele- 
scopic sight  bracket,  fermeture  nut  and  locking  nut. 

The  Keceiver 

The  receiver  is  a  large  steel  forging,  which  contains 
the  firing,  feed  and  locking  mechanisms,  and  also  pro- 
vides means  for  the  assembling  of  the  barrel,  the  guard, 
the  hand  guard  and  the  rear  sight.  In  the  front  end 
of  the  receiver  is  drilled  a  large  hole  which  is  the  seat 
for  the  fermeture  nut  and  the  barrel.  A  slot  on  the 
lower  side  of  this  hole  is  for  the  purpose  of  locating 
the  barrel  and  for  assembling  the  fermeture  nut.  In 
rear  of  this  slot  is  a  recess  for  the  lug  of  the  fermeture 
nut.  The  front  end  of  the  receiver  is  threaded  on  the 
exterior  for  the  locking  nut,  which  secures  the  barrel 
to  the  receiver. 

In  rear  of  the  threaded  section  is  drilled  a  small  hole, 
into  which  the  end  of  the  locking  screw  enters.  On  the 
top  and  directly  in  the  rear  are  permanently  assembled, 
by  means  of  the  feed-guide  assembling  screws,  the  front 
and  rear  feed  guides,  between  which  slides  the  feed 
strip  during  the  firing.  The  front  feed  guide  contains 
a  narrow  slot,  in  which  the  feed  strip  slides,  and  a  large 
opening  on  the  right  for  the  cartridges.  On  top  and 
at  the  right  are  two  undercut  slots,  slightly  beveled,  into 
which  is  assembled  the  feed-piece  spring.  On  the  left 
is  drilled  and  tapped  a  hole  for  the  cover-plate  screw. 
The  rear  feed  guide  has  a  narrow  slot  for  the  feed 
strip  and  also  the  cartridge  opening  on  the  right.  On 
the  left  is  a  dovetailed  groove  for  the  cover  plate  and 
on  the  right  the  seat  for  the  feed  piece.  This  seat  con- 
sists of  a  hole  drilled  vertically  in  the  rear  feed  guide 
with  an  opening  in  its  rear  for  assembling  the  feed 
piece.  A  large  lug  to  the  left  of  this  hole,  on  which  the 
feed  piece  slides  during  the  firing,  and  a  smaller  lug  on 
the  right  inclose  the  seat.  On  top  to  the  right  of  dove- 
tail groove  is  an  opening  under  large  lug  through  which 
the  feed-piece  spring  pawl  passes  in  assembling. 

Cover  Plates  and  Screw 

The  feed  guides  are  braced  on  the  left  by  the  cover 
plate,  which  is  secured  to  the  front  feed  guide  by  the 
cover-plate  screw  and  to  the  rear  feed  guide  by  the  dove- 
tail slot.  The  cover-plate  screw  is  held  securely  by 
means  of  a  split  washer  under  head  of  screw,  preventing 
it3  working  loose  from  vibration  in  firing.  On  the  front 
of  the  rear  feed  guide,  just  below  and  to  the  right  of 
the  dovetail  slot,  is  assembled  the  cartridge  base  stop, 
which  limits  the  movement  of  the  cartridges  to  the  left. 
In  front  of  the  rear  feed  guide  is  a  tongue  which  enters 
between  the  feed  strip  and  the  cartridge  and  forces 
the  latter  downward.    To  the  bottom  and  the  front  half 


of  the  receiver  is  securely  riveted  the  bottom  plate.  The 
latter  has  on  its  lower  surface  two  locking  lugs,  into 
which  fit  the  trunnions  of  the  guard.  On  top  of  the 
receiver  and  directly  in  rear  of  the  feed  guides  is  an 
undercut  dovetail  groove,  in  which  is  assembled  the 
rear-sight  fixed  base,  the  latter  being  secured  in  posi- 
tion by  the  fixed  base  screw.  The  rear-sight  fixed  base 
contains  the  pivot  lug  for  the  movable,  base,  the  under- 
cut for  the  windage  screw  and  the  lip  on  the  front  end 
of  the  movable  base,  and  a  lug  on  the  rear  end,  which 
forms  the  undercut  for  the  lip  on  the  rear  end  of  the 
movable  base. 

Wind-Gage  Graduations 

Upon  its  rear  upper  surface  are  two  zero  marks  for 
the  wind-gage  graduations.  On  the  left  side  of  the 
receiver  is  the  ejection  opening.  Above  this  opening  is 
drilled  and  tapped  the  seat  for  the  cartridge  stop.  In 
the  rear  of  the  ejection  opening  is  the  dovetail  s,eat  for 
the  telescopic  sight  bracket,  the  latter  being  secured  to 
the  receiver  by  three  sight-bracket  screws.  On  the 
right  side  of  the  receiver  is  the  feed-piece  housing  cover, 
which  is  attached  to  the  bottom  plate  by  the  hinge  pin. 
The  former  is  held  in  its  closed  position  by  the  closing 
spring  which  is  inserted  in  the  housing  of  the  bottom 
plate.  In  the  bottom  of  the  housing  of  the  bottom  plate 
is  drilled  a  small  vertical  hole  in  which  is  inserted  the 
lower  end  of  the  feed  piece.  The  ejector  bushing  is 
driven  into  a  seat  directly  below  the  rear  feed  guide  and 
has  an  opening  on  its  left  end  for  the  ejector,  while  on 
the  right  are  four  small  lugs,  recessed  to  receive  the 
lugs  of  the  ejector  cap. 

The  interior  of  the  receiver  has  in  its  front  section 
the  seat  for  the  fermeture  nut,  which  is  beveled  in  the 
rear  to  insure  that  the  fermeture  nut  is  always  centered. 

Within  the  rear  section  on  the  sides  are  the  breech- 
block guide  slots,  while  on  the  top  and  to  the  left  is 
the  guide  for  the  firing  pin  which,  ending  in  two  cams, 
causes  the  firing  pin  to  rotate  in  and  out  of  its  recess 
in  the  breechblock. 

In  the  rear  and  bottom  part  of  the  receiver  are  the 
locking-lug  seats  for  the  guard.  On  the  left  of  the 
receiver  near  the  rear  end  is  a  small  hole,  drilled  and 
tapped,  into  which  is  screwed  the  locking  screw  for 
securing  the  guard  to  the  receiver.  A  small  slot  in 
front  holds  the  locking  screw  in  place.  Two  beveled 
undercut  grooves  in  the  front  of  the  receiver  provide 
seats  for  the  assembling  of  the  hand  guard. 

The  Firing-Mechanism  Group 

The  firing-mechanism  group  consists  of  the  actuator, 
actuator  spring,  breechblock,  firing  pin,  extractor  and 
extractor  spring.  The  actuator  is  located  below  and 
parallel  to  the  barrel  and  is  the  piston  which  drives  the 
mechanism  of  the  rifle.  It  has  on  its  upper  surface  a 
long  straight  cut  and  in  the  rear  two  diagonal  cam  cuts 
in  which  moves  the  lug  of  the  fermeture  nut.  In  the 
rear  of  these  cams  is  cut  a  deep  recess  in  order  to  re- 
duce the  weight  of  the  actuator.  In  rear  of  this  recess 
is  a  large  lug,  the  center  section  of  which  is  cut  away 
for  the  lower  lug  of  the  firing  pin.  On  the  front  end 
of  the  actuator  is  the  gas  cup,  which  fits  over  the  nozzle 
end  of  the  gas  nozzle  ring.  On  the  right  side  of  the 
actuator  are  two  cam  surfaces,  upon  which  move  the 
upper  and  lower  lugs  of  the  feed  piece  in  recoiling  and 


[307] 


counter-recoiling.  Near  the  front  end  of  the  upper  cam 
surface  is  a  dismounting  notch  for  the  feed  piece.  On 
the  left  side  of  the  actuator  is  the  clearance  cut  for 
the  trigger  and  on  the  bottom  is  the  sear  notch  in  which 
the  sear  engages  when  the  rifle  is  cocked.  On  the  lower 
surface,  at  the  rear  end  is  a  slight  ramp  on  which  the 
sear  rides  near  the  end  of  recoil.  On  the  right  and  left 
sides,  and  also  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  actuator,  are 
guides  or  bearing  surfaces  to  control  the  movement  of 
the  actuator  during  recoil  and  counter-recoil. 

The  Actuator  and  Spring 

The  actuator  is  hollow  nearly  its  entire  length,  the 
rear  portion  forming  a  housing  for  the  actuator  spring. 
About  midway  between  the  ends  of  the  actuator  is  se- 
cured the  actuator  bushing.  This  bushing,  which  is 
threaded  and  screwed  in  position  and  secured  with  a 
pin,  serves  as  the  front  seat  for  the  actuator  spring  and 
also  forms  a  seat  for  the  lugs  on  the  front  end  of  the 
cocking*  handle  when  the  latter  is  used  to  retract  the 
actuator. 

The  actuator  spring  is  a  long  spiral  spring  located  in 
the  interior  of  the  actuator,  with  its  front  end  resting 
against  the  actuator  bushing  and  its  rear  end  against 
the  actuator  spring  seat  in  the  guard.  As  the  actuator 
recoils,  this  spring  is  compressed  and  the  energy  stored 
up  is  used  to  move  the  actuator  forward  at  the  end  of 
the  recoil. 

The  breechblock  contains  the  firing  pin,  extractor  and 
extractor  spring.  The  breechblock  rests  on  the  bottom 
of  the  guide  slots  in  the  receiver,  the  large  lug  on  the 
actuator  entering  a  long  longitudinal  slot  in  the  rear 
part  of  the  breechblock.  At  the  rear  end  and  left  side 
of  this  long  slot  is  a  deep  recess  into  which  the  upper 
lug  of  the  firing  pin  rotates  whenever  the  breechblock 
is  in  motion.  In  front  of  this  long  slot  the  breechblock 
is  cut  away  as  clearance  for  the  cartridge  stop,  while  at 
the  top  and  rear  end  of  the  slot  is  a  small  ramp  to  aid 
in  disassembling  and  assembling  the  firing  pin.  On  the 
right  and  left  sides  of  the  breechblock  at  the  rear  are 
guides  that  move  in  the  guide  slots  of  the  receiver.  On 
the  front  section  of  the  breechblock  are  interrupted 
threads  divided  into  three  sectors,  which  engage  those 
of  the  fermeture  nut  and  securely  lock  the  former  to 
the  latter  during  firing. 

Extracting  Mechanism 

On  the  right  side  of  the  breechblock  is  a  long  clear- 
ance cut  for  the  ejector.  On  the  left-hand  side  of 
breechblock  at  the  front  end  is  the  housing  for  the 
extractor ;  under  this  housing  at  the  end  of  the  breech- 
block is  a  stud,  which  acts  as  a  seat  for  the  curved  sur- 
face on  the  bottom  of  the  extractor  at  the  rear  of  the 
extractor  claw,  preventing  extractor  from  pitching  too 
far  toward  center  of  breechblock  to  readily  pass  over 
cartridge  case.  On  the  inside  of  the  housing  a  bevel 
cut  is  the  working  point  for  the  bevel  cut  on  top  of  the 
extractor  when  firing  the  rifle.  The  rear  end  of  the 
housing  forms  a  seat  for  the  shoulder  on  the  extractor 
after  the  extractor  is  worn  on  the  bevel  surface  and  on 
the  bottom,  thus  increasing  the  life  of  the  extractor. 
At  the  rear  of  the  housing  is  a  slot  for  the  extractor 
and  extractor  spring;  at  the  rear  end  of  this  slot  is 
the  extractor  spring  seat.  On  the  left  side  back  of  the 
extractor  spring  seat  the  breechblock  is  cut  away  to  fa- 


RONT  SI6HT  CARRIER- 
SIGHT  CARRIER  PIN 
fRONT  SIGHT  SCREW—; 

COVER  SCREW- 
FRONT  SIGHT  COVER- 

FR0NT  SIGHT-J 


RADIATOR  PIN 


EXTRACTOR 
BREECH  BLOCK- 
FRONT  FEED  GUIDE 
COVER  PLATE  SCREW 
FERMETURE  NUT---. 

FIRING  PIN -iL/H-yi 

COVER  PLATE— ~ ySp n 
CARTRIDGE  BASE  STOPK  '■- 
REAR  FEED  GUIDE—  4-.  if" 
WINDAGE  SCREW  KNOBS,:  -  . 
ELEVATING  SCREW  MEAD,  i  -~*l 

WINDAGE  SCREW-;  ji? 

LEAF-- i     *!fct 

HALF  NUT '■--■-■ '£) 

SLIDE  CAP  SCREW.SMALL 
APERTURE  DISC 
SLIDE  CAP 

MOVABLE  BASE 

LEAF  JOINT  PIN 

REAR  SIGHT 
FIXED  BASE 

RECEIVER 
ACTUATOR  SPRING  SEAT^ 
COCKING  HANDLE  KNOB- 
STOCK  BOLT- 


GUARD  SCREW 

—SPRING  SCREW 
LATCH  SPRING 
LATCH  PLATE  SCREW 
>— LATCH  PLATE 

ELEVATING 
MECHANISM  FOOT 

ELEVATING 

MECHANISM  GUIDE  ROD 


-BINDING  LEVER  PIVOT 
SLIDE  SPRING 


CAP- 
ELEVATING  SCREW  TUBE- 
BUTT  PLATE 


BINDER 
INNER 
ELEVATING  SCREW 


OUTER 


tJM    ELEVATING  SCREW 
END  PLUG 

BUTT  PLATE  |i    L -SLIDE  GUIDE  PIN 

PLATE"'  WOOD  SCREW;LELEVAT1N0SCREW  Tu6£  WASMn 
SCREW  SL|DE  6uiot>p|N  p!N 

DETAILS    OP   UNITED    STATES   AUTOMATIC   MACHINTJ 
RIFLE,  CALIBER  30.  MODEL  1909 

The  view  above  shows   the  details  of  the  principal  working 
parts,  with  the  proper  name  for  each 


[308] 


elKtate  the  assembling  and  dismounting  of  the  ex- 
tractor and  extractor  spring. 

At  the  front  end  of  the  breechblock  on  the  upper  rim 
a  shallow  seat  is  cut  for  carrying  the  cartridge  into 
the  chamber.  The  ends  of  rim  on  each  side  of  ejector 
groove  are  slightly  closed  toward  center  of  the  breech- 
block to  insure  a  good  grip  of  cartridge  case.  The 
front  end  of  the  breechblock  is  counterbored  for  the 
head  of  the  cartridge,  and  in  the  center  of  this  head 
space  is  drilled  a  small  hole  for  the  firing-pin  point.  The 
interior  of  the  breechblock  is  bored  out  for  the  barrel 
of  the  firing  pin. 

The  firing  pin  is  seated  within  the  breechblock.  The 
front  portion  is  cylindrical,  terminating  at  the  front 
end  of  the  firing-pin  point,  and  has  on  its  rear  end  a 
small  and  a  large  lug.  The  small  lug  is  on  the  under- 
side and  rests,  when  assembled,  in  the  recess  of  the 
large  lug  on  the  upper  part  of  the  actuator.  This  small 
lug  causes  the  firing  pin  to  move  to  the  rear  in  the  first 
motion  of  recoil.  The  large  lug  is  on  the  upper  side  and 
has  on  its  top  two  cam  cuts,  which  move  in  the  cam  cuts 
in  the  receiver  and  serve  to  rotate  the  firing  pin  in 
and  out  of  the  recess  in  the  breechblock.  The  front 
shoulder  of  this  upper  lug  rests  against  the  front  of 
this  recess  during  counter-recoil  and  carries  the  breech- 
block forward,  the  upper  lug  on  the  actuator  bearing 
against  the  rear  end  of  the  barrel  of  the  firing  pin. 
The  bottom  and  rear  end  of  the  upper  lug  is  beveled  to 
permit  assembling  and  disassembling. 

The  extractor  is  an  irregular  bar  having  on  the  under- 
side of  its  forward  end  a  claw  and  on  the  upper  side  of 
the  forward  end  an  incline  which  seats  against  the  un- 
derside of  extractor  housing  of  the  breechblock,  when 
passing  over  rim  of  cartridge  case.  At  the  rear  end 
of  the  extractor  is  a  pivot  on  which  the  extractor  spring 
^eats  and  forces  the  extractor  downward  over  the  cart- 
ridge head.  When  the  breechblock  strikes  the  cartridge 
in  loading,  the  extractor  is  forced  backward  until  the 
claw  drops  into  the  cannelure  of  the  cartridge. 

The  extractor  is  assembled  to  the  breechblock  by 
slipping  the  extractor  spring  over  the  pivot  on  the  rear 
of  the  extractor,  inserting  the  front  end  of  the  ex- 
tractor in  the  opening  in  rear  of  the  extractor  housing 
and  gradually  forcing  the  extractor  and  spring  into 
place  with  the  dismounting  tool.  The  position  of  the 
extractor  is  determined  by  the  small  bevel  cut  on  top 
of  the  extractor,  the  convex  cut  on  underside  of  ex- 
tractor housing  and  shoulder  on  the  extractor.  When  in 
action  the  pivot  on  the  extractor  is  bent  slightly,  so 
the  pressure  of  the  extractor  spring  forces  it  into  proper 
location.  The  extractor  and  spring  may  be  dismounted 
either  by  use  of  the  dismounting  tool  or  by  engaging 
a  small  screwdriver  behind  the  extractor  spring  in  the 
3mall  slot  provided  in  the  extractor  seat  of  the  breech- 
block. 

The  Feed-Mechanism  Group 

The  feed-mechanism  group  consists  of  the  feed  piece, 
che  feed-piece  spring,  the  cartridge  stop,  the  cartridge- 
stop  spring,  the  cartridge-stop  holder,  the  ejector,  the 
ejector  spring  and  the  ejector  cap. 

The  feed  piece  is  of  irregular  shape,  having  at  its  up- 
per end  a  feed  arm,  on  the  end  of  which  is  a  pointed 
lug  which  engages  in  the  central  opening  of  the  feed 
"»trip.    On  the  top  of  the  feed  piece  is  a  small  lug,  which 


holds  the  feed-piece  spring  in  position.  v  On  the  feed 
arm,  near  this  lug,  is  a  small  cut  into  which  the  feed- 
piece  spring  stud  drops  when  the  feed  arm  is  moved  to 
the  left.  Near  the  lower  end  on  the  shaft  of  the  feed 
piece  are  two  lugs,  one  above  the  other,  that  move  on 
the  cam  surfaces  of  the  actuator  and  give  rotation  to 
the  feed  piece.  When  the  last  cartridge  in  a  feed  strip 
has  been:  fired  the  feed  piece  drops  down,  due  to  pres- 
sure of  the  feed-piece  spring,  and  the  lower  lug  then 
prevents  forward  movement  of  the  actuator.  The  lower 
end  of  the  feed  piece  is  cross-milled  to  prevent  the  finger 
slipping  when  the  feed  piece  is  raised.  Between  the 
lugs  and  the  feed  arm  a  portion  of  the  shaft  is  made 
flat,  in  order  to  facilitate  assembling.  The  feed  piece 
when  assembled  in  the  rifle  is  held  in  a  vertical  position 
by  the  opening  in  the  bottom  of  the  housing  on  the 
bottom  plate  and  the  circular  opening  in  the  rear  feed 
guide  on  the  receiver. 

Feed-Piece  Spring  Is  Made  of  Sheet  Steel 

The  feed-piece  spring  is  an  irregularly  curved  spring 
of  sheet  steel.  On  its  front  end  is  riveted  the  feed- 
piece  spring  button,  for  use  in  the  disassembling  and 
assembling  of  the  spring,  and  at  the  rear  and  left  side 
is  riveted  the  feed-piece  spring  pawl.  The  latter  is 
pointed  on  its  left  side ;  and  as  the  feed  strip  moves  to 
the  left,  the  feed-piece  spring  pawl  engages  in  the  rear 
openings  of  the  strip,  thus  preventing  the  feed  strip 
from  moving  to  the  right.  At  the  same  time  the  pawl 
forces  the  cartridge  slightly  downward  out  of  the  feed 
strip.  On  the  right  side,  near  the  rear,  is  riveted  the 
feed-piece  spring  stud,  while  directly  in  rear  of  this 
stud  is  a  small  opening  through  which  passes  the  small 
lug  of  the  feed  piece.  As  the  feed  piece  rotates,  the 
upper  surface  of  the  feed  arm  strikes  against  this  spring 
stud  and  slightly  raises  the  feed-piece  spring,  thus  al- 
lowing the  pawl  to  ride  over  the  feed  strip.  The  feed- 
piece  spring  is  assembled  to  the  receiver  by  forcing  it 
into  the  under-cut  grooves  on  the  right  side  of  the  front 
feed  guide. 

The  Cartridge  Stop 

The  cartridge  stop  is  a  short  cylindrical  piece  with  a 
blunt  conical  point,  and  is  seated  in  the  receiver  just 
above  the  ejection  opening.  It  is  held  in  position  by  the 
cartridge-stop  spring  and  the  cartridge-stop  holder,  the 
latter  containing  a  small  opening  through  which  the 
end  of  the  cartridge  stop  projects.  The  holder  is  also 
threaded  for  the  purpose  of  assembling  it  to  the  re- 
ceiver. The  principal  function  of  the  cartridge  stop  is 
to  limit  the  movement  of  the  cartridges  to  the  left  and  to 
properly  align  them.  It  also  indicates,  in  loading, 
whether  or  not  the  feed  strip  has  been  fully  inserted. 

The  ejector  is  assembled  in  the  ejector  bushing  of 
the  receiver  and  is  held  in  position  by  the  ejector  spring 
and  the  ejector  cap.  The  ejector  cap  is  circular  in 
shape,  having  on  its  circumference  four  small  lugs  which 
engage  in  corresponding  slots  in  the  ejector  bushing. 
Special  attention  should  be  paid  to  the  assembling  of 
the  ejector  cap,  being  sure  the  small  lugs  on  the  sides 
of  the  cap  are  properly  located  in  the  slots  provided  for 
them  in  the  ejector  bushing;  failure  to  properly  locate 
these  lugs  will  result  in  the  ejector  cap  being  forced 
outward  against  the  feed  piece  and  prevent  the  for- 
ward movement  of  the  firing  mechanism.     On  the  ton 


[309] 


of  the  ejector  cap  are  cut  two  slots  at  right  angles  to 
each  other,  into  which  fit  the  ejector  key  used  in  dis- 
mounting and  assembling.  In  the  center  of  the  cap  is  a 
small  hole  which  allows  the  end  of  the  ejector  to  pro- 
trude. 

The  Locking-Mechanism  Group 

The  locking-mechanism  group  is  made  up  of  the  lock- 
ing nut,  the  fermeture  nut  and  the  locking  screws.  The 
locking  of  the  mechanism  by  the  locking  nut  is  more 
permanent  in  its  nature,  while  that  of  the  fermeture 
nut  is  a  continuous  locking  and  unlocking  for  each  round 
fired. 

The  locking  nut  is  cylindrical  in  shape,  having  two 
interrupted  annular  rings  of  three  sectors  each  on  the 
inside  to  provide  means  for  locking  the  barrel  to  the 
receiver.  In  rear  of  these  locking  rings  is  cut  the 
thread  for  assembling  the  locking  nut  to  the  receiver. 
Two  small  recess  cuts  are  made  on  the  front  end  of  the 
locking  nut  for  dismounting  wrench,  and  also  a  large 
cut  for  clearance  and  stops  for  the  locking-nut  stop  on 
the  radiator. 

After  the  barrel  is  locked  in  position,  the  locking  nut 
is  secured  by  one  of  the  locking  screws,  which  is  in- 
serted in  the  small  hole  drilled  and  tapped  on  the  left 
side  near  the  rear  end  of  the  locking  nut,  the  end  of  the 
locking  screw  entering  a  small  hole  on  the  left  side 
of  the  receiver  directly  in  the  rear  of  the  threads.  The 
other  locking  screw  is  used  for  locking  the  guard  to 
the  receiver.  In  front  of  the  locking-screw  seat  in  the 
locking  nut  is  a  small  lug  with  a  shallow  slot  which 
secures  the  locking  screw  in  position.  On  the  right 
side  of  the  locking  nut  is  the  hand-guard  stud,  which 
holds  the  hand  guard  in  place  while  the  barrel  is  being 
removed.  The  rear  of  the  locking  nut  has  seven  slots, 
which  insure  a  tight  fit  on  the  receiver. 

The  fermeture  nut  is  cylindrical  in  shape  and  has 
on  its  underside  a  large  lug  which  moves  in  the  cam 
cuts  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  actuator.  The  front 
end  of  the  fermeture  nut  is  counterbored  to  receive  the 
barrel,  while  directly  in  rear  are  interrupted  threads 
divided  into  three  sectors  for  locking  the  breechblock. 
The  left  sector  of  the  fermeture  nut  is  enlarged  to 
allow  passage  of  the  extractor  housing  of  the  breech- 
block. An  enlarged  recess  is  provided  as  clearance  for 
the  extractor  housing  as  the  fermeture  nut  rotates.  Be- 
tween the  lower  and  right-hand  sectors  is  a  deep  cut 
which  provides  a  cavity  into  which  primers  may  drop 
should  they  become  dislodged  from  the  cartridge  case 
during  firing. 

Function  of  the  Fermeture  Nut 

On  the  top  of  the  fermeture  nut  there  is  a  long 
longitudinal  cut  from  the  rear,  providing  clearance  for 
the  cartridge  in  loading;  near  the  left  rear  end  is  a 
semicircular  cut,  providing  clearance  for  the  front  clip 
of  the  feed  strip ;  and  on  the  top  and  right  is  the  clear- 
ance for  the  feed  strip.  The  rear  shoulder  of  the  ferme- 
ture nut  is  beveled  to  enter  the  corresponding  bevel  in 
the  receiver.  The  function  of  the  fermeture  nut  is  to 
lock  the  breechblock  at  the  instant  of  firing  and  to  un- 
lock it  immediately  after  firing.  The  fermeture  nut 
is  located  in  the  forward  part  of  the  receiver,  directly 
in  rear  of  the  barrel,  and  is  held  by  a  shoulder  on  the 
barrel  and  a  similar  shoulder  in  the  receiver,  so  as  to 


prevent  any  longitudinal  movement  but  to  permit  ot 
rotation  about  its  axis. 

The  guard  group  consists  of  the  guard,  actuator- 
spring  seat,  latch  spring,  cocking  handle,  sear,  sear 
spring  and  trigger.  The  guard,  when  assembled,  closes 
the  rear  end  of  the  receiver  and  supports  the  stock.  It 
is  secured  to  the  receiver  by  trunnions  on  its  front  end 
which  enter  the  locking  lugs  on  the  bottom  plate,  and 
also  by  locking  lugs  on  each  side  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  guard  near  the  rear,  which  enter  seats  on  the  inte- 
rior of  the  receiver.  It  is  secured  in  its  seat  by  one 
of  the  locking  screws,  which  enters  the  guard  through 
the  locking-screw  hole  of  the  receiver.  Within  the  guard 
are  the  recess  and  seat  for  the  sear,  and  in  rear  of  this 
a  long  slot  for  the  trigger.  Under  the  latter  slot  is  the 
trigger  bow.  In  the  upper  part  of  the  guard  is  a 
longitudinal  hole  in  the  top  and  bottom  of  which  are 
two  slots,  in  which  the  actuator-spring  seat  is  placed. 
The  latter  is  held  in  position  by  two  large  lugs  on  its 
perimeter  and  by  two  spring-seat  pins  which  are  as- 
sembled to  the  guard  directly  in  front  of  the  actuator- 
spring  seat.  Through  the  center  of  the  actuator-spring 
seat  is  drilled  and  slotted  a  small  hole  with  two  small 
lugs  180  deg.  apart.  Through  this  hole  passes  the  shank 
of  the  cocking  handle,  the  lugs  sliding  in  the  longitudi- 
nal grooves  of  the  latter.  Three  semicircular  grooves 
cross  the  rear  surface  of  the  actuator-spring  seat,  by 
means  of  which  the  cocking  handle  is  locked  into  its 
three  positions.  In  rear  of  the  actuator-spring  seat  is 
the  locking-lug  seat  of  the  cocking  handle.  Under  the 
opening  for  the  actuator-spring  seat  is  a  rectangular 
opening  for  the  tongue  of  the  trigger.  An  arrow  is 
stamped  over  the  cocking-handle  opening  to  aid  in  set- 
ting the  latter  in  the  desired  position.  On  the  rear  of 
the  guard  are  a  short  tang  and  a  long  tang,  by  means 
of  which  it  is  assembled  to  the  stock.  The  latch  spring 
is  a  flat  steel  spring  assembled  near  the  bottom  of  the 
long  tang  by  the  spring  screw. 

Cocking  Handle  Is  a  Member  of  the 
Guard  Group 

The  cocking  handle,  consisting  of  the  shank  and  knob 
riveted  together,  is  located  within  the  actuator  and  ex- 
tends to  the  rear  through  the  actuator-spring  seat  open- 
ing of  the  guard. 

The  front  end  of  the  cocking-handle  shank  extends  in- 
to the  actuator  and  terminates  in  a  double-locking  lug. 
In  retracing  the  actuator  by  hand  this  lug  bears  against 
the  actuator  bushing.  The  rear  portion  of  shank  is 
provided  with  grooves  which  engage  the  two  lugs  on  the 
interior  of  actuator-spring  seat. 

The  cocking-handle  knob  has  two  locking  lugs  which 
serve  to  lock  the  guard  to  the  receiver.  These  locking 
lugs  are  made  with  two  projections  which  engage  in 
the  notches  of  the  actuator-spring  seat  and  thereby  de- 
termine the  position  of  "safety"  or  the  kind  of  fire  de- 
sired. On  the  rear  of  the  cocking-handle  knob  is  a 
circular  disk,  on  the  face  and  near  the  perimeter  of 
which  are  stamped  arrows  which  show  the  various  firing 
positions.  The  position  for  firing  automatically  is 
marked  "A,"  that  for  firing  semiautomatically  is 
marked  "R,"  and  that  for  safety  is  marked  "S."  An 
arm  extends  out  from  this  disk  with  a  ball  handle  by 
means  of  which  the  cocking  handle  is  rotated  into  these 
positions  and  also  assists  in  dismounting  and  assem- 


[310] 


•jling.  The  disK  of  the  cocking-handle  knob  is  retained 
m  position  by  means  of  two  conical  surfaces  on  its  front 
face  which  engage  in  corresponding  surfaces  on  the  rear 
end  of  receiver.  The  disk  of  the  cocking-handle  knob 
has  two  notches  cut  therein.  With  the  knob  set  at  A, 
the  position  of  the  lower  notch  permits  the  tongue  of 
ihe  trigger  to  pass  through,  thereby  allowing  the  trigger 
to  be  pulled  directly  to  the  rear.  The  hook  on  the  for- 
ward end  of  the  trigger  engages  the  cocking  arm  of 
the  sear,  holding  the  cocking  toe  on  the  sear  below  the 
sear  notch  on  the  actuator.  This  position  of  knob  will 
therefore  give  continuous  or  automatic  fire. 

With  the  knob  set  at  R,  the  position  of  upper  notch, 
which  is  provided  with  a  cam  surface,  forces  the  tongue 
of  the  trigger  downward  as  the  trigger  is  pulled  to  the 


the  hook  of  the  trigger  arm  engages.  On  the  spindle 
are  two  flat  cuts  by  which  the  sear  is  dismounted  and 
assembled. 

The  trigger  is  of  irregular  shape,  having  a  trigger 
arm  with  a  hook  on  its  forward  end  which  engages  in 
the  cut  on  the  cocking  arm  of  the  sear.  This  arm  ex- 
tends to  the  rear  sufficiently  far  to  limit  the  motion  to 
the  rear  of  the  trigger,  and  is  connected  to  the  body 
of  the  trigger  by  a  curved  arm  which  offsets  the  trigger 
arm  to  the  left,  so  that  it  will  clear  the  actuator.  The 
body  of  the  trigger  has  a  circular  bevel  cut  in  the  front 
end  where  the  sear-spring  pin  is  assembled.  From  the 
bottom  of  the  body  extends  the  finger  piece  which  passes 
through  the  slot  in  the  guard.  On  the  rear  of  this 
body  is  a  tongue  having  on  its  upper  surface  a  small 


SIDE  AND  TOP  VIEWS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AUTOMATIC  MACHINE  RIFLE 


rear,  thereby  causing  the  trigger  to  release  the  sear 
for  each  shot.  This  position  of  knob  will  therefore 
give  single  shots.  With  the  knob  set  at  S,  neither  of 
the  notches  is  opposite  the  tongue  of  trigger,  and  the 
latter  can  not,  therefore,  be  pulled,  and  this  position 
of  knob  is  therefore  known  as  the  "safety  position." 
With  the  knob  set  at  C  and  D,  the  cocking  handle  can 
be  drawn  to  the  rear.  This  position  of  knob  is  used 
when  it  is  desired  to  cock  or  draw  back  the  actuator 
by  hand  and  is  also  used  when  the  mechanism  is  to  be 
dismounted.  To  set  for  the  different  positions,  the 
cocking  handle  is  rotated  until  the  particular  letter  cor- 
responding to  the  position  desired  comes  opposite  an 
arrow  marked  on  the  guard. 

The  sear  is  made  with  a  knurled  button  head  and  a 
spindle  on  which  is  the  cocking  toe,  which  engages  in 
the  sear  notch  of  the  actuator.  The  cocking  toe  has  on 
its  under  side  a  deep  recess ;  the  spindle  is  made  hollow 
and  the  head  countersunk  in  order  to  reduce  its  weight. 
Underneath  the  cocking  toe,  assembled  and  riveted  to  the 
spindle,  is  the  sear-spring  lever,  by  means  of  which  the 
sear  spring  is  attached  to  the  sear.  Between  the  cock- 
ing toe  and  the  knurled  button  head  is  the  cocking  arm, 
which  stands  in  an  upright  position  when  the  sear  is  as- 
sembled in  the  guard.    On  its  top  is  a  small  cut  in  which 


ramp.  This  ramp,  when  the  trigger  is  pulled  to  the 
rear,  slides  into  slots  cut  in  the  disk  on  the  cocking 
handle,  which  permits  the  trigger  to  move  straight  to 
the  rear  or  causes  it  to  tilt  slightly  downward  or  pre- 
vent it  moving  at  all.  These  are  the  positions  of  auto- 
matic A,  semiautomatic  R,  and  safety  S,  respectively. 

The  Stock  Group 

The  stock  group  consists  of  the  stock,  latch  plate, 
elevating-screw  tube  and  butt  plate.  The  stock  is  made 
of  well-seasoned  black  walnut,  cut  down  in  front  so  as 
not  to  interfere  with  the  sighting.  It  has  a  pistol  grip 
and  is  recessed  in  front  for  the  tangs  of  the  guard, 
a  small  hole  being  drilled  at  an  angle  about  midway  in 
the  recess  for  the  lower  tang  of  the  guard  for  the  guard 
screw,  and  a  larger  hole  being  drilled  perpendicularly 
through  the  stock  near  the  rear  end  of  the  recess  for 
the  upper  tang  for  the  stock  bolt.  In  the  bottom  and 
rear  of  this  grip  is  a  small  recess  for  the  end  plug, 
a  shallow  groove  for  the  latch  spring,  and  the  seat  for 
the  latch  plate,  the  latter  being  secured  by  the  latch- 
plate  screw,  a  transverse  hole  being  drilled  for  that 
purpose.  In  the  rear  end  of  the  stock  is  assembled  the 
elevating-screw  tube  with  cap,  in  a  hole  drilled  for  this 
purpose,  and  the  lower  end  then  spun  out  over  the 


[311] 


washer.  In  the  bottom  and  rear  of  the  stock  are  drilled 
two  holes  for  the  slide-guide  pins  and  two  smaller  trans- 
verse holes,  through  the  above  holes,  for  the  slide-guide- 
pin  pins.  Between  the  large  holes  and  in  front  of  the 
elevating-screw-tube  opening  is  cut  a  small  recess  for 
the  slide  spring.  On  the  front  end  of  the  stock  is  a 
small  tenon  which  extends  into  the  guard,  taking  the 
shock  of  recoil  in  firing. 

The  butt  plate  has  two  side  tangs  and  is  secured  to  the 
butt  of  the  stock  by  two  butt-plate  wood  screws  and  one 
butt-plate  screw  which  passes  through  the  tangs,  holes 
being  drilled  in  the  rear  end  of  the  stock  for  the  wood 
screws  and  a  smaller  hole  drilled  through  the  stock 
near  its  rear  end  for  the  butt-plate  screw.  On  the 
upper  end  of  the  butt  plate  is  a  long  tang  for  support- 
ing the  weight  of  the  rifle  on  the  shoulder  when  firing 
without  the  elevating  mechanism. 

The  Elevating-Mechanism  Group 

The  elevating-mechanism  group  consists  of  the  inner 
elevating  screw,  the  outer  elevating  screw,  and  the  ele- 
vating-screw slide.  The  inner  elevating  screw  consists 
of  the  elevating-mechanism  guide  rod,  the  end  plugs, 
the  elevating-mechanism  feet  and  the  inner  elevating 
screw.  The  elevating-mechanism  feet  are  flat  pieces,  ob- 
long in  shape,  having  on  the  top  a  large  lug  to  which 
the  elevating-mechanism  guide  rod  is  assembled.  On 
the  underside  is  a  large  recess,  in  the  center  of  which 
is  a  small  conical  lug  to  prevent  slipping.  The  end 
plugs  are  notched  on  the  top  so  as  to  engage  in  the 
latch  plate  on  the  stock  and  thereby  secure  the  elevating 
mechanism  when  in  the  traveling  position.  On  the  ele- 
vating-mechanism guide  rod  is  assembled  the  inner  ele- 
vating screw,  and  to  its  ends  are  riveted,  by  means  of  the 
elevating-mechanism  foot  pins,  the  end  plugs  and  the 
elevating-mechanism  feet.  The  body  of  the  inner  ele- 
vating screw  is  hollow,  in  order  to  reduce  its  weight, 
and  has  cut  on  its  exterior  a  right-hand  thread.  At 
the  lower  end  is  a  square  head,  through  which  a  small 
hole  has  been  drilled  for  the  elevating-mechanism  guide 
rod. 

The  outer  elevating  screw  has  on  the  exterior  of  its 
body  a  left-hand  thread  extending  nearly  to  the  bottom. 
On  the  lower  end  are  four  radial  arms  by  means  of 
which  the  outer  elevating  screw  is  rotated.  On  the  in- 
terior of  the  body,  near  the  bottom,  is  cut  a  right-hand 
thread  to  fit  the  corresponding  thread  on  the  inner 
elevating  screw.  Below  and  above  this  thread  the  in- 
terior is  counterbored  for  clearance. 

The  elevating-screw  slide  is  designed  to  lock  the  ele- 
vating mechanism  when  firing,  and  consists  of  the  ele- 
vating-screw slide,  the  binder,  the  binder  lever,  the 
binder-lever  pivot  and  the  binder  spring.  To  the  ele- 
vating screw  slide  are  assembled  the  parts  just  men- 
tioned. Slightly  in  the  rear  of  its  center  is  the  ele- 
vating screw  opening,  the  rear  end  of  which  forms  a 
half  nut,  which  engages  in  the  thread  of  the  outer 
elevating  screw.  In  front  of  this  opening  is  a  dovetail 
groove  for  the  binder.  In  the  rear  end  of  this  groove 
is  assembled  the  elevating  screw  slide  pin  against  which 
rests  the  binder  spring,  while  in  the  front  part  is  drilled 
a  small  hole  for  assembling  the  spring.  In  front  of  the 
binder  slot  is  also  drilled  a  hole  into  which  is  driven 
the  binder  lever  pivot.  Near  each  end  of  the  elevating 
screw  slide  are  the  slots  for  the  two  slide  guide  pins, 


which  secure  the  elevating  screw  slide  to  the  stock.  After 
the  slide  guide  pins  have  been-  assembled  the  slide  guide- 
pin  pins  are  driven  transversely  through  the  stock  and 
through  a  small  hole  in  the  slide  guide  pins,  thereby 
securing  the  latter  in  position.  In  the  recess  of  the 
stock  under  the  elevating  screw  slide  is  assembled  the 
slide  spring. 

The  binder  has  on  its  upper  side  a  dovetail  lug  con- 
taining a  recess  for  the  binder  spring  and  the  rear  end 
is  made  to  fit  the  body  of  the  outer  elevating  screw. 
The  binder  is  assembled  to  the  elevating  screw  slide  by 
means  of  the  dovetail  lug  engaging  in  the  corresponding 
groove  on  the  slide. 

The  binder  lever  has  on  its  left  side  a  circular  cam 
surface  which  moves  against  the  front  end  of  the  binder. 
In  the  center  of  the  circular  cam  surface  is  drilled  a 
hole  for  the  binder  lever  pivot,  and  to  the  right  extends 
the  lever  arm,  which  is  curved  to  the  front  so  as  to  fit 
the  finger.  The  rear  of  this  arm  is  cross-milled  to  aid 
in  operating  the  clamping  device.  A  small  lug  on  the 
upper  surface  of  the  binder  lever  limits  the  motion  of 
the  lever  arm  to  the  rear. 

The  binder  lever  pivot  is  the  axis  for  the  binder  lever, 
and  has  its  upper  end  turned  down  so  as  to  have  a  driv- 
ing fit  in  the  pivot  hole  of  the  elevating  screw  slide, 
while  its  lower  end  forms  an  eccentric  about  which  the 
binder  lever  rotates,  the  purpose  of  the  eccentric  being 
to  take  up  the  wear  between  the  binder  and  the  binder 
lever.  On  the  bottom  or  head  of  the  pivot  is  stamped 
an  arrow  which  indicates  the  high  point  of  the  cam. 

The  outer  elevating  screw  can  be  quickly  inserted  into 
or  removed  from  the  stock  by  drawing  the  elevating 
screw  slide  to  the  rear  by  the  binder  lever.  In  the  trav- 
eling position  the  elevating  mechanism  is  secured  in 
front  by  the  end  plug  engaging  the  latch  plate  on  the 
stock  and  in  the  rear  by  the  clamping  device. 

The  Hand-Guard  Group 

The  hand-guard  group  consists  of  the  hand-guard 
body,  front  and  body  stiffening  pieces,  assembling 
plates,  leg  catches,  and  leg  catch  springs.  The  hand- 
guard  body  is  made  from  a  drawn-steel  tube  or  from 
sheet  steel  pressed  to  shape  and  brazed.  It  is  reinforced 
at  the  front  end  by  the  front  and  the  body  stiffening 
pieces  which  are  securely  riveted  and  brazed  to  the 
hand-guard  body.  In  the  forward  part  of  the  hand- 
guard  body  are  punched  a  number  of  small  holes  which 
permit  the  powder  gases  to  escape  after  impinging  on 
the  actuator.  On  the  rear  end  of  the  hand  guard  are  riv- 
eted the  two  assembling  plates  which  seat  in  the  undercut 
grooves  in  the  front  of  the  receiver.  On  each  side  of 
the  hand  guard  are  riveted  the  leg  catches,  under  which 
the  leg-catch  springs  are  assembled.  These  catches  sup- 
port the  front  legs  of  the  barrel  rest  when  in  the  travel- 
ing position.  When  assembled  the  hand  guard  is  held 
in  position  by  the  undercut  grooves  in  the  front  of  the 
receiver  and  the  horizontal  lug  on  the  upper  part  of 
the  gas  nozzle  ring.  The  purpose  of  the  hand  guard  is 
to  protect  the  gunner  from  escaping  gases  and  also  to 
provide  protection  from  the  moving  actuator,  thus  in- 
suring that  all  moving  parts  of  the  rifle  are  inclosed. 

The  barrel-rest  group  is  made  up  of  the  following 
principal  parts:  The  barrel-rest  head,  the  plunger,  the 
connecting  piece  male,  the  connecting  piece  female,  the 
front  legs,  the  front-leg  feet,  and  the  separators.    The 


[312] 


barrel-rest  head  is  a  steel  piece  which  serves  as  a  sleeve 
to  the  connecting  pieces,  male  and  female,  and  into  which 
the  plunger,  plunger  ring  and  plunger  spring  are  as- 
sembled. In  the  body  of  this  head  are  two  holes,  one 
being  a  small,  vertical  hole  for  the  pivot  on  the  front 
sight  carrier  and  the  other  a  larger  transverse  hole  for 
the  male  and  female  connecting  pieces.  On  the  top  at 
each  side  the  body  of  the  head  is  cut  away  for  the  lug 
on  the  top  of  the  front  leg.  In  front  of  the  pivot  hole 
is  drilled  a  longitudinal  hole  in  which  are  assembled  the 
plunger  and  plunger  spring.  The  plunger  secures  the 
barrel  seat  to  the  pivot  at  the  bottom  of  the  front  sight 
carrier.  The  plunger  is  held  in  place  by  the  plunger 
ring,  the  latter  being  assembled  through  a  hole  in  the 
front  part  of  the  plunger. 

The  connecting  piece,  female,  is  drilled  and  tapped 
on  one  end  to  match  the  thread  which  is  cut  on  the  body 
of  the  connecting  piece,  male.  The  outer  ends  of  both 
connecting  pieces  are  slotted  for  the  front  legs.  The 
connecting  pieces  are  assembled  in  the  barrel-rest  head, 
the  front  legs  are  then  inserted  into  the  slots  and  riveted 
in  position  by  the  front-leg  axis. 

The  front  leg  is  a  long  bar  having  at  the  top  a  flat 
lug.  A  notch  is  cut  across  this  lug  which  bears  against 
the  connecting  piece,  and  the  barrel-rest  head  when  the 
front  legs  are  extended,  and  a  hole  is  drilled  through 
this  lug  for  the  front-leg  axis.  Above  the  center  of 
the  front  leg  is  a  section,  larger  in  diameter  than  the 
remainder  of  the  bar,  in  which  is  cut  a  deep  slot  for  the 
separators,  and  at  right  angles  to  this  slot  is  drilled 
the  separator  axis  hole.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  front 
leg  is  riveted,  by  the  foot  rivet,  the  front-leg  foot,  the 
latter  being  made  with  a  flat  plate,  which  prevents  the 
front  leg  from  sinking  in  soft  ground. 

The  separators  which  hold  the  front  legs  in  the  ex- 
tended position  are  riveted  to  the  front  legs  by  the 
separator  axes.  The  separators  are  secured  to  each 
other  by  the  separator  bolt.  The  separator  bolt  is 
secured  by  the  separator  nut  and  the  latter  by  the 
separator  split  pin.  A  small  lug  on  the  end  of  each 
separator  enters  a  slot  in  the  other  separator  and  holds 
the  legs  extended. 

The  Kear-Sight  Group 

The  rear-sight' group  is  made  up  of  the  following 
principal  parts :  The  movable  base,  the  base  spring,  the 
leaf,  the  elevating  screw,  the  slide,  the  half  nut,  the 
slide  cap,  the  drift  slide,  the  aperture  disk  and  the 
windage  screw.  The  movable  base  has  on  its  upper 
surface  two  ears  in  which  are  the  holes  for  the  joint 
pin  which  serves  as  a  hinge  for  the  leaf.  On  the  rear 
end  of  the  movable  base  are  the  wind-gage  graduations, 
each  point  of  which  corresponds  to  a  lateral  deviation 
of  4  in.  for  each  100  yd.  Both  ends  have  lips  which  fit 
the  undercuts  of  the  fixed  base,  the  front  lip  having  also 
a  worm  gear  for  engaging  the  thread  of  the  windage 
screw.  The  base  spring  fits  in  the  spring  seat  of  the 
movable  base. 

The  leaf  is  graduated  from  0  to  2800  yd.  On  the 
right  side  of  the  sighting  opening  in  the  leaf  are  the 
groove  and  seat  for  the  elevating  screw,  which  is  a 
long,  thin  screw,  extending  from  the  bottom  of  the 
sighting  opening  to  the  top  of  the  leaf,  where  it  is  se- 
cured in  the  elevating  screw  head  by  the  elevating 
screw  pin.    This  elevating  screw  allows  minute  correc- 


tions for  elevation  and  also  holds  the  slide  in  position  on 
the  leaf  by  means  of  a  half  nut  which  is  seated  in  the 
slide  and  the  half-nut  spring,  the  latter  forcing  the  half 
nut  against  the  thread  on  the  elevating  screw.  The 
outer  end  of  this  half  nut  is  knurled,  and  by  pressing 
in  on  the  knurled  head  the  half  nut  can  be  released 
from  the  elevating  screw  and  the  slide  quickly  raised  or 
lowered. 

The  rear  face  of  the  slide  is  cut  out  for  the  leaf,  and 
the  drift  slide  and  the  right  half  are  made  with  a  seal 
for  the  half -nut  spring  and  the  half  nut.  The  right  anc 
left  ends  are  drilled  and  tapped  for  the  small  slide-cap 
screw  and  the  large  slide-cap  screw,  which  secure  the 
slide  cap  to  the  slide.  The  front  face  of  the  slide  is 
slotted  and  recessed  for  the  pivot. 

The  slide  cap  has  a  circular  cut  in  its  upper  surface 
which  forms  a  recess  for  rotating  the  aperture  disk, 
and  also  apertures  for  sighting  and  for  reading  the 
graduation  on  the  leaf.  The  center  is  slotted  for  the 
pivot.  On  the  right  and  left  sides  are  drilled  the  holes 
for  the  small  and  large  slide-cap  screws.  On  the  rear 
face  at  the  bottom  of  the  slide  cap  is  the  open  sight. 

The  drift  slide  moves  in  the  drift  slots  in  the  leaf. 
At  the  top  is  a  small  open  sight,  while  just  below  are 
two  openings,  the  upper  for  the  pivot  and  circular  lug 
on  the  aperture  disk  and  the  lower  for  a  sighting  aper- 
ture. The  drift  slide  is  held  in  place  by  a  lug  on  its 
front  face,  which  bears  against  the  slide  and  by  the 
lug  which  contains  the  open  sight.  This  latter  lug  ex- 
tends to  the  rear  and  bears  against  the  top  of  the 
slide  cap.  On  the  lower  edge  of  the  open-sight  lug  is 
another  small  lug,  which  engages  in  the  notches  on  the 
perimeter  of  the  aperture  disk,  locking  the  latter  in  the 
desired  position. 

The  aperture  disk  is  a  circular  piece  containing  five 
sight  openings,  namely:  Four  peepholes,  0.04,  0.06,  0.08, 
and  0.10  in.  in  diameter,  and  one  large  aperture  which 
contains  an  open  sight.  A  circular  lug  on  the  front 
face  engages  in  the  central  opening  of  the  drift  slide, 
thus  causing  the  aperture  disk  to  conform  to  the  move- 
ment of  the  former.  This  lug  is  drilled  and  tapped  for 
the  pivot  spring  and  the  pivot.  The  purpose  of  the  pivot 
spring  is  to  force  the  aperture  disk  to  the  rear,  so  that 
one  of  the  notches,  which  are  cut  on  its  perimeter,  will 
engage  in  the  small  lug  and  prevent  rotation. 

The  windage  screw  consists  of  the  windage  screw,  the 
windage  screw  knob,  the  windage  screw  collar,  the  wind- 
age screw  spring,  and  the  windage  screw  pin.  It  is 
seated  in  the  front  part  of  the  fixed  base. 

Preparing  the  Rifle  for  Firing 

1.  Remove  rifle  from  the  pack. 

2.  Free  the  front  legs  from  the  leg  catches  on  the 
hand  guard.  Carry  the  legs  forward  until  they  are  at 
right  angles  to  the  barrel,  and  then  by  a  quick  move- 
ment separate  the  legs  to  their  full  extent.  Place  the 
legs  so  that  the  muzzle  points  in  the  desired  direction 
and  force  the  feet  into  the  ground. 

3.  Disengage  the  elevating-mechanism  feet  from  the 
latch  plate  on  the  stock  and  turn  them  so  that  they  will 
lie  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  of  fire. 

4.  Raise  the  rear-sight  leaf.  Cock  the  rifle  by  rotat- 
ing the  cocking-handle  knob  to  the  vertical  position  and 
then  drawing  the  latter  to  the  rear  until  the  sear  en- 
gages in  the  sear  notch  of  the  actuator. 


[313] 


5.  Push  the  cocking  handle  forward,  turn  to  the  right 
and  set  at  S,  safety,  until  ready  to  fire. 

6.  Remove  the  feed  strips  from  the  ammunition  box 
and  place  conveniently  for  loading. 

Firing 

1.  Set  rear  sight  for  range  and  deflection. 

2.  Raise  the  feed  piece  to  its  highest  position. 

3.  Load  by  inserting  the  loaded  feed  strip  into  the 
feed  guides  and  push  the  former  to  the  left  until  the 
first  cartridge  is  against  the  cartridge  stop,  which  is 
shown  by  the  protrusion  of  the  left  end  of  the  cart- 
ridge stop  from  the  holder.  Under  normal  conditions 
ihe  rifle  will  be  operated  by  two  men,  one  doing  the  fir- 
ing and  the  other  doing  the  loading. 

4.  Unlock  the  elevating  mechanism  by  rotating  the 
binder  lever  to  the  right  and  rear.  Raise  or  lower  the 
stock  to  approximately  the  proper  elevation.  Release 
the  elevating-screw  slide,  adjust  the  outer  elevating 
screw  to  the  proper  elevation,  and  clamp  by  pushing  the 
binder  lever  forward. 

5.  Turn  co.-king  handle  to  R,  repeater,  or  A,  auto- 
matic, and  fire  the  piece  by  drawing  the  trigger  directly 
to  the  rear.  By  releasing  the  trigger  while  firing,  with 
the  cocking  handle  set  at  A,  the  firing  can  be  stopped. 


The  rate  of  fire  can  be  controlled  to  some  extent  by  the 
proper  adjustment  of  the  regulator.  Upon  normal  con- 
ditions and  for  accurate  firing  the  regulator  should  be 
so  adjusted  that  there  will  be  a  minimum  vibration.  The 
maximum  effect  of  the  gas  on  the  actuator  occurs  with 
the  regulator  set  at  0. 

There  is  no  normal  setting  for  the  regulator  in  the 
sense  that  settings  for  all  guns  under  any  conditions 
may  be  alike.  The  amount  of  lubrication,  wear  of  parts, 
stiffness  of  springs,  resizing  of  feed  strips,  temperature 
and  various  other  conditions  demand  that  varying  ad- 
justments for  gas  be  made  accordingly,  regardless  of 
settings  for  other  guns  or  even  of  previous  settings  for 
the  same  gun.  Use  only  sufficient  gas  for  the  proper 
operation  of  the  mechanism,  and  no  more.  The  proper 
setting  will  ordinarily  be  found  anywhere  between 
(first)  the  smallest  setting  that  will  give  sufficient  ejec- 
tion of  fired  cases  without  cutting  of  the  ejector  into 
their  heads,  and  (second)  the  largest  setting  which  will 
still  give  enough  travel  to  the  actuator  to  prevent  auto- 
matic firing  with  the  cocking  handle  at  R. 

6.  The  barrel  should  be  cooled  by  means  of  the  cooling 
sponge  after  about  300  rounds  of  continuous  firing. 
The  rifle  may  be  fired  1000  rounds  without  cooling, 
without  serious  injury  to  the  barrel,  but  this  should  be 
avoided  as  far  as  possible. 


[314] 


The  Lewis  Machine  Gun 

By  E.  A.  Suverkrop 
SYNOPSIS — The  Lewis  automatic  machine  gun,  which  has  proved 
its  worth  in  the  present  war,  is  a  gas-operated  device  with  a  posi- 
tive air-cooling  system.  The  magazine  is  of  the  rotating-drum  type, 
with  a  capacity  of  U7  cartridges.  Its  net  weight  is  26  pounds  12 
ounces,  while  equipped  with  tripod  mount  and  magazine  it  weights  30 
pounds  2  b  ounces. 


THE  barrel  is  surrounded 
by,  and  throughout  its 
length  is  in  direct  metallic 
contact  with,  an  aluminum  radi- 
ator. The  radiator  has  high 
longitudinal  radial  fins,  and  it  is 
inclosed  in  a  steel  radiator  cas- 
ing that  is  open  at  both  ends 
and  extends  forward  beyond  the 
muzzle  of  the  barrel.  The  barrel 
mouthpiece,  secured  to  the  barrel 
by  a  left-handed  thread,  contains 
a  cup-shaped  aperture  designed 
to  direct  the 
muzzle  blast  in- 
to the  forward 
extension  of  the 
radiator  casing 
so  as  to  induce 
suction  of  air 
from  breech  to 
muzzle  inside 
the  radiator 
casing  and  along 
the  surface  of  the  fins.  Near  the  barrel  muzzle  and  in 
its  under  side  is  a  port  through  which  powder  gas  at 
barrel  pressure  is  admitted  during  the  time  required 
for  the  bullet  to  pass  from  the  port  to  the  muzzle.  The 
powder  gas  passes  into  a  gas  chamber  and  thence  into  a 
gas  cylinder  beneath  the  barrel  and  parallel  with  it,  in 
which  it  drives  a  piston  rearward.  The  piston  is  pinned 
securely  to  the  rack,  which  is  provided  with  teeth  on 
its  lower  surface  meshing  with  teeth  in  the  periphery 
of  the  gear. 

The  receiver  is  secured  to  the  barrel  by  a  large 
square  thread  and  is  pierced  longitudinally  by  two 
bores,  one  above  the  other.  These  bores  are  connected 
by  a  narrow  slot  from  the  rear  of  the  receiver  almost 
to  its  front  end.  The  piston  travels  in  the  lower  bore 
of  the  receiver,  which  forms  a  rearward  extension  of 
the  gas  cylinder  under  the  barrel.  The  upper  bore  in 
the  receiver  forms  the  boltway  in  which  the  bolt  travels. 
The  bolt  is  suspended  on  and  operated  by  the  striker 
post  at  the  rear  end  of  the  rack.  The  striker  is  pinned 
in  the  striker  post,  which  fits  into  a  cam  slot  in  the 
bottom  of  the  bolt.  This  slot  is  cut  away  toward  the 
axis  of  the  bolt  for  the  striker,  and  the  face  of  the 


bolt  is  pierced  axially  from  this 
slot  to  permit  the  striker  to 
reach  the  primer  of  the  cart- 
ridge in  the  chamber.  Suitable 
delays  in  the  action,  after  lock- 
ing the  bolt  and  before  firing, 
and  after  firing  and  before  un- 
locking, are  provided  by  the 
longitudinal  portion  of  the  slot 
for  the  striker  post  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bolt.  Locking  and 
unlocking  are  accomplished  by 
the  cam  angles  at  the  rear  of  the 
slot  in  the  bolt. 
Breech  closure  is 
by  rotary  lock- 
ing, the  breech 
bolt  having  four 
locking  lugs  that 
are  turned  in 
the  correspond- 
ing locking  re- 
cesses in  the  re- 
ceiver. Under 
fitted  the  gear 
the   mainspring. 


the  receiver  at  its  front  end  is 
case,  which  contains  the  gear  and 
The  latter  is  of  the  ribbon  type  and  is  wound  up  on 
the  opening,  or  rearward,  stroke  of  the  action  by  the 
meshing  of  the  teeth  of  the  gear  with  the  corresponding 
teeth  under  the  rack.  The  spring  tension  so  obtained 
is  the  means  for  the  closing  stroke  of  the  action  by 
rotating  the  gear  in  the  opposite  direction  and  so  driv- 
ing the  rack,  which  is  part  of  the  piston,  forward. 

Above  the  receiver  and  pivoted  on  the  magazine  post 
is  the  feed-operating  arm.  It  is  driven  by  the  upper 
lug  of  the  feed-operating  stud  (attached  to  the  rear  of 
the  bolt  and  with  its  upper  lug  traveling  in  a  slot 
through  the  upper  surface  of  the  receiver),  which 
engages  a  groove  under  its  curved  rearward  extension 
so  as  to  swing  the  feed-operating  arm  to  the  left  dur- 
ing the  opening  movement  of  the  bolt  and  to  the  right 
during  its  closing  movement.  The  feed  pawl  on  the 
feed-operating  arm  engages  and  rotates  the  magazine, 
and  the  cartridge  opening  in  the  feed-operating  arm 
receives  and  guides  the  cartridge  delivered  to  it. 

The  feed  cover  is  secured  to  the  top  of  the  receiver. 
At  the  rear  end  it  carries  the  rear  sight  base,  and 


[315] 


under  its  front  edge  are  fitted  the  stop  and  rebound 
pawls  and  their  spring.  The  function  of  the  stop  pawl 
is  to  engage  with  an  outer  projection  of  the  magazine 
pan,  which  is  rotated  by  the  feed  pawl  on  the  operating 
arm,  and  prevents  too  great  a  movement.  The  rebound 
pawl  engages  with  another  projection  of  the  magazine 
pan  and  prevents  its  rotation  in  the  reverse  direction, 
so  that  the  magazine  is  accurately  indexed  and  posi- 
tively locked  by  each  cycle  of  operation.  A  forward 
projection  at  the  left  side  of  the  feed  cover  carries  the 
cartridge  guide,  to  which  the  feed-operating  arm  de- 
livers the  cartridge*in  loading. 

The  bolt  carries  two  extractors  lying  in  recesses  in 
its  top  and  side,  and  the  ejector  is  pivoted  in  a  recess 
in  the  receiver  at  the  left  of  the  boltway.  The  piston 
is  operated  by  hand  by  the  charging  handle,  which  is 
fitted  in  it  at  the  rear  of  the  receiver  when  the  butt- 
stock  is  removed  and  which  travels  in  the  slot  in  the 
left  side  of  the  receiver.  The  safety  is  a  plate  sliding 
vertically  in  ways  on  the  left  side  of  the  receiver.  In 
its  upper  edge  are  two  recesses  designed  to  engage 
with  the  charging  handle,  one  in  its  foreward  (un- 
cocked) and  the  other  in  its  rearward  (cocked) 
position.  To  put  the  gun  when  cocked  on  safe,  raise 
the  safety  and  pull  the  trigger.  The  charging  handle 
engages  in  front  of  the  recess  in  the  safety  and  prevents 
its  accidental  movement.  This  locks  the  gun  against 
operation  or  discharge;  To  put  the  gun  in  action,  draw 
back  the  charging  handle  to  cock  and  press  the  safety 
down.  The  safety  also,  when  raised,  closes  the  slot  in 
the  left  side  of  the  receiver,  in  which  the  charging 
handle  travels,  and  prevents  sand,  mud,  dust,  etc.,  from 
getting  into  the  action. 

The  trigger  is  contained  in  the  guard,  which  is  a 
pistol-grip  form.  It  is  attached  to  a  sear  which,  when 
the  trigger  is  released,  engages  a  notch  in  the  under 
side  of  the  rack  and  holds  the  action  open  at  the 
very  beginning  of  the  closing  stroke.  The  buttstock 
is  usually  of  a  form  similar  to  a  rifle  buttstock,  but  a 
spade  grip  may  be  supplied.  Either  rifle  buttstock  or 
spade  grip  is  attached  by  interrupted  thread  to  the 
boltway  in  the  rear  of  the  receiver.  The  butt-tang  or 
spade-grip  tang  locks  up  the  entire  rear  end  of  the 
receiver  and  takes  the  thrust  of  the  recoil  of  the 
piston. 

The  Magazine 

The  magazine  is  a  circular  steel  drum  in  which  the 
cartridges  are  arranged  radially,  bullet  ends  toward 
the  center.  The  magazine  center  is  of  aluminum.  It 
has  a  deep  spiral  groove  in  it,  in  which  the  bullet  ends 
of  the  cartridges  engage  and  by  which  they  are  con- 
trolled. When  the  magazine  is  latched  in  place  on  the 
magazine  post,  the  mazakine  center  is  keyed  to  the 
magazine  post  and  held  stationary.  The  magazine  pan 
carrying  the  separator  pins  and  the  cartridges  is 
rotated  around  the  center  during  the  operation  of  the 
gun,  so  that  the  spirally  arranged  column  of  cartridges 
is  driven  down  the  groove  of  the  magazine  center  until 
each  cartridge  is  successively  reached  by  the  feed- 
operating  arm. 

The  action  of  the  gun  is  as  follows:  Commencing 
with  the  gun  in  the  "ready  to  feed"  position,  a  filled 
magazine  being  latched  on  the  magazine  post  and  the 
charging  handle  having  been  drawn  fully  to  the  rear 


by  hand  so  that  the  sear  engages  the  rack  and  holds  it 
back,  the  trigger  is  pressed.  This  releases  the  rack, 
which  is  driven  forward  by  the  spring-actuated  rotation 
of  the  gear. 

The  striker  post,  by  pressure  of  its  neck  against  the 
left  side  of  the  cam  slot  in  the  bolt,  drives  the  bolt 
(which  cannot  be  cammed  around  because  of  its  lugs 
traveling  in  the  correspondingly  shaped  grooves  in 
the  boltway)  straight  forward  in  the  boltway.  The 
feed-operating  stud  carried  forward  with  the  bolt  cams 
the  feed-operating  arm  to  the  right,  the  feed  pawl 
slipping  over  a  projection  on  the  rim  of  the  magazine 
and  engaging  behind  it.  The  spring  stud  on  the  feed- 
operating  arm  presses  the  stop  pawl  back  to  prevent 
its  intercepting  a  projection  of  the  magazine.  The 
head  of  the  bolt  now  reaches  the  head  of  the  ejector, 
which  it  presses  back  into  the  ejector  cut,  causing  the 
rear  of  the  ejector  to  be  pivoted  out  into  the  boltway 
behind  the  bolt.  The  face  of  the  bolt  now  strikes  the 
base  of  the  cartridge,  which  is  held  ready  for  it  in 
the  loading  ramps  of  the  receiver,  and  it  drives  the 
cartridge  before  it  into  the  chamber.  The  extractors 
spring  over  the  rim  as  soon  as  the  cartridge  seats. 
Just  as  the  cartridge  seats,  the  locking  lugs  of  the  bolt 
clear  the  front  of  the  cruciform  part  of  the  boltway 
formed  by  their  guide  grooves  an  reach  their  locking 
recesses.  The  bolt  face  now  lies  against  the  rear  end 
of  the  barrel  and  the  head  of  the  cartridge,  and  the 
striker  post  still  pressing  against  the  left  side  of  the 
cam  slot  in  the  bolt  now  cams  the  bolt  to  the  right, 
turning  the  locking  lugs  fully  into  the  locking  recesses 
of  the  receiver.  As  the  bolt  locking  is  completed,  the 
striker  post  enters  the  longitudinal  front  part  of  its 
cut  and  carries  the  striker  against  the  primer  of  the 
cartridge  in  the  chamber,  firing  the  cartridge. 

The  Effect  of  Firing 

Firing  develops  the  power  for  another  cycle  of  opera- 
tions. As  soon  as  the  bullet  has  passed  the  gas  port 
near  the  muzzle  of  the  barrel,  gas  under  pressure  is 
driven  through  the  gas  port  into  the  gas-chamber  gland 
and  chamber  and  through  the  hole  in  the  gas-regulator 
cup  onto  the  head  of  the  piston,  driving  it  rearward  in 
the  gas  cylinder.  Driving  the  rack  teeth  back  over 
the  gear  teeth  with  which  they  mesh  rotates  the  gear 
and  extends  the  mainspring  during  the  entire  opening 
movement.  During  the  first  1J  in.  of  rearward  travel 
the  striker  post  moves  back  with  a  longitudinal  part 
of  its  cut  in  the  bolt,  withdrawing  the  point  of  the 
striker  from  the  face  of  the  bolt,  the  bolt  remaining 
locked  and  stationary.  In  the  next  §  in.  of  travel  the 
striker  post,  driven  still  farther  rearward  in  the  bolt, 
strikes  with  its  right  side  the  cam  surface  in  the  right 
side  of  its  slot  in  the  bolt,  causing  the  bolt  to  rotate 
from  right  to  left,  turning  the  locking  lugs  out  of  their 
recesses.  The  striker  post  now  reaches  the  rear  of 
its  cut  in  the  bolt,  and  its  further  travel  carries  the 
bolt  directly  back  with  it;  the  empty  shell  is  held  in 
the  grip  of  the  extractors  till  the  feed-operating  stud 
strikes  the  rear  of  the  ejector. 

The  top  lug  of  the  feed-operating  stud,  traveling  in 
the  groove  in  the  under  side  of  the  feed-operating  arm, 
cams  the  feed-operating  arm  so  that  it  swings  across 
the  top  of  the  receiver  from  right  to  left.  The  feed 
pawl,  acting  against  one  of  the  outer  projections  of 


[316] 


FRONT  SIGHT 
The  gases  upon  leaving  bore  in  their 
forward  rush  expand  against  mils 
of  barrel  mouthpiece  which  deflects 
their  course,  causing  same  to  syphon 
me  cool  air  through  radiator  as  shorn 
by  arrowed  curse 


RADIATOR  CASING 
REAR  LOCKING  PIECE- 


FEED  PAWL-    - 

STOP   PAWL--. 

MACHINE  FftWLS  SPRING! 


RADIATOR^<T> 

^PISTON 

RADIATOR-  -CS-'  #fc  ,, 
CASING        H^stpplf 

g) 

1        GAS 

fCYLINDER 

'         REAR  RADIATOR 
CASING 

BARREL 

SECTION 

A- 

B 

■ — FRONT  RADIATOR  CASING 


-BARREL  MOUTHPIECE,' 


EJECTOR- 

FEED-OPERATING- 
ARM 


MAGAZINE  PAN- 
CARTRIDGE  SPACER  RING-- 
MAGAZINE  TOP  PLATE  RIVET. 

MAGAZINE  CENTER-- 
FEED  OPERATING  ARM  LATCH- 
MAGAZINE  TOP  PLATE- 
MAGAZINE  LATCH-- 

STRIKER-- 
STRIKER  PIN- 
OPERATING  POST  - 
CHARGINGI 
HANDLE  / 
CARTDG.  I 
GUIDE  PIN/' 

CART'DGrr 
GUIDE  r 


,FEED  COVER 


rRECEIVER 

SAFETY 


.  JSIGHT-ELEVAT1NG 
SCREW  HEAD 


Safety 

feed  cover" 


CARTDG.) , 
GUIDE  y 
SPRING) 


CLAMP  RING 

GAS  REGULATOR  CUP 
«AS  CHAMBER 


GAS  REGULATOR  KEY 


-GAS  REGULATOR  KEY  STUD 
GAS  CYLINDER 

-PISTON 

-CONNECTING  SPRING 


-RADIATOR  CASING  REAR 
LOCKING  PIECE 


-RECEIVER  LOCK    PIN 
,MAIN  SPRING  RIVETS 
-GEAR  CASING  HINGE  PIN 
-GEAR  CASING 
-GEAR 

-MAIN  SPRING 

COLLET 
-COLLET  PIN 
,  '-MAIN  SPRING 
'MAIN  SPRING  CASING 
GEAR  STOP  PIN 
'GEAR  STOP  SPRING 
VGEAR  STOP 
SEAR  SPRING 
/SEAR  SPRING  BOX 
UJRIGGER   PIN 


-BUTT  TANG 
•BUTT  TANG  SCREW 


SECTION  C-D 

BACK-SIGHT  LEAF- 
ELEVATING  SCREW- 
BACK-SIGHT  SLIDE- 
BACK-SIGHT  BED- 
BACK-SIGHT  AXIS  PIN- 
BACK-SIGHT  AXIS   PIN  WASHER- 


BUTT   TANG 
BUTT  TANG  SCREW- 


jaa 


SPADE     HANDLE 

USED  FOR  AIR  WORK  & 

INTERCHANGEABLE  WITH 

BUTT  STOCK 


BUTT  PLATE* 


[317] 


the  magazine  pan,  carries  the  magazine  around 
sufficiently  to  drive  the  first  cartridge  down  into  the 
cartridge  opening  in  the  feed-operating  arm  by  the 
rotation  of  the  magazine  pan  and  interior  separators 
around  the  stationary,  spirally  grooved  magazine  center. 
The  cartridge  opening  of  the  feed-operating  arm,  with 
the  cartridge  it  has  just  received,  now  commences  to 
j>ass  under  the  upward  projecting  arms  of  the  feed 
cover,  which  carry  the  cartridge  guide;  and  these  arms 
commence  to  control  the  cartridge  as  soon  as  it  leaves 
the  magazine.  Further  leftward  travel  of  the  feed- 
operating  arm  brings  the  cartridge  under  the  cartridge 
guide  and  its  downward  spring  tension.  At  this  point, 
the  spring  stud  on  the  feed-operating  arm  clears  the 


feed"  position.  If  pressure  has  been  maintained  on 
the  trigger,  the  closing  stroke  will  instantly  be  re- 
peated; 'and  automatic  operation  of  the  gun  will  con- 
tinue until  the  cartridges  in  the  magazine  are  exhausted 
or  pressure  is  removed  from  the  trigger. 

Feed  is  absolutely  positive  and  unaffected  by  the 
position  of  the  gun.  The  cartridge  is  under  complete 
mechanical  control  during  every  stage  of  feeding.  The 
functioning  of  the  gun  is  unaffected  by  pointing  it 
straight  up  or  straight  down  or  turning  it  on  its  side 
or  upside  down.    Ejection  is  also  positive. 

The  forms  of  gas  port,  regulator  cup,  cylinder  and 
piston  permit  functioning  the  gun  by  a  materially 
smaller  volume  of  gas  and  at  much  lower  pressure  than 


THREE  VIEWS   OF  THE   LEWIS   MACHINE  GUN 


stop  pawl,  which  is  then  pressed  forward  by  its  spring 
and  prevents  further  rotation  of  the  magazine. 

The  lug  on  the  left  of  the  feed-operating  stud  now 
strikes  the  rear  end  of  the  ejector,  driving  it  into  its 
slot  and  pivoting  the  head  of  the  ejector  out  so  that  it 
strikes  the  side  of  the  empty  shell,  which  has  still  been 
carried  by  the  extractor,  and  throws  it  through  the 
ejector  port  out  of  the  receiver  to  the  right. 

Toward  the  end  of  the  rearward  travel  of  the  rack, 
the  bent  (downward  projection  of  the  lower  surface  of 
the  rack  whose  space  forms  the  cocking  notch)  rides 
over  the  nose  of  the  sear,  temporarily  depressing  it 
against  the  tension  of  the  sear  spring,  which  immediate- 
ly rises  again.  The  rear  end  of  the  rack  then  strikes 
the  butt  tang,  terminating  the  opening  stroke.  The 
feed-operating  arm  is  now  at  the  extreme  left,  the  cart- 
ridge has  been  brbught  over  the  cartridge  opening  in 
the  top  of  the  receiver  against  which  the  cartridge 
guide  presses  it,  the  rebound  pawl  engages  an  exterior 
projection  of  the  magazine  so  as  to  prevent  backward 
rotation,  and  the  mainspring  is  in  full  tension. 

If  after  its  first  pressure  the  trigger  has  been  in- 
stantly released,  the  piston  and  rack  will  be  intercepted 
by  the  engagement  of  the  nose  of  the  sear  with  the 
cocking  notch  or  bent  in  the  lower  edge  of  the  rack, 
suspending  the  operation  of  the  gun  in  the  "ready  to 


in  gas-operated  mechanisms  of  previous  design.  As  a 
result,  shock  and  strain  of  parts  are  minimized,  and  re- 
traction of  the  breech  mechanism  by  hand  is  facilitated. 

The  gun  may  be  entirely  dismounted  without  other 
tools  than  a  cartridge  and  a  small  spanner.  Removing 
the  buttstock  and  withdrawing  the  rack,  piston  and 
bolt  leave  the  barrel  and  cylinder  ready  for  cleaning. 
This  permits  inspection  of  the  barrel  or  insertion  of 
the  cleaning  rod  into  the  barrel  from  either  end. 

Semi-automatic  fire  (single  shots)  or  automatic  fire 
may  be  obtained  at  will  without  extra  parts  or  special 
adjustment. 

Vibration  of  the.  barrel  is  so  damped  and  broken  up 
by  the  radial  support  afforded  the  barrel  by  the  mass 
and  structure  of  the  radiator  that  single  shots  are  fired 
on  the  same  line  of  sight  as  that  of  full  automatic  fire. 

The  muzzle  blast,  directed  by  the  barrel  mouthpiece 
onto  the  interior  of  the  radiator  casing  in  front  of  the 
muzzle  to  induce  the  air  current  through  the  radiator, 
exerts  a  forward  pull  on  the  radiator  casing  which 
neutralizes  the  recoil  to  such  an  extent  that  the  gun 
may  be  fired  from  the  shoulder  with  accuracy  and  with- 
out inconvenience. 

The  absence  of  recoil  and  vibration  permits  satis- 
factory use  with  a  very  light  mount  or  with  no  mount. 
The  bipod  mount  furnished  with  the  gun  weighs  only 


[318] 


1  lb.  14i  oz.  and  is  intended  to  remain  attached  to 
the  gun  during  transportation.  It  does  not  interfere 
with  carrying,  operation  or  cleaning  and  is  adapted 
to  satisfactory  use  under  widely  varying  conditions. 
Mounts  especially  designed  for  naval  and  aerial  use 
may  be  supplied,  and  the  gun  may  be  adapted  to  any 
existing  form  of  tripod,  if  desired. 

The  gun  is  absolutely  mobile.  Besides  its  ability  to 
function  normally  at  any  angle  or  in  any  position,  it 
may  be  carried,  loaded  and  locked  by  one  man,  who  can 


commence  firing  as  quickly  and  easily  as  with  the  Model 
1903  service  rifle. 

A  magazine  may  be  placed  on  the  magazine  post  and 
latched,  or  may  be  unlatched  and  removed  with  one 
hand.  The  magazine  latch  is  conveniently  operated  by 
the  thumb  of  the  hand  that  puts  the  magazine  on  the 
magazine  post  or  removes  it  from  the  post.  No  delicate 
adjustment  is  necessary  in  putting  the  magazine  on 
the  post  and  preparing  to  fire,  and  it  may  be  done 
with  as  much  speed  in  total  darkness  as  in  daylight. 


[319] 


|  The  Vickers  Machine  Gun  Aodel  of  1915  | 


THE  mechanism  and  appear- 
ance of  the  English  and 
American  models  of  the 
Vickers  machine  guns  are  practi- 
cally the  same,  but  different 
types  of  sights  are  used.  Exam- 
ples of  the  English  guns  are 
shown  in  the  headpiece,  but  the 
illustrations  in  the  body  of  this 
article    and    the    text    itself 

apply    directly    to    the    Ameri-  Br  Ethan  Viall  and 

can  model.  The  machine  gun,  model  of  1915,  opposite 
views  of  which  are  shown  in  Figs.  1  and  2,  be- 
longs to  that  class  of  automatic  guns  in  which 
the  force  of  recoil  is  utilized  for  operation.  After  the 
first  shot  the  gun  is  self-operative,  until  the  ammuni- 
tion in  the  cartridge  belt  is  exhausted  or  until  the  trig- 
ger is  released.  The  force  of  recoil  opens  the  breech, 
extracts  the  empty  case,  and  inserts  and  fires  the  next 
cartridge.  The  gun,  without  water  in  the  jacket,  weighs 
32J  lb.,  with  water  in  the  jacket,  42  lb. ;  weight  of  tripod, 
36  lb.    The  gun  is  adjusted  to  fire  500  shots  per  minute. 

The  ammunition  used  in  this  gun  is  the  same  as  that 
provided  for  the  United  States  rifle,  caliber  0.30,  model 
of  1903.  It  is  fed-  into  the  gun  by  means  of  cartridge 
belts,  holding  250  cartridges  each.  The  cartridges  are 
loaded  in  the  belts  by  means  of  a  belt-filling  machine. 

The  belt  is  formed  of  two  pieces  of  flax  webbing  con- 
nected by  brass  strips  and  eyelets  between  adjacent 
cartridges,  every  third  strip  projecting  0.95  in.  beyond 
the  bullet  edge  of  the  belt  to  guide  the  latter  through 
the  feed  box  and  belt-filling  machine  and  to  prevent 
side  motion  of  the  belt  in  the  ammunition  box.  The 
webbing  is  made  double  thick  along  the  bullet  edge  by 
turning  i  in.  over  a  cotton  cord,  which  regulates  the 
distance  which  the  cartridges  may  be  inserted  in  the 
belt.  A  brass  handle  4  in.  long  is  attached  to  each  end 
of  the  belt. 

In  firing,  the  action  of  the  mechanism  is  as  follows : 
The  barrel  and  lock  move  to  the  rear  a  short  distance. 
At  the  end  of  this  recoil  the  lock  is  drawn  back  from 
the  chamber,  thus  opening  the  breech  and  at  the  same 


E. 


SUVERKBOP 


\ 


time  d  r  a  w  i  n  g  a  loaded 
cartridge    from   the    belt 
and  extracting  the  empty 
case   from   the   chamber. 
During  the  last  part  of 
the  motion  of  the  lock  the 
empty  case  and  the  loaded 
cartridge  are  lowered  un- 
til the  latter  is  in  line  with 
the  chamber  and  the  for- 
mer drops  to  the  ground. 
Under   the   influence   of   a   spring,    which   the   move- 
ment of  recoil  has  extended,  the  lock  is  then  pressed 
forward,  the  fresh  cartridge  is  pushed  into  the  cham- 
ber, the  belt  is  fed  forward  one  round,  and  the  carrier 
and  barrel  finally  returned  to  the  firing  position.    Dur- 
ing the  recoil  the  firing  pin  is  cocked,  and  unless  the 
trigger  has  been  released  the  sear  is  struck  at  the  con- 
elusion  of  the  movement  described  above,  and  the  gun 
is  again  fired.     Continuous  fire  is  obtained,  therefore, 
simply  by  keeping  the  trigger  pressed  down  after  firing 
the  first  round. 


Detailed  Description  of  the  Gun 
The  gun  consists  of  the  following  principal  parts: 
The  barrel,  trunnion  block,  water  jacket,  condensing  ap- 
paratus, water-jacket  cap,  steam  tube,  filling  and  drain 
plugs,  casing,  handle  block,  recoil  mechanism,  lock  mech- 
anism, firing  mechanism,  feed  box,  muzzle  attachment 
and  sights.  Details  of  the  mechanism  are  shown  in  Fig, 
3,  and  of  the  action  in  Figs.  4  and  5. 

The  Barrel 
The  barrel  is  chambered  and  rifled  the  same  as  the 
United  States  magazine  rifle.  On  its  exterior,  near  the 
muzzle  and  breech  ends,  are  turned  two  cylindrical  bear- 
ings which  rest  in  corresponding  supports  in  the  trun- 
nion block  and  water-jacket  cap,  and  on  these  bearings 
the  barrel  slides  back  and  forth  in  action.  Both  bear- 
ings are  packed  with  asbestos  to  prevent  water  leaking 
from  the  water  jacket.  On  the  breech  end  of  the  barrel 
are  formed  two  trunnions,  by  which  the  two  recoil  plates 
are  attached  to  the  barrel.    The  muzzle  end  is  threaded 


[320] 


for  the  barrel  disk.  To  prevent  rusting  from  the  water 
in  the  water  jacket,  the  exterior  of  the  barrel  is  copper 
plated. 

The  trunnion  block  is  a  steel  casting,  carrying  at  its 
lower  end  a  lug,  through  which  passes  the  trunnion  pin 
of  the  tripod.  The  trunnion  pin  secures  the  gun  to  its 
mount  and  forms  the  axis  about  which  the  gun  is  moved 
in  elevation.  The  front  end  of  the  casting  is  cylindrical 
and  is  threaded  to  receive  the  rear  end  of  the  water 
jacket.  Under  the  circular  section  a  drilled  hole  fur- 
nishes a  seat  for  the  rear  plug  of  the  inside  tube  and 


horizontal  in  filling  and  the  stopper  closing  the  steam- 
escape  hole  in  the  water-jacket  cap  be  removed,  water 
will  issue  from  the  water-jacket  cap  hole  as  soon  as  the 
water  jacket  has  been  filled  above  the  level  of  the  tube. 
This  is  an  indication  that  the  jacket  is  sufficiently  full 
of  water.  Should  the  stopper  not  be  removed,  the  jacket 
may  of  course  be  filled  up  to  the  level  of  the  filling  hole. 
This  will  do  no  harm,  but  will  result,  after  firing  a 
number  of  rounds  sufficiently  to  develop  steam  pressure, 
in  the  blowing  off  of  hot  water  through  the  water- 
jacket  cap  hole  which  will  continue  until  the  level  of  the 


PIGS.    1   AXD   2.      OPPOSITE   VIEWS  OF  VICKERS  MACHINE  GUN   AND    TRIPOD 


directly  in  rear  of  this  circular  section  the  block  is  rect- 
angular in  shape  and  serves  as  the  front  support  of  the 
casing  inclosing  the  lock  and  recoil  mechanisms.  A  hori- 
zontal hole  is  drilled  through  the  rectangular  part  of 
the  trunnion  block  and  serves  as  the  rear  support  for 
the  barrel,  and  back  of  this  in  the  bottom  plate  is  the 
opening  through  which  the  cartridge  cases  fall. 

The  Water  Jacket  . 

The  water  jacket  consists  of  a  piece  of  drawn-steel 
tubing  threaded  on  the  exterior  at  each  end.  The  rear 
end  screws  in  the  trunnion  block  and  the  front  end  in 
the  water-jacket  cap.  Near  the  rear  end  and  on  the 
upper  right-hand  side  is  a  drilled  and  tapped  hole  for 
the  filling  plug,  and  near  the  front  on  the  bottom  a  sec- 
ond hole  is  drilled  and  tapped  for  the  water  plug, 
through  which  the  water  in  the  jacket  may  be  drawn 
off. 

The  adjustment  of  water  jacket  and  trunnion  block 
brings  the  barrel,  when  in  position,  below  the  center  of 
the  water  jacket.  By  this  arrangement  a  sufficient  space 
above  the  barrel  is  obtained  for  the  insertion  of  a  steam 
exhaust  consisting  of  an  inside  tube  and  an  outside  slide. 
The  inside  tube  has  two  holes  cut  in  its  upper  side,  one 
near  each  end.  A  steam  vent  running  down  through  the 
water-jacket  cap  is  connected  with  the  inside  tube  by 
means  of  a  hole  in  the  front  plug.  By  this  arrange- 
ment, no  matter  whether  the  piece  be  horizontal  or  in 
maximum  depression  or  elevation,  steam  can  always 
escape,  as  the  outside  slide  will  automatically  cover  the 
lower  opening  in  the  tube,  preventing  water  from  enter- 
ing it  and  will  leave  the  other  hole  open  for  the  passage 
of  steam  from  the  jacket  through  the  tube  and  water- 
jacket  cap  hole  to  the  condensing  apparatus.  From  the 
arrangement  of  this  tube  and  slide,  if  the  piece  be  left 


water  in  the  jacket  has  been  reduced  sufficiently  to  al- 
low the  free  escape  of  steam  to  the  condensing  ap- 
paratus or  to  the  open  air,  depending  on  the  conditions 
under  which  it  is  operating. 

The  Condensing  Apparatus 

The  condensing  apparatus  consists  of  a  hose  and  a 
water  box  nearly  full  of  water.  In  place  of  a  water 
box,  a  pail,  can,  or  a  hole  in  the  ground  that  will  hold 
water,  may  be  used.  The  hose  leads  from  the  steam 
outlet  of  the  water  jacket  into  the  water,  thereby  con-, 
densing  the  steam  as  it  comes  in  contact  with  the  water. 

When  a  container  is  used,  the  condensed  steam  and 
water  may  be  returned  to  the  water  jacket  of  the  gun 
and  used  over  again. 

The  Water-Jacket  Cap 

The  water-jacket  cap  is  a  steel  casting  which  screws 
on  the  front  end  of  the  water  jacket.  It  contains  a 
threaded  seat  for  the  stuffing-box  follower,  which  forms 
the  front  support  for  the  barrel  and  also  a  threaded 
seat  for  the  front  plug  on  the  inside  tube.  On  the 
front  of  the  cap  is  screwed  the  follower  and  on  top  is 
screwed  the  front  sight.  The  water-jacket  cap  tube 
for  the  escape  of  steam,  mentioned  above,  is  screwed 
into  the  cap  and  runs  from  the  front  plug  hole  of  the 
inside  tube  diagonally  down  to  its  opening  at  the  under- 
side of  the  cap.  On  the  top  of  the  cap  are  stamped  the 
name,  model  and  serial  number  of  the  gun  for  identifica 
tion  purposes. 

The  Filling  Plug 

The  filling  plug  consists  of  a  tapped  hole  in  the  trun- 
nion block,  a  water  plug,  and  a  chain,  hook  and  eyebolt 
for  securing  the  plug  to  the  trunnion  block.    The  con- 


21 


[321] 


struction  is  such  as  to  allow  the  easy  unscrewing  of  the 
plug  for  insertion  of  the  nozzle  of  the  filling  cup.  When 
the  nozzle  is  withdrawn  the  plug  is  screwed  again  into 
place. 

The  Casing 

The  casing  consists  of  the  right  and  left  outside 
plates,  the  bottom  plate,  slide  and  two  covers,  which  are 
all  made  of  steel.  The  outside  plates  are  slotted  to  per- 
mit the  free  movement  of  the  projecting  parts  of  the 
recoil  mechanism  and  to  guide  them  in  recoil.  They  are 
drilled  for  the  pins  and  rivets  by  which  they  are  at- 
tached to  the  handle  block,  trunnion  block,  covers  and 
bottom  plate.  The  bottom  plate  is  of  channel  cross- 
section,  the  side  flanges  providing  a  support  for  the 
outside  plates.  The  space  beneath  the  flanges  serves  as 
a  sliding  seat  for  the  slide.  On  the  underside  are  the 
lugs  to  which  the  head  of  the  elevating  screw  is  pinned. 
The  covers  are  hinged  to  each  other  and  to  the  side 
plates,  and  are  held  closed  by  a  spring  catch  at  the  rear 
end  and  a  rotating  bolt  at  the  front  end.  On  the  under- 
side of  the  rear  cover  the  cover  guides  are  riveted  for 
guiding  the  carrier  in  recoil.  On  top  of  the  front  cover 
is  riveted  the  rear  sight.  On  the  underside  of  the  rear 
cover  the  trigger  bar  is  guided  in  a  groove. 

The  Handle  Block 

The  handle  block  is  a  steel  casting  which  closes  the 
rear  end  of  the  casing  and  carries  the  handles  by  which 
+he  gun  is  held  during  firing.  Between  these  handles 
is  pivoted  the  trigger,  which  consists  of  a  straight 
lever,  on  the  upper  end  of  which  a  thumbpiece  is  riveted. 
The  trigger  is  pointed  to  engage  the  safety  catch.  The 
upper  end  of  the  trigger  engages  a  projection  on  a  catch 
which  is  pivoted  between  the  handles  and  prevents  acci- 
dental movement  of  the  trigger.  The  handle  block  is 
pivoted  about  a  bolt  passing  through  its  lower  end  and 
the  two  side  plates.  The  upper  end  is  held  in  place  by 
a  T-headed  pin  passing  through  it  from  the  left  side 
plate  and  screwing  into  the  right  side  plate. 

On  the  inside  of  the  handle  block  the  trigger  lever  is 
pivoted,  the  lower  end  of  which  engages  a  pawl  which 
in  turn  is  pivoted  to  the  trigger.  Between  the  upper 
end  of  the  trigger  lever  and  the  safety  catch  is  a  com- 
pression spring  which  keeps  these  parts  in  constant 
contact.  The  upper  end  of  the  trigger  lever  engages  the 
rear  end  of  the  trigger  bar  between  two  projections  on 
its  lower  side. 

The  Recoil  Mechanism 

The  recoil  mechanism  consists  of  the  recoil  plates, 
crank,  roller  handle,  fusee,  crosshead,  dead  stop,  crank- 
slot  filler  pieces,  recoil  spring,  recoil-spring  tension 
screw  and  spring  box. 

The  recoil  plates  are  two  parallel  steel  plates  which 
embrace  the  trunnions  of  the  barrel  at  their  front  ends, 
and  at  their  rear  ends  include  and  furnish  bearings  for 
the  crank.  On  their  inner  surfaces  are  formed  guides  in 
which  the  lock  frame  slides  back  and  forth  in  action. 

The  crank  consists  of  a  shaft  which  extends  through 
the  side  plates  on  both  sides  and  carries  at  its  center, 
between  the  recoil  plates,  a  slotted  arm  to  which  the 
crosshead  is  pinned  and  about  which  pin  the  crosshead 
rotates.  Its  right  end  is  hexagonal  in  shape  and  carries 
the  roller  handle  secured  to  it  by  a  pin.     On  the  left 


end  is  a  short  arm  called  the  fusee,  to  which  is  pinned 
the  link  chain  for  connecting  the  recoil  spring  with  the 
fusee.  The  crosshead  is  a  short  piece  pivoted  at  the 
rear  end  to  the  arm  on  the  crank  and  secured  at  its 
front  end  to  the  side  levers  of  the  locking  mechanism 
by  a  bayonet  joint.  It  serves  simply  as  a  link  to  connect 
the  crank  arm  with  the  side  levers.  On  its  shank  near 
the  center  is  screwed  the  crank-adjusting  nut.  By  in- 
serting thin  washers  between  the  shoulder  on  the  shank 
and  the  nut  the  position  of  the  side  levers  with  reference 
to  the  crosshead  can  be  varied.  This  causes  a  change 
in  the  location  of  the  lock  frame,  and  by  this  means 
an  accurate  adjustment  of  the  head  space  required  by 
the  cartridges  can  be  obtained.  The  dead  stop  is  a  steel 
cam  pivoted  on  the  right  side  plate  and  serves  to  limit 
the  movement  of  the  roller  handle  in  counter  recoil.  The 
recoil-spring  is  a  helical  tension  spring  inclosed  in  the 
spring  box  attached  to  the  left  side  plate  by  means 
of  two  small  studs  in  front  and  one  in  the  rear.  The 
rear  end  of  the  spring  is  held  by  two  short  links  to  the 
fusee  and  the  front  end  is  secured  to  the  box  by  means 
of  the  tension  screw  threaded  to  the  recoil-spring  nut 
and  passing  through  a  hole  in  the  spring  box.  The  ten- 
sion of  the  recoil  spring  is  regulated  with  the  tension 
screw  which  is  turned  by  a  sliding  pin  handle. 

The  Lock  Mechanism 

The  lock  mechanism  is  contained  between  the  recoil 
plates  and  consists  of  the  lock  frame,  filler  piece,  carrier, 
gib,  gib  spring,  gib-spring  plate,  side  levers  and  pins, 
lifting  levers,  firing  pin  and  striker  point,  mainspring, 
tumbler  and  pin,  safety  sear  and  pin,  and  hand  sear  and 
pin.  All  these  parts  are  contained  in  or  assembled  to 
the  lock  frame.  The  latter  is  a  steel  forging  having  at 
its  front  a  narrow  vertical  face  about  3.25  in.  long  in 
which  are  cut  the  guide  ribs  which  mount  the  carrier. 
The  filler  piece  is  located  in  the  center  of  the  narrow 
vertical  face.  On  the  bottom  part  of  the  lock  frame  are 
formed  two  horizontal  ribs  on  each  side  that  support  the 
lock  in  the  recoil  plates  and  are  the  bearings  on  which 
it  moves  during  recoil.  Above  these  ribs  the  frame  is 
slotted  out  horizontally  to  form  a  seat  for  the  firing 
pin.  The  top  of  these  ribs  forms  a  seat  for  the  lifting 
levers. 

The  carrier  has  a  vertical  sliding  motion  on  the  front 
face  of  the  lock  frame.  Its  face  is  provided  with  flanges 
which,  with  the  gib  projecting  through  from  the  rear, 
embrace  the  base  of  the  cartridge  case  in  the  operations 
of  withdrawing  it  from  the  belt,  inserting  it  in  the 
chamber  and  extracting  it  after  firing.  Near  the  bot- 
tom a  conical  hole  is  drilled  to  permit  the  passage  of 
the  point  of  the  firing  pin.  , 

The  side  levers  consist  of  a  fork-shaped  shank,  the 
solid  end  of  which  is  bored  out  to  fit  the  crosshead,  while 
each  arm  of  the  forked  end  terminates  in  a  lever  ex- 
tending upward  and  to  the  rear.  The  fork  embraces 
the  lock  frame,  and  the  piece  is  pinned  to  the  latter 
at  the  front  end  of  the  fork. 

The  lifting  levers  consist  of  two  plates  pivoted  near 
one  end  on  a  pin.  This  pin  passes  through  the  rear  part 
of  the  lock  frame,  the  levers  lying  outside  the  frame. 

The  firing  pin  is  a  rectangular-shaped  forging,  whose 
front  end  has  the  case-hardened  striker  point  secured 
to  it  by  a  screw.  On  the  sides  are  formed  parallel 
shoulders,  by  which  the  pin  is  supported  in  the  lock 


[322] 


frame.  The  top  edge  is  cut  away  irregularly,  forming 
a  shoulder,  against  which  the  mainspring  abuts,  and  also 
a  bearing  for  the  tumbler.  The  latter,  an  L-shaped 
piece,  is  pivoted  to  the  lock  frame  at  the  angle.  The 
shorter  arm  fits  the  notch  in  the  upper  edge  of  the  firing 
pin  and  serves  to  retract  and  hold  the  firing  pin  in 
the  cocked  position.  The  longer  arm  is  pushed  up  by 
the  side  lever  shank  as  the  latter  is  raised  in  recoiling, 
thus  forcing  the  shorter  arm  to  retract  and  cock  the 
firing  pin. 

The  mainspring  is  a  leaf  spring  placed  vertically  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  lock  frame,  the  longer  end  engag- 
ing a  boss  on  the  firing  pin  and  the  shorter  abutting 
against  the  hand  sear.  The  latter  is  a  straight  lever 
secured  near  the  lower  end  by  a  pin  passing  through 
the  sides  of  the  lock  frame,  and  about  which  it  rotates. 
The  lower  end  engages  a  notch  on  the  tumbler,  and  the 
upper  end  fits  into  the  long  slot  of  the  trigger  bar  and 
is  engaged  by  the  front  end  or  shoulder  of  the  slot.  In 
the  firing  position  the  side-lever  shank  is  horizontal  in 
prolongation  of  the  crosshead.  The  carrier  is  there- 
fore dropped  to  its  lowest  position  by  the  lifting  levers, 
so  that  the  firing-pin  hole  is  opposite  the  corresponding 
hole  in  the  lock  frame.  Upon  firing,  the  carrier  first  re- 
ceives the  shock  of  recoil,  distributes  it  along  its  bear- 
ing surfaces  to  the  lock  frame,  which  in  turn  transmits 
it  to  the  side  levers,  side-lever  shank,  crosshead,  crank, 
recoil  plates,  fusee,  and  finally  through  the  recoil  spring 
to  the  casing  and  mount. 

The  Firing  Mechanism 

The  firing  mechanism  consists  of  the  trigger,  trigger 
spring,  trigger-lever  safety  catch  and  trigger  bar.  As 
described  above,  the  trigger  is  a  straight  lever  secured 
near  its  lower  end  to  the  handle  block  by  a  pin,  about 
which  it  rotates.  The  upper  end  engages  the  safety 
catch,  which  holds  it  to  the  rear  until  it  is  released  by 
lifting  the  catch  and  is  pressed  in.  The  trigger  bar  is 
a  long,  narrow  plate  lying  in  the  channel  of  the  rear 
cover  plate.  It  contains  one  long  slot.  The  trigger 
spring  is  a  small  helical  spring  mounted  on  a  stud  in 
the  front  face  of  the  safety  catch  and  tends  to  separate 
the  trigger  and  trigger  lever.  It  presses  the  upper 
part  of  the  trigger  to  the  rear,  so  that  the  trigger  bar 
can  move  forward  under  the  action  of  the  mainspring 
transmitted  through  the  hand  sear  and  permit  the  latter 
to  engage  the  shoulder  on  the  tumbler  when  the  piece  is 
cocked.  In  continuous  firing,  as  the  trigger  bar  is 
held  back  by  the  trigger,  the  hand  sear  will  never  be 
able  to  engage  the  shoulder  on  the  tumbler,  but,  being 
kept  out  of  engagement,  will  allow  the  firing  pin  to 
move  forward  again  as  soon  as  the  cycle  of  movement 
which  ends  with  its  cocking  or  retraction  is  completed. 

The  Feed  Box 

The  feed  box  is  a  hollow  steel  casting  extending  trans- 
versely through  the  casing  near  its  forward  end.  On 
the  right  side  it  projects  beyond  the  casing,  and  its 
lower  edge  is  curved  to  facilitate  the  feeding  of  the  cart- 
ridge belt.  On  the  front  edge  of  the  feed  box  a  vertical 
bearing  is  provided  in  which  is  seated  the  arbor  of 
the  feed-box  lever.  This  lever  is  held  in  place  by  the 
feed-box  bearing  cap,  which  slides  into  place  after  in- 
serting the  lever.  At  the  end  of  the  lower  arm  of  the 
lever  is  a  stud  which  engages  in  a  slot  near  the  front 


end  of  the  left  recoil  plate.  In  the  end  of  the  upper 
arm  of  the  lever  is  a  stud  which  takes  a  slot  on  the  top 
of  the  feed-box  slide.    The  feed-box  slide  is  a  flat  stee1, 

serial  list  of  component  parts 

(Numbers  before  components  refer  to  numbers  shown  in  Figs.  3  and  4.) 


4A  Trunmon  block  24C 

5A  Outside  plate,  right  24D 

5B  Outside  plate,  left  24E 

6A  Bottom  plate  24F 

6B  Bottom  plate  slide  25A 

6C  Bottom  plate  slide  stop  25B 

6D  Slide  catch  head  25C 

6E  Bottom  plate  slide  catch 

6F  Roller  bracket  25D 

6G  Outside  plate  filling  piece  25E 

6H  Front  cover  stop  25F 

7A  Water-jacket  cap  25G 

7B  Steam  outlet  tube  25H 

7C  Trunnion  block  distance  piece         25K 

7D  Stuffing  box  26B 

8A  Water  jacket  26C 

8B  Outer  steam  tube  26D 

8C  Steam  tube  plug  26E 

8D  Inner  steam  tube  26F 

8E  Steam  tube  socket  26G 

8F  Water-jacket  trough  26H 

9A  Barrel  25J 

10A  Recoil  plate,  left  hand  26K 

I  OB  Recoil  plate,  right  hand 

1 1A  Crank  26L 

I  IB  Crosshead  26M 

1 IC  Fusee  link  (rear)  26N 

I  ID  Fusee   link  (front)  26P 

1 2A  Roller  handle  26Q 

12B  Dead  stop  plunger  26R 

1 2C  Roller  handle  knob  26S 

1 2D  Dead  stop  26T 

1 2E  Dead-stop  bracket  26U 

1 2F  Roller  26V 

1 3A  Lock  frame  26W 

13B  Filling  piece  26X 

13C  Hand  sear  26Y 

13D  Tumbler  27A 

1 3E  Firing  pin  27B 

1 3F  Safety  sear  27C 

1 3G  Distance  piece  for  lock  frame  27D 

1311  Striker  point  27E 

I4A  Side  lever  27F 

I4B  Lifting  lever,  right  hand  27G 

14C  Lifting  lever,  left  hand  27H 

14D  Carrier  27J 

ME  Gib  27K 

1 4F  Gib  spring  plate  27L 

1 5A  Handle  block  27M 

1 5B  Handle  grip 

1 5C  Oil  reservoir  cap  27N 

1 5D  Reservoir  cap  washer  27P 

1 5E  Handle  block  oil  reservoir  27Q 

15F  Brush  holder  27R 

I5G  Brush  27S 

16A  Trigger  lever  27T 

16B  Trigger  pawl  27U 

I6C  Safety  catch  27V 

I6D  Thumb  piece  27W 

16E  Handle  block  pin  27X 

I6F  Trigger  27Y 

1 7A  Rear  cover 

17B  Trigger  bar  27Z 

1 7C  Rear  cover  catch  28A 

I7D  Rear  guide  stud  28B 

18A  Front  cover  28C 

1 8B  Front  cover  catch  cap  28D 

1 8C  Front  cover  catch  snib  28E 

18D  Cover  guide,  right  hand    •  28F 

I8E  Cover  guide,  left  hand  28G 

18F  Front  cover  catch  bracket  28H 

18G  Front  cover  catch  28J 

1 9A  Feed  box  28K 

20A  Bottom  pawl,  left  hand  28L 

20B  Bottom  pawl,  right  hand  28M 

20C  Bottom  pawl  connecting  plate 

20D  Feed-box  lever  28N 

20E  Feed-box  slide  28P 

20F  Cartridge  guide  and  stop  28Q 

20G  Feed-box  bearing  cap  28R 

20H  Upper  pawl,  left  hand  28S 

20J  Upper  pawl,  right  hand  2°A 

21 A  Front  sight 

2IC  Deflection  leaf  29B 

21E  Front-sight  carrier 

22A  Sight  cam  29C 

22B  Rear  sight  bracket  29E 

22C  Rear  sight  stem  29F 

22D  Catch  button  29G 

22E  Slide  29H 

23A  Water  plug  29J 

23B  Water-plug  top  piece  29K 

23C  Stem  covering  29L 

23D  Water-plug  fastening  link  29M 

23E  Water-plug  fastening  ring  29N 

23F  Water-jacket  cap  hose  connection     29P 

2JG  Stem  29Q 

23H  Eyebolt  29R 

23J  Securing  S  hook  29S 

23K  Securing  chain  (6  links)  BIA 

23L  Securing  chain  ( 1 2  links)  B I B 

24A  Spring  box  BIC 

24B  Spring-box  fixing  (front) 

plate  seated  in  grooves  in  the  feed-box  casting,  which 
permit  it  to  have  a  transverse  movement.  At  its  right- 
band  end,  on  the  underside,  are  formed  two  lugs.   These 


Spring-box  fixing  (rear) 

Fusee 

Recoil-spring  hook       • 

Recoil-spring  nut         * 

Sleeve 

Front  disk 

Muzzle      attachment      security 

chain 
Securing  chain  ring 
Muzzle  gland 
Front  disk  cap 
Barrel  disk 

Barrel-disk  clamping  screw 
Follower 
Locking  pin 
Side-lever  pin 
Trigger  pin 
Bottom  pawl  rivet 
Rivet 
Rivet 

Bottom  and  outside  plate  rivet 
Bottom  and  outside  plate  rivet 
Dead-stop   bracket   and   outside 

plate  rivet 
Carrier  supporting  spring  rivet 
Fusee  rivet 
Chain-link  rivet 
Lock-frame  rivet 
Adjusting  washer  (thick) 
Adjusting  washer  (thin) 
Stem  washer 

Tension  screw  handle  washer 
Water  plug  washer 
Belleville  washer 
Deflection-screw  washer 
Roller  washer 
Side  lever-pin  bushing 
Deflection-screw  washer  pin 
Rear-sight  stem  pin 
Dead-stop  pin 
Slide-catch  pin_ 
Trigger-pawl  pin 
End-link  pin 
Crank  pin 

Crank-pin  fastening  link 
Upper-pawl  pin 
Filling-piece  pin 
Safety-sear  pin 
Trunnion  block  and  outside  platt 

pin 
Rear  rivet  for  rear  sight 
Front  rivet  for  rear  sight 
Cartridge  guide  and  stop  rivet 
Cartridge  guide  rivet 
Spring  box  rear  stud 
Spring  box  front  stud 
Tumbler  pin 
Hand-sear  pin 
Muzzle  attachment  stop  pin 
Bottom  i^awl  pin 
Trunnion  block  and  outside  plate 

rivet 
Tension-screw  handle 
Handle  block  hinge  pin 
Cover-hinge  pin 
Rear-cover  catch  hinge  pin 
Front-plug  screw 
Steam  tube  front  plug 
Front-sight  carrier  screw 
Hose-connection  screw 
Safety-catch  pin 
Recoil  spring  tension  screw 
Screw-securing  crank  handle 
Deflection  screw 
Trunnion  block  and  outside  plate 

screw 
Cover-hinge  pin  nut 
Sight-cam  securing  screw 
Dead-stop  plunger  stop 
Adjusting  nut 
Trigger-bar  spring  plunger 
Carrier    supporting    spring,    left 

hand 
Carrier  supporting  spring,  right 

hand 
Gib  spring 

Rear  cover  catch  spring 
Bottom-pawl  spring 
Bullet-guide  spring 
Upper-pawl  spring 
Mainspring 
Safety-sear  spring 
Recoil  spring 
Dead-stop  plunger  spring 
Trigger-lever  spring 
Trigger-bar  spring 
Front-cover  catch  snib  spring 
Catch-button  spring 
Slide-catch  spring 
Trunnion  pin 
Trunnion  pin  collar 
Trunnion  pin  adjusting  nut 


[323] 


-23  D 

XjTt-23E 

A-23A 


\     4A    'BIA 

BIC 
--26T 


23H-''  *tU  23J 


"-236 


26U 
SECTION     A-A 


FIG.  3.     GENERAL.  ARRANGEMENTS  AND  SECTIONAL  VIEW  OP  GUN 


[324] 


lugs  are  drilled  for  the  upper  pawl  pin,  which  serves 
as  an  arbor  for  the  upper  pawls.  The  long  arms  of  the 
pawls  are  pressed  downward  by  a  double  leaf  spring 
consisting  of  two  parallel  leaves  joined  at  the  base  and 
secured  to  the  underside  of  the  slide  by  an  undercut  lip. 

Beneath  the  curved  lower  edge  of  the  right-hand  end 
of  the  feed  box  are  formed  two  lugs  drilled  to  take  the 
bottom  pawl  pin.  The  bottom  pawls  are  mounted  on 
this  pin  as  an  arbor,  their  long  arms  projecting  through 
slots  in  the  bottom  of  the  feed  box.  The  shorter  arms 
are  slotted  at  the  end  in  which  a  finger  plate  connecting 
the  two  arms  is  riveted  for  easy  manipulation  by  the 
fingers.  The  pawls  are  kept  in  position  by  a  peculiar 
shaped  double  leaf  spring  mounted  at  the  center  of  the 
pawl  pin. 

The  action  of  the  feed  box  is  as  follows :  During  the 
recoil  of  the  parts  the  slot  near  the  front  end  of  the  left 
recoil  plate  pulls  the  stud  on  the  end  of  the  lower  arm 


recoil  on  the  system.  The  barrel  disk  consists  of  a  hub 
which  screws  on  the  muzzle  of  the  barrel  and  carries  a 
disk  concaved  to  the  front.  The  follower  is  secured  to 
the  water-jacket  cap  by  a  screw  thread.  Through  the 
front  disk  a  hole  is  drilled  just  large  enough  to  permit 
passage  of  the  bullet,  while  the  sides  of  the  sleeve  are 
cut  away  as  much  as  possible  to  allow  free  escape  of  the 
powder  gas.  The  front  disk  cap  can  easily  be  removed 
when  heavily  coated  with  the  products  of  combustion 
by  unscrewing  the  front  disk  and  prying  it  out,  after 
which  a  new  cap  may  be  inserted. 

j  Sights 

The  front  sight,  complete,  is  composed  of  the  front 
sight,  front-sight  carrier  and  front-sight  carrier  screw. 

The  front  sight  is  a  forged-steel  piece  dovetailed  into 
the  front-sight  carrier,  thus  allowing  lateral  adjustment 
of  the  sight.    It  is  shaded  by  the  front-sight  cover. 


-DC 


I3F  ma 

Firing      Posi+ion 
Lpck,barrel  and  recoil  plates  fully  home.  Firinq  pin  cocked  on  to  handsear 
and  carrier  enqaqina  with  two  live  cartridqes.one  in  barrel,  one  in  -Feed  box- 
136  ,26P    t!3C.: 


Fired         Position 
Lock,  barrel  and  recoil  plates  fully  home.  Firinq  pin  released  and 
the  carrier  enqaqinq  with  a  live  cartridqe  in  the  feed  box,  and 
with  the  empty  case  in  the  barrel 

FIG.    4.      THE  ACTION   IN   FIRING   AND    FIRED   POSITIONS 


of  the  lever  to  the  rear.  This  causes  a  counterclockwise 
revolution  of  the  vertical  arbor  of  the  lever,  resulting  in 
throwing  of  the  feed-box  slide  plate  from  left  to  right 
by  the  upper  arm,  so  that  the  pawls  on  the  underside  of 
the  slide  plate  are  pushed  back  and  engage  in  rear  of 
the  next  cartridge  in  the  belt.  During  the  counter  recoil 
the  movement  is  reversed,  resulting  in  the  feeding  of  the 
next  round  in  the  belt  to  the  position  for  engagement 
with  the  carrier  grooves.  The  under  pawls  prevent  the 
movement  of  the  belt  from  left  to  right  unless  depressed 
from  beneath  by  hand. 

The  muzzle  attachment  consists  of  the  follower,  barrel 
disk,  front  disk,  disk  cap  and  sleeve,  which  are  steel 
forgings  whose  functions  are  to  regulate  the  effect  of 


The  rear-sight  group  is  made  up  of  the  following 
principal  parts:  The  movable  base,  the  base  spring,  the 
leaf,  the  elevating  screw,  the  slide,  the  half  nut,  the 
slide  cap,  the  drift  slide,  the  aperture  disk  and  the 
windage  screw. 

The  movable  base  has  on  its  upper  surface  two  ears, 
in  which  are  the  holes  for  the  joint  pin  which  serves  as 
a  hinge  for  the  leaf.  On  the  rear  end  of  the  movable 
base  are  the  wind-gage  graduations,  each  point  of  which 
corresponds  to  a  lateral  deviation  of  4  in.  for  each  100 
yd.  Both  ends  have  lips  which  fit  the  undercuts  of 
the  fixed  base,  the  front  lip  having  also  a  worm  gear 
for  engaging  the  thread  of  the  windage  screw.  The  Dase 
spring  fits  in  the  spring  seat  of  the  movable  base. 


[325] 


The  rear  face  of  the  leaf  is  graduated  from  0  to  2600 
yd.  and  its  right  edge  is  graduated  in  mils.  On  the  right 
side  of  the  sighting  opening  in  the  leaf  is  the  groove 
and  seat  for  the  elevating  screw,  which  is  a  long,  thin 
screw,  extending  from  the  bottom  of  the  sighting  open- 
ing to  the  top  of  the  leaf,  where  it  is  secured  in  the 
elevating  screw  head  by  the  elevating  screw  pin.  This 
elevating  screw  allows  minute  corrections  for  elevation 
and  also  holds  the  slide  in  position  on  the  leaf  by  means 
of  a  half  nut  which  is  seated  in  the  slide  and  the  half- 
nut  spring,  the  latter  forcing  the  half  nut  against  the 
thread  on  the  elevating  screw.  The  pitch  of  the  screw 
is  such  that  one  complete  turn  corresponds  to  a  change 
of  one  mil.    The  outer  end  of  this  half  nut  is  knurled. 


for  the  small  and  large  slide-cap  screws.  On  the  rear 
face  at  the  bottom  of  the  slide  cap  is  the  open  or  battle 
sight. 

The  drift  slide  moves  in  the  drift  slots  in  the  leaf.  At 
the  top  is  a  small  open  sight,  while  just  below  are  two 
openings,  the  upper  for  the  pivot  and  circular  lug  on 
the  aperture  disk  and  the  lower  for  a  sighting  aperture. 
The  drift  slide  is  held  in  place  by  a  lug  on  its  front  face, 
which  bears  against  the  slide  and  by  the  lug  which  con- 
tains the  open  sight.  This  latter  lug  extends  to  the 
rear  and  bears  against  the  top  of  the  slide  cap.  On  the 
lower  edge  of  the  open  sight  lug  is  another  small  lug, 
which  engages  in  the  notches  on  the  perimeter  of  the 
aperture  disk,  locking  the  latter  in  the  desired  position. 


Recoiling       Position 
Lock  partly  recoiled  cocking  the  firing  pin 
and  extracting  the  live  cartridge  from  the  feed 
box.  and  the  empty  case  from  the  barrel.   Barrel 
and  recoil plates  fully  recoiled 'and  on  the  point  of 
-    returning 


Returning      Position 

Lock  fully  recoiled  and  on  the  point  of  returning,  firing 
pin  cocked  on  to  safety  sear  Extractor  in  dropped  position 
bringing  live  cartridge  in  line  with  the  chamber  of  the  barrel 
Barrel  and  recoil  plates  fully  returned  and  new  cartridge 
brought  into  feed  bo* 

FIG.   5.     THE  ACTION  IN  RECOILING  AND  RETURNING  POSITIONS 


and  by  pressing  in  on  the  knurled  head  the  half  nut  can 
be  released  from  the  elevating  screw  and  the  slide 
quickly  raised  or  lowered. 

The  rear  face  of  the  slide  is  cut  out  for  the  leaf,  and 
the  drift  slide  and  the  right  half  are  made  with  a  seat 
for  the  half -nut  spring  and  the  half  nut.  The  right  and 
left  ends  are  drilled  and  tapped  for  the  small  slide-cap 
screw  and  the  large  slide-cap  screw,  which  secure  the 
slide  cap  to  the  slide.  The  front  face  of  the  slide  i3 
slotted  and  recessed  for  the  pivot. 

The  slide  cap  has  a  circular  cut  in  its  upper  surface 
which  forms  a  recess  for  rotating  the  aperture  disk, 
and  also  apertures  for  sighting  and  for  reading  the 
graduation  on  the  leaf.  The  center  is  slotted  for  the 
pivot.    On  the  right  and  left  sides  are  drilled  the  holes 


The  aperture  disk  is  a  circular  piece  containing  five 
sight  openings,  namely :  Four  peepholes,  0.04,  0.06,  0.08, 
and  0.10  in.  in  diameter,  and  one  large  aperture  which 
contains  an  open  sight.  A  circular  lug  on  the  front 
face  engages  in  the  central  opening  of  the  drift  slide, 
thus  causing  the  aperture  disk  to  conform  to  the  move- 
ment of  the  former.  This  lug  is  drilled  and  tapped  for 
the  pivot  spring  and  the  pivot.  The  purpose  of  the 
pivot  spring  is  to  force  the  aperture  disk  to  the  rear, 
so  that  one  of  the  notches,  which  are  cut  on  its  perim- 
eter, will  engage  in  the  small  lug  on  the  drift  slide  and 
prevent  rotation.  By  pressing  inward,  the  aperture 
disk  can  be  released  and  rotated  until  the  desired  aper- 
ture is  opposite  the  sighting  openings,  located  in  the 
drift  slide. 


[326] 


The  windage  screw  consists  of  the  windage  screw,  the 
windage  screw  knob,  the  windage  screw  collar,  the  wind- 
age screw  spring  and  the  windage  screw  pin.  It  is 
seated  in  the  front  part  of  the  fixed  base. 

•  Description  of  the  Tripod 

The  tripod  consists  of  the  following  principal  parts: 
Front  legs,  trail,  seat  and  seat  bracket,  pintle  and  pivot, 
top  carriage,  body,  traversing  mechanism  and  elevating 
mechanism. 

The  Front  Legs 

The  front  legs  consist  each  of  a  short  length  of  drawn 
steel  tubing  carrying  at  the  upper  end  the  link  by  which 
it  is  attached  to  the  adjusting  arc  and  at  the  lower  end 
a  flattened  shoe.  One  end  of  the  link  is  turned  to  fit 
snugly  in  the  bore  of  the  tubing  and  riveted  thereto  in 
two  places.  The  upper  end  of  the  link  terminates  in 
three  teeth  which  fit  into  a  circular  rack  when  adjusted 
for  firing.  When  it  is  desired  to  fold  the  tripod  for 
transportation  or  to  extend  the  front  legs  forward  in 
carrying  by  hand,  the  slot  in  the  link  permits  the  clamp 
to  be  loosened  from  its  seat  on  the  drum  and  the  teeth 
to  be  disengaged  from  the  adjusting  arc,  swung  around, 
reengaged,  and  clamped. 

The  Trail 

The  trail  consists  of  two  lengths  of  steel  tubing,  called 
the  outer  and  inner  trail  tubes.  The  inner  tube  fits  into 
and  is  riveted  to  a  socket,  which  is  also  riveted  between 
two  semicircular  side  plates,  and  at  its  front  end  carries 
two  adjusting  arcs  for  the  front  legs.  The  outer  trail 
tube  forms  the  trail  clamp  and  holds  the  attachment 
for  the  seat. 

The  inner  tube  is  turned  to  fit  closely  the  bore  of  the 
outer  tube,  in  which  it  has  a  sliding  motion.  This  mo- 
tion may  be  stopped  and  the  inner  tube  clamped  in  any 
position  by  means  of  the  trail  sleeve  clamp  which  is 
riveted  to  the  top  end  of  the  outer  tube.  The  sleeve  is 
split  for  a  short  distance  back  from  the  end,  so  that  by 
tightening  the  clamp  the  lugs  are  brought  nearer  to- 
gether and  the  inner  tube  firmly  gripped. 

The  key  inserted  in  the  trail  sleeve  works  in  a  longi- 
tudinal slot  cut  in  the  surface  of  the  inner  tube  on  the 
underside  and  prevents  the  tube  from  turning.  To  the 
rear  end  of  the  outer  tube  is  attached  a  shoe  similar  to 
those  on  the  front  legs.  This  construction  of  the  trail 
permits  adjustment  of  its  length  to  uneven  surfaces  and 
shortening  to  a  minimum  length  for  transportation.  A 
pair  of  leg  clips  fastened  to  the  outer  tube  serves  to 
bind  securely  to  the  trail  the  front  legs  when  the  tripod 
is  folded. 

The  Seat 

The  seat  is  of  sheet  steel  pressed  to  shape.  Its  front 
end  is  pivoted  to  fit  the  seat  sliding  collar  which  slides 
on  the  trail  tube.  The  rear  end  is  pivoted  to  the  seat 
link,  which  in  turn  is  pivoted  to  the  seat  link  collar  at- 
tached to  the  outer  trail  tube. 

The  seat  link  collar  is  of  steel  and  riveted  near  the 
end  of  the  outer  tube.  On  the  underside  of  the  seat 
are  two  lugs  of  the  hinge  drilled  and  riveted  to  it,  the 
action  of  which  is  described  below.  For  transporta- 
tion the  seat  slides  forward  by  means  of  the  seat  sliding 
collar  to  which  it  is  pivoted.    The  rear  of  the  seat  folds 


down  close  to  the  trail  and  the  top  of  the  seat  link  restt> 
on  the  trail.  In  action  the  seat  is  slid  backward  and 
automatically  stops  by  the  contact  of  the  seat  link  with 
the  seat  link  collar. 

The  Pintle 

The  pintle  is  a  hollow  steel  forging  which  furnishes 
the  points  of  attachment  for  the  legs  and  trail,  the  pivot 
for  transverse  movement  of  the  gun  and  top  carriage, 
and  the  seat  for  the  traversing  arc. 

In  the  rear  of  this  casting  are  machined  two  surfaces 
inclining  outward  to  which  the  traversing  arm  is  riveted. 
The  upper  end  is  turned  to  form  a  bearing  for  the  top 
carriage,  traversing  pivot  and  yoke.  The  rear  end  of 
the  traversing  arm  furnishes  pivot  bearings  for  the 
elevating  nut,  while  on  the  underside  is  the  clamp  for 
the  traversing  arc,  the  rear  edge  of  which  is  turned  to 
an  arc  struck  from  the  center  of  the  pintle  axis  and  fits 
into  a  corresponding  groove  in  the  rear  of  the  travers- 
ing arm,  thus  preventing  the  latter  from  jumping.  The 
top  surface  of  this  seat  is  machined  to  form  a  flat 
bearing  surface  for  the  rear  ends  of  both  the  top  car- 
riage and  the  traversing  arm. 

The  top  and  front  of  the  pintle  is  turned  to  form 
a  vertical  bearing  for  the  top  carriage  and  traversing 
arm.  In  the  upper  part  of  this  bearing  is  pivoted  the 
yoke. 

The  Top  Carriage 

The  top  carriage  is  a  steel  forging  consisting  of  a 
hub  bored  out  to  fit  over  the  pintle  and  an  arm  project- 
ing downward  and  to  the  rear,  to  which  the  traversing 
arc  is  riveted.  This  arm  is  also  gibbed  to  the  top  car- 
riage guide  by  means  of  the  groove  engaging  the  cir- 
cular lip  on  the  latter.  On  top  of  the  hub  is  the  pivot 
yoke  drilled  and  slotted  transversely  for  the  trunnion 
pin.  The  gun  rests  between  the  cheeks  of  this  yoke 
supported  by  and  rotating  on  the  trunnion  pin.  One 
end  of  this  pin  is  bent  to  a  sharp  angle  to  form  a 
handle,  while  the  other  is  threaded  to  receive  the  ad- 
justing nut.  The  cheeks  of  the  pivot  yoke  are  reamed 
out  and  slotted  to  the  size  of  the  ends  of  the  pin.  On 
mounting  the  gun  the  pin  is  dropped  through  the  slots 
of  the  pivot  yoke  and  secured  by  rotating  the  handle, 
thereby  tightening  the  cam. 

The  web  at  the  rear  of  the  top  carriage  is  cut  away 
just  in  rear  of  the  hub  for  the  top  carriage  clamp 
link,  and  a  hole  is  drilled  through  the  horizontal  web 
for  the  top  carriage  clamp  bolt,  the  head  of  which  is 
fitted  with  a  lever  handle.  The  eccentric  portion  of  the 
clamp  bolt  is  fitted  with  a  bushing  into  a  link  connecting 
"to  a  hinged  plate.  By  rotating  the  clamp  bolt  this 
plate  is  raised  to  engage  the  notches  under  the  top 
carriage  guide,  thereby  locking  the  top  carriage  to  the 
body. 

The  Body 

The  body  consists  of  the  side  plates,  top  carriage 
guides,  trail  socket,  distance  pieces  and  adjusting  arcs 
of  the  front  legs.  1 

The  Traversing  Mechanism 

The  traversing  pivot  is  drilled  for  the  passage  of  the 
pivot  stud  and  counterbored  slightly  as  a  seat  for  the 
shoulder  on  it. 


[327] 


The  traversing  arm  is  a  steel  casting  to  one  end  of 
which  is  riveted  the  pintle  and  rests  upon  the  shoulder 
formed  at  the  base  of  the  latter.  Slightly  in  rear  of 
this  bearing  a  curved  slot  is  cut,  through  which  the 
traversing  arc  passes,  and  in  rear  of  this  slot  the  arm 
is  bent  downward.  At  the  rear  end  is  formed  a  yoke 
in  which  is  pivoted  the  elevating  nut. 

In  front  of  the  elevating  nut  is  fitted  the  traversing 
clamp,  which  consists  of  a  claw,  a  bushing  and  clamp 
handle.  By  swinging  the  handle  one  way  or  the  other 
the  claw  engages  the  under  surface  of  the  traversing 
arc  thereby  clamping  the  arm  stationary  with  the  tra- 
versing arc. 

On  each  side  of  the  traversing  arm  a  traversing  stop 
is  fitted  to  the  traversing  arc.  This  stop  is  fitted  with 
a  plunger,  a  spring  and  a  screw  and  hooks  over  the 
rear  of  the  traversing  arc.  On  the  plunger  are  found 
teeth  to  engage  the  teeth  formed  under  the  edge  of 
the  traversing  arc.  By  pinching  this  stop  between  the 
thumb  and  forefinger  of  either  hand  it  may  be  disen- 
gaged and  set  at  any  desired  position  on  the  traversing 
arc.  When  these  stops  are  placed  on  the  extreme  ends 
of  the  traversing  arc,  the  traversing  arm  may  be  swung 
22J  deg.  either  side  of  center.  By  releasing  the  elevat- 
ing gear  an  all  round  training  may  be  obtained  but  with- 
out any  clamp. 

The  Elevating  Mechanism 

The  elevating  mechanism  consists  principally  of  the 
outer  elevating  screw,  the  inner  elevating  screw,  the 
elevating  nut,  hand  wheel,  the  elevating  clamp,  the 
elevating  nut  pin  and  the  elevating  pin. 

The  outer  elevating  screw  is  a  steel  cylinder,  on  which 
is  screwed  at  the  upper  end  the  handwheel,  with  six 
knobs,  with  which  the  screw  can  be  turned  by  hand.  A 
right-hand  screw  thread  is  cut  on  the  exterior  of  the 
body  and  a  left-hand  thread  is  cut  for  a  short  distance 
on  the  interior  of  the  body.  The  remainder  of  the 
bore  is  reamed  out  to  a  diameter  large  enough  to  clear 
the  inner  screw  when  in  place. 


The  inner  elevating  screw  is  a  steel  forging,  at  the 
upper  end  of  which  a  T-shaped  head  is  formed,  which 
is  drilled  transversely.  This  head  fits  between  lugs  on 
the  bottom  plate  of  the  gun  and  is  secured  to  them  by 
the  elevating  pin.  The  pin  has  a  spring  at  one  end 
which  is  held  in  place  by  riveting. 

On  the  body  of  the  screw  is  cut  a  left-hand  thread 
corresponding  to  that  on  the  interior  of  the  outer  screw. 
The  lower  end  is  drilled  and  tapped  axially  for  a  stop 
screw,  which,  by  closing  the  end  of  the  thread,  limits  the 
upward  movement  of  the  inner  screw  when  it  comes  in 
contact  with  the  bottom  of  the  interior  thread  in  the 
outer.  The  elevating  nut  is  a  long  nut,  carrying  at  its 
lower  end  a  lug  drilled  to  take  the  elevating-nut  pin  by 
which  it  is  hinged  to  the  top  carriage  and  at  its  upper 
end  a  second  lug  for  the  elevating  clamp.  The  bore 
of  the  nut  is  threaded  for  the  outer  elevating  screw  for 
its  whole  length.  The  threaded  part  is  slotted  longi- 
tudinally through  the  center  of  the  clamp  lug.  One  side 
of  the  latter  is  reamed  to  take  the  body  of  the  clamp 
and  the  other  is  threaded.  The  clamp  itself  consists  of 
a  bent  handle  and  a  body  partly  smooth  and  partly 
threaded.  It  is  inserted  through  the  reamed  portion  of 
the  lug  on  the  nut  and  screws  through  the  threaded 
portion,  being  kept  in  place  by  a  collar  and  pin  on  the 
projecting  end.  By  screwing  in  the  clamp  still  farther 
the  two  portions  of  the  lug  are  brought  closer  together, 
thus  causing  the  nut  to  grip  the  outer  elevating  screw 
tightly  and  prevent  any  movement  of  the  latter. 

As  the  inner  elevating  screw  is  prevented  from  turn- 
ing by  its  attachment  to  the  gun  and  the  elevating  nut 
likewise  by  its  attachment  to  the  carriage,  it  follows 
that  rotation  of  the  outer  screw  will  cause  it  to  move 
either  up  or  down  in  the  nut  and  at  the  same  time 
force  the  inner  screw  in  the  same  direction.  The  elevat- 
ing mechanism  gives  a  range  in  elevation  of  16  degrees. 

By  disengaging  the  T-head  of  the  elevating  screw  from 
the  bottom  cover  plate  the  gun  may  be  swung  around 
a  complete  circle.  By  swinging  it  around  180  deg.  the 
gun  may  be  elevated  to  75  deg.,  but  without  any  elevat- 
ing clamp. 


[328] 


INDEX 


(*  Indicates  Illustrations.) 


Action,  Lewis  machine  gun,  316 

Enfield,  description  of,  304 

of  rifle,  10 

U.  S.  machine  gun,  305 
Actuator,  the,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  308 
Allen  alteration,  8 
Alteration,  Allen,  8 
Annealing,  10 
American  musket,  origin,  5 
Armories,  first,  U.  8.,  7 

private,  U.  S.,  7 
Arquebus,  1 
Artillery,  early  use  of,  1 

Ballistics,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  305 
Bands,  turning  for,  *261 
Barrel  cleaning  rods,  235 
handles,  236 
cooling,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  314 
Enfield,  length,  303 
groove,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  306 
operations,  14-24,  40 
rolling,  11-25 

cams  for,  25 
steel  in  Enfield,  303 
straightening,  18 
Vickers  machine  gun,  320 
Base,  fixed,  31,  40 

spring,  details,  197 
operations,  196 
Bayonet,  catch,  292 
Enfield,  303 
grip,  292,  294 
guard,  292,  296 
nut,  301 

operations  on,  *283 
rod,  *3,  8 

scabbard  catch,  292,  298 
screw,  302 
spring,  302 
washer,  302 
Bayonets,  milling  on,  *285 
types  of,  U.  8.,  *7 
U.  S.  Army,  283 
Bedding  and  drilling,  fhachine,  *246 
for  receiver,  *255 
machine,  farrel,  245 
details,  *252 
receiver,  *256 
stock,  *  250 
Body,  tripod,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 
Bolt  action,  Remington,  6 
Chaffee-Reece,  *6 
details  of,  81 
forging,  82 
lever,  Enfield,  303 
mechanism  Enfield,  304 
operations  on,  81-105 
Bore  of  a  gun,  1 

Breech  closure,  Lewis  machine  gun,  315 
loader,  Abraham  Hall,  *5 
Chaffee-Reece,  *3 
Cookson  magazine,  5 
Hall,  *2 
John  H.  Hall,  5 
Remington,  1870,  *3 


Breech  loader,  Springfield,  1865,  *2 
Ward-Burton,  *3 
loading  cannon,  1 
Broaching  trigger  hole,  164 
Browning  barrels,  33-35 

solution,  33-34 
Brush  for  cleaning  rifle,  240 
Bullet,  Greener,  *5 
Burnside  carbine,  *6 
Butt,  boring  out,  *268 
plate  cap,  details,  217 
operations,  217 
details,  212 
operations,  212 
fitting,  *  260 
U.  S.  machine  gun,  312 
swivel  plate,  details,  228 
operations,  227 

Caliber,  *5 

U.  S.  automatic,  305 
Cannon,  breech  loading,  invention  of,  1 

hand,  1 

primitive  Chinese,  *1 

vent,  placing  of,  1 
Carbine,  Burnside,  *6 

Colt  repeater,  "6 

Gallagher,  *6 

Joslyn,  *6 

Kittridge,  *6 

Maynard,  *6 

Remington,  *6 

Sharp's,  *6 

Smith,  *6 

Spencer,  *3 

Starr,  *6 

U.  S.,  magazine,  *3 
Carriage,  top,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 
Cartridge,  center-fire,  *5 
chamber,  12-22 

Enfield,  303 

needle  gun,  5 

pin-fire,  *5 

rim-fire,  *5 

stop,  TJ.  S.  machine  gun,  309 
Cartridges,  first  metal,  *5 

paper,  5 
Casehardening,  80 
Casing,  Vxkers  machine  gun,  322 
Center-fire,  cartridge,  5 
Chaffee-Reece  rifle,  *3 
Chamber  for  cartridge,  12-22 

gages,  22 
Charleville  muskets,  5 
Cleaning  rods  for  barrel,  235 

handles,  236 
Cocking,  handle,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  310 

piece,  details,  123 
operations,  124 
Colt  carbine,  *6 
Component  parts  of  rifle,  10 
Condensing  apparatus,  Vickers  machine  gun,  321 
Container  for  spare  parts,  240 
Cookson,  John,  breech  loader,  *5 
Cooling  barrel,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  314 

Lewis  machine  gun,  315 


[329] 


Cover  plates,  U.  P.  machine  gun,  307 
Cut-off,  details,  181 
operations,  181 
Cutting  grasping  grooves,  *246 

Derringer,  Henry,  7 

Details,  Lewis  machine  gun,  *31. 

U.  S.  machine  gun,  *308 

Vickers  machine  gun,  *324 
Deyse  needle  cartridge,  5 
Drift  slides,  details,  209 
operations,  209 

Ejection  of  shell,  Enfield,  304 
Ejector  details,  145 

operations,  145 

pin,  details,  148 
operations,  148 
Elevating  mechanism,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  312 

Vickers  machine  gun,  328 
Enfield  barrel  steel,  303 

bolt  lever,  303 

cartridge,  303 

rifle,  1917,  *303 

sight,  303 
Extracting  mechanism,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  308 
Extractor,  details  of,  134 

operations  on,  134 
Extractor  collar,  details  of,  143 
operations  on,  143 

Enfield,  304 

Falcon  and  falconette,  1 
Feed  box,  Vickers  machine  gun,  323 
mechanism,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  309 
piece,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  309 
strips,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  306 
Fermeture  nut,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  310 
Filling  plug,  Vickers  machine  gun,  321 
Firing  action,  details  of,  Vickers  machine  gun,  325,  326 
Lewis  machine  gun,  316 
mechanism,  Vickers  machine  gun,  323 

group,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  307 
pin  rod,  details,  121 
operations,  122 
sleeve,  details,  130 
U.  S.  machine  gun,  313,  314 
Fixed  base  and  final  barrel  operations,  31-40 
stud,  20 

operations  on,  26-31 
Flintlock,  1 

U.  S.,  *2 
Flintlocks,  altered,  7 
Floor  plate,  details,  173 

operations  on,  173 
catch,  details,  1/8 
operations,  178 
Follower,  details,  184 

operation,  185 
Forsyth,  percussion  ignition,  5 
Front  sight,  details,  189 
operations,  190 
cover,  details,  234 
operations,  235 

Gage  of  a  gun,  1 

Gages  for  screw  driver,  243 

and  tools  for  barrel,  14,  24,  40 

for  base  spring,  197 

of  the  bolt,  81-105 

for  butt    late,  212-216 
cap,  216-217 


Gages  for  butt  swivel  plate,  228 
for  cocking  piece,  124-130 
for  cut-off,  182-183 
for  drift  slide,  209-210 
for  ejector,  145-148 
for  extractor,  134-143 

collar,  143-145 
for  firing  pin  rod,  121,  122 

sleeve,  130 
for  fixed  stud,  26-31 
for  floor  plate,  173-177 

catch,  178,  179 
for  follower,  185-186 
for  front  sight  cover,  234 
for  guard,  156,  167 
for  leaf,  198-201 
for  lower  band,  224-225 

spring,  226-227 

swivel,  229-230 
for  magazine  spring,  180 
for  movable  base,  190-195 

stud,  187-189 
for  receiver,  45-80 
for  safety  lock  spindle  and  plunger,  149 

thumb  piece,  151-154 
for  sear,  168-170 
for  sleeve,  106-118 
for  sleeve  lock,  118-121 
for  slide,  204-206 

cap,  206-208 
for  stocking  swivel,  232 
for  striker,  131-133 
for  trigger,  171-173 
for  upper  band,  218-223 
for  windage  screw,  211 
Gallagher  carbine,  *6 
Gas-cylinder,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  306 

nozzel  ring,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  306 
Greener  bullet,  5 
Guard,  details,  155 
operations,  155 
forging  for,  156 
Gun  lock,  first,  1 
rifling,  1 

Hand  finishing,  handguards,  *281 
Handguard,  bedding  machine,  *270 
clearance  for  windage  screw,  *269 
clip,  details,  233 

operations,  234 

cutting  for  bands,  *275 

to  finished  length,  *269 

to  length,  *269 

width,  *269 
finish  turning,  269 
grooving,  *269 
specifications,  269 
turning,  *269 

between  bands,  *269 
U.  S.  machine  gun,  312 
windage  screw  clearance,  *275 
Handle  block,  Vickers  machine  gun,  322 

Joselyn  carbine,  *6 

Kittridge,  carbine,  *6 
Krag-Jorgensen  rifle,  *3,  8 

Leaf,  details,  198 

operations,  198 
Legs,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 


[330] 


Lewis  machine  gun,  details,  *317 

views  of,  318 
Lock,  Enfield  rifle,  *303 

flint,  1 

gun,  first,  1 

match,  1 

Vickers  machine  gun,  322 

wheel,  1 
Locking  mechanism,  TJ.  S.  machine  gun,  310 
Lower  band  spring,  details,  226 
operations,  226 

swivel,  details,  228 
operations,  229 
Lower  bands,  details,  224 

operation,  223 

Magazine  charging,  Enfield,  304 

Lewis  machine  gun,  316 

mechanism,  173 
Enfield,  *303 

rifle,  U.  S.,  *3 
experimental,  *3 

spring,  179 
details,  180 
operations,  180 
Mainspring,  details  of,  133 

winding,  133 
Match-lock,  1 

early  form,  *1 
Mauser  system,  8 
Maynard  carbine,  *6 

primer,  7 
Metal  cartridges,  first,  5 
Movable  base,  details,  190 
operations,  190 

stud,  details,  187 
operations,  188 
Musket,  American,  origin,  *5 

Charleville,  *5 

first  use  of,  1 

Hall  breech  loader,  1831,  *2 

Springfield,  *2 

U.  S.,  1803,  *2 

U.  S.  1805,  *2 

U.  S.  1821,  *2 

U.  S.  1825,  *2 
Musketoon  of  1842,  *2 

Needle  gun,  cartridge,  *5 
North,  Simeon,  7      .. 

Oiler  and  thong  case,  238 
Operations  on  stock,  245 

Paper  cartridges,  invented,  *5 

Parts,  list  of,  Vickers  machine  gun,  323 

of  the  rifle,  9,  10 
Percussion,  ignition,  *5 
Pin-fire  cartridge,  5 
Pintle,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 
Pomeroy,  Lemuel,  7 
Primer,  Maynard,  7 
Profiling  fixtures,  *257 

Quenching  mediums,  30 

Ramp,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  311 
Rear  sights,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  313 
Receiver,  bedding  for,  *255 

Enfield,  *303 

Lewis  machine  gun,  315 

operation  on,  41,  43,  44-80 

U.  S.  machine  gun,  307 


Recoil,  Vickers  machine  gun,  322 
Regulator,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  306 
Remington,  bolt  action,  *6 

carbine,  *6 

breech  loader  of,  1870,  *3 
Rifle,  Enfield  sights,  303 

mechanism,  U.  S.,  *4 
Rifled  musket,  Springfield,  1855,  *2 

Springfield,  1863,  *2 
Rifles,  U.  S.  early  cost,  7 

changes  in,  7 
Rifling  the  barrel,  20-24 

gun  barrels,  1 
Rim-fire  cartridge,  5 
Rod  bayonet,  *3,  8 
Rods  for  cleaning  barrels,  235 

handles,  236 
Rolling  barrels,  11-25 

cams  for,  25 
Rough  turn  stock,  *245 

Safety  lock  and  parts,  details,  150 
operation,  151 
spindle  and  plunger,  details,  149 
operation,  149 
Sawing  stock  blanks,  251 
Screw  driver,  241 
Sear,  details  of,  168 

operations  on,  168 

TJ.  S.  machine  gun,  311 
Seat,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 
Shaping  machine,  stock,  *245 
Sharp's  carbine,  *6 
Shell,  ejection,  Enfield,  304 
Shots  per  minute,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  305 
Sights,  Vickers  machine  gun,  325 
Size  of  stock,  13 
Sleeve,  details  of,  106 

operations  on,  109 
Sleeve  lock,  details,  118 

operations,  118 
Slide  and  cap  of  sight,  details,  202 
operations,  204 

cap,  details,  206 
operations,  206 
Smith  carbine,  *6 
Smith  &  Wesson,  5 
Snaphaunce  gun,  1 
Spare  parts  container,  240 
Specification,  9-13 

for  handguard,  269 
Spencer  carbine,  *3 
Springfield,  stock  specifications,  244 
Starr  carbine,  *6 
Starr,  Nathan,  7 
Steel  for  forgings,  13 
Steels  used  in  rifle,  12 
Stock,  bedding,  *250 

centering1,  251 

first  rough  turn,  *245 

hand  finishing,  *266 

shaping  machine,  245 

operations  on,  245 

roughing  operatio'  is,  247 

second  rough  turn,  *245 

spotting,  *245 

truck,  *246 

TJ.  S.  machine  gun,  311 

U.  S.  specification,  244 
Stocking  swivel,  details,  232 

operations,  232 
Straightening  barrel,  18 


[331] 


Striker,  details  of,  131 

operations  on,  132 
seat,  85 
Stud,  fixed,  20 

operations  on,  2&-31 
Swivel  plate,  drilling  for,  *265 

Thong  brush,  240 

and  oiler  case,  238 
weight,  240 
Thumb  piece,  safety  lock,  151 
Tools  for  hand  guard  clip,  233 
Tools  and  gages  for  barrel,  14-24,  40 
for  base  spring,  197 
of  the  bolt,  81-105 
for  butt  plate,  212-216 

cap,  216-217 
for  butt  swivel  plate,  228 
for  cocking  piece,  124-130 
for  cut-off,  182,  183 
for  drift  slide,  209,  210 
for  ejector,  145-148 
for  extractor,  134-143 

collar,  143-145 
for  firing  pin  rod,  121,  122 

sleeve,  130 
for  fixed  stud,  26-31 
for  floor  plate,  173-177 

catch,  178,  179 
for  follower,  185-186 
for  front  sight  cover,  234  1 
for  guard,  156-167 
for  leaf,  198-201 
for  lower  band,  224-225 

spring,  226-227 
swivel,  229-230 
for  magazine,  spring,  180 
for  movable  bases,  190-195 

stud,  187-189 
for  receiver,  45-80 
for  safety  lock  spindle  and  plunger,  149 

thumb  piece,  151-154 
for  sear,  168-170 
for  sleeve,  106-118 

lock,  118-121 
for  slide,  204-206 

cap,  206-208 
for  stocking  swivel,  232 


Tools  and  gages  for  striker,  131-133 

for  trigger,  171-173 

for  upper  band,  218-223 

for  windage  screw,  211 
Trail,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 
Traverse,  Vickers  machine  gun,  327 

arc,  Vickers  machine  gun,  328 
Trigger,  action,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  305 

details,  171 

operations  on,  171 

Lewis  machine  gun,  316 
Tripod,  Vickers  machine  gun,  *321,  327 
Truck,  stock,  *246 
Turning  on  milling  machine,  87,  88 

stock,  249 
Types,  bayonets,  TJ.  S.  *7 

U.  S.  automatic  caliber,  305 

machine  rifle,  1909,  305 
machine  gun,  details,  308 

side  and  top  views,  *311 
rifle  mechanism,  *4 
tipper  band,  details,  218 
operations,  218 

Vent,  common,  1 

Vickers  machine  gun,  1915,  *320 

description  of,  320 

details  of,  324 

firing  action,  details  of,  *325,  326 

and  tripod,  *321 

weight,  320 
Views  of  Lewis  machine  gun,  318 

Ward-Burton  breech  loader,  *3 

Water  jacket,  Vickers  machine  gun,  321 

cap,  Vickers  machine  gun,  321 
Waters,  Asa,  7 

Weight,  Lewis  machine  gun,  315 
of  rifle  parts,  12 
U.  S.  machine  gun,  305 
Vickers  machine  gun  weight,  320 
Wheel-lock,  invention,  1 
Whitney,  Eli,  7 

Wind  gage,  U.  S.  machine  gun,  307 
Windage  screw,  details,  211 
operations,  211 


[332] 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
k,^t  or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

Bdg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 

Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

wZtfaSm  may  be  renewed  by  callin9 

'  oo^s^oNRLr  ^  reChQr9ed  by  M^ 

'drysesrdue^armaybemade4 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


SEP    91999 


SENTOMtft 


M/\R  1  8  ?f)f)2 


u  r.  rprkFI  FY 


12.000  (11/95) 


FORM  NO.  DD6  UNIVERSII  y  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 

BERKELEY,  CA  94720 

JAN  4    1932 


k 


10** 


*** 


YE  00352 


$ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


fr** 


'   4 


